iU

LIBRARY OF

1685- IQ56

THE

^f-

^ J"ounDi\tiini tor the " ^ ^

9.^^

'.'/r;,/,'^^ /<'''//.■. /,w/r„„/,/.'4'r.,r,w.. Ur.„ii\/Wir . /<;>/^,,i'r., .\.An/,!/. /rr'W'r., r/

y/'

^

//'/V/v/'-'. , ,.. ./, ■,.)'.■,,,/ .''/r,,.'",.. I',„,-^',; ,'/ ^{,- .'',,.,/>^''/,-/.4','lu'/.--^<'Jr,^t/a0

Ovan$httf^ fvmu tl)rjatf?»t ifrnicb O-^itV0u.^
-^^^ Ai) D IT \K ):v A I , ;v ( )'r i-' cs . x>^

m T.^o-0- -Yu-hUVi'^^

:i,() V !)()>:

:<', V/,./r>.,rn. '?/'/;/. /f.n/ry:_CA^r,/r .'/////.

.\.\I) Sdl.T) BY .M.L r.nOKSKI.I.EU

ANIMAL KINGDOM,

ARRANGED ACCORDING TO ITS ORGANIZATION,

SERVING AS A

FOUNDATION FOR THE

NATURAL HISTORY OF ANIMALS,

AND AN

INTRODUCTION TO COMPARATIVE ANATOMY.

BY

BARON CUVIER,

Great Officer of the Lesion of Honour, Counsellor of State, and Member of the Royal Council of

Public Instruction ; One of tlie Forty of the French Academy ; Perpetual Secretary to

the Academy of Sciences ; Member of the Academies and Royal Societies

of London, Berlin, Petersburgh, Stockholm, Turin, Edinburgh,

Coiienha!,'en, Gottingen, Bavaria, Modena, the Netherlands,

and Calcutta ; and of the Linnaean Society of London,

WITH FIGURES DESIGNED AFTER NATURE :

THE
BY

M. LATREILLE,

Ciievalier of the Legion of Honour, Member of the Institute (Royal Academy of Sciences), and of
the greater portion of other learned Societies in Europe and America.

STransTattir from ti^*^ latest iffrtnc^ dStiitiatt.

WITH

ADDITIONAL NOTES,

AND

ILLUSTRATED BY NEARLY 500 ADDITIONAL PLATES.

IN FOUR VOLUMES.

VOL. III.

LONDON.

G. HENDERSON, 2. OLD BAILEY, LUDGATE-HILL

AND SOLD BY ALL BOOKSELLERS.
1834.

LONDON

PRINTED BY J. HENDERSON,
WATER-LANK, FLEET STREET.

PREFACE*.

OVERWHELMED witli scientific labours, and yielding, perhaps
too easily, to the impulse of friendship and to my desire to serve him,
M. Cuvier has confided to me that portion of this work which treats
of Insects.

These animals were the objects of his earliest zoological studies,
and the cause of his connexion with one of the most celebrated pupils
of Linnaeus, Fabricius, who in his writings gives him frequent assur-
ance of his high esteem. It was even by various interesting obser-
vations on several of these animals — Journal d^Hist. Nat. — that
M. Cuvier commenced his career in natural history. Entomology,
in common with all the other branches of Zoology, has derived the
greatest advantage from his anatomical researches, and the hapjjy
changes he has effected in the basis of our classification. The internal
organization of Insects is now better known, and this study is no longer
neglected as was previously the case. He has placed us on the way
to the Natural System f , and greatly will the public regret that his

* This preface is the same which stood at the commencement of the third volume
of the first edition of this work. Having there confined myself to an exposition of
the general principles, upon which my arrangement of the animals composing the
Linnsean class of Insects was effected, and having in the present edition made no
change in that respect, the same observations are still applicable. Considered,
however, with regard to the details, or to the secondary and tertiary divisions, that
is to say. Orders, Families, Genera and Subgenera, this edition will be found to pre-
sent a remarkable difference. It was impossible to place it on a level with the
actual state of the science, without modifying several parts of my former system,
and without considerable additions, which, such has been the progress of Ento-
mology, are so numerous, that even by filling two volumes instead of one, I have
been barely enabled to give a very summary view of the multitude of generic divisions
efl'ectuated within the last ten years, and which are frequently founded on the most
minute characters. This branch of Zoology has gained much from other and more
positive sources, those of Anatomy. These observations I was the more impera-
tively bound to notice, as they formed part of the plan of the illustrioiis author of
the " llegne Animal," and as they serve to confirm the stability of the divisions I
have established. By a perusal of the general remarks which precede them, the
reader will be better able to appreciate the motives which have determined these
changes, and to feel the importance of the addenda that enrich the entomological
portion of this edition. A simple comparison between it and that of the former
will show, at a glance, that it has been entirely remoulded, or that it is a new work
which we now present to the world, rather than a new edition.

t Tableau Element, de I'Hist. Nat. des Animaux, and the Leg. d'Anat. Compar.

a2

IV PREFACE.

numerous occupations did not allow him to superintend this portion
of his treatise on animals.

Perhaps the desire of associating my name with his in a work like
this, which, by the multitude of researches on which it rests, and by
their application, has become a precious literary monument of the
age, has deceived me, and thrown me into an enterprize beyond my
powers to accomplish. The responsibility is great, and I have im-
posed upon myself a task, in which the boldness of the plan is only
equalled by the difficulty of its execution. To unite within a very
limited space the most interesting facts in the history of Insects, to
arrange them with precision and clearness in a natural series, to pour-
tray with a bold pencil the physiognomy of these animals, trace their
distinguishing characters Avith truth and brevity, in a way propor-
tioned to the successive progress of the science and that of the pupil,
to indicate viseful or noxious species, and those whose mode of life
interests our curiosity, to point out the best sources from which the
knowledge of others may be obtained, to restore to Entomology the
amiable simplicity which it possessed in the days of Linnseus, Geoffroy,
and of the early writings of Fabricius, but still to present it as it now
is, or with all the wealth of observation it has since acquired, yet
without overloading it; in a word, to conform to the model before
me, the work of M. Cuvier, is the end I have striven to attain.

This savant, in his " Tableau Elementaire de I'Histoire Naturelle
des Animaux," did not restrict the extent given by Linnaeus to his
class of Insects; he however made some necessary ameliorations,
which have since served as the foundation of other systems. He dis-
tinguishes Insects, in the first place, from other invertebrate animals,
by much more rigorous characters than those previously employed —
viz., a knotted medullary spinal marrow^ and articulated limbs.
Linneeus terminates his class of Insects with those which are apterous,
although most of them, such as the Crustacea and the Araneides,
with respect to their organization, are the most perfect of their class,
or are the most closely approximated to the MoUusca. His method,
in this resjjcct, is then exactly the inverse of the natural system, and,
by transporting the Crustacea to the head of the class, and by placing
almost all the Apteraof Linnseus directly after them, Cuvier rectified
the method in a point where the series was in direct opposition to the
scale formed by Nature.

In his Lcgons d'' Anatomic Comparee, the class of Insects, from
which he now separates the Crustacea, is divided into nine orders,
founded on the nature and functions of the organs of manducation,
the presence or absence of wings, their number, consistence, and the

PREFACE. V

manner in wliicli they arc reticulated. It is in fact a union of the
system of Fabricius with that of Linnaeus perfected.

The divisions made by our savant in his first order, that of the
Gnathaptera, are nearly similar to those I had established in a Memoir
presented to the Societe Philomatique, April, 1795, and in my Precis
des Caraderes Generiques des Insectes*.

M. de Lamarck, whose name is so dear to the friends of natural
science, has ably profited by these various labours. His systematic
arrangement of the Linnsean Aptera appears to us to be that which
approaches nearest to the natural order, and, with some modifications
of which Ave are about to speak, is the one we have followed.

I divide the Insects of Linnaeus, with him, into three classes : the
Crustacea, Arachnides and Insecta; but in the essential characters
which I assign to them, I abstract all the changes experienced by
these animals, prior to their adult state. This consideration, although
natural, and previously employed by De Geer in his arrangement of
the Aptera, is not classical, inasmuch as it supposes the observation
of the animal in its different ages; it is, besides, liable to many
exceptions f .

The situation and form of the branchiae, the manner in which the
head is united to the thorax, and the organs of manducation, have
furnished me the means of establishing seven orders in the class of
the Crustacea, all of which appear to me to be natural. I terminate
it, with M. de Lamarck, by the Branchiopoda, which are a sort of
Crustacea Arachnides.

In the following class, that of the Arachnides, I only include the
species which in the system of Lamarck compose the order of his
Arachnides palpistes, or those which have no antennae. Beyond
this, the organization of these animals, external as well as internal,
furnishes us with a simple and rigorous rule that is susceptible of a
general application.

* I there divided the Aptera of Linnseus into seven orders: 1. The Suctoria.
2. The Thysanoura. 3. The Parasita. 4. The Acephala (Arachnides pal-
pistes, Lam.) 5. The Entomostraca. 6. The Crustacea. 7. The Myrxa-

PODA.

t These considerations, however, have not been overlooked, and I have used them
advantageously in grouping families, and arranging them in a natural order, as may
be seen by a reference to the historical sketches which precede the exposition of
those families. I have even been employed on a work respecting the metamorphosis
of Insects in general, which has not yet been published (see article '^ Insectes,^' Nouv.
Diet. d'Hist. Nat. Ed. 2d), but which I have long been maturing, and which I have
communicated to my friends : I have made use of it in the course of my general
remarks.

Their organs of respiration are always internal, receiving air
through concentrated stigmata, sometimes possessing functions ana-
logous to those of lungs, and consisting at others of radiated tracheae,
or such as ramify from their base ; the antennae are wanting, and
they are usually furnished with eight feet. I divide this class into
two orders : the Pulmonarice and the Tracheari(^.

Two parallel tracheae, extending longitudinally through the body,
furnished at intervals with centres of branches corresponding to the
stigmata, and two antennae, characterize the class of Insects. Its
primary divisions are founded on the three following considerations :

1. Apterous Insects which either undergo no metamorphoses, or
but imperfect ones; the three first orders.

2. Apterous Insects which experience complete transformations;
the fourth.

3. Insects having wings which they acquire by ?netamorphoses,
either complete or incomplete; the last eight.

I begin with the Arachnides antennistes of M. de Lamarck, which
are comprised in this first division, and which form our three first
orders. The second is composed of the fourth order, and contains
but a single genus, that of Pulex: it would appear, in some respects,
to be allied to the Diptera by means of the Hippoboscce ; other cha-
racters, however, and the nature of its metamorphoses, remove this
genus from that of the Hippoboscse. It is very difficult in some cases
to distinguish these natural filiations, and when we arc fortunate
enough to discover them, we are frequently compelled to sacrifice
them to the perspicuity and facility of the system.

To the known order of winged Insects, I have added that of the
Stresiptera of Kirby, but under a new denomination — viz., that of
Rhipiptera, as the former appears to me to be founded on a false
idea. Perhaps we should even suppress this order, according to the
opinion of Lamarck, and unite it with that of the Diptera.

For reasons elsewhere developed*, and which I could easily
strengthen by additional proof, I attach more consequence to cha-
racters drawn from the aerial locomotive organs of Insects, and to
the general composition of their body, than to the modifications of
the parts of the mouth, at least when their structure is essentially
referable to the same type. Thus 1 do not commence by dividing
these animals into Grinders and Suckers, but into those which have
wings and wing-cases, and such as have four or two wings of the

Consid. Gen^r. sur I'ordre des Crust., des Arach., et des Insectes, p. 46.

PREFACE. Vll

same consistence. The form and uses of the organs of manducation
are viewed in a secondary light. My series of Orders relative to the
winged Insects is, consequently, nearly similar to that of Linnaeus.

Fabricius, Cuvier, Lamarck, Clairville and Dumeril, considering
the difference of the fimctions of the parts of the mouth of primary
consequence, have arranged those divisions otherwise.

In accordance with the plan of M. Cuvier, I have reduced the num-
ber of families which I established in my previous works, and have
converted into subgenera the numerous divisions that have been
made of the genera of Linnaeus, notAvithstanding their characters
may otherwise be very distinct.

Such also was the intention of Gmelin in his edition of the Syslema
Naturce. This method is simple, historical and convenient, as it
enables the student to proportion his instruction to his age, his capa-
city, or to the end he has in view.

All my groups are founded on a comparative examination of all
the parts of the animals I wish to describe, and on the observation of
their habits. Most Naturalists stray from the natural system by
being too exclusive in their considerations. To the facts collected
by Reaumur, Roesel, De Geer, Bonnet, the Hubers, &c., respecting
the instinct of Insects, I have added several ascertained by myself,
some of which were hitherto unknown. M. Cuvier has added to
them an extract of his anatomical observations* ; he has even devoted
himself to fresh researches, among wliich I will mention those whose
object was the organization of the Limuli, a very singular genus of
the Crustacea.

Being necessarily restricted in the description of species, I have
always selected for that purpose the most interesting and common
ones, and particularly those mentioned by M. Cuvier in his Tableau
Elementaire de I'Histoire Naturelle des Animaux.

LATREILLE.

* Those added to the present edition are from Messrs. L^on Dufour, Marcel de
Serres, Straus, Audouin and Milne Edwards.

SECOND
GREAT DIVISION

OF THE

ANIMAL, KINGDOM.^

ANIMALIA MOLLUSCA.*

The MoUusca have neither an articulated skeleton nor a vertebral
canal. Their nervous system is not united into a spinal marrow, but
merely into a certain number of medullary masses distributed in differ-

* N.B. Linnaeus united all invertebrate animals without articulated limbs in a
single class, under the name of Vkrmes, dividing them into five orders : the Intes-
TiNA, embracing some of my Annclides and Intestina ; the Mollusca, comprehend-
ing my Naked MoUusca, my Echinodermata, and part of my Intestina and Zoophytes ;
the Testacea, comprising my MoUuscaand Annelides with shells ; the Lythophyta,
or Stony Corals ; and the Zoophytes, embracing the remainder of the Pohjpi, some
of the Intestina and the Infusoria.

No regard whatever was paid to nature in this arrangement, aud Brugiere,
Encycl. Method., endeavoured to rectify it. He there established six orders of
worms, viz. the IXFURIOSA ; the Intestina, including the Annelides; the Mol-
lusca, uniting several of my Zoophytes to my true Mollusca ; the Echinodermata,
which only comprised Echinus aud Asterias ; the Testacea, nearly the same as
those of Linnaeus ; and the Zoophytes, under which name he included the Corals
only. This arrangement was merely superior to that of Linnaeus in the more com-
plete approximation of the Annelides, and by the distinction it eflfected of a part of
the Echinodermata.

I proposed a new arrangement of all the invertebrate animals, founded on their
internal structure, in a paper read before the Societe d'Histoire Naturelle on the
10th of May 1795, of which my subsequent labours on this part of natural history
are the development.

0:^ fa) It is proper to inform our readers that in placing this Division of the
Animal Kingdom after the Fishes, we have made a correction of the confused
arrangement which exists in the volumes of the French Original, and- by which the
Mollusca and the Zoophytes were placed in juxta position, whilst the Insects fol-
lowed the latter. Cuvier was under the necessity of yielding to the circumstances
which imposed upon him the inconvenient plan pursued by him in these volumes ;
and they arose from his wish to devote the whole of the last two volumes of the
original to the labours of M. Latreille, who has supplied the description of the
Insects. In his preface to the third volume the author explains his motives, and as
they have been above substantially stated, we will merely add the remainder of the
remarks contained in this preface. He states the reasons which delayed the pnblica-
VOL. in. B

ent points of the body, the chief of which, termed the brain, is
situated transversely on the oesophagus, and envelopes it with a ner-
vous collar. Their organs of motion and of the sensations have not
• the same uniformity as to number and position, as in the Vertebrata,
and the irregularity is still more striking in the viscera, particularly
as respects the position of the heart and respiratory organs, and even
as regards the structure of the latter ; for some of them respire
elastic air, and others salt or fresh water. Their external organs,
however, and those of locomotion, are generally arranged symme-
trically on the two sides of an axis.

The circulation of the Mollusca is always double ; that is, their
pulmonary circvdation describes a distinct and perfect circle. This
function is also always aided by at least one fleshy ventricle, situated
between tlie veins of the lungs and the arteries of the body, and not
as in fishes between the veins of the body and the arteries of the lungs.
It is then an aortic ventricle. The family of Cephalopoda alone are
provided besides with a pulmonary ventricle, which is even divided
into two. The aortic ventricle is also divided in some genera, as in
Area and Lingida; at others, as in other bivalves, its auricle c-nly is
divided.

When there is more than one ventricle they are not joined in a
single mass, as in the warm-blooded animals, but are frequently
placed at a considerable distance from each other, and in this case the
animal may bo said to have several hearts.

The blood of the Mollusca is white or bluish, and it appears to con-
tain a smaller proportionate quantity of fibrine than that of the
Vertebrata. Tliere are reasons for 1)elieving that their viens fulfil
the functions of absorbent vessels.

Their muscles are attached to various points of their skin, forming
tissues there, which are more or less complex and dense. Their
motions consist of various contractions A'arying in their direction,
which produce inflexions and prolongations together with relaxations

tion of the third vohime for a long time after the appearance of the fotirth ; among
the most prominent of which were the number of changes in the f;:enera, and in the
distribution of species, he was compelled to make by recent discoveries. He also
acknowledgres his obligations to the works of the late lamanted M. de Lamarck, and
those of MM.de Blainville, Savigny, Ft'russac, Des Heyes, D'Orbiguy, Rudolphi,
Bremser, Otto, Leuckart, Chamisso, Eisenliardt, Rang, Sowerby, Charles Desmou-
lins, Quoy and Gayniard, Delle Chiaje, Defrance, Deslonchamp, Audouin, Milne
Edwards, Dug(is, Moquin Tandon, Morren, Ranzani, and other savans whom
he names in different places. He concludes by regretting that he had not
received in time certain very recent works, which would have supplied him with
valuable materials, particularly the Syst. Acaleph., Berlin, 1829, 4to, of M. Esch-
holtz, and the article Zoophytes of the Diet, des So. Nat., of M. de Blainville, which
was not then published. Eng. Ed.

MOLLUSCA.

of their different parts, by means of which they creep, swim, and
seize upon various objects, just as the form of these parts may permit;
but as the limbs are not supported by articulated and solid levers,
they cannot perform very rapid advances in progression.

The irritability of most of them is extremely great, and remains
for a long time after they are divided. Their skin is naked, very
sensible, and usually covered with a humour that oozes from its
pores ; no particular organ of smell has ever been detected in them,
although they enjoy that sense ; it may possibly reside in the entire
skin, for it greatly resembles a pituitary membrane. All the Cephala,
Brachiopoda, Cirrhopoda, and part of the Gasteropoda and Ptero-
poda, are deprived of eyes; the Cephalopoda on the contrary have
them at least as complicated as those of the warm-blooded animals.
They are the only ones in which the organ of hearing has been
discovered, and whose brain is enclosed with a particular cartila-
ginous box.

Nearly all the MoUusca have a development of the skin which
covers their body, and which bears more or less resemblance to a
mantle; it is often however narrowed into a simple disk, or is formed
into a pipe, or billowed into a sac, or lastly is extended and divided
in the form of fins.

The Naked MoUusca are those in which the mantle is simply
membranous or fleshy ; most frequently however one or several
laminee, of a substance more or less hard, is formed in its
thickness, deposited in layers, and increasing in extent as well
as in thickness, because the recent layers always overlap the old
ones.

When this substance remains concealed in the thickness of the
mantle, it is still customary to style the animals Naked MoUusca.
Most generally, however, it becomes so much developed, that the
contracted animal finds shelter beneath it ; it is then termed a
shell, and the animal is said to be testaceous ; the epidermis which
covers it is thin, and sometimes desiccated;* it is called i/rapmar-
in{a).

The variety in the form, colour, surface, substance and brilliancy

* Until my labours on the subject were made public, the Testacea constituted a
particular order; but there are so many insensible transitions from the Naked
MoUusca to the Testacea, and their natural divisions form such groups with each
other, that this distinction can no longer exist. Besides this, there are several of
the Testacea which are not MoUusca.

(j:^ (a) This name is given to a woolly texture which covers the outside of
several univalve shells. Eng. Ed.

of shells, is infinite ; most of them are calcareous ; some are simply
horny, but they always consist of matters deposited in layers, or
exuded from the skin under the epidermis, like the mucous covering,
nails, hairs, horns, scales, and even teeth. The tissue of shells differs
according as this transudation is deposited either in parallel laminae
or in crowded vertical filaments.

All the modes of mastication and deglutition are illustrated in
the MoUusca; here the stomachs are simjjle, there they are com-
plicated, and frequently provided with a peculiar armature; their
intestines are variously prolonged. They most generally have
salivary glands, and always a large liver, but neither pancreas
nor mesentery : several have secretions which are peculiar to
them.

They also present examples of all the varieties of the process of
generation. Several of them possess the faculty of self-impregna-
tion ; others, although hermaphrodites, require a reciprocal coitus,
while in many the sexes are separated. The first are viviparous,
and the others oviparous ; the eggs of the latter are sometimes en-
veloped with a harder or softer shell, and sometimes Avith a simple
viscosity.

These varieties of the digestive and generative processes are found
in the same order, and sometimes in the same family.

The Mollusca in general appear to be animals that are but slightly
developed, possessed of but little industry, and which are only pre-
served by their fecundity and their tenacity of life.

Division of the Mollusca into Six Classes.*

The general form of the tody of the Mollusca, being in propor-
tion to the complication of their internal organization, indicates their
natural division.!

The body of some resembles a sac open in front, containing the
branchiae, whence issues a well developed head crowned with long
and strong fleshy productions, by means of which they crawl, and
seize various objects. These we term the Cephalcpoda.

That of others is closed; the appendages of the head are cither
wanting or are extremely reduced; the principal organs of locomotion
arc two wings or membranous fins, situated on the sides of the neck,

* M. de Blainvllle bas substituted the name of Mulacczcuires for that of Mol
lusca, separating from them the Chi/ons and C'inhijxda, which he calls MuhniO'
zoasres.

f Ti.e whole of this arrangement of the Mollusca, and most of the secondary
subdivisions, belong exclusively to me.

CEPHALOPODA. O

and which frequently support the branchial tissue. They constitute
the Ptercpoda.

Others again crawl by means of a fleshy disk on their belly, seme-
times, though rarely, compressed into a fin, and have almost always a
distinct head before. We call these the Gasteropoda.

A fourth class is composed of those in which, the mouth remains
hidden in the bottom of the mantle, which also encloses the branchiae
and viscera, and is open either throughout its length, at both ends, or
at one extremity only. Such are our Acephala.

A fifth comprises those, which, also inclosed in a mantle and with-
out an apparent head, have fleshy or membranous arms, furnished
with cilia of the same nature. We term these Brachicpoda.

Finally, there are some, which, although similar to the other
MoUusca in the mantle, branchiae, &c., differ from them in numerous
horny and articulated limbs, and in a nervous system more nearly
allied to that of the Articulata. They will constitute our last class,
or that of the Cirrhopoda.

CLASS I.

CEPHALOPODA.*

Their mantle unites under the body, forming a muscular sac
which envelopes all the viscera. In several, its sides are extended
into fleshy fins. The head projects from the opening of the sac; it is
rounded, furnished with two large eyes, and crowned with longer or
shorter conical and fleshy arms or feet, capable of being flexed in
every direction, and extremely vigorous, the surface of Avhich is
armed with suckers or cup^ (a) which enable them to adhere with great
tenacity to every body they embrace. These feet are their instru-
ments of prehension, natation, and walking. They swim with the
head backwards, and crawl in all directions with the head beneath
and the body above.

A fleshy funnel placed at the opening of the sac, before the neck,
affords a passage to the excretions.

The Cephalopoda have two branchiae within the sac, one on each

* M. (le Blainville has changed this name to that of Cephalophora.

M. de Lamarck at first united my Cephalopoda and Gasteropoda under the common
name of Cephala, but having subsequently increased the number of classes, he
resumed that of Cephalopoda.

QC?* (a) The original is veniov^es, which means, literally, cupping glasses, — Eng. Ed.

6 MOLLUSCA.

side, resembling a highly complicated fern leaf ; the great vena cava,
having arrived between them, divides into two branches, which
pour their contents into two fleshy ventricles, each of which is
placed at the base of the branchiae on its own side, and propels the
blood into it.

The two branchial veins communicate with a third ventricle,
situated near the bottom of the sac, which, by means of various
arteries, distributes the blood to every part of the body.

Respiration is effected by the water which flows into the sac and
issues through the funnel. It appears that it can even penetrate into
two cavities of the peritoneum, traversed by the vena cava in their
passage to the branchiae, and act upon the venous blood by means of
a glandular apparatus attached to those A'^eins.

Between the bases of the feet Ave find the mouth armed with two
stout horny jaws, resembling the beak of a parrot.

Between the two jaws is a tongue bristling Avith homy points ; the
oesophagus SAvells into a crop, and then communicates Avith a gizzard
as fleshy as that of a bird, to Avhich succeeds a third membranous and
spiral stomach, Avhich receives the bile from the tAA'o ducts of the very
large liver. The intestine is simple and short. The rectum termi-
nates in the funnel.

These animals are remarkable for a peculiar and intensely black
excretion, Avith Avhich they darken the surrounding Avater Avhen they
Avish to conceal themselves. It is produced by a gland, and retained
in a sac, variously situated, according to the species.

Their brain, Avhich is contained in a cartilaginous cavity of the
head, gives off a cord on each side AA'hich produces a large ganglion
in each orbit, Avhence are derived innumerable optic filaments ; the
eye consists of scA'eral membranes, and is covered by the skin Avhich
becomes diaphanous in that particular spot, sometimes forming folds
AA'hich supply the Avant of eyelids. The ear is merely a slight cavity,
on each side near the brain, Avithout semicircular canals or an exter-
nal meatvis, Avhere a membranous sac is suspended Avhich contains a
little stone.

The skin of these animals, of the Octopi particularly, changes
colour in places, by spots, Avith a rapidity Avhieh greatly surpasses
that of the cameleon.*

The sexes are separated. The ovary of the female is in the bottom
of the sac : tAVo oviducts take up the ova and pass them out through

* See Carus, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur,, XII., part I, p. 320, and Sangiovanni, Ann.
des Sc. Nat. X^'^1, p. 308.

CEPHALOPODA. /

Uro large glands which envelope them in a viscid matter, and colleql
them into clusters. The testis of the male, placed like the ovary,
communicates with a vas deferens which terminates in a fleshy penis,
situated on the left of the anus. A bladder and prostate terminate
there likewise. There is reason to believe that fecundation is
effected by sprinkling, as is the case with most fishes. In the spawn-
ing season the bladder contains a multitude of little filiform bodies,
which, by means of a peculiar mechanism, are ruptured the moment
they reach the water, where they move about with great rapidity,
and diffuse a humour Avith which they are filled.

These animals are voracious and cruel ; possessed both of agility
and numerous modes of seizing their prey, they destroy immense
quantities of fish and Crustacea. Their flesh is eaten ; their ink is
employed in painting, and the Indian, or China ink is supposed to be
made from it.*

The Cephalopoda comprise but a single order, which is divided
into genera, according to the nature of the shell.

Those which have no external shell, according to Linnaeus, formed
but the single genus, (a)

Sepia, Lin.*

Which is now divided as follows :

Octopus, Lam. — Polypus of the ancients,
Have but two small conical granules of a horny substance, on the

* M. Ab. R^musat, however, can find nothing in the authors of China which
confirms this idea.

t M. de Blainville makes an order of them, which he calls the Cryptodibran-

CHITA.

{^ (a) Ofcourse this genus in not included is theTestacea, although it is custom-
ary for certain amateur naturalists to regard the cuttle-fish (sepiaoflacinalis)asa shell-
fish. In the system of Lamarck, the Cephalopoda constitute the fourth order of his
Twelfth Class of luvertebrated Animals. He has arranged the genera, (some of
which are noticed in the present section by Cuvier), in the following manner, for
which we are indebted to C. Dubois, Esq.

TWELFTH CLASS.

MOLLUSCA.

Order IV. — Cephalopodts.

Character of the order : — Mantle of the animal in the form of a sack, containing
the lower part of the body ; head projecting above the sack, crowned with arms
not articulated, furnished with suckers, which surround the mouth; two sessile
eyes ; two corneous mandibles at the mouth ; three hearts ; the sexes separated.
They live in the sea, floating at large, attaching themselves to marine bodies at
will : others only drag themselves along, by means of their arms, at ihe l.^yi lum of

• the water, or on its banks ; the greater pai-t of these are generally secluded in the

two sides, of the thickness of the back ; the sac, having no fins, re-
sembles an oval purse ; eight feet, all of Avhich are about equal, very
large in proportion to the body, and united at the base by a mem-
brane ; they i.re employed by the animal in swimming, crawling,
and seizing its prey. The length and strength of these limbs render
them fearful weapons, which it twines round animals ; in this way it
has even destroyed men while bathing. The eyes are small in pro-
portion, and the skin contracts over them so tightly as to cover them

Genus Belemnites..
.... Oithocera . .
.... Nodosaria . .
.... Hippurites . .
.... Conilites . .

'First Family.— Les Orthoc<5r^es

hollows of rocks. They are all carnivorous, living on crabs or any other marine
animals which they are able to catch, the singular position of their arms greatly
facilitating the necessity they are under of bringing their prey to their mouths,
■where the two strong mandibles enable them to break and crush the hard bodies
■with ■which some of their food is covered. Some of them are entirely naked ;
others live in a thin unilocular shell, which envelopes them, and in which they float
on the surface of the water ; and there are others which have a multilocular shell,
either completely or partially internal.

First Division — Cephalopodes-jiolythaiames.Clmmerges)
Testaceous C^phalopodes — Shell multilocular, enveloped completely, or only parti-
ally enclosed in the posterior part of the animal's body, often closely adhering.

r Shell multilocular, with
septa plain and sim-
ple at the edges, the
divisions of them not
exhibiting any su-
tures on the internal
thickness of the sub-
stance: shell straight
or nearly so ; not in
a spiral form. The
greater number of
these shells are only
known in a fossil
state.
Shell party in a spiral
form, the whorls se-
parated or connected
with each other, the
last continued in a
right line. The sep-
ta are generally tra-
versed by a syphon,
which in some spe-
cies being continued
in a straight line,
occasions the last
one to have from
three to six perfora-
tions. The first ge-
nus is known in a
recent state only ;
and P^ron has as-
certained that the
body of the animal
is contained in the
last septum only, and
the shell enveloped
by its posterior part.

Spirula

Spirolina

Lituola

ina .... >
a J

Second Family. — Les Lituol^es <

CEPHALOPODA. 9

entirely at the will of the animal. The receptacle of the ink is seat-
ed in the liver ; the glands of the oviducts are small. Some of them

Polypus, Aristotle.
Have two alternate rows of cups along each foot.

The common species, Sepia octnpodia, Lin., with a slightly

Genus Renulina .
.... Cristellaria.
. . . Orbiculina .

Third Family. — Les Cristac^es. ,

Miliola 1

Gyiogona > Fourth Family. — Les Spheruldes

Melonia J

Rotalia -v

Lenticulina \ Fifth Family. — Les Radiol^es , .

Placentvila .... J

{ Shell semidiscoid; mul-
tilocular, %vith sim-
ple septa ; the spire
eccentric.
rShell globose, multilo-
I cular, with simple
I septa, spheroidal or
<^ oval ; the whorls of
I the spire enveloping,
'i or the chambers uni-
L ted in a tunic.
/-Shell discoid, multilo-
! cular with simple
I septa, spire central,
J chambers lengthened
j and discoid, extend-
l ing from the centre to
(_ the circumference.
' Shell discoid, spire cen-
trical, cells short,
and in a spiral line
not extending from
the centre to the cir-
cumference. The
greater number are
fossil species. The
septa, as in the pre-
ceding genera, sim-
ple, neither notched
nor undulated on the
internal partition of
the testaceous exte-
rior.

■ Shell multilocular ; sep -
ta sinuous, lobed,
and cut in their con-
tour, uniting toge-
ther against the in-
ternal partition of
the shell, and arti-
culated in sinuous
sutures divided and
dentated. Most of
these are known only
l^ in a fossil state.

Second Division. — Ciphalopodes-monothaJames. — Navigators.

{Shell unilocular, alto-
gether external, and
enveloping the ani-
mal.

Discorbis . .
Siderolites ..
Polystomella
Vorticialis . .
Nummulites
Nautilus ....

• Sixth Family. — Les Nautilac^es

Ammonites.. .,
Orbulites . . . ,
Ammonoceras. .
Turrilites . . . ,
Baculites . , . .

■ Seventh Family. — Les Ammon^es ^

10 MOLLUSCA.

rough skin, arms six times the length of its body, and irnished
with one hundred and twenty pairs of cups, infesis the coasts
of Europe in summer, and destroys immense numbers of fishes
and Crustacea.

The seas of hot climates produce another, Sepia rugosa,
Bosc. ; Seb., Ill, ii. 2, 3, whose body is rougher ; arms some-
what longer than the body, furnished with ninety pairs of cups.
It is from this species that some authors suppose the Indian Ink
is procured. Others again,

Eledon, Aristotle,
Have but a single row of cups along each foot.

One of them, the Pouipe musque. Lam., Mem. de la Soc.
d'Hist. Nat. 4to, pi. ii; Rondelet, 515*, is found in the Mediter-
ranean, which is remarkable for its musky odour.

Argonauta, Li7l.
These are Octopi with two rows of cups, the pair of feet which
are nearest to the back being dilated at the extremity into a

Third Division. — Cephahpodes-sepiares.-

Genus Octopus
.... Loligopsis
.... Loligo . .
.... Sepia ....

-Pulpy Animals.

No shell either exter-
nal or internal ; a so-
lid body, free, cres-
ted, or horned, and
contained in the in-
terior of most of
these animals. Some
crawl at the bottom
of the sea, others
have the faculty of
' swimming on its
L surface.
Fifth Order. — Les Hiteropodes.
Body free, elongated, swimming horizontally; head distinct; two eyes; the arms
»ot in the form of a crown on the summit of the head ; no foot beneath the belly
or under the throat for the purpose of crawling ; one or more fins, not disposed
iu pairs, or any regular order of distribution. These animals, though allied to
the C^phnlopodcs, may be considered as the first vestiges of a series of marine
animals, intermediate between them and the fishes, they probably are very nume-
rous and much diversified, but have at present escaped observation, or their exami-
nation has been neglected.

/-Shell free, elongated;
animal swimming
horizontally ; head
distinct ; two eyes ;
no arms surmount-
ing the head in the
form of a crown ; no
foot or fins regular-
ly destributed.

Genus Carinaria .. .
.... Pterotrachea
.... Phylliroe . . . .

* Add the Pouipe cirrheaux, Lam., loc. cit., pi. i, f, 2, and, in general, several
new species of the whole geuus Sepia, which will shortly be published by M. de
F^russac.

CEPHALOPODA. • 11

broad membrane. The two cartilaginous granules of the common
Octopus are wanted, but these moUusca are always found in a very
thin shell, symmetrically fluted and spirally convoluted, the last whorl
of which is so large, that it bears some resemblance to a galley of
which the spine is the poop. The animal makes a consequent use of
it, and in calm weather whole fleets of them may be observed navi-
gating the surface of the ocean, employing six of their tentacula as
oars, and elevating the two membranous ones by way of a sail. If
the sea becomes rough, or they perceive any danger, the Argonaut
withdraws all its arms, concentrates itself in its shell, and descends to
the bottom. The body of the animal does not penetrate to the
bottom of the spires of the shell, and it appears that it docs not
adhere to it, at least, there is no muscular attachment, a circumstance
which has induced some authors to believe, that its residence there
is that of a parasite*, like the Pagurus Bernhardus, for instance.
As it is always found in the same shell, hoAvever, and as no other animal
is ever seen theref , although it is very common and so formed as to
show itself frequently on the surface, and as the germ of it is visible
even in the ovum of the Argonaut:|:, this opinion must be considered
as highly problematical, to say nothing more of it.

The ancients Avere Avell acquainted Avith this singular animal

and its manoeuvres. It is their Nautilus and their Pompilus,

Pliny, IX, c. xxix.

Several species are knoAvn, closely resembling each other both

in the animal and the shell, Avhich Avere united by Linnaeus under

the name of Argonauta argo, or the Paper Nautilus^.

Bellerophon, Montf.

Certain fossil shells, so called, the animal of Avhich is supposed to
have been analogous to the Argonauts. They are spirally and sym-
metrically convoluted, Avithout seyta, but thick, and not fluted ; the
last Avhorl proportionably shorter ||.

LoLiGO, Lam.

The Calmars have an ensiform lamina of horn in the back in lieu
of a shell ; the sac has tAA^o fins, and besides the eight feet promis-
cuously loaded Avith litle cups on short pedicles, the head is furnished
with tAVo much longer arms, provided Avith cups near the end only,
which is widened. The animal vises these latter to keep itself im-
movable, as if at anchor. The receptacle of the colouring matter is

* It is upon this hypothesis that M. Rafin and others have formed the animal into
the gemis Ocathoe.

t All that has been stated to the contrary, even in modern times, is founded upon
report and conjecture.

X Poli, test. Neapol., Ill, p. 10. See, also, Femssac, Mem. de la Soc. d'Hist.
Nat., II, p. 160, and Ranzani, Mem. di Stor. Nat. dec, 1, p. 85.

§ Arg. argo, Favanne, VII, A, 2, A, 3 ; — Arg. hausfrum, Dehv., ib., A, 5 ; — A.
tubercidafa, Shaw, Nat. Misc., 995 : — A. nuricula, Solander, Fav., VII, A, 7 ; — A.
Jiians, Sol., Fav., VII., A, 6 ; — .-1. Cranchii, Leach, Phil. Trans.. 1817.

II Bellorophon vasulites, Montf., Conch. Syst., I. p. 51. See, also, Defrance,
Ann. des Sc. Nat., I, p. 264.

12 MOLLUSCA.

lodged in the liver, and the glands of the OA'iducts are very large.
I'he coalescing eggs are deposited in narrow garlands, and in two
rows.

They are now subdivided according to the number and armature
of the feet and the form of the fins.

LoLiGOPSis, Lam.

Or the Calmarets, should have but eight feet as in Octopus; they
are only known, however, by drawings of but little authority*.

In the true Loligo the long arms are furnished with cups like the
other tentacula, and the fins are placed near the point of the sac.
Three species are found in the European seas.

L. vulgaris ; Sepia loligo, L. ; Rondel., 506 ; Salv. 169. The
common Calmar. Fins forming a rhomb at the bottom of
the sac.

L. sagiltata. Lam. ; Seb., Ill, iv. The great Calmar. Fins
forming a triangle at the bottom of the sac ; arms shorter than
the body, and loaded with cups for about half their length.

L. Media; Sep. media, Ju. ; Rondel, 508. The little Calmar.
Fins forming an ellipsis at the bottom of the sac, which termi-
nate in a sharp pointf.

Onykia, Lesueur. — Onychotheuthis, Lichtenst.

Have the long arms furnished with cups terminating in hooks ;
in other respects the form is the same;}:.

Sepiola, Cuv.

Have the rounded fins attached to the sides of the sac and not to its
point. One species,

S. vulgaris ; S. sepiola, h. ; Rondel., 519, inhabits European
seas. I'he sac is short and obtuse, and the fins small and cir-
cular. It seldom exceeds three inches in length, and its horny
lamina is as slender and sharp as a stilet.

Choxdrosepia, Leukard. — Sepiotheutes, Blainv.

The whole margin of the sac, on each side, bordered with the fins,
as in Sepia ; but the shell horny, as in Loligo§.

* See, however, Leachia cychira, Lesueur, Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., II, p. 89, and
Krusenstern, Atlas, pi. Ixxxviii.

t Add, Lol. Barframii, Leseuer, Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil., II, vii, 1, 2; — Lol. Bart-
Hngii, Id., XCV; — Lol. illecebrosa, Id., pi. F, No. 6; — L. pelagica, Bosc, Vers.,
I, 1, 2 ; — L. Pcalii, Lesueur, I, c, viii, 1, 2; — L. Pato. Id., XCVI ; — L. brevipinna.
Id., lb., Ill, X.

X On. caribcea, Lesueur, Ac. Nat. Sc. Phil.> II, ix, 1, 2 ; — On. angulata. Id., lb.,
I, 3 ; — On. uncinata, Q,uoy and Gaym., Voy. Freycin., Zool., pi. vii, f. 66 ; — On.
Bergii, Licht., Isis, 1S18, pi. xix; — On. Fabricii, lb., Id.; — On. Banksii, Leach,
App. Tuckey, pi. xviii, f. 2, copied Journ. de Phys., tome LXXXVI, June, f. 4 ; —
On. Smifhii, Leach, lb. f. 3, Journ. de Phys., lb., 5.

§ Chondrosepi loligiformis, Leukard, App. Ruppel., pi. vi, f. 1.

CEPHALOPODA,

Sepia, Lam.

13

The Sepise, properly so called, have the two long arms of a Loligo.
and a fleshy fin extending along the whole length of each side of the
sac. The shell is oval, thick, convex, and composed of numerous and
parallel calcareous laminae, united by thousands of little hollow
columns, running perpendicularly from one to the other. This
structure rendering it friable, causes it to be employed, under the
name of cuttle-bone, for polishing various kinds of work ; it is also
given to small birds in aviaries, for the purpose of whetting their
bills.

The ink-pouch of the Sapise is detached from the liver and situated
more deeply in the abdomen. The glands of the oviducts are enor-
mous. The eggs are produced attached to each other in branching
clusters resembling those of grapes, and are commonly termed sea-
grapes.

The species most commonly found in the seas of Europe,
Sepia officinalis, L. ; Rondel., 498, Seb., 111., iii, attains the
length of a foot and more. Its skin is smooth, whitish, and
dotted with red.

The Indian Ocean produces another, Sepia tuber culata, Lam.
Soc. d'Hist. Nat., 4to. pi. i, f. 1*.

Nautilus, Lin.

In this genus Linnseus united all spiral, symmetrical and chambered
shells, that is to say, such as are divided by septa into several cavities ;
their inhabitants he supposed to be Cephalopoda. One of them, in
fact, belongs to a Ceph tlopode that strongly resembles a Sepia, but it
has shorter arms — it forms tlie genus,

Spirula, Lam.

In the hind part of the body, which is that of a Sepia, is an inte-
rior shell, which, although very different from the bone of that animal
as to figure, diff"ers but little in its formation. A correct idea of the
latter may be obtained by imagining the successive laminae, instead of
remaining parallel and approximated, to be concave towards the body,
more distant, increasing but little in breadth, and forming an angle
between them, thus producing an elongated cone, spirally convoluted
in one plane and divided transversely into chambers. Such is the
shell of the Spirula, which has additional characters consisting of a
single hollow column that occupies the internal side of each chamber,
continuing its tube with those of the other chambers to the very

* Small bodies, armed with a spine are frequently found among: Fossils — they are
the extremities of the bones of the Sepiae. They constitute the genus Buloptera
Deshayes. See my note on this subject, Ann. dcs Sc. Nat. II, xx, 1, 2.

There are some other — but petrified — Fossils, which appear to be closely allied to
the above bones. They are the Ryncholithes of M. Faure Biguet. See GaiU
lardot, Ann. des Sc. Nat., II, 485, and pi. xxii, and of Orbigny, lb,, pi. vi.

14 MOLLUSCA.

extremity of the shell — this column is termed the siphon. The turns
of the spire do not come into contact.

But a single species, Nautilus spirula, L. ; List., 550, 2, is
known. The

Nautilus, properly so called.

Has a shell which differs from the Spirula in the sudden crossing
of the laminae, and in the last turns of the spire, which not only touch
the preceding ones but envelope them. The siphon occupies the
centre of each septum.

N.pompilius,h. ; List. 551, the most common species; it is
very large, formed internally of a beautiful mother-of-pearl, and
covered externally with a white crust varied with fawn-coloured
bands or stroaks(a).

The animal, according to Rumphius, is partly contained within
the last cell, has the f>ac, eyes, jjarrot-beak, and funnel of the
other Cephalopoda; lut its mouth, instead of having their large
feet and arms, is surrounded by several circles of numerous
small tentacula without cups. A ligament arising from the back
traverses the whole siphon and fastens it there*. It is also
probable that the epidermis is extended over the outside of the
shell, though we may presume it is very thin over the parts that
are coloured.

Individuals are sometimes found, — Naut. ponpilius, S, Gmel.;
List., 552 ; Ammonie, Montf., 74, in which the last Avhorl does
not envelope and conceal the others, but where all of them,
though in contact, are exposed, a circumstance which approxi-
mates them to the Ammonites ; they so closely resemble the
common species, however, in all the rest of the shell, that it is
scarcely possible to believe them to be any thing more than a
variety of it.

Fossil Nautili are found of a large or moderate size, and

much more various, as to form, than those now taken in the

oceanf.

Chambered shells are also found among fossils, furnished with

simple septa and a siphon, the body of which, at first arcuated, or

even spirally convoluted, remains straight in the more recent parts ;

they are the Lihius of Breyn, in which the whorls are sometimes

contiguous^, and sometimes distinct — the Hortoles oi Montfort.

* The figiire of Rumphius is absolutely unintelligible, and it is somewhat asto-
nishing, that, of the many naturalists who have visited the Indian Ocean, not one has
ever examined or collected this curious animal, which belongs to so common a shell.

t Large species, with a sinple siphon: the Angdlite, Mont., f. 1, 6;— the
Aganide, Id., 50 ; — the Cantrope, Id., 46.

1 Nautilus lituus, Gni. : — yuut. semilituus, Plane., I, x.

{C^ (o) See a very beautiful illustration of a specimen of Nautilus, by Richard
Owen, Esq. — ExG. Ed.

CEPHALOPODA. 16

In Others, the Orthoceratites*, it is altogether straight. It is
not improbable that the animals belonging? to these shells, resem-
bled that of Nautilus or of the Sjjirula. The

Belemnites

Probably belong also to this family, but it is impossible to ascertain
the fact, as they are only found among fossils ; every thing, however,
proves them to have been internal shells ; thin and double, that is,
composed of two cones united at the base, the inner one much shorter
than the other, and divided into chimbers by parallel septa, which are
concave on the side next to the base. A siphon extends from the
summit of the external cone to that of the internal one, and continues
thence, sometimes along the margin of the septa and sometimes
through their centre. The interval between tlie two testaceous cones
is filled with a solid substance, in some composed of radiating fibres,
and in others, of self-involving conical layers, the base of each being
on the margin of one of the septa of the inner cone. Sometimes we
only find this solid portion, and at another we also find the nuclei of
the cliainbers of the inner cone, or what are termed tlic honeycomb
cells. Most commonly these nuclei and the chambers themselves
have left no other traces than some projecting circles on the inside of
the internal cone. In other specimens again we find more or fewer
of the nuclei, and still in piles, but detached from the double conical
sheath that enveloped tliem.

Of all fossils the Belemnites are the most abundant, particularly in
chalk and compact limestone. f

M. de Blainville divides them according to the greater or less depth
to which the internal cone or chambered portion penetrates, or as the
edges of the external cone have a small fissure or not, or as the exter-
nal surface is marked on one side by a longitudinal furrow, or by two
or more furrows towards the summit, or finally as that surface is
smooth and without furrows.

Bodies very similar to Belemnites, but without a cavity and with
a rather prominent base, form the genus actinocamax of Miller. (a) It

* Breyn. de Polythal., pi. iii, iv, v, and \\. ; and Walch, Petiif. of Knorr., Supp.
IV, 1), iv, d, iv. See also Sage, Joum. de Phys. an. IX, pi. 1, under the name of
Belemnite.

t The best works on this singular genus of Fossils, are the Memoires sur les
Beletnnifes considerhs zoologiquement el geologiquement, by M. de Blainville, Paris,

{j:^ {aj ^Ir- Miller gives the following description of the genus Actinocamax
which he has established and separated from the Belemnites.

Gen. Char. A club-shaped Spathose concretion, consisting of two nearly equal,
longitudinal adhering portions. Apex pointed : base a convex, but obtuse cone.
The whole formedof a series of enveloping fibrous laminse.

Specific character. Act. verus. A club-shaped Spathose semi-transparent horn
coloured concretion ; base convex, obtuse, conical ; apex submamillar. Sides de-
pressed towards the lower end, showing two longitudinal, towards the apex branch-
ing, impressions of blood vessels.

The species was found in the Chalk Strata in Kent, Wiltshire, and Sussex, in the
strata which contain marine animals, so that Mr. Miller does not hesitate to consider
it as an inhabitant of the sea. — ExG. Ed.

16 MOLLUSCA.

is also upon conjectures of a similar nature that reposes the classifi-
cation of the

Ammonites, Brug.

Or the Cornua-Ammoni, or horns of Ammon*, for they no longer
exist except among fossils. They are distinguished from the Nautili,
by their septa, which, instead of being plane or simply concave, are
angular and sometimes undulated, but most frequently slashed on the
edge like the leaf of an acanthus. The smallness of their last cell
seems to indicate that like the spirula they were internal shells. They
are very abundant in the strata of secondary mountains, where they
are found varying from the size of a lentil to that of a coach wheel.
Their subdivisions are based upon the variation of their volutes and
siphons.

The name of Ammonites Lam., {Simplegades, Montf., 82) is parti-
cularly restricted to those species in which all the whorls are visible,
and their siphon near the marginf.

They have lately been divided into the Anivionites planifes, of
Haan, where the edge of the septa is foliaceous, and into the ceraiites
of Haan, where it is simply angular and undulated.

Those in which the last whorl envelopes all the others form the
Orbitulites, Lam., or the Globiles, and Gonialites of Haan, or the Pela-
guse'!, Montf., 62, in all of which the siphon is situated as in the pre-
ceding ones.

The Scaphites Sowerb., are those in which the whorls are conti-
guous and in the same plane, the last one excepted, which is detached
and reflexed on itself. +

Some, 5acM/«7ey,Lam.,are entirely straight without any spiral por-
tion whatever.

Some of them are round,§ and others compressed. || The last some-
times hive a lateral siphon.

The first cells of some of them — the Hamites Sowerb., are arcuated.

Finally, those which vary most from the usual form of this family
are the Turrililes.Monii., 118, where the whorls, so far from running

4to, 1827 ; and that of M. J. S. Miller on the same subject in the Geol. Trans.,
second series, vol. II, part I, London, 1826. See also Sage, Journ. de Phys. an.
IX, and Raspail, Journ. des. Sc. d'Observ., second No. To this genus we refer the
P«f We Montf., 318; — the Thalamule, 322; — the Acheloite, 358; — the Cetocine,
370 ; — the Acame, 374; — the Bdemnite, 382 ; — the Hibolite, 386 ; — the Prorodrague,
390 ; — the Pirgopole, 394, which are the cases of different species. As to the
Amimone, Id., 326 ; — the Callirhoe, 362 ; — the Chrisaore, 378, they appear to be
mere nuclei or piles of alveoli detached from their cases.

* So called from the resemblance of their volutes to those of a ram's horn.

f The various species of Ammonites have long been collected and described, but
■with less care than those of other shells. We may commence studying them in the
article Ammonite, Ency. Method. Vers. I, 2S, and in that of M. de Roissy, in
Sonini's Buffon, Mollusca, V. 16. See also the Monograph of Haan, entitled
" Monographioe Ammoniteorum et Gonialcorum Specimen," Leid. 1325.

X Sc. vhliquus, Sowerb. ; Cuv., Oss. Foss., II, part II, pi. ii, f. 13.

§ Bactdites vertebralis, Montf. 34 2; Fauj., Mont, de St. Pierre, pi. xxi.

II The Tiranifc, Montf., 346; Walch., Petrif., Supp., pi. xii, constitutes the
genus Rhabdites of Haan, who refers the Icthyosarcolites of Desmar to it.

CEPHALOPODA. 17

in the same plane, suddenly descend, giving to the shell that form of
an obelisk which is called turreted*

It is also thought, and from similar considerations, that we should
refer to the Cephalopoda, and consider as internal shells the

Camerines, Brug. — Nummulites, Lam.

Commonly called Nummidites\ Numesmalites, lenticular stones, &c.
which also are only found among fossils, and present, externally, a
lenticular figure without any apparent opening, and a spiral cavity
internally, divided by septa into nvunerous small chambers, but with-
out a siphon. It is one of the most universally diffused of all fossils,
forming, by itself alone, entire chains of calcareous hills and immense
bodies of building stonef .

The most common, and those which attain the greatest size, form a
complete disk, and have only a single range of chambers in each
whorl;]:.

Some very small species are also foimd in certain seas||.

The margin of other small species, (the siderolit/ies,, Lam.,)
both fossil and living, are bristled with points which give them a
stellated appearance^.

The labours and researches, fruits of an infinite imtience, of Bian-
chi (or Janus Plancus), Soldani, Fichtel, and Moll, Ale, and D'Or-
bigny, have ascertained an astonishing number of these chambered
shells without a siphon, like the Nummulites, that are extremely
small and frequently microscopical, both in the sea, among the sand,
fucus, &c. and in a fossil state in the sand formations of various
countries. They vaiy in a remarkable degree as to their general
form, the number and relative position of the chambers, &c. In one
or two species, the only ones whose animals have been observed, there
appears to be a small oblong body crowned by numerous and red
tentacula, which, added to the septa of the sliell, have caused them to
be placed immediately after the Cephalopoda, like the genera just
mentioned, an arrangement, however, which requires to be confirmed
bv more numerous observations before we can consider it as conclusive.

Such of these species as were kno^\^l in the time of Linnaeus and
Gmelin were placed by those naturalists among the Nautili.

* Montf. Jouin. de Phys., an. VII. pi. i, f. 1. There are some doubts as to the
position of the siphon. Perhaps, as M. Adoiiin obsenes. what has been taken for
it, is the cohimellar conrohition.

t The stone termed pierre de Laon is wholly formed of Nummulites. The
pyramids of Egrypt are placed upon rocks of this description, which also furnished
the materials of the superstructure. See the Memoir of Fortis on tjje Discolites in
his work on Italy, and that of M. Uericart de Thurij, as well as Lam., Anim. sans
Verteb., VIII, ami M. D'Orbigny, Tab. Method, des Cephalopodes.

:J; Nautilus mammilla, Ficht., and Moll., VI, a, b, c, d ; — Naut. lenticularis,
VI, e, f, g, h, VII, a — h. To this genus also we refer the Licophre and EGEOXii,
Montf., 158, 166, and his Rotalite, 162, which differs from the Rotalies of
Lamarck.

\\ Nautilus radlatus, Ficht. and Moll., VII., a, b, c, d ; — Naut. Venosus, lb., e,
f, g, h.

§ Siderol. calcitrapo'ide, Lam. Fau., Mont, de St. Pierre, pi. xx.xiv,

VOL. m. c

18 MOLLUSCA.

M. D'Orbigny, who has exceeded every other person in attention
to this subject, forms them into an order which he calls Foraminifera,
on account of the only communication between the cells being by
means of holes, and divides them into families according to the man-
ner in which the cells are disposed.

When the cells are simple and spirally arranged, they constitute
his Heficostegua, AA'hich are again s\ibdivided. If the whorls are en-
veloped, as is particularly the case in the Nummulites, they become
his Helicostegua nautUoida*.

If tlie whorls do not envelope each other, they are the Helicostegua
amrnonoida.]

If the whorls are elevated as in most Univalves, they are the
Helicostegua turhinoida.\

Simple pells may also be strung upon a single, straight or slightly
curved axis, constituting the family of the Stycoslegua.%

* These infinitely small beings having but little to do with our plan, we will
merely cite the names of the genera with a few examples. The Nummulites them-
selves are compressed in this first division under the name of Nummulines, —
Nautilus iiompiloides, Ficht., and Moll., N. incrassatus, Id.
The Syderglii^a, the same as Syderolites, Lam.

Cristellaria, — Nautilus cassis, Naut. galea, Id., &c.

RoBULiNA, Nautilus calcar, Naut. voHex, Id.

Spirolina, — Spirdlinites cylindracea. Lam. Anim., sans verteb,

Peneropla, — Nautilus planatus, Ficht. and Moll., &c.

Dentritina,

polystomella,

Axomalina,

Vertebralina,

Cassidulina.
t M. D'Orbigny divides them into four genera :

soldania,

Operculina,

Planorbulina,

Planulina.
X These form ten genera :

Truncatulina,

Gyroidina,

Globigerina,

Calcarina, -where is placed, among otbei*s, the Nmtiius Spenykri, Fich. and
MoU. XIV, d., I, and XV.

ROTALIA,

e.osalina,

Valvulina,

bulimina,

uvigerina,

Clavulina.
§ The Stycostegua are divided by M. D'Orbigny into eight genera : the Nodo-
SARiA, which he subdivides into the true Nodosaria, such as the Nautilus radicu-
lus, L. ; — Naut. juyosus, Montag., Test. Brit., XIV. f. 4 ; and into Dentalina.,
such as the Nautilus rectus, Montag., I, cit., XIX, f. 4, 7 (the genus Reophaga,
Montf. I, 330) ; into Orthoerina, such as the Nadosaria clavulus, Lam., Encjcl.,
pi. 466, f. 3 ; and into Mucronixa.

Frokdicuaria, where comes Rcnulino complamda, Blaiiiv., Malac.

LiNGULINA,
RiMXJLINA,

CEPHALOPODA. 19

Or they may be arranged in two alternate series, when they be-
come the Enallostegua*.

Or a few of them may be collected and united as in a pellet, form-
ing- the Agathistecjua.\

Finally in the Entomosteyua\ the cells are not simple as in the other
families, but are subdivided by transverse septa in such a way that a
section of the shell exliibit a sort of trellis.

Vaginulina, to which belongs the Nautilus legumen, Gm. Plane, I, f. 7 ;
Encycl.,pl. 465, f. 3.

Marginuhna, -where we find the Nautilus raphanus, Gm. Soldan., II, xciv.

Plaxularia, such as the Nautilus crepidulus, Fich,, and Moll., XIX, g, h, i.

Pavoxixa.

* M. D'Oibigny has seven genera of Enallostegie :

BlGEXERIXA,.

Textularia,
Vulvulixa,

DiMORPUINA,

polymorphina,

Virgulina,

Spheroidina.
f The Ayathistegua or Milliola of authors, which compose immense banks gf
calcareous stone, iu the arrangement of M. D'Orbigny, only form six genera :

Biloculixa,

Spiroloculixa,

Triloculina,

Articulina,

q'jinqueloculina,

Adelosina,

M. de Blainville assures us that he has ascertained, from observation, that their
animal has no tentacula : should this be the case, they are at once greatly removed
from the Cephalopoda.

X The Entomostegua resemble, externally, several of the Helicostegua, M. D'Orb.
divides them into five genera :

Amphistegyna,

Heterostegyna,

Orbiculixa,

Alveolina,

Fabularia.
Those who are desirous of penetrating more deeply into the study of this curious
portion of Conchyliology, on which our limits forbid us to expatiate, but which
may be useful in the investigation of fossil strata, will find an excellent guide in the
Table Method, des C^phalppodes, inserted by M. D'Orbigny the Ann. des Sc. Nat.,
1826, tome VII, p. 95 and 245, and may profit by the large models constructed by
this able observer.

c 2

20 MOLLUSCA,

CLASS II.

PTEROPODA*

The Pteropoda, like the Cephalopoda, swim in the ocean, but they
can neither fix themselves at all, nor crawl, because they have no
feet. Their organs of locomotion consist of fins placedlike wings
on the two sides of the mouth. B\it few and small species are known,
all of them hermaphrodites.

Clio, Lin. — Clione, Pall.

Have the body oblong, membranous, without a mantle ; head formed
of two rounded lobes, whence originate small tentacula ; two small
fleshy lips, and a little tongjue in front of the mouth ; the fins covered
with a vascular net-Avork which acts as branchiae, the anus and genital
orifice under the right one. Some authors consider them as possess-
ing eyes.

The external envelope is far from being filled with the viscera ;
the stomach is wide, the intestine short, and the liver voluminous.

Clio horealis, L. This species, Avhich is the most celebrated,
is found in astonishing numbers in the arctic seas, furnishing, by
its abimdance, food for the whales, although each individual is
hardly an inch longf .

Brugiere has observed a larger and not less abundant species
in the Indian Ocean ; it is distinguished by its rose colour, emar
ginated tail, and the division of the body, by grooves, into six
lobes, Encycl. Meth., PI. of the Mollusc, pi. Ixxv, f. J, 2.

We must place also here the

CvMRULiA, oi Peron.

Which have a cartilaginous or gelatinous envelope resembling a
galley, or rather a sabot or clog, bristling with small points dis-
posed in longitudinal rows. The animal has two large wings
composed of a vascular tissue, wliich are its branchiae and fins ;
between them, on the open side, is a third and smaller lobe with

* M. <le Blainville unites my Pteropoda and my Gasteropoda in a single class,
which he calls Paracephalophora, of which my Pteropoda form a particular
order, under the name of Aporobranchiata. Tliis order is divided into two
families ; the Thecosoma, which are furnished with a shell, and the Gymnosoma which
are not.

t The Clio horealis of Pallas (Spicil, X, pi. 1, f. IS, 19), the Clio retiisa of Fabri-
cius (Faun. Groen., L., 334), and the Clio lamacim of Phips (Ellis, Zooph., pi. 15,
f. 9, 1, 10), of which Gmelin makes as many different species, appear to be this same
animal.

PTEROPODA. 21

three points. The mouth with two small tentacula is situated be-
tween the wing-s towards the closed side of the shell and above two
small eyes, and the genital aperture, whence issues a small penis in
the shape of a little proboscis. It is so diaphanous, that the heart,
brain, and viscera can be distinguished through the envelopes*.

Pneumodermon, Cuv.

The Pncumodernia begin to be a little further removed from the
Clios. Their body "is oval, without a mantle and without a shell ; the
branchife are attached to the surface, and composed of little laminae,
arranged in two or three lines so disposed as to form an H on the
part opposite to the head The fins are small ; the mouth which is
furnished with two small lips and two bundles of numerous tentacula,
each terminated by a sucker, has a little lobe or fleshy tantaculum
beneathf.

Pneumodermon Peronii, Cuv. Ann. du Mus., IV, pi. 59 ;
and Peron, lb., XV, pi. 2. Not more than an inch long. The
species known was captured in the Ocean by Peron.

LiMACiNA, Cuv.

The Limacince, according to the description of Fabricius, should have
been closely related to the Pneumoderma ; but their body terminates
in a spirally convoluted tail, and is lodged in a very thin shell formed
by one whorl and a half, vuibilicated on one side, and flattened on the
other. The animal uses its shell as a boat, and its wings as oars,
whenever it wishes to navigate the surface of the deep.

The species known Clio helicina, Phips and Gmel. ; Argonauta
arctica, Fab., Faun. Groenl., 387, is almost as common on the
Arctic seas as the Clio borealis, and is considered as forming
one of the chief sources of food for the Whale|.

Hyalea, Lam., — Cavolina, Abildg.

Have two large Avings ; no tentacula ; a mantle cleft on the sides,
lodging the branchice in the bottom of its fissures, and invested by a
shell also cleft laterally, the ventral face of which is arched, and the
dorsal flat and longer than the other ; the transverse line which
unites them behind, is furnished with three sharp dentations. When
alive, the animal thrusts several appendages, that are more or less

* See Peron, Ann. Mus., X^', pi. iii, f. 10 — 11. N. B. in the fig. of Cymbulia,
piven by Blainville, Malac, XLVI, the position of the animal in the shell is directly
the reverse of the true one. Our description is founded upon the recent and re-
peated observations of M. Laurillard.

t M. de Blainville once thought that the fins supported the branchial tissue, and
that what I have considered as branchiiE is another kind of fin. In this case the
analogy with the Clios would have been greater ; but since then, (Malacol., p. 483)
that gentleman has adopted my views.

I I am not sure that the animal drawn by Scoresby, of which de Blainville
(Malac., pi. xlviii. bis, f. 5) makes his genus Spiratella, is, as he thinks, the same
as those of Phips and Fabricius.

22 MOLLUSCA.

long, through the lateral fissures of its shell ; they are productions of
the mantle.

The species most known Anomia tridentata, Forskahl. ; Cavo-
lina natans, Abilgaard ; H. cornea. Lam. ; Cuv., Ann. du
Mus., IV. pi. 59; and Peron, lb., XV, pi. 3, f. 13. has a small,
yellowish, semi-diaphanous shell, found in the Mediterranean
and the Atlantic Ocean*.

Cleodora, Peron.

The Cleodorse, for which Brown originally created the genus Clio,
appear to resemble the Hyalese in the simplicity of their Avings, and in
the absence of tentacula between them ; it is also probable that their
branchiae are concealed in the mantle ; their conical or pyramidal
shell, however, is not cleft on the sides. M. Ray distinguishes

Cleodora, properly so called, with a pyramidal shell,

Creseis, with a conical and elongated shellf,

CuviERA, with a cylindrical shell.

Psyche, with a globular shell, and

EuRYBiA, with a hemispherical shell. (I)

It is thought that we may approximate to the Hyalege

Pyrgo,
A very small fossil shell discovered by M. Defrance ; very thin, glo-
bular, and divided by a very narrow tranverso cleft, except before,
where it becomes a little widened(a^.

* Add : Hyal. lanceolata, Lesiieur, Bullet., des Sc. June 1S13, pi. v, f, 3; — Hyal.
inflexa, lb., f. 4.

N. B. The Glaucus, Carinaire, and Firole, refeiTed by Peron to the family of the
Pteropoda, belong to the Gasteropoda ; the Philliroe of the same author also
probably belongs to it. — His Calliumre is a Zoophyte.

t It is probably near the Creseis, and perhaps even in the same subgenus, accord-
ing to Messrs Rang and Audouin, that Ave must place the genus Triptera of
Messrs Quoy and Ga\Tnard, which is referred by M. de Blainville to the family of the
Akerse.

X See the Meip,, of M. Rang, Ann. des Sc. Nat., Novemb., 1827, and March 1828.

N. B. Several Pteropoda have been discovered in a fossil state. M. Rang has
found, near Bourdeaux, Hyalete, Cuiiet-ue, and Cleodor<v. See Ann. des Sc. Nat.
August 1826. The Vaginella of Daudin is a Cresis according to M. Rang; it has,
in fact, all the characters of the latter.

i^^ («) The Pteropodes constitute the first order of Lamarck's twelfth class, and
his division of this order into genera, is pi-ecisely the same as that given in the pre-
sent work, with the exception of the fossil genus added by Cuvier under the name of
Pyrgo. The general description of the order by Lamarck is as follows : —

These Mollusca have no feet to crawl with, or arms to assist their motion or seize
their prey ; they have two opposite and simularly constructed fins adapted to swim-
ming; their bodies are free and floating. The Pteropodes are swimming Mollusca,
without the means of affixing themselves to other bodies, floating on the surface of
the sea and changing their position by ineans of their two fins or oars, which resem-
ble two wings placed on each side of the mouth in some and in others on each side
of the neck. He adds that in the Ayalda the head is so much concealed at the base
or point at which the fins are united that it appears obsolete, exhibiting consequently
an alliance between these animals and the Conchifer.T (the eleventh class of Mollus-
cous animals in his system). In the Cymbulia a little lobe which stands forward on
the posterior part, between the two tnie ^^^ngs, has been erroneously regarded as a
third fin. — Eng. Ed.

OASTEROPODA. gj^

CLASS III.

GASTEROPODA.

The Gasteropoda constitute a very numerous class of the Mollusca,
an idea of which is afforded by the Slug-.

They generally crawl upon a fleshy disk, situated under the abdo-
men, which sometimes however, assumes the shape of a furrow, or
that of a vertical lamina. The back is furnished with a mantle which
is more or less extended, takes various forms, and in the greater
number of genera, produces a shell. Their head placed anteriorly,
is more or less visible, as it is the more or less involved under the
mantle ; its tentacula are very small, they are situated above the
mouth but do not surround it, varying in number from two to six ;
sometimes they are wanted ; their function is that of touch, or at
most that of smell. The eyes are very small in some species, ad-
hering to the head, in others to the base, side, or point of the tenta-
culum ; sometimes they are wanted. The position, structure, and
nature of their respiratory organs vary, and afford the means of
dividing them into several families ; they never, however, have more
than a single aortic heart, that is to say, one placed between the pul-
monary vein and the aorta.

The position of the apertures, through which the genital organs,
and that of the anus project, varies ; they are almost always, how-
ever, on the right side of the body.

Several are entirely naked; others have merely a concealed shell,
but most of them are furnished with one that is large enough to re-
ceive and shelter them.

The shell is formed in the thickness of the mantle. Some of them
are symmetrical and consist of a single piece ; others are non-sym-
metrical, which, in those species where they are very concave, and
where they continue to grow for a long time, become necessarily
obliqviely spiral.

If we figure to ourselves an oblique cone, in which other cones,
always wider in one direction than in the others, are successively
placed, it Will be easily seen that the convolution of the whole takes
place on the side which enlarges the least.

This part, on which the cone is rolled, is termed the columella ;
it is sometimes solid, and sometimes hollow. When hollow, its aper-
ture is called the umbilicus.

24 MOLLUSC A.

The lohorh of the shell mTLj cither remain in one plane, or incline
towards the base of the columella. .

In this last case, the preceding whorls rise above each other, form-
ing the spire, which is so much the more acute, as the whorls de-
scend more rajjidly, and the less they increase in width. These shells
with a salient sjjine, are said to be turbinated.

Wlien, on the contrary, the whorls remain nearly in the same
place, and do not envelope each other, the spine is flat, or even con-
cave. These shells are said to be di^coidal.

When the top of each whorl envelopes the preceding ones, the
spire is hidden.

The part thro\igh which the animal appears to come out is named
the aperture.

When the whorls remain nearly in the same plane, while the animal
crawls, it has its shell placed vertically, the columella crosswise on
the hind part of its back, and its head passes under the edge of the
opening opposite to the columella.

AVhen the spire is salient, it inclines from the right side in almost
every species ; in a very few only does it project from the left when
they are in motion ; these are said to be reversed.

It is observed that the heart is always on the side opposite to that
to which the spire is directed. Thus it is usually on the left, and in
the reversed on the right. This relation is exactly inverted Avith re-
spect of the organs of generation.

The organs of respiration, which are alwaj'^s situated in the last
whorl of the shell, receive the ambient element from under its edge,
sometimes because the mantle is entirely detached from the body
along this edge, and sometimes because it is perforated there by a
hole.

It sometimes happens that the margin of the mantle is prolonged
in the form of a canal, in order to allow the animal to seek the am-
bient element without exposing its head and foot beyond its shell. In
such a case as this, the shell has also in its margin, near the extremity
of the columella, opposite that to which the spire inclines, a fissure or
canal, for the purpose of lodging that of the mantle. The canal,
consequently, in ordinary species, is on the left ; and in the reversed,
on the right.

The animal, however, being very flexible, can vary the direction
of the shell, and most commonly Avhen there is a fissure or canal, it
directs the latter forwards, which throws the spine behind, the colu-
mella to the left, and the opposite margin to the right. It is the
contrary in the reversed, for which reason their shell is said to be
contorted to the left.

GASTEROPODA. 25

The aperture of the shell, and consequently the last whorl, are
more or less large, in proportion to the other whorls, as the head or
foot of the animal, which is constantly protruding from and retracting
within them, is more or less voluminous compared to the mass of the
viscera which remain fixed in the shell.

This aperture is wider or narrower in proportion to the greater or
less degree of thickness of these same parts. The aperture of some
shells is narrow and long — this is because the foot is thin, and be-
comes double by being folded in order to enter.

Most of the aquatic Gasteropoda, with a spiral shell, have an oper-
culum, a part sometimes horny, sometimes calcareous, attached to the
posterior part of the foot, which closes the shell when its occupant is
withdrawn into it and folded up.

In others of the Gasteropoda the sexes are separate ; others which
are hermaphrodite, and some of which possess the faculty of self-
impregnation, Avhile others require a reciprocal coitus.

Their organs of digestion vary as much as those of respiration.

This class is so numerous that we have been compelled to divide it
into a certain number of orders, which Ave have founded upon the
position and form of the branchiae. The

PULMONEA

Respire the natural air in a cavity, the narrow orifice of which they
open and shut at pleasure. Some of them have no shell, others have
one which is even very often completely turbinated, but the oper-
culum is always Avanted. The

NuDIBRANCHIATA

Have no shell, and are furnished with naked branchiae, of various
forms, on some part of their back. The

Inferobranchiata,

Similar in other respects to the Nudibranchiata, have their branchiae
in the margin of their mantle. The

Tectibranchiata

Have branchiae on the back and side, covered by the lamina of tlie
mantle, which almost always contains a shell more or less developed, or
sometimes only enveloped in a recurved margin of the foot.

These four orders are hermaphrodites, requiring a reciprocal
coitus. The

2s mollusca.

Heteropoda
Have their branchiae on the back, where they form a transverse
range of small panaches, protected, as well as part of the viscera, in
some species, by a symmetrical shell. They are particularly distin-
guished, however, by the foot, which is compressed into a thin
vertical fin, on whose margin is frequently observed a small cup
(ventouse), the only vestige of the liorizontal foot of the rest of the
class. In the

Pectixibraxchiata
The sexes are separated ; the respiratory organs almost always con-
sist of branchiae, composed of lamellae, imited in the form of combs,
and are concealed in a dorsal cavity, widely open above the head.

Nearly all of them had a turbinated shell, a mouth sometimes
entire, sometimes fissured, and at other times furnished with a siphon,
but most generally susceptible of being more or less perfectly closed
by an operculum attached to the foot cf the animal behind*. The

TuBULIBRAXCHIATA(a)
Have a shell resembling a more or less irregularly pointed tube,
which attaches itself to various bodies. Their branchiae consist of a
single range along the left side of the roof of the branchial cavity.
The

SCUTIBRAXCHIATA

Have l)ranchi8e similar to those of Pectinibranchiata ; but the sexes
are united, so that fecundation takes place without a mutual copula-
tion, as in the Acephala. Their shell is veiy open, and in several
forms a non-turbinated shield; the operculum is always wanting.
The

Cyclobraxchiata,
Hermaphrodites, like the Scutibranchiata, have a shell composed of
one or several pieces, but never turbinated nor Avith an operculum ;

* N.B. Sometimes, as ia Vermetus, &c,, the foot is recurved in such a manner
that the operculum is before.

0:3* (") 1" tlie orif^inal this order does not occur, but we find further on, that
when the author comes to take each of these orders into detailed consideration, as it
will be seen he does in the following pages, the necessity occurred to him of sepa-
rating from the Pectinibranchia an additional order, to which he gave the name of
of Tubulibranchia. We have therefore deemed it necessary to insert this order
with its characters precisely in the order and relation assigned to it by the author. —
Eng. Ed.

GASTEROPODA PULMONEA. 27

their branchiae are attached under the margin of their mantle, as in
the Inferobranchiata(a).

ORDER I.
PULMONEA*

The Pulmonia are distinguished from the other Mollusca by respiring
elastic air through a hole opening under the margin of the mantle,
and which they dilate and contract at will ; and accordingly have no

* M. de Blainville prefers the term Pulmonobninchiuta.

{C^* OO The Gasteropodes form, in Lamarck's classification, the Second Order
of his

t\\t<:lfth class.

Mollusca.

Order II. — Les Gasteropodes.

Animals with the body straight, never in a spiral form, nor enveloped in a shell

capable of containing the whole of it ; they have beneath the belly a foot or muscular

disk, united nearly to the whole length of the body, and serving them to crawl with.

Some are naked, others are screened by a dorsal shell, not sheathed in the body ;

and others again, have a shell more or less concealed in their mantle.

First Section. — Les Hydrobranchitn.

AxiMALS only breathing water.

rThe respiratory organs, in what-
I ever part they are situated,
', are always elevated, either
I in filets, laminae, tufts, or
\ like a comb ; they are placed
I above the mantle, either ou
the back or on the sides, and
L not in any particular cavity.
TRespiratory organs placed be-
neath the border or edge
of the mantle, and disposed
in a longitudinal series round
the body, or on one side, not
being placed in any particular
L cavity.

r Gills as above, but placed on
I the right side of the body
L only.

r Respiratory organs placed in a
■ cavity appropriated to them
I on the back of the animal,
I near the neck, projecting
', either within the cavity or
j above it. Shell always exter-
nal and covering the animal,
L w-hich is without tentaculae.
/-Gills placed in a particular ca-
I vity near the posterior part
of the back, and covered by
I the mantle or by an opercu-
1 lary shield. — No tentaculsc.

Genus Glaucus

.... Eolis

.... Tritonia

.... Scj lla^a

Tethys

.... Doris

■ >

First Family.
Les Tritoniens.

Phyllidia . . .

.... Chiton ellus .

.... Chiton

Patella

;}

Second Family.
Les Phyllidiens.

.... Pleurobranchu
.... Umbrella. ...

■}

Third Family.
Les Semiphyllidiens

.... Parmophora .
.... Emarginula .
.... Fissurella . . .

Pileopsis . . .

. . . . Calyptraea . . .
. . . . Crepidula . . .
. . . . Ancvlus

•1
>

Fourth Family.
Les Calyptraciens.

. . . . Acera

.... Bullaca

Bulla

}

Fifth Family.
BuUeens.

28

branchiae, but a mere net- work of pulmonary vessels which creep
over the parietes of the respiratory cavity and chiefly on its ceiling.

Some of them are terrestrial; others are aquatic, but are com-
pelled to visit the surface from time to time for the purpose of open-

Genus Aplysia
. . , . Dolabella

;:::;}

r Respiratory organs situated as
Sixth Family. I in the BuU^ens, and also

Les Aplysiens. S covered by a shield ; but this

L family possesses tentaculae.

Second Section. — Les Pneumobranchiee.

Genus Onchidium

.... Parmacella

.... Liraax . .

.... Testacellus

.... Vitrina . .

Seventh Family.
Les Limaciens.

Genus Helix

CarocoUa .
Anostoma .
Helicina . . .

Pupa

Clausilia. . .
Bulimus . . .
Achatina. . .
Succinea. . .

Auricula . . .
Cyclostoma,

r Branchiae, or respiratory organs
< rampant, in the form of vas-
I cular net, on the thickness of
a particular cavity, the aper-
ture of which the animal con-
tracts or dilates at will.
L They only breathe fresh air.

Third Order. — Les Trachelipodes.
The bodies of the animals spirally contorted at their posterior part, which is sepa-
rated from the foot, and always enveloped in a shell ; the foot free, flattened,
attached to the lower base of the neck or at the anterior part of the body, and useful
to assist the animal in crawling : a spiral shell covering the body.
First Section. — Les Phytiphages.
Animals feeding on vegetable substances.

"Trachelipodes without a pro-
jecting syphon, breathing
generally by a hole. The
greater number feed on vege-
table substances, and are
furnished with jaws : aper-
ture of the shells entire, not
having at the base any dorsal
notch, or canal; they only
breathe air. Shell spirivalve,
smooth or with striae, the
right margin often reflected
£ outwardly ; smooth and not

[2 distinctly nacreous. This

family is terrestrial ; they
have cylindrical tentaculae,
with eyes at their summits
with or without an opercu-
lum. They all live out of the
water,
r Amphibious Trach«'lipodes, with
two tentaculae without eyes
at their summit ; generally
no operculum, their tentacula;
flattened ; they inhabit fresh
J water, and rise to breathe the
air on its surface. — Shell spi-
rivalve, most frequently
smooth on its external sur-
face, and having the right
margin of its aperture always
sharp, and not reflected.

With four tenta-
s. culfe.

With two tenta-
culae.

Planorbis

Physa

Lvmnaja .

;;;:}

Second Family.
Les Lymneens.

GASTEREOPODA PULMONEA. 29

ing the orifice of their pectoral cavity in order to respire. They are
all hermaphrodite. The

PULMONEA TERRESTRIA

Have generally four tentacula, ; in two or three only, of a very small
size, the lower jjair are not to be seen.

Those which possess no apparent shell, form in the Linneean sys-
tem the genus

LiMAX, Lin.

Which we divide as follows :

LoiAx, properly so called. Lam.

Have the body elongated, and the mantle, a dense fleshy disk which
is confined to the forepart of the back, merely covering the pulmonary

Genus Melanla "j

.... Melanopsis.. . . /•

.... Pii-ena -'

.... Valvata i

, . . Paludina ?

,. ., Ampullaria,. ,. J

Vavicella ,, . . ~i

Neritina I

Nerita ...... j

Natica }

Janthina

Sigaretus ►.
Stomatella.,
Stomatia ,.
Haliotis . . , ..

Tornatella . .
Pyramidella

Third Family,
Les Melaniens!.

Fourth Family.
Les P^ristomiens.

Fifth Family.
Les N^ritac^s.

Sixth Family.
Les Janthines.

Seventh Family.
Les Macrostomes.

Eighth Family.
Les Plicac^s.

rFluviatile Trachcilipodes with
1 two tentaciilce and an oper-
I cnlum, and only breathing:

.^ water. The shells have the
I margin of the aperture dis-
• united, the right side always
L sharp : with an epidermis.
J- Animal the same as the preced-

J ing family ; shell conoid or

S subdiscoid; the margins of
[_ the aperture united.
rOperculated Trach^lipodes, and
j breathing water only ; some
I inhabit fresh water, others
j are marine. Shells senai-
•' globular or a flattened oval,

\ without a columella, and the
j left margin of the aperture
forming a cover half over the
I aperture of the shell, like tlie
[_ deck of aboat.
r Shell marine, its aperture not
■ at all closed, floating on the
I surface of the water; breath-

J ing water only. The animal
I has a bladder attached to its
I foot, by which, when it is
' inflated, the shell is sus-
L pended.

r Shell not floating, aperture vei-y
I much widened, margin dis-

< united, no columella or oper-
I culum. The animal breath-
[_ ing water only.

{Aperture of the shell not widen-
ed, and plaits on the colu-
mella : the animal breathing
water only.

30 MOLLUSCA.

cavity ; in several species it contains a small, flat, and oblong shell,
or at least a calcareous concretion in place of it. The respiratory

Genus Vermetus . . .

.... Scalaria

.... Delphinula . .

I

Ninth Family.
Les Scalariens.

.... Solarium

1

1

Rotella

Trochus

.... Monadonta . . .

*.

Tenth Family.

.... Turbo

f

Les Turbinac^s

.... Planaxis

1

Phasianella . . .

J

.. .. Turritella

Shell having- no plaits on the
I columella, the edges of the

J aperture united circularly.
I Animal a vermicular Tra-
I ch^lipode, and breathing wa-
^ ter only,

r Shell turretted or conoid, aper-
I ture round or oblong, not
1 widened, having the edges

■^ disunited : they appear fur-
j' nished with an operculum.
The animal breathes only
L water.

Genus Cerithium . .

. Pleuromata .

. Turbinella . ,

. Cancellaria .

. Fasciolaria . ,

. Fusns

. Pyrula

Struthiolaria
Ranella . . . .

Murex

Triton

Rostellaria
Pterocera. .
Strombus..

First Division. — '
Species without
any permanent
varix or thick-
ened lip on the
right margin.

Second Di\'ision.
— AJl the species
having perma-
nent varices, or
a thickened lip
on the right side. _

>1

Second Section. — Les Zoophages.
Animals feeding on animal substances only.

"Trach^lipodos with a project-
ing or salient syphon, breath-
ing water only, conveyed to
the branchiae or gills by that
syphon ; they feed upon ani-
mal substances only, are
marine, without jaws, and
provided with a retractile
proboscis. Shell spirivalve,
inclosing the animal; the
aperture either caualiculated
or notched at the base ; the
right lip not changing its
form by age, the can.il more
or less long ; all having oper-
cula. In the first division of
this family, the additional
growth is but slightly marked,
in the second, it is distin-
guished by thickened bands
or varices, which remain on
the external whorls, except
in the genus Struthiolaria,
which has only a thickened
lip.
'"Shell having a canal more or
less long at the base of the
aperture, the right side of
which changes its form with
age, and becomes Aving-
shaped ; a sinus at the lower
part of the lip. These shells
present the remarkable fact
of being totally different in
form in an adult state, from
that in the young ; a fact
only observable in the G. Cy-
prsea besides this family.
The operculum of the ani-
mals of this family is homy,
long, and straight.

Second Family.
Les Ail^es.

GASTEROPODA PULMONEA,

31

orifice is on the right side of this species of shield, and the anus on the
margin of that orifice. The four tentacula are protruded and re-
tracted, evolving themselves like the inverted fingers of a glove, and
the head itself can he partly withdrawn under the disk of the mantle.
The genital organs open under the upper right tentaculum. The
mouth has only an vipper jaw, resembling a dentated cresent, which
enables these animals to gnaw fruits and herbs, which they do with
so much voracity as to effect considerable injury. The stomach is
elongated, simple and membranous.
M. de Ferussac distinguishes

Arion, Fer.,

In which the respiratory orifice is towards the anterior part of the
shield, which merely contains a few calcareous granules. Such is

Limax Rufus, L, {the Red Limax;) Feinissac, Moll. Terr, et
Fluv., pi. i. and iii. It is everywhere to be met with in wet
weather, and is sometimes entirely black, lb. II, i, 2. A decoc-

Genus Cassidaria
.... Cassis ....

Riciaiila . . .
Purpura . . .
Moneceros ,
Concliolepas.

Harpa

Dolium

Buccinum. . .

Eburna

Terebra . . .

Columbella
Mitra ....

Voluta

Marginella
Volvaria ..

Ovula ....
Cyprsea . .
Terebellum
Ancilla.. ..
Oliva . . .
Conus ....

re
w;

••1

A ascending canal
recurved back-
wards.

IJ.

An oblique notch ', \
> inclining to the ^

J a

back.

Fourth Family.
Les Columellaires,

Fifth Family.
Les Enroul^es.

Shells having a short canal at
the base of the opening as-
ceoding towards the back, or
a notch in the form of a semi-
canal, inclined backward.
The animals of all this family
produce coloring matter, but
particularly the G. Purpura,
from which was extracted
the celebrated dye of the
Romans ; it is contained in
a peculiar reservoir near the
animal's neck. All of them
appear to possess an oper-

' culum.

/-No canal at the base of the
I aperture, but a subdorsal
I notch more or less distinct,
' and having plaits on the
i columella of the shell. — The
I Columbellae have a small
I operculum attached to the
»- foot of the animal.
f Shell without a canal, but hav-
ing the base of the aperture
effuse or notched; the whorls
of its spire large, compressed,
rolled round each other, so
that the last nearly conceals
all the others, rendering the
spiral cavity large and nar-
row, and indicating that the
body of the animal must be
flattened. The two first ge-
nera of this family have tlie
right lip recurved inwardly ;
no operculum,

32 MOLLUSC A.

tion of this species is sometimes used in France for pulmonary
disorders*.

Lima, Feruss.

The respiratory opening towards the posterior part of their shell,
and frequently much larger. Such is

L. antiquorum, Feruss., pi. iv and viii, A, f. 1 ; L. maximus, L. ;
L. sylvaticus, Drap., Moll., IX, x. Frequently spotted or streaked
with grey ; found in caves and dark forests.

L. agreslis,Ij. ; Feruss., pi. v, f. 5 — 10. Small, without spots ;
and one of the most abundant and destructive animals. f

Vaginulus, Feruss.

Have a dense mantle without shell, stretching over the whole
](>ngth of the liody ; four tentacula, the lower ones slightly forked :
the anus at the extreme posterior extremity, between the point of the
mantle and that of the foot, the same orifice leading to the pulmonary
cavity situated along the right flank ; orifice of the male organ of
generation under the riglit inferior tentaculum, and that of the
female imder the middle of the right side. These organs, as well as
those of digestion, are very similar to the same parts in the Slug.

These MoUusca are found in both Indies, and closely resem-
ble the common LimacesJ.

Testacella, Lam.

Have the respiratory crific and the anus at the posterior extremity;
the mantle very small, and placed on the same extremity ; it con-
tains a small oval shell, with an exremely wide aperture and a very
small spine, wliicli is not one tenth of the length of the body ; other-
wise these animals resemble the Liniaces.

Test, haliotoidea, Drap. ; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., V, xxvi, 6, 11.
A common species is found in the southern departments of France;

* Add : the L. aWtis, MiiU., Feruss., pi. i, f. 3 ; — L. hortensis, Id., pi. ii, f. 4 — G.

f Add : L. alpinus, Feruss., pi. v. a; — L. (jugates, Drap., pi. ix, f. 1 and 2, &c.
N.B. The Plectophora, Feruss., would be Limaces, having a sort of small conical
shell on the end of their tail, and far from the shield ; they are only known, however,
by drawings of very equivocal authority, Favanne, Zoomorphose, pi. Ixxvi, copied
Feruss., pi. vi, f. 5, 6, 7.

M. de Blainville (Malac, p. 464) now doubts the reality of his genus Limacet.la,
and rejects bis genus Veronicella, Diet, des Sc. Nat. The Phylomichus and
EuMELES, Raf., are too imperfectly indicated to be admitted into a work like this.

X Vayinidus Taunaisii, Feruss., pi. viii, A, f. 7 ; and viii, B, 2 .3 ; — V. alius, Id.,
pi. viii, A, f. 8, and viii, B, f. 6 ; — V. Langsdorfii, Id., pi. viii, B, f. .i and 4 ; — ]'.
Icevigatus, Id., pi. viii, B, f. 5, 7 ; — Onchidiitm occidentale, Guilding, Lin. Trans.
XIV, L\. ;

The genus Meghimatium of Van Hassel., Bullet. Univers., 1824, Zool. tome
III, p. 82, should apparently be added to it.

N.B. Tlie genus Vaginula differs from Oxchidium, with which M. de Blain-
ville has united it, Malac, p. 465, detaching from it, at the sume time, the true
Onchidiums to form his genus Peroxia. His anatomy of the Vaginula in the Moll.
Terr, et Fluv, of M. de Ferussac, pi. viii, C, is very good.

GASTEROPODA PULJIONEA. 33

it lives under ground, and feeds chiefly on Lumbrici. M. de Fe-
russac has observed, that when accidentallj' placed in too dry a
situation, the mantle experiences a singvdar development, and
furnishes it with a sort of shelter.

Parmacella, Cuv.

Have a membranous mantle with loose margins placed on the mid-
dle of the back, and containing in its posterior portion an oblong, flat
shell, the hind part of which exliibits a slight rudiment of a spine ;
the respiratory orifice and the anus, under the right side of the mid-
dle of the mantle.

Parm. Olivieri, Cuv, Ann. du Mus., V, xxix, 12 — 15. The
first species known ; from Mesopotamia.

Parm. pal/iolutn.FeruHs., pi. vii, A. Inhabits Brazil. Some
others are found in India.
In the terrestrial Pulmonca with complete and apparent .shells, the
edges of the aperture in the adidt are usually tumid.

HeliXj Lin.

To this genus Linnaeus referred all those species in which the aper-
ture of the shell, somewhat incroached upon by the projection of the
penultimate whorl, assumes a crescent-like figure.

When this crescent of the aperture is as wide as it is high, or
wider, it becomes the

Helix, Bruy. and Lam.

Some of them have a globular shell.

Of this number is the Helix pomatia, L., com:non in the gar-
dens and vineyards of France, with a reddish shell marked with
paler bands, an animal which in some places is considered a deli-
cious r.rticle of food. The Hel. nemoralis, L., is another; whose
shell is variously and vividly coloured ; in wet seasons it is very
injurious to espaliers*. There are but few persons who have
not heard of the curious facts respecting the reproduction of
their amputated partsf .

In others the shell is depressed, that is, the spire is flattened+.

* Add the Hel. glauca, — H. citrina ; — H. rapa ; — H. castanea : — H. globulus ;

H. lactea ; — //. arbu^toruin ; — H. fiilva ; — H. epistylium ; — H. cincta ; — if. liijata ;

H. aspersa; — //. extensa ; — H. nemorensis ; — H. fruiicum; — H. lucena; — H. vittuia ;

H. rosareu; — H. it alia; — //. lusitanica: — //. aculeata; — H. turturum ; — H. cre.tacea ;
H. fuscescens : — H. tcrresfris; — 77. nivea ; — 77. hortensis; — H. lucorum ; — 77. gi-isea ;
77. hcemastoma ; — H. pulla ; — 77. i-enusta; — H. picia, Gmel, &c.

t See Spallanzani, SchoefFer, Bonnet, &c.

I Hel. lapicida; — 77. cicatricosa ; — 77. tegophlalnms ; — H.oculus capri; — 77. alhella;
— 77. maculafa; — 77. algira; — H. leempes; — 77. vermiculata ; — 77. exilis ; — H. cava-
colla; — 77. coniu militare; — 77. pellis serpenlis; — 77. Gualteriana ; — 77. ociills commu-
nis ; — H. mnrginella; — 77. maculosa; — H. neevia; — H. corrugatn; — 77. ericetumm;—
H. nilens ; — 77. costata ; — 77. pulchcllu ; — H. cellaria ; — H. obrolutu ; — //■ streigosula ;

— H.radiata; — H. crystnllina ; — H. iingnlina ; — //. tnhuhis : — //. iino! ruins ; H,

biidia ; — H. rornu rennloritnn, &o.

VOL. in. o

34 MOLLUSCA,

Some of these have ribs projecting internally*, and there are
others in which the last whorl is suddenly recurved, (in the adult,)
assuming an irregular and plaited formf .

ViTRiNA, Drap. — Helico-Limax, Feruss.

The Vitrinse are Helices with a very thin flattened shell, without
an umbilicus ; the aperture large, but its margin not tumid ; the
body too large to be completely drawn into the shell ; the mantle has
a double border;]:, the upper one, which is divided into several lobes,
extends considerably beyond the shell, and being reflected over it,
polishes it by friction.

The known Eiu-opean species inhabit wet places, and are very
small§. Hot climates produce larger ones/

There are some species of Helix, in which the body can hardly
enter the shell, although not furnished with this double border, which
should be approximated to them ||.

When the crescent of the aperture is higher than it is wide, a
disposition which always obtains when the spire is oblong or elon-
gated, it constitutes the

BuLiMUs Terrestris, Brug.
Which requires a still further subdivision :

BuLiMus, La7n.

Margin of the aperture tumid in the adult, but without denta
tions.

Hot climates produce large and beautiful species, some of which
are remarkable for the volume of their ova, the shell of which is of a
stony hardness ; and others for their left shell.

Several moderate-sized or small species are found in France,
one of which, the Helix decollata, Gm.; Chemn., cxxvi, 1254,
1257, has the singular habit of successively fracturing the whorls
of the summit of the spire. This is the example referred to, as
a proof that the muscles of the animal can be detached from

* Hcl. sinuafa ; — //. lucenia; — H. lychnuchus ; — H. cepa; — H. isognomostoma ; —
H. sinuosa ,- — H. punctata, &c.

f Ilfl. ringens, Chemn., IX, cix, 919, 920, the Axostoma of Lam., or Tomo-
GERES, Montf. ; an analogous fossil shell is the Strophostoma, Deshayes. See,
also, pi. V, vi, vii, \'iii, of Draparn., with the accompanjnng descriptions ; the works
of Sturm and Pfeiffer on the German species, but particularly see the splendid folio
of M. de F^russac on the " Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles."

+ Termed by M. de Ferussac " une curiasse et tin coUrlier."

§ Hel. pellucida, Mull, and Geoff. ; Vifrina peUucidu, Drap., VIIT, 34 — 37": —
the He/iconon, Quoy and Gaym., Zool. de Freycin., pi. Ixvii, 1; F<^russ., pi. ix,
f. 1—4.

II lie], nt/a und brevipcs, Feruss., Drap., VIII, 26 — 33.

GASTEROPODA PULMOXEA, 35

the shell; for at a particular cpocli, of all the whorls of the spire
originally possessed by this Bulimiis, not a single one remains*.

Pupa, Lam*

Have the summit of the shell very obtuse ; the last whorl, in the
adult, becoming again narrower than the others, giving it the form of
an ellipsoid, or sometimes almost that of a cylinder; the surrounding
margin of the apertute tumid and emarginated on the side next to
the spire by the preceding whorl. Small species, inhabiting wet
places, among mosses, &c.

Sometimes there is no dentation |.

More commonly there is one in that portion of the aperture
which is closed by the penultimate whorl J.

It is frequently observed inside of the external edge||.

Chondrus, Cuv.

Have the aperture, as in the last mentioned Pup?e, indented on the
side next to the spine by the preceding whorl, and bordered with
salient laminje or teeth ; but the form is more ovoid, like that of a
common Bulimus.

Some of them have teeth on the margin of the aperture §.

Others are furnished with more deeply seated laminae^.

Here terminates that series of terrestrial Helices, the adult shells of
which have a tumid margin round the aperture.

Succinea, Drap.

Have the shell oval, and the aperture higher than it is broad, as in
Bulimus, but larger in proportion, and the margin of the aperture

* Add Helix ovalis, Gm., Chemn., IX. cxix, 1020, 1021 ; — H. oblonga, lb.,
1022, 1023 ;— ff. trifasciafa, Id., CXXXIV, 1215 ;— Jff. dexira, lb., 1210, 1212 ;—
H. inferrupfa, lb., 1213, 1214; — H., lb., 1215 -,—11., lb., 1224, 1225; — /f. per-
versa, Id., CX and CXI, 928 — 937 ; //. inverse, lb., 925, 926 ; — H. confraria, Id.,
CXI, 938, 939; — H. heva, lb., 940 and 949.— i/. lahiosa, Id., CXXXIV, 1234 ; —
H., lb., 1232 ,—H., lb.. 1231 ; H. cretacea. Id., CXXXVI, 1263;— i7. pudica, Id.,
CXXI, 1042 ;— ff. calcirca. Id., CXXXY, 1226.

Bulla auris Malcha, L., Gra., Tb., 1037, 103S, V, lb., 1041.

Bidimus cohtmba, Brug., Seb., Ill, Ixxi, 61 ; — Bui. fasciolatus, Oliv., Voy., pi.
xvii, f. 5. Fortlie small species of France, see Draparnaud, Moll. terr. etfluviat.,
pi. iv, f. 21 — 32.

f Bulimus labrosus, Oliv., Voy. pi. xxxi, f. 10, A, B ; — Pupa edentula, Drap. Ill,
23, 29 ; — Pupa obtusa, Id., 43, 44 ; — Bul.fusus, Brug.

X Turbo uva, L., Martini, IV, cliii, 1439 ; — Turbo muscorum, L. {Papa marginata,
Drap., Ill, 36, 37, 38); — Pupa muscorum, Drap., III. IG, 21 . {Vertigo cylindrica,
Feruss. ); — Pupa umbilicata, Drap. Ill, 39, 40 ; — P. doliulum, lb., 41, 42.

II Eel. vertigo, Gm., {Pupa vertigo, Drap., Ill, 34, 35) i—^Pupa antivertigo, lb.,
3 2, 33; — Pupa pygmcea, lb., 30, 31 ; — Bulimus ovularis, Oliv., Voy., XVII, 12,
a, b.

§ Bulimm zebra, Ol., XVII, 10 : — Pupa tridens, Drap., Ill, 57; — Pupa variabilis,
lb., 55, 56.

\\ Bulimus avenaceus, Brug., (Pupa avena) Drap., III., 47,48; — P. secale, Jh.,
49, 50 ; — P. frumentum, lb., 51, 52 ; — Bulimus similis, Brug. ; — P. cinerea, Drap.,
lb., 53, 54 ; — P. polyodon, IV, 1, 2 : — Helix quatridens,(Pupa quadr., Drap.) lb. 3.

D 2

36 MOLLUSCA.

not tumid ; tlie side of the columella is almost concave. The shell will
not receive the entire animal, and it might almost be considered as a
large-shelled Testacella. Its inferior tentacula are very small, and it
lives on the plants and shrubs which line the banks of rivulets, a cir-
cumstance which has caused the genus to be considered as amphi-
bious*.

It is necessary to separate from the genus Turbo of Linn, and refer
to the genus of terrestrial Helices the following :

Clausilia, Drap.

The shell is long, slender, and pointed, the last whorl, in the adult,
narrowed, compressed, slightly detached, and terminated by a com-
plete aperture with a timiid margin, frequently dentated or furnished
with laminae. In the contraction of the last whorl we usually find a
little plate bent into an S, the use of which to the living animal is
unknown.

The species are veiy small, living in mosses at the foot of
trees, &c. A gi-eat many of them are reversedf .
It is also necessary to separate from the Bulla of Linn, and place
here

AcHATiNA, Lam.

In which the aperture of the oval or oblong shell is higher than it is
broad, as in the Bulimi, but it wants the tvimid margin ; the ex-
tremity of the columella also Ls truncated, the first indication of the
emarginations which we shall find in so many marine Gasteropoda.
These Achatinae are large Helices, which devour trees and shrubs in
hot countries +.

Montfort distinguishes those, in the last whorl of which we find a
callus or peculiar thickening, — Liguns, Montf.|| ; this whorl is propor-
tion ably lower in them than in the others :

And those in which the extremity of the columella is curved to-
wards the inside of the aperture, — Polyphemus, Montf.§ ; the last
whorl is higher. The

* Succineo amphibia, Drr.p., IV, 22, 23 {Helix put ria, L.) ; — S. oblunga, lb., 24.
— The genera Cochlcthydra, F^ru?s., Lucina, Oken, Tassade, Huder, cor-
respond to the Succincfe. M. Delamark at first styled them Amphibulimi. The
Amphibulime encapuchonni, Lam., Ann. du Mus. VI, Iv, 1, may also form a Testa-
ceUa.

t Turbo perrersiis, L., List., 41, 39 ; — T. bidens, Gm., Drap., IV. 5, 7 ; — T, pa-
pillaris, Gm., Drap., lb., 13 ; and the other Clausiliae of Drap., figured on the same
plate; — BuUmus retusus, Oliv., Voy., XVII, 2 ; — Bui. infiatus, lb., 3; — Bui. teres,
lb., 6 ; — BuL torticollis, lb., 4, a, b ; — Turbo tridens, L., Chemn., IX, xii, 957 ; —
Clausilia collaris, F^russ., List., 20, 16.

+ Bulla zebra, L. Chemn., IX, ciii. 875, 876; rxviii, 1014 — 1016; — Bulla
achatina, lb., 1012, 1013; — Bulla purpurea, lb., 1018; — Bulla dominicensis, Id.,
CX\'II, 1011: — Bulla sternis pulicum, CXX, 1026, 1027; — Bulla flammea, Id.,
CXIX, 1021 — 1025; — Helix fenera, Gm., lb., 1028, 1030 ■,—Bulimus bicarinafus,
Brug., List., 37 ; — Minnie buccinoide, Oliv., Voy., XVII, 8.

II Bulla virginea, L., Chemn., IX, cxvii, 1000, 1003 ; X, clxxiii, 1682 — 3,

§ Bulitmis glrnis, Brug., Chemn., IX, cxvii, 1009, 1010.

GASTEROPODA PULSION EA. Ol

PULMONEA AQUATICA,
Have only two tentacula, as already stated ; they are continually
compelled to rise to the surface for the purpose of breathing, so
that they cannot inhabit very deep water; thoy are usually found
in fresh water or salt ponds, or at least in the vicinity of the sea-
coast and of the mouths of rivers. Some of them have no shell,
such as

Onchidil'm, Biichau*^

A broad, fleshy mantle, in the form of a shield, overlapping the foot
at all points, and even covering the head when it contracts. It has
two long retractile tentacula, and on the mouth an emarginated veil,
formed of two triangular and depressed lobes.

The anus and respiratory oi-ifice are imder the posterior edge of
the mantle, where, a little more deeply, we also find the pulmonary
cavity. Close to them, on the right, opens the female organ of gene-
ration; that of the male, on the contrary, is under the right great
tentaculum, the two openings being united by a furrow, which extends
along the under part of the whole of the right margin of the mantle.
These animals, destitute of jaws, have a muscular gizzard, followed
by two membranous stomachs. Several of them inhabit the sea-
shore, but in places where the ebb leaves them uncovered, so that
they can readily breathe the natural airf .

The acquatic Pulmonea, with complete shells, were also placed by
Linnaeus in his genera Helix, Bulla and Valuta, from which it has
been found necessaiy to separate them.

In the first were comprised the two following genera, where we
find the internal edge of the aperture crescent-shaped, as in Helix.

Planorbis, Brug.+

The Planorbes had already been distinguished from the Helices by
Brugieres, and even previously by Guettard, on account of the slight

* Onphidium, a name given to this genus, because the first species {Onckidium
ti/pfue, Bnchna., Lin. Soc. Lond., V, 132) was tuberculous; I now kuow one that
is stnooth, the Gnchidium Icetigatum, Cuv., and four or fis'e that are tuberculous:
Oncli. Peronii, Cuv., Ann. du Miis., V, 6; — Onch. Sloanii, Cuv., Sloaue, Jam., pi.
273, 1 and 2; — Onch. verntnt'atum, Descr. de I'Eg., Moll. Gaster., pi. ii. f. 3 ; —
Onch. cellfcum, Cuv., a small species from the coast of Brittany.

N. B. M. de Blainville has changed the name of Oncliidium into that of Peronia,
and applied the former to the Vaginulse. These Peronia he places among his
Cyclobraxchiata, but I can see no real differeace between their respiratory
organ aud that of the other Pulmoneae.

t See Chamisso, Nov. Act. Mat. Cuv., XI, part I, p. 348, and Van Hassel,
BuUet. Uuivers., 1S24. Sept., Zool., 83.

X Hel. vortex; — H. cornea; — H.spirorbis; — H.polygyra; — //. contorta; — H.
initida ; — H. alM ; — ,'/. similis.

See the quotations of Gmel., and add, Draparnaud, pi. I, f. 39 — 5), and pi. ii,
f. 1—22.

38 MOLLUSCA.

increase of the whorls of their shell, the convolutions of which are
nearly in one plane, and becavise the aperture is wider than it is high.
It contains an animal with long, thin, filiform tentacula, at the inner
base of which are the eyes, and from the margin of whose mantle
exudes a quantity of a red fluid, which is not, however, its blood. Its
stomach is muscular and its food vegetable, like that of the Limnsei,
of which, in all our stagnant waters, it it the faithful companion. The

LiMNiEus, Lam*

Separated from the Bulimi of Brugiere by M. Delamark, have, liket
Bulimi, an oblong spire and the aperture higher than it is wide ; but
the margin, like that of a Succinea, is not reflected, and there is a
longitudinal fold in the columella, which runs obliquely into the
cavity. The shell is thick ; the animal has two compressed, broad,
triangular tentacula, near the base of whose inner edge are the eyes.
They feed on plants and seeds, and their stomach is a very muscular
gizzard, preceded by a crop. Like all the Pulmonea, they are her-
maphrodites, and the female organ of generation being far from the
other, they are compelled so to copulate, that the individual which acts
as a male for one, serves as a female for a third ; long strings of them
may be observed in this position.

They inhabit stagnant waters in great numbers ; they also abound
with the Planorbes in certain layers of marl or calcareous strata,
which they evidently prove were deposited in fresh waterf .

Physa, Drap.

The Physae, which were placed without any just motive among the
Bullae, have a shell very similar to that of a Lyuinsea, but without the
fold in the cohunella and reflected edge, and very thin. AVhen the
animal swims or crawls, it covers its shell with the two notched lobes
of its mantle, and has two long, slender and pointed tentacula, on the
greatly enlarged internal base of which are the eyes. These are the
small mollusca of our fountains.

One of them, Bulla funtinalis, L., which is sinistral, is found
in FranceJ.

According to the observations of Van Hasselt, we should place
here the

ScARAB^us, Montf.

Which has an oval shell, the aperture narrowed by projecting and
stout dentations on the side next to the columella, as well as towards

* Hel. stagnalis, L. of wbich H.frar/ilis is a variety ; — H. puhtstris ; — Il.pereyra ;
— H. limosa ; — H. uuricidaria. See Drap., pi. ii, f. 28, 42, and pi. iii. f. 1,7.

•f The mantle of the Limn, glutinosus, like that of the Physs, is sufficiently ample
to envelope its shell. It is the genus Amphipeplea. Nilson, Moll, succ.

X The neighbouring species, BuU. hypnorum, L., and Physa acuta, and Scaluriginum,
Drap., require an examination of their animals. Vide, Drap., p. .54, et seq.

GASTEROPODA NUDIBRANCHIATA. 39

the external margin; this margin is enlarged, and as the animal
renews it after each semi-whorl, the shell projects most on two oppo-
site lines, and has a compressed appearance.

They feed on aquatic plants in the Archipelago of India*.

The two following genera were among the Volutae.

Auricula, Lam,

Differing from all the preceding aquatic Pulmonea in the columella,
which is marked with wide and oblique flutings. Their shell is oval
or oblong, the aperture elevated as in Bulimus, and the margin tumid.
Several are large ; we are not certain whether they inhabit marshes
like the Lymntei, or their borders like the Succinese.

Auricula myosotis. Drap. Ill, 16, 17; Carijch'mm myosotis,
Feruss. The only species in France ; the animal has but two
tentacvila, and the eyes are at their base ; from the shores of the
Mediterranean!.

CoNvovuLus, Lam. — Melampes, Movtf.

Projecting folds on the columella, as in the Auriculae, but the margin
of the aperture is not tumid, and the internal lip is finely striated ;
the general form of the shell is that of a cone, of which the spire forms
the base. They inhabit the rivers of the Antilles^.

ORDER II.

NUDIBRANCHIATA I!.

The Nudibranchiata have neither shell nor pulmonary cavity, their
branchiye being exposed on some part of the back. They all are
hermaphroditical and marine animals, frequently swimming in a re-
versed position, with the foot on the surface, concave like a boat, and
using the assistance of the margin of their mantle and then tentacvda
as oars. In the

* Helix scarabiTus, L.

f Add, Valuta auris MuJce, L., Martini, II, xliii, 436 — 38; Chemn.,X, cxlix,
1395, 1396 ; — Volufa auris Jiid^e, L., Martini, II, xMv, 449 — 51 ; — Vol. auris Sileni,
Born., IX, 3 — 4 ; — Vol. glabra Mart II. xliii, 447, 448 ; — Vol. coffea, Chemn., IX,
cxxi, 1044.

X Valuta minuta, L., Mart., II, xliii, f. 445, or Bulimus coniformis, Brug. ; — Bui.
monUe, Brug., Mart. lb., f. 444 ; — Bui. ovulus, Br., Mart., lb., 446.

II My four first orders are united by M. de Blainville in what he terms a sub-
class, designating them by the name of Paracephalophora Monoica. He
makes two orders of my iV«(Zti/-««c/ii((/a ; in the first, or the Cyclobranchiata,
he places Doris and other analogous genera : in the second, or the Polybranchiata,
arc Trifonia and the following genera, which he divides into two families, according
to the presence of two or four tentacula.

40 MOLLUi<CA.

Doris*, ( ?rr

Have the anus open on tlie posterior part of the back, the branchiw
being arranged in a circle round it, under the form of a little tuft, the
whole resembling a sort of flower. The mouth is a small proboscis,
situated under the anterior margin of the mantle, and furnished with
two little conical tentacula. Two other claviform tentacula arise
from the anterior superior part of the mantle. The openings of the
genital organs arc approximated imder its right margin. The sto-
mach is membranous. A gland interlaced with the liver excretes a
peculiar fluid through a hole near the anus. The species are nu-
merous, and some of them large. They are found in every sea,
where their ova, resembling gelatinous bands, are diffused over
stones, sea- weed, &c.f The

Onchidok.v, BUuiiv.

Only differ from Doris in the separation of the genital organs, the
orifice of v/hich communicates by a furroAV running along the right
side as in Onchidium.J In the

Plociamoceros, Leuck.

Have all the characters of the Onchidoree, in addition to which the
anterior margin of their mantle is ornamented with numerous branched
tentacula||.

POLVCEKA, Ci:i\

Have the branchiae, as in Doris, on the hind part of the body, but
more simple, and followed by two membranous laminse, which cover
them in moments of danger ; anterior to the claviform tentacula.

* A name first applied by Limutus to an animal of this genus, wliich, however, he
characterized bndly. It v as iifterwards extended by MuHer and Gmelin to almost
the whole of the Nudihranchi'ta, and restored by me to its original signification.

t Species with an ovai mantle projecting beyond the foot: Lorin ri-niuusa, L.,
Cnv., Ann. du .Mus., IV, Ixxiii, 4, 5 : — Doi-is aryo, L., Bohatsch, Auim. Mar. V,
4, 5 ; — />om ohrHufa, Miill., Zool. Dan., XLVIII, 1, 2; — Dniiifusca — , Id., lb.,
LXVII, 6, 9 ; — Doris stellata, Borara^, Act. Fless., I, iii, 4 ; Doris pilosa, Miill., loe.
cit. LXXX\', 5—8 ;— 1>. Ifcvis, Id., lb., XLVII, .•?— 5 ;— i). nmricata, Id., LXXXV,
a — 4; — D. hiberculata, Cuv., Ann. dn Miis., IV, Ixxiv, 5 ; — D. limhata, lb.. Id., 3 ;
— D. solea, Id., lb., 1, 2; — D. scabra, Id., lb., p. 44G ; — D. maculosa. Id., lb., — D.
tomentosa, Id.,.Ib. ; — D. nodosa, Montag., Lin. Trans., IX, vii, 2 ; — D. moryinafa,
Lin., Trans., VII, vii, p. 84 ; — D. niyricans, Otto., Nov. Act. Nat. Cur., XIII, part
II, pi. xxvi. f. 1 ; — D. y.-umdifiora. Id., lb., XXVII, f. 3 ; — D. iigrinu, Sav. Egyp.,
Gasterop., pi. i. p. .3 ; — D. conctntrisca, lb., f. 5 ; — D. marmorata, lb., f. 6, &c.

Prismatic species, where the mantle is almost as narrow as the foot : Doris laccra,
Cuv., Ann. du Mus., IV, Isxiii, f. 1 and 2; — D, afromaryina/a, Id., lb., Ixxiv, 6;
D. pustulosa, Id., lb., p. 473 ; — D. yracilis, Rapp., Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. XIII, part
II, pi. xxvii, f. 10. See also Van Hassel. Bullet. Univ., 1824, Octob., Zool., p.
2.35.

* Onchidoru Leachii, Blainv., Malac, p). xlvi, f, 8.

j! Plocamcceros occUafus, Leuck., App. Iliippel., Invert, pi, 5, f. .3,

GASTEROPODA N'UDJBRANCHIATA . 4l

similar to those in Doris, are four, and sometimes six others, simply
pointed*.

Tritonia, Cuv.

Have the body, the superior tentacula and genital organs as in Doris ;
but the anus and the orifice through which the peculiar liquid is ex-
creted, are pierced on the right behind the organs of generation;
the branchiae, which resemble little trees, are arranged along the sides
of the back, and the mouth, provided with broad membranous lips, is
armed inside with two horny and trenchant lateral jaws, which may
be compared to a pair of sheep-shears.

Trit. Hombergii, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., I, xxxi, 1, 2, and the
Journ. de Phys., 1785, October, pi. ii. A large species of a cop-
per colour, from the coast of France.

The same locality produces many others which vary greatly
in size and the form of their branchiapf; several of them are
very small |.

Thethys§, Lin.

Have all two rows of branchiae resembling branching tufts along the
back, and a very large membranous and fringed veil on the head,
which shortens as it curves under the mouth ; this latter is a membra-
nous proboscis without jaws ; on the base of the veil are two com-
pressed tentacula, from whose margin projects a small conical point.
The orifices of the genital organs, of the anus, and of the peculiar
fluid are situated as in the Tritoniae. The stomach is inembranous
and the intestine very short,

T. fimbria, L.,; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., XII. xxiv||. Grey
spotted with white ; a beautiful species from the Mediterranean .

ScYLL.EA, Lin.

Have the body compressed ; the foot narrov*' and marked with a fur-
row which enables it to clasp the stems of the fuci ; no veil ; the

* Doris quadriUneafa,Miil]., Zool., Dan., I.xvii , 4 — 6, and better, lb., cxxxviii,
5 — 6; D. cotimta, lb., cxlv, 1, 2, 3; — D. fluva, Lin. Trans., YII, vii. p. 84 ; —
Polt/cn-a Uncuta, Risso, Hist., Nat., lY, pi. i. f. 5.

t Siicb are Tnf. elegans, Descr., de VEg. Zool., Gaster., pi. 2, f. 1 ; — Trit. rubra,
Leuck., App., Rupp., Invert., pi. 4, f. 1 ; — Tr. glauca, Ib.,f. 2 ; — 7'. cyanobranrhiata,
lb., f. 3; — T. arborescens, Cuv., Ann. du SIus., YI, Ixi, and three ethers, at least
closely allied ; — Doris arborescens, Straem., Act., Hafn., X, v. 5 ; — Doris frondosa,
Ascan., Act. Dronth., V, v, 2, and Don's cervina, Bomm^, Act., Fless., 1, iii, 1.

J Doris coronata, Bomm^, lb., and Doris pinnatifida, Lin. Trans., VII, vii, -which
is closely allied to it ;—Dorisfmlrirfa, MiilL, Zool". Dan., CXXXVIII, 2, and pro-
bably Doris cl^<rigera, Mull., lb., XVII, 1 — 3. Perhaps the Doris lacera, Zool.
Dan., CXXX\'ni, 3, 4, should also he referred to this genus.

§ From Jt^iKuf, a name emjdoyed by the ancients to designate the Ascidiae ; Lin-
na:us applied it to this genus.

II The difference observed between the TOc/%s ^mftWa^ff, Bohatsch., Anim. Mar.,
pi. V, and the Thcthys Jeporina, Fab., Column., Ag., pi. xxvi, appears to me to be the
re-ult of a greater or less degree of preservation.

"42 MOLLUSCA.

mouth resembling a little proboscis ; orifices as in Thethys ; the com-
pressed tentacula terminated by a cavity, from Avhich issues a little
uneven point, and two pairs of membranous crests on the back, the in-
ternal surface of which is furnished with pencils of filaments, which
are the branchiae. The middle of the stomach is invested Avith a
fleshy ring, internally armed with horny and trenchant laminee, like
knives.

5. pelagica, L. ; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., VI, Ixi, 1, 3, 4. Com-
mon on the floating focus of almost every sea.

Glaucus, Forster.

Have the body elongated, and the orifices of the anus and of the
genital organs as in the preceding ; four very small conical tentacula,
and on each side three branchiae, each of which is formed of long
slips arranged like the sticks of a fan, Avhich also aid them in swim-
ming. They are beautiful little animals, that inhabit the Mediter-
ranean and the Atlantic, prettily coloured with blue and mother-of-
pearl ; they swim on their back with great swiftness. Their anato-
mical structure is very similar to that of the Tritonia, but the species
are not yet well ascertained*.

Laniogerus, Blainv.

Have on each side two series, of small and finely pectinated laminae,
which are the branchiae ; the body shorter and thicker than that of a
Glaucus, but there are four small similar tentacula. f

EOLIDIA, CilV.

Have the form of a small Limax, with four tentacula above, and two
on the sides of the mouth; the branchiae are composed of laminae, ar-
ranged like scales, more or less crowded, on each side of the back.
Found in eveiy seaj.

Cavolina, Brug.

Have the tentacula of the Eolidiae, with radicating retiform branchiae,
arranged in transverse rows on the back||.

* Do)-is radiaia, Gm., Dup., Phil. Trans., LIII, pi. iii ; — Sci/llee macrie, Bosc,
Hist, ties Vers ; — Glaucus atlantkus, Blumenb., fig., Nat. Hist., pi. 48, and Manuel.,
fr. trans., II, p. 22 ; Cuv., Ann. du Mus. VI, Ixi, ii, Peron, Ann. Mus. XV,
iii, 9.

t Laniogerus Elfortii, Blainv., Malac, pi. xlvi, f. 4.

X Doris papulosa, Zool. Dan., CXLIX, 1 — 4; — Doris hodoensis, Gunner., Act.
Hafn., X, 170 — Doris minima, Forsk., Ic., xxvi, H ; — Doris fasiculata, Id., lb., G ;
— Doris branchialis, Zool. Dan. CXLIX, 5 — 7 ; — Doris carulea, Lin. Trans., VII,
vii. S4 ; — Eolidia hisfrix, Otto., Nov. Act. Nat. Cur., IX, xxxviii, 2, &c.

II Doris peregrina, Gm., Cavolini, Polyp. Mar., VII, 3 ; — Eolidia annulicornis,
Chamisso, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur., XI, part II, pi. xxiv, f. i ; — Doris longicornis, Lin.
Trans., IX, vii, 114.

N.B. This genus must not be confounded with the Cavolina of Abildgard, which is
the IJtjalfca.

GASTEROPODA INFEROBR ANCHIATA .

Flabellina, Cuv.

43

The tentacula of the Eolidiae, with radiating rectiform branchiae,
supported by five or six pedicles on each side ; they are closely allied
to the Glauci, and in fact to all the Nudibranchiata, whose branchiae
are situated on the sides of the back*.

Tergipes, Cuv.

The form of the Eolidise, but only two tentacula, with a range of
cylindrical branchiae on both sides of the back, eacli of which is ter-
minated by a little sucker or cup, and which are used by the animal
as feet, to walk on its back. The species known are veiy smallf .

BusiRis, Risso.

The body oblong, and back convex ; two filiform tentacula, and
behind them, on the nape, two plumiform branchiae ;]:.

Placobranchus, Van Hasselt.

Two tentacula and as many labial lobes ; the whole back, widened
by its margin, is covered with numerous radiating strise, which are
the branchiae. In its ordinary condition the widened borders of the
mantle arc turned up, and cross each other to form an envelope for
the branchiae, which are thus enclosed, as in a cylindrical case.
They are small Mollusca, from the Indian Ocean||.

ORDER III.

INFEROBRANCHIATA.

The Inferobranchiata have nearly the same form and organization
as are observed in Doris and Tritonia, but their branchiae, instead of
being placed on the back, resemble two long series of laminae, situated
on the two sides of the body, under the projecting margin of the
mantle .

* Doris affinis, Gqi. Cavol., Polyp. Mar., VII, 4.

-f- Liiiiax tergipes, Forsk., XXVI, E, or Doris lacinulata, Gm. ; — Doris tnacu-
lata, Lin. Trans., VII, vii. 34 ; — Doris pennata, Bomm(?, Act. Fless., I, iii, 3.

X Busiris grisciis, Risso, Hist. Nat. Mar., IV, pi. i, f. 6.

II In the species known (Placobranchus Hasselfi, Cuv.), the branchial striae are
green, and the body a brown-grey sprinkled with little ocelli. Van Hasselt., Bul-
let. Univ., Oct., 1824, p. 240. Messrs Q,uoy and Gaymard found it at the
Friendly Islands.

44

Phyllidia, (

The mantle naked, usually coriaceous, and without any shell; the
mouth, a small proboscis, each side of which is furnished with a ten-
taculum ; two others project from above two small cavities in the
mantle. The anus is on the hind part of the mantle, and the genital
orifices forward, under the right side ; the heart near the middle of
the back ; the stomach simple and membranous, and the intestine
short.

Several species inhabit the Indian Ocean*.

DiPHYLLIDIA, ( tllK

The branchiae similar to those of the Phyllidiae, but the posterior
part of the mantle more pointed ; on each side of the semicircular
hci.d a pointed tentaculum and a slight tubercle ; the anus on the
right sidef .

ORDER IV.
TECTIBRANCHIATA J.

Have the branchiae attached along the right side or on the back,
in the form of leaflets, more or less divided, but not symmetrical ; they
are more or less covered by the mantle, in the thickness of which a
small shell is generally contained. They are approximated to tlie
Pectinibranchiata by the form of the organs of respiration, and like
them inhabit the ocean; but they are all hermaphrodites like the
Nudibranchiata and the Pulmonea.

Pleurobarchus, Ciiv.

Have the body equally overl pped by the mantle and by the foot, as
if it were between two shields. In some species a little oval calca-
reous lamina is contained in the mantle, and a homy one in that of
others ; the mantle is emarginated above the head. The branchiae

* Phyllidia trilineala, Seb., Ill, i, IC; Cuv., Ann. du Mus., V, xviii, 1 ; and
Zool., Yoy. Freycin., pi. 87, f. 7 — 10; Ph. ocellata, Cuv., lb. 7; — Ph. pustulosa,
Id. lb. 8, and some new species.

t DiphijlMia Brugmamii, Cuv. ; — Diphyll. lineata, Otto., Nov. Act. Nat. Cur.,
X, vii, or Plevro-pht/lHdia, Meckel., Germ. Archiv., VIII, p. 190, pi. ii, delle
Chinie, Mem., X, 12.

N.B. The Linguelle of Elfort, Blainv., Malac, pi. xlvii, f. 2, does not appear to
differ from our first species.

+ M. de Blainville has given to this order the name of Monopleurobran-

CHIATA.

GASTEROPODA TECTIBRAN'CHIATA. 45l

are attached along the right side in the furrow, between the mantle
and the foot, forming a series of pyramids divided into triangular
laminulce. The mouth in the form of a small proboscis, is sur-
mounted by an emarginated lip, and by two tubular and cleft
tentacula ; the genital orifices are before, and the anus behind the
branchiae. There are four stomachs, the second of which is fleshy
and sometimes armed with bony appendages, and the third, furnished
internally with salient longitudinal laminae ; the intestine is short.

Various species inhabit both the Mediterranean and the At-
lantic, some of which arc large and marked with the most
beautiful colours*.

Pleurobranch^a, Meckel. — Pleurobranchidium, Bl.

Have the branchiae and genital orifices situated as in Pleurobranchus ;
but the anus is above the branchiae, the margins of the mantle and
foot project but little, and on the fore-part of the former are four
short, distant tentacula, forming a square, which reminds the observer
of the anterior disk of the Acerae. I can find but one stomach, which
is merely a dilatation of the canal, with thin parietes. A multifidous
glandular organ opens behind the genital orifices ; there is no vestige
of a shell.

Pleurob. Meckelii, Leve, Diss, de Pleur., I8l3f. The only
species known ; from the Mediterranean.

Aplysia, Lin-X.

Have the margins of the foot turned up into flexible crests, sur-
rounding the back in all its p?rts, and even susceptible of being
reflected over it ; the head supported by a neck more or less long ;
two superior tentacula excavated like the ears of a quadruped, with
two flattened ones on the edge of the lower lip ; the eyes above the
former. The branchiae are on the back, and consists of highly com-
plicated leaflets attached to a broad membranous pedicle, covered by
a small mantle also membranous, in the thickness of which is a flat

* Pleurobranchus Peronii, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., V, xviii 1,2; — PL tuhercu-
latus, Meckel., Anat. Corapar., I, v, 33 — 40 ; and some new species, such as
the Pleur. ohlongus, Descr. de I'Eg., Moll. Gaster., pi. iii, f. 1 ; — Plaur aurantiacus,
Id., Rissc, Hist. Nat. Merid. IV, pi. i, f. 8 ;-r-P/. luniceps, Cuv. ;—Pl. Forskalii,
Forsk., pi. xxviii, and Leuckard, App., Ruppel., An. Invert., pi. v; — PI. cifrinus,
lb., f. 1.

The genus Lamellaria, Montag., Lin. Trans., XI, pi. xii, f. 3 and 4, does not
appear to me to differ in any essential point from Pleurobranchus ; the same obser-
vation applies to the Berthella of Blainv., Malac, pi. xliii, f. 1. The latter is
distinguished merely because the mantle is not emarginated above the head, as is
the case in many species of Pleurobranchus. The PL ohlongus would belong to it,
and even the PL luniceps.

■f- It is the genus PleurohranchUlium of Blainv., Malac, pi. xliii, f. 3 ; but not as
he thinks the Pleurohranclius tuherculatus of Meckel.

X Aplusia, which cannot clean itself, — a name given by Aristotle to certain
Zoophytes. Linnaeus erroneously applied it as above. The animals here spoken of
were well known to the ancients, who styled them Sea-Hares, and attributed to
them many fabulous properties.

and horny shell. The anus opens behind the branchiae, and is
frequently concealed under the lateral crests ; the vulva is before on
the right, and the jjenis projects from under the right tentaculum.
The seminal fluid is conducted in coitu, from the penis to the vulva
by a groove, which extends from one to the other. An enormous
membranous crop leads to a muscular gizzard, armed internally with
cartilaginous and pyramidal corpuscles, which is followed by a third
stomach sown with sharp hooks, and by a fourth in the form of
a caecum. The intestine is voluminous, and the animal feeds on
fucus. A limpid humour, secreted by a peculiar gland, and which
in certain species is said to be extremely acrid, is exuded through an
orifice near the vulva, and from the edges of the mantle oozes an
abundant liquid of a deep purple colour, with which, when in danger,
the animal tinges the Avater for a considerable extent. The ova are
deposited in a kind of long, interlaced, glairy net work, of extreme
tenuity. In the seas of Europe we have :

Apl. fasciata, Poiret; Rang. Apl., pi. vi, vii. Black; margined
with lateral red crests : one of the large species.

Apl. punctata, Cuv. ; Ann. dvi Mus., tome II, p. 287, pl- 1, f-
2 — 4 ; Rang, Apl, pi. xviii, f. 2. Lilac, sprinkled with greenish
points.

Apl. depilans, L. ; Bohatsch., Anim. Mar. pi. i and ii ; Rang.,
pi. xvi. Blackish, with large greyish, clouded spots.

Several other species arc found in distant seas*.

DOLABELLA, Lam.

The Dolabelbe only differ from the Aplysise in the position of the
branchiae and their surrounding envelope ; they are at the posterior
extremity of the body, which resembles a truncated cone. Their
lateral crest presses closely on their branchial apparatus, merely
leaving a narrow furrow ; their cell is calcareous. They are found
in the Mediterranean and in the Indian Ocean. f

NOTARCHUS, Cnv.
Have their lateral crests united and covering the back, a longitu-

* Aphjsia brasiliana, Rang, pi. viii, 1, 2, 3 ; — A. dacfylomela, Fd., IX; — A. pro-
tea, Id., X, 1 ; — A. sorex, Id., X. 4, 5, 6 ; — A. fiyrina, Id., XI ; — A. maculuta. Id.
XII, 1 — 5 ; — A. marmorata, Blainv. Journ. de Phys., Janv., 1823, Rang, XII, 6, 7 ;
— A. Keraudrcnii, Id., XIII; — A. Lessonii, Id., XIV; — A. camelus, Cuv., Ann. du
Mus., and Rang, XV, 1 ; — A. alba, Cuv., lb., and Rang, XV, 2, 3 ; — A. napoUtana,
Id., XV, his ; — A. virescenSfltiisso, Hist. Nat. Mer., pi. 1,7. It is well, however,
to observe, that most of the Aplysia; having been drawn from specimens preserved in
spirits, the truth of the specific characters of some of them may be doubted.

•f DolabeUa Rumpliii, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., V, xxix, 1 : and Rumph. Thes.
Amb., pi. X. 6, from the Molluccas, or Aplysia Rvniphii, Rang, pi. i ; — Apl. ecaudata
Rang, pi. ii ; — A. tmncata, Id. ; — A. teremidi, Id. Ill, 1 ; — A. gigas, Id., 111,4 ; —
A.Uasscltii, Id., XXIV, 1.

X NotarcTms yelatinosus, Cuv., to which M. Rang associates the Bwsatilla Savig-
niana, Descr. de I'Eg., Zool., Gaster., pi. ii, f. 1, 2, and Rang, Apl., pi. xx, and his
Apl. Pleii, pi. xxi, and some small species.

GASTEROPODA TKCTIBR ANCHIAT A. 4^

dinal emargination excepted, that leads to the branchiae, which have
no mantle to cover them, but are otherw^ise like those of the Aplysise
as well as the rest of their organization |. In the^

BuRSATELLA, Blainv.

The lateral crests are united in front in such a manner as only to leave
an oval aperture for the transmission of water to the branchiae, which
are also deprived of a protecting mantle*.

These two genera, however, probably form but one.

Akera, Midler.
Have their branchiae covered, as in the preceding genera, but their
tentacula are so shortened, widened, and separated, that they seem to
be totally wanting, or rather to form a large, fleshy, and nearly rec-
tangular shield, under which are the eyes. Independently of this,
the hermaphroditism of these animals, the position of their genital
organs, the complication and armature of their stomach, and the
purple liquid effused by several of their species, approximate them to
the Aplysiae. The shell, of such as have any, is more or less convo-
luted, but with little obliquity, and is without a projecting spire,
emargination, or canal ; the columella, projecting convexly, gives a
crescent-like figure to the aperture, the part opposite to the spire being
always the broadest and most rounded.

M. de Lamarck names those in which the shell is concealed in the
thickness of the mantle, Bull^ea (a). It has but very few whorls,
and the animal is much too large to be drawn into it.

Bullcea aperta, Lam. ; Bulla aperta and Loharia quadriloba,
Gm. ; Phyline quadripartita, Ascan. ; Mull., Zool. Dan., Ill, pi.
ci. ; Blanc, Conch. Min. Not, pi. xi ; Cuv., Ann. du Mus. t. I,
pi. xii, 6f . (The Sea Wafer), the animal is whitish, and about
an inch long ; the fleshy shield, formed by the vestiges of its
tentacula, the lateral swellings of its foot, and the mantle occu-
pied by the shell, seem to divide its upper surface into four
lobes. Its thin, white, semi-diaphanous shell, is nearly all aper-
ture, and its gizzard is armed with three very thick rhomboidal

* Bursatella Leachii, Blainv., Malac, pi. xliii, f. 6.

N.B. Authors have also approximated to the Aplysise the Apl. viridis, Montag.,
Lin. Trans., VIT, pi. vii, which forms the genus Act.eon of Oken, and which is at
least closely allied to the Elysie fiinkle, Risso, Hist. Nat. Mer., IV, pi. i, f. 3, 4 ;
as I am not acquainted with the branchiae of either, I cannot class them.

t The Sonnet, Adans., Senegal, pi. i, f. 1, is a species closely allied to Bullaea;
but I cannot establish a genus, or even a species, upon so imperfect a document.

(j;^ (aj There are other reasons than those above-mentioned for the measure
employed by Lamarck. The shell of BuUa Aperta is not only slightly concave, but it
is very thin and fragile, and partially rolled inwards on itself. Indeed we may adduce
Lamarck's division of the Linna?au genus bulla as a very happy specimen of the vast
superiority of the natural over the artificial system, for up to the time at which he
separated it into Bullirea, Ovinia, Physa, Terebellum, and Achatina, and adding the
remainder of Bulla to the genera Pysula, and Bulimus, the Linnsean genus was a
combination of the most discordant elements. Such as marine, fresh water, and
land shells. — Eng. Ed.

48' MOLLVSCA.

pieces of bone. It is found in almost every sea, where it lives on
oozy bottoms.
M. de Lamarck leaves the name of Bulla*, to those species whose
shell, merely covered with a slight epidermis, is large enough to
shelter the animal. It is somewhat more convoluted than in Bullaea.
Bulla lignaria.'L.; Martini, I, xxi, 194,95; Cuv., Ann. du
Mus., XVI, 1 ; Pol. Test. Neap., Ill, pi. xlvi. (The Wafer.) The
oblong shell with its concealed spire and ample aperture, very
wide anteriorly, resembles a loosely rolled lamina, streaked in
the direction of its whorls. The stomach of the animal is armed
with two large semi-oval osseous pieces, and with a small com-
pressed onef.

Bulla ampulla, h,- Martini, I, xxii, 20, 204; Cuv., Ann. du
Mus., XVI, 1. (The Nutmeg). The shell oval, thick, clouded
with grey and brown; the stomach furnished with throe black,
very convex, rhomboidal pieces.

Bulla Hydatis, L, ; Chemn. IX, cxviii, 1019; Cuv., Ann. du
Mus., XVI, I. (The Water Drop.) Shell round, thin, and semi-
diaphanous ; the last whorl, and consequently the aperture,
higher than the spire ; three small scutelliform pieces in the
gizz.rdj.

We resei-ve the name of Akkra, properly so called, Doridium,
Mech., LoBARiA, Blainv., for those species which have no shell what-
ever, or only a vestige of one behind, although their mantle has its
external form.

A small species. Bulla carnosa, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., XVI, 1 ;
Meek., Anat. Compar., II, vii, 1,3; Blainv. Malac, pi. xlv, f.
3, is found in the Mediterranean. The only armature of the
stomach is the mantle ; its fleshy oesophagus is extremely thick.

A tuberculous species, Doridium Meckelii, Delle Chiaie, Me-
mor.,pl. X, f. 1 — 5, inhabits the same sea. The

Gastropteron, Meckel.

Appear to be Akerse, the margin of whose foot is extended into
broad wings, used in natation, which they effect on their back. It
has no shell, nor has the stomach any armature ; a slight fold of skin
is the only vestige of branchial operculum that is perceptible.

• The genus Bulla, Lin., not only comprised the Akerte, but also the Auriculae,
Agatinre, Physa, Ovula and Terebella, animals between which there is much difference.
Brugieres commenced the work of reformation by separating the Agatinte and tlie
AuriculfP, which he united to the Lymnei in the genus Bulimus ; M. de Lamarck
finished it by creating all the genera we have just named.

f Gioeni having observed this stomach separate from the animal, mistook it for
a shell, and made a genus of it, to which he gave his own name (The Tricla of
Retzius, Char, Brug.). Gioeni even went so far as to describe its pretended habits.
Draparnaud was the first who perceived this mi.\tureof error and fraud.

I Add, Bulla naucim ,- — Bulla physis. Mullcr describes f mailer ones, such as the
Akn-a bullata, Zool. Dan., LXXI, or Bulla akera, Gm.

GASTEROPODA HETEROPODA. 49

O. Meckelii ; Rosse, Diss, de Pteropodum Ordine, Halae,
J 813, f. 11—13; and Blaiiiv. Malacol., pi. xlv, f. .5; or Clio
amali, Delle Chiaie, Memor., pi. ii, f. 1 — 8. A small animal an
inch long, and two broad, the wings being extended. From the
Mediterranean.
For tlie present, and until our anatomical studies are more ex-
tended, we are under the necessity of placing in this order of Tecti-
branchiata, and even very close to the pleurobranchus, the singular
genus.

G.vsTROi'LAX, Blalnv. — Ombrelles, of Lam.

The animal is a large and circular mollusca, whose foot projects con-
sideral)ly be5^ond the mantle, and its upper surface is studded with
tubercles. The viscera are in a round, superior, and central part.
The mantle is only visible by its slightly projecting and trenchant
■edges, along the whole of tlie front and of the right side. The lamel-
iated pyramidal branchiae, like those of the Pleurobranchus, are under
this slight margin, and behind them is a tubular anus. Under this
.same margin and forwards, are two tentacula, longitudinally cleft, as
in Pleurobranchus, at whose internal base are the eyes ; between
them is a kind of proboscis, which may possibly be the organ of
generation. There is a large concave space in the anterior margin of
the foot, the edges of which are susceptible of being drawn up like the
mouth of a purse, and at the bottom of which is a tubercle, pierced,
by an orifice, which perhaps is the mouth, and surmounted by a
fringed membrane. The inferior surface of the foot is smooth, and
serves the animal to crawl on, as in the other Gasteropoda.

Tlio animal carries a shell which is stony, flat, irregularly rounded,
thitikest in the middle, with trenchant edges, and marked with slightly
concentric striie. It was at first thought to be attached to the foot,
but more recent observation has proved that it is on the mantle, and
in the usual place*.

ORDER V.

HETEROPODA, Lam[.
The Heteropoda are distinguished from all other mollusca by

* In the specimen from the British Museum described by M. de Blainville
»uUet. Phil., 1819, p. 178 ; by the name of Gastroplax, the shell is, in fact'
attached to the under part of the foot, and by what means it is difficult to determine •
the mantle, however, is so thin, that it seems as if it must have been protected by
the shell. M. Reynaud has just brought to France a specimen which had lost its
sliell, but where, it appears, traces of the membranes which attached it to the
Kiantle can be perceived, notwithstanding which, no remains of muscles are visible.
A similar sliell is also found in the Mediterranean ; its animal, however, has not vet
been observed. '

t M. de Blainville makes a family of the Heteropoda, which he names Nec-
TOPODA, and unites them in his order of the Nucleobranchiata with another
family that he calls Pteropoda, and which, of all my Pteropoda, only includes the
.Umanna. He joins the Argomula with it, on account of some conjecture, of which
1 aBi ignorant.

y-OL. ill.

50 MOLLUSC A,

their foot, which, instead of forming a horizontal disk, is compressed
into a vertical muscular lamina, which they use as a fin, and on the
edge of which, in several species, is a dilatation forming a hollow
cone, that represents the disk of the other orders. Their branchiae,
composed of plumiform lobes, are situated on the hind part of the
back, directed forwards, and immediately in their rear are the heart
and a small liver, with part of the viscera and the internal organs of
generation. Their body, a gelatinous and transparent substance
lined with a muscular layer, is elongated and usually terminated by a
compressed tail. There is a muscular mass belonging to the mouth,
and a tongue furnished with little hooks ; the oesophagus is very long;
their stomach thin ; two prominent tubes on the right side of the
visceral bundle afford a passage to the faeces, semen or ova. They
usually swim on their back with the foot upwards*. They have the
faculty of distending their body by filling it with water, in a way not
well understood. Forskahl comprised them all in his genus.

Pterotrac HE.\, Forslc.
But we have been compelled to subdivide them.

Carixaria, Lam.f

Have the niicleus formed of the heart, liver, and organs of generation,
covered by a slender, symmetrical and conical shell, the point of
which is bent backwards and frequently relieved by a crest, under
whose anterior edge float the feathers of the branchiae ; two tenta-
cula on the head, and the eyes behind their base.

One species, Carinaria cymhium. Lam. ; Peron, Ann. du

Mus., XV,iii, 15 ; Poli, HI, xliv ; Ann. des Sc. Nat., tome XVI,

pi. 1 , inhabits the Mediterranean.

Another, the Carinaria fragi/is\ Bory Saint- Vincent. Voy.

aux Isles d'Afr., I, vi, 4 J, is found in the Indian Ocean.

* This mode of natation induced P(jion to think that the natatory lamina was on
the back, and the heart and branchiae under the belly, and has given rise to many
errors as respects the place of these animals. A simple inspection of their ner-
vous system led me to suppose, in my Memoirs on the Mollusca, that they
were analogmis to the Gasteropoda. A more exact anatomical investigation, made
sines then, with that given by M. Poli in his vol. Ill, fully confirms my supposition.
ITie fact is, that there is but little difference between the Heteropoda and the
Jectihranchiala, notwitbstanduig which, M. Laurillard believes their sexes to be
sep'cjated.

f Forskahl comprised all these animals in his genus Pterotrachea, for which
»ame Brugi^re substituted that of Firola. Ptron Laving divded the genus,
appropriated the name of Carinaria to those with a shell, and that of Firola to the
others. Rondelet gives the Carinaria, but Tvithout its sheU. — " De Insect. Zoopb.
cap. XX."

■* Add, Carinaria dep/-fS5a, Rang. Ann. des Sc. Nat., Feb. 1329, p. 136.

GASTKROPODA HETEROPODA. 51

The Argonauta vitrea of authors, Favanne, vii, c, 2; Martini, I,
xiii, 163, must be tlie shell of a large Carinaria, but the animal is not
yet known.

Atlanta, Lesueur*.

The Atlantee of Lesueur, according to the recent observations of M.
Rang, are animals of this order, the shell of which, instead of being-
well opened like that of a Carinaria, has a narrow cavity, spirally
convoluted on one plane ; its contour is relieved by a thin crest.

They are extremely small MoUusca from the Indian Ocean,
in one of which Lamanon thought he had discovered the original
Cornu Ammonisf — Atlanta Peronii and Atlanta Keraudrenii,
Lesueur, Journ. de Phys., Ixxxv, Novemb. 1817; and Rang,
Mem. de la Soc. d'Hist. Nat., tome 111, p. 373, and pi. ix.

FiROLA, Peron.
The body, tail, foot, branchiae and visceral mass as in the Carinaria,
but no shell has ever been observed; the snout is elongated into a re-
curved proboscis, and the eyes are not preceded by tentacula. From
the end of the tail is frequently observed to proceed a long articu-
lated iillet, which Forskahl took for a Tsenia, and whose nature is not
yet very clearly ascertained.

One species, the Peterotrachea coronata, Forsk. ; Peron.,

Ann. du Mus., XV, ii, 8, is very common in the Mediterranean,

and M. Lesueur describes several from the same sea, which he

considers as diiferent. — Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., Vol. I,

p. 3, but which require further comparison^.

M. Lesueur distinguislies the Firoloidce, where the body, instead

of terminating in a compressed tail, is abruptly truncated behind the

visceral bundle, lb. p. 37§.

To these two, now Avell known genera, I presume we must add,
when better understood, the

TiMORiENNA, Quoy and Gaym.
Voy. de Freycin., Zool. pi. Ixxxvii, f. 1, which appears to be a Firola
divested of its foot and bundle of viscera ; and the

MOXOPHORA, Id.\\
Voy. de Freycin., Zool. pi. Ixxxvii, f. 4, .5, which has nearly the form
of a Carinaria, but is without a foot, distinct bundle of viscera, and
shell.

* We must not confound the Atlantte of Lesueur with the Atlas described by him in
the same place, and which, so confused is his description, I do not know how to
class.

t Voyage de Lapeyrouse, IV, p. 134, and pi. 63, f. 1 — 4.

J Firola mutica; — F. gibbosa; — F. Forskalea; — F. Cuviem, which is the Pfero-
Irachea coronata, Forsk. ; — F. Fredcrica, copied Malacol. Blainv., pi. xlvii, f. 4 ; —
F. Peronii. — Add, Plervtrachea rufa, Quoy and Gaym., Voy. de Freycin., Zool.
pi. 87, f. 2 and 3.

§ Firolo'ida Demarestia ; — Fir. BlainviUiana ; — Fir. aculeata, Less.

II We must not confound them with the Monophorse of M. Bory Saint-Vincent,
(Voy. aux Isles d'Afr.,) which are Pyrosomse.

e2

52

We are not so certain that we should place there the

Phylliroe, Perov.,

An du Mas., XV, pi. ii, f. 1, where the transparent and strongly com-
pressed body has a snout before, surmounted by two long tentacula
without eyes, a truncated tail behind, and which allows the heart,
nervous system, genital organs of botli sexes to be seen through the
integuments. The genital orifices and that of the anus are on the
right side, and sometimes a tolerably long penis is visible ; I can find
no other organ of respiration than its thin and vascular skin*.

ORDER VI.
PECTINIBRANCHIATAf.

This order forms, beyond all comparison, the most numerous divi
sion, inasmuch as it comprises the whole of the spiral univalves, and
several that are simply conical. Their branchiae, composed of nu-
merous lamelleg or strips laid parallel with each other, like the teeth
of a comb, are attached on one, two, or three lines, according to the
genus, to the ceiling of the pulmonary cavity, which occupies the
last whorl of a shell, and which has a large opening between the
edge of the mantle and the body.

In two genera only, Ci/clostoma and Helicina, do we find, instead
of branchise, a vascular netAVork, covering the ceiling of a cavity, in
other respects very similar ; they are the only ones that respire the
natural air ; all the others respire water.

All the Pectinibranchiata liave two tentacula and two eyes, some-
times placed on particular pedicles, and a mouth resembling a more
or less elongated proboscis; the sexes are separated. The penis of
the male, attached to the right side of the neck, cannot usually be re-
tracted within the body, but is reflected into the cavity of the branchiae;
it is sometimes very stout, and the Paludina is the only one Avhich
can retract it through an orifice perforated in its right tcntaculum.
The rectum and oviduct of the female also creep along the right side
of the cavity, between them and the branchiae is a peculiar organ
composed of cells, from which exudes an extremely viscid fluid ;
tliis forms a common envelope which contains the ova, and which is

* These observations are made from individuals presented to me ly M. Quoy.
M. de Blainville makes a family of Philliroe, which he names PsiUosoma, and v.hlch
is the third of his Aporubrunchiata : the others are Hyala?, &c.

-f- M. de Blaiuville's sub-class Paracephalophoru Diuica.

GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 53

deposited with them. The figure of tliis envelope is often very
complex and singular*.

Their tongue is armed with little hooks, and by slow and repeated
rubbing acts upon the hardest bodies.

The greatest difference in these animals consists in the presence or
absence of the little canal formed by a prolongation of the edge of
the pulmonary cavity of the left side, and which passes through a
similar canal or emargination in the shell, to enable the animal to
breathe without leaving its shelter. There is also this distinction
between the genera — some of them have no operculum ; the species
differ from each other l)y the filaments, fringes, and other ornaments
of the head, foot, or mantle, ,

These MoUusca are arranged in several families according to the
forms of their shells, which appear to bear a constant relation to that
of the animal.

FAMILY I. '

TROCHOIDA,

Tliis family is known by the shell, the aperture of which is entire,
without an emargination or canal for a siphon of the mantle, as the
animal has none, and is furnished with an operculum or some organ
in place of itf.

Trochls, Lin.X

Have shells, the angular aperture of whose external border ap-
proaches more or less to a perfect quadrangular figure, and in an
oblique plane, with respect to the axis of the shell, because the
part of the margin next to the spire projects more than the rest. Most
of these animals have three filaments on each edge of the mantle, or
at least some appendages to the sides of the feet.

Of those th;;t have no umbilicus, there are some in which the colu-
mella, that has the form of a concave arch, is continuous with the
external margin, witliout any projection. It is the angle and projec-
tion of tliis margin which distinguishes them from Turbo — Tecta-
rium, Montf. §

* For :Murex, see Lister, 8S1, Baster, Op. g-abs., I, vi, 1, 2; for Bucciiium,
Raster, lb. V, 2, 3.

f They lire the Parucephukiphom Dioicu Asiphonohranchiaf.a of Blainviile.

X This great genus constitutes the family Gunivstuina, Blaiav.

§ Tioch. inennis, Chemn., V, clxxiii, 1/12 — 13 ; — Tr. Cookii, la., clxiv, lool ; —
TV. c<dutus, Id., clxii. 1536 — 37; — Tr. imbricafus, lb., 1532 — 33; — Tr. tuber, Id.,
clxv, 1573 — 74; — Tr. sinensis, Ih., 1564 — 63; — Turbo pagodus, Id., clxiii, 1541 —
42; — Ti'.rho tectam-persicum, lb., 1543 — 44.

54 MOLLrSCA.

Several are flattened, with a trenchant edge, which has catised them
to be compared to the rowel of a spur — Calcar, Montf.*

Some again are slightly depressed, orbicular and sinning, with a
semi-round aperture, the columella convex and callous — Rotella, Lam.f

The columella of others is distinguished near the base by a little
prominence, or vestige of a tooth, similar to that of the Monodontes,
from which these Trcchi only differ in the angle of their aperture,
and the projection of their margin. The aperture is usually about
as high as it is wide — Cantharis, Montf.;]:

In some of them, on the contrary, the aperture is much wider than
it is high, and their convex base approximates tliem to the Calyp-
tracea — Infundibulum, Montf. §

In others again, where the aperture is also much wider than it is
high, tke columella forms a spiral canal ||.

Those Avhich have a turrcted shell approach Cerithium — Telesco-
piiim, Montf,^

Among the umbilicated Trochi, there arc some in Avhich thei'e is no
projection in the columella ; most of them are flattened, and have the
external angle trenchant. Of this number is

Tr. agghitinans, L. ; Chcmn., V, clxxii, 1688, 9. Remarkable
for the habit of glueing to its shell, and even incorporating
with it, as fast as it increases in size, various foreign bodies,
such as little pebbles, fragments of other shells, &c. ; it frequently
covers its umbilicus with a testaceous plate **.

The margin of others, however, is rounded, such as

Tr. cinerarius, L.; Chemn., V. clxxi, 1686. A small species,
and the most common on the coast of France; greenish, ob-
liquely streaked with violet.

Some umbilicated Trochi have a prominence near the bottom of
the columella f f .

And, finally, there are others in which it is longitudinally cre-
nate+|. The

* Turbo calcar, L., Chemn., V. clxiv, 1552; — T. sfellaris, Id., 1553; T. aculeafv.s,
Id., 1554 — 57; — T. imperialis, Id., 1714.

f Tr. vestiariits, 1,., Chemn., \. clx\\, \60l.
g I Tr. h-is, Chemn., 1522 — 23; — Tr. (jranafiim, lb., 1654 — 55;— Tr. zyzt/phinus,
lb., clxvi, 1592 — 98; — Tr. comts, clxvii, 1610; — Tr. macuhifus, clxviii, 1617 — 18 ; —
Tr. amencams, clxii, 1534 — 35; — Tr. cmnihts, Gualt., LXX, M.

§ Trochus concarus, Chemn., Y, clxxviii, 1620, 21.

II Trochus foveolatiis, Chemn., V, clxi, 1516 — 19; — Tr. mauntiamts, Id., clxiii,
1547 — 48 ; — Tr.fcnesfrafus, lb., 1549 — 50; — Tr. obelisciis, clx, 1510 — 12.

^ T)-ochus felescopium, Chemn., V, clx, 1507 — 9.

** Add, Trochus Judicus, Chemn., \, cLxxii, 1697 — 98; — Tr. ImperiuUs, clxxiii,
1714, and clxxiv, 1715;— Tr. Solaris, lb., 1701 — 1702, and 1716— 1717 ; — Tr.
planus, lb., 1721, 1722.

ft Tr. virgatus, Chemn., V. clx, 1514 — 15 ; — Tr. nilotkvs, Chemn., V. clxvii,
1605 — 7, cLxviii, 1614; — Tr. vernus, Id., clxix, 1625 — 26; — Tr. inetquulis, clxx,
1636 — 37 ; — Tr. magnus, clxsi, 1656 — 57 ; — Tr. conspersus, Gualt., Ixx. B. ; — Tr.
jujubinus, clxvii, 1612 — 13.

XI Tr. maculatus, chiviii, 1615 — 1616; — Tr. cosfufus, dxix, 1634; — Tr. dridis,
clxx, 1644; — Tr. radiatus, lb., 1640 — 42.

GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. SO

Solarium, Lajn.

Is distinguished from all other Trochi by a very broad conical
spire, at the base of wliich is an extremely wide umbilicus in which
may be seen the internal edges of all the whorls, marked by a cre-
nated cord*.

Evomphalus, So^verby.

Fossil shells resembling a Solarium, but wanting the dentations on
the internal whorls of the umbilicusf . The genus

Ttrbo, Liu.X

Comprehends all the species with a completely and regularly turbi-
nated shell, and a perfectly round aperture. Close observation has
caused them to be greatly subdivided. In the

Turbo, Lam. Properly so called.

Have the shell round or oval, and thick ; the aperture completed on
the side next to the spire, by the penultimate whorl. Tlie animal
lias two long teutacula, and the eyes placed on pedicles at their ex-
ternal base ; tlie sides of the foot are provided with membranous
wings, sometimes simple, at others fringed, and occasionally fur-
nished with one or two filaments. It is to some of these that belong
those petrous and thick opercula observed in cabinets, which were
formerly employed in medicine under the name of Unguis odoratus.
Some of them, — Meleager, Montf.§ are imibilicated, and others,
— Turbo, Montf.,|! are not.

Delphinula, Lam.

Have the shell thick, as in Turbo, but convoluted in nearly the same
plane ; the aperture completely formed by the last wliorl, and the
margin not tumid ; the animal similar to that of a Turbo.

* Tr. pcrspeclkv.s, L., Chemn., V. clxxii, 1691 — 96; — Tr. stramineus, lb. 1699;
— Tr. mriegatus, lb., 1708 — 1709; — Tr. infundibuliformis, lb., 1706 — 1707.

f Evomphalus pentanguJat us, Sowerb., Min. Conch., I, pi. xlv. f. 2; — Er. nodosus.
Id., xlvi, &c.

X Tliis great genus constitutes the family Cricostoma of Blaiuville.

§ Turbo pica, L. List., 640, 30; — T. argijrostomus, Chemn., V, clxxvii, 1758 —
61; — T. margaritaceus, Tb., 1762; — T. versicolor, List., 576, 29; — T. tiiPS>)ili(S,
Chemn., V, clxx\1, 1742 — 43; — T. gramilafus, lb., 44 — 46; — T. hidiia, lb., 48,
49; — T. diadema, Id., p. 145; — T. cinereus. Born., XII, 25, 26; — T. forquaius,
Chemn., X, p. 295; — T. undulafus, lb., cLxix, 1640 — 41.

II Turbo petholafus, List., 584, 39; — T. cochlus, lb., 40; — T. chrt/soslomus,
Chemn., V, clxxviii, 1766; — T. rugosus, List., 647, 41 ; — T. marmoratus, Id., 587,
46; — T. sarmaficiis, Chemn., V, clxxix, 1777 — 18, 1781; — T. cormifus, lb., 1779 —
80;— T. olearius, Id., clxxviii, 1771, 72 ;— T. radiafus, Id., cLxxx, 1788— 89;— T.
imperialis, lb., 1790; — T. coronatus, lb., 1791 — 93; — T, canaliculatus. Id., clxxxi,
1794; — T. setosus, lb., 95 — 96; — T. spinosus, lb., 1797; — T. sparverius, lb.,
1798; — T. Moltkiamts, lb., 99 — 1800; — T. Sp€nglenanHS,lh., 1801 — 2; — T. casfa-
nea. Id., clxxxii, 1807, 1814 ; — T. cremdatus, lb., 1811 — 12; — T. smaragdulvs, lb.,
815 — 16; — T. cidaris, Chemn., V. clxxxiv ; — T. helicinus, Born., XII, 23 — 24.

"56 MOLLUSCA.

The most common species, Turbo defphimix, L. ; List., 608,.
45, takes its name from the ramous and convoluted spines,
which have caused it to be compared to a dried fish*.

Pleurotoma, Defr.

Fossil shells with a round aperture, on the external margin of
which is a narrow incision which ascends considerably; it is proba-
ble that it corresponded, like that of the Siliquariee, to some cleft \jt
the brancliial part of the mantle.

M. Deshayes already makes upwards of twenty fossil species.
The ScissuRELL^ of M. d'Orbigny are living species of the same.

TuRRiTELLA, Lam.

The same round aperture as in Turbo properly so called, zvA
completed, also, by the penultimate whorl; but the shell is thin, and
is so far from being convoluted in one plane, that its spire is pro-
longed into an obelisk (Jurreted'). The eyes of the animal are
placed on the exteinal base of its tentacvila ; the foot is smallf .

They are found in great numbers among fossils ; the Proto, Defr.»
shovild'be approximated to them.

ScALARiA, Lam.

Have the spire, as in Turritella, elongated into a point, and the
aperture, as in Delphinula, completely formed by the last whorl ; it
is moreover surroiuided by a ridge, Avliich is formed, from space to
space, as the shell of the animal increases in size, resembling so
many steps. The tentacula and penis of the animal are long and
slender.

One species celebrated for the high price it commands («),the
Turbo scalaris, L.; Chemn., IV, clii, 1426, &c. vulg. ScalalOr
is distinguished by the whorls only coming in contact at the
points Avhere the ribs \inite them, the intervals being open.

A second species, the Turbo clalhrus, L.; List., 588, 50, .51,

is not marked by this peculiarity ; it is more slender, and very

common in the Mediterranean.

Some terrestrial or fresh water subgenera, in which the aperture

is entire, rovmd, or nearly so. and operculated, may be placed here.

Of this nmnber is the

* Add, turbo nodulosus, Chemn., V, clxxiv, 1723 — 24; — T. curinatus, Born.,
XIII, 3 — 4 ; — Argonauta, coniu, Fichtel and Moll., Test. Micros., I, a, e, or Liy-
PISTE, Montf.

f Turbo imbricafus, Martini, IV, clii, 1422 ; — T. rejMcutus, Il>., cli, 1412; Listi.»
590, 55 ; — T. actifamjuhis, List., 591, 59 ; — T. dvpHcutus, Martini, IV, cli, 1414 : —
T. exoktus, List., 591, 58; — T. ferehni, Id., .590, 54; — '/. variegatvs, Martini, IV.
clii, 1423; — T. obsoktus, Born., XIII, 7-

{^ («) Tliis is the Wentletrap of the collectors. We remember sccingr one iu
Bullock's Museum, which was valued at 200 pruineas, and also four specimens were
sold at one sale, which brought from £ i 6 to £20. — Exg. Ed-

GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA . 57

Cyclostoma, Lam.*

The Cyclostomne sliould be distinguished from all the others be-
cause they are terrestrial, as instead of branchiae, the animal has
merely a vascular network spread over the parietcs of its pectoral
cavity. In every other respect, however, it resembles the other
animals of this family ; the respiratory aperture is formed in the
same Avay above the head by a great solution of continuity ; the
sexes are separated; the penis of the male is large, fleshy, and re-
flected into the pectoral cavity ; the two tentacula are terminated by
blunt tubercles, and two other tubercles, placed on their external
base, support the eyes.

The shell is a spiral oval, with complete whorls, transversely and
finely striated, and its aperture, in the adult, is surrounded with a
small ridge. It is closed by a small round operculum. Found in
woods, under moss, stones, &c.

The most common is the Turbo elegans. List., 27, 25, about
six lines in length and of a greyish colour ; found under all the
mossesf.

Valvata, Mull.

The Valvatae inhabit fresh water ; their shell is convoluted in
almost one plane like that of a Planorlns, but the apertiu-e is round,
and furnished with an operc\ilum ; the animal, Avhich has two slen-
der tentacula, with the eyes at their anterior base, respires by means
of branchiae. In a species fovmd in France,

Valv. cristata,Mv\\\.; Drap., I. 32,33; Gruet-Huysen, Nov.
Act. Nat. Cur. X, ^\. xxxviii, the branchiae, formed like a
feather, project from under the mantle and float externally, vi-
brating with the breathing of the animal. On the right side of
the body is a filament which resembles a third tcntaculum. The
foot is divided, anteriorly, into two hooked lobes. The penis
of the male is slender, and reflected into the branchial cavity.
The shell, Avhich is hardly three lines broad, is greyish, flat,
and umbilicated. Found in stagnant waterij:.
It is here that we must place tlie completely aquatic shells, or
those respiring by branchia;, which belonged to the old genus Helix ;
i. e., those in which the penultimate whorl forms, as in the Helices,
Lymnaeae, &c,, a depression which gives the aperture more or less of
the figure of a crescent §.

The three first genera are still closely allied to Turbo.

* The Cyilostoiiue and the Helicines form the order of the Pulmonea Opercu-
XATA of M. dc Ft'nissac.

t Add, Turbo lincina, List., 26, 24 ,—T. htbco, List., 25, 23 ;— T. diibiiis, Born.,
XIII, 3, 6 ;— r. Hmbaii'S, Chemn., IX, cxxiii, 1075.

We should distinguish, among the fossils, the Ci/dostonia muniia of Lam., Brongn,.
Ann. du Mus., XV, xxii, 1.

+ Add, Vahata planofbis, Drap., I, 34, 35;—!'. minuta. Id., 36—38.

§ ITiey constitute the Ellipsostoma of r.l, de Blainviile.

m

Paludina, Lam.

This genus has lately been separated from the Cyclostomse, because
there is no ridge round the apertiu'e of the shell ; because there is a
small angle to that aperture as \\'ell as to the operculum, and finally,
because the animal, being provided with branchiae, inhabits the
water, like all other genera of this famil5^ It has a very short snout
and two pointed tcntacula; eyes at the external base of the latter, but
on no particidar pedicle, and a small membranous wing on each side
of the fore part of the body. The anterior edge of the foot is double,
and the wing of the right side forms a little canal which introduces
water into the respiratory cavity, the incipient indication of the siphon
in the following family.

The common species. Helix vivipara, L. ; Drap., I, 16, whose
smooth and greenish shell is marked with two or three purple,
longitudinal b.mds, and which abounds in stagnant waters, in
France, produces living young ones : in the spring of the year
they may be found in the oviduct of the female, in eveiy stage
of develo])ment. Spallanzani assures us that if the young ones
be tak(>n at the moment of birth and be reared separately, they
will reproduce without fecundation, like those of the Aphis.
The males, however, are nearly as common as the females ; they
have a large penis which protrudes and retracts, as in Helix,
but through a hole pierced in the right tentaculum, a circum-
stance wliich renders that tentaculum apparently larger than
the other, and which furnishes us with a mode of recognizing
the male *.

The Ocean produces sonic shells which only differ from the Palu-
dinse in being thick. They form the

LiTTORiNA, Feruss.,

Of whicli the common species, Le Vigneau — Turbo /ittoreus, L.,
Chemn. V, clxxxv, 1852, abounds on the coast of France, where it is
eaten. The shell is round, brown, and longitudinally streaked Avitli
blackish. The

MoxoDox, La?u.

Only differs from Littorina in having a blunt and slightly salient
tooth at the base of the coliunella, which sometimes has also a fine
notch. The external edge of the aperture is crenulated in several
species. The animal is more highly ornamented, and is generally
furnished with three or four filaments, on each side, as long as its
tentacula. The eyes are planted on particular pedicles at the exter-
nal base of the tentacula ; the opercukun is round and horny.

♦Add, Cyclost. achalinum, Drap. I, 18; — C. impurum, Id., 19, 20, or Helix
tentaculata, L,, &c. ; and the small species of salt-water ponds described by Beu-
dant, Ann. du Mus., XV, p. 199.

GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 59

A small species, the Trochus tesselatus, L. ; Adans., Senes^.,
XII. 1 ; List., 642, 33, 34, with a brown shell spotted with
whitish, is very abundant on the coast of France*.

Phasianella, Lcmi.

An oblong or pointed shell, similar to that of several Bulimi and
Lymnsese ; the aperture also higher than it is wide, and furnished

with a strong operculum; base of the columella sensibly flattened,
but no umbilicus.

They inhabit the Indian Ocean, and are much sought for by col-
lectors on account of the beauty of their colours. The animal is
provided -with two long tentacula, witli eyes placed on two tubercles
at their external base, and with double lips that are emarginated and
fringed, as well as the wings, each of which has three filaments f.

Ampullaria, Lam.

A roimd, ventricose shell, with a sliort spire, as in most of the He-
lices; the aperture higher than it is wide, and provided with an oper-
culum ; the columella umbilicatcd.

They inhabit the fresh or brackish Avaters of hot countries. The
animal has long tentacvda, and eyes placed on pedicles at their base.
In the roof of the respiratory cavity, by the side of a branchial comb,
according to the observations of Messrs. Quoy and Gaymard, is a
large pouch, without an issvie, that is filled with air, and Avhich may
be considered as a natatory bladder :|:.

The Laxist.e, Montf., are Ampullaria^, with a large, spiral, con-
voluted umbilicus §.

Helicina, Lam.\\

Judging by the shell, the Helicinae are Ampullariee in which the
margin of the aperture is reflected^.

When this reflected margin is trenchant, they are the AmpuUincs,
Blainv. ; and when it is in an obtuse ridge, the Oli/girce, Say.

* Add, Trochus labeo, Adans., Seneg., XII, List., 68, 442 ; Troch. Pharaonius,
List., 637, 25 ; — Tr. rustkus, Chemn., V, clxx, 1645, 46; — Tr. niyerrimits, lb. 47 ;
— Tr. (egijpiim, Id., clxxi, 1663, 4; — Tr. viridulns, lb. 1677; — Tr. carneus, lb.
1682 ; — Tr. aUndus, Born., XI, 19, 20 ; — Tr. as^per, Chemn., lb., clxvi, 1582 ; — Tr.
citrinus, Knorr., Del., I, x, 7; — Tr. granatum, Chemn., V, clxx, 1654 — 55; Tr.
crocatus, Born., XII, 11, 12; — Turbo atratus, Chemn., V, clxxvi, 1754 — 55; —
Turbo dentaius, Id., clxxviii, 1767, 8, &c.

t Buccinum tritonis, Cliemn., IX, cxx, 1035, 1036; — Helix solid a, Born., XIII,
18, 19.

+ Helix (tmpuUacea, L., List., 130 ; — Bulimus iirccus, Brug., List., 125, 26.

§ Ampulla carinafci, Oliv., Voy. en Turq., pi. xxxi, f. 7, copied Blainv., Malac,
xxxiv, 3.

II Montfort has changed the name Helicina into Pifonnilla, but it has not been
adopted, and can only be quoted as a synonyme.

^ The Hel striala, Blainv., Malac, xxxv, iv.

60 MOLLUSCA.

There is one species wliich is remarkable for a border and stony
traverse, on tlie internal face of its operculum *.

The organs of respiration in these animals are arranged as in the
Cyclostoma?, and like tlic latter they can live out of water f .

Melaxia, Lam.

A thicker sliell ; the aperture, higher than it is wide, enlarges oppo-
site to the spire ; the columella Avithout plicpe or umbilicus ; length of
the spire very various.

The Melaniae inhabit rivers, but are not found in France, the ani-
mal has long tentacula, the eyes being on their external side, and at
about the third of their length +. The

RissoA, Freminv. — Acmea, Harim.

Differs from Mclania, because the two edges of the aperture unite
above§. The

Melaxopsis, Feriins.,

Where the form is nearly that of a Melania, differs from it in a
callus on the cohmiella, and in a vestige of an emargination near the
bottom of the aperture, which seems to indicate a relation with the
Terebra? of Brugieresl]. In the

PiRENA, Lam.,

We not only find this little sinus below, but likewise a second on
the opposite side^.

These two subgenera, as well as the Melanise, inhabit the rivers of
southern Europe and of all hot countries.

There are two genera, detached from the Volutae, which, but that

* The Hel. nerileUa, List., LXI, 59, copied Blainv., Malac, xxxix, 2.

t It is from this circumstance that M. de Fi'-russac has been induced to class
this subgenus with that of the Cyclostomee in an order which he names the Pul-
monea OpercvMa. See the Monograph of this genus by M. Gray, Zool. Journ.,
Nos. 1 and 2.

X Mchuiie thiure CMclaniii (imaruht,hAm.), Chciun., Tab., KU, f. 1218 and 1219;
from the Isle of France and Madagascar.

Add, Mel. tninralu, Lam., Encyclop., pi. 458, f. :;, a — b ; — Mel. courcltiUi, Id.,
Encych>p., pi. 45S, f. 5, a — b., and a great many fossil species, among which are,
Mel. seini-placuta, Defr. ; — Mel. Cui-ieri, Desh., Coq. Foss., des environs de Pans,
tome II, pi. xii, f. 1, 2; — Md. constelhtta, Lam.

§ M. de Freminville describes seven species in the Xouv. Bullet, des f^c.
Nat. de la Soc. Phil., 1814, p. 7, and M. Audouin, three, in the Descr. de I'Eg. ;
Riss. Franiiuillii, Coq., pi. iii, f. 20 ; — Riss. DesmuiL!<tii, lb., 21 ; — Riss. Orbiynii,
lb., f. 22.

II Melan. burcinoulea, Feruss., Mem. de la Soc. d'Hist. Nat. de Paris, tome 1, pi,
\ii, f. 1 — 11, &c. See Sowerhy, No. XXII.

^ Pir. terebrans, Lam.; List. Tab. 115, f. 10; — Pir. mwhiyascaricnsis, Encycl.,
pi. 4 58, f. 2, a, b, &.C.

GASTEROPODA PECTIN'IBRAXCHXATA. 61

they are operculated and have but two tentacula, would resemble the
Auriculse, that we think may come here, viz.

AcT.EON, Muntf* — ToRXATELLA, Lam.

Where the shell is elliptical, the spire but slightly silient, the aper-
ture lengthened into a crescent and widened below, and the base of
the columella marked by one or two large plicre or oblique callosi-
ties f; and the

Pyramidella, La!7i.

Where the spire is turreted, the aperture crescent-like and wide,
and the base of the columella obliqely contorted and marked with
sharp spiral plicae];.

JaNTIIINA, Z(7W.§

The form of the animal separates the Janthinje from all the preced-
ing genera. Their shell, however, is similar to that of the terres-
trial Limaces, the colvunellar margin being also indented, but slightly
angular at the external edge, and the columella somewhat extended
beyond the half-oval, which, without this prolongation, would be
formed by that edge.

The animal has no opercuhuu, but the under surface of its foot is
furnished with a vesicular organ resembling a bubble of foam, but
composed of a solid substance, Avhich prevents it from crawling, but
allows it to float on the surface of the water. The head, a cylindri-
cal proboscis, terminated by a vertically cleft mouth, and armed with
little hooks, has a bifurcated tentaculum on each side.

The common species, Helix Janthina, L,: List., 572, 24, has
a pretty violet shell, and is very abundant in the Mediterranean.
AVhen the animal is touched, it dift'uses a thick fluid of a deep
violet colour that dyes the surrounding water.

Nerita, Lin. \\

The columella of the Nerita? being in a straight line, renders the
aperture semicircular or semi-eUiptical. This aperture is generally
large in comparison with the shell, but is always furnished with an
opercidum which completely closes it. The spire is almost effaced,
and the shell semi-globular.

* Which must be carefully distinguished from the Acfceons of Oken that appear to
be allied to the Aplt/sia.

t Vohtta tonuitilis, and bifasdcda, L. Martini, II, xHii, 442, 443 ; — V. nCcafa,
and r. solidida, lb., 440, 441; — V. fummea, lb., 439; V. ftava, lb. 444 ;— T^
pusiUa, lb. 446.

+ Trochus dolabratus, L. Chemn., V, clxvii, 1C63, 1064; — Btdiiius (erdellum,
Brug., List., 844, 72.

§ This genus forms the family of the Oxystomje, Blainv.

II M. de Blainville forms his family of the Hemicyclostom.t-, from this genus.

62

Natica, Lc

Neritae with an umbilicated shell ; the animal of the species known
has a large foot, simijle tentacula with the eyes at their base, and a
horny operculum*.

Nerita, Lam. — Peloronta, Oken.

The umbilicus wanting; shell thick, columella dentated, and oper-
culum stony ; the eyes of the animal on pedicles by the side of the
tentacula, and a moderate foot f . The

Velata, Montf.

Where tlic side of the columella is covered with a calcareous,
thick, and convex layer |, is distinguished from it, but perhaps
without any good reason ; also the

Neritina, Lam.

"Where the shell has no umbilicus and is thin, with a horny oper-
culum ; the animal is like a true Nerita, and most generally the
columella is not dentated. It inhabits fresh water.

A small species, very prettily coloured, abounds in the rivers

of France; it is the Nerila Jluviatilis, L. ; Chemn., IX, cxxiv,

188 §.

The columella in others, however, is finely crenulated ||, and of

this number there are some in which the spire is armed with long

spines — Clithon, Mont.*\

FAMILY II.

CAPULOIDA**

Recent researches have convinced us that it is to the Trochoida that
Ave must approximate this family, which contains five genera, four of
Avhich ai'e taken from the Patellae. They all have a widely opened,
scarcely turbinated, shell, with neither operculum, emargination, nor
siphon; the animal resembles the other Pectinibranchiata, and has the
sexes separate. There is but one branchial comb transversely ar-

* Fovtlie species see the first div. of Gm. and Chemn., V, pi. clxxxvi — clxxxix.

t For the species see the third div. of Gm. and Chemn., V, pi. cxc — cxciii,
and Sowerhy, Gen. of Sh., No. XV.

X Nerita perversa, Gm., a large fossil species ; Chemn., IX, cxiv, 975, 9/6.

§ Add, Nerita turrita, Chemn., IX, cxxiv, 1085.

II Nerita pulKgera, Chemn., loc. cit., 1878 — 1879; — N. virginea, List., 604, 606.

^ Nerita corona, Chemn., 1083, 1084.

** M. de Blainville places most of them among his hermaphroditic^, non-symme-
irical Paracephulophora ; but they all appear to me to he diacious.

GASTEROPODA PECTINIBKANCHIATA. 63

ranged on the roof of the cavity, and its filaments are frequently very
long.

Capulls, Monlf. — Pileopsis, Lam.

A conical shell with a recurved and spiral summit, which has long
caused it to be placed among the Patellae ; the branchiae are in one
range under the interior margin of the branchial cavity; the pro-
boscis is long, and there is a closely plaited membranous veil under
the neck; the eyes are at the external base of the conical tentacula*.
The

HippONYX, Defr.

Would appear from the shell to be a fossil Capulus, very remark-
able, however, for a bed formed of calcareous matter, on which it
rests, and which probably exuded from the foot of the animalf.

Crepidula, Lam.

The shell oval, with an obtuse horizontal point, directed obliquely
backwards and laterally; the aperture forming the base of the shell,
which is half closed beneath and behind by a horizontal plate. The
abdomJnal sac which contains the viscera is on this plate, the foot
beneath, and the head and branchiae forwards. Tlie latter consist of
a range of long filaments attached under the anterior margin of the
branchial cavity. Tlie eyes are at the external base of two conical
tentacula \. The genus

PiLEOLus, Soioerbij,

Appears to consist of Crepidulae, in which the transverse plate occu-
pies half the aperture ; their shell, however, is more like that of a
Patella §. They are only found fossil.

Septaria, Fer.— Navicella, Lam. — Cimber, Mont/., 82.

The shell resembles a Crepidula, except that the summit is symme-
trical and laid on the posterior margin, and that the horizontal plate is
less salient. The animal is also provided Avith an additional, irre-
gularly shaped, testaceous plate, horizontally connected Avith the
superior surface of the muscular disk of its foot, and covered by the
abdominal sac, which it partially suj^ports. It is probably analogous
to an operculum, but does not exercise its functions, being, in a
measure, situated internally. The animal has long tentacula, at

* Patella hungarica, List., 544—32 \—Pat. cahjpfra, Chemn., X, clxix, 1643—
44 ; — Pat. mitruht, Gm., List., cxliv, 31.

t Patella comucopice, Lam., Knorr., Petrif., II, part ii, pi. 131, f. 3, andBlainv,,
Malac.

+ Patella fornicaf a, List. 545, 33, 35 ; — P. aculeata, Chema., X, clxviii, 1624—
25 ; — P. Goreemis, Martini, I, xiii, 131, 132 ; — P. solea, Naturf., XVIII, ii, 15 ;
— P. crepidida, Aians. Seneg., I, ii, 9; — P.porcellana, List., 545, 34.

§ Pileolus plkatiis, Sowerb. ;— Pii. Icevis, Id., Genera of Shells, No. IX ;— Pi?.
neritoides, Desh., Ann. des Sc, Nat., I, xiii, 3, a, b, c.

64 MOLLUSCA.

whose external base are pedicles which support the eyes. They in-
liabit the rivers of liot countries *. In the

CALYPTRiEA, Lam.

We observe a conical shell in the holloAv of which is a little lamina
that projects inwards, resembling the commencement of a columella,
and that interposes itself between a fold of the abdominal sac. The
branchiae are comjiosed of a range of numerous filaments, long and
slender, like hairs.

In some of them this lamina adheres to the bottom of the cone,
being itself bent into a jjortion of a cone or of a tube, and descending
vertically!.

In others it is almost horizontal, and adheres to the sides of the
cone, which is marked above by a spiral line that establijshes some
relation between their shell and that of a Trochus:|:.

SiPHONARiA, Sowerby.

The shell of the Siphonariae, wliich have been recently separated
from the Patellae, at the first glance seems very similar to a flattened
Patella, with radiating sulci; but its margin projects rather more on
the right side, and it is excavated beneath by a slight furrow, which
terminates at this prominence of the margin, to which there is a
corresponding lateral hole in the mantle, for the introduction of
water into the branchial cavity placed on the back, that is closed on
every other point. The respiratory organ consist of a few small
lamellae, arranged in one transverse line on the roof of that cavity;
the tentacula seem to be wanting, the head being merely furnished
with a narrow veil§.

There are some species, in whicli even this slight appearance of
the canal, in the shell, is effaced, resembling in toto that of a Patella,
except in its summit, which is behind ||. In the

SiGARETus, Adans.

The shell is flattened, its aperture ample and round, and the spire
very moderate, its whorls rapidly enlarging and seen within, but
concealed during the life of the animal in the thickness of a fungous
shield, which projects considerably beyond it, as well as the foot»
and which is the true mantle. Before tliis mantle are an emargina-

*, Patella neritoidea, List., 545 — 36, andNaturf., XIII, v, 1, 2 ; — Paf.borbonica,
Bory Saint-Vincent, Voy. I, xxxvii, 2 ; and for the animal, Quoy and Gaym., Toy.
de Freycin,, pi. 71, f. 3 — 6.

t Patella equesMs,h. , List., 5i6 — 38; — Pat. sinensis, lb., 39 ; Pat. trochifonnis.
Martini, I, xiii, 135 ; — Pat. auricula, Chemn., X, clxviii, 1 628 — 29; — Pat. plicafa,
Nat. Forsch., XVIII, U, 12 ;— Pat. striata, lb., 13.

X Patella contorta, Nat. Forsch., IX, iii, 34, VIII, 11 — 14 ; — Pat. depressa, lb.,
xviii, ii, 11.

§ Patella sipho ; — Siphonoria concinna, Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, No. XXI. ; 5.
eicigua, Id., lb. See Savigny, Descr. de I'Eg., Zool. Gaster., pi. iii, f. 3, and Coq.,
pi. i, f. 1. Some years ago M. Gray proposed a genus Gadinia, (Pliilos. Magaz.,
April 1824) which is precisely the same as Siphonaria.

II Siphonaria trisfcnsis, Sowerb., loc. cit.

GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 65

tion and a semi-canal, which serve to conduct water into the bran-
chial cavity, and which form the passage to the following family, but
of which there are no impressions on the shell. The tentacula are
conical, with the eyes at their external base : the penis of the male is
very large.

Some species are found on the coast of France. The

CoRiocELLA, Blainv.,

Consists of Sigareti, the shell of which is horny, and almost mem-
branous, like that of the Aplysise*.

Cryptostoma^ Blainv.

The shell, resembling that of a Sigaretus, with the head and abdo-
men, which it covers, supported by a foot four times its size, cut
square behind, and forming before a fleshy, oblong bundle that con-
stitutes nearly one half of its mass. The animal has a flat head, two
tentacula, a broad branchial pecten on the roof of its dorsal cavity, and
a penis under the right tentaculum ; but I can find no emargination
in the mantle f.

FAMILY III.

BUCCINOIDA.

This Family has a spiral shell, in the aperture of which, near the
extremity of the columella, is an emargination or a canal for transmit-
ting the siphon or tube, which is itself but an elongated fold of *he
mantle. The greater or less length of the canal, when there is one,
the size of the aperture, and the form of the columella, furnish,
the grounds of its division into genera, which may be variously
grouped]:.

CoNUS. Lin. §

So called from the conical shape of the shell ; the spire, either per-
fectly flat, or but slightly salient, forms the base of the cone, the
apex being at the opposite extremity ; the aperture is narrow, recti-
linear, or nearly so, extending from one end to the other without
enlargement or fold, either on its edge or on the columella. The

* The CoHocolle noire, Blainv. Malac, XLTI, f. 1, This animal is not deprived
of a shell, as the author of the genus imaeined, but it is thin and flexible.

f Besides ths species in the British Museum {Cr, Leachii, Blainv. Malac., XLIf,
3), we have one (Cr. corolinum, Cuv.) sent from Carolina by L. L'Herminier.

X They are the Paracephalophora Dio'ica Siphonobranchiata of Blainville.

§ M. de Blainville unites the Coni, Cypreee, Oindce, Terebella, and the Valuta, in a
family which lie calls Angyostoma.

In placing here the genera with a straight aperture, we must not be understood as
meaning to approximate them to the preceding family, but only to present them.
first, as possessing the most striking characters of all those which are furnished with
a siphon.

VOL. III. F

thinness of the animal is proportioned to the narrowness of the
aperture through Avhich it issues ; its tentacula and proboscis are
liighly protractile; the ej^es are placed on the outer side of the
former, and near the point; the operculum situated obliquely on
the hind-part of the foot, is too narrow and short to close the whole
of the aperture.

The shells of this genus, being usually ornamented with the most
beautiful colours, are very common in cabinets. The seas of Europe
produce vei-y few *.

They are distinguished by the flatness or slight projection of the
spire ; by the whorls being tuberculated or not ; by its being more
salient and even pointed, and furnished, or not, with turbercles.

There are some in which the spire is sufficiently salient to give
them a cylindrical appearance, in wliich case it may be either smooth
or tuberculated f.

The appellation of crowned spire is applied to that which is studded
with tubercles,

CyprjEA, Lin.

The spire projecting but little, and the aperture narrow and extending
from one extremity to the other ; but the shell, which is protuberant
in the middle, and almost equally narrowed at both ends, forms an
oval, and the aperture in the adidt animal is transversely Avrinkled on
each side. The mantle is sufficiently ample to fold over and envelope
the shell, which at a certain age it covers with a layer of another
colour, so that this difference, added to the form acquired by the
aperture, may easily cause the adult to be taken for another species.
The animal has moderate tentacula, with the eyes at their external
base, and a thin foot witliout an operculum.

The colours of these shells, also, are extremely beautiful ; they are
extremely common in c binets, though Avith very few exceptions they
all inhabit the seas of tropical countries %. In the

OvuLA, Brug.

The shell is oval, and the aperture narrow and long, as in Cypra'a,
but without plicc-c on the side next to the columella ; the spire is con-
cealed, and the two ends of the aperture equally emarginated, or
equally prolonged in a canal. Linnteus confounded them with the
Bullaej from which Brugiercs has very properly separated them. The

* For the species of tLis beautiful genus see the article and the jjlates of Brngieres
in the Encycl. Method., where they are extremely well described and figured,
and the enumeration still more complete than in the Ann. du Mus. XV, by M. de
lAmarck.

-j- Species with a crowned spire : Con. cedonitlli, L., a shell much sought for, and
of which there are many varieties, Encycl. Method., pi. 316, f. 1 ; Con, marmoreus,
L., Enc, pi. 317, f. 5; — Con. arenaius, Brug., Encycl., pi. 320, f. 6, &c.

Species with a simple spire: Con. Ktferalus, L., Encycl., pi. -326, f. 1; — Con.
tesseUalus, Brug. Enc,. pi. 326, f. 7 ; — Con.virgo, Brug. Enc. pi. 325, f. 5, &c.

X For the species see the genus Cyprcea, Gmel., and the figures collected by Bra-
git^res for the Encyclop., the Gen. of shells by Sowerby, No. XVII, and particularlj
a Monograph by M. Gray, published in the Zool. Joxirnal, Nos. 2, 3, and 4,

GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA, 67

animal has a broad foot, an extended mantle which partly folds over
the shell, a moderate and obtuse snout, and two long- tentacula, on
which, at about the third of their length, are the eyes.

Montfort particularly designates, by the term OvuLiE, those in
which the external margin is transversely sulcated *.

Those in which the two extremities of the aperture are prolonged
into a canal, and in which the external margin is not sulcated, he
calls Navettes VoLV.ijf.

When this external margin is not sulcated, nor the extremities of
the aperture prolonged, he styles them Calpurn^eJ.

TerebeLlum, Latn.

An oblong shell, with a narrow aperture, without plicce or wrinkles,
and increasing regularly in width to the end opposite the sjiire, which
is more or less salient, according to the species§. The animal is not
known. The

VoLUTA, Lhi.

Varies as to the form of the shell and that of the aperture, but is
recognised by the emargination without a canal which terminates it,
and by the salient and oblique plicae of the columella. From this
genus Brvigieres first separated the

Oliva, Brug.

So named from the oblong and elliptical shape of the shell, the
aperture of which is narrow, long and emarginated opposite to the
spire, which is short; the plicee of the columella are numerous, and
resemble strioe ; the whorls are sulciform. These shells are quite as
beautiful as the Cypra:se||.

The animal has a large foot, the anterior part of Avhich (before the
head) is separated by an incision on each side ; its tentacula are
slender, and the eyes are on their side about the middle of their length.
The proboscis, siphon and penis are tolerably long ; but it has no
operculum. MM. Quoy and Gaymard have observed an appendage
on its posterior portion, which enters the sulcus of the whorls.

The remainder of the genus "V^oluta Avas afterwards divided into
five, by M. de Lamarck^f. The

VoLvARiA, Lam.,
Closely resembles the Oliva in its oblong or cylindrical form ; but

* Bulla ovum, L., List., 711, 65, Encyclop., 358, 1.

t Bulla volva, L., List., 711, 63, Eucycl., 357, 3 ; B. birosfris, Encycl. 357, 1 ;
Sowerb., lb.

X Bulla i-erru.cosa, L., List., 712, 67, Encyc, 357, 5. from which we do not sepa-
rate the Ultimo, Montf. : or Bulla gibbosa, L., List., 711, &4, Encyc. 357, 4.

§ Terehelhim subulatum, Lam., Bulla terebellvm, L. List., 736, f. 30, Encyc, 360,
1 ; — Tereb. convolufum, Lam., Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, No. VI.

II Olii\ subulata, Lam., Encyc, pi. 368, f. 6, a, b ; — Vol. hiafula, 'L. ; — Vol por-
Ijhyria, Vol. oliea, and, in general, Eill the cylindrical Volutae of Gmel., p. 3438,
et seq.

*f Exclusive of the Tornatellee and Pyramidella already mentioned.

p2

bo MOLLUSCA.

the aperture is narrow, and its anterior edge ascends to the top of the
spire, which is excessively short. There is one plicaae, or several, at
the foot of the columella. The lustre and whiteness of this shell are
such, that on some coasts it is used for making necklaces *. A small
fossil species is fovmd in the vicinity of Paris f. In the true Volutae
or the

VoLuTA, Lam.

The aperture is ample, and the columella marked with large plicae,
the one furthest from the spire being the largest. The degree of
projection in the spire varies greatly.

In some of them, Cymbium, Montf. ; Cymba, Sowerb., the last
whorl is ventricose ; the animal has a large, thick and fleshy foot, and
a veil on the head, from the sides of which issue the tentacula. The
eyes are on this same veil outside of the tentacula. The proboscis is
tolerably long, and there is an appendage on each side of the base of
the siphon. They attain a large size, and many of them are extremely
beautiful %.

In others, Voluta, Montf., the last whorl is conical, becoming
narrower at the extremity opposite to the spire§. The foot of the
animal is not so large as that of the preceding ones ; their shells are
frequently remarkable for the beauty of their colours or their ar-
rangement.

Marginella, Lam.

Form of the shell, similar to that of a true Voluta ; but the external
margin of the aperture is tumid ; the emargination is but slightly
marked. The foot of the animal, according to Adanson, is very
large, and has no operculum. By turning up the lobes of its mantle
it partly covers the shell. The eyes are on the external side of the
base of its tentacula ||.

M. de Lamarck also distinguishes the Coloaibella, in which the
plica? are numerous, and the varix of the external margin is inflated
in the middle^. It apjjcars that the opercvdum is wanting.

* Volv. moniUs, L. ; Voh. triticea, Lam., &c.

t FolvariabuUo'ides, Lam., Encyc. Method., pi. .384, f. 4.

X Volv. athiupica, List., 797, 4 ; — T'. cymbium, 796, 3, SOO, 7 ; — V. olla, 794, 1 ;
V. Nepfuni, 802, 8 ; — T'. naricula, 795, 2 ; — V. papillaris, Seb., Ill, l,\iv, 9 ; —
V. indica, Martini, III, Ixxii, 772, 773 ; genus Melo, Sowerb., Gen. of Sliells, No.
XXVIII ; — cymbiolu, Chemn., X, cxlviii ; 1385, 1386 ; — V. prccpvtium, List., 798,
1 ; — T'. speclibilis, Davila, I, viii, S.

§ Voluta i7iusica, List., 805, 14, 806, 15; — V. scapha, 799, 6; — V. vesperfilio,
807, 16, 808, 17; — V. hccbrea, 809, 18; — V. rei-illum, Martini, III, cxx, 1098; —
V. flavicans, Tb., xcv, 922, 923 ; — T'. widulafti. Lam., Ann. du Mus., &c. For the
other species consult the "Memoir of M. Broderip, Zool. Journ., April 1825.

II Valuta glabella, Adans., IV, genus, X, 1 ; — Voluta faba, lb., 2 ; — Vol. pi'unum,
lb., 3 ; — Vol. persicula, lb., 4, and all pi. xlii, vol. II, of Martini; — Vol. marginuta,
Born., IX, 5, 6.

ll Voluta mercatoria, List., 824, 43; — Vol. rustica, List., 824, 44 ; — Vol. mendi-
caria, and nearly all plate xliv of Martini, vol. II ; — Col. strombiformis ; — Vol. lahi-
esaj — Vol. puHctuta, &c., Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, No. IX.

GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 69

MiTRA, Lam.

The aperture oblong, with a few large plica; on the columella, the
one nearest the spire being the largest ; the spire usually pointed and
elongated. Several species are brilliantly spotted with red on a
Avhite ground*. The foot of the animal is small ; the tentacula a/e
of a moderate length, with the eyes on the side, near their inferior
third; the siphon also is of a moderate length, but it frequently pro-
trudes a proboscis longer than its shell.

Cancellaria, Lam.

The last whorl ventricose ; aperture ample and round, the internal
margin forming a plate on the columella. The spire is salient and
pointed, and the surface of the shell marked Avith decussating sulcif.
The

BucciNUM, Lin. X

Comprises all the shells furnished with an emargination or a sliort
canal inflected to the left, and in which the columella is destitute of
plicae.

Brugieres has divided them into the four genera of Buccinum,
Purpura, Cassis, and Terebra, part of which have been again subdi-
vided by Messrs de Lamarck and Montfort. The

Buccinum, Brug.

Includes the emarginated shells without any canal, whose general
form, as well as that of the aperture, is oval. The animals — all such
as are known, are deprived of the veil on the head, but are furnished
with a proboscis, two separated tentacula, on the external side of
which are the eyes, and a horny operculum. Their siphon extends
out of the shell.

The name of Buccinum is especially applied by M. de Lamarck to
those in which the columella is convex and naked, and the margin
without jjlicse or varix. Their foot is moderate, their proboscis long
and thick, and their penis, frequently, excessively large§. In the

* Such are Vol. episcopalis, List., 839, 66; — TV. papalis, lb. 67 ; and 840, 68 ;
— Vol. cardinalis, 838, 65. Add, Vol. patriarchalis ; — Vol. jxrfussa, 822, 40 ; — Vol.
vulpecula, Martini, IV, exlviii, 1366; — Vol. plicaria, List., 820, 37; — Vol. sangui-
svga, List., 821, 8 ; — Vol. caffra, Martini, IV, exlviii, 1369, 1370 ; — Vol. acus, Id.,
civii, 1493, 1494 ; — Vol. scabricula, Id., cxlix, 13S8, 1389 ; — Vol. maculosa, lb.,
1377; — Vol. mdulosa, lb., 1385; — Vol. spadicea, Id., cl, 1392; — V. uuruniia, lb.,
1393, 1394 ; — /'. decvssata, 1395 ; — V. tunicida, 1376,

t Voluta cancellata, L., Adans., VIII, 16; — Vol, reticulata, 830, 25, &c. — Sow-
erb., Gen. of Shells, No. V.

X M. de Blainville makes a family of his Paracephalophora Dioica Siphonobranchiata
of this great genus, -which he calls the Enotomostoma.

§ Buccinum vndulatum, L., List., 662, 14 ; — Bucc. glaciate, L. ; — B. anglicum,
List., 963, 17; — B.porcatum, Martini, IV. cxxvi, 1213, 1214; — B.lavissinmm, Id.,
cxxvii, 1215, 1216 ; — B. igneum, lb., 1217 ; — B. curinatum, Phips. Voy., XII, 2; —
B.solutum, Naturf.,XVI, ii, 3, 4 ; — B. strigosum, Gm., No. 108, Bonan., Ill, 38 ; —
B. glaberrimum, Martini, IV, cxxv, 1177, 1182 ; — B. strigostm, lb. 1183, 1188; —
B. obtusvm, lb., 1193 ; — B. coronafum, CXXI, 1115, 1116.

70

MOLLUSCA.

Nassa, Lam.

The side of the columella is covered by a more or less broad and
thick plate, and the emargination is deep, but without a canal. The
animal resembles that of a true Buccinum, and there are gradual
transitions among the shells, from one subgenus to the other*. M.
Delamarck calls

Eburna, Lam.,

Those, wliich to a smooth shell without a plicated margin, add a
widely and deeply umbricated columella. The general form of their
shell is closely allied to that of the Olivee. Their animal is unknown f.

Ancillaria, Lam.

The same smooth shell, and at the lower part of the columella a
marked lip; there is no umbilicus, neither is the spire suhated. The
animal of several species resembles that of the Olivee, the foot being
still more developed :J:. The same naturalist calls

DoLiuji, Lam.

Those in which projecting ribs, that follow the direction of the
whorls, render the margin undulated; the inferior vvliorl is ample and
ventricose. Montfort subdivides them into

DoLiuM, properly so called, where the lower part of the columella
is twisted§, and into

Perdix, where it is trenchant. ||

Their animal has a very large foot, widened before ; a proboscis
longer than its shell, and slender tentacula, on the external side of
which, and near the base, are the eyes; the head has no veil, nor has
the foot an operculum.

Harpa, Lam.

The Harpae are easily recognized by the projecting, transverse ribs
on the whorls ; the last of which forms a lip on the margin. The
shell is beautiful, and the animal has a very large foot, pointed behind,

* Buccinum arcularia, List., 970, 24, 25 ; — B. pulbts, List., 971, 26; — B. yib-
hosulum, List., 972, 27, and 973, 28 ; — B. tesseUutum, List., 975, 30 ; — B./ossile,
Martini, III, xciv, 912, 914 ; — B. marginatum, Id. cxx, 1101, 1102 ; — B. reticula-
fMw, List., 966. 21: — B. vuhjatum, Martini, IV, cxxiv, 162, 166; — B. stolatum,
lb., 1167, 1169 ; — B. glans, List., 981, 40; — B. pajnllosum, List., 969, 23 ; — B.
nifidulum, Martini, IV, cxxv, 1194, 1195.

f Buccinum ylahralum, L.\st., 974, 29; — B. spiratum, List., 981, 41 ; — B. zey-
laniaim, Martini, IV, cxxii, 1119.

X Ancillaria cinnamomea, Lam., Mart., II, pi. 65, f. 731 ; I'oluta ampla, Gm.,
Mart., lb. f. 722, and the species described by M. de Lamarck and figured in the
Encyc. Method., 393. See also the Monograph, No. 36, p. 72, of the Ancillarise by
M. W. Swaiason, Journ. of the So. and Arts, No. 36, p. 272.

§ Buc. oleurium, List., 985, 44, and Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, No. 29 : — B. galea,
List., 898, 18 ; — B. dolium. List., 899, 1 9 ; — B. fasciatum, Brug., Mart., Ill, cxviii,
1011 ; — B. pomutn, Id., II, xxxvi, 370, 371.

II Bucc. perdix, List., 984, 43.

GASTEROPODA PECTfNIBRANCHIATA. ^ffi

and widened in its anterior portion, which is distinguished by two
deep emirginations. The eyes are on the sides of the tentacula, and
near their base. It has neitlier veil nor operculum*. The

PuiiPURA, Brug.

Is known by its flattened columella, which is trenchant near the end
opposite to the spire, and which, with the external margin, forms a
canal there, sunk in the shell, but not salient. The Purjjui'oe were
scattered among the Buccina and the Murices of Linn;i.-us. The ani-
mal resembles th it of a true Buccinumf .

The genus Licorne, Montf., — Monoceeo?, Lim., consists of shells
similar to the Purpuric, but in which the external edge of the emar-
gination is furnished with a salient spinet.

Others, also resembling the Purpuric, in which the columella or
at least the margin is provided, in the adult, with teeth which narrow
the aperture, form the Sistra, Montf, or the Ricinula, L.un.§

CoNCHOLEPAs, Lam.
The general characters of the Purpurre, but the aperture is so
enormous, and the spire so small, that the shell has almost the appear-
ance of a Capidus, or one of the valves of the Area ; a small salient
tooth is visible on each side of the emargination. The animal re-
sembles that of a true Buccinum, with the exception of its foot, which
is enormous in widtli and thickness, and that it is attached to the shell
by a muscle shaped like a horse-shoe, as in the Capuli ; it lias a thin,
narrow, and horny operculum.

But a single species is known, the Buccinum conckolepas,
Brug.; Argenv., pi. ii, f. F, D; and Sowerb., Gen. of Shells,
No. VI. From the coast of Peru.

Casis, Brug.

The shell oval ; aperture oblong or narrow ; the columella covered
with a plate as in Nassa, and that plate transversely plicated, as well
as the external margin ; the emargination terminating in a short
canal, that is reflected and pushed b.ick, as it were, to the left:
varices are frequently observed on it. The animal resembles that of
a true Buccinum, but its horny operculum is denticulated, in order
to pass between the plicae of the external margin.

* Buecinutn harpci, L., and the other species long confounded with it — List., 992,
993, 994 ; Mart., TIF, cxix: Bucc. costatum, lb. Messrs. Reynaud, Quoy and
Gaymard have ohscrved, that, under certain circumstances, the posterior part of the
foot is spontaneously detached.

■j- Buccinum persicnm, List., 987, 46, 47 ; — B. patulum, Id., 989, 49 ; — B. hee-
mastoma, Id., 9SS, 48 ; — B. trochlea, B. lapillus, Id., 965, 18, 19 ; — Mnrex fucits.
Id. 990, 50 ; — Mur. hisfi-Lv, Martini, III, ci, 974, 975 ; — Mur. martcindlu., List.,
95f), 8, 957, 9 — 10 ; — Mur. hippocastanum, List., 955, 996, 990, 991.

X Buccinum monodon, Gni., Martini, III, Ixix, 761 ; — Bucc. narcal, Brug. ; — B.
unicorne, Id.

§ Murcx ricinis, L., Seh., Ill, Ix, 37, 39, 42; — Mur. neritotdeus, Gm., No. 43,
lAst., 804, 12—13.

72 MOLLUSCA.

In some, the lip of the margin is denticulated externally near the
emargination*.

In others it is entiref. The

MoRio, Montf. — Cassidaria, Lam.
Was separated from Cassis by Montfort. The canal curves less
suddenly, and the whole shell leads directly to certain Murices. The
animal resembles that of a Buccinum, but its foot is more developed |.

Tekabra, Brug.,

The aperture, emargination and columella of a true Buccinum; but
the general form is turriculated, that is to say, the spire is lengthened
into a point §. In the

Cerithium, Brug.,
Very properly separated from the Murex of Linnaeus, we observe
a shell with a turriculated spire ; the aperture is oval, and the canal
short, but well marked, and reflected to the left or backwards. The
animal has a veil on its head, and is furnished with two separated
tentacula, on the side of which arc the eyes, and with a round, horny
operculum.

Many are found fossil ||. M. Brongniart separates from the Ceri-
thia the

PoTAMiDA, Brongn.
Which, with the same form of shell, has a very short and scarcely
emarginated canal, no sulcus on the upper part of the right margin,
and the external lip dilated. The Potamidpe inhabit rivers, or, at least,
their mouths, and fossil specimens are found in strata, which contain
other fresh-water or land species only^. The genus

* Buccinum vibex, Martini, II, xxxv, 364, 365; — B. glaucum, List., 996, 60; —
B. erinaceous, List., 1015, 73.

f The Buccinum of the second division of Gmelin, except the B. echinophorum,
strigosum, No. 26, and fyrrhenum, which are Cassidarise. It must also be recollected,
that, among the true Cassides, Gmelin appears to have several repetitions.

+ Bttccinum caudatum, L., List., 940, 36; — jB. echiniphorum, List., 1003, 68; —

B, strigosum, Gm., No. 26, List., 1011, 71, f. ; — Bucc. tyrrhenum, Bonam., Ill, 160.
§ The whole of the last subdivision of the Buccina, Gmelin, such as, Buccinum

maculatum, L,., 846, 74; — Bucc. crenulaium, L. List., 846, 75; — Bucc. dimidiatum,
L., List., 843, 71; — Bucc. subula/um, L., List., 842, 70, &c.

M. de Blainville separates from them the genus subula, which he founds on a
difference in the animal, and moreover on the presence of an operculum.

II Murex vertagus. List., 1020, 83; — M. aluco, List., 1025, 87; — M. annularis,
Martini, IV, clvii, 1486; — M. singulafus, lb., 1492; — M. Terehella, Id., civ, 1458,
9; — M. fuscatus, Gualt., 56, H; — M. granulatus, Martini, IV, clvii, 1483; — M.
moluccanus, lb., 1484, S. &c., with the numerous fossil species described by M. de
Lamarck, Ann. du Mus. M. Deshaycs has separated from the Cerithia, under the
name of Nevinea, some small species, where the margin is prolonged into the aper-
ture, and divides it into three distinct orifices.

It is also near the Cerithia that we must place several fossil shells, which form
the genus Nerinea of M. Defrance, and which is distinguished by strongly marked
plicae on each whorl and on the columella, the centre of which, besides, is hollow
throughout. Nine species are already ascertained.

^ See Brongn., Ann. du Mus., XV, 367. In this subgenus should be placed the
CmVAium a/n/m, Brug., List., pi. 115, f. 10; — Cer. palustre, f. lb., 836, f. 62; —

C. muricatum, lb., 121, f. 17, &c., and among the fossils, the Pt'/«ni»rf« LcmarAii,
Brongn., Ice. cit. pi. xxii, f. 3.

GASTBROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 7^

MuREX, Lin*

Comprises all those shells in which there is a salient and straight
canalf . The animal of each subgenus is furnished Avith a jjroboscis,
long approximated tentacula en the external side of which are the
eyes, and Avith a horny operculum ; the veil on the head is wanting ;
and, the length of the siphon excepted, it otherAvise resembles that
of the Buccina. Brugiere divides them into genera, Avhich have been
since subdivided by Messrs. Lamarck and Montfort. The

MuREx, Brvg.

Includes all those which have a and salient straight canal, with varices
across the whorlsj.

Lamarck aj)propriates this name to those in Avhich the varices are
not contiguous on two opposite lines.

If their canal be long and slender, and the varices armed with
spines, they become the Murex, properly so called, of Montfort§.

When, with this long canal, the Avarices are mere knobs, they form
the Brontis, Montf. ||

Some of them, Avhich, Avith a moderate canal, have projecting
tubes that penetrate into the sliell betAveen spiny A'-arices, constitute
the Typhis, Montf. ^

When, instead of spines, the varices are furnished Avith plicated
lamellcp. slashed, or divided into branches, they are the Chicoracea,
Montf.** Their canal is long and moderate, and their foliaceous
productions vary infinitely in figure and complication.

When, Avith a moderate or short canal, the varices are mere knots,
and the base is provided Avith an umbilicus, they form the Aquilla,
Montf. Several species inhabit the coast of Franceff.

If the umbilicus be AA-anting, they are his LotoriumW.

Finally, Avhen the canal is short, the spire elevated, and the varices
simple, they are his Tritonium. Their mouth is usually plicated

* This great genus forms the family siphonostoma, Blainv.

f To which Linnaeus also added several Purpura in which the canal is not salient,
and all the Cerithia in which it is recurved.

J Varices are knobs with which the animal borders its mouth, at each interruption
in the growth of its shell.

§ Murex iribulus, List., 902, 22; — Mur. hrandaris, List., 900, 20; — Mur. comu-
tus, List., 901, 21 ; — Mur. senegalensis, Gm., and the costatus of No. 86, Adans, Se-
neg. VIII, 19.

II Murex hauslellum, List., 903, 23 ; — Mur. caudatus, Martini, Conch., Ill, f. 1046,
1 04 9 ; — Mur. pi/rum.

^ Murex tubifer, Roissy, Brug., Journ. d'Hist. Nat., I, xi, 3 ; Montfort, 614.

** Murex ramosus, List., 946, 41, and all its varieties ; Martini, III, cv, ex, cxi ;
— Mur. Scorpio, Martini, cvi ; — Mur. saxalilis, Martini, cvii, cviii, and several others
not yet well characterized.

ft Murex cufaceus, L., Seb., Ill, xlix, 63, 64 ; — Mur. trunculus, Martini, III, cix,
1018, 20; — Mur. miliaris, Id., vi, Vign., 36, 1 — 5; — Mur. pomum, Adaas., IX, 22;
— Mur. decussatus, lb., 21.

XX Mur. lotorium, L., Martini, IV, cxxx, 1246 — 9 ; — Mur. femorale, Id., cxi, 1039;
— Mur, triquetcr. Born., XI, 1, 2.

74 MOLLUSCA.

transversely on both margins. Very large ones inhabit the seas of
Europe *.

The varices are sometimes numerous, compressed, and almost
membranous, constituting the Trophoita, Montf. f

At other times, they arc compressed, very salient, and but few in
number :]:.

M. dc Limarck separates from all the Muriccs of Brugierc, the

Ranella, Lam,,

Characterized by opposing varices, so that the shell is bordered
with them on both sides. Their canal is short, and their surface
studded with mere tvibercles ; margins of the aperture plicated§.

Tlie Apolles, Montf , are merely umbilicated RanelUr ||. The

Fusus, Brt'g.

Comprises all shells with a salient and straight canal, Avhich are
destitute of varices.

When the spire projects, the columella is without plic-?, and the
margin is entire, they are the Fiisus properly so called, Lam., which
I\Tontfort again subdivides ; when they have no umbilicus, they are
his Fusits'^l. The shortest and most ventricose gradually approach
the form of the Buccina**. When provided Avith an umbilicus they
are his Lat/iira\\.

The Strutltiolaricc are distinguished from tlic true Fusi by a bor-
der which surrounds their aperture, and which covers the columella.
The margin of the adult is inflated, which connects them with
Mnrex:]:^.

Wlien the spire is salient, the columella without plicae, and there is
a small indentation or well marked emargination of the margin near
the spine, they are the Pleurotoma, Lam.§§

* Mw. tritonis, L., List., 959, 12; — Mur. maculostis, ^Martini, lY, cxxxii, J257,
125S; — Mur. ausfralis, Lam., Martini, IV, cxxxvi, 1284; — Mur. ptteare, Martini,
IV, cxxx, 1243, 48, 49; — Mur.urgus, Martini, IV, cxxxi, 1255, 1256; — Mur. rubz-
ci'.la, Id., cxxxii, 1259, 1267.

-f- Mur. mrigeUaiucus, Martini, IV, cxxxix, 1297.

X Mur. tripterus, Born., X, 18, 19; — Mur. obeliscus, Martini, III, cxi, 1033,
1037.

§ N.B. Tliey are the Mur. hufo, Montf. 574; — Mur. rana, List., 995, 28; —
Mur. reticularis, List., 935, 30 ; — Mur. affinis, and the species or varieties of Martini,
1229, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, and 1269, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76.

** Murex c/yrinus, List., 939, 34.

ff Mur.cochlidivm, Seb, III,]ii, 6; — Mur. morio, List., 92S, 22; — Mur. canah-
cutalus, Martini, III, Ixvii, 742, 743; — Mur. candidus, Marlini, IV, cxliv, i;539; —
Mar. ansflftcf, Id. lb,, 134o; — Mur. loBrigatus, Martini, cxli, 1319, 1320; — Mur.
longissiinus, lb., 1344; — Mur. undatus, lb., 1433; — Mur. cuius, L., List., 917,
10; — Mur. sfriafulus, lb., 1351, 1352; — Mur. pusio. List., 914, 7; — Mur. verru-
cosus, lb., 1349, 1350, &c., and the numerous fossil species described by M. de La-
marck.

XX Mur. islundicus, Martini, IV, cxli, 131 2, 1313, &c.; — Mur. antiquus, lb., cxxxriii,
1294, and List., 962, 15; — Mur. despecfvs, Martini, 1295.

§§ Mur, vespe?-tiUo, Id., cxlii, 1323, 24.

nil Mur. stramincus, Gm., Encyc. Method., 431, 1, a, b; — Struthiolana crcnulata.
Lam.

^1f Mur. habilonius, L., List., 917, U; — Mur. javanus. Martini, IV, 138, and

GASTEROPODA PKCTINIBRANCHIATA. /O

Tho Clavalulce, in which the emaigination is wide and reaches
to the spire, are also properly distinguished.

Wlien the spire is but sliglitly marked, flattened or rounded, and
the columella is without plicae, they are the Pyrula, Lam. Some are
umbilicated*, and otliers notf.

From these Pyrulae, Montfort again separates the species with a
flattened spire, internally striated near the lip, by the name of Ful-
gur\. Tliey are a sort of Pyrulae Avith a i)licated columella, the
plicGe being so.iietimes almost insensible.

Among these divisions of the Fusi of Br\igieres, the Fa^ciolaruB,
Lam,§, are distinguished by some oblique and well marked plicfE on
tlie columella, near the origin of the siphon|]. The

Turbinella, Lam.,

Also consists of shells with a straight canal, but without varices,dis-
tinguishable by the large transverse plicae en their columella, which
extend tlie whole length of the aperture, and wliich closely approxi-
mate them to the conical Volutac; they only differ from the latter in
the elongation of their aperture into a sort of canal || ; the line that
separates them is not easily traced. The genus

Strombup, Lin.

Includes those shells with a canal that is either straight or inflected
towards the right, of v.'hich the external margin of the aperture di-
lates with age, but still preserves a sinus near the canal, under which
passes the head of the animal, when it extends itself.

In most of them the sinus is at some distance from the canal. Thay
are subdivided by M. de Lamarclc into two subgenera. The

Strombus, Lam.
In Avliich the margin expands into a wing of more or less extent,

the immense numTjer of fossil species described by Lamarck and other conchy-
Hologists.

* Mur. rape, Martini, III, Ixviii, 750, 733; — Buccinum bezoar, Gm., Martini, III,
Ixvlii, 754, 755.

t Bulla Jicus, L., List., 750, 46: — Mu}-e.v Jicus, lb., 741.

X Mure.T percersus, L., List., 907, 27; — Mur. aru amis, hist., 908, 28; — Mui: ca-
naUculatus, Martini, III, ls\-i, 738, 740, and Ixvii, 742, 3; — Mur. spirillus, Martini,

III, CSV, 1069; — Pirula canallculata. Lam., Montf., 501?, which appears to me the
same as the Mur. carica, Martini, III, Ixvii, 744.

§ Mur. fulipa, L., List., 910, 911 ; — Mur trapezium. List., 93, 26; — Mur polygo-
nns, List., 922, 15; — Mur. infundibulmn, Lisit., 921, 14; — Mur. sfriatulus, Martini,

IV, cxlvi, 1351, 1352; — Mur. versicolor, lb., 1348; — Mur. pardalis. Id. cxlix,
1384; — Mur. cosiutus, Knorr., Pctrif., C, )i. 7; — Mur. Jancea, Martini, IV, cxlv,
1347.

II Mur. scolymus, 'MaTtim,lY, csl'ii, 1325; — rduiu j)iii-um,Ma.Ttmi, III, xcv, 916,
917; — I'oluta ceramica, List., 820, 51 ; — Volnta rhinoceros, Chemn. X, 150, f. 1407,
\-iaB;—Voluta turbinellus, List., 811, 20; — JoZ. ca;)»7e//?,';.'i, List., 810, 19;— roL
globulus, Chemn., XI, 178, f., 1715; — J'ol. fv.rrita, Gm.

76 MOLLUSCA.

but not digitated. The foot is proportionably small, and the eyes are
supported by lateral pedicles of the tentacula, thicker than the ten-
tacula themselves The operculum is horny, long and narrow, and
placed on a thin tail *. In the

Pterocera, Lam.

The margin, in the adult, is divided into long and slender digita-
tions, varying in number, according to the species. The animal is
the same as that of the true Strombus f .

In other Strombi, the sinus of the external margin is contiguous
to the canal, forming the Rostellaria, Lam. There is usually a
second canal ascending the spire, formed by the external margin
and by a continuation of the columella.

In some of them, the margin is still digitated. Their animal re-
sembles that of a Murex, but has only a very small operculum;}:.

In others, we merely observe a dentated margin. Their canal is
long and straight §.

In some again, that margin is entire ; they are the Hippocrenes.
Montf. II

ORDER VII.
TUBULIBRANCHIATA.

The Tubulibranchiata should be detached from the Pectini-
branchiata, with which they are very closely allied, because the shell,
which resembles a more or less irregularly shaped tube, only spiral at
the commencement, attaches itself to various bodies; they conse-
quently are deprived of copulating organs, and fecundate themselves.
In the

Vermetus, Adans.,

We remark a tubular shell whose whorls, at an early age, still form
a kind of spire, but then continue on in a tube more or less irregu-
larly contorted, or bent like the tubes of a Serpula. This shell usually
attaches itself by interlacing with others of the same species, or is
partly enveloped by Lithophytes : the animal, having no power of

* Nearly all the Sti-ombi comprised in the second and third division of Gmelin,
observing, that owing to the various degrees of development acquired by the exter-
nal margin, there are several repetitions.

t Strombus lambis, Rondel., 79; — Martini, III, Ixxxvi, 855; — Str. chiragra, List,,
870;— S<r. millepeda, List., 868, 869 ;— S/r. scorpius, List., 867.

X Strombus pes pelecani, L., List., 865, 866.

§ Stro7nbus/usus, L., List., 854, U, 12, 916, 9.

II Strombus amplus, Brander., Foss., Hant., VI, 76, or Rostellavia macroplera.
Lam.; Str.JissttreUa,'Laim., Encycl. Method., p. 411, 3, «, b, which is not that of
Martini, IV, clviii, HfS, 1499, &c.

GASTEROPODA PECTINIBRANCHIATA. 77

locomotion, is deprived of a foot, properly so called ; but the part
which in ordinary Gasteropoda forms the tail, is here turned under
it, and extends to beyond the head, where its extremity becomes
inflated and furnished with a thin operculum; when the animal
withdraws into its shell, it is this mass which closes the entrance ;
it is sometimes seen with various appendages, and in certain species,
the operculum is spiny. The head of the animal is obtuse, and has
two moderate tentacula, on the external sides of which, at the base,
are the eyes. The mouth is a vertical orifice, beneath wliich is a
filament on each side, that has all the appearance of a tentaculum,
but belonging in reality to the foot. The branchise form but a single
range along the left side of the roof of the branchial cavity. The
right side is occupied by the rectum and the spermatic canal, which
also transmits the ova. There is no penis, the animal fecundating
itself.

The species are numerous, but not very distinct. Linnaeus
left them among the Serpulte *.
The Vermilta.', also left by M. de Lamarck near the Serpulse, are
similar to the Vermeti f .

Magilus, Montf.,

The Magili have a longitudinally carinated tube, which is at first
regularly spiral, and then extends itself in a line more or less straight;
although the animal is unknown, it is highly probable that it should
be placed near the Vermeti \. The

SiLiQUARiA, Brvg.

Resembles Vermetus in the head, the position of the operculum, and
in the tubular and irregular shell ; but there is a fissure on the whole
length of this shell which follows its contour, and which corresponds
to a similar cleft in that part of the mantle which covers the branchial
cavity. Along the whole side of this cleft is a branchial comb, com-
posed of numerous, loose and tabular-like lamellae. Linnaeus left
them Avith the Serpulye, and till very lately they were considered as
belonging to the class of the Annelides§.

* Serpula lumbncalis, L., Adaus., Senegal, XI, 1, and several new species,

f Serpula friquefra, Gm., Born., Mus., pi. xviii, t. 14.

X Magilus antiquus, Montf. II, pi. 43, and Guettard, Mem., Ill, pi. l.xxi, f. 6.

§ Serpula anguina, L.; — Serpula muricafa, Born., Mus., Sr\''III, 16.

N.B. M. de Lamarck considered the Siliquarite and the Vermilise as neighbours
of the Serpula;. M. de Blainville has approximated them to the Vermeti ; M. Au-
douin has lately observed and described the animal, and to him do we owe what is
stated above.

7^:

ORDER VIII.

SCUTIBRANCHIATA*

The Scvitlbranchiata comprise a certain number of Gasteropoda, simi-
lar to the Pectinibranchiata, in the form and position of the branchiae,
as well as in the general form of the body, but in which the sexes are
united, in siich a way, however, as to allow them to fecundate them-
selves. Their shells are very open, Avithout an operculum, and most
of them without the slightest turbination, so that they cover these
animals, and particularly their branchiae in the manner of a shield,
Tha heart is traversed by the rectum, and receives the blood from
two auricles, as is the case in the greater number of bivalves. The

Halyotis, Li7i.f

Is the only genus of this order in which the shell is turbinated ; it is
distinguished from that kind of shell by the excessive amplitude of
the aperture, and the flatness and smallness of the spire, wh'ch is
seen from within. This form has caused it to be compared to the
ear of a quadruped. In the.

Halyotis, Lam.,

Or the true Halyotes, the shell is perforated along the side of the
columella by a series of holes; when the last hole is not terminated,
it gives to that part the look of an emargination. The animal is one
of the most highly ornamented of all the Gasteropoda. A double mem-
brane, cut into leaves and furnished with a double range of filaments,
extends, at least in the most common species, round the foot and on
to the mouth ; outside its long tcntacula, are two cylindrical pedicles
which support the eyes. The mantle is deeply cleft on the right side,
and the water, which passes through the shell, penetrates through it
into the branchial cavity ; along its edges we observe three or four
filaments Avhich the animal can protrude through these holes. The
mouth is a short proboscis |.

The Padolfce, Montf., have an almost circular shell, in which the
holes are nearly obliterated, and there is a deep sulcus that folloAvs
the middle of the whorls, and is marked externally by a salient ridge ;
Padole briquefe, Montf., 11, Tp. 114.

* M. (le Blainville unites this order and the following one (the Chitones ex-
cepted') in his sub-class of the Pai-acephalophora Hermaphrodi/a,

f The Paracephaloph. Hermaph. 0/i(Z., Blainv.

X All the Hali/otides, Gin., except the imperforata and tht perversa.

This genus, although it has been denied, most certainly has its counterpart
among the fossils. M. Marcel de Serres has described a species found in the cal-
careous strata of Montpellier (Hal. Pldlbei-ti), Ann. des Sc. Nat. tome XII, pi.
xlv, f, A.

GASTEROrODA SCUTIBSANCHIATA, 79

Steomatia, Lam.

The shell more hollow, the spire more salient, and the holes want-
ing ; otherwise resembling that of the Halyotides, which it thus con-
uects with certain species of Tnrbo. The animal is much less orna-
mented th n that of the H^ilyotides*.

In the following genera, which arc separated from the Patella?, the
shell is perfectly symmetrical, as well as the position of the heart and
branchiae f . In the

FiSSURELLA, Lain.,

We perceive a broad fleshy disk vuider the belly, as in the Patelhr,
a conical shell placed on the middle of the back, bvit not always
completely coA'ering it, and perforated at its sumaiit by a small ori-
fice, which affords at once an issue to the fa?ces and a passage to the
water, required for respiration; this orifice penetrates into the cavity
of the branchiae, situated on the fore part of the back, and in the
bottom of which terminates the anus; a cavity otherwise widely
opened above the head. A branchial coml^ is symmctric.iUy arranged
on each side ; the eyes are on the external base of the conical tcnta-
cula, and the sides of the foot are furnished with a range of fila-
ments |'.

Emargixula, Lam.

The structure of the EmarginuJse is similar to that of a Fissurclla,
except that instead of the hole iu the summit, there is a small cleft
or cmargination in the anterior margin of their mantle and shell,
which also penetrates to the branchial cavity ; the margin of the mantle
envelopes and covers a great part of that of the shell ; the eyes are
placed on a tubercle of the external base of the conical tentacula, and
the margin of the foot is furnishes with a range of iilaments §.

Parmophorus, Lam.

A great portion of the shell curved by the reflected margin of the
mantle, as in the Emarginulae ; the shell itself oblong, slightly conical,
and without hole or cmargination ; the branchise and other organs, as
iu the preceding genera |[.

* IJalyotis imperforala, Gm., Chemn., X, clxvi, 1600, 1601.

-J- They are the Paracephalora Cervico-braxchi^ Branchifera, Blainv.

X All the Patellce of the fifth division of Gmelin, except Pat.fissura; among others,
Pal. grevca, List., 527, I, 2; — P. nimbosa, List., 52S, 4. \Ve have a species in
■which the shell, at least six times the size of the mantle, simply surrounds the hole
of the summit like a ring, — Fissurella annulafa, Cuv.

§ Patella fssura, L., List., 543, 2S, &c. The Palmaria, Montf., must be
allied to this genus.

II Patella ambigua, Chemn., CXCll, 1918.

N.B. FissureU(e, Emarginulce, and Parmaphon are also found fossil.

MOLLUSCA.

ORDER IX.

CYCLOBRANCHIATA *.

The branchiae of the Cyclobranchiata resemble small lamellae, or
little pyramids forming a cordon more or less complete under the
borders of the mantle, very nearly as in the Inferobranchiata, from
which they are distinguished by the nature of their hermaphroditism ;
for, like the preceding genus, they have no copulating organ, but fe-
cundate themselves. Their heart does not embrace the rectum, but
varies as to situation. But two genera of this order are known, in
both of which the shell never approaches in the least to the turbi-
nated form.

Patella, Lin.

The entire body covered with a shell, formed of a single piece, in the
form of a broad-based cone ; a cordon of little branchial lamellae
under the margin of the mantle; the anus and genital orifices some-
what to the right and above the head, which is furnished with a
thick and short snout, and two pointed tentacula, on the external base
of which are the eyes ; the mouth is fleshy, and containing a spiny
tongue, which inclines backwards, and is reflected deeply in the in-
terior of the body. The stomach is membranous, and the intestine
long, thin, and greatly flexed ; the heart is forwards, above the neck,
and a little to the left f.

Some species abound on the coast of France.

Chiton, Lin.

A range of testaceous and symmetrical scales along the back of the
mantle, but not occupying its whole breadth ; edges of the mantle

* M. de Bliua\-ille, who calls the order in which he places Doris Cyclobran-
chiata, makes an order of the Patellfe, and of the three preceding genera, which
he names Cervicobranchiata, which he divides into ih^Reti/era and the Branchi-
fera. The Refifera are the PateUfe, because he supposes that they respire through
the medium of a network in the cavity which is over their head. I have v.iiniy
sought for it, however, nor could I discover there any other organ of respiration than
the cordon of lamellae which extends round the under part of the margin of the
mantle. See Anat. of the Patella iu my Mt^-m. on the MoUusca.

•f- I separate from the Patkll^e and arrange among the Trochoida, all the
animals comprised in the genera, Crepidula, Navicella, Calyptr.'EA of M. de
Lamarck, to which I add the C.\pui,i ; and his genera Fissurella, Emarginula,
and Parmophora, or Patella amhiguu, Chemn., XI, 197, 1918, I place among the
ScuTiBRANCHiATA. The UMBRELLA, Scufus, Montf., — Patella umbrella, Martini'
II, vi, 18, is one of the Tectibranchiata. The Pat. anomala, Miill., belongs to
the Brachiopoda and is my genus Orbiculus. The other species quoted by Gm.
remain in the genus Patella.

GASTEROPODA CYCLOBR ANCHIATA. 81

coriaceous, and furnished either with a naked skin or little scales,
which give it the appearance of shagreen, or with spines, hairs, or
setaceous fasciculi. Under these edges, on each side, is a range of
lamellar, pyramidal branchiae; and before, a membranous veil on
the mouth supplies the want of tcntacula. The anus is under the
posterior extremity. The heart is situated behind, on the rectum,
the stomach is membranous, and the intestine very long and greatly
contorted. The ovary is situated over the other viscera, and appears
to open on the sides by two ovidiicts.

A few small species are found on the coast of France ; very
large ones abound in the seas of hot climates *,

CLASS IV.

ACEPHALA.

The Acephala have no apparent head; but a mere mouth concealed
in the bottom, or between the folds of their mantle. The latter is
almost always doubled in two, and encloses the body as a book is
clasped by its cover ; but it frequently happens, that, in consequence
of the two lobes uniting before, it forms a tube; sometimes it is closed
at one end, and then it represents a sac. This mantle is generally
provided with a calcareous bivalve, and sometimes multivalve shell,
and in two genera only is it reduced to a cartilaginous, or even mem-
branous nature. The brain is over the mouth, where we also find one
or two other ganglia. The branchiae usually consist of large lamellse
covered with vascular meshes, under or between which passes the
water ; they are more simple, however, in the genera without a shell.
From these branchiae the blood proceeds to a heart, generally unique,
which distributes it throughout the system, returning to the pulmo-
nary artery without the aid of another ventricle.

The mouth is always edentatcd, and can only receive the molecules
brought to it by the water : it leads to a first stomach, to which there
is sometimes added a second ; the length of the intestines is extremely
various. The bile is thrown by several pores into the stomach, which
is surrounded by the mass of the liver.

All these animals fecundate themselves, and in several species, the
young ones, which are innumerable, pass some time in. the thickness

* The Chitonelli of Lamarck, and all the species of Chiton of authors,
should be left in this genus, of which M. dc BlainviUe has thought proper to make
a separate class, called Polyplaxiphora, supposing that it leads to the Articulated
Animals.

VOL. HI. G

82 MOLLUSCA.

of the branchiae previously to being l)rought to light*. All the Ace-
phala are aquatic f .

0

ORDER I.

ACEPHALA TESTACEA.

Testaceous Acephala, or Acephala xoith four branchial leaflets \,
are beyond all comparison the most numerous. All the bivalves, and
some genera of the multivalves belong to this order. Their body,
which contains the liver and viscera, is placed between the two lami-
nae of the mantle ; forAvards, and still between these laminae are the
four branchial leaflets, transversely and regularly striated by the ves-
sels : the mouth is at one extremity, the anus at the other, and the
heart toAvards the back ; the foot, when it exists, is inserted between
the four branchiae. On the sides of the mouth are four triangular
leaflets, which ai-e the extremities of the two lips, and serve as tenta-
cula. The foot is a mere fleshy mass, the motions of which are
effected by a mechanism analogous to that which acts on the tongue
of the Mammalia. Its muscles are attached to the bottom of the valves
of the shell. Other muscles, Avhich sometimes form one mass and
sometimes two, cross transversely from one valve to the other to keep
them closed, but when the animal relaxes these muscles, an elastic
ligament placed behind the hinge opens the valves by its contraction.

A considerable number of bivalves are provided with what is termed
a hyssus, or a fasciculus of threads more or less loosely connected,
which issues from the base of the foot, and by which the animal ad-
heres to various bodies. It uses its foot to direct the threads and to
agglutinate their extremities ; it even reproduces them when cut, but
the nature of the production is not thoroughly ascertained. Reaumiir
considered these threads as a secretion, spun and drawn from the
sulcus of the foot ; Poll thinks they are mere prolongations of tendi-
nous fibres.

* Some naturalists are of the opinion that the very minute bivalves, which in cer-
tain seasons fill the external branchiae of the Anodontes and Mytilus, are not the progeny
of those Mollusca, but a different and parasitic species. See, on this subject, the
Dissertation of M. Jacobsen. The difficulty seems to be removed by the observations
of Sir Ev. Home.

f M. de Lamarck at first changed my name of Acephala into that of Acephalafa.
M. de Blainville forms a class, which he calls Acephalophora, from my Acephala
and my Brachiojoia.

+ M. de Lamarck, in his last work, has made his class of the Conchifera from
my Testaceous Acephala; and M. de Blainville has converted the same into his order
of the AcEPHALOi'HORA Lamellibranchiata : but it is always the same thing.

ACEPHALA TKSTACEA. 83

The shell essentially consists of two pieces, called valves, to which
in certain genera are added others, connected by a hinge that is
sometimes simple and sometimes composed of a greater or smaller
number of teeth and plates, which are received into corresponding
cavities.

There is usually a projecting part near the hinge called the sum-
mit or nates.

Most of these shells fit closely when the animal approximates them,
but there are several which exhibit gaping portions either before or
at the extremities.

FAMILY I.

OSTRACEA.

The mantle is open, without tubes or any particular aperture.

The foot is either wanting in these Mollusca or is small ; they are
mostly fixed by the shell or byssus to rocks and other submerged bo-
dies. Those which are free, seldom move except by acting on the
water by sviddenly closing their valves.

In the first subdivision there is nothing but a muscular mass reach-
ing from one valve to the other, as seen by the single impression left
upon the shell.

It is thought proper to class with them certain fossil shells, the valves
of which do not even appear to have been held together by a ligament,
but which covered each other like a vase and its cover, and were con-
nected by muscles only. They form the genus

x^CARDA, Brug. — OsTRACiTA, Lct Peyr.,

Of which M. de Lamarck makes a family that he names Rudista.
The shells are thick, and of a solid or porous tissue. They are now
divided into the

Radiolites, Lam.,

In which the valves are striated from the centre to the circumfe-
rence. The one is flat, the other thick, nearly conical and fixed*.

* The species of Brugi^re, 173, f. 1, 23, which forms the genus Acarda, Lam.,
appears to be nothing more than a double epiphysis of the vertebra of some ceta-
ceous animal. The Discin.e, Lam., are Orbiculse ; it is also thought that his
Cranise should be approximated to them. The Jodamies of M. de France or
BiROSTRiTES, Lam., are mere moulds of Sphceruhtes or at least of the bodies
always found in their interior, although they do not adapt themselves to their form.
SeeM. Charles Desmoulins on the Sphentlifes.

G 2

g4 MOLLUPCA.

Sph.erulites Lame.lh..

Where the valves are rougliened by irregularly raised plates. It
is also thought we may add the

Calceola,

One valve of which is conical but free, and the other flat and even,
somewhat concave, so that they remind us of a shoe ; and even the

HlFPUKITES,

Where one valve is conical or cylindrical with two obtuse, lo
tudinal ridges on the inside; the base even appears to be divided
several cells by transverse septa*; the other valve fits like a cc

HlFPUKITES,

Where one valve is conical or cylindrical with two obtuse, longi-

-.;j.rv.^r^ i-i-M +!-»*:* Tnc!ir?£i . +V»o I'Qcn o-i'nn QT^T^oora to Vip nivinpa into

__^... , . cover.

The

Batolithes, Montf. 334,

Are cylindrical and straight Hippurites ; they are frequently found
greatly elongated. There is much incertitude, however, with respect
to all these bodies f-

As to the well known living testaceous Acephala, Linn?eus had
\inited in the genus

OsTREA, Lin.,

All those which have but a small ligament at the hinge, inserted
into a little depression on each side, and without teeth or projecting
plates.

OsTREA, Brug.

The true Oysters have the ligament as just described, and irregu-
lar inequivalve and lamellated shells. They adhere to rocks, piles,
and even to each other, by their most convex valve.

The animal — Peloris, Poli, — is one of the most simple of all the
bivalves, possessing nothing remarkable but a double fringe round
the mantle, the lobes of which are only united above the head, near
the hinge ; but there is no vestige of a foot.

O. edulix, L. The common oyster is well known to every one.
Its fecundity is as astonishing as its flavour is delicious. Among
the neighbouring species we may observe,

O.cm/a/a, Poli, II, xx, or the littl? Mediterranean oyster.
Among the foreign species we have,

O. parasitica, L. ; Chemn., VIII, Ixxiv, 681. Round and flat ;
it adheres to the roots of such mangroves and other trees of the
torrid zone, as the salt-water can reach.

* See Desbaycs, Ann. des Sc. Nat., June, 1825 ; and Ch. Desmoulins, loc. cit.
Several Hippurites have been described by La Peyrouse under the improper name of
Orihoceratites. lUe Cornucopia of Thompson, Journ de Phys. an X, pi. ii, is also
one of them.

f The observations of M. Deshayes and Audouin even lead us to believe that, in a
part of these shells, there were two museular iinpiessions.

ACKPIIALA TKSTACEA. 85

O. folium, h.; lb., Ixxi, 662, tJb'6. Oval; the margin plicated
in zig-zag ; it attaches itself by the indentations in the back of
its convex valve to the branches of the Gorgqnific and other
Lithophytes*.

M. de Lamarck separates by the name of
Gryph.ea, Lam.,

Certain oysters, mostly fossil, of the ancient calcareous and schist-
ous strata, in which the sumaiit of the most convex valve greatly
projects and curves more or less into a hook, or is partially spiraf;
the other valve is frequently concave. The greater number of these
shells appear to have been free ; some of them, liowever, seem to have
adhered to ether bodies by their liookf.

G. tricarinata. The only living species known.

Pecten, Brag.,

The Pectens, very properly separated from the Oysters by Bru-
giere, although they have the same kind of hinge, arc easily distin-
guished by their inequivalve semi-circular shell, almost always regu-
larly marked with ribs, V\'hich radiate from the summit of each
valve to the edge, and furnished with two angular productions called
ears, which widen the sides of the hinge. The animal, — Argus,
Poll, has but a small oval foot | placed on a cylindrical jjedicle be-
fore a sac-like abdomen that hangs between the branchite. Some
species, known by a deep eaiargination under their anterior ear, are
furnished with a byssus. The others cannot adhere, and even swim
with rapidity by suddenly closing their valves. I'he mantle is sur-
rounded with two ranges of filaments, several of the external ones
being terminated by a little greenish globule. The mouth has ini-
merous branched tentacula in place of the four, usual, labial leaflets.
The shell is frequently tinged with the most lively colours.

The great species of the French coast, Ostrea maxima, L.,
has convex valves, one whitish, the other reddish, with fourteen
ribs each, that are broad and longitudmally striated. The
animal is eaten.

We may also remark the Sole of the Indian Ocean, Oslrea so-
lea, Chemn., VII, Ixi, 595, with extremely thin and almost equal

* The various species of Oysters, on account of their irregularity, are not easily
distinguished: to this genus are referred the Ost . orbicularis ; — O.fomicata; — O.
sinensis; — O. Forskahlii; — O. rostrata ; — O. virginica ; — O. cornucopice; — O. senega.
Icnsis; — 0. steUata; — O, ovalis ; — O.papyracca, and the Mytilus crista-galli ; — M.
hyotis; — .V. /rons, Gmel., and those figured by Brugi^re in the Encye. Method.,
pi. 179, 188.

It is almost certain, however, that several of these pretended species are mere
va.ieties.

The Ost. semi-aurita, Gualt., 84, H, is a young Acicula hirumlo.

t See Brug., Encyc. Method., pi. 189.

X Improperly styled by Poll the abdominal Iracheu.

86 MOLLUSC A.

valves, one brown, the other white, and internal ribs, fine as
hairs, approximated two by two*.

Lima, Brug.
The Limse differ from the Pectens in the superior length of their
shell in a direction perpendicular to the hinge, the ears of which are
shorter, and the sides less unequal, thus forming an oblique oval.
The ribs of most of them are relieved with scales. The valves_ can-
not join during the life of the animal, whose mantle is furnished
with numberless filaments of different lengths without tubercles, and
more internally, with a large border which closes the opening of the
shell, and even forms a veil in front. The foot is small and the bys-
sus trifling. The Limte swim with rapidity by means of their
valves.

One species, the Ostrea lima, L. ; Chemn., VII, Ixviii, 651,
of a fine white, inhabits the Mediterranean. It is eaten f .

Pedum, Brug.

The oblong and oblique shell with small ears, of the Limse ; but
the valves are unequal, and the one only that is most convex has a
deep emargination for the byssus. The animal is similar to that of
a Lima, but its mantle is only furnished with a single range of small,
slender tentacula. Its byssus is larger.

But a single species is known; it inhabits the Indian
Ocean %.

Certain fossils may be placed here which have the hinge,
ligament, and central muscle of the Ostreae, Pectines, and Limae,
but are distinguished by some of the details of the shell.

HiNNiTA, Defr.

The Hinnitpc appear to be Ostreae or Limae with small ears, and ad-
hering, irregular and very thick shells, the convex valve in particular.
A depression is observed on the hinge for the ligament §.

* Add the ninety-one species of Ostrea, Gmel. ; we must remember, however,
that some of them are far from established on a solid foundation. For the fossil
species, consult Sowerby (Mineral Conchology), and Brongniart, App. Cuv., Oss.
Foss. tome II, Env. de Paris.

t Add, Ostrea glaciuUs, Chemn., VII, l.xviii, 652, 653 ; — Ostr. excavata, lb.,
654 ■^—Oslr.fragilis, lb., 650 •,—Ostr. Mam, Gault,, LXXXA^II, FF, G. For the
fossil species, see Lamarck, Ann. du Mas., VIII, p. 461 ; Brocchi, Conch. Foss.,
and Sowerb., Min. Concb.

+ Ostrea spomhjloulea, Gm., Chemn., Vlll.lxxxii, 669,670.

§ Some living species have very lately been referred to the genus Hinnita,
Defr. M. Gray, — Ann. of Phil., August 1S26, — describes one by the name of Hin-
nita gigantea; Sowerby, — Zool. Journ. IX, p. 67, adds a second by that of H.
roraUina; finally, M.Deshayes refers the Ostrea siniiosa, L., to this genus, and de-
scribes a fourth living species under the name of Hinnita Defrancii; M. Defrance
also admits two fossil species, the H. Cortesii, Blainv., Malac, pi. Ixi, f. 1, and the
//. Dulntissonii.

ACKl'HALA TESTACEA. 87

Plagiostoma, Sowerb.,

The oblique shell of a Lima, flattened on one side ; very small ears ;
the valves more convex, striated, without scales, the opening for the
byssus smaller *. Found in formations anterior to chalk.

Pachytes, Defr.

Nearly the same form as that of the Pectines ; shell regular, with
small cars ; a flattened transverse space between their summits,
which in one of the valves is marked hy a deep triangular notch, in
which passed the ligament. Found in chalk f . In the

Dianchgra, Sowerb.,

The valves are oblique and irregular, one of them adherent and with
a perforated summit, the other free and with earsj.

PoDOPsis, Lam.

Regular striated valves without opercula ; the summit of one of them
more salient, truncated and adherent, frequently very thick, and form-
ing a sort of pedestal to the shell §.

Although multivalve, we should approximate the
Anomia, Brng.

To the Ostreae. The Anomise have two thin, unequal, irregular
valves, the flattest of which is deeply notched on the side of the
ligament, which is similar to that of the Ostreae. The greater part
of the central muscle traverses this opening to be inserted into a
third plate that is sometimes stony and sometimes horny, by which
the animal adheres to foreign bodies, and the remainder of it (the
muscle) serves to join one valve to the other. The animal, — Echion,
Poll, has a small vestige of a foot, similar to that of a Pecten, which
slips between the emargination and the plate that closes it, and per-
haps serves to direct water to the mouth which is close to it ||.

These shells are found attached to various bodies like the Ostreae.
They are found in every sea ^.

* Plagiostoma gigas, Sowerb., Encyc. Method., Test., pi. 238, f. 3 ; — PI. Ice-
vigatum, Parkins., Org. Rem.. Ill, pi. xiii, f. 6 ; and the other species given by
Sowerby, Min. Conch., pi. 113, 114, and 3S2.

f Pachytos spinosus, Fr. Sowerb., Cuv., Oss. Foss., II, Env. de Paris, pi. iv, 2,
A, B, C, and Blainv., Malac., pi. Iv, f. 2 : Pack, hoperi, Sowerb., 380,

X Dianch, striata ; — D. lata, Sowerb., Min. Conch., pi. 80.

§ Podops. truncata, Encyc. pi. 188, f. 2, 6, 7 ; Cuv., Oss. Foss. ; Env. de Paris,
pi. V, f. 2.

N.B. M. de Blainville considers these four last genera as more nearly related to
the Terebratulce. M. Deshayes, on the contrary, Ann. des Sc. Nat. Dec. 1834, it
proximates them to the Spondyli.

II This foot escaped the notice of M. Poli.

^ Anomia epMppium, Gm. ; — A. cepa; — A. electrica ; — A. sqitamula; — A. acu-
leula ; — A. squama J — A. punctata ; — A. undulata, — and the species added by Bru-
cieres, Encyc. Method., Vers., I, 70, et seq. ; and pi. 170, 71.

The other Anomia of Gmelin arc Phicuncp, Ttrebrafulfe, and Hyalx.

88

Placuna, Brug.

A small genus allied to the Anomice, in Avhich the valves are tliin,
unequal, and frequently irregular, as in the latter, but both entire.
Two projecting ribs, en chevron, are seen on the inside of one of
them, near the hinge.

The animal is n(it known, but it must resemble that of the Ostrese,
or that of the Anomiee *.

Spondylus, Lin.

A rough and foliaceous shell as in the Ostreue, and frequently spiny ;
but the hinge is more complex ; besides the cavity for the ligament,
analogous to that of the Ostrese, there are two teeth to each valve
that enter into fossae in the opposite one; the two middle teeth be-
long to the most convex valve, which is usually the left one, and
which has a projecting heel, flattened as if saAved through behind
the hinge. The animal, like that of a Pecten, has the borders of its
mantle furnished with two rows of tentacula, some of the external
ones being terminated by coloured tubercles ; before the abdomen is
a vestige of a foot formed like a broad radiated disk on a short pe-
dicle, and endowed with the faculty of contraction and expansion f.
From its centre hangs a filament, terminated by an oval mass, the use
of which is unknown.

The Spondyli are eaten like oysters. Their shells are frequently
tii'ged with the most brilliant colours. They adhere to all sorts of
bodicsj.

Plicatula, Lam.

The Plicatulsp, separated by Lamarck from the Spondyli, have
nearly the same kind of hinge but no heel, and flat, almost equal, irre-
gular, plicated and scaly valves, as in many of the Ostreae §.

Malleus, Lam,

A simple pit for the ligament as in the Ostreae, where the Mallei were
left by Linna"^us, on account of their having the same irregidar and
inequivalve shell, but distinguished by a notch on the side of this liga-
ment for the passage of a byssus.

The most known species, O.y/r^a malleus-, L.; Chemn., VIII,
Ixx. 655, 656, Avhich ranks among the number of high-priced
and rare shells, has the two ends of the hinge extended and
forming something like the head of a hammer, of which the
valves, elongated in a transverse direction, represent the handle.
It inhabits the Archipelago of India.

There are some others, possibly young ones of the same species, in

* Anomia placenta, Chemn., VIII, Ixxix, 716; — An. sella, lb., 714. See also
j)L 173 and 174, Encyc. Method., Vers.

f Called by Poll " the abdominal trachea^^ in the Spondyli, Sec.

X Spondylus gcederopus, Chemn., VII, xliv, et seq., IX, cxv ; — Sp. regius, Id., xlvi,
471.

§ Spend. pUcatus, L., Chemn. VII, xlvii, 479, 482; — Plicat. (cgyptia, Savign.,
Fgyp. Coq. pi. xiv, f. 5.

ACKPHALA TE8TACKA. OU

which the hinge is not prolonged. We must be careful not to con-
found them with the Vulselloe *.

Vulsella, Lam.

A little salient plate inside of tlie hinge of each side, from one of
which to the other extends the ligament, otherwise similar to that of
the Ostreae. By the side of this plate is a notch for the byssus, as in
the Mallei. The shell is elongated in a direction perpendicular to the
hinge.

The most known species inhabit the Indian Ocean f .

Perna, Briig.

Several parallel cavities across the hinge, opposed to each other in the
two valves, and lodging as many elastic ligaments; the irregular and
foliaceous shell marked on the interior side and under the hinge by a
notch traversed by the byssus. Tlie Pernye were also left by Linnaeus
among the Ostreae %.

Crenatula, Lam.

The Crenatulfe, lately separated from the Pernse, instead of having
transverse cavities on a broad hinge, are furnished with oval ones on
the very margin, where they occupy but little of its breadth. The
byssus seems to be wanting, and they are frequently found among
sponges §.

It is thought that we may approximate to the Pernse, certain fossil
shells, in which the hinge is also furnished with cavities more or less
numerovis, that correspond to each other, and thus appear to have fur-
nished points of attachment to ligaments : thus those of the

Gervilia, Defr.

Have a shell closely resembling that of the Volucellee, but with a
kind of double hinge, externally with opposed cavities, receiving as
many ligaments, and internally furnished with very oblique teeth in
each valve. Their impressions are found along with Ammonites in
compact limestone ||. The

* Ostrea vulsella, Chemn., VIII, Ixx, 657, of which the Ostrea anutina, lb. 658,
659, is probably a mere accidental variety.

f Mya vulsella, Chemn., VI, ii, 10, U ; — V.spongiarum, Lam., Savig., Eg., Coq.
pi. xiv, f. 2 ; — /". Mans, Lam., Sav., lb., f. 3.

X OA-<>-ea tsojrno«!Mm, Chemn., VII, lix, 584 ; — O. perna, lb., 5S0 ; — O. legumen,
lb., 578 ; — 0. ephippium, lb., Iviii, 576 ; — O. mytiloMes, Herm., Nat. BerL, Schr.
II, ix, 9.

§ Ostrea picta, Gm., Chemn., VII, Iviii, 575, or Crenatula phasionoptera, Lam.,
Encyc. Method., Test., pi. 216, f. 2 ; — Crenatula avicularis, Lam., Ann. du Mus, III,
pi. ii, f. 3, 4 ; — Cr. mytilaides, Id., lb. f. 1 and 2. See also the great work on Egypt,
Coq. pi. yii.

II Gervilia soleno'ides, Defr., Blainv., Malac, l.xi, 4 ; — G. pernonks, Deslonchaiup?,
Soc. Lin. du Calvados, I, 116. — G. siliqua, Id. lb., &c.

90

MOLLUSCA.

Inoceramus, Sowerb.

Is remarkable for the elevation and inequality of the valves, the
summit of which curves in a hook towards the hinge, and which has
a lamellated texture *.

Castillus, Brong.

Independently of the depressions for the ligament, the Castilli are
marked by a conical sulcus, sunk in a lip, which is bent at a right an-
gle to form one of the margins of the shell. The valves are about
equal, and of a fibrous texture. They appear to have had a byssus f.

PuLviNiTES, Defr.
A regularly triangular shell, in which the few depressions diverge
from the summit on the inside. The impression is found in chalk +.

In the second subdivision of the Ostracea, as well as in almost all
the bivalves which follow, besides the single transverse muscular mass
of the preceding genera, there is a fasciculus which is placed before
the mouth, and extends from one valve to the other. It is apparently
in this subdivision that we must place the

Etheria, Lam.

Large inequivalve shells, as irregular as those of the Ostre?c, and more
so ; no teeth to the hinge ; the ligament partly external and partly
internal. They differ from the Ostrcse in having two muscular im-
pressions. The animal is not seen to produce a byssus §.
They have lately been discovered in the Upper Nile ||.

Avicri.A, Brug.

An equivalvc shell with a rectilinear hinge, frequently extended into
wings by its extremities, furnished with a narrow and elongated liga-
ment, and sometimes with small notches near the mouth of the ani-
mal ; in the anterior side, a little beneath the angle of the side of the
mouth, is a notch for the byssus. The anterior transverse muscle is
excessively small.

The species with less salient ears form the Pintadina;, Lam., or
MargaritjE, Leach.

The most celebrated, iI/?//«/uy margaritiferus, L., Chemn., VIII ,
Ixxx, 717w21, has nearly a semicircular shell, greenish without,

* Inoceramus concentricus, Parkins., Cuv., Oss. Foss., II, pi. vi, f. 11 ; — Inocer.
sulcattis, Id., lb., f. 12.

f Ca/illus Cuiieri, Brong:., Cuv., Oss. Foss., II, p]. iv, f. 10.

X Pulcinifes Adansonii, Defr., Blainv., Malac, Ixii, bis, 3.

§ Etheriu elliptica, Lam., Ann. du Mus. X, pi. xxix, and xxxi ; — Elh. trujomda,
lb., pi. XXX ; — Eth. scminularis, lb., pi. xxxii, f. 1, 2; — Elh. (noisversa, lb., f.
3, 4.

II Efh. Caillawli, Toy. de Caillaud a M^ro^-, 11, pi. Ixi, f. 2, 3.

ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 91

and ornamented with the most beautiful nacre within. The lat-
ter is employed in the arts, and it is from the extravasation of this
substance that are produced the oriental or fine pearls, taken by
the divers at Ceylon, in the Persian Gulf, &c.

The name of Avicula is appropriated to such as have more pointed
ears, and a more oblique shell. The vestige of a tooth, of which
traces are visible in the Pintadinae, is observed on the hinge, before
the ligament.

One species, Mytilus hirundo, L., Chemn., VIII, Ixxxi, 722 —
728, that inhabits the Mediterranean, is remarkable for the
pointed ears which extend its hinge on each side. Its byssus is
coarse and stout, resembling a little tree *.

Pinna, Lin.

The Pinnae have two equal valves, forming a segment of a circle, or
resembling a half opened-fan, which arc closely united by a ligament
along one of their sides. The animal, the Chim;era, Poli, is elongated,
like its shell ; the lips, branchiae, and other parts are in the same
proportion. The mantle is closed along the side of the ligament ;
the foot resembles a little conical tongue excavated by a sulcus ; it is
furnished with a small transverse muscle situated at the acute angle
formed by the valves, near which is the mouth, and with a very
large one in their broader portion. By the side of the anus, which
is behind this large muscle, is a conical appendage, peculiar to the
genus, susceptible of expansion and elongation, the use of which is
unknown f .

The byssus of several species of Pinna is as fine and brilliant as
silk, and is employed in fabricating the most precious stuffs. Such is
the

P. nohilis.'L., Chemn. VIII, Ixxxix ; which is moreover re-
cognized by the valves being roughened with recurved and semi-
tabular plates. It remains half buried in the sand, and anchored
by its byssus X- In the

ArcAj Lin. §

The valves are equal and ti-ansverse, that is to say, the hinge occu-
pies the longest side. It is furnished with a large number of small
teeth, which interlock with each other, and, as in the subsequent
genera, with two fasciculi of transverse and nearly equal muscles, in-

* Several species are now made of it. See Lam., An. sans Verteb., VI, part I,
p. 146, et seq.

t M. Poli also calls it an abdominal trachea, just as erroneously as he applies the
same name to the foot of the Pectines, &c.

+ The whole genus Pinna may remain as it is in Gmelin : it is well to remem-
ber, however, that some of his species may be found to form but one. See also
Lam., An. sans Vert., VI, part I, p. 130, et seq., and Sowerb., Gen. of Shells, No.
XXVI.

§ M. de Blainville forms his family of the Arcacea or Polyodontes, from the
genus Arca.

92 MOLLUSCA.

serted into the extremities of the valves, whicli serve to close them.
In the

Arca, Lam.,

Or the Arcae properly so called, the hinge is rectilinear, and the
shell most elongated in a direction parallel to it. The summits are
generally convex, and curve over the hinge, but are separated from
each other. The valves do not close perfectly in the centre, because
there is a horny plate or tendinous fillet, before the abdomen of the
animal * that serves for a foot, and by which it adheres to submerged
bodies. They are found in rocky bottoms near the shore, and are
usually covered with a hairy epidermis. They are not much esteemed
for the table.

Some species are found in the Mediterranean f , and a great
many fossil, in strata anterior to chalk, particularly in Italy.

Cert lin Arcae in which the teeth of the two ends of tlic hinge as-
sume a longitudinal direction, are distingiushed by Lamarck \mder
the name of CucuLL-iEA \.

We ought also, it is probal.le, to separate the species with well
marked ribs, and completely closing and interlocking edges ; for we
must presume that their animal is not fixed, but rather resembles that
of a Pectunculus §.

We have a still better warrant for removing the Arca tortuosa,
Chemn., VIII, liii, 524, 525, in its fantastic figure and unequally obli-
que valves II .

Pectunculus, Lam.

The hinge foraiing a curved line, and the shell lenticular; the valves
always close completely, and their summits are approximated. The
animal, Aximea, Poli, is furnished with a large compressed foot with
a double inferior margin which enables it to crawl. They live in
ooze. Some species are found on the coast ot France ^,

NucuLA, Lam.

The Nuculse are Arcae, in which the teeth are arranged on a broken
line. Their form is elongated, and narrowed near the posterior ex-
tremity. Their animal is unknown, but is probably not far removed
from those of the preceding shells **.

This has long been the place assigned to the

* The Daphne, Poli.

t Arca No(C, Chemn., VII, liii, 529, 531 ■,—Arca barbata, Id., liv, 535, 537 ; —
A. ocata, lb., 538 ; — A. mageltanica, lb., 539; — A. reticulata, lb. 540; — A. Candi-
da, Id., Iv, 542, 544; — A. indica, lb., 543; — A. cancellata, Schroed., Intr., Ill,
ix, 2.

X Arca cucuUata, Chemn., VII, liii, 526, 528 ; — Cucullaa crassatina, Lam., Ann.
du Mus,, VI, 338.

§ Area antiruata, L. Chemn., VII, Iv, 548, 549 ; — A. senilis, Id., Ivi, 554, 556 ;
— A. granosa, lb., 557 ; — A. corbiculata, lb., 558, 559 ; — A. rhombo'idea, lb., 553 ; —
A. jamaiccnsis, List., 229, 64.

II It forms the gennsTRisis, Oken.

^ Arca pilosii, L., Chemn., VII, Ivii, 565, 56G ; — Arc. gli/cimeris, lb.. 564 ; — A.
deciissata, lb., 5G1 ; — .4. cequilalera. Id., 562 ; — A. undata, lb., 560 ; — A. mannoruta,
lb., 563; — A. pectunculus, Id., Iviii, 568, 569 ; — A. jwclinata, lb., 570, 571.

** Arca pcllucida, Chemn., VII, liv, 541 ; — Arca roslrula, L., Id., Iv, 550, 551 ;
— Arc. pelki, lb., 546 ; — Arc. nucleus. Id., hiii, 574.

AOKPHALA TESTACKA.

TuiaoNiA, Briig.

93

So remarkable for the hinge, which is furnished with two plates en
chevron, crenulated on both faces, each of which penetrates into two
cavities, or rather between four plates of the opposite side, similarly
crenulated on their internal surface.

The internal impressions on the shell had already warranted the
supposition that the animal was not provided with long tubes. Messrs.
Quoy and Gaymard have lately discovered living specimens of this
genus, and in fact, its mantle, as in the Arcne, is open and without
any" separate orifice, even for the anus. The foot is large, its anterior
portion trenchant and like a hook.

The living Trigonise resemble the Cardiae in the form of their
shell, and the ribs which furrow it : its interior is composed of
nacre *.

The fossil Trigonia; are different. Their shell is flattened on one
side, oblique, longest in a direction perpendicular to the hinge, and
traversed in a contrary direction by series of tubercles f .

FAMILY IT.

MYTILACEA.

In the second family of the testaceous Acephala, the mantle is open
before, but has a distinct aperture for the faeces.

All these bivalves have a foot, used in crawling, or at least serving
to draw out, direct and place the byssus. They are commonly known
under the generic name of Muscles.

Mytilus, Lin.

The true Mytili or Sea-Muscles have a closed shell, with equal, con-
vex and triangular valves. One of the sides of the acute angle forms
the hinge, and is furnished with a long, narrow ligament. The head
of the animal is in the acute angle ; the other side of the shell, which
is the longest, is the anterior one, and allows the passage of the byssus ;
it terminates in a rounded angle, and the third side ascends towards
the hinge, to which it is joined by an obtuse angle ; near this latter is
the ;;nus, opposite to which the mantle forms an opening or small
liarticular tube. The anim?.l Callitriche, Poli, has the edges of its
mantle provided with branched tentacula near the rounded angle, as
it is there that the water enters required for respiration. Before, and
near the acute angle is a small transverse muscle, and a large one
behind, near the obtuse angle. Its foot resembles a tongue.

In the true Mytili the summit is close to the acute angle.

Some of them are striated and others smooth.

* The Trigonie nacree, Lam., Ann. du Miis., Ixvii, 1.

t Trig, scabra, Encyc. Method., pi. 237, f. 1 i—Tr. nodulosa, lb., 2; — Tr. navis,
It,., 3 ; — Tr. aspera, lb. 4. See also Parkins., Org. Rem., Ill, pi. xii.

94 MOLLUSC A.

Myt. eduUs, L. This common Muscle is frequently seen sus-
pended in extended clusters, along the whole coast of France,
to rocks, piles, &c. &c. It forms a considerable item of food,
but is dangerous if eaten to excess.*
Some of them are found fossilf . In the

Modiolus, La7n.

Separated from the Mytili by Lamarck, the summit is lower and
near the third of the hinge. This summit is also more salient and
rounded, approximating the Modioli more closely to the ordinary form
of the bivalvesj. We may also separate from the Mytili the

LiTHODOMUS, Cuv.,

In which the shell is oblong, and almost equally rounded at the two
ends, the summit being close to the anterior extremity. The species
of this subgenus at first simply attach themselves to stones like
the common Mytili ; subsequently, however, they perforate and
excavate them in order to form cells, into which they enter, and
which they never quit afterwards. Once entered, their byssus ceases
to grow§.

One of tliem, the Mytilus lithophagus, L., Chemn., VIII,
Ixxxii, 729, 730, is very common in the Mediterranean, where
from its peppery taste it is esteemed as food.

A second, Modiolo caudigera, Encyc. pi. 221, f. 8, has a very
hard small appendage at the posterior extremity of each valve,
which perhaps enables it to excavate its habitatation.

Anodontea, Brug.
The anterior angle rounded like the posterior, and that next to tlie

* Add, Mytilus harbafus, L., Chemn., VIII, Ixxxiv, 749 ; — M. angulatus, lb., 756 ;
— M. bidens, lb., 742, 745 ; — M. afer, Ib.,lxxxiii, 739 — 741 ; — M. smaragdinus, lb.,
745 ; — M. versicolor, lb., 748 ; — M. lineatus, 753 ; — M. exusiiis, lb., 754 ; — M. stria-
tulus, lb., 744 ; — M. bilocularis, lb., Ixxxii, 736 ; — M. vulgaris, lb., 732; — M. scx-
atilis, Rumph., Mus. xlvi, D ; — M.fulgidus, Argenv. xxii, D; probably the same as
the Mya perna, Gm., Chemn., VIII, Ixxxiii, 738 ; — M. azureus, lb., H ; — M. muri-
nus, lb., K ; — M. puniceus, Adans., I, xv, 2 ; — M. niger, lb., 3 ; — M. Iceiigatus, lb.,
4, &c.: some of these, however, may be mere varieties.

t M. Brongniart has formed them into a subgenus by the name of Mytiloida,
Ap. Cuv. Oss. Foss. tome II, pi. iii, f. 4.

+ Mytilus modiolus, Chemn., VIII, Ixxxv, 757 — 760, and that of Miill., Zool.
Lan., II, liii, which appears to be another species ; — M. discors, Chemn., VIII,
Ixxxiv, 764^768 ; — M. testaceous, Knorr., Vergn., IV, v. 4, &c.

§ M. Sowerby doubts this fact, which is, however, well attested by M. Poli fi-om
ocular demonstration — Test. Neap., II, p. 215. The pi. xxxii of the same work, fig,
10, 11, 12, 13, also proves that the animal resembles that of a Mytilus, and not that
of a Pholas or a Petricola.

The mode in which the Lithodomi, Pholades, Petricola;, and some other bivalves
perforate stones, has been the subject of much discussion ; some of the disputants
holding it to be effected by the mechanical action of the valves, and others simply
by solution. See the M^m. of M. Fleuriau de Belle^^le, Journ. de Phys., an X, p.
345 ; Poli, Test. Neap., II, 215, and Edw. Osier, Phil. Trans, part III, 1826, p.
342. All things considered, the first of these opinions, whatever be the difficulties
it presents, seems to us to come nearest to the tmtli.

ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 95

anus obtuse and almost rectilinear ; the hinge of the thin and mode-
rately convex shell has no appearance of a tooth whatever, being
merely furnished with a ligament which extends along the whole of
its length. The animal, — LimNjEa, Poli, has no byssus ; its foot,
which is very large, compressed and quadrangular, enables it to
crawl upon the sand or ooze. The posterior extremity of its mantle
is provided with numerous small tentacula. The Anodontes inhabit
fresh water.

Several species are found in France, one of which — Mytilus
cygneus, L., Chemn., VIII, Ixxxv, 762, is common in ponds, &c.,
with oozy bottoms. Its light and thin shells are used for milk-
skimmers, but its flesh is not eaten on account of its insipidity*.

An oblong species, in which the hinge is granulated throughout
its whole length, is distinguished by M. de Lamarck under the name
of iRiDiNAf ; the hind part of its mantle is somewhat closed |.

Dr. Leach distinguishes another by that of Dipsada, where the
angles are more decided, and in which there is a vestige of a tooth on
the hinge.

Unio, Brug.

These Mollusca resemble the Anodontes both in their animal and
shell, with the exception of their hinge, which is more complex.
There is a short cavity in the anterior part of the right valve, which
receives a short plate or tooth from the left one, and behind it is a
long plate which is inserted between two others on the opposite side.
They also inhabit fresh water, preferring running streams.

Sometimes the anterior tooth is more or less stout and unequal,
as in

My a margaritifera, L. ; Drap., X, 17, 19. A large thick spe-
cies, the nacre of which is so beautiful that it is employed as
pearls. Found in France ; as is the

Vino littoralis. Lam., Drap., X, 20. A smaller and square
species.
Sometimes the anterior tooth is laminiform, as in the

My a pictorum, h. ; Drap., XI, 1, 4. An oblong and thin
species known to every one §.
Lamarck distinguishes the

Hyria, Lam.,

In which the angles are so decided that the shell is nearly trian-
gular ||.

* Add, M. anatinus, Chemn., VIII, Ixxxvi, 763; — M.fluviatilis, l.ist., clvii, 12 ;
— M. stagnalis, Schroed, Fluv., I, 1 ; — M. zellensis, lb., II, 1 ; — M. dubius, Adans.,
XVII, 21 ; and the pi. 201, 202, 203, and 205, of the Encyc. Method., Test.

f Irid. exotica, Encyc. Method., Test., pi. 204 ; — Add Irid. nilotica, Caillaud,
Voy. k M^ro^, pi. Lx, f. 11.

+ See Deshayes, M6m. de la Soc. d'Hist. Nat. de Paris, 1827, III, p. 1, pi. 1.

§ Numerous species, remarkable for size or form, inhabit the rivers and lakes of
the United States. Messrs. Say and Barnes, who have described them, have estab-
lished some new subgenera among them.

II Hyria rugosa, Encyc. Method., pi. 247, 2.

9(i

MOLLUSCA.

Castalia, Lam.,

Where the slightly codiform shell is striated in radii ; the teeth
and plates of the hinge arc transversely sulcated, which gives them
some affinity Avith the Trigonioe *.

There are certain Marine Mollusca wliich have a similar animal,
and about the same kind of hinge, that should be placed near the
Unios ; the summits of the shell, however, are more convex, and it is
marked by projecting ribs extending from the summits to the edge.
They form the

Cardita, Briig.f

Which are more or less oblong or codiform, the inferior margin, in
some, gapingj.

Cypricardia, La?n.

Carditse, in which the tooth under the summit is divided into two or
three. Their form is oblong, and their sides unequal §.
M. de Blainville also separates the

CORALLIOPHAGA, BlaiilV.,

Where the shell is thin, and the lateral plate considerably effaced,
which may cause their approximation to Venus.

One of them is known which excavates coralline masses to form
its habitation ||. The

Venericardia, Lam.

Only differ from the Carditae, in the circnmstance that the pos-
terior plate of their hinge is shorter and more transverse, which
caused their approximation to Venus; their form is almost round.
Judging from the impressions of its muscles on them, their animal
must resemble that of the Carditse and Unios.^

Both of them approach the Cardia in their general form and the
direction oi their ribs. I suspect that this is also the place for the

Crassatella, Lam , — Paphia, Roiss.,
Which has sometimes been approximated to Mactra, and at others

* Castalia ambigua, Lam., Blainv., Malac, LXVII, 4.

t Chama antiqnccia, Chemn., VI, xlvii, 488 — 491 ; — Ch. trapezia; — Ch. semior-
IjicuJata ; — Ch. cordafa. Id., 502, ."ioa ; and among the fossil species, one of the most
singular, Cardita avicidaria, Lam., Ann. du Mus., IX, pi. ix, f. 6, provided it should
not be separated.

X Cltiima caliculata, Chemn., VII, i, 500, 501 ; — Cardita crassicosta, Brug., Encyc.
pi. 234, f. 3.

§ Chama oblonga, Gm., Chemn., VII, 1, 504, 505, or Cardita ccrinafa, Encyc.,
pi. 234, f. 2, or Cijfricarde de Guinie, Blainv., Malac, LXV, bis, f. 6.

II Chama coraliiophaga, Gm., Chemn., X, clxii, 1C73, 1674, or Cardita dactylns,
Brug., Encyc,, pi. 234, f. 5 ; — Coralliophaga carditoides, Blainv., Malac, LXXVI, 3.

^ Venus imbricata, Chemn., VI, xxx, 314, 315, and the fossil species. Lam.,
Ann. du Mus., VII, and IX, pi. xxxi and xxxii.

ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 97

to Venus ; the hinge has two slightly marked lateral teeth, and two
very strong middle ones, behind which, extending to both sides, is a
triangular cavity for an internal ligament. The valves become
very thick by age, and the impression made by the margin of the
mantle leads to the belief that there are no protractile tubes*.

FAMILY III.

CHAMACEA.

The mantle closed and perforated by three holes, through one
of which passes the -foot ; the second furnishes an entrance and
exit to the water requisite for respiration, and the third for the
excretion of faeces ; these two latter are not prolonged into tubes as
in the subsequent family. It only comprises the genus

Where the hinge is very analogous to that of a Unio, that is to say,
the left valve near the summit is provided with a tooth, and further
back Avith a salient plate, which are received into corresponding
fossae of the right valve. This genus has necessarily been divided
into the

Tridacna, Brug.,

The shell greatly elongated transversely, and equivalve ; the supe-
rior angle, which answers to the head and sum.mit, very obtuse.

The animal is very singular, inasmuch as it is not, like most of
the others, placed in the shell, but is directed, or, as it were, pressed
out before. The anterior side of the mantle is widely opened for
the passage of the byssus; a little below the anterior angle is another
opening which transmits water to the branchiae, and in the middle of
the inferior side is a third and smaller one which corresj^nds to
the anus, so that the posterior angle transmits nothing, and is
only occupied by a cavity of the mantle open at the third orifice,
of which Ave have just spoken.

There is but a single transverse muscle, corresponding to the
middle of the margin of the valves. In

Tridacna, Lam.,

Or the Tridacnse properly so called, the front of the shell as Avell
as of the m ntle has a Avide opening with notched edges for the trans-
mission of the byssus, Avhich latter is evidently tendinous, and con-
tinues uninterruptedly Avith the muscular fibres.

* J'enus pomlerosa, Chemn., VII, Ixix, A — D, or Crassatella fumida, Lain., Ann.
du Muss., Nl, 408. 1 ; perhaps the Martra ci/gnus, Chemn., VI, x.\i, 207 ;■— Venus
diraricafu, CUeuin., VI, xxx, 317 — ;519. Tliis genus also comprises many fossil
species, piU'ticularly abundant near Paris. See the work of M. Deshayes.

VOL. in. H

98

Such is the celebrated and enormous sliell of India, the Cha-

ma a

cjtga^.

L. : Chemn., VII, xlix, wliich is decorated with broad

ribs relieved by projecting semi-circular scales. Specimens
have been taken that weighed upwards of three hundred pounds.
The tendinous byssus which attaches them to the rocks, is so
thick and stout that the axe is required to sever it. The flesh,
though tough, is edible. In

Hippopus, Lam.

The shell is closed and flattened before as if truncated*. In the

Chama, Briuj.,

Or the true Chamj^, the shell is irregular, inequivalve, usually
lamellar and rough, adhering to rocks, corals, &c., like that of an
Oyster. Its summits are frequently very salient, unequal, and curled
up The internal cavity frequently has the same form Avithout any
external indication of the fact. The animal,— Psilopus, Poli,— has a
small foot bent almost like that of man. Its tubes, if it have any,
are short and disjointed, and the aperture in the mantle, which
transmits the foot, is not much larger. Some species are found m
the Mediterranean.

There are also several that are fossilf.

DicERAS, Lam.,

Between Diceras and the Chamse there is no essential difference ;
the cardinal tooth of the former is very thick and the spiral lines of
the valves are siifficiently prominent to remind us of two horns^;.
In the

IsocARDiA, Lam.,

We observe a free, regular, and convex shell, with spirally curled
summits, divided anteriorly. The animal,— Glossus, Poll,— only
differs from that of an ordinary Chama in having a larger and more
oval foot, and because the anterior opening of its mantle begins to
resume its ordinary proportions.

A large, smooth, red species, the Chama cor. L. ; Chemn., VII,
xlviii, 483, inhabits the Mediterranean §.

* Chama Lazarus, Chemn.. VII, li, 507, 609 ■,—Ch. gnjphoMes, lb., 510, 513 ;—
Ch archinella. Id. lii, 522, 523 ;— CT. macrophyUa, lb., 514, 515;— C/i. foliacm,
ib' 531 ;—Ch. citrea, Regenf., IV, 44 ;—Ch. bicornis, lb., 516—520.

t See the Conchiol. Foss. Subap. of Brocchi, and the Coq. Foss. des Env. de
Paris of M. de Lamarck.

+ Fossil shells from the Jurassic strata. Die arietina, Lam de Saussure, Voy.
aux Alpes, I, pi. ii, f. 1 — 4-

§ Add Ch. mnltkiana, Chemn., VII, xlviii, 484—487.

ACEPHALA TESTACEA.

FAMILY IV

CARDIACEA.

The mantle is open before, and tliere are, besides, two separate
apertures, one for respiration, the other for the feieees, which are pro-
longed in tubes, sometimes distinct, and at others united in one single
mass. There is always a transverse muscle at each extremity, and a
foot generally used for crawling. It may be considered as a general
rule, that those which are furnished with long tubes, live in ooze or
in sand. This mode of organization may be recognized on the shell
by the more or less depressed contour described by the insertion of
the edges of the mantle previous to its uniting with the impression of
the posterior transverse muscle*.

Cardium, Lin.,

The Cardia, like many other bivalves, have an equivalve, convex
shell, with salient summits, curved towards the hinge, which, when
viewing it sidewise, gives it the figure of a heart ; hence its name of
Cardium, heart, &c. Ribs, more or less elevated, are regularly dis-
tributed from the summits to the edges of the valves ; but what
chiefly distinguishes the Cardia, is the hinge, through which, in the
middle, are two small teeth, and at some distance before and behind
a projecting tooth or plate. The animal, — Cerastes, Poli, — has ge-
nerally an ample aperture in the mantle, a very large foot forming an
elbow in the middle and with its point directed forwards, and two
short or but moderately long tubes.

Numerous species of Cardia are found on the coast of France,
some of which are eaten, such as the

C. edule, L. ; Chemn., VI, xix, 194. Fawn-coloured or
whitish with twenty-six transversely plicated ribs.

Under the name of Hemicardium, we might separate those species
in which the valves are compressed from before backwards, and
strongly carinated in the middle; for it seems almost certain, that
a modification of the animal must be a necessary consequence of tliis
singular configuration!.

Don AX, Lin.,
The Donaces have nearly the same kind of hinge as the Cardia, but

* They form the family of the Conchacea, Blainv.

t Cardium Cardissa, VI, xiv, 143 — 146; — Card, roseum, lb., 147 ; — Card, mon-
strosum, lb. 149, 150; — Card, hemicardium, Id., xi, 159 — 161.

The other Cardia of Gmelin may remain where they are, the C. gadifanum excepted,
■which is a Pectunculus. There are several fossil species described by Messrs. Lamarck,
Brocchi, and Brongniart.

H 2

100 MOILUSCA.

their shell is of a very different form, beinej a triangle, of which the
obtuse angle is at the summit of the A'^alves, and the base at their
edge, and of which the shortest side is that of the ligament, or the
posterior side, a rare circumstance in this degree, among bivalves.
They are generally small, and prettily striated from the summits to
the edges; their animal — Peeon^a, Poll, is furnished with long tubes
which are received into a sinus of the mantle. Some of them are
found on the coast of France*. The

Cyclas, Briig,

Separated from Venus by Brugiere, like the Cardia and Donaces,
has two teeth in the middle of the hinge, and before and behind, two
salient, and sometimes crenulated plates ; but the shell, as in several
species of Venus, is more or less rounded, equilateral, and trans-
versely striated. The animal has moderate tubes. The external
tint is usually grey or greenish. The Cyclades inhabit fresh water.

One species, the Tellina cornea, L.; Chemn., VI, xiii, 133, is
very common on the coast of France f. M. Lamarck separates
the

"Where the shell is thick, slightly triangular and oblique, covered
with an epidermis, and otherwise distinguished from the Cyclades by
having three cardinal teeth. The Cyrenee also inhabit rivers, but
there are none in France \.

Cyprina, Lam.

Also separated from the Cyclades by Lamarck; the shell is thick,
oval, Avith recurved summits, and three stout teeth ; further back is

* Donax t-vgosa, Chemn., VI, xxv, 250 — 252; — D fruncuhis. lb,, xsvi, 253,
254 ; — D. striata, Kuorr.. Delic, VI, xxviii, 8 ; — D. denficuhifa, Cheian., I, c. 256,
257; — D. faba, lb., 266; — D. s/mjosa, lb., 258. Fossil species are nuinerous in
the environs of Paris. See Lamarck, Ann. du Mus., VIII, 139, and Deshayes,
Coq. foss. des Env. de Paris, I. pi. xvii, xviii.

The Donax irrrgvlaiis, from the Environs of Dax, described by M. Bastorat in
tlie M(-m. de la Soc. d'llist. Nat. de Paris, t II, pi. iv, f. 19, A, B, is the type of a
new genus lately established — Bullet, de la .Soc. Lin. de Bourdeaux, II, by M.
Charles Desmoulins, under the name of Gratklupia. It is distinguished from the
Donaces by the presence of several dentiform lamellse which accompany the cardinal
teeth.

Several species of J'cnus, and some Macfra, are mixed with these true Donaces by
Gmelin.

f Add Telliiia rivalis, Miill., Drap., X, 4, 5 ;~r- Cyclas foniinalis, Drap., lb.,
8 — 12 i—Cycl. caliculata, lb., 13, i4 ■,—TeIlina lacustris, Gm., Chemn., XIII, 135 ;
— Tell, amnica, lb., 134; — Tell, fluviutilis ; Tell, fluminalis, Chemn., VI, xxx,
320.

X Tell, fluininea, Chemn., lb., 322, 323 ; — Venxis coaxans, Id., xxxii, 336, or
Cyrena ceylanica, Lam., Encyc. Method., pen., pi. 302, f. 4; — Venus horealis, Id.,
VII, xxxix, 312, 314 ; — Cyclas cardiniana, Bosc, Shells., Ill, xviii, 4. Fossil spe-
cies abound near Paris. See Deshayes, Coq. Foss., I, pi. 18, l<

ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 101

a plate, and under the teeth a large cavity, which receives a part of
the ligament*.

GrALATH.EA, Brug.

The shell triangular ; three teeth on the summit of one valve, and
two on the other, en chevron ; the lateral plates approximated! .

But a single species is known ; it inhabits the fresh waters of
the East Indies.

It is here also that must be placed another genus separated from
Venus, the

Cordis, Cuv. — Fimbria, Megerl.

Marine testaceous Acephala, transversely oblong, which have also
stout middle teeth, and well marked lateral plates ; their external
surface is furnished with tr nsverse ribs so regularly crossed by rays,
that it may be compared to wicker-work.

The impression of their mantle exhibiting no flexure, their tubes
must be short |.

Some of them are fossil§. In the

Tellina, Lin.

There are in the middle, one tooth on the left and two teeth on the
right, frequently forked, at some distance before and behind, on the
right valve, a plate, which does not penetrate into a cavity of the
opposite one. There is a slight plica near the posterior extremity of
the two valves, which renders them unequal in that part, where they
are somewhat open.

The animal of the Tellinae — PERONiEA,Poli, — like that of the Dona-
ces, lias two long tvibes for respiration and for the anus, which with-
draw into the shell, and are concealed in a duplicature of the mantle.

Their shells are generally transversely striated, and decorated
with beautiful colours.

Some of them are oval and thick.

Others are oblong and strongly compressed.

Some again are lenticular, where, instead of a plica, there is fre-
quently nothing but a slight deviation of the transverse striae ||.

We might separate certain oblong species which have no lateral

* Venus islandica, Chemn., VI, xxxii, 342, Encyc. pi. 301, f . 1 ; a large fossil
species is found in the hills of Siennois and nearDax, ofBourdeaux.

t The Egeria, Roiss., or Galathaa, Brug., Encyc. 249, and Lam., Ann. du Mus.,
V, xxviii, and Venus hermaphrodifa, Chemn., VI, xxxi, 327 — 329.' or Venus sub -
viridis, Gm.

X Venus fiinbriata, Chemn., VII, 43, 448.

§ See Deshayes, Coq. Fobs, des Eavir. de Paris, I. xiv ; Brongn., Mem. sur le
Vicentur.

II These are the three divisions of Gmelin, but we must abstract from his genus
Tellina: 1st. Tell. Knorrii, which is a polished Capsa ; 2d. Tell, incequivalvis, viXuch
is the genus Pandora; .id. Tell, cornea; T. lacusiris ; T. aninica; T. JIuminalis ;
T.Jfuniinea ; T. fluvial His, which are Cytlades or Cyrense.

102 MOLLU.iCA.

teeth*, and others, which, with the hinge of tlie Tellinae, have not
the plica of the posterior extremity — tliey arc the Tellinidks,
Lam.f

It is necessary to distinguish from the TellinBS, the

LORIPES. Poll,

In which the middle teeth of the lenticular shell are almost effaced,
and where there is a simple sulcus for the ligament behind the nates.
The animal is furnished with a short double tube, and its foot is pro-
longed into a kind of cylindrical coi'd. Besides the usual impres-
sions, we may observe, on the inside of the shell, a line running ob-
liquely from the print of the anterior muscle, which is very long,
towards the nates. There is no flexure in the print of the mantle for
the retractor muscle of the tube \.

LuciNA, Brug.

Separated lateral teeth, as in the Cardia, Cyclades, &c., that pene-
trate between the plates of the other valve ; in the middle are two
teeth, frequently, but slightly apparent. The shell is orbicular, and
without any impression of the retractor muscle of the tube ; that of
the anterior constrictor, however, is very long. Possessing similar
traits of character with the Loripedes, their animals must be analo-
gous §.

The living species are much less numerous than those that are
fossil; the latter are very common in the environs of Paris ||.

We should approximate to the Lucinae, the Ungulin^ea, which also
have an orbicular shell and two cardinal teeth ; the lateral ones, how-
ever, are wanting, and the anterior muscular impression is not so
long ^. The genus

Venus, Lin.

Comprises many Testacea whose general character consists in the
teeth and plates of the hinge being approximated under the summit,
in a single group. They are usually more flattened and elongated, in
a direction parallel to the hinge, than the Cardia. The ribs, when
there are any, are almost always parallel to the edges, being directly
the reverse of their arrangement in the Cardia.

The ligament frequently leaves an elliptical impression behind the
summits, which has received the appellation of vulva, and before

* Tell, hyalina, Chemn., VI, xi, 99 ;— Te// vitrea, lb., 101.

t Tellinides timorensis, Lam.

X Tellina lactea.

§ J'enus pennsylvanica, Chemn, VII, xxxvii, 394 — 396, xxxix, 408, 409; — V.
ulentula, Id., xl, 427, 429.

II Lucina saxonim, Lam., Deshayes, Coq. Foss. des Env. de Paris, I, pi. xv., f. 5,
6 ; — Luc. grata, Defr. ; Ibid. pi. xvi, f. 5, 6 ; — Luc. concentrica, Lam., Desh., lb.,
xvi., f. 11,12.

f Unyulina transversa, Kam., Sowcib., Geu. of Shells, No. X,

ACBPHALA TESTACEA. 103

these same summits there is ahuost always an oval impression termed
the anwi or lunula*.

The animal is always furnished with two more or less px'otractile
tubes, sometimes united, and with a compressed foot, which enable it
to crawl.

M. Lamarck appropriates the name of Venus to those which have
three small diverging teeth under the summit. This character is
particularly well marked in the oblong and slightly convex spe-
cies f .

Some of them — the AsTARTyE, Sowerb., or Crassin^, Lam., — have
only two diverging teeth on the hinge, and approach the Crassatellae
in their thickness and some other characters J.

Amc'iig the cordiform species, that is, those which are shorter and
have more convex nates, and with more closely approximated teeth,
we should remark those where the plates or transverse stri?e terminate
in crests § or tuberosities ||, and those that have longitudinal ribs and
crests elevated behind.

We subsequently and gradually come to the Cythere^, Lam.,
Avhich have a fourth tooth on the right valve, projecting under the
lanula, and received into a corresponding cavity in the right one.

Some cf them have an elliptical and elongated form^ ; others are
convex**, and it is among these latter that we must place a cele-
brated species (Venus Dione, L., Chemxn., VI, 27, 271), from whose
form originated the application of the name Venus to the genus.
Its transverse plates terminate behind in salient and pointed spines.

There are some species of an orbicular form, and with slightly
hooked summits, in which the impression of the retractor of the tubes
forms a large and almost rectilinear triangle \\.

When their animals are better known, Ave shall most probably
have to separate from the Cytherese,

1. Those species of a compressed lenticular form, in which the
nates are vinited into a single point. The fold of the contour of the
mantle is wanting, and shows that their tubes are not protractile tt :

2. Those of a convexlv orbicular form, in which the fold is not

* These fantastic appellations of vulva and anus, have probably caused the
extremity of the shell, which corresponds to the true anus of the animal, to be
styled the anterior, and that where the mouth is situated, the posterior. We have
restored to these extremities their true denominations. We must recollect that the
ligament is always on the posterior side of the summits.

t Venus Ullerala, Chemn., VII, xli ; — V. rotunda, lb., xlii, 441 ; — F. texHUs, lb.,
442 ; — V. decussafci, xliii, 456 ; &c.

+ Fenus scoHca, Hans Lerin, VIII, tab. 2, f. 3 ; — Crassina clanmoniemis, Lam. ;

and among the fossil species, Ast. hicida, Sower., Min. Conch., II, pi. 137, f. 1 ;

Ast. Osmalii, Lajonkere, Soc. d'Hist. Nat. de Paris, I, tab. 6, f. 1.

§ Fenus dijsera, Chemn., VI, 27, 299 ; — Fen. plicata, Encyc. pi. 275, 3, a, h ; —
Fen crehisuUca, lb., f, 4, 5, 6.

II Venus puerpera, Encyc, 278 ; — Fen. co7-bis, Lam., Encyc. pi. 276, f. 4.

^ Fenus yicjanfea, Encyc, 28,3; — Fen. chione, Chemn., VI, 32, 343; — Fen.
enjcina, lb., 347 ; — Fen. maculata, lb., 33, 345.

** Fen. meretrix ; — Fen. lusoria ; — Fen. castrensis.

ft Fenus exolela, Chemn., VII, 38, 404 — the genus Orbiculus, Megerle.

XX Fen. scripta, Chemn., VII, 40, 422.

104 MOLLUSCA.

only wanting, but where, as in the Lucinjp, the impression of the
anterior muscle is very long * ;

3. The thick species Avith radiated ribs, in which tlie fold is also
wanting, and which connect the genus Venus with that of the
Venericardiaf. In the

Capsa, Brug.

Already separated from the former, there are two teeth on the
hinge on one side, and a single, but bifid one, on the other ; the
lunula is wanting, the shell convex, and the fold, indicative of the
retractor of the foot, considerable \.

Peteicola, Lam.

Also separated from the same genus ; the Petricolae, on each side,
have two or three very distinct teeth on the hinge, one of which is
forked. The shell is more or less cordiform, but as they inhabit
the interior of stones, it sometimes becomes every irregular. Judg-
ing from the marginal impressions of their mantle, their tubes must
be very large §.

CoRnuLA, Brugr

Similar in form to the triangular Cytherea?, or cordate ; but a single
stout tootli in the middle of each valve, corresponding to the side of
its antagonist. The lagiment is internal ; the tubes must be short,
and the valves but rarely equal ||.

The fossil species are much more numerous than the living
ones%

Some of them live in the interior of stones**.

h

Mactha, Lin.

The Mactrce are distinguished from the other Tcstacca of this family
bv their ligament being internal, and lodged thi'oughout in a trian-
gular depression, as in the oysters ; they all have a compressed foot
fitted for crawling. In the

Mactra, Lam.,

Or the Mactrse properly so called, the ligament is accompanied
to the left valve, before and behind, by a projecting plate which is
received between two others on the right one. Close to the ligament.

* I'm. tigrina, Chemn., VII, 37, 390 ; — J'en. punctata, lb. 397.

f Ven. pectinata, Chemn., VII, 39, 419 — the genus Arthemis, Oken.

♦ Ven. deflorata, Chemn., IV, ix, 79 — 82.

§ Ven. lapicida, Chemn., X, 172, 1664, and the Rufellaria of M. Fleriau de
Bellevue ; — Fen. perforans, Montag., Test. Brit. pi. iii, f . 6 ; — Donax irus ?
Chemn., VII ; xxvi, 270.

II See Encyc. Method., Vers, pi. 230, f. 1, 4, 5, 6.

^ Corhula gallica ; — G. comphinaia ; — G. ombonellu, Desh., Coq. Foss., des Env.
dc Palis, t. I, pi. 7, 8, 9.

** Venus monstrosa, Chtmn., VII, 42, 445 — 446.

ACEPHAliA TESTACEA. 105

near the lunulo, is a little plate en chevron. The tubes are united
and short *.

Some of them are found on the coast of France,

In the Lavignons, the lateral plates are almost effaced, but a single
small tooth is observable near the internal ligament ; there is also a
second and internal ligament. The posterior side of the shell is
the shortest ; the valves are somewhat open, and the tubes are sepa-
rate and very long, as in the Tellinye.

There is one found on our coast, Mya hispanica, Chemn. VI,
iii, 21, which lives in the ooze at the depth of several inclies f.

FAMILY V.

INCLUSA |.

The mantle open at the anterior extremity, or near the middle
only, for the passage of the foot, and extended from the other end
into a double tube, which projects from the shell, whose extremities
are always gaping. Nearly all of them live buried in sand, stones,
ooze, or wood. Those of the genus

Mya, Lin.

Have but two valves to their oblong shell, the hinge of which varies.
The double tube forms a fleshy cylinder, and the foot is compressed.
The different forms of the hinge have furnished Messrs. Daudin, La-
marck, &c., with the following subdivisions §, in the first three of
wliich the ligament is internal.

Lutrabia, Lam.,

The Lutrarite, like the Mactree, have a ligament inserted into a
large triangular cavity of each valve, and before that cavity a small

* After abstracting the Lavignones and Luirariee, the genus Mactra of Gmelin
miy remain as it is ; the species, however, are far from being well distinguished.
Add, Mija uusfralis, Chemn., VI, iii. 19, 20.

The Erycin^, Lam., are neighbours of the Mactra, and are but badly charac-
terized. See Ann. du Mus., IX, xxxi, and Deshayes, Coq, Foss., I, vi ; part of
them, perhaps, belong to the Crassatellse. The Anphidesm^. Lam., or Ligul^,
INIontag., appear to approach the Mactrae, but they are too imperfectly known to
have any distinctive character assigned to them.

■f- Improperly called by Gmelin Mactra piperata.

Add, Mactra papyracca, Chemn., VI, xxiii, 231 ; — Muct. complanata. Id., xxiv, 238 ;
— Mya nicobarica, Id., iii, 17, 18.

X M. de Blainville makes two families of this one, his Pyloridila and Adesma-
CEA. The last includes Pholas, Teredo, and Fistidana : the first, all the others, and
even Aspergillum. There are numerous genera established in this family too slightly
characterized to permit us to adopt them.

§ N.B. Half the Myffi of Gmelin neither belong to this genus, nor even to this
family, but to Vulsella, Unio, Mactra, &c.

106 MOLLUSCA,

tooth en chevron ; but the lateral plates are wanting ; the gap of the
valves is very wide, particularly at the posterior extremity, through
which passes the thick, double, fleshy, respiratory and anal tube, a
disposition which attaches them to this family. The foot, which
issues at the opposite end, is small and compressed.

Some of them are found in the sand at the mouths of rivers in
France *. In the

Mya, Lam.,

Or the Mya properly so called, one valve is furnished with a plate
which projects into the other, and this latter with a cavity. The liga-
ment stretches from this cavity to that plate.

Some species are found in the sand along the coast of
France f .

Anatina, Lam.

The Anatinae of Lamarck should be approximated to the preceding
Myae. Each of their valves has a small projecting plate inside with
the ligament extending from one to the other.

One oblong and excessively thin species is known, the valves
of which are supported by an internal ridge \ ; and another of a
squarer form without the ridge §. In the

SoLEMYA, Lam,

The ligament is seen on the outside of the shell, part of it remaining
attached to a horizontal internal cuilleron on each valve. There is
no other cardinal tooth, and a thick epidermis projects beyond the
edges of the shell.

One species, the Tellina togata, Poli, II, xv, 20, is found in the
Mediterranean ]|.

Glycymeris, Lam. — Cyrtodahia, Baud.

Neither teeth, plates, nor cavities on the hinge, but a simple callous
enlargement, behind which is an external ligament. The animal re-
sembles that of the Myae.

The most common species — Mya siliqua, L.; Chemn. XI, 193,
f. 194, is from the Arctic Ocean.

* Mactra lutraria, List., 415, 259 ; Chemn., VI, xxiv, 240, 241 ; — Mya oblonya,
Id., lb., ii, 12 i—Acosta, Brit. Conch., XVII, 4 ; Gualt., 90, A, fig. miu.

f Mya fnmcafa, L., Chemn., VI, i, 1, 2 ; — M. arenaria, lb., 3, 4.

J Solen anuliints, Chemn., VI, vi, 46 — 48.

§ Encyc, 230, fi, under the name of Corbulc ,- — A)i. hispidula, Cuv., An. sans vert.,
Egyp. Coq. pi. vii. f. 8. I suspect that the Rupicol.e of F. de Bcllevue (Voy.
Roissy, VI, 440) must approach this subgenus. They live in the interior of stoues,
like the Petricola, Phuhides, &c.

II New-Holland furnishes a second sijecies, the Sol. australis, I.iam.

ACEPHALA TKSTACEA. 107

Panopea, Mesnard, Lagr.

A stout tootli, anterior to the callous enlargement of the preceding
subgenus, and immediately under the summit, Avhich decussates a
similar one on the opposite valve, a character which approximates the
Panopeae to the Solens. A large species is found in the hills at the
foot of the Appenines in so high a state of preservation, that it has
been mistaken for a recent sea-shell *.

There is another fossil species, which may perhaps be separated
from it, that is completely closed at its anterior extremity |.

After these various modifications of the Myae, we may place the

Pandora, Brag.

In which one valve is much flatter than the other ; the internal
ligament is placed transversely, accompanied in front by a projecting
tooth of the flattened valve. The posterior side of the shell is elon-
gated. The animal withdraws more completely into its shell than
the preceding ones, and its valves shut more closely — its habits how-
ever are the same.

But a single species is well known ; it inhabits the seas of
Europe \.
Here also we find a group of some small and singular genera,
such as

Byssomia, Cuv.

Where the oblong shell, which has no marked tooth, has the opening
for the foot at about the middle of its edge and opposite the summits.
The Byssomiae also penetrate into stone, corals, &c.

A species which is provided with a byssus, abounds in the
Arctic Ocean §.

HiATELLA, Daud.

The shell gaping, to allow the passage of the foot, near the middle
of its edges ; but the tooth of the hinge is better marked than in the
preceding genus. Ranges of salient sj^ines are frequently observed
on the hind part of the shell. They are found in sand, among Zoo-
phytes, &c.

The North Sea produces a small species |1.

* Mya glijcimeris, L., Cheran., VI, iii. A neighbouring, but shorter species in-
habits the Mediterranean. Another fossil species is found near Bourdeaux.

f Panope de Faujas, Mesnard, Lagr. Ann. du Mus., IX, xii.
Here should be the place of the Saxicava of M. F. de Bellevue, small Testacea
which perforate stones. See Rois., VI, 441.

X Tellina incequivalvis, Chemn., VI, xi, 106, and for the animal, Poli, II, xv, 7.

§ Mi/tUus pholadis, MiiU., Zool., Dan., Ixxxvii, 1, 2, 3, or Mi/a byssifera, Fabr.,
Groenl.

II Solen minutus, L., Chemn., VI, vi, 51, 52, or Mya arclica, Fabr., Groenl., which
appears to be the same as the Hiat. a unefente, Bosc, Coq. Ill, xxi, 1 ; — the liiat.
a deuxfenles, Id., lb., 2.

108

SoLEN, Lin.

The shell only bivalve, oblong or elongated, but the hinge always
furnished with salient and well marked teeth, and the ligament ex-
ternal. In the

Sol EN, Cuv.,

Or the Solens properly so called, the shell is cylindrically elon-
gated, and has two or three teeth in each valve near the anterior
extremity, where the foot issufes, The latter is conical, and enables
the animal to bury itself in the sand, which it excavates with con-
siderable rapidity on the approach of danger.

Several species are found along the coast of France *.

We might distinguish those species in which the teeth approxi-
mate to the middle; some of them still have a long and narrow
shell t-

In others it is wider and shorter; their foot is extremely thick.
Two of the latter inhabit the Mediterranean +. In

Sanguinolaria, Lam.,

The hinge is nearly the same as in the wide Solens, and has two
teeth in the middle of each valve ; but the two latter, whicli are oval,
are much closer at the two extremities, where they merely gape, like
certain Mactreeg.

PsAMMOBiA, Lam.

The Psammobiae differs from the Sanguinolariae, in having but a
single tooth in the middle of one valve, which penetrates between
two on the opposite one.||

PsAMMOTHEA, Lam.

But a single tooth to each valve ; otherwise resembling the Psam-
mobi.Te^.

Pholas, Lin.

Tlie Pholades have two broad valves, convex towards the moutli,

* Solen vagina, Chemn., YI, iv, 26^ — 28 ; — S. siliqua, lb., 29 ; — S. ensis, lb., 30;
— S. inaximus, lb., v, 35 ; — S. cultelhs, lb., 37.

f Solcn legumen, Chemn., YI, v, 32, 34.

+ Solen strigilatus, Chemn., VI, vi, 41, 43 ;— S. radiaim. Id., v, 38—40; — S.
minimus, lb., 31 ; — S. coarcfatus, vi, 45 ; — S. vesperfimts. Id., vii, 60. These two
divisions have become the genus Sclecurte of M. de Blainville.

§ Solen sanguinolentus, Chemn., VI, vii, 56 ; — S. roseus, lb., 55.

II Tellini gan, L., Poli, 15, 23; — Solen vesperlinus, Chemn., VI, 7, 59; —
Psammobia maculosa, Lam., Egypt., Coq. pi. 8, f. 1 ; — Psamm. clongata, Lam.,
Egypt., pi. 8, f. 2.

% Psummotheu violacea. Lam., &c.

N. n. These two genera are united in one by M. de Blainville, called Psammocola.
On the whole, they differ but very slightly from the .Sanguinolariw. Great care is
requisite in st^idying the shell, as the teeth are generally broken.

ACEPHALA TESTACEA. 109

narrow and elongated on the opposite side, and leaving a large ob-
lique opening at each extremity ; their hinge, like that of a true Mya,
is furnished with a plate projecting from one valve into the other,
and with an internal ligament running from that plate into a cor-
responding cavity. Their mantle is reflected externally upon the
hinge, where it sometimes contains two or three supernumerary
calcareous bodies. The foot issues through the aperture on the side
next to the mouth, where it is widest, and from the opposite one
project the two tubes, which are vinited and susceptible of inflation
in every direction.

The Pholades inhabit canals which they excavate, some in ooze
and others in stone, like the Lithodomi, Petricolse, &c. They are
much sought for on account of their agreeable flavour.

Several species are found on the coast of France : such is the
Dail commun ; Phola^ dactylus, L. ; Chemn., VIII, ci, 859 *.

Tekedo, Liv.

The mantle extended in a tube much longer than the two small,
rhomboidal valves, and terminated by two short tubes, the base of
which is furnished on each side with a stony and moveable kind of
operculum or palette. These Acephala, while quite yoimg, pene-
trate and establish their habitations in submerged pieces of wood,
such as piles, ships' bottoms, &c., perforating and destroying them in
every direction. It is thought, that in order to penetrate as fast as
it increases in size, the Pholas excavates the wood by means of its
valves; but the tubes remain n3ar the opening by which its entrance
was effected, and through which, by the aid of its palette, it receives
water and aliment. The gallery it inhabits is lined with a calcareous
crust which exudes from its body, and which forms a second kind of
tubular shell for it. It is a noxious and destructive animal in the
sea ports of Europe.

Teredo navalis L. This species, which is the most common,
and is said to have been introduced into Europe from the torrid
zone, has more than once threatened Holland with ruin by the
destruction of its dikes. It is upwaads of six inches in length,
and has simple palettes.

Larger species inhabit hot countries, whose palettes are articu-
lated and ciliate. They should be remarked for their analogy to the
Cirrhopoda. Such is the Teredo palmulatus, Lam., Adans., Ac. des
Sc, 1759, pi. 9, f. 12.

FisTULAXA, Brvg.

Separated from Teredo ; the external tube is entirely closed at its
larger end, and is more or less like a bottle or club. The Fistulanae
are sometimes found buried in submerged fragments of wood, or in

* Add, PhoJas orient alls, lb., 860, which is, perhaps, a mere variety of ductylus; —
Phol. cosfata, lb., 863 ; — Phol. crispafa, Id., cii..^872, 874 ; — Phol. pusiUa, lb., 867,
871 ; — Phol. striata, lb., 864, 866.

no MOLT.USCA.

li'uits, and the animal, like that of a Teredo, has two small valves,
and as many palettes. Recent specimens are only obtained from
the Indian Ocean, but they are found fossil in Europe*. We should
approximate to them the

Gastroch^na, Spengler.

Where the shells are deprived of teeth, and their edges being vs^ide
apart anteriorly, leave a large oblique opening opposite to which
there is a small hole in the mantle for a passage of the foot. The
double tube, which can be retracted completely within the shell, is
susceptible of being gx'eatly elongated. It appears that they are cer-
tainly furnished with a calcareous tube f .

In some of them, as in the Mytili, the summits are at the anterior
angle J; in others they are placed near the middle §.

They inhabit the interior of Madrepores, which they perforate.

Two genera of Acephala furnished with tubes, have been detected
among fossils, but the first of them, the

Teredina, Lam.,

Has a little cuilleron on the inside of each of its valves, and a small,
free, shield-shaped piece on the hinge J|. In the second,

Clavagella, Lam.,

One of the valves is clasped bv the tube, leaving the other, however,
free^.

A single living species is found in the Madrepores of the
Sicilian seas, which has been described by M. Audouin.

Some naturalists think we should also place in this family
the

AsPERGILLUM, Lam.,

The shell of which is formed of an elongated conical tube, closed at
its widest extremity by a disk perforated with numerous small tu-
bular holes ; the little tubes of the outer range being longest, form a
kind of corolla round it. The reason for approximating them to

* Teredoclava, Gmel., Spengl., Naturfosch., XIII, 1 and 2, copied Encyc. Method.,
Vers., pi. clxvii, f. 6 — 16. It is the Fistidana gregata, Lam.; — Teredo utricuhts,
Gm., Naturf., X, i, 10; probably the same as the Fistidana lagenula, Lam., Encyc.
Method., I, c, f. 23 ; — Fistulanu clava, Lam., lb., 17, 22.

It is probable that the Pholus tereihda, Pall., Nov. Act. Petrop., II, vi, 25 is also
a Fistnlana.

-f- This tube has been observed by Messrs. Turton, Deshayes, and Audouin.

+ Pholas Mans, Chemn. X, clxxii, 1678, 1679.

§ Id., 1661, a very different species from the preceding, not properly distinguished
by Chemnitz.

II Teredina personata. Lam., and Desh., Foss. de Par. I, pi. i, f. 23, 28.

^ CI. echinata, Lam., Ann. duMus., XII, xlii, 19, CI. coronata, Desh., Foss., I, v.
15, 16.

ACEPHALA NUDA. HI

the Acephala witli tubes is found in the fact tliat there is a double
projection on one part of the cone, wliich really resembles the two
valves of the Acephala. The affinity bctAveen these little tubes and
those which envelope the tentacula of certain Terebella, formerly
caused this animal to be referred to the Annelides.

The species most known, — Asper. javanum, Mart., Conch. ,1.
pi. 1, f- 7» is seven or eight inches in length *.

ORDER II.

ACEPHALA NUDA f.
The naked Acephala (a) are not numerous, and are sufficiently
removed from the ordinary Acephala, to form a distinct class, were
such a division considered requisite. Their branchiae assume various
forms, Init are never divided into four leaflets ; the shell is replaced
by a cartilaginous substance which is sometimes so thin that it is as
flexible as a membrane. We divide them into two families.

FAMILY I.

SEGREGATA(6).

This family comprises those genera in which the individuals
tliat compose them are insulated and without any mutual organic
connection, although frequently living in society. In the

BiPHORA, Brug. — Thalia, Brown. — Salpa, and Dagysa,
Gmelin,

The mantle and its cartilaginous envelope are oval or cylindrical, and
open at the two extremities. Near the anus, the opening is trans-
verse, wide, and furnished with a valve which permits the entrance
of water, but not its exit ; near the mouth, it is simply tubular. Mus-

* Add the Arrosoir a manchettes, Savig., Egyp. Coq. pi. xiv, f. 9.

t Since called by M. De Blainville Acephalophora heterobranchiata. As
to Lamarck, he makes a separate class of them, which he calls the Tunicata, and
which he places between his Radiata and his Vermes ; but these animals having a
brain, nerves, a heart, vessels, liver, &c. this arrangement is inadmissible.

(j:^ (a) Or the Acephales sans coquilles of our author. — Eng. Ed,
(bj As this family has received no name from our author, we have been com-
pelled in conformity with the plan adopted from the commencement of the work,
to remedy the omission, for such we consider it, by the above word ; in the selection
of which we have been governed by that which the Baron himself affixes to the
second family, or his Aggregts. — Eng. Ed.

112 MOI.LV.-CA.

cular bands embrace the mantle and contract the body. The animal
moves by taking in water at the posterior aperture, and forcing it out
through that near the mouth, so that it is always propelled backwards,
a circumstance which has led some naturalists into error by causing
them to mistake the posterior opening for the true mouth *. It
usually swims on its back. TJie branchiae form a single tube or
riband, furnished with regular vessels, placed obliquely in the middle
of the tubular cavity of the mantle, in such a manner that it is con-
stantly bathed by the water as it traverses that cavity f. The heart,
viscera, and liver are wound up near the mouth and towards the
back ; but the position of the ovary varies. The mantle and its en-
velope when exposed to the sun exhibit tlie colours of the rainbow,
and are so diaphanous, that the whole structure of the animal can be
seen through them : in many they are furnished with perforated
tubercles. The aniir.al has been seen to come out from its envelope
without appearing to suffer pain. The most curious circumstance
respecting them, is their remaining united for a long time, just as
they were in the ovary, and thus swimming in long chains where the
individuals are disposed in different ways, but each species always
according to the same order.

M. de Chamisso assures us, that he has verified a still more sin-
gular fact relative to these animals ; it is, that the individuals which
have thus issued from a multiplex ovary, are not furnished with a
similar one, but produce insulated young ones of various forms, which
have an ovary like that which produced their parent, so that there is,
alternately, a generation of a few insulated individuals, and another
of numerous and aggregate ones, and that these two alternating
generations do not resemble each other J.

It is very certain that in some species little individuals have been
observed adhering to the interior of large ones, liy a peculiar kinji of
sucker, whicli were different in form from those that contained
them§.

These animals are very abundant in the Mediterranean and the
warmer portions of the ocean, and are frequently phosphorescent.

The Thalie, Brown, have a small crest or vertical fin near the
posterior extremity of the back ||.

* This has also happened to M. de Chamisso, in his Dissert, de Salpis, Berl.,
1819, and to others after him, but it is evident that there is no pood reason for
changing the denomination of parts in an animal merely because it swims on its
back, with the head behind. It is thus that naturalists have been led into error
with respect to the organization of the Pteruiracheata, which always swim on their
back, a mode oif natation common to numberless Gasteropoda both testaceous and
naked.

-f- Some authors assert that this tube is perforated at both ends, and that the
water traverses it ; I have endeavoured to convince myself of the truth of this
assertion, but in vain.

X Chamisso, loc. cit., I. p. 4.

§ See ray Mjin. sur les Blphores, f. II.

II Holothuria Thalia, Gm., Brown's Jam., xliii, 3; — H. cmidafa, lb., 4; — //.
ilenudata, Encyc. Method., Vers., l.xxxviii ; — Salpa critala, Cuv., Ann. du Mus., IV,
Ixviii, 1, figured under the name of Dagysu by Home, Lect. on Compar. Anat. II,
Ixiii ; — Salpa pinnafa, Forsk., xxv, B.

ACEPHALA NUDA. 113

Of the Salp^, properly so called, some have a gelatinous dark co-
loured jjlate, in the substance of the mantle and above the visceral
mass, which may be the vestige of a shell*.

In otlicrs it is a simple prominence, of the same nature as the rest
of tlie mantle, but thicker f .

Others again have neither plate nor prominence, but their mantle
is extended by points, and of these

Some have a point at each extremity J.

Others have two at the extremity nearest the mouth §, and even
three or more ||.

Some have but a single one at this same extremity^.

The greater number is simply oval or cylindrical**. In the

AsciDiA, Lin. — Theyton of the Ancients,

The mantle and its cartilaginous envelope, which is frequently very
thick, resemble sacs everywhere closed, except at two orifices, which
correspond to the two tubes, of several bivalves, one serving to admit
water and the other affording a passage to the faeces. The branchiae
form a large sac, at the bottom of which are the mouth and the vis-
ceral mass. The envelope is much larger than the mouth, which is
fibrous and vascular, and on which, between the two tubes, is one of
the ganglions. These animals attach themselves to rocks and other
bodies, and are deprived of all power of locomotion ; the chief sign
of vitality which they exhibit, consists in the absorption and evacu-
ation of water through one of their orifices ; when alarmed they eject
it to a considerable distance. They abound in every sea, and some of
them are eaten ff .

* Salpa srutigera, Cuv. Ann. du Mus., IV, Ixviii, 4, 5, probably the same as the
Salpa gibha, Bosc, Vers, II, xx, v.

t Salpa Tilesii, Cuv., loc. cit. 3 ; — S. punctata, Forsk., xxv, C. ; — S. pelagica,
Bosc., loc. cit., 4; — S. infundibuUformis, Q,uoy and Gaym., Voy. de Freycin.,
Zool. 74, f. 13.

X Salpa maxima, FoTsk., xsxv, X ', — S.fusi/ormis, Cuv., loc. cit., 10, perhaps
the same as Forsk., xxxvi ; — S. mucronata, lb., D ; — 5'. uspera, Chamisso, f. iv ; —
S. runcinata. Id., f. v, G, H, I. But, according to the author, it is the aggregate
generation of a species, of wliich the other generatian is cylindrical.

§ Salpa democratica, Forsk., xxxvi; — S. longicaudu, Qnoy and Gayra., loc. cit.,
pi. 73, f. 8 ; — S. constata, lb., f. 2.

11 Salpa triaispis. lb., f. & ; — S. spinosa, Oito^tiow Ac. Nat. Cur., t. pi. xlii,
f. 1.

*\ Holothuria zonaria, Gm., Pall., Spic, X, i, 17; — Ttialia Ungiiluta, Blumcnb.,
Abb., 30.

** Salpa ocfofora, Cuv., loc, cit., 7 ; perhaps the same as the small Dagysa,
Home, loc. cit., Ixxiii, 1 : — S. africana, Forsk., xxxvi, C ; — S.fasciata, lb., U; —
S. confcderata, lb., A ; perhaps the same as the S. gibha, Bosc, loc. cit., 1, 2, 3 ; —
S. polycratica, lb., F; — S. cyliadnca, Cuv., loc. cit., 8 and 9; — Dagysa strumosa.
Home, I, c, Ixxi, I ; — S. ferruginea, Chamiss., X: — S. ceerulescens, Id., ix ; — S. va-
ginata. Id., vii, and several others.

ft The whole genus Ascidia, Gm., to which must be added the Asc. gelaliiwsa,

Zool. Dan. xliii ; — Asc. pyriformis, lb., clvi ; — Salpa sipho, Forsk., xliii, C ; — Ascidia

microsma, Redi, Opusc, III, PI., App., VII, the same as the Asc. sulcata, Coque-

bert. Bullet, des Sc. Avril, 1797, I, 1; — Asc. glandifurmis, Coqueb., lb. — N.B.

VOL. III. 1

114 MOLLUSCA.

Some species are remarkable for the long pedicle which supports
them*.

FAMILY II.

AGGREGATA.

The second family consists of animals more or less analogous
to the Ascidise, but united in a common mass, so that they
seem to commimicate organically with each other, and in this re-
spect to connect the Mollusca with the Zoophytes ; but independently
of their peculiar organization, these animals, according to the observa-
tions of Messrs, Audouin and Milne Edwards, at first live and swim
separately, only becoming united at a certain subsequent period, a
fact which is in direct opposition to this opinion.

Their branchiae, as in the Ascidiae, form a large sac, traversed by
the aliment before it arrives at the mouth ; their principal ganglion
is also situated between the mouth and the arms; a nearly similar
disposition obtains with respect to the viscera and ovary f .

Notwithstanding this, some of them, like the Biphora, have an
opening at each extremity. Such is the

BoTRYLLus, Gcert.,

Of an oval form, fixed on various bodies, and united by tens or
twelves, like the rays of a star. The brianchial orifices are at the

The Ascidia canina, Miill., Zool. Dan., Iv, ^sc. inlestinalis, Boliatsch, X, 4, and
perhaps even the Asc. patula, Miill., Ixv, and A. corrugata, Id., Ixxix, 2, appear to
form i)ut one species. There are also some interversions of synonymes, and the
species, generally, are far from heing well ascertained.

M. de Savigny has endeavoured to subdivide the Ascidia;, Mem. sur les Anim.
sans, vert., part II, 1S16, into several subgenera, such as,

1st. The Cynthia, whose body is sessile, and branchial sac longitudinally pli-
cated ; their envelope is coriaceous ;

2d. The Phalluske, which differ from the Cynthise in the branchial sac, which is
not plicated ; their envelope is gelatinous ;

3d. The Clavellin.e, whose branchial sac is without plicae, and docs not pene-
trate to the bottom of the envelope, and whose body is supported by a pedicle ; their
envelope is gelatinous ;

4th. The BoLTF.NiA, whose body is pediculate, and the envelope coriaceous.

He also takes into consideration the number and form of the tentacula which
internally surrouud the branchial orifice, but these characters, which are partly
anatomical, cannot be applied with certainty to a great number of species.

M. Macleay (Lin. Trans., XIV, part III) establishes two more, Cystixgia and
Dendrodoa, founded on similar characters.

* Ascidia petlunculata, Edw., 356 ; and Asc. clavata, or Vorticella BoUenii, Gm.

f . It is to M. de Savigny that we are indebted for our recent knowledge of the
singular organization of the whole of this family, formerly confounded with the
Zoophytes, properly so called. At the same time, Messrs. Desmarets and Lesueur,
made known the particular structure of the BotryUi and Pyroscma. See the ex-
cellent work of M. Savigny in his Mem. sur les anim. sans, verteb,, part II, fasc. T.

ACKPHALA NUDA. 115

external extremities of tliese rays, and the anus terminates in a com-
mon cavity, wliich is in the centre of the star. If an orifice be irri-
tated, but a single animal contracts ; if the centre be touched they all
contract. These very small animals attach themselves to certain
Ascidiae, Fuci,&c*.

In some particular species, three or four stars appeared to be piled
one on the other f.

Pyrosoma, Peron.

The Pyrosomije unite in great numbers, forming a large hollow
cylinder, open at one end and closed at the other, which swims in
the ocean by the alternate contraction and dilatation of the individual
animals which compose it. The latter terminate in a point on the
exterior, so that the whole external surface of the tube is bristled
with them ; the branchial orifices are pierced near these points, and
the anus debouches in the internal cavity of the cylinder. A
Pyrosoma may thus be compared to a great number of stars of Bo-
trylli strung together, the whole of which is moveable J.

The Mediterranean, and the Ocean, produce large species, the
animals of which are arranged with but little regularity. They
exhibit a phosphorescent appearance during the night §.

A smaller species is also known ||, where the animals are
arranged in very regular rings.

The remainder of these aggregated MoUusca, like the ordinary
Ascidiae, have the anus and branchial orifice approximated to the
same etremity. The species known are all fixed, and till now they
have been confounded with the Alcyonia. The visceral bundle of
each individual is more or less extended into the common cartilaginous
or gelatinous mass, more or less narrowed or dilated in certain points ;
but each orifice always forms a little six-rayed star on the surface.
We unite them all xinder the name of

PoLYCLINUM^f.

Some of them are extended over bodies like fleshy crests **.

* See Desmarets and Lesueur, Bullet, des Sc. May 1S15; — BotryUus stellatus,
Gaertner, or Alcyonium Schlosseri, Gm., Pall., Spic. Zool., X, iv, 1 — 5.

f BotryUus conyhmeratus, Gdtrt., ot Ahyonium conglomeratum, Gm.; Pall., Spic.
Zool. X, iv, 6.

X See Desmarets and Lesueur, loc. cit.

§ Several of the Polyclina and ApUdia of Savigny.

II Pyrosoma aUanticum, P^ron., Ann. du Mus., IV, Ixxii ; — Pyrosoma gigas,
Desmar., and Lesueur, Bullet, des Sc. June 1815, pi. v, f. 2.

*[ The Pyrosome elegant, Lesueur, Bullet, des Sc., June 1815, pi. v, f. 2.

** It is from the number of strangulations, that is to say, the greater or less
separation of thebranchiae, stomach, and ovary, that M.de Savigny has formed his Po-
LYCLiNUM, Aplidium, Didemmum, Euc-elium, Diazona, Sigillina, itc. which,
in our opinion, need not be retained. Here, also, should come the Alcyonium fins,
Gm. ; the Distomus variolosus, Gxrtn., or Alcyonium ascidwides, Gm., Pall., Spic,
ZooJ,, X, IV, 7.

i2

116 MOLLUSCA.

Otliers project in a conical or globular mass*,

Or expand into a disk comparable to that of a flower or of an
Actinia f, or are elongated into cylindrical branches supported by
slender pedicles, &c. \ or, form parallel cylinders §.

Recent observations even seem to show that the Eschars, hitherto
placed among the Polypi, belong to this family of the Mollusca|| .

CLASS V.

BRACHIOPODA^.

The Mollusca Brachiopoda, like the Acephala, have a bilobed
mantle which is always open. Instead of feet they are provided with
two fleshy arms furnished with numerous filaments, which they can
protrude from, and draw into the shell. The mouth is betAvecn the
base of the arms. Neither their organs of generation, nor their ner-
vous system are well known.

All the Brachiopoda are invested with bibalve shells, fixed and
immoveable. But three genera are known.

LiNGULA, Brug.

Two equal, flat, oblong valves, the summits of which are at the ex-
tremity of one of the narrow sides, gaping at the other end, and
attached between the two summits to a fleshy pedicle, which suspends
them to the rocks ; the arms become spirally convoluted previously
to entering the shell. It appears that the branchiae consist of small
leaflets, disposed around the intei'nal face of each lobe of the mantle.

But a single species — Lingula anatina, Cuv., Ann. du Mus.,
I, vi, Seb., Ill, xvi, 4, is known. It inhabits the Indian Ocean,
and has thin, horny and greenish valves**.

* The Euccelium, Savig. ; the Distomi are arranged in the same manner.

•f- The genws Diazona, Sav., consisting of a large and beautiful purple species
discovered near Iviceby M. Delaroche.

X The genus Sigillina, Sav., whose cylindrical branches are frequently a foot long,
and the animals, slender as threads, but three or four inches.

§ The genus Synocium, Lam.

II Messrs. Audouin and Milne Edwards on the one hand, and M. de Blainville on
the other, have lately verified this fact, which the observations of Spallanzani pre-
viously seemed to announce.

^ M. de Blainville has given to my Br-A-chiopoda, the name of Palliobran-
CHiATA, and makes an order of them in his class of the Acephalopuora.

** Linnseus, who knew but one of the valves, called it Patella unguis. Solander
and Chemnitz, who were aware of its having two, called it, one, the Mytilus lingua,
and the other, Pinna unguis. Brugi^res knew its pedicle, and consequently made
a genus of it by the name of Lingula, Encyc. Method., Vers, pi. 250. It is
singular that before us, no one had remarked that it is well figured with its
pedicle by Seba, loc. cit.

BRACHIOPODA. 117

Terebratula, Brug.

Two unequal valves united by a hinge; the summit of one, more
salient than the other, is perforated to permit the passage of a fleshy
pedicle which attaches the shell to rocks, madrepores, other shells, Sue.
Internally, a small bony piece of frame-work is observed, that is some-
times very complex, composed of two branches which articulate with
the unperforated valve, and that support two arms edged all round
with a long close fringe, between which, on the side next to the large
valve, is a third, simply membranous and much longer appendage,
usually spirally convoluted, and edged, like the arms, with a fine and
close fringe. The mouth is a small vertical fissure between these
three large ai>pcndages. The principal part of the body, situated
near the hinge, contains the numerous muscles which reach from one
valve to the other, and between them are the viscera, which occupy
but little space. The ovaries appear to be two ramified productions,
adhering to the parietes of each valve. I have not yet been able to
ascertain exactly the posilon of the branchiae.

Numberless Terebratulse are found fossil or petrified, in certain
secondary strata of ancient formations*. The living species are less
numerous f.

The shell of some is transversely broader or longer, in a direction
perpendicular to the hinge, with an entire or cmarginated contour,
with two or several lobes; some of them are even triangular; the sur-
face is smooth, sulcated in radii, or veined ; they are thick or thin, and
even diaphanous. In several of them, in lieu of the hole in the
summit of the thin valve, there is a notch, and this notch is sometimes
partly formed by two accessory pieces, &c. It is probable that when
better known, their animals will present generic differences. Already
in the

Spirifer, Sowerby,

Two large cones have been recognized, formed of a spiral thread,
which appear to have supported the animal-|. In

Thecidea, -De/.,

The pedicle seems to have been incorporated wil^ the small
valve 8.

* M. Defrance distinguishes upwards of two hundred.

-f- Anomia scobinafa, Gualt., 96, A ; — An. aurita, Id., lb., B ; — An. retusa; — An.
fruncata, Cbemn., VIII, Ixxvii, 711 ; — An. capensis, lb., 703; — An. pubescens, Id.,
Ixxviii, 702 ; — An. defruncatu, lb., 705 ; — An. samjuinolenta, lb., 706 ; — An. vitrea,
lb., 707, 709 ; — An. dorsata, lb., 710, 711 ; An. psittacea, lb. 713 ; An cranium, &c.

For the fossil species, see Eneyc. Method. Vers, pi. 239 — 246.

X For this genus see Sowerb., Min. Conch, and the article Spirifere of M. De-
france, Diet, des Sc. Nat. t. L.

§ Thecidea mediterranea, Risso, Hist. Nat.de la Fr. Merid., IV, f, 183; — Th.
radiula, Fauj. Mont. St Pierre, pi. xxvii, f. 8. Fiutlier, and more precise observa-
tions arc requisite, to enable us to class the Magas of Sowcrby, the Striuoce-
PHALA of Defrance, and some other ucighbouriug groups.

118 mollusca.

Okbicula, Cuv.

The Orbiculae have two unequal valves, one ofj which, that is round
and conical, when viewed by itself, resembles the shell of a Pa-
tella; the other is flat and fixed to a rock. The arms of the animal,
— Criopus, Poli, — are ciliated and spirally recurved like that of the
Lingulee.

The seas of Europe produce a small species. Patella anomala,
Mull., Zool. Dan. V, 26; Anomia turbinata, Poli, XXX, 15;
Bret. Sowerb., Lin. Trans., XIII, pi. xxvi, f. 1.

The Discing, Lam., are Orbiculse, the inferior valve of which is
marked by a fissure. The

Crania, Briuj.

Should be approximated to the Orbiculae. The arms of the animal
are also ciliated, but the shells have deep and round internal muscu-
lar impressions, that have caused it to be compared to the figure of
a skull.

One of them inhabits European seas ; Aiiomia craniolaris, L. ;
or Crania personata, Bret. Sowerb., Lin. Trans., XIII, pi. xxv,
f. 3. Several are fossil ; such as the Cran. antiqua, and the
others of which M. Hceninghaus has given an excellent Mono-
graph.

CLASS VI

CIRRHOPODA *.

[Lepas and Triton, Lin.'\

The Cirrhopoda, in several points of view, are intermediate between
this division and that of the Articulata. Enveloped by a mantle, and
testaceous pieces which frequently resemble those seen in several of
the Acephala, their mouths are furnished with lateral jaws, and the
abdomen with filaments named cirri, arranged in pairs, composed of
a multitude of little ciliated articulations, and corresponding to a sort
of feet or fins similar to those observed under the tail of several of the
Crustacea. Their heart is situated in the dorsal region, and the
branchiae on the sides ; the nervous system forms a series of ganglions

* M. De Lamarck has changed this name into Cirripeda, making it a class.
M. de BlainvUle also makes a class of them, but he changes the name to Nemato-
PODA, and places them with the Chitones, in what he caUs his type of the Malen-

TOZARIA.

CIRRHOPODA. 119

on the lower part of the abdomen. These cirri, however, may be
considered as analogous to the articulated appendages of certain
species of Tei'edo, while the ganglions in some respects are mere
repetitions of the posterior ganglion of the bivalves. The position
of these animals in the shell is such, that the mouth is at the bottom
and the cirri near the orifice. Between the last two cirri is a long
fleshy tube, that has sometimes, but erroneously, been takon for their
proboscis, and at the base of which, near the back, is the opening of
the anus. Internally, we observe a stomach inflated by a multitude
of small cavities in its parietes, which appear to fulfil the functions
of a liver, a simple intestine, a double ovary, and a double serpentine
oviduct, whose walls produce the prolific fluid, and which, prolonged
in the fleshy tube, open at its extremity. These animals are always
fixed. Linnaeus comprised them all in one genus — Lepas, which
Brugieres divided into two, that have in their turn been subdivided *.

Anatifa, Brug.

A compressed mantle, open on one side and suspended to a fleshy
tube, varying greatly as to the number of testaceous pieces with
which it is furnished; twelve pair of cirri, six on each side, those
nearest to the mouth being the thickest and shortest. The branchiae
are elongated pyramidal appendages, that adhere to the external base
of the whole of the cirri, or of part of them.

The two principal valves, of the most numerous species (Penta-
LASMis, Leach,) resemble those of a Mytilus ; two others seem to
complete a part of the edge of the Mytilus opposite to the summit,
and a fifth azygous one unites the posterior edge to that of the oppo-
site valve ; these five pieces cover the whole of the mantle. From
the usual place of the ligament arises the fleshy pedicle ; a strong
transverse muscle unites the tAVO first valves near their summit ; the
mouth of the animal is concealed behind it, and the posterior extre-
mity of its body, with all the little articulated feet, is a little beyond
it, between the four first valves.

The most common species of the European seas, Lepas ana-
tifera, L., owes its specific appellation to the fable which repre-
sents it as producing the Bernacles and Macreuses, a story
founded on the rude resemblance that has been observed to exist
between the pieces of this shell, and a bird. The Anatifae adhere
to rocks, piles, keels of vessels, &c. f AVe may distinguish
from them

* This name of Lepas formerly belonged to the Patella, Linnseus, supposing
that some of these Cirrhopoda existed which had no shells, gave them the name of
Triton : but the existence of these Tritons is not confirmed, and we are to conclude
that Linnseus merely saw the animal of an Anatifa torn from its shell.

t Add Lepas anseiifeia, Chemn., VIII, c. 856; — Aiiat. dentala, Brug., Encyc.
Method., pi. 166, f. 6, or Pentalasmis falcata, Leach, Edinb. Encyc.

120

PoLLiciPEs, Leach,

.Where, besides the five principal valves, there are several small
ones near the pedicle *, some of which, in certain species, are nearly
as large as the former f ; frequently there is an azygous valve, oppo-
site to the ordinary one of the same description. In the

CiNERAS, Leach,

The cartilaginous mantle contains but five small valves, which do
not occupy the whole of its extent \. In the

Otion, Leach,

The cartilaginous mantle contains but two very small valves, with
three little grains which hardly merit that name, and has two tubular
auriform appendages §.

Tetralasmis, Cuv.

But four valves, which surround the aperture; two of them longer
than the others. The animal is partly confined within the pedicle,
which is large, and covered with hair. They are a kind of tubeless
Balani ||.

Balanus, Brug.

The principal part of the shell of tlie Balani consists of a testaceous
tube attached to various bodies, the aperture of which is more or less
closed by two or four valves. This tube is formed of various pieces,
which appear to be detached, and separated in proportion as the
growth of the animal requires it. The branchiae, mouth, articulated
tentacula, and tlie anal tube, differ but little from those of the Ana-
tifae. In

Balanus
Properly so called, the tubular portion is a truncated cone formed

* Lepas pollicipes, L., or Poll, cornucopia, Leach; Encyc. Method., pi. 226, f. 10,
1 1 ; — Poll, villosus, Leach, Edinb. Encyc.

t Lei)as mitella, Chemn., VIII, 849, 850, Encyc. Method., pi. 266, f, 9, or
Pohjlcpe couronne, Blainv., Malac. ; — Poll, scalpellum, Chemn., VIII, p. 294, <ir
Polylepe vulgaire, Blainv., Malac, Ixxxiv, f. 4. It is the genus Scalpellum,
Leach, loc. cit.

X Cineras rittata, Leach, Edinb. Encyc., or Lepas coriacea, Poli, vi, 20, or Gym-
nolepas Cranchii, Blainv., Malac, Ixxxiv, 2.

§ Otion Cuiieri, Leach, or Lepas leporina, Poli, 1, vi, 21, or Lepas aurita,
Chemn., VIII, pi. c. f. 857, 858, M. de Blainville unites Cineras and Otion in his
genus Gymnolepa,

II Tetral. hirsutus, Cuv., MoU. Anatif., f. 14.

N. B. The LiTnoTRiAS of iSowerby, converted by Blainville into Litholepa,
may be, as is conjectured by Rang, merely an Anatifa accidentally fixed in a hole
excavated by some bivalve.

The Alepas, Rang, should be Anatifa:, whose cartilaginous mantle is without any
shell whatever ; I have never seen them. At all events, they must not be con-
founded with the Triton of Linnaeus, which was the animal of an Anatifa separated
from its mantle and shell.

CIRBHOPODA. 121

of six projecting pieces, separated by as many depressed ones, three of
which are narrower than the others. Their base is usually formed of
a calcareous lamina, and fixed to various bodies. The four valves of
their operculum close the orifice exactly.

The rocks, shells, &c., on the coast of Europe, are, in a man-
ner, covered with a species of Balanus, the Lepas balanus, L.,
Chemn., VIII, xcvii, 826 *. Naturalists have separated from it

The AcAST^, Leach, whose base is irregular, convex towards the
exterior, and which does not become fixed ; most of them are found
in sponge |,

The CoNi^, Blainv., the tube of which has but four salient pieces J,

The AsEM^, Ranzani, where the tube has no decidedly salient
pieces §,

The Pyrgom^e, Savigny, whose tubular position, forming a strongly
depressed cone, has but a very small orifice, almost like the shell of
a Fissurella ||,

The OcTHosi^, Ranzani, which have but three salient pieces in the
tube, and only two valves to the operculum^.

The Creusi^, Leach, with four salient pieces, and two valves to
the operculum**.

M. de Lamarck, under the name of Coronul*, separates the very
wide species, where the parietes of the cone are occupied, by cells so
large, that they resemble chambers ff; and under that of

TuBiciNELLiE, those in which the tubular portion is elevated,
narrower near the base, and divided into annuli, which mark its
growth \\.

There are some species of these last two subgenera, which affix
themselves to the skin of the Balaenae, and even penetrate into their
blubber.

To the preceding subgenera must be added the

* Add, Lepcts baluno'ides, Chemn., VIII, xcvii, 821 — 825 ; — L. tintinnahuhim . lb,
823 — 831; — L, minor, lb. 827; — L. porosa, Id., xcviii, 836; — L. verruca, lb.,
840, 841 ; — L. angusta, lb., 835 ; — L. elongafa, lb., 838; — L. patellaris, lb., 839 ;
— L. spinosa, lb., S40 ; — L. violacea, Id., xcix, 842 ; — L. tulipa, Ascan. Icon., X ; —
L. cylindrica, Gionov., Zooph., XIX, 3, 4 ; — L. cariosa, PaU. Nov. Act. Petrop.,
II, vi. 24, A, B.

f Acasfu Montugui, Leach, Edinb. Encyc, copied Blainv., Malac, Ixxxv, 3 ; —
Lepas spongites, Poli, I, vi, 5.

X Conia ratliata, Blainv., Malac, Ixxxv, 5.

§ Lepas porosus, Gm., Chemn., VIII, xcviii, 836, 837, Encyc. Method., pi. 165,
f. 9, 10.

II Pyrgoma cancellala, Leach, loc. cit., copied Blainv., Malac. Ixxxv, 5.

^ Lepas Stroemii, Miill., Zool. Dan., Ill, xciv, 1 — 4.

** Creusia spinulusa. Leach, loc. cit., copied Blainv., Malac, Ixxxv, G.

tt Lepas balcenaris, L., Chemn., VIII, xcix, 845, 846; — L. testudinarius, lb.,
847, 848, which attaches itself to the shell of Tortoises.

JJ The TubicineUa, Lam., Ann. du Mus., I, xxx, 1, 2.

122

Daidbma, Ranz.

Where the tubular portion is almost spherical, and which has but
two small valves almost hidden in the membrane which closes the
operculum. The opercular valves would not effectually closes the
orifice without the membrane which unites them.

They also live on the Balaenae, and Otiones are frequently observed
attached to their surface *.

Lepas diadema, Chemn., VIII, xcLx, 843, 844.

THIRD
GREAT DIVISION

OF THE

ANIMAL KINGDOM.

ANIMALIA ARTICULATA.

This third general form is as well characterised as that of the Verte-
brata ; the skeleton is not internal as in the latter, neitlier is it anni
hilated as in the MoUusca. The articulated rings whicli encircle the
body, and frequently the limbs, supply the place of it, and as they are
usually hard, they furnish to the powers of motion all requisite points of
support, so that here, as among the Vertebrata, we find the walk, the
run, the leap, natation and flight. Those families only are restricted
to reptation which are either deprived of feet, or in which the articu-
lations are membranous and soft. This external position of the hard
parts, and the internal one of the muscles, reduce each articulation to
the form of a sheath, and allow it but two kinds of motion. When
connected with the neighbouring parts by a firm joint, as happens in
the limbs, it is fixed there by two points, and can only move by gyn-
glymus, that is, in one single plane, a disposition which requires a
greater number of joints to produce a same variety of motion. A
greater loss of muscular power is also the result, and consequently
more general weakness in each animal, in proportion to its size.

But the parts which compose the body are not always articulated in
this way; most generally they are only united by flexible membranes,
or they fit into each other, and then their motions are more various,
but have not the same force.

The system of organs in which the Articulata resemble each other
the most, is that of the nerves.

Their brain, which is placed on the esophagus, and furnishes nerves
to the parts adhering to the head, is very small. Two cords which
embrace the esopliagus are extended along the abdomen, and united

124 ARTICULATA.

at certain distances by double knots or ganglia, whence arise the
nerves of the body and limbs. Each of these ganglia seems to fulfil
the functions of a brain to the surrounding parts, and to preserve
their sensibility for a certain length of time, when the animal has
been divided. If to this we add, that the jaws of these animals,
when they have any, are always lateral and move from without, in-
wardly, and not from above, downwards, and that no distinct organ of
smell has hitherto been discovered in them, we shall have expressed
all that can be said of them in general. The existence, however, of
the organs of hearing, and the existence, number and form of those of
sight, the product and mode of generation*, the kind of respiration,
the existence of the organs of circulation, and even the colour of the
blood present great differences, which must be noticed in the various
subdivisions.

Distribution of the Articulata into four Classes.

The Articulata, whose mutual relations are as varied as numerous,
present however four principal forms, either internal or external.

The Annelides, Lam., or Red-blooded Worms, Cuv., constitute
the first. Their blood, which is generally red, like that of the
Vertebrata, circulates in a double and closed system of arteries and
veins, sometimes furnished with one or several visible hearts or fleshy
ventricles. Respiration is performed in organs which are sometimes
developed externally, and at others remain on the surface of the
skin or dip into its interior. Their body, more or less elongated, is
always divided into numerous rings, the first of which, called the
head, scarcely differs from the rest, except in the presence of the
mouth and the principal organs of the senses. The branchiae of
several are uniformly distributed along their body or in its middle ;
in others, which are generally those that inhabit tubes, they are all
placed anteriorly. They never have articulated feet, but most of
them, in lieu thereof, are furnished with set<ie or fasciculi of stiff and
movable hairs. They are mostly hermaphrodites, and some of them
require a reciprocal coitus. The organs of their mouth sometimes
consist in jaws, more or less strong, and at others of a simple tube,
those of the external senses in fleshy, and sometimes articulated ten-
tacula, and in certain blackish points, considered as eyes, but which
do not exist in all the species.

* M. Heiolil has made a remarkable discovery on this subject, viz. that in the
ovum of the Crustacea and Arachnides, the vitellus communicates with the interior
by the back. See his Dissert, on the ovum of Spiders, M^irburg, 1821, and that of
M. Rathke on that of the Astaci, Leipsic, 1829.

AHTICULATA. 125

The Crustacea constitute the second form or class of articulated
animals. They are provided with articulated and more or less com-
plexed limbs, attached to the sides of the body. Their blood is
white : it circulates by means of a fleshy ventricle placed in the
back, which receives it from the branchiae, situated on the sides of
the body, or under its posterior portion, and to which it returns by a
ventral and sometimes double canal. In the last or lower species,
the heart or dorsal ventricle is itself extended into a tube. They all
have antennae or articulated filaments, inserted in the fore-part of the
head, usually four in number, several transverse jaws, and two com-
pound eyes. A distinct ear is only to be found in some species.

The Arachnides form the third class of the Articulata. Their
head and thorax, as in many of the Crustacea, are united in one
single piece, furnished, on each side, with articulated limbs ; but their
principal viscera are enclosed in an abdomen connected to the
posterior portion of that thorax. Their mouth is armed with jaws,
and their head furnished with simple eyes, that vary as to number,
but the antennae are always wanting. Their circulation is effected
by a dorsal vessel, which gives off arterial branches, and receives
venous ones from them ; but their mode of respiration varies, some of
them still having true pulmonary organs, which open on the sides of
the abdomen, while others, receive air by tracheae, like Insects. In
both of them, however, we observe lateral openings or true stig-
mata.

The Insecta constitute the fourth class of the Articulata, and the
most numerous of all the animal kingdom. With the exception of
some genera, the Myriapoda, in which the body is divided into nu-
merous and nearly equal parts, it is always divided into three portions:
the head, furnished with the antennae, eyes and movith; the thorax,
to which are appended the feet and wings, when they exist; and the
abdomen, which is suspended behind the thorax and contains the
principal viscera. Those which have wings, only receive them at a
certain age, and frequently pass through two more or less different
forms before they assume that of the winged insect. In all their
states they respire by tracheae ; that is, by elastic vessels which receive
air through stigmata pierced on their sides, and distribute it by
infinite ramifications to every part of the body. A vestige of a heart
only is perceptible, consisting of a dorsal vessel, which experiences an
alternate contraction and dilatation, but to which, no branch has ever
been discovered, so that we are forced to believe that nutrition is
effected in this class of animals by imbibition. It is, probably, this sort
of nutrition which necessitated the kind of respiration proper to In-

126 ANNELIDKS.

sects; for as the nutritive fluid is not contained in vessels*, and
could not be directed toAvards pulmonary organs in search of air, it
was requisite that this air should be diffused throughout the body to
reach the fluid. This is also the reason why insects have no secretory
glands, but are provided with mere spongy vessels, which, by the
extent of their surface, appear to absorb the peculiar juices they are
to produce, from the mass of the nutritive fluid f .

Insects vary infinitely as to the form of the organs of the mouth,
and those of digestion, as well as in their industry and mode of life ;
the sexes are always separated.

The Crustacea and Arachnides were long united with the Insecta,
under one common name, and resemble them in many points of their
external form, in the disposition of their organs of motion, and of
the sensations, and even in those of manducation.

CLASS I.

ANNELIDES:.

The Annelides are the only invertebrate animals that liave
red blood. It circulates in a double system of complicated
vessels §.

Their nervous system consists in a double knotted cord, like that
of insects.

Their body is soft, more or less elongated, and divided into a, fre-
quently, considerable number of segments, or at least of transverse
plicae.

They nearly all inhabit the water — the Lumbrici or Earth-worms
excepted ; several penetrate into holes at the bottom, or construct

* M. Carus has observed regular movements in the fluid which fills the bodies of
certain larvse of Insects ; but this movement does not take place in a system of
closed vessels, as in the superior animals. See his treatise entitled " Discovery of a
simple circulation of the blood, &c." in German, Leipsic, 1827, -ito.

t On this subject see my Memoir on the nutrition of Insects, printed 1799.
Mem. de la Soc. d'Hist. Nat. de Paris. Baudouin, an vii, 4to, p, 32.

X I established this class, distinguishing it by the colour of its blood and other
attributes, in a Memoir read before the Institute in 1802. See Bullet, des So.,
Mesidor, an X, where I described the organs of the circulation.

M. Lamarck has adopted and named it, Annelides. Brugicres previously united
it to the order of the intestinal worms, and before him, Linnaeus placed part of these
animals among the Mollusca, and the rest among the Intestini.

§ It has been asserted that the Blood of the Aphrodita is not red. I think I
have observed the contrary in the Aphrodila squamafa.

ANNELIDES. 127

tubes there with the ooze or other matters, or even exude a calcareous
substance, which envelopes them with a sort of tubular shell.

Division of the Annelides into three Orders.

This class, which contains but few species, presents a sufficient
basis of division in its organs of respiration.

The branchiae of some resemble tufts or arbusculae, attached to the
head or anterior part of the body : they, nearly all, inhabits tubes.
We will call them the Turicol^.

Those of others resemble trees, tufts, laminae or tubercles in
which vessels ramify, and are placed on the middle of the body :
most of them inhabit mud or swim in the ocean, the smaller portion
being furnished with tubes. We name them the Dorsibranchiat^.

Others again have no apparent branchiae, and respire, either by
the surface of the skin, or as some authors opine, by the internal
cavities. Most of them live free in mud or water ; some of them
only, in humid earth. They are the Abranchiat/e.

The genera of the first two orders are all furnished with stiff setae,
of a metallic colour, that issue from their sides, sometimes simply,
and at others in fasciculi, which serve in lieu of feet; but there are
some genera in the third order which are deprived of that support*.

The special attention paid by M. Savigny to these feet or organs
of locomotion, has resulted in the distinction of the following parts :
1. The foot itself, or the tubercle which supports the setse; some-
times there is but one to each ring, and at others there are two, one
above the other, styled a simple or double oar. 2. The setae, which
compose a fasiculus for each oar, and which vary greatly in form and
consistence, sometimes constituting true spines, and at others, fine and
flexible hairs, frequently dentated, barbed, &c.t 3. The cirri or
fleshy filaments adhering to the foot, either above or beneath.

The head of the Annelides of the two first orders is generally fur-
nished with tentacula or filaments, to which, notwithstanding their
fleshy nature, some modern naturalists give the name of Antennae ;
and several genera of the second and third, are marked with black and
shining points, usually considered as eyes. The organization of their
mouth varies greatly.

* M. Savigny has proposed a division of the Annelides, to be founded on the
presence or absence of these locomotory setae ; those in -which they are -wanting
being reduced to Leeches. M. de Blainville, -who has adopted this idea, forms his
class of the Entomozoari.e Chetopodes with the Annelides that have seta, and
that of the Entomozoarke Apodis -with those which have none, but in mixing
many of the Intestini -with the Apodes, he has done what M. S. did not do.

f See on this subject, the Mem. of M. Savigny on the invertebrate animals, and
those of Messrs. Audouin and M. Edwards on the Annelides.

128 ANNELIDES.

ORDER I.

TUBICOL^ *

Some of tlie Tubicolje form a calcareous, homogeneous tube, proba-
bly the result of transudation, like the shell of the Mollusca, with
which liowever they have no muscular adhesion; others construct one
by agglutinating grains of sand, fragments of shells and particles of
mud, by means of a membrane, also unquestionably transuded; the t\ibe
of others again is entirely membranous or horny. To the first belongs
tlie genus

Serpula, Lin .

The calcareous tubes of the Serpulae twine round and cover stones,
shells, and all submarine bodies. The section of these tubes is some-
times round, and sometimes angular, according to the species.

The body of the animal is composed of numerous segments ; its
anterior portion is spread into a disk, armed on each side with seve-
ral bundles of coarse hairs, and on each side of its moiith is a tuft
of branchiae, shaped like a fan, and usually tinged with briglit
colours. At the base of each tuft is a fleshy filament, one of which,
either on the right or left, indifferently, is always elongated, and
dilated at its extremity into a variously formed disk, which servos a
an operculum, and seals up the orifice of the tube when the animal
has witlidrawn into it f .

Serp. co72/or/w;>/zca/at. Ell., CoralL, XXXVIII,2. The most
common species; its tubes are round, three lines in diameter,
and twisted. The operculum is infundibuliforum, and the bran-
chiae are frequently of a beautiful red colour, or variegated witli
yellow, violet, &c. Vases or other objects thrown into the sea
are soon covered by its tubes.

Serp. vermicularis, Gm. ; Mull., Zool. Dan., LXXXVI, 7, 9,
&c. A smaller species, with a claviform operculum, armed
with two or three small points. The branchiae are sometimes
blue. No spectacle is more beautiful than that of a grou]) of
these Serpulae when well exjjanded. They are found on the
coast of France.

* M. Savigny adds the Arenicolce to this order, ami changes its name to Ser-
PULACEA ; M. Lamarck, adopting his plan, converts the Serpulacea into Skden-
TARiA. The genera of my Tubicolee form the family of the Amphitrites, Savigny,
and those of the Amphitrit^a and Serpulacea, Lamarck. They form the order
Entomozoaria Chetopoda Heterocrisina, Blainville, who, in defiance of liis
own definition, places there Spio and Polydorus.

-f- The disk of the common Serpula being funnel-shaped, has induced naturalists
to consider it as a proboscis, but it is not perforated, and in all the other species it
is more or less claviform.

X It is the same animal as the Amphitrite pcnicillus, Gm., or Pioboscidea, Brug.,
or Probuscipleclanos, Fnb. Column. Aquat., c, xi, p. 22.

TUBICOLjE. 129

In others the operculum is flat and bristled with more numerous
points *. One of them is the

Serp. giganlea. Pall., Miscel., X, 2, 10. It is always found
among the Madrepores, which frequently surround its tube; the
brancliice become spirally convoluted when they enter the latter,
and its operculum is armed with two small branching horns, re-
sembling the antlers of a deerf. M. Lamarck distinguishes the

Spirorbis, Lam.,

AVhere the branchial filaments are much less numerous — three or
four on each side ; the tube is regularly spiral, and the animal usually
very small J.

Sabella, Cui. §

The same kind of body, and similar flabelliform branchia-, as the
Serpulae; but the two fleshy filaments adhering to these In-anchiae
both terminate in a point, and without forming an operculum ; some-
times they are even wanting. The tube of the Sabellee is most com-
monly composed of granules of clay or mud, and is rarely calcareous.
The species known are large, and their fan-like branchioe remark-
able for their delicacy and brilliancy.

Some of them, like the Serpuke, have a membranous disk on the
anterior part of the back, through which pass the first pairs of the
bundles of setee ; their ijectiniform 1 ranchise are spirally contorted,
and their tentacula reduced to slight folds Ij.

Sab. prohda, Cuv. ; Protula Rudolphii, Risso. A large and
splendid species inhabiting the Mediterranean. Its tube is
calcareous, like that of the Serpulae, its branchiae orange-
coloured, &c. ^

* Thevare the Galeolari^i:, Lam. A single opeiculum is seen, Berl., Sclii-.,
IX, i;i, 6.

t The same as the Tercbella bicornis, Abildg., Beil. Schr., IX. iji, -1 ; Seb., Ill,
XV!, 7, anil as the Actinia, or Auimul-fowvi; Home, Lect. on Comp. Anatoni., II,
pi. 1. M. Savigny established his subdivision of the Serpulae Cymospir.^i, of
which M. de Blaiaville has since made a genus, upon this spiral convolution of the
hranchiee.

Add, Tci-ebdla sidlala, Gm., Abildg., loc. cit. f. 5, remarkable for its opcrciilum,
which is composed of three plates strung togetlier.

J Serpula- spinUi'.m, Pall., Nov. Act. Petrop., Y, pi. v, f. 21 ; — Serj). sjnrorbis,
Miili., Zool. Dan. Ill, L^xxvi, 1—6.

§ This name, in the works of Linnaeus and Gmelin, designates various animals,
with factitious, aud not transuded, tubes ; we restrict its application to those which
resemble each other in their peculiar characters. M. Savigny employs it in the latter
way, our first division excepted, vihich he places amor.g his Serpuke. Our Sabella:
are the Amphitrites of Lamarck.

II This division is left by M. Savigny among the Serpulse, and constitutes his
SERPULiE Spikamell^e, of which M.de Blainville has since made his genus Spira-

MELLA.

^ The existence of this magnificent species, and the calcareous nature of its
tube, are incontestable, notwithstanding the doubt expressed in the Diet, des Sc,
Nat., LYII, p. 443, note. The Sabella bispiralis, — Amphitrite rohducorrds, Lin.
Trans., VII, vii, differs hut slightly from it. I dare not assert it is the same as
Seb., I, xxix, 1, erroneously cited by Pailas and Gmelin under Serpula gir/antea,
for that figure shows no disk.

VOL. III. K

130 ANNELIDES.

Others haA'e no membranous disk anteriorly; their two pectiniform
branchiae are equal and spiral*.

There are sometimes two ranges of filaments on each comb f .

In others again, only one of the two combs is thus formed ; the
other, which is smaller, enveloping the base of the first, — Sabella
unispira, Cuv. ; Spirographis Spallanzami, Yiviani, Phosph. Mar., pi.
iv, vj.

There are some Avhose branchiae merely form a simple funnel
round the mouth ; their filaments, however, are numerous, crowded,
and strongly ciliated on the internal surface §. Their silky feet are
almost imperceptible.

Finally, others have been described which have but six filaments,
arranged in a stellate form ||.

Terebella, Cuv:%\

The Terebellae, like most of the Sabellae, inhabit an artificial tube,
but it is composed of grains of sand, and fragments of shells ; their
body, moreover, has fewer rings, and their head is otherwise deco-
rated. Numerous filiform and extremely extensible tentacula sur-
roimd their mouth; their branchii^, placed on the neck, are notinfun-
dibuliform, but resemble arbusculae.

Several species are found on the coast of France, long con-
founded under the name of Terehella conchilega, Gm., Pall.,
Miscel., IX, 14 — 22, m.ost of which are remarkable for tubes
formed of large fragments of shells, the edges of their opening
being prolonged into several little branches, composed of simi-
lar materials, and containing the tentacula.

In the greater number there are three pairs of branchiae, which,
in those where the tube is branched, issue through a peculiar hole
formed for that purpose**.

* The simple Sabell^e of Savigny, AmphUrite reniformis, Miill., Ver., XVI,
or Tuhularia penicillus, Id., Zool., Ixxxix, 1, 2, or Terebella reni/ormis, Gm. ; —
Ainph. infumUbulum, Montag., Lin. Trans., IX, viii ; — Amph. vesiailcsa, Id. lb.,
XI, V.

-f The Sabell-i Astart.e, Savig., such as the Sabella grandis, Cuv., or Indica,
Sav. ; — Tubularia magnijica, Shaw, Lin. Trans., V, ix.

+ Tlie Sabell.e Spirographic.e, Sa^^gny.

N.B. On account of the imperfection of the figure of Ellis, Coral., pi. xxxiii, I do
not know to which of these subdivisions we should refer the Amphitrite veniilabntm ,
Gm. or Sabella penicillt'S, L., Ed. XII.

§ Sub. villosa, Cuv., a new species.

II Tubularia Fubriciu, Gm., Fabr., Faun. Groenl., p. 450 — the genus Fadricia,
Blainv.

^ Linnreus, in his twelfth edition, had thus named an animal described by
Kcehler, and which might have belonged to this genus because it was thought to
perforate stones. Lamarck has employed the same name — An. sans vert., p. 324,
for a A'o'ewand for a Spio. The Terebella', Gm., comprehend Amphinoma, Nereides,
Serpulee, &c. Messrs. Savigny, Montag., Lamarck, and Blainville, employ this
name as above, which was proposed by me, Diet, des Sc. Nat., II, p. 79.

** They are the simple Terebella of Savigny ; such as, Tereb. medusa, Sav., Eg.,
Annel., T,f. 3; — Ter, cirrhuta, Gm., Miill., Ver., XV; — Ter. gigantea, Montag.,

TUBICOL^. 131

Amphitrite, Cuv.,"^

The Araphitrites are easily recognized by the golden coloured setse,
arranged like a crown, or the teeth of a comb, in one or two rows,
on the anterior part of their head, where they probably sei-ve as a
means of defence, or perhaps enable the animal to crawl, or to col-
lect the materials of its tube. Numerous tentacula encircle the
mouth, and on each side of the fore part of the back are pectiniform
branchiae.

Some of them construct light tubes of a regularly conical figure,
which they carry about Avith them. Their gilded setae form two
combs, whose teeth incline downwards. Their capacious and fre-
quently flexed intestine is usually filled with sand f. Such is the

Amph. auricoma belgica, Gm. ; Pall., Miscel., IX, 3 — 5. Its
tube is two inches long, and formed of variously coloured round
granules J.

Amph. auricoma capensis. Pall., Miscel., IX, i, 2. From the
South Seas ; its thin and polished tube appears to be transversely
fibrous, and formed of some dessicatcd, soft, and stringy svib-
stance. It is a larger species §.

There are others which inhabit artificial tubes fixed to various
bodies. Their gilded setse form several concentric crowns on their
head, from which residts an operculum that seals up their tube when
they contract, but the two parts of which can separate. Each foot
is furnished with a cirrus. The body is. terminated behind in a

Lin. Trans., XII, 11 ; — T. nebulosa, Id, lb., 12, 2; — T. constnctov. Id. lb., 13, 1 ;
— T. venusfa, lb., 2 ; he also calls one of them T. cirrhafa, lb., XII, 1 ; but which
does not appear to be the same as that of Miiller. Add T. variabilis, Risso, &c.

N.B. M. Savigny makes two other divisions "of TerebeUae, the T. Phyzeli.e,
which have but two pairs of branchise, and the T. Idali.e, that have but one pair.
Among the latter would come the Amphifrite cristata, Miill., Zool. Dan., Ixxr, 1,4;
Amph. venfricosa, Bosc, Ver., I, vi, 4 — 6.

* This genus, as it stands in Miiller, Brugieres, Gmelin, and Lamarck, also in-
cludes some Terebellee &ad Sabellts. In 1824, Diet, des Sc. Nat. II, p. 78, I reduced
it to its actual limits ; since then, M. Lamarck has changed my divisions into
genera, his Pectixarije and Sabellari-e, termed Aphictex^ and Hermell.e
by Sa\-igny. The Amphitrites of Lamarck are my SABELi.iE. M. Savigny, on
the contrary, makes it the name of a family.

t They are the Pectixarue, Lam. ; Aphictex^, Savig. ; Chrysodoxtes,
Oken ; and the Cistex.e of Leach. This perpetual changing of names — and in
this particvdar case there was not even the pretext of a change of limits in the group
— will finally end in rendering nomenclature a much more difficult study than that of
facts.

X The same as the Sabella belgica, Gm., Klein., tab. I, 5, Echinod., xxxiii. A, B,
and as the Amph. auricoma, Miill., Zool. Dan. xxvi, of which Brugi^res has made his
Amphitrite dor^e.

§ The same as the Sabella chrysodon, Gm., Berg., Stock. Mem., 1765, IX, 1,3 ;
as the Sabella capensis, Id., Stat., Miill., Nat. Syst., VI, xix, 67, which is a mere
copy of Bergius ; as the Sabella iiidica, Abildgaart, Berl. Schr., IX, iv. See also
Mart. Slabber, Fless. Mem., I, ii, 1—3.

132 ANNELIDES.

tube bent towards the head, which doubtless afibrds an issue to the

faeces. I have found a muscular gizzard in them*.

Such is the species foimd along the coast of France, the Sa-
bella alveolala, Gm. ; Tuhipora arenosa,h.; Ed. XII, Coral.,
XXXVl.. Its tubes, united in one compact mass, have their
orifices regularly arranged like the cells of a honey-comb f.

Another, the

Amph. ostrearia, Cuv., establishes its tubes on the shells of
Oysters, and it is said greatly hinders their propagation.

It is to this order I suspect that we must refer the

Sypiiostoma, Olto,

Where, on the superior part of each articulation, is inserted a fasci-
culus of fine setae, a*id on the inferior a simple seta, and on the ante-
rior extremity two fasciculi of strong golden coloured sctsc. Under
these setaceous appendages is the mouth, preceded by a sucker sur-
rounded by numerous soft filaments, wliich may very possibly be
branchiae, and accompanied by two flesliy tentacula. The knotted
medullary cord is seen through the skin. They live buried in mud J.
Hitherto, the genus

Dextai.U'M, Liii,,

Has always been placed in this vicinity. Tlie shell is an elongated,
arcuated cone, open at both ends, and has been compared to the tusk
of an elephant in miniature. The recent observations of M. Savigny,
and those of M. Deshayes especially §, have, however, rendered this
classification extremely doubtful.

The animal of the Dentalia, lias neither any sensible articulation,
or lateral setoe, but is furnished anteriorly with a membranous
tube, inside of which is a sort of foot, or fleshy and conical opereu-
liun, which closes its orifice. On the base of this foot is a small
flattened head, and plumose branchiae are observed on the nai)e. If
the operculum recall to our minds the foot of the Vermeti and Sili-
quarise, whicli have been placed among the MoUusca, the brane]ii;e
strongly remind us of those of the Amphitrites and Terebellas.
Ulterior observations upon their anatomy, nnd principally upon that
of their nervous and vascular system, will resolve this problem.

* The Sabkllari.e, Lam. ; the Hf,rmki,i„e, S;ivigny.

t This is perhaps the place for the Aiiipld/ri/c plunwsa of Fab., Faun. Gro2nl.,
p. 288, and Mi'ill., Zool. Dan., xc ; but their descriptions are so obscure, and agree
so little with each other, that I dare not attempt to assign it. It forms the genus
Phercsa, Blainville.

I Siphosioma diplochaitvs, Otto; — Siph. mcinata, Aud. and Edw., Litt., de la Fr.,
Annel., pi. ix, f. 1.

§ Monograph of the genus Dentalium, Mem. de la Soc. d'Hist. Nat. de Paris,
t. II, p. 321.

DORSIBKANCHIAT.E. 133

The shell of some of them is angular *, or longitudinally striated f .
That of others is round J.

ORDER II.

DORSIBRANCHIATJE.

The organs of the Dorsibranchiatae, and the branchiae in parti-
cular, are equally distributed along the whole of tlie body, or at least
of its middle portion.

At the head of the order we will place those genera in which the
organs are most completely developed.

Arenicola, Lam. §

Branchiae, resembling small trees, on the rings of the middle part
of the body only : the mouth, a fleshy and more or less dilatable pro-
boscis; and have neither teeth, tcntacula nor eyes, visible. The posterior
extremity not only wants the branchiae, bxit the setaceous fasciculi
with which the rest of the body is furnished ; the cirri totally de-
ficient.

Aren. piscatorum. Lam.; Lumbricm viarinus, L. ; Pall. Nov.
Act. Petrop., ii, 1, 19 — 29. Very common in the sand on the
sea-shore, where it is disinterred by the fishermen, who use it as
bait. It is about a foot long, of a reddish colour, and diffuses
an abundant yellowish liquid when touched. It has thirteen
]>airs of branchiae ||.

Ampiiinome, Brug.*i\

A pair of more or less complex, tufted or plumose branchicc on each
ring of the body, and to each of the feet two fasciculi of separate
setae, and two cirri ; no jaws to the proboscis. The Amphinomes
are divided by M. Savigny into

* Dent, elephantium, Martini, I, 1, 5, A; — Dent, aprinum, lb., 4, A ; — D. stria-
tuh'm, lb., 5, B ; — D. arcuatum, Gualt., X, G ; — D. sexangulum.

t Dent, dentalis, Rurapf., Mas., xli, 6 ; — D. fasciatum, Martini, Condi., I, 1,3,
B;— D. rectum, Gualt., X, H, tkc.

X Dent, entalis, Martini, I, i, 2, &c.

§ M. Savigny has made a family of this genus by the name of Thelethus^,
which has been adopted by his successors.

II Add, Arenicola clucaUi, Ranzani, dec. I, p. 6, pi. i, f. 1, should it prove to be a
distinct species.

^ This genus has very properly been withdrawn by Brugi^res, from the Aphrodit.e
of Pallas and the Terebell.e of Gmelin. It forms the type of M. Savigny's
family of the Amphinom^, also adopted by his successors.

134 ANNELIDES.

Chloeia, Sav.,

Where the head is furnished with five tentacula, and the branchiae
resembles a tripinnate leaf.

The Indian Ocean produces one of them, the Amph'mome che-
vellue, Brug. ; Terebella flava, Gm. ; Pall., Miscell. VIII, 7—
11, very remarkable for its long bundles of lemon-coloured setae,
and the beautiful purple plumes of its branchiae. Its form is
broad and depressed, and it has a vertical crest on the snout.
And into the

Pjleione, Sav. — Amphinome, B/ainv.,

Where, Avith the same tentacula, the branchiae are tufted. The
Pleiones are also from the Indian Ocean, and some of them are very
large*. To these he adds tlie

EuPHROsiNE, Sav.\

Where the head has but a .single tentaculum, and the tree-like
branchiae are very complex and greatly developed. To this sub-
genus, Messrs. Audouin and Edwards approximate the

HiPPOXOE,

Which has no caruncle, and but a single bundle of setae, and a
single cirrus to each foot.

Hip. Gaudichaudii, Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. XVIII, pi. vi. A
species from Port Jackson. In the

Eunice, Cuv.t
The branchiae are also plumose, but the proboscis is well armed with
three pair of differently formed horny jaws ; each foot is furnislied
with two cirri and a bundle of setae, there are five tentacula above
the mouth and two on the nape. In some species only, we find
two small eyes.

Eu7i. (jigantea, Cuv. The largest of the known Annelides,
being upwards of four feet in length. From the sea of the An-
tilles.

Several smaller species are found on the coast of France §.

* Terebella carunculafa, Gm., Amph. car., Pall., Miscell., VIII, 12,13; — Ter.
rostrata, 14 — 18; — Ter. complanata, lb., 19 — 26; — Pleione ulcyonia, Sav., Eg.,
Annel., II, f. 3.

t Euphrosine laureata, Id. lb., f. 1 ; — E. mirtosa, Id., lb., 2.

N.B. The genus Aristenia, Sav., Eg., Annel., pi. ii, f. 4, should also come
near the AmphiDomes ; but it is only established on a mutilated specimen.

+ Eunice, the name of a Nereis in ApoUodorus. M. Savigny makes it the name
of a family, and calls the genus Leodice. M. de Blainville has changed these names,
first to Branchionercis, and then to Nereidon.

§ Nereis norveyica, Gm., Miill., Zool. Dan., I, xxix, 1; — A'', pinnata, lb., 2; —
N. cvprea, Bosc, Ver. I, v, 1; — Leodice gullica, and I,, hispanica, Savig. — Add
Leod. antennata, Sav., Annel., Y, 1 ; — Eunice hellii, Aud., and Edw., Litt., de la
Fr., Annel., pi. iii, f. 1 — 4 •,—Eun. hurassii, Ib.,f. v, 11.

DORSIBRANCHIAT.E. 135

By the name of Marphis^, M. Savigny distinguislies those spe-
cies, otherwise very similar, in wliioh the two tentacula on the nape
are wanting ; their upper cirrus is very short *.

A species at least closely allied to them, — A^. tubico/a, Miill.,
Zool. Dan., I, xviii, 1 — 5, inhabits a horny tubef.

After these genera with complex branchiae, we may place tliose
wliere they are reduced to simple laminae or slight tubercles, or in
which they are even replaced by cirri.

Some of them are still allied to the Eunices, by the strong arma-
ture of their proboscis, and their azygous antennae. Such is the

Lysidice, Sav.

Where, Avith jaws similar to those of the Eunices, and even more
numerous and frequently azygous, the only branchite consist of three
tentacula and the cirri J.

Aglaura, Sav^

The jaws of the Aglauree ai-e also numerous and azygous, con-
sisting of seven, nine, &c. ; but their tentacula are either wanting or
completely concealed ; their branchiae are also reduced to cirri §.

Nereis, Cuv. — Lycoris, Sav.

The true Nereides have an even number of tentacula, attached to
the sides of the base of the head, and a little furtlier forwards, two
others that are biarticulate, between wliich are two simple ones.
Their branchiae consist of small laminae between which is spread a
network of vessels ; each foot is also furnished Avith two tubercles,
two fasciculi of setae, one cirrus above, and another beneatli.

Several species inhabit the coast of France ||.

In the vicinity of these Nereides are grouped several genera in

* Nereis sanguinea, Montag., Lin. Trans., XI, pi, 3.

t After the Eunices probably should come the Nereis crassa, Miill,, Ver., pi. xii,
which, without having seen it, M. de Blainville proposes to refer to the genus
Eteone, Sav,, although the branchi:e of the latter are very different.

X Lysidice Valentina, Sav.; — L. Olympiu, Id.; — L. galatina, Id., Eg., Annel.,
p. 53.

§ I unite the Aglaura and (Enones, Sav., and even certain species without
tentacula, left among the Lysidices by Messrs. Audouin and Edwards ; Aglaura ful-
gida, Eg. Annel., V, 2 ; — CEnone lucida, lb., f. 3.

II Nereis versicolor, Gm., Miill., Wurm., VI ; — N. fimbriata, Id., viii, 1 — 3 ; — N.
pelagica, Id., vii, 1 — 3 ; — Terchella rubra, Gm., Bomme, Mem. de Fless., VI, 357,
f. 4, A, IJ ; — Lycoris agyptia, Eg., Annel., pi. iv, f. 1 ; — Lycoris mmtiu, Id. lb. f. 2;
— Nereis licaucoudrasii, Aud., and Edw., Littor. de la Fr., Annel., pi, iv, f. 1 — 7 ;—
Ner. i)ulsatoria, lb,, f, 8 — 13,

N,B, The Nereis verrucosa, Miill,, Ver,, pi. vii, and incisa, Ott., Fabr., Soc, Hist.
Nat. Copenhag,, V, part I, pi, iv, f, 1 — 3, seem to have the head of a Lycoris, but
with long filaments in place of branchiae : they require examiaation.

136 ANNELIDES.

which the body is also slender, and the branchiae are reduced to sim-
ple laminae, or even simple filaments or tubercles. The jaws or ten-
tacvda are wanting in some of them.

Phyllodoce, Sav. — Nereiphylla, Blainv.

The Phyllodoces, like the true Nereides, have an even number of
tentacula on the sides of the head, and four or five small additional
ones before. They are furnished with eyes ; their large proboscis,
which is studded with a circle of very short fleshy tubercles, presents
no jaws, and, Avhat particularly distinguishes them, their branchiae
resemlde broad leaves, arranged in a single row on each side of the
body, and overlapping each other ; finely ramified vessels are distri-
buted over them *.

Alciopa, Aiid. and M. Edw.

The mouth and tentacula nearly similar to those of the Phyllodoces ;
but the feet, independently of the tubercle which supports the setee
and the two foliaceous cirri or branchiae, are furnished with two
branchial tubercles which occupy their superior and inferior edges f .

Spio, Fab. and Gm.

The body slender ; two very long tentacula which have the ajipear-
ance of antcnnge ; eyes in the head and on each side of every segment
of the body; branchiae in the form of a simple filament. They are
small worms from the Arctic Ocean, and inhabit membranous tubes |.

Sylus, Sav.

An odd number of tentacula, articulated like the beads of a rosary,
as well as the superior cirri of the feet, which are simple and liave

* Nereis lumellifera aHaniica, Pall., Nov. Act. Petrop., II, pi. v, f. 1 1 — 18, per-
haps the same as the NereiphyUe de Pareto, Blainv., Diet, des So. Nat. ; — N, fluva,
Ott., Fabr., Soc. Hist. Nat. Copenhag:., V, part I, pi. iv, f. 8 — 10.

N. B. The N. riridis, Miill., Yer., pi. xi, of which, without having seen it, M.
Savigny proposes to make the genus Eulalia, and the two Eunomi.e, Risso, Eu-
rop. !Merid., IV, p. 420, also appear to me to be Phyllodoces ; perhaps we should
also so consider the Nereis itinnigeru, Montag., Lin. Trans., IX, vi, 3 ; and the
Nerds slelUfera, Miill., Zool. Dan., pi. Ixii, f. 1, of which, without having seen it,
Savigny proposes to make a genus by the name of Leptdia ; and the N. longa,
Ott., Fabr., placed by Savig. with the A"", fava in his genus Etkone : All these
Annelides require to be carefully examined according to the detailed method of M.
Savigny.

We must not confound these Phyllodoces of Savigny with those of Ranzani, whicli
are allied to the Aphroditse, and particularly to the Polynoes.

■y Alciopa Rei/nmtdii, Aud., and Edw., — from the Atlantic Ocean. — The pretended
Nuis Rtith/ce, Soc. Hist. Nat. Copen., Y, part T, pi. iii, f. 15, may very possibly be
an Alciopa.

+ Spio seiicornis, Ott,, Fabr., Berl., Schr., YI, v, 1, 7 ; — Spio filicornis, lb., S —
12. The PohYOOR-G, Bosc., Yer. I, v, 7, appear to me to belong to this genus.
Spio, the name of a Nereid.

DORSIBRANCHIATiE, 137

but a single bundle of setae. It appears that there is some variety re-
lative to the existence of the jaAVS *.

Glycera, Sav.

The Glycerae are recognized by their head, which is a fleshy and
conical point resembling a small horn, and divided at the summit
into four scarcely visible tentacula. Tlie proboscis of some still pre-
sents jaws, in others, they are said to be imperceptible f .

Nephthys, Cuv.

The proboscis of the Phyllodoces but no tentacula ; two bundles
of widely separated setae on each foot, between which is a cirrus]:.

LUMBRINERA, BltthlV.

The tentacula wanting ; bu^ a single small forked tubercle, from
wliich issues a little bundle of setee, on each articulation of the elon-
gated body. If there be any external organ of respiration, it can only
consist of an upper lobe of this tubercle §.

Aricia, Sav.

The teeth and tentacula wanting ; two ranges of lamellated cirri on
the back of the elongated body ; anterior feet furnished with notched
crests not foimd on the others ||.

Several species of these genera are fovmd on the Atlantic
coast of France.

Hesione, Lam.

A short thick body composed of but few and feebly marked rings ;
a very long cirrus, that probably exercises the functions of branchiae,

* Si/Uis monilaris, Sav., Eg., Annel., IV, f. 3, copied Diet, des Sc. Nat.
N.B. The Nereis armillaris, Miill., Ver., pi. ix, of which, without having seen it, M.
Savigny proposes to make the genus Lycastis, has tentacula and cirri formed like
a rosary as in Syllis, but the tentacula are represented as being in even numbers. It
should be examined.

'i" Nereis alba, Mull., Zool. Dan., Ixxii, 6, 7 ; — Glyc. Meckelii, Aud., and Edw.,
Littor. de la Fr., Annel., pi. vi, f. 1.

X Nephlhi/s Huinhergii, CuY., Diet, des Sc. Nat.

§ Nereis ebranchic.fu, Pall. Nov. Act. Petrop., II, pi. vi, f. 2 ; — Lomhrinere
brilliant, Blainv., pi. of the Diet, des Sc. Nat. ; — Lvmhricus fragilis, Miill., Zool.
Dan., pi. xxii, of which, but with hesitation, M. De Blainville makes his genus

SCOLETOMA.

N.B. The ScoLOLEPES, Blainv., which are only known by the fig. of Abildga-
ardt {Lumhricus squamafus, Zool. Dan., IV, civ, 1 — 5,) have a very slender body
with numerous rings, each furnished with a branchial cirrus and two bundles of
setre, the inferior of which seems to proceed from a fold of the skin compressed like
a scale ; their head has neither jaws nor tentacula,

II Aricia Cuvieri, Aud., and Edw., Litt., de la Fr., Annel., pi. vii, f. 5 — 13.

The Lumhricus armiycr, Miill., Zool. Dan., pi. xxii, f. 4 and 5, of which, without
having seen it, M. de Blainville proposes to form a genus by the name of Scolople,
appears to want both teeth and tentacula, and to have simple small bundles of short
setae on its first segments, and a bifid wart, a small seta, and a long pointed bran-
chial lamina on the others.

138 ANNELIDES.

on the top of each foot, and has another l)encath, \yith a bundle of
setae ; a large proboscis with neither tentacula nor jaws.
Several species arc found in the Mediterranean *.

Ophelina, Sav.

The body thick and short, with feebly marked rings and scarcely
visible setae; long cirri in lieu of branchiae on two thirds of its length;
palate of the mouth with a dentated crest ; the lips surrounded with
tentacula, of which the two superior are the largest f.

CiRRHATULUSj LcWl.

The branchiae consisting of a very long filament; two small bundles
of setae to each of the articulations of the body, which are numerous
and compact : a series of long filaments round the nape. The slightly
marked head has neither tentacula nor jaws|.

Palmyra, Sav.

The Palmyrsc are recognized by their superior fasciculi, the setae of
which are large, flattened, flabelliform, and glisten like highly po-
lished gold ; tlicir inferior fasiculi are small ; their cirri and bran-
chiae feebly marked. They have an elongated body, two extended
tentacula, and three very small ones.

Palm, aurifera, Sav. The only species known ; it is from
one to two inches in length, and is found at the Isle of France.

Aphrodita, Lin.

This genus is easily known by the two longitudinal ranges of broad
membranous scales that cover the back, to which, through a very
groundless assimilation, the name of elytra has been given, and
under which, their branchiae, in the form of fleshy crests, are con-
cealed.

Their body is usually flattened, and shorter and broader than in
the other Annelides. Their extremely thick and muscular esopha-
gus is susceptible of being protruded like a proboscis; their intestine
is unequal, and furnished on each side with numerous branched
caeca, the extremities of which are fixed between the bases of the
setaceous fasiculi, which serve as feet. M. Savigny distinguishes
from them the

* Hesione splendiJu, Sav., Eg., Annel., pi. iii,f. 3 ; — H, /estiva, Id, lb., p. 41 ; —
H.panthcrina, Risso, Eur. Merid., IV, p. 418.

t This is probably the place for the Nereis prismutica, and bifrons, Fabr., See.
Hist. Nat. Copen. V, part 1, pi. iv, p. 17 — 2.J.

+ Lwnbrictis cirrhatus, Ott., Fabr., Fauu. Groenl., f. 5, from which the Tere-
bella tentaculafu, Montag., Lin. Trans., IX, and the Cirrhinere filigere, Blainv.,
pi., of the Diet, des Sc. Nat., N, do not appear to differ as to the genus ; — Cirrh.
Latnarkii, Aud., and Edw., Litt., de la Fr., Annel., pi. vii, f. 1- — 4.

DOKSIBRAKCHIAT.E. 139

Halithea, Sav.

Where there are three tentacula, a small crest between two of
them, and Avhere the jaws are wanting.

A species is found on the coast of France, wliicli, with re-
spect to its colouring, is one of tlie most splendid of all ani-
mals— the Aphrodita aculeata, L. Pall., Misc., VII, 1 — 13. It
is oval, from six to eight inches in length, and from two to
three in breadth. Tlic scales on its back are covered and con-
cealed by a sort of stuff resembling tow, which arises from the
sides. From the latter also spring groups of stout spines, which
partly transfix the tow, and fasciculi of flexuous setae of a splen-
did golden colour, whose changeable tints rival those of the
rainbow. They are not inferior in beauty to the plumage of the
humming-bird, or to the lustre of the richest gems. Further
down is a tubercle from which arise three groups of spines, of
as many different diameters, and finally, a fleshy cone. There
are forty of these tubercles on each side, and between the two
first are two small fleshy tentacula. There are fifteen pairs of
wide, and sometimes inflated scales on the back, and fifteen
small branchial crests on each side.

Some of these Halitheae have none of this tow-like material on the
back*: one species — Aphr. hi/sfrix,Sa.y.\, is fovmd in the seas of
Evirope. A second subdivision of the Aphroditae is that of the

PoLYNOE, Sav. — EUMOLPE, OkcU.

Where there is none of this tow on the back ; they have five ten-
tacula, and their proboscis is fiuTiished with strong and horny jaws.

Several small species are found on the coast of France j.

The SiGALioNES, Aud. and Edw., have a much more elongated
form, than the other Aphroditae ; each foot is furnished with cirri §.

The AcoETES, Aud. and Edw., are provided with cirri which
alternate with the elytra || ; their jaws aie stronger and more deeply
dentated.

* They are the Halithecs hermiones" of Sa\-igny, of which M. de Blainville has
made his grenus Hermione.

f Littoral de la France, Annel., pi. i, f. 1 — 9.

+ Aphr.squamata, Pall., Misc., Zool., VII, 14 ; Littor., de la Fr., Annel., pi. i,
f. 10 — 16 ; — Polyn. lacis, Aud., and Edw., lb., pi. ii. f. 11 — 18 ; — Aphr. punctata,
Miill., Yer., XIII ; — Aphr. cirrhosa, Pall., Misc. Zool., VIII, 3 — 6 ; — Aphr. lepidota,
Id., lb., 1, 2 ; — Ajjhr. clava, Montag., Lin. Traus., IX, vii, which is at least closely
allied to the Aphr. plana, Miill., Ver., XIX; — Polynoe impatiens, Sav., Eg., Annel.,
pi. 3, f. 2 ; — Pohj. muricata, Id., lb., f. 1.

§ SigaJion Mathilda, Aud., and Edw., Littor. de la France, Annel.

II Acuetes Pkei, Aud., and Edw., Collect, of the Museum.

140 ANNELIDES.

A large species is fovmd at tlie Antilles which inhabits a tube
of the consistence of leather *,

Tliis is the only situation we can assign to a new and very singu-
lar genus whicli I call

CHiETOPTERUS, CuV.

The mouth has neither jaws nor proboscis, and is furnished above
Avith a lip, to whicli are attached two tcntacula. Next comes a disk
with nine pairs of feet, followed by a pair of long silky fasciculi re-
sembling wings. The lamellatcd branchioe arc rather beneath the
body than above it, and extends along its middle.

ChcEtopteriis pergamentaceus, Cuv. This species, which is
found at the Antilles, is from eight to ten inclx>s in length, and
inhabits a tube resembling parchment f .

ORDER III.

ABRANCHIATiE.

The Abranchiate have no apparent external organ of respiration
whatever, and appear to respire, some, like the Lumbrici, by the en-
tire surface of the skin, and others, like the Hirudines, by internal
cavities. They have a closed circulating system, usually filled with
red blood, and, like all the Annelides, a knotted nervous cord|.
Some are also provided with setae, which enable them to crawl, and
others are deprived of them. This has caused their division into two
families.

* N.B. The PhijUodoce mnxillosa of Ranzani, called Polyodonte by Reinieri,
find Eumolpe maxima by Oken, seems to be closely allied to the Acoetes ; its pro-
boscis and jaws are the same, and neither of the genera has, perhaps, been described
from perfect specimens.

There remain various Annelides so imperfectly described, that we are unable to
characterize, them well; such are thfe Nereis caca, Fabr., Soc. Hist. Nat. Copen.
parti, pi. iv, f. 24 — 23; — iV, longa, Id., lb., f. 11 — 13; — A^ aphroditoMes, lb.,
4 — 7; lb., 11 — 13; — Branchiarfi'.s quadranguJatus, Montag. Lin. Trans., XII, pi.
xiv, f. 5 ; — Diphtes hyalina, Id., lb., f. 6 and 7 ; and the pretended Hirudo hi-an-
chiata, Archib. Menzies, Lin. Trans. I, pi. xvii, f. 3. I have also omitted the
Myrian.is and two or three other genera of M. Savigny, on account of my having
Jiad no opportunity to re-examine them.

f It will be more minutely described by Messrs. Aud., and Cuv., in the Annales
des Sciences Naturelles.

I For the anatomy and physiology of the abranchiate Annelides, see the Memoir
of M. Ant. Di'.fjh, Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Sept. 1828.

ABnANCHIAT.E. 141

FAMILY I.

ABRANCHIATE SETIGER^E.

This first family comijriscs the Lumbrici and Naidcs of Linnaeus.
LuMBRicus, Lin.
The Earth-worms, as they are commonly called, characterized by a
long cylindrical body, divided by rugae into a great number" of
rings, and by an edentated mouth, necessarily required to be sub-
divided.

Lumbrici s, Cuv.

Eyes, tontacula, branchiae and cirri, all wanting; a tubercle or visible
enlargement, particularly sensible in the nuptial season, serves to
attach the two sexes to each other in coitu. The intestine is straight
and rugose, and in the anterior part of the boc^ we observe some
v.'hitish glands which appear to be concerned in the process of gene-
ration. The Lumbrici are certainly hermaphrodites, but it is possi-
ble that their coalescing may serve to excite them to the act of self-
impregnation. According to the observations of M. Montegre, the
ova descend between the intestine and the external enveloije, to the
circumference of the rectum, where they are hatched. The young
ones issue, living, from the anus. M. Leon Dufour, on the contrary,
affirms that their ova resemble those of the Leech. The nervous
cord it nothing more than a crowded suite of numerous little
ganglia *.

M. Savigny subdivides them again.

His Enteriones have four pairs of small setee, eight in all, under
each ring.

Every one knows the Common EarHi-worm — Lmnhricus ter-
restris, L. — with a reddish body, that attains nearly a foot in
length, and which is composed of upwards of one hundred and
twenty rings. The tubercle is near the anterior third. Under
the sixteenth ring are two i)ores, the use of which is unknoi^'n.

This animal traverses the soil in every direction, and swallows
a quantity of earth. It also eats roots, ligneous fibres, animal
fragments, &c. In the month of June it rises to the surface
during the night, to seek for a companion in the process of
copulation f.

* Couf. Montegre, Mem. du Mus., I, p. 242, pi. xii, ar.d Leon Dufour, Aon. des
Sc. Nat. V, p. 1 7, and XIV, p. 216, and pi. xii, B, f. 1—4.

See also the treatise of Morren, De Lv.mbrici Terrcstris Ilisiuria Naturali nee non
Anafomica,^Y\\ss., 1829, 4to.

■f- What is here stated is common to many species, first ascertained by M. Sa-
vigny. lie has distinguished twenty of them. See ray Analyse des Travaux dc
I'Acad. des Sc, 1821. M. Duges distinguishes six, but does not refer them exactly
to those of M. Savigny.

N. B. MiUlcr and Fala-icius speak of Lumbrici with two setfe to each ring, of
■wliich Savigny proposes to make his genus Ci.itellio, (Lvmbjicus uii,u tus, Fab.,
Faun., Gra-nl., f. 4), and of others with four and six setre ; but tl.eir descriptions
requi) e to be confirmed and completed ere thtir species can be classed.

142 ANNELIDES.

His HijpogcBones have, besides, an azygous seta on the back of
each ring.

The only species known is from America *.

Messrs, Audouin and M. Edwards also distinguish the Trophonice,
which have four bundles of short setae on each ring, and on the an-
terior extremity a great number of long and brilliant setae which
surround the mouth f.

Nais, Lin.

The Naides have an elongated body, the rings of which are less dis-
tinct than in the Lumbrici. They inhabit holes made by them in the
ooze, from which one half of their body projects and is constantly in
motion. Black points are observed on the head of some of them,
which may be taken for eyes. They arc small worms, whose power
of reproduction is as astonishing as that of the Hydrae. Several
species are found in the rivers, &c. of France.

Some of them have long setae %•

And sometimes a long proboscis before §.

Or several small tentacula at the posterior extremity ||.

Others have very short setae ^.

Certain Annelides, hitherto referred to the Lumbrici, which con-
struct tubes of clay, &c., in which they live, might be approximated
to this genus**.

Clymena, Sav.

The Clymenfe also appear to belong to this family. Their thick
body has but few rings, which are mostly furnished with stout setae ;
a little higher, and near the back, is a bundle of finer ones. There
are neither tentacula nor appendages to the head. Their posterior
extremity is truncated and radiated. They inhabit tubesff.

* Hypogceon hirtum-, Sav., Eg., Annel., p. 104.

f Truphonia barbala, Aud., and Edw., Littor., de la France, Annel., pi. x, f.
13—15.

X Nu'is elinyuis, Miill., Wurm., II ; — N. Ufforalis, Id., Zool., Dan., ixxx.

§ Nais proboscidea, Id., Wurm., I, 1 — 4, of which Lamarck makes his genus
Stylaria.

II Nais digilata, Gm., caca, Miill., lb., V, the genus Proto, Oken.

li Nais vermicularis, Gm., Rses., Ill, xciii, 1 — 7 ; — A'^. serpentina, Id., xciii,
Miill., IV, 2 — 4 ; — Lumbricus lurbifex, Gm., Bonnet., Vers d'eau douce. III, 9, 10,
Miill., Zool. Dau., Ixxxiv ; — Lumbricus lineatus, Miill., Wurm., Ill, 4 — 5.

** Lumbricus tubicohi, Miill., Zool. Dan., Ixxv ; — Lumb. sabellaris, lb., civ, 5.
M. Lamarck unites them with the Nu'is tubifex, and makes it his genus Tubifex ;
it requires, however, a new examination.

ff Clymena amphistoma, Sav., Eg., Annel., pi i, f, ; — CI. lumbricalis, Ott. Fabr.,
Aud. and Edw., Litt., de la France, Annel., pi. x, f. 1 — 6 ; — Ct. Ebiensis, Aud., and
Edw., lb., f. 8 — 12.

ABRANCHIATE. 143

FAMILY II.

ABRANCHIATE ASETIGERJE.

The second family consists of two great genera, both of which are
aquatic.

HiRUDO, Lin.

Leeclies have an oblong, sometimes depressed, transversely plicated
body ; the mouth is encircled by a lip, and the posterior extremity
furnished with a flattened disk, both of Avhich arc well adapted for
adhering to bodies by a sort of suction, and are the principal organs
of locomotion possessed by these animals; for after extending itself,
the Leech fixes its anterior extremity and approximates the other,
which in its turn adheres to allow the former to be carried forward.
In several we observe on the under part of the body two scries of
pores, the orifices of as many small internal pouches, considered by
some naturalists as organs of respiration, although they arc usually
filled with a mucous fluid. The intestinal canal is straight, inflated
from space to space, for two-thirds of its length, where there are two
C£Eca. The blood swallowed is preserved there, red and unchanged,
for several weeks.

The ganglions of the nervous cord are much more separate than in
the Lumbrici.

The Hirudines arc hermaphrodites. A large penis projects from
imder the anterior third of the body, and the valve is a little further
behind.

Several of them form their eggs into a cocoon, and envelope them
with a fibrovis excretion *.

They have been subdivided from characters principally drawn
from the organs of their mouth. In the

Sanguisuga, Sav.\

Or the Leech properly so called, the superior lip of the anterior
cup or sucker is divided into several segments ; the aperture is trans-
verse and contains three jaws, each edge of which is armed with two
rows of very fine teeth, which enables them to penetrate through the
skin without causing a dangerous wound. It is marked with ten
small points, considered as eyes.

We all know the medicinal or common Leech — Hirudo me-
clicinalis, L., that useful instrument for the local abstraction of

* See Memoires pour servir a VHist. Nat. des Sangues, by P. Thomas ; a Memoir
of Spix, Acad. Bav., 1813 ; and a third of M. Carena, Acad. Turin., t. XXV ; but
especially the Si/slime des Annelides, Savigny, and the Monographie des Himdines,
Moquin-Tandon, Montpellier, 1826, 4to. See also Esssui d'une Monographie de la
famille des Hintdinees, extracted from the Diet, des Sc. Nat. by M. de Blainv.,
Paris, 1827, Svo., and the article Sangsue of the same work, by Aiidouin.

-f- M. de Blainville changes this name into Jatrobell^. For the various medi-
cinal Leeches, see the fig. of Messrs. Carena, Acad. Turin., t. XXV, pi. xi, and Mo-
c|Uia-Tandon pi. v.

144 ANNELIDES.

blood. It is usually blackish, with yellowish streaks above,
and yellowish with black spots beneath. It is found in all stag-
nant waters. The

H^MOPsis, Sav.*
Differs from the preceding in the teeth of its jaws, which are few
and obtuse.

Hcpmop. sanguisorba, Sav. ; Hirudo sanguisiiga, L., Moq.
Tand., pi. iv, f. 1 ; Car., pi. xi, f. 7 (The Horse Leach). Much
larger, and entirely greenish-black. It is said to cause danger-
ous wounds f . In the

Bdella, Sav-X

There are but eight eyes, and the jaws are completely edentated.

Bd.nilotica, Eg. Anne\.,\A.v,{. "i. Inhabits the Nile. In
the

Nephelis, S«l'.§

There are also but eight eyes ; the interior of the mouth has but
three folds of skin. Several small species are found in the stagnant
waters of France; it is thought proper to distinguish from them the

Trochetia, Dntroch \\.

"\^''hich only differs from them in an inflation at the spot where tlie
genital organs are placed.

One species is found in France — Geohdella trochetii, Blainv.,
Diet, des So. Nat., Hirud., pi. IV, f. 6, wliich frequently leaves
the water in pursuit of Lumbrici.

M. Moquin-Tandon, imder the name, of Aulastoma, even de-
scribes a subgenus, where the mouth is merely furnished with
nimieruus longitudinal plicae — AuIaH. nigrescens, Moq. Tand., pi.
vi, f. 4.

* This name is changed by M. de Blaiuville to IIypobdell-E.

-(- There is a singular diversity of oiiinion with respect to the faculty of drawing
blooJ possessed by this animal. LiuuKUS says that nine of them will kill a korse.
Messrs. HuzarJ and Pelietier, on the contrary, in a Memoir, ad hoc, presented to
the Institute, and inserted in the Journal de Pharmacie, March 1825, assert that
it attacks no vcrlehrated animal. M. dc Blainville tl'.iuks this is owing to its having
been confounded with a neighbouring species, the Sangsue noire, which he makes
the type of a genus called Pseudobdella, the jaws of which are mere folds of skin
without, any teeth. I think this fact worthy of examination. Both species devour
the Lumbrici with avidity,

X M. Moquin-Tandon changes this name to Limnatis.

§ M. de Blainville calls them EarOBDKLLiE. Oken had previously named them
Helluo. Such are : Hir. vulgaris, L., or //. ocfocuhita, Bergm., Stotk., Mem.,
1 757, pi. vi, f. 0 — 8 ; — .V. atomaria, Caren., L., C, pi. xii. See also pi. vi of Moquin-
Tandon.

II M, de Blainville chanees this name to Geobdella,

ABRANCHIATE. 145

Immediately after the Nephelides come the Branchiobdella,
Odier, remarkable for their two jaws and the absence of eyes.

One species is known which lives on the branchiae of the
Astaci =■-.
In all these subdivisions the anterior sucker is but slightly sepa-
rated from the body; in the two following ones it is clearly distin-
guished from it by a strangulation, is composed of a single segment,
and has a transverse orifice. In the

H^MocHARis, Sav.\

In addition to this conformation, there are eight eyes, a slender
body, and but slightly distinct rings. The jaws are salient, and
scarcely visible points. The Hsemochares do not swim, but walk
like the caterpillars called Geometrae, and adhere particularly to
fishes.

One species, Hirudo piscium,Ij.; Rcesel, III, xxxii, is fre-
quently observed on the Cyprini J. The

Albion A, Sav.^

Differs from the preceding subgenera in the body, which is studded
with tubercles, and in having six eyes. The Albionae inhabit the
Ocean.

Alb. muricata ; Hirudo muricata, L. A very abundant spe-
cies in the seas of Europe ; it is covered with small tubercles ||.

There is a parasitic animal that lives on the Torpedo called Bran-
cheluonII, which closely resembles a leech in its two cups, depressed
body, and transverse plicae. Its anterior cup, Avhich appears to have
a very small mouth in the posterior margin, is placed on a narrowed
portion resembling a neck, at the I'oot of which is a small hole for the
organs of generation ; there appears to be another behind. The
lateral edges of its plicae, which are compiessed and salient, have
been considered as branchiae, but I can find no vessels there ; its epi-
dermis is ample, and the envelope like a very loose sac**. We also
commonly place among the Leeches the

♦ Branchiobdella Asfaci, Od., M^va. de la Soc. d'Hist. Nat. de Paris, 1. 1, pi. iv.
t M. de Blaiaville, who had named them PiscicoL.5, a name adopted by La-
marck, has again changed it to Icthyobdella.

I Add, Piscicola cephalota, Caren., pi. lii, f. 19, and Moq. Tand,, pi. vii, f. 2; —
Piscic. tesselafa, Moq. Tand., f. 3.

§ The PoNTOBDELL^, Leach and Blainv.

II Add, PontobdeUa areolata ; — Pont, vcrrucaia ; — Pont, spinulosa, Leach, Zool.
Miscel., Ixiii, Ixiv, Ixv ; — Hirudo vittata, Chamiss., and Eisenhardt, Nov. Act. Nat.
Cur., t. X, pi. xxiv, f. 4.

^ Tlie PoLYDORA, Oken; Bkaxchiobdellion, Rudolphi ; and the Branchiob-
della, Blaiuv.

** It is the BranchelHon torpedinis, Sav., but it mustnot be associated with the
species found on the Tortoise {Hir branchia'a, Meazies, Lin. Trans., I, xviii, 3),
which really appears to have branchiae that resemble a branch of feathers, and
which it is requisite again to examine.

VOL. in. L

146 ANNELIDES.

C1.ESPINE, Sav. — Glossopora, Johns*.

The Clespines have a widened body, a posterior cup only, and a
probosciform mouth without a sucker ; some of tliem, however, may
be found to belong to the family of the Planarife f . 1 consider them
more closely allied to the Phylline, Oken J, and to the MulacobdellcE,
Blainv,§, which also have broad bodies, and are deprived of a pro-
boscis and anterior sucker. They are parasitic animals.

GoKDius, Lin.

The body resembling a thread, the only mark of the articulations
being slight, transverse plicse ; it has neither feet, branchiae, nor ten-
tacula. Internally, however, a nervous system is perceptible in a
knotted cord. Perhaps it will be necessary in the end to place them
among the cavitary Intestina, like the Nemertes.

They live in fresh water, in the mud, and in inundated grounds
which they perforate in every direction.

The different species are not yet Avell distinguished ; the most
common — Gordius aqualicus, L., is several inches in lengtli,
almost as fine as a hair, and brown, with blackish extremities.

* The Glossobdell^e, Blaiuv.

f Hinido complanafu, L., or sexoculafa, Bergm., Stock. Mem., 1757, pi. vi, f.
12 — 14 ; — Hir. frioculufa, lb., f. 9 — 11 ; — Hir. ht/alina, L., Gm., Trembley, Polyp.,
pi. vii, f. 7 ; — Clespiite puhido!>a, Moq. Tand., pi. iv, f. 3, &c.

+ Epibdell^, Blaiiiv. ; — Hit: hi2)po(jlossi, Mull., Zool. Dan., liv. 1 — 4.

§ liir. yrossa, Miill., Zool. Dan., xxi.

THIRD
GREAT DIVISION

OP THK

ANIMAL KINGDOM.

(continued.)

CRUSTACEA, ARACHNIDES, AND INSECTA:

OR ARTICULATED ANIMALS WITH ARTICULATED FEET*.

These last three f classes of the Articulata, Avhich were united by
Liim<eus under the general name of Insecta, are distinguished by at
least six I articulated feet. Each articulation is tubular, and contains
the muscles of the succeeding one, which always moves by gyngly-
mus, that is, in but one direction. \

The first articulation, which attaches the foot to the body, and
which is composed of two pieces §, is called the coxa, or hip ; the
following one, which is, usually, nearly in a horizontal position, the

* For the sake of brevity, I have designated them by the term Condi/lopes. This
series of articulations, of \Yhich tlieir body is composed, has been compared by some
Naturalists to a skeleton, or the vertebral column. But the use of this denomination
is so much the more fallacious, in as much as these articulations or pretended ver-
tebrae are mere portions of thickened skin, and as this skin is continuous, simply
being thinner, and almost membranous at intervals or at the joints. A general
character, which serves to distinguish these animals from all other Invertebrata,
consists in their exuriahiUty, or habit of changing their skin. The situation of the
encephalon, pharynx, and eyes, as in the more elevated animals, establishes the
limits of the back and abdomen, and of their respective appendages.

t Dr. Leach forms a separate class of the Myriapoda. The Arachnides Tra-
chearia, considered anatomically, might also constitute another, but they are so
closely allied to the Pulmonarise in so many other particulars, that we have not
thought proper to separate them.

X Hexapoda. Those which have more than six, are termed by Savigny the
Spiriojjodu, I designate them more precisely by the appellation of Hyperhexapoda,
(more than six feet) .

§ In many of the Crustacea the second portion of the coxa seems to form part
of the thighs. The tibia, as in the Arachnides, is divided into two joints.

h 2

^^^ CRUSTACEA, ARACHNIDES, INSECTA.

femur, or thigh ; and the third, generally vertical, the tibia or leg.
To these ensues a suite of small ones which touch the ground,
forming the true foot, or what is denominated the tarsus.

The hardness of the calcareous or horny * envelope of the greater
number of these animals, is owing to that of the excretion, which
is interposed between the dermis and epidermis, or what is termed
in man the mucous tissue. This excretion also contains the brilliant
and varied colours with which they arc so often decorated.

They are always furnished with eyes, which are of two kinds ;
simple or smooth eyesf, which resemble a very minute lens, gene-
rally three in number, and arranged in a triangle on the summit of
the head ; and compound eyes, where the surface is divided into an
infinitude of different lenses called facets, to each of which there is
a corresponding filament of the optic nerve. These two kinds may
be either united or separated, according to the genera. Whether
their functions be essentially different in those cases where they are
found to exist simultaneously, is a problem that remains to be solved ;
but vision is effected in both of them by means differing widely
from those which produce it in the eye of the VertebrataJ. Other
organs which for the first time are here presented to us, and which
are found in two of these classes, the Crustacea and the Insecta§,
the antennfB, are articulated filaments varying greatly in form, and
frequently according to the sex, attached to the head, appearing to be
peculiarly devoted to a delicate sense of touch, and perhaps to some
other kind of sensation of which we have no idea, but which may
refer to the state of the atmosphere.

These animals enjoy the sense of smell and that of hearing. Some
authors place the seat of the first in the antennae ||, others, M. Dumeril

* According to M, Aufr. Odier, Mem, de la Soc. d'Hist. Nat., 1823, t. I, p. 29
et seq., the substance of this envelope is of a peculiar nature, which he calls Chitine.
He states that the phosphate of lime forms the great mass of all the salts contained
in the teguments of Insects, while that in the shell of the Crustacea is but trifling,
though it abounds in the carbonate, which is not found in the preceding animals.
Other observations, those of M. Straus in particular, demonstrate that the teguments
here replace the skin of the Vertebrata, or that they do not form a true skeleton.
Those of M. Odier also militate against all the analogies attempted upon this
subject.

-f- OccelH stemmata.

X See the Memoir of Marcel de Serres on the simple and compound eyes of
Insects, MontpeUier, 1815, 8vo. Also the observations of M. de Blainville on the
eyes of the Crustacea, Bullet, de la Soc. Philomatique. We shall return to this
subject at another period.

§ And even in the Arachuides, but under diflferent forms, and with different func-
tions.

II As regards insects, and when they are claviform, or terminate in a club more
or less developed, or furnished with numerous hairs. According to M. Robineau,
Desvoidy, the intermediate, antennre of the Crustacea Decapoda are the olfactory

CRUSTACEA, ARACHNIDES, INSECTA. 149

for instance, in the orifices of the tracheae, and Marcel de Serres, &c.
in the palpi ; neither of these opinions, however, are corroborated by
positive and conclusive facts. As to the second, it is only in the
Crustacea Decapoda, and some few of the Orthoptera, that we can
find a visible ear.

The mouth of these animals presents a great analogy, which,
according to Savigny*, and at least with respect to the Hexapoda,
extends to those which can only feed by the suction of liquid
aliment.

Those called Tritore.< or Grinders (broyeurs), on account of their
having jaws fitted for triturating their food, always present them in
lateral pairs, placed one before the other ; the anterior pair are
especially called mandibles ; the pieces which cover them before and
behind are named lahia^, and the front one, in particular, labrum.
The palpi are articulated filaments attached to the jaws or to the
lower lip, and appear to be employed by the animal in recognizing
its food. The form of these various organs determines the nature
of the regimen with as much precision as the teeth of quadrupeds.
The ligula, or tongue, commonly adheres to the lower lip J. Some-
times, in tlie Ai)es and other Hymenopterous insects, it is consider-

organ, Bullet, des Sc. Nat. ; but he adduces no one direct experiment in proof of his
opinion. It would, if tliis were so, seem probable that in the highly carnivo-
rous Crustacea, such as the Gecarcini and others, we should find this organ in a com-
paratively greater state of development, whereas the fact is directly the reverse. His
ideas respecting the external composition of the Crustacea Decapoda suppose the
existence of a skeleton. He should have commenced, however, by establishing the
connexion of these animals with the Fishes, and not by admitting, as a positive fact,
what is at least a matter of doubt.

* Memoire sur les animaux sans verfebres. The original idea was thrown out, but
undeveloped, in my Hist. Gen. des Insectes.

t We here mo:e particularly alude to insects with six feet, or to the Hexapoda.

+ Or rather labium, since the other is termed labrum. It is protected, before, by
a horny production formed by a cutaneous prolongation, and articulated at the base
with an inferior portion of the head called the mentiim or chin. Its palpi, always two
in number, are distinguished from those of the maxillae by the epithet labial. When
the latter amount to four they are designated as external and internal ; they are con-
sidered as a modification of the external and terminal division of the maxillae. This
production, v.hich, in his Ulonates or the Orthoptera, Fabricius termed the Galea, is
still the same maxillary division, but more dilated, arched, and fitted to cover the
internal di^^sion which, here, on account of its scaly consistence and of its teeth,
resembles a mandible. In the last insects, and particularly in the Libellulae, the
interior of the buccal ca^^ty presents a soft or vesicular body, distinct from the lip,
and which, compared to the Crustacea, appears to be the true tongue — labium, Fab.
This part is perliaps represented by those lateral divisions of the ligula termed para-
glossne. (See the Coleoptera Carnivora, Hydrophili, Staphylini, the two pencil-
shaped pieces that tcnainate the lip of the Lucani Apiaria;, &e.) The abr,ve-
nientinned Insects, the Orthoptera and the Libellula; of Linnaius, evidently demon-
strate that this membranous and terminal portion of the inferior lip, which projects
more or less between its palpi, and is particularly elongated in several of the Ilyme-
noptera, is very distinct from that internal caruncle v.hich I consider the tongue

l^Q CRUSTACEA, ARACHNIDES, INSECTA.

ably elongated, as are also the jaws, forming a sort of false proboscis
(promuscis) at the base of which is the pliarynx, and frequently
covered by a sort of sub-labrum, styled by M. Savigny the epipha-
rynx *. At other times, in the Hemiptera and Diptera, the mandibles
and maxillae are replaced by scaly pieces in the form of setse, which
^re received in an elongated tubular sheath, that is either cylindrical
and articulated, or formed with more or less of an elbow, and termi-
nated by a kind of lips. In this case they constitute a true proboscis.
In others that also live by suction, the Lepidoptera, the maxillae
alone are greatly elongated and united, producing a tubular setiform
body, resembling a long, slender, and spiral tongue (or the spiri-
trompe, Lat.) ; the remaining parts of the mouth are considerably
reduced. Sometimes again, as in many of the Crustacea, the anterior
feet approach the maxillae, assume their form, and exercise part of
their functions — the latter are then said to be multiplied. It may
even happen that the true maxillae become so much reduced, that
the maxillary feet supply their place in toto. AVliatcvcr be the
modifications of these parts, however, they can always be recognized
and referred to a general type f .

properly so called ; notwithstanding this, nearly all Entomologists designate this
external extremity of the lip by the name of ligv.la or lantjuelte. To say, however,
that the tongue properly so called, is usually so intimately connected with the lip
that at the first glance they seem to be confounded, is correct. The pharynx is situ-
ated in the middle of the anterior face of this lip a little above its root, and in the
Coleoptera provided with paraglossa;, at their point of union. In order to under-
stand well the primitive composition of the under lip, it must be studied in the larvee,
and chiefly in those of the Aquatic Carnivorous Coleoptera. See General Obser-
vations on Insects.

* There is a membranous .production beneath the labrum, in many Coleoptera,
which appears to me to be analogous to the cpipharynx. The laVrum is to it, what
the mentum is to the labium.

-f- It is only by a comparative and gradual study of the mouth of the Crustacea,
that we can acquire correct and exact ideas respecting the various transformations
of these parts, and the means of establishing, if not a certain, at least a probable
general concordance between these various organs in the three classes. The man-
dibles, maxillae, and the labium, are in fact, a sort of feet appropriated to the masti-
catory or buccal functions, but susceptible of being so moililicd as to become organs
of locomotion. This principle even extends to the antennae, or at least to the two
intermediate ones of the Crustacea. By adopting it, we are enabled to reduce the
composition of these organs to one general type, and we shall hereafter see that, in
this respect, neither the Arachnides nor Myriapoda present any anomaly.

CRUSTACEi. 151

CLASS I.

CRUSTACEA.

The Crustacea are articulated animals, with arllculated feet, re-
S2)iring by means of branchiae, protected in some by the borders of
a shell, and external in others, but which are not inclosed in special
cavities of the body, and which receive air from openings in the sur-
face of the skin. Their circulation is double, and analogous to that
of the MoUusca. The blood is transmitted from the heart, Avhich is
placed on the back, to the different parts of the body, whence it is
sent to the branchiae, and thence back again to the heart *. These
branchiae, sometimes situated at the base of the feet, or even on
them, at others on the inferior appendages of the abdomen, either
form pyramids composed of laminae in piles, or bristled with setse or
tufted filaments of simple ones, and even appear in some cases to
consist wholly of hairs.

Some of the Zootomists, Baron Cuvier in particular, had already
made known to us the nervous system of various Crustacea of differ-
ent orders. The same subject has lately Ijeen thoroughly examined
by Messrs. Victor A\idouin and Milne Edwards in their third Memoir
on the Anatomy and Physiology of these animals — Ann. des Sc. Nat.
XIV, 77, — and all that is now wanting to complete their researches,
is the publication of those made by M. Straus on the Branchiopoda
and the Limuli in particular, which they have not noticed.

" The nervous system of the Crustacea submitted to our observa-
tion, say they, presents itself in two very different aspects, which
constitute the two extremes of the modifications visible in that class.
Sometimes, as in the Talitrus, this apparatus is constituted by nu-
merous similar nervous inflations, arranged in pairs, and united by
cords of communication in such a way as to form two ganglionic
chains, separated from each other, and extending throughout the
length of the animal. At others, on the contrary, it is solely com-
posed of two ganglions or knotty enlargements, dissimilar in form,
volmne, and arrangement, but always simple and azygous, and
situated, one in the head and the other in the thorax. Such is the
case in the Maia.

" These two modes of organization, at the first glance, certainly
seem essentially different, and if the study of the nervous system of

* See the order Decapoda.

152 CRUSTACEA.

the Crustacea were limited to these two animals, it would be ex-
tremely difficult to recognize tlie analogy between the central nervous
mass in the thorax of the Maia, and the two ganglionic chains which
occupy the same region of the body in the Talitrus. But if we re-
member the various facts detailed in this memoir, we necessarily
arrive at this remarkable result."

They were led to it by the exact and careful study of the nervous
system of various intermediate Crustacea, forming so many links of
the series, such as the Cymothoae*, the Phyllosomae-j-, AstacusJ,
Palsemon, and Palinurus. They have also supported their positions
by the observations of Cuvier, and those of M. Treviranus. Tlie
consequence deduced by thein is, that notwithstanding this difference,
the nervous system of the Crustacea is formed of the same elements,
which, insulated in some and uniformly distributed throughout the
length of the body, present in others, various degrees of centraliza-
tion, at first from without inwardly, and then in a longitudinal
direction ; and that finally, this approximation in all directions is
carried to its extreme point, when it is reduced to a single nucleus in
the thorax — as in Cancer, properly so called, or the Brachyura. Of
all the Decapoda Macroura examined by Messrs. Audouin and Ed-
wards, the Palinurus was found to have the venous system most cen-
tralized ; and in fact, that animal in our system is but little removed
from the Brachyura. But this should not be the case witli Pala-mon
and the Astacini, for according to them the former approximates more
closely in this respect to Palinurus than the latter, while in our ar-
rangement the second precede the first, a disposition wliich appears
to VIS to be founded on several very natural characters.

The Crustacea are apterous or deprived of wings, furnished with
compound eyes, though rarely with simple ones, and usually with
four antennae. They have mostly — the Paecilopoda excepted — three
pairs of jaws, the two superior ones, designated by the name of man-
dibles, included; as many foot-jaws §, the last four of which, how-
ever, in a great many instances, became true feet ; and ten feet pro-
perly so called, all terminated by a single small nail. When the last

* Isopoda.

t Stomapoda.

X For this subgenus and the two following subgenera, see the Decapoda
Macroura.

§ Avxiliary Jans, as they are termed by M. ?a\-igny, at least vrhen speaking
of the Crustacea Decapoda. As the two superior ones, in the Amphipoda and
Isopoda, form a sort of lip, he there calls them the aiixilian/ Up. He distinguishes
the jaws in Phalangium, a gemis of Arachnides, as yrincijHtJ javs ; those which are
attached to the palpi — false palpi, according to him ; and as supernumerary juus,
those which are attached to the first four feet. Those parts of the same animals
■which have been considered as mandibles, arc his ma»dibulcs succedanes. He admits
of two auxiliary lips in the Scolopendrae.

CRUSTACEA.

153

two pairs of foot-jaws exercise the same functions, the number of
feet is increased to fourteen. The mouth, as in insects, presents a
labrum and a ligula, but no lower lip properly so called, or com-
parable to that of the latter ; the third pair of foot-jaws, or the first,
closes the mouth externally, and replaces that part.

The sexual organs, at least those of the males, are always double,
and situated on the breast or at the inferior origin of that posterior
and abdominal portion of the body commonly called the tail, and
never posteriorly. Their envelope is usually solid, and more or less
calcareous. They change their skin several times, and generally
preserve their primitive form and natural activity. They are mostly
carnivorous and aquatic, and live several years. They do not attain
their adult state until after casting their skin a certain number of
times. With the exception of a few in which these changes some-
what influence their primitive form and modify or augment their
locomotive organs, they are at birth, size apart, such as they are
always to remain.

Division of the Crustacea into Orders.

The situation and form of the branchiae, the mode in which the
head is articulated with the trunk*, the mobility or fixedness of the
eyes f, the organs of manducation, and the teguments, constitute the
basis of our divisions, and give rise to the following orders t-

We divide this class into two sections, the Malacostraca, and the
Entomostraca §.

The first are usually furnished with very solid teguments, of a cal-
careous nature, and with ten or fourteen feet |!, generally unguicu-
lated. The mouth, situated in the ordinary place, is composed of a
labrum, tongue, two mandibles (frequently furnished with palpi).

« With respect to this term, and that of thorax, which are frequently employed in
an arhitrary manner, see our general observations on the class of Insects. _

t These organ'^ are either pediculated and movable, or sessile and fixed. It is
from this character that Lamarck has divided the Crustacea into two great sections,
the Pediocles and the Sessiliocks ; for which denominations, but restricting its
application to the Malacostraca, Doctor Leach has substituted those of Podop-
thalma and Edriopthalma. Gronovius was the first who had recourse to this dis-

^°* AUhough we possess but few observations on the nervous system of the
Crustacea, all those which have been made support the truth of our divisions.

S^Thev might be still further divided into the Berdata and the Edentufa, accord-
ing to the presence or absence of the mandibles. Jurine, jun., lias already proposed
these divisions in his excellent Mi^moiresurl'Argulefohac.'.

11 The four anterior, when there are fourteen, are formedby the Inst four posterior
foot-jaws. In the Decapoda, the six foot-jaws belong to the me-uth, and perform the
office of maxillK.

154 CRUSTACEA.

and two pairs of maxillae covered by the foot-jaws. In a great num-
ber each eye is placed on an articulated and movable pedicle, and the
branchiae are concealed under the lateral margins of the upper or
lower shell ; in the others they are usually placed imder the post-
abdomen. This section consists of five orders : the Decapoda,
Stomapoda, Ljemodipoda, Amphipoda, and the Isopoda. The
four first embrace the genus Cancer of Linnaeus, and the last
his Oniscus.

The second, the Entomostraca, or "Insects with shells" of Miiller,
is formed of the genus Monoculus, Lin. Here the teguments are
horny and very thin, while a shell, resembling a buckler, composed
of from one to two pieces, covers or incloses the body of the greater
number. Tlie eyes arc almost always sessile, and frequently there i.s
but one. The feet, the number of Avhich varies, are mostly fitted for
natation, and without a terminal tail. Some of them, having an
anterior mouth composed of a labrum, tAvo mandibles — rarely fur-
nished with palpi, a tongue, and one, or at most two pairs of jaws, of
which the external ones are naked or are not covered by the foot-jaws,
approximate to the preceding Crustacea. In the other Entomostraca,
wliich seem to api)proach the Arachnidcs in several particulars, the
organs of manducation are sometimes simply formed by tlic coxse of
the feet, projecting and arranged like lobes bristling \Wth small spines
round a large central pliarynx. At others, they cither compose a
little siphon or beak, used for suction, as in several Arachnides and
Insects, or they are wholly (or nearly so) invisible externally, either
because the siphon is internal, or because the suction is produced in
the manner of a cup.

The Entomostraca are thus dentated or edentatcul. The first will
form our order of the Branchiopoda *, and the second that of the
P^ciLOPODA, which, in the first edition of this work, were a mere
section of the preceding order.

The singular fossils called Trilobites, of wliicli M. Brongniart
has given an excellent Monograph, being considered by him, as well
as by many other naturalists, as Crustacea allied to the Entomos-
traca, Ave will Inicfly speak of them after we liave done with the
latter.

* In my work entitled Families Nat. du Regne Animal, the Entomostraca are
divided into four orders : the Lophyrofoda, Phyllopoda, Xiphosura, and the

SiPHOXOSTOMA.

CRUSTACICA.

155

FIRST GENERAL DIVISION.

MALACOSTRACA.

The Malacostraca naturally divide themselves into those whose eyes
are placed on a movable pedicle, and those in which they are sessile
and fixed.

a. Eyes jjlaced on a movable and articulated j^edicle.

Eyes* placed on a movable pcdi:;le composed of two articulations,
and received into fossulee, distinguish the Decapoda and Stomapoda
from all the others. Anatomically considered, they appear to be still
further removed from them, — Le9ons d'Anat. Compar., Cuv. ; Ann.
des Sc. Nat., t. XI, — inasmuch as they are the only ones that present
sinuses in which the venous blood is collected previous to its trans-
mission to the branchiae on its return to the heart.

The Decapoda and Stomapoda resemble each other in several cha-
racters common to both. A large plate, called a shell, covers a
greater or less extent of the anterior portion of their body. They all
have four antennae f , the middle ones of which are terminated by two
or three filaments ; two mandibles, each of which, at its base, bears a
palpus that is divided into three joints, and usually laid on it; a bilo-
bate tongue ; two pairs of jaws ; six foot-jaws, the four posterior of
which, in some, are transformed into claws ; and ten feet, or fourteen,
in those where the four foot-jaAVS have that form.

In the greater number the branchiae, of which there are seven
pairs, are concealed under the lateral margin of the shell; the two
anterior pairs are situated at the origin of the four last foot-jaws, and
the others at that of the feet properly so called. In the other Crus-

* Behind the cornea, according to Blainville, is a choroides perforated with nume-
rous holes; then a true crystalline, resting on a nervous ganglion, and divided into
a multitude of little fasciculi.

t "V^'e must distinguish the peduncle — stipes, — p.nd the stem — caulisfunicidis. The
peduncle is thicker, cylindrical, and composed of tlnee joints, a numher which seems
peculiar to these organs in their imperfect or rudimentary state. The stem is seta-
ceous, and divided into a variable number of very small joints. That of the exter-
nal antennfe is simple, but that of the interior ones, consists of at least two filaments,
and in several of the Decapoda IMacroura, of three. Passing gradually from these
latter to the Brachyura, the antennae become shortened, so that, in several of the
Quadrilatera, the lateral ones, at least, are very small. In this case the two termi-
nal divisions of the intermediate ones form a sort of bifurcated forceps, or unequal
and articulated fingers.

156 CRUSTACEA.

tacea they are annexed, in the shape of tufts, to five pairs of paddles
(feet) placed under the post-abdomen. The under part of this pos-
terior portion of the body is similarly furnished, in the others, with
four or five pairs of bifid appendages.

ORDER I.

DECAPODA.

The head, in the Decapoda, is closely joined to the thorax, and
covered with it by a shell, entirely continuous, but that most fre-
quently exhibits deep lines dividing it into various regions which
indicates the places occupied by the principal external organs*. The
mode of their circulation presents characters which distinguish them
from the other Crustacea. The circumscribed heart f , of an oval
form and with muscular parieties, gives organs to six trunks of
vessels, three of which are anterior, two inferior, and the sixth pos-
terior. Of the three anterior arteries,'the median — the ophthalmic —
is distributed almost exclusively to the eyes ; the two others — the
anfennaries — spread over the shell, the muscles of the stomach, a
portion of the viscera and the antennae ; the two inferior ones — the
hepatics — transmit blood to the liver ; the last — the sternal — is the
most voluminous of the three, and arises from the posterior part of
the body, sometimes on the right side and at others on the left ; its
chief course is to the abdomen, and to the organs of locomotion.
It gives origin to a great number of large vessels, among which we
should particularly observe the one called by M. Audouin and Ed-
wards the superior ahdominal, because it arises from the posterior
part of that artery, at a short distance before the articulation of the
thorax with the abdomen, vulgarly termed the tail, and because it
oon dips into the abdomen — tail — where it divides into twolarge

* M. Desmarest, in his Ilistoire Naturelle des Cmsfaces Fossilcs, and in his Cort'
sidtrations Generales sur la Classe des Crusfaces, has presented us, in relation to this
point, with an ingenious nomenclature, based on the concordunce of the portions of
the external surface of the shell with the organs they cover. But, in addition to the
fact that the shell of several Decapoda presents no impressions, or has them nearly
obliterated, these denominations may be replaced by others more simple, more fami-
liar, and relating to these same organs ; as the middle or centre, the anterior ai-.d
posterior extremities, the sides, &c. : it appears useless to increase our nomenclature
in this case.

f These observations are extracted from the excellent memoij- of Messrs. Audouin
and Edwards, published in the Ann. d'Hisf. Naf., t. XI, 283 — 314, and 352 — 393.
See also the Mini, dii Mus. d'Hist. Nat., where M. Geofrroy Saint-Hilaire has
inserted the results of his curious researches ou the solids, and on the circulation of
the Lobster.

DBCA-PODA. 157

branches, running backwards, becoming gradually smaller and ter-
minating at the anus. The blood which has nourished these various
organs, and thus become venous, collects from all quarters into two
large sinuses*, one on eacli side and above the feet, and formed of
venous sacs united in a longitudinal series, or like a chain. It is
thrown into an external vessel — efferent — of the branchiae, where it
is renewed and becomes arterial ; thence proceeds into an internal
vessel — afferent ; and finally seeks the heart through canals
— hranchio-cardiac — laid beneath the arch of the flanks. All the
canals of a side unite in one large trunk, and open into the
lateral and corresponding part of the heart by a single orifice, the
folds of which form a double valve that opens to allow the transit of
the blood from the branchiae to tliis viscus, but prevents a retrograde
motion by closing. Examined internally, the heart exhibits numerous
fasciculi and muscular fibres, variously intercrossed and forming se-
veral small chambers before the orifices of the arteries. These
chambers are so many small auricles, which communicate freely
with each other when it dilates, but appear to form a similar number
of little cells for each vessel when it contracts, their capacity being
proportioned to the quantity of blood in their peculiar vessels. These
vessels debouche in the interior of the heart by eight openings, the
two lateral valvvilar ones above mentioned included. Such, with
the exception of some modifications f , is the general system of tlie
circulation in the Decapoda.

The superior face of the brainj is divided into four lobes, each of

* These learned naturalists compare them to the two lateral hearts of the Cepha-
lopoda, and the analogy has been admitted by Baron Cuvier in his general report on
the transactions of the Acad. Roy. des. Sc, for 1827 ; but the idea had been com-
municated by me to M. Audouiu, and was a necessary consequence of my theory
of the circulation of the blood in the Crustacea, published in a note of my Esquisse
d'une Distribution Genemle du Rhjne Animal, yt. 5. As the writers alluded to have
taken no notice of what I have stated in this particular, both in the pamphlet quoted,
and in my work on the " F<imilies of the Animal Kingdom," I beg leave to produce
that note. " I submit the following opinion to the judgment of Zootomists, and of
M. Cuvier in particular, viz. that in those of the Vertebrata possessed of a circula-
tion, the organ called heart represents, in its functions, a left ventricle, the arterial
and dorsal trunk of Fishes and of the larvae of the Batrachians ; that one or two
arteries, which in the Cephalopoda have the form of hearts, replace the right ven-
tricle. The focus of the circulation, highly concentrated in the first of the Verte-
brata, thus becomes gradually weaker, so that finally there is no circulation whatever.
The dorsal vessel of Insects would then be the mere rudiment of the heart of the
Mollusca and Crustacea." I will add, that twenty-five years ago, in my Hist. Nat.
des Crust, et des Insectes, I rectified the error of Rcesel respecting the nervous cord of
the spinal marrow, which had been taken for a vessel.

f See general observations on ihe family of the Macrouva.

X These observations are extracted from the Lefons d'Aiiatomie Comparce of Baron
Cuvier. For other details and particular facts, see the Memoir of Messrs. Audouiu
and M. Edwards, loc. cit.

168 CRUSTACEA.

the two middle ones furnishing from its anterior margin an optic
nerve that plunges directly into the pedicle of the eye and there
divides into numerous filaments, each of which is destined to a facet
in the cornea of that organ. The inferior face of the brain produces
four nerves, which belong to the antennse, and that also give off
some twigs to the neighbouring parts. Two nervous and very long
cords, embracing the esophagus laterally and uniting beneath it, arise
from its posterior margin. There, as in the Brachyura, this union
only takes place in the middle of the thorax, the medulla then as-
suming the form of a ring whose proportions are eight times larger
than those of the brain : six nerves on each side arise from this ring ;
the anterior ones belong to the parts of the mouth, and the five others
to the five feet of the same side. From the posterior margin arises
another nerve which runs to the tail, without producing any sensible
ganglion, and that apparently represents the ordinary nervous cord.
Here, as in the Macroura, each of the two nervous cords, previovis
to uniting beneath the esophagus, and at about the middle of its
lengtli, gives off a thick nen'e for the use of the mandibles and their
muscles. United, they form a first — sub-cervical — ganglion, that
distributes neves to the maxillae and the foot-jaws;* they afterwards
continue approximated throughout their length, presenting eleven
successive ganglions, each of the five first furnishing nei-ves to as
many pairs of feet, and the remaining six those of the tail ; that of
the Pagurus has some ganglions less, thus appearing to form the
passage from the Brachyura to the Macroura. M. Serres thinks that
he has recognised in these Dccapoda, vestiges of the great sym-
pathetic f .

The lateral margin of the shell is bent under, to cover and pro-
tect the branchiae, leaving an opening anteriorly for the passage of
water. Sometimes, — see Dorippe — the posterior and inferior extre-
mity of the thorax has two peculiar apertures for that purpose. The
branchiae are situated at the origin of the last four foot-jaws and
feet; the four anterior ones have less extent. The six foot-jaws are

* According to M. Straus, the anterior division of the body of the Limuli, that
which is covered by a semi-lunar buckler, presents, besides the brain, no other
ganglion but this, whence we may infer that the inferior orsrans of locomotion
correspond to the parts of the mouth in the Dccapoda, Stomapoda, and even in the
Arachnides, and that those of the other division of the body, or of the second uckler,
are analogous to the feet of the same Decapoda.

■f Messrs. Audouin and Edwards have observed in the Maia and in the Palinurus
a nerve analogous to the one called Lyonet, in his Anatomie de la Chenille du Sauk,
" recurrent." The discovery of the other gastric nerves is also due to them.

DECAPODA. 159

all of a different form, are applied to the mouth, and divided into two
branches, the exterior of which resembles a small antenna, formed of
a pedicle, and a setaceous and pluri-articulate stem — it has been com-
pared to a whip, palpus flagelliformis *. The two anterior feet, and
sometimes the two or four following ones, are in the form of claws.
The penultimate joint is dilated, compressed, and in the form of a
hand ; its inferior extremity is lengthened into a conical point, repre-
senting a sort of finger, opposed to another formed by the last joint, or
the tarsus proper. This onef is movealde, and has received the name
of thumb — poUex ; the other is fixed, and considered as tlie index —
index. These two fingers are also called mordaces. The last is
sometimes very short, and has the form of a simple tooth ; in this
case the other is bent underneath. The hand with the fingers con-
stitutes our forceps properly so called. The preceding, or antepenul-
timate joint is termed carpus.

The respective proportions and the direction of the organs of
locomotion are such, that these animals can Avalk sideways or back-
wards.

With the exception of the rectum, which opens at the end of the
tail|, all the viscera are contained in the thorax, so that this portion
of the body represents the thorax and the greater part of the abdomen
of insects. The stomach, supported by a cartilaginous skeleton, is
armed internally with five bony and notched appendages, which com-
pletes the trituration of the aliment. In it, in tlic moulting season,
Avhich arrives near the end of the spring, we observe two calcareous
bodies, round on one side and flat on the other, commonly called
crabs^ eyes, that disappear after the change is completed, thereby
inducing us to believe that they furnish the material for the renewal
of the shell. The liver consists of two large clusters of blind vessels,
filled with a bilious humour, which they pour into the intestine, near
the pylorus. The alimentary canal is short and straight. The flanks
present a range of holes situated immediately at the insertion of the
branchiae, but which can only be seen by removing those organs. The
under shell, viewed internally, at least in several large species exhi-

* There is a long, tendinous and hairy lamina at its base.

-f- The hand being placed on its edge, the finger is uppermost.

X This suit of segments which, in the Crustacea of the first orders, imme-
diately succeed those to which the five last pairs of feet are attached, compose what
I have termed the post-abdomen. The appellation of tail usually aflfixed to it, and
which, in order to accommodate ourselves to common parlance, we have retained
is very improper ; it can only apply to the posterior terminal appendages of the
bopy whicb extend coasiderably beyond it. See my Fam. Nat. du Regne Auim.,
p. 255, et seq.

160 CRUSTACEA.

bits transverse cells formed by crustaceous laminae, and separated in
their middle by a longitudinal range of the same nature.

The sexual organs of the male are situated near the origin of the
two posterior feet. Two articulated pieces, of a solid consistence,
and resembling horns, stylets, or setaceous antennae, placed at the
junction of the tail with the thorax and replacing the first pair of
subcaudal appendages, are regarded as the male organs of copulation,
or at least as their sheaths. But, according to our observations on
various Deca^Joda, each of them consists of a little membranous body,
sometimes setaceous, and at others filiform or cylindrical, that pro-
jects from a hole situated at the articulation of the hip of the two
posterior feet, with the lower shell. The two vulvae are placed on
this piece, between those of the third pair, or on their first joint, a
disposition depending on the widening and narrowing of the lower
shell. Copulation takes jAace, ventre a ventre. These animals grow
but slowly, and live a long time. It is among them that we find the
largest and most useful species, but tlieir flesh is not easily digested.
The body of some Palinuri attains the length of a metre. Their
claws are efficacious weapons, and have such power in large indivi-
duals, that they have been seen to seize a goat, and drag it from the
shore. They usually inhabit water, but do not instantly perish when
deprived of it; some species even pass a part of their lives on land,
only visiting the water in the nuptial season, and for the purpose of
depositing their spaAvn. Even they are compelled to fix their domicile
either in burrows, or in cool, damp places. The Decapoda are vora-
cious and carnivorous. Certain species even penetrate into ceme-
tries, and devour the dead. Tlieir limbs are regenerated with sur-
prising promptitude, but it is requisite that the fracture be at the
junction of the articulations, and when accident determines it other-
wise, they know how to apply a remedy. When they wish to change
their skin, they seek a retired and solitary spot, in order to be shel-
tered from their enemies, and to remain at rest. When the change
is effected, their body is soft, and has a more exquisite flavour. A
chemical analysis of the old shell proves it to be formed of the car-
bonate and phosphate of lime, united in different portions with gela-
tine. On these proportions dejjcnds the solidity of the shell : it is
much less thick and flexible in the latter genera of this order, and
further on, it becomes almost membranous. M. de Blainville has
observed that the shell of the Palinurus is composed of four superin-
cumbent layers, the superior and two inferior of which are mem-
branous ; the calcareous matter is interposed between them, forming
the fourtli. Exposed to heat, the epidermis becomes of a more or

UECAPODA. 161

less vivid recL the colouring principle l)eing decomposed by boiling
water ; other combinations of this principle produce, in some species,
a very agreeable mixture of colours, that frequently border on blue
or green.

The greater number of fossil Crustacea hitherto discovered belongs
to the order of the Decapoda. Among those of Europe, the oldest
approach to species now living in the vicinity of the tropics; the others,
or more modern ones, are closely allied with the living species of
Europe. The fossil Crustacea of the tropical regions, however, appear
to me to bear the closest similitude to several of those now found
there in a living state, a fact of much interest to the geologist, should
the study of the fossil shells of those countries, collected from the
deepest strata, furnisli a similar result.

FAMILY I.

BRACHYURA.— Kleistagnatha, Fab.

Tail shorter than the trunk, without appendages or fins at the
extremity, and doubled under, in a state of rest, when it is received in
a fossula on the chest. Triangular in the males, and only furnished
at base with four or two appendages, in the form of horns, the supe-
rior of which are the largest, it becomes widened, and convex in the
females f , presenting beneath four pairs of double hairy filaments J,
destined to support the ova, and analogous to the sub-caudal natatory
feet of the Macroura, and others.

The vulvae are two holes situated under the pectus, between the
third pair of feet. The antennae are small : each of the intermediate
ones, usually lodged in a fossula under the anterior edge of the shell,

* The sections thus named are based on an ensemble of important anatomical
characters, and generally correspond to the Linnsean genera, and sometimes also to
those established by Fabricius in his earlier works. These families are more exteu-
tensivc than the sections thus named in my other writings : but if they be con-
sidered as first divisions of orders, and if what I have termed tribes be considered as
families, it will be seen that the method is essentially the same. There is, then, the
opinions of others to the contrary notwithstanding, no real discrepance in this
respect. On the same principle, the subgenera, with the exception of some whose
characters are too minute or too slightly marked, will become genera in a more
detailed and special system.

t The apparent number of segments, which is usually seven, sometimes also varies
according to the sex; it is less in the females. Dr. Leach has made great use of
this consideration, which appears to us of but little importance, and opposed to the
natural order.

X Several of these filaments exist in the males, but in a rudimental state.
VOL. III. M

162 CUUSTACEA.

terminates in two very short filaments. The ocular pedicles are
generally longer than those of the Decapoda Macroura. The aini-
cular tube is almost always stony. The first pair of feet terminate in
a forceps or claw. The branchiae are disposed on a single range, in
the form of pyramidal ligulae, composed of a multitude of leaflets
piled one on another, in a direction parallel to their axis. The foot-
jaws are generally shorter and broader than in the other Decapoda,
the two external ones forming a sort of lip *. Their nervous system
also differs from that of the Macroura f .

This family, as in several of the systems anterior to the distribution
of these animals by Daldorf, might constitute but one gemis, that of

Cancer, Lin.

In the greater number, all the feet are attached to the sides of the
pectus, and are always exposed ; this is the case in the first five sec-
tions. The first, or that of the Pinnipedes\, to this character, adds
that of having the last feet, at least, terminated by a very flat or fin-
like joint that is oval or orbicular and broader than the same joint
of the preceding feet, even when they also are shaped like a fin.
They seldom frequent the coast, and are generally found in the high
seas. With the exception of the Orithyiae, we observe but five dis-
tinctly marked segments in the tail of the males, while that of the

* Those of the Macroura are longer and narrower. It is on this difference that
Fabricius established his order of the Exochnata.

t See general observations on the Decapoda.

X This systematic arrangement of the Brachyura is artificial, or but little
natural in some respects ; in consequence of which, we have somewhat altered it
in our Families Nalurelles dti Regne Animal. The Quadrilatera compose our
first tribe, at the head of which are the Onjpoda and other Land-Crabs, ending with
the River-Crabs, or the Telphusa. The Arcuta form the second. That of the
Cryptopoda appearing to us more closely allied to the preceding one than the
Triangularia, will immediately follow, and be the third, and not the fourth, as
in this method. Immediately after the Arcuata we will place those genera whose
claws are in the form of a crest, whose lateral antenna; are always very short, and
the third articulation of whose foot-jaws is triangular, and frequently entire, or
Vi'ithout any emargination ; such are the Hepati, Matuta, Ovithyia, and Mursia.

Brachyiira approaching the latter in the form of the same articulation, but
whose claws differ, and where the lateral antennae are salient, advanced, and fre-
quently hair)', such as the T/iiVr, Pirimelre, and Atelecycli, will immediately precede
these latter subgenera. As the Telphusse seem to be connected with the Eriphiae
and the Pilumni, and as from these we naturally pass to Cancer properly so called,
or the Cancer, Fab., it follows that the Portuni and other natatory Arcuata should
be at the head of this tribe. Then follow the Orbicdlaria, the Triangularia,
and the NOTOPODA. But of these the Dro?HJtf and the Dorippes should be placed
higher in the scale. The Homaltr, Lithodes, and Ranina, appear to me to be of all
the Brachyura, those which are most closely allied to the Macroura. The external
foot-jaws of the Homolae and of the Lithodes greatly resemble those of the Macroura
by their length and projection.

Although we have divided the Decapoda into two genera only, in order to con-
form to modern systems, and to diminish the number of subgenera, our sections may
be converted into tribes, corresponding to as many subgenera, to be afterwards
divided into various subgeneric sections.

DECAPOD A. 163

females presents seven. We will begin witli those in which all the
feet, except the claws, are natatory.

Matuta, Fabr.

The Matutae have an almost orbicular shell armed on each side
with a very stout tooth in the form of a spine ; the superior edge
of the hands dentated like a crest, and their external face studded
with pointed tubercles ; the third joint of the external foot-jaws,
without any apparent emargination, terminates in a point, so that
it forms, with the preceding joint, an elongated and almost right-
angled triangle. The external antennae are very small, and the
ocular pedicles slightly arcuated.

De Geer mentions a species — Cancer lalipes, which he says is
from the American seas, and has its front terminated by a
strais^ht and entire margin. All those we have seen, how-
ever*, were brought from the East, and the middle of that
margin always presents a bidentated or emarginated projection.
The

PoLYBius, Leach,

Is allied to the Portuni, but the shell is proportionably narrower
and more rounded ; the sides are merely furnished with ordinary
teeth. The third joint of the external foot-jaws is obtuse and emar-
ginated. The eyes are much thicker than their pedicles, and glo-
bular.

But a single species is as yet known f; it was found on the
coast of Devonshire, and has also been observed by M. D'Or-
bigny on the sea-coast of the western departments of France |.

In all the following swimmers, the two posterior feet only are
formed like fins §.

We may first separate those whose shell is almost ovoid and trans-
versely truncated before, and where the tail of the males (the only
sex known) consists of seven distinct segments. Such is the

Orythyia, Fabr.

The only species known, — Orith. mammillaris, Fabr., Cancer
bimaculatus, Herbst., XVIII, 101, is found in the sea of China,
or at least forms a part of the collections of Insects sold by its
inhabitants to foreigners. The ocular pedicles are longer in
proportion than those of the Portuni.

* M. victor, Fab. ; Herbst., VI, 44. — M. planipes, Fab. ; Herbst., xlviii, 6 ; M.
lunaris, Leach, Zool. Miscell., csxvii, 3 — 5, var. ; — M. Peronii, lb., tab., ead.,
1 — 2. Perhaps we should refer the fossil species called by M. Desmarest, Fortune
d'Hericarf, Hist. Nat. des Crust., Foss. V, 5, to this genus, or the Mursia,
Leach.

t Polybius Hensloivii, Leach, Malac. Brit., IX, B.

X The tarsi of the intermediate feet of the Portumni, Leach, are almost com-
pressed into a fin; they might be placed after the Polybii.

§ Always wider and more oval than the preceding tarsi.

M !>

164 CRUSTACEA.

The shell of the last swimmers is mucli wider hefore than behind,
forming either the segment of a circle narrowed towards the tail
and truncated, or a trapezivmi, or is almost in the shape of a heart.
Its greatest transverse diameter generally surpasses the opposite one.
There are but five segments in the tail of the males, instead of the
seven found in that of the females, the number usually peculiar to
the tail of the Decapoda ; the third and the two folloAving ones are
confounded or form but one ; frequently, however, traces of them are
discovered, at least on the sides.

We will first separate those whose eyes are supported by very long
and slender pedicles, arising from the middle of the anterior margin
of the shell, extending to its lateral angles, and received into a
groove run under the edge. Such is the

PODOPHTHALMUS, Lam.,

Where the shell forms a transverse trapezium, wider and straight
before with a long spiniform tooth behind the ocular cavities. The
claws are elongated, spiny, and similar to those of most of the species
of the genus Lupa, Leach.

The only living species known * inhabits the coasts of the Isle
of France, and those of the neighbouring seas.

The valuable cabinet of one of the most learned fossil con-
chylidogists of Europe, contains au internal cast of a fossil
Podophthalmus, to which M. Desmarcst has affixed the name
of its possessor, M. de France f .

The ocular pedicles of the other Crustacea, belonging to this sec-
tion, are short, occupy but a very small portion of the transverse
diameter of the shell, arc placed in oval cavities, and resemble, gene-
rally, those of the ordinary Crabs with which these swimmers are
almost insensibly connected. They may all be united in one single
subgenus, that of

PoRTUNUS, Fab.

Certain species J peculiar to the Indian Ocean, such as the Admete,
Herbst., LVII, 1, are distinguished from all the following ones by
their shell, which is of a transversely quadrilateral form, narrowed
posteriorly, and whose ocular cavities occupy its anterior lateral
angles ; the eyes arc thus separated by an interval almost equal to
the greatest width of the shell. The insertion of the lateral antennae
is at a considerable distance from these cavities.

Other species, whose shell forms the segment of a circle, poste-
riorly truncated and Avidcst in the middle are remarkable for the
length of their claws, which is at least do\ible that of the shell.
Each side presents nine teeth, the posterior largest and spiniform.
The tail of the males is frequently very different from that of the
females.

* Podophthalmits spinosus, Latr., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, 1, and II, 1 ; Leach,
Zool., Miscell. cxlviii ; Porlunis vigil, Fab.
t Hist. Nat. lies Crust. Foss., V, 6, 7, 8.
? Genus Thai.amita, Lat.

DKCAPODA. 165

These Portuni constitute the genus, Lupa, Leach, and are mostly
of a large size and foreign to Europe. One species, however, is
found in the Mediterranean *.

A third division will consist of species analogous to the last in the
form of their shell, but whose lateral teeth, usually five in number,
are nearly equal, or where, at least, the posterior tooth differs but
slightly from the preceding ones ; the length of the claws does not
much exceed that of the shell.

Those which have from six to nine teeth on each side are
exotic. The Porlunus tranquebaricus, Fabr., Herbst., Cane,
XXXVIII, 3, is the only one known that has nine equal teeth
on each lateral edge ; it is large, and is much esteemed as food.
"We suspect the P. leucodonte, Desmar., Hist. Nat. des Crust.
Foss., VI, 1 — 3, is the same species in a fossil state ; it is also
from India.

The following species, all from European seasf, have five teeth
on each lateral edge of the shell.

P. puber, Fab. ; Cancer puber, L. ; Penn. Brit. Zool,, IV,
iv, 8 ; Herbst., VII, 59 ; Leach, Malac. Brit.. VI. Covered with
a yellowish down ; eight small teeth between the eyes, the two
middle ones longest, obtuse and divergent; claws sulcated,
armed with a stout dentated tooth on the inner side of the
carpus, and from one joint to the following one or the hand ;
fingers blackish.

This species is usually called in France, where its flesh is
considered a delicacy, rEtrille.

P. corrugatus ; Cancer corrugatus, Penn. Brit. Zool., IV,
pi. v, 9; Leach, Malac. Brit., VII, 1, 2. The shell rugose,
covered Avith a yellowish down, and furnished with three equal,
and almost lobuliform teeth in front ; the three posterior teeth
of the lateral margins very sharp and spiniform.

P. moenas ; Cancer mcenas, L., and Fab. This common
species of the French coast, called Crabe enrage, appears to me
to belong to the Portuni, rather than to the Crabs properly so
called; its posterior fins are only somewhat narrower. Such
was the first opinion of Dr. Leach, who subsequently made a

* Portunus Dufourii, Latr., Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Ed. II. This species
figured in the Diet. Class. d'Hist. Nat. closely approaches the Cancer hastatus,
Lin., which he says is found in the Adriatic. The following are to be referred to the
same di\asion : Cancer pelagiciis, Herbst., Iviii, 55, — C. forceps, Id., Iv, 4 ; Leach,
Zool., Miscell., liv; — C. sanguinolenfus, Herbst., VIII, 56, 57; — C. cedunulli, lA.,
xxxix; C. reticulatus, lb., 1; — C. hasfatus, Ib.lv, 1; — C. menestho, lb., 3; — C.
ponticus, lb. .5.

t For the Mediterranean species see Petagna, Risso and Olivi ; for those on the
western coast of France and the British seas, the Catalogue Mefhodique des Cntstaces
du departement du Cahados, by Brebisson, and especially the excellent work of
Dr. Leach, Malacostraca Podophthabnia Britannia. M. Desmarest has well developed
the system of this author in his Considerations Generates sur les Crustaces, an extremely
useful book to those who make this branch of Zoology their study. See also our
article Fortune, Encyc. Methodiquc.

166 CRUSTACEA,

peculiar genus for it called Carcinus, (Malac. Brit., XII, tab. v)^
It also has five teeth on each side, and a similar number in front'^
the internal oculars included. The top of the shell is glabrous'
finely shagreened, with deeply impressed lines. The tarsi are
striate ; the upper edge of the hand is so compressed as to form
a rounded ridge, terminated by a small tooth; a second but
stronger one is observed on the inner side of the preceding joints ;
fingers striate, and almost equally dentated, with a blackish tip.

A fossil species is found in the marly limestone of Monte-
Bolca, Avhich, according to Desmarest, — Hist. Nat. des Crust.
Foss., p. 125, is closely related to the mcenas.

In the Portunus Rondeletii, Risso, there are no teeth in
front. The one he calls longipes, presents the same character,
but its feet are longer in proportion than those of other ana-
logous species.
We Avill form a fourth division with the subgenus.

Platyonichus, Lat.

Which name has replaced that of Portumnxis, Leach, on account
of the too great similarity between the latter and the Avord Portunus
already adopted. Here the shell is at least as long as it is broad, and
almost cordate. All the tarsi of the feet, the claws excepted, termi-
nate in a small, semi-elliptical, elongated and pointed lamina ; the
index is strongly compressed.

This division also comprises but a single species, the Cancer
latipes, Plancus, — De Conchis minus notis III, 7, B, C, — and
which has also been figured by Leach — Malac. Brit., IV. There
are three front teeth, and on each lateral edge five*.

From the swimmers we pass to those whose feet all terminate in a
point, or conical and sometimes compressed tarsus, but never form-
ing a fin properly so called. Those of them whose shell is tapering,
forming the arc of a circle before, and narrowed and truncated be-
hind, in which the claws of both sexes are alike, where the number
of the caudal segments is the same as in the Portuni, and Avhich,
with the exception of the tarsi, almost completely resemble them,
Avill constitute our second section, that of the Arcuata. In the

Cancer, Fabr.

Or the Crab properly so called, the third joint of the external
foot-jaws is emarginated or marked with a sinus near the internal
and almost square extremity. The antennae scarcely extending be-
yond the front and composed of but few articulations, are flexed and
glabrous, or but slightly hairy. The hands are rounded and have no
appearance of a crest on the upper edge.

The radical joint of the external antennje is, in some, much larger
than the following ones, and resembles a laminae ; terminated by a
salient and advanced tooth, closing inferiorly the internal corner of

* See the article Platyonique, Encyc. Methodique,

DECAPODA. 167

the ocular cavities. The fossulae of the middle or internal antennae
are nearly longitudinal. Such is the

C. pagurus, L. ; Crabe poupart, &c. ; Herbst., IX, 59. Shell
reddish, wide, plane, almost smooth above, with nine festoons in
each lateral margin, and three teeth in front. Its claws are
large, smooth, with black fingers studded internally with blunt
tubercles. It is sometimes a foot wide, and weighs five pounds.
Common on the Atlantic coast of France, but less abundant in
the Mediterranean. Its flesh is esteemed. Dr. Leach separates
it generically from the other Crabs : Malac. Brit., XVII, x.

In the others, the lower joints of the Antennae are cylindrical ; al-
though somewhat larger, the first does not differ from the following
ones in form or proportion, and does not extend beyond the internal
canthus of the ocular fossulfe ; those of the intermediate antennae are
prolonged in a direction rather parallel to the breadth of the shell
than to its length.

There are some of them — C ll-dentatus, Fab., in which the ex-
tremity of the fingers are excavated like the bowl of a spoon: they
form the Clorodius, Leach. Several species, where they terminate
in a point, are remarkable for the arcuation of the edges of the shell
which terminate posteriorly by a fold and overlapping projection,
in the manner of an angle. Those with a tridentated front, and
Avhose shell only presents that projection or posterior tooth, com-
pose his genus Carpilius. The species of this subdivision, — C. co-
ralliims, F. ; C. mauculatus. Id., are marked with round blood-
coloured spots. They more particularly inhabit the Indian Ocean.
Many fossil Crabs appear to me to belong to this subdivision.

The Xantho, of the same, some of which, Xanth. Jloridu^, Leach,
Malac. Brit., XI; — Cancer poressa, Oliv., Zool. Adriat., II, 3, in-
habit the coast of France, have their antennae inserted in the internal
canthus of the ocular fossulae, and not in the outer one, as in those
just mentioned.

Other considerations would authorise us to augment the number
of these divisions, but our limits require us merely to indicate the
principal ones.

The " Crabe vidgaire de nos cotes'*' of the first edition of this work,
has in this one been placed among the Portuni. — P. moenas.

PiRiMELA, Leach.

These Crustacea completely resemble Crabs, but their external
antennae extend considerably beyond the front, and their stem, longer
than their pedicle, consist of numerous joints. The fossuke of the
intermediaries, as in the C. pagurus, ^.Ye rather longitudinal than
transversal.

But a single species is known, the P. denticiUala, Leach,
Mahc. Brit., VIII; it is found in the British channel and in the
Mediterranean. Perhaps we should refer to this species, the
fossil described by Desmarcst imder the name of Atelectjde ru-
gueux, in the Hist. Nat. de Crust. Foss., IX, 9.

168 CRUSTACEA.

Atelecyclus, Leach *.

Fossulse of the intermediate antcnnee longitudinal ; lateral antennae
elongated, salient and composed of many joints, but very hairy as
well as the elaws; the latter strong, and with compressed hands.
The third joint of the foot-jaws sensibly narrowed above, resembling
an obtuse or rounded tooth ; conical tarsi, and the ocular pedicles
of the ordinary size. The tail is longer than in the preceding Crus-
tacea.

Two species have been described f . One from the coast of
England, of a sub-orbicular form, and the other from that of
France, Mediterranean, as well as Oceanic. The

Thia, Leach,

Approaches Atelecyclus in the lateral antennae, in the direction of
llie fossulse, in which the intermediaries are placed, in the form of
the third joint of the external foot-jaws, and in the sub-orbicular
shell ; but the eyes, together Avith the pedicles, are extremely small
and scarcely salient. The tarsi are strongly comi)ressed and sub-
elliptical. The front is arcuated, rounded, and without any marked
dentations. The pectoral space between the feet is very narrow,
and of the same breadth throughout. The claws are much weaker in
proportion. The shell is smooth, and in some respects the Thite
approach the Lcucosice and the Corystes.

The type \ of this subgenus, whose habitation was unknown,
lias been discovered by Milne Edwards in the sandy shores of
the Mediterranean, near Naples. Risso — Journ. de Phys., 1822,
p. 251, — described a second, dedicated to M. de Blainville, which
he found in the river at Nice. The

MuRsiA, Leach §.

Of which but a single species is known, and which is peculiar to
that part of the Ocean which bounds the southern extremity of
Africa, aj)proaches the Matutee and several Portuni, in the long spine
with which each side of the shell is arm.ed posteriorly ; it also
approximates to the true Crabs in the form of the shell, and of the
external foot-jaws, with this difference, that their third joint forms
an elongated square, narrowed and obliquely truncated at its supe-
rior extri'mity ; but, as in the Calappae and Hepati, the hands are
strongly compressed above, having a sharp and dentated edge, re-
s(-mbling a crcst||.

Hepatus, Latr.

The Hepati have a considerable affinity with the true Crabs in the

* W^e had, at first, placed this subgenus, as well as the following one, among the
Orbicularia.

i" See Cousid. G<;n«^r. sur la Classe des Crust., Desmoi-., p. 88, 89.

X Thia puli/a, Leach, Zool, Miscell. ciii.

§ This name must be changed to avoid confounding the division with that of
Xttisid, another stibgcnus.

II Desmarcst, Consid. Genir., &c., IX, 3.

DECAPODA. 169

widened form of their shell, and the shortness of their lateral antennae,
approaching the Mursise and Calappe in their compressed hands, the
upper edge of which resembles a crest ; but the third joint of their
external foot-jaws form an elongated, narrow, and pointed triangle,
without any apparent eroargination, a character also observed in the
Matutse and Leucosiae.

The species * which served as the type of this division was
confounded by Fabricius with the Calapp. It it as large as an
ordinary Pagarus. The shell is yellowish, dotted with red, and
the margins finely and unequally crenulated. The eyes are
small and approximated, and the feet are traversed by red
bands. Although the tail of the male has but five complete seg-
ments, the traces of two others may still be discovered on the
sides. This species is common at the Antilles.

In our third section, or that of the Quadrilatera, the shell is
nearly square or heart-shaped, the front generally prolonged, in-
flected or much inclined, and forming a sort of clypeus. There
are seven segments, distinctly marked across their whole breadth,
in the tail of both sexes. The antennae are usually very short.
The eyes of most of them are fixed on long or stout pedicles.
Several live habitually on land, inhabiting holes excavated by them-
selves ; others frequent fresh- water streams. They move with great
swiftness f.

A first division will comprise those in which the fourth joint of
the external foot-jaws is inserted at the superior internal extremity of
the preceding one, either in a short, truncated projection, or in a si-
nus of the inner margin. They approach nearest to the Crabs proper.

The shell of some is nearly square, or a trapezium, but not trans-
verse, or almost in the form of a truncated heart. The ocular pedi-
cles are short, and inserted either near the lateral and anterior angles
of the shell, or more internally, but always at a considerable distance
from the middle of the front. Here comes the

Eriphia, Lat.

Where the lateral antennae are inserted between the ocular cavi-
ties and the median antennae ; the nearly cordiform shell is truncated
posteriorly, and the eyes are removed from its anterior angles.

The coast of France furnishes a species — Cancer spinifrons.
Fab.; Herbst., XI, 65 ; Desmar., Consider., XIV, 1, which is
the Pagurus of Aldrovandus. The sides of its shell are fur-
nished with five teeth, the second and third bifid. The fi'ont
and claws are spiny ; the fingers black.

* Hepatus fasciatus, Latr. ; Desmar., Consider., IX, 2 ; — Calappa angustata
Fabr. ; Cancer princeps, Bosc. ; Herbst., xxxvii, 2. See also his Cancer armadillus,
VI, 42, 43.

t I consider them, with respect to their habits and some of the characters of
their organization, as being the furthest removed from the other Dccapoda ; they
should be placed at one of the extremities of that order.

170 CRUSTACEA.

Trapezia, Lat.

The Trapezige resemble the Eriphiae in the insertion of their lateral
antennae, but their shell is nearly square, depressed, and smooth ; the
eyes are placed at its anterior angles, and the claws, in comparison
with the other feet, very large.

All the species are exotic *, and inhabit Eastern Seas. The

PiLUMNus, Leach,

Differs from the two preceding subgenera, in the insertion of the
lateral antennae at the internal extremity of the ocular cavities,
above the origin of the pedicles of the eyes. The Pilumni, as to the
form of the shell, approach nearer to the Crustacea of the second
section, than the other Quadrilatera, and in this respect stand some-
what ambiguously between the two. As in most of the Arcuata the
third joint of their foot-jaw is nearly square or pentagonal. The
lateral antennae are longer than the ocular pedicles, and have a seta-
ceous stem, longer than the peduncle, and composed of numerous
small joints. The tarsi are simply pilose f.

Thelphusa, Lat. %

The lateral atennae situated as in the Pilumni, but shorter than
the ocular pedicles, composed of but few joints, and with a cylin-
drico-conical stem, hardly longer than its peduncle. The shell is
almost shaped like a truncated heart, and the tarsi are furnished with
spinous or dentated ridges.

Several species are known, all of which inhabit fresh water,
but capable, as it would appear, of living at a distance from it
for a considerable time. One of them, mentioned by the an
cients, is found in the south of Europe, the Levant, and in
Egypt; it is the Crabe Jluviafile, oi Belon, Rondelet, and Ges-
ner §. It is very common in several brooks and various lakes
of the craters of the south of Italy ; its effigy is observable on
different antique Grecian medals, particularly on those of Sicily.
The shell is about two inches in each diameter. It is greyish or
yellowish, as the animal is living or dead, mostly smooth, with
little incised rugae and asperities on the anterior sides. The
front is transversal, inclined, reflected, and edentated. The
claws are rough, with a reddish spot at the extremity of the
fingers, which are long, conical, and unequally dentated. The
Greek monks eat it raw, and during Lent it forms one of the
articles of diet used by the Italians.

* Cancer cymodoce, Herbst., li, 5 ; — C. rufo-punctatus, Id., xlvii, 6 ; — C. glaher-
rimus, Id., xx, 115. See the article Trapi:zie, Encyc. Methodique.

t Seethe article Pi7Km>ie, Encyc. Method., and Desmarest, op. cit. p. 111.

X The Pofamophiles of the first edition of this work. That name having been
already applied to a genus of Coleopterous Insects, I have substituted the present
one. — See this word in the second edition of the Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. They
are the PofamobuF, Leach, Potamon, Savigny.

§ See Olivier Voy., en Egyptc, pi. xxx, 2 ; and the plates of Nat. Hist., in the
great work on that country.

DKCAPODA. 171

Two naturalists, travellers of the government, prematurely taken
from the sciences, Delande and Leschenault-de-Latour, discovered
two other species ; one was collected by the first in his travels to
the south of Africa, and the other by the second in the mountains of
Ceylon.

The Cancer senex of Fabricius (Herbst., XL, 5), should, in my
opinion, be referred to the same subgenus. It inhabits the East
Indies.

A species peculiar to America, the Thelphusa serrata, Herbst.,
X, ii, is proportionably wider and flatter than the others, pre-
senting certain characters which seem to indicate a particular
division *.

Other Quadrilatera having, like the preceding ones, the fourth
joint of the external foot-jaws inserted in the external extremity of
the previous joint, differ from them in the trapezoidal, transverse and
widened form of the fore-part of the shell, as well as in their ocular
pedicles, which, like those of the Podophthalmi, are long and slender,
extending to the anterior angles, and inserted near the middle of the
front. The claws of the males are long and cylindrical : such is the

GoNOPLAx, Leach.

Two species of which are found in European seas ; one of them,
however, may possibly be a mere vai'iety of the other.

The first — Cancer angulatus, L. ; Herbst., I, 13 ; Leach, Ma-
lac. Brit., XIII, has the anterior angles of its shell prolonged
into a point, and a second, but smaller spine behind. Two
others are observed on the claws of the males, one on the joint
called the arm, and the other on the internal side of the carpus ;
the hands are elongated, and somewhat narrowed at base ; ano-
ther tooth is found on the superior extremity of the thighs of the
other feet. The body is reddish. It inhabits the western coast
of France, and that of England.

In the second — Cancer rhomboides, L., the shell presents no
other spines than those formed by the prolongation of the ante-
rior angles. The body is smaller, and of a reddish- white or
flesh colour. From the rocky localities of the Mediterranean f.

In the second division of the Quadrilatera, the fourth joint of the
external foot jaws, or those which cover the other parts of the mouth
below, is inserted in the middle of the extremity of the preceding
joint, or more outwardly.

* See also the subgenus Ocypode. I have made a new one called Trichodac-
lYLUS, with a fresh-water species from Brazil, analogous to the preceding ones,
but with an almost square shell, the third joint of the external foot-jaws forming an
elongated triangle hooked at the end, and the tarsi covered with a close down.

The Graspus fcssclatiis, of the pi. (cccv, 2) of Nat. Hist., Encyc. Method., is also
the type of the new genus Melia, but one of too little importance to be treated of
in detail in a work like this.

t See the article RhomUUr, Encyc. Methodique.

172 CHUSTACEA.

Sometimes the shell is trapezoidal or ovoid, or is shaped like a heart
truncated posteriorly. The ocular pedicles, inserted at a short dis-
tance from the middle of its anterior margin, extend to its anterior
angles, or even beyond them.

Commencing with those whose shell is transversely quadrilateral,
widened before and narrowed behind, or which has the form of an
egg, we first observe the

Macrophthalmus, Lat,

Where the shell, as in the Gonoplaces, is trapezoidal, and the claws
are long and narrow; the ocular pedicles are slender, elongated, and
lodged in a groove under the anterior margin of the shell. The
first joint of the intermediate antennae is rather transverse than lon-
gitudinal, and the two which terminate them are very distinct and
of a mean size. The external foot-jaws are approximated inferiorly
at their inner edge, leaving no intei-val between them, and their third
joint is transverse.

They* inhabit the Eastern Ocean, and the seas of New Holland.

The folloAving, which constitute the subgenera Gelasimus, Ocy-
pode, and Miciyn,?, inhabit burrows, are remarkable for the celerity of
their course, and have the fourth pair of feet, and next to them, the
third, longer than the others. The intermediate antennae are exces-
sively small, and hardly bifid, at their extremity; the[radical joint is
nearly longitudinal. They are peculiar to hot climates.

Here the shell is solid, of a quadrilateral or trapezoidal form, widest
before.

Gelasimus, Lat. — Uca, Leach.

Eyes terminating their pedicles like a small head ; third joint of
the external foot-jaws forming a transverse square ; last segment of
the tail of the males almost semi-circular, that of the females nearly
orbicular.

The lateral antennae are longer, and more slender in proportion, than
those of the Ocypodes. One of the claws, now the right, and then
the left, varying in individuals of the same species, is much larger than
the other ; the fingers of the small one are frequently shaped like a
spoon or spatula. The animal closes the entrance of its burrow,
which it excavates in the vicinity of the sea-shore, or in marshy
places, with its large claw. These burrows are cylindrical, oblique,
very deep, and placed close to each other, but are usually inhabited
by a single individual. Their habit of holding the large claw in an
upright position before the body, as if making an appellative gesture,
lias obtained for them the name of Calling-Crabs {Cancer vocans).
One species, observed by Bosc, in South Carolina, passes the three

* Gonoplax transversus, Latr., Encyc. Method., Hist. Nat., ccxcvii, 2 ; — Cancer
hrevis, Herbst., Ix, 4. The Gonoplace de Latreille, a fossil species described by
Desmarcst, Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss., IX, 1 — 4, and perhaps also his G. incise,
TX, 5, 6, may be a Macrophthalmus ; generally speaking, however, his fossil Gono-
places arc Gelasimi. The species he calls Gelusime hdsante, VIII, 7, S, does not
appear to diifer from the living one which I have called the inaracoani, Encyc. Method.,
lb., ccxcvi, 1.

DECAPODA. 173

winter months in its retreat without leaving it, and only visits the
sea when about to spawn*.

OcYPODE, Fabr.

Eyes extending into the greater part of the length of their pedicles,
or claviform ; third joint of the external foot-jaws forming a long
square; tail of the males very narrow, and the last joint an elongated
triangle ; that of the females is oval.

The claws are nearly similar, strong, but short, and the forceps
shaped like a reversed heart. Agreeably to the indication afforded
by their generic name, these Crustacea run with great SAviftness,
which indeed is such, that a horse can scarcely overtake them, whence
the name of Eques, given to them by the older naturalists. They
are now sometimes termed Land-Crabs, and occasionally, naturalists
have confounded them with the Gecarcini, under the general deno-
mination of Tourlouroux. The Ocypodes, during the day, remain in
the holes or burrows they have excavated in the sand, near the sea-
shore, and quit them after sun-set.

Ocyph. eques; Cancer cursor, L. ; Cancer eques, Bel.;
Ocyph. ippeus, Oliv., Voy. dans I'Emp. Ottom., II, xxx, 1. Dis-
tinguished from all the others by the bundle of hairs, which ter-
minate the ocular pedicles. It inhabits the coast of Syria, that of
Africa bordering on the Mediterranean, and is even found at
Cape de Verd. In the

Ocyp. cerathophthalmus ; Cancer cerathopt., Pall, Spic. Zool.,
fasc. IX, V, 2 — 8, the superior extremity of these pedicles ex-
tends beyond the eyes for more than a third of their whole
length, in a conical and simple point. The forceps are codiform,
very rough, and their cutting edge dentated. From the East
Indies.

In others the pedicles are terminated by the eyes forming a sort of
club. Some from the eastern continent, and all those of the western
world, are thus formed ; but the latter possess a peculiar character,
which indicates more acquatic habits, or that they swim with more
facility; their feet are smoother, flatter, and furnished with a fringe of
hairs. Such is the O. blanc, Bosc. Hist. Nat. des Crust , I, 1. The
Cumuru of Marcgrave belongs to this divisionf .

In classing the collection of the Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, we
placed among the Ocypodes, under the specific name of quadridentata,
a crustaceous animal, which appears to us to bear a close resemblance

* See the article Gelasime, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Ed. II, and the same article
in the work of Desmarest on animals of that class. The Crabs, cietie-ele, cietie-
panama, of Marcgrave, appear to me synonymous with the Gclasimus pugilator.
According to the obssrvations of M. Marion, communicated to the Acad. Roy. des
Sc, by M. de Blainville, this inequality of the forceps is peculiar to the males, at
least such was the case in all the numerous specimens examined by him in his voyage
to the East Indies.

t For the Ocypodes of the Western Continent, see the observations of M. Say,
Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad. His Ocyp. reficulalus is a Grapsus. Consult, also, the
article Uci/pude, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist Nat., and the work of M. De.^^marest.

174 CRUSTACEA.

to the Gecarcin trois-epines, Desmar., a fossil species, Hist. Nat.
des Crust. Foss., VIII, 10 ; he suspects it may belong to the genus
Thelphusa.

Here, at least in the females, the shell is very thin, membranous,
and flexible, and the body almost round or subovoid. The ocular
pedicles are sensibly shorter than in the preceding subgenera. First
comes the

MiCTYRis, Lat.

\'^Tiere the body is subovoid, highly inflated, narrower, and more
obtuse before, and truncated posteriorly; the clypeus considerably
diminished, and its extremity narrowed into a point. The claws form
an elbow at the junction of the third and fourth joint, the latter of
which is almost as large as the hand ; the other feet are long, with
angular tarsi. To these essential characters we will add, that the
ocular pedicles are curved, and crowned with globular eyes ; that the
external foot-jaws are verj' ample, and their internal edge hairy, the
second joint being very large, and the following one almost semi-
circular.

Two species are known : one is found in the Australasian

Ocean*, and the other in Egypt t, where it was observed by M.

Savigny. Immediately after these come the

Pinnotheres, Lat.

Very small Crustacea, which during a part of the year, in Novem-
ber particularly, inhabit various bivalve shells, chiefly the Mytili and
Pinnae. The shell of the females is sub-orbicular, very thin and soft,
while that of the males is solid, almost globular and somewhat nar-
rowed into a point before. The feet are of a middling length, and
the claws straight and formed as usual. The external foot-jaAvs pre-
sent but three distinct joints, the first large, transversal, and arcuated,
and the second furnished at its internal base with a small appendage.
The tail of the female is very ample, and covers the whole under part
of the body.

The ancients believed that they resided with the MoUusca, in whose
shells they are found, on friendly terms, warning them of danger and
seeking food for them. The inhabitants of certain districts, at the
present day, attribute to their presence the unwholesome qualities
sometimes manifested in the Mytili |.

We now arrive at Crustacea, which, although analogous to those
just mentioned in the insertion of their ocular pedicles, are removed
from them in respect to their shell. It is heart-shaped, and trunca-
ted posteriorly, elevated, dilated and rounded on the sides near the
anterior angles. The ocular pedicles are shorter than those of the

* Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, 40 ; Encyc, Method., Atlas d'Hist. Nat.
ccxcvii, :i ; Desmar., Consider., XI, 2. This subgenus, and that of the Pinnotheres,
in the first edition of this work, constituted part of the Orbiculavia ; but in their
natural order they approach the Ocypodes, Gecarcini, &c.

t PI. d'Hist. Nat., of the great work on Egypt.

X For species see Leach, Malac. Podoph. Britt., and Desmar., Consider. Gf^ncr.
sur les Crust., 1 16.

DECAPODA. 17'5

preceding subgenera, and do not quite extend to the lateral extre-
mities of the shell. The intermediate antennae are always terminated
by two very distinct divisions. The inhabitants of the French
colonies designate them by various appellations, such as Tourlouroux,
Crabes-peints, Crabes de terre, and Crabes violets, Avhich may apply
to different species, or to varieties from age ; no observations worthy
of credence have as yet settled this point of nomenclature. These
animals more particularly inhabit intertropical countries and those
which adjoin them. Their habits are a constant source of interest to
travellers, but by abstracting from their accounts all improbable and
doubtful facts, their history will be as follows. The greater portion
of their life is passed on land, where they secrete themselves in holes,
from which they never issue but at night. Some inhabit cemeteries.
Once in the year, about the spawning season, they collect in immense
bands and pursue a direct course to the sea, heedless of all obstacles ;
after depositing their ova, they return much enfeebled. It is said
that they seal up the mouth of their burrow during the time they are
casting their shell. When this is effected, and while yet soft, they are
called Boursiers, and their flesh is much esteemed, although some-
times poisonous This quality is attributed to the fruit of the man-
chineel, which they are supposed, falsely perhaps, to have eaten. In
some of them, such as the

UcA, Lat.,

The size of the feet, commencing with those of the second pair,
progressively diminishes ; they are extremely pilose, and the tarsi
simply sulcated without any remarkable spines or dentations.

The only species known — Cancer uca, L., Herbst., VI, 38,
inhabits the marshes of Guiana and of Brazil.
In others, the third and fourth pair of feet are longer than the
second and fifth ; the tarsi are marked Avith dentated or very spinous
ridges. They form two subgenera.

Cardisoma, Lat.

The four antennae and all the joints of the external foot-jaws
exposed ; the three first joints of these same foot-jaws straight ;
the third shorter than the second, emarginated superiorly and nearly
cordiform; the first of the lateral antennae almost similar and broad.

They are called Crabes blancs at the Antilles, though sometimes
they have a yellow shell striped with red *.

Gecarcinus, Leach.

The four antennae covered by the clypeus ; second and third joints
of the external foot-jaws, large, flattened, arcuated, and leaving a space
between their inner sides, the last one forming a curvilinear triangle,
obtuse at the summit ; it reaches to the clypeus, and covers the three
following ones, or the fourth, fifth, and sixth.

* Cancer cordatus, L.; — Cancer carni/ex, Herbst., XLI, 1 IV, 37 ; — C. guan-
humi, Marcgrave. The tarsi have four ridges ; there are two additional ones in the
Gecarcini.

176 CRUSTACEA.

The most common species — Cancer ruricola, L., Herbst., Ill,
36, when yoimg, IV, xx, 116; xlix, 1, is of a more or less lively
blood-red colour, more or less extended, and sometimes spotted
with yellow with a deeply marked impression of the letter H.
It is the Crahe violet, and Crabe peint of travellers ; the name
of Tourlourou appears to me to be more peculiarly applied to this
species *.

Sometimes the shell is nearly square, subisometrical or not, broader
than it is long-, flattened, and the front turned down for nearly the
whole of its width. The ocular pedicles are short and inserted at tlie
anterior lateral angles. The two ordinary divisions of the interme-
diate antennae are very distinct. The inner sides of the exterior foot-
jaws are separated, leaving an angular space between tliem ; their
third joint is almost as long as it is broad. The claws are short and
thick, and the other feet very flat; the fourth pair, and then the third,
are longer tlian the others ; tarsi spinous.

Plagusia, Lat.

The mediate antcneae lodged in two longitudinal and oblique fissures
traversing the whole thickness of the middle of the clypevis f . They
are inferior or covered l)y this part in

Grapsus, La77i.

Where the shell is somewhat wider before than behind, or at least
not narrower, while in the Plagusise it widens from before back-
wards.

The Grapsi are found throughout all parts of the globe, but are
more particularly abundant in the vicinity of the tropics. They are
not seen in Europe beyond 50 deg. of latitude. If I mistake not they
are called Ceriques at Martinique. Marcgrave has figured some
Brazilian species by the name of Aratu, Aratu-pinima (Grapsus
cruentatus, Lat.) and Carava-una. At Cayenne they are called
Ragabeumba, or soldier.

These animals conceal themselves during the day under stones,
&c., at the bottom of the sea. I have been informed that some of them
even climb up the trees on its shores and hide beneath their bark.
The broad and flattened form of their body and feet enables tliem to
support themselves for a moment on tlie surface of the water ; they
always walk sideways, sometimes to the right, and ;:t others to the
left. Certain species inhabit rivers witliin the bounds of tide water,

* See the article Tourlourou in the Encyc. Methodique. Messrs. Audouin and
Edwards have lately communicated to the Acad. Roy. des Sc, some very curious
remarks upon an organ peculiar to these animals, which form a sort of reservoir
capable of containing a certain quantity of water, and placed immediately above
the branchiae. This accounts for the unusual convexity of the anterior sides of their
thorax.

t P. depressa, Lat. ; Herbst., Ill, 35 ; — P. clavimana, Lat., Herbst., lix, .3 ;
Desmar., Consider., XIV, 2. The tail appears to me to consist but of four distinct
segments. The third, however, presents one or two deep and transverse lines. In
the Grapsi there are seven segments, the third of which has an angular dilatation on
each side of its base.

DECAPOD A. 177

but most frequently live on their banks or on land. They assemble
in great numbers, and when any one appears among them, they hurry
to the water with a tremendous noise, caused by striking one claw
against the other. I'heir habits are similar to those of other carni-
vorous Crustacea *.

G. variii<;, Lat. ; Cancer marmoratus. Fab. ; Oliv., ZooL,
Adr., II, 1 ; Ca/icre mac/;-e. Rondel. ; Herbst., XX, 114. Size
middling ; nearly square, hardly broader than long ; yellowish or
livid ; greatly elongated above, and marked with numerous fine
lines and points of a reddish brown ; four flattened projections
arranged transversely at the base of the clypeus, and three teeth
at the anterior extremity of each lateral edge. The tarsi are
spiny. The

G. porte-pinceau ; Cuv. Regne Anim., IV, xii, 1; Rumph.,
Mus. X, 2; Desraar., Consider., XV, 1, is remarkable for the
numerous lung and blackish hairs with which the superior sur-
faces of the fingers are furnished. The tarsi are without spines,
a character exclusively peculiar to this species. It is found in the
East Indies f .

In our fourth section or the Orbiculata J, the shell is either sub-
globular, rhomboidal, or ovoid, and always very solid; the ocular pe-
dicles are always short or l)ut slightly elongated ; the claws of un-
equal size according to the sex, those of the males being largest ; there
are never seven complete segments in the tail ; the buccal cavity
grows gradually narrower towards its superior extremity, and the
third joint of the external foot-jaws always forms an elongated
triangle. The posterior feet resemble the preceding ones, and neither
of the latter is ever very long. In the

CoRYSTES, Latr.,

The shell is an ovoidal oblong, and crustaceous ; the lateral antennae
are long, projecting and ciliated ; ocular pedicles of a mean size and
separated ; third joint of the external foot-jaws longer than the pre-
ceding one, with a visible emargination for the insertion of the next.
The tail is composed of seven segments, the two middle ones oblite-
rated in the males.

A species — Cancer personatus, Hei-hst., XII, 71) 72; Leach,
Malac. Brit., VI, 1, is known on the coast of France. The
lateral edge of its shell is marked with three notches on each
side.

A second was brought from the Cape of Good Hope by the
late Delalande.

* See Bosc, Hist. Nat. des Crust.

f See the Article Playiisie, Encyc. Method., aad the Histoire des Animaux sans
vert&bres of Delamarck, genus Grapse.

X The Orythice and the Dorippes, in a natural series, would, in my opinion, belong
to this section, and lead to the Corystes ; their shell is a truncated ovoid.

VOL, HI. N

178 CRUSTACEA.

Leucosia, Fab.

Form of the shell varying, but generally ovoid or almost globular,
and always very hard and stony; lateral antcnnte and eyes very small ;
eyes approximated. The third joint of the external foot-jaws is
smaller than the second, and without any apparent internal sinus ;
these parts are contiguous inferiorly along the internal edge, and form
an elongated triangle, the extremity of which is received into two
upper cells of the buccal cavity. The tail, which is ample and subor-
bicular in the females, usually consists of from four to five segments,
but never seven.

Doctor Leach * has separated this genvis of Fabricius into several
genera, which, however, we will consider as simple divisions.

Those species which have a transversal shell, with the middle of its
sides greatly prolonged or dilated, so as to resemble a cone or cylinder,
forms his genus Ixa f .

Those which have a rhombuidal shell with seven conical points, re-
sembling spines on each side, com^wse that of Iphis-,

If the shell still has the rhomboidal figure, but merely presents
angles or sinuses on the sides, it becomes his genus Nwiia.

If these lateral edges arc smooth, we have his Ebalia.

The Leucosiae with an ovoid or nearly globular shell, and other-
wise distinguished from several of the preceding by the claws being
always longer than the body, and thicker than the other feet, and by
the tarsi being sensibly striate, may be divided thus :

In some the front projects, or at least is not surpassed by the supe-
rior extremity of the buccal cavity. The outer branch of the external
foot-jaws is elongated, and almost linear.

Here the claws are slender, the hands cylindrical, and the fingers
long.

Sometimes the shell is nearly globular, and either very spiny, as in
the genus Arcititia, or smooth as in Ilia.

At others, the shell is suborbicular and depressed, as in the genus
Persephona, or ovoid as in Myra.

There the claws are thick, with ovoid hands and short fingers.

Tliey constitute the true Leucosicr of that naturalist.

In the others, the superior extremity of the buccal cavity outreaches
the front. The outer branch of the external foot-jaws is short, and
arcuated ; the shell rounded and depressed. This last division com-
prises his genus Phylira.

Other considerations, founded on the proportions of the feet and the
form of the external foot-jaws, strengthen these characters.

The Leucosie noyau ; Ilia nucleus, Leach ; Cancer nucleus^
Lin., Herbst., XI, 14, is common in the Mediterranean; its shell
is globular, granulated on the sides and posteriorly ; the front is

* Leach Zool. Misc. Ill; Desmar., Consid.

■f Leucosia cylimlrus, Fabr,, Herbst., II, 29 — 31.

DECAPODA. 179

notched ; two teetli on the posterior margin, and two others
widely separated on each lateral muscle ; the posterior largest
and spiniform, and situated above the origin of the posterior
feet.

The sea coast of the western departments of France produces
some other species, which belong to the genus Ebalia, Leach*.
All the remaining ones are from India and America.

Some fossil Leucosire are found in the East Indies. Three
species have been described by M. Desmarest, two of which,
according to him, are true Leucosice, Leach, and which are
now living in the same countries, and peculiar to them.

Our fifth section, that of the Trigona, is composed of those species
whose shell is usually triangular or subovoid, narrowed before into a
point or kind of beak, generally uneven and rough, with lateral eyes.
The interval comprised between the antennae and the buccal cavity
is always nearly square, as long, or almost as long, as broad. The
claws, at least those of the males, are ahvays large and elongated.
The following feet are very long in a great number, and sometimes
the two last even differ in form from the preceding ones. The third
joint of the external foot-jaws is always nearly square or hexagonal,
in those at least whose feet are of the ordinarv length.

The apparent number of the caudal segments varies. In both
sexes of several it is seven ; in others, however, the males at least, it
is less.

Several of these Crustacea are designated by the vulgar appellation
of Ay-aignees de mer or Sea-spiders.

Although the species of this tribe are very numerous, but two
have as yet been discovered except in a fossil state, one of which at
least — Maia squinado — exists at the present day in a living state, and
in the same localities f .

A first division will comprehend those whose second and foUoAving
feet are similar, and which diminish progressively in size.

From the latter we will form a first group of all those where the
tail, either in both sexes, or in the females alone, is composed of seven
segments. The third joint of the external foot-jaws is almost
always square, and truncated or notched at the superior internal
angle.

Very large claws, particularly so Avhen compared with the other
feet, which are extremely short, directed horizontally and perpendi-
cularly to the axis of the body, as far as the carpus or joint immedi-
ately preceding the hand, then reflected anteriorly on themselves with
the fingers bent, suddenly forming an angle ; very short ocular pedi-
cles, projecting but little, if at all, from their cavities ; a stony and
very uneven or spiny shell, designate the

Parthenope, Fab.
The lateral antennae of some are very short, not exceeding the

^ * Malac. Brit., xxv.

t See Desmar., Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss,

180 CRUSTACEA.

length of the eyes; the. first joint is entirely situated under the ocular
cavities.

If there are seven segments in the tail of both sexes, we have the
genus Parthenope properly so called * of Leach.

If that of the males presents but five, it is his genus Lambrus f.

The lateral antennae of the others are sensibly longer than the eyes ;
their first joint extends to the superior internal extremity of tlie
cavities peculiar to these latter organs, and appears to be confound-
ed with the shell. The post-abdomen is always composed of seven
segments. The claws of the females are much shorter than those ot
the opposite sex. The same naturalist distinguishes these Crustacea
generically by the name of Eiiri/noma. But a single species is known
which inhabits the English and French coasts +.

All the other Parthenopes, one excepted §, are from the Indian
Ocean.

In the following ones, the claws always project, and their length, at
most, is doulde that of the body ; their fingers are not suddenly bent
into an angle ||.

Here the length of the longest feet — the second — barely exceeds
that of the shell from the eyes to the origin of the tail. The under
part of the tarsi is usually either dcntated or spiny, or furnished with
a ciliated fringe terminated like a club.

We will commence with those whose ocular pedicles are very short,
or of a mean length, susceptible of being entirely retracted within
their cavities, and whose claws, at least in the males, are considerably
thicker than the other feet.

MiTHRAx, Leack.

Robust claws ; ends of the fingei's like the bowl of a spoon ; stem
of the lateral antennae sensibly shorter than the pedicle ; the tail
composed of seven segments in both sexes.

All the known species are from the American scas^.

AcANTHONYX, Latr,

A tooth or spiniform projection on the inferior side of the tibiae ;
under part of the tarsi pilose, and as if pectinated ; superior surface

* Paiihtn. horrida, Fah.; Rumph., Mus., IX, 1 ; Seba, III, xix, 16, 17 ; Heibst ,
XIV, 88.

t Panth. lomjimana, Fab.; Kumph., Mus., VIII ; — P.giraffa, Fab.; Herbst.,
XIX 108, 109; — P.hir, Fab.; — P. n«'/«s, Latr. ; — Cancer contrarim, Herhst., Ix,
■^•^-Ip.macrochelcs, Lat., Herbst., XIX, 107; — Cancer longimanus, L., fern., P.
iHgonomana, Lat. ; Cancer prensur, Herbst., xli, 3.

+ Cancer asper, Penn., Brit. Zool., IV ; Eurynoma aspera, Leach, Malac. Brit.,
XVII.

§ Parthenope angulifrons, Latr., Encyc. Method. ; Cancer longtinamts, Olivi.

II The first joint of the lateral antennae appearing to form part of the shell, has
been mistaken by several naturalists, the second having been considered by them
as the first.

^ Milhrax spinicinctus, Latr.; Desmar., Consid., p. 150; — Cancer, hispidits,
Herbst., XVIII, 100 ; — Cancer aculcutus, Herbst., XIX, 104 ; — C. spinipes, ejusd.,
XVII, 94. The lachus hircus, Fab., is perhaps a congener.

DECAPODA. 181

of the shell smooth. The tale of the males presents, at most, but
six complete segments*.

Pisa, Leach.

Claws of a mean size, with pointed fingers ; tibiae without any spine
beneath, and the tail composed of seven segments in both sexes.
As in the preceding subgenera, the lateral antennee are inserted at
an equal distance from the fossulae that receive the intermediate
ones, and from the ocular cavities, or rather nearer to the latter.

These, as in the genus Naxia ,Leach f, have two ranges of den-
tations on the under part of the tarsi. Those have but a single roAV
of dentations, or a simple fringe of thick claviform cilia, under the
same joint. The latter constitute the genus Lissa of that author +.

Among those which have a range of dentations, the feet some-
times gradually diminish in length, as happens in his Pisa%, pro-
perly so called, and at others, the third ones, in the males, become
abruptly shorter than those which j^rccede them, as in his Chori-
nus ||.

Pericera, Latr.

The Periceree, though approaching the Pisae in the form and pro-
portions of the claws, and the number of their caudal segments, are
removed from them, as well as from the other anterior subgenera,
l)y the insertion of their lateral antennae under the snout, and their
approximation to the fossulce lodging the intermediate ones, being
closer than to those which receive the ocular pedicles^.

In the two following subgenera the ocular pedicles are short or
moderate, as well as in the preceding ones. But the claws, even
those of the males, are hardly thicker than the following feet. The
tail always consists of seven segments. In the

Maia, Leach,

The second joint of the lateral antennae seems to arise from the
internal canthus of the ocular fossee. The hand and the joint v.'hich
precedes it are nearly of the same length. The shell is ovoid.

This subgenus established by Lamarck, and originally consisting
of a great number of species, comprises, at present, according to
the method of Dr. Leach, but one, the Cancer squinado, Herbst, XIV,

* Maia glabra, Collect, du Mus. d'Hist. Nat. ; Maia lumdata, Risso, I, 4 ;
Lihinia htnulafa, Desmar.

t Pisa aiirifa, Latr., Encyc. Method. — P. nionoceros, Ih.

X Pisa chiragra, Latr., Encyc. Method. ; Desmar., Consid.

§ Pisa xi/phias, Latr., lb.; — ejusd., lb. P. anes; — P. barbicornis ; — P. corni-
gera; — P. sfyx ; — P.bicvniuta; — P. frispinosa ; — P. arinata, Leach, Malac. Brit.,
XVII; Cancer muscosus .' Lin.; — P. telraodon, Leach, lb. xx.

II Pisa heros, Latr., Encyc. Method.

5[ Maia favrus, Lam. ; Cancer cormtdo, Herbst., lix, 6.

N.B. The genus Amathia of M. P. Roux, Hist, des Crust, de la Mediterr., &c.,
liv. I, does not differ from my Pericera — it even appears to me to have the same
type. The Lithographic plates which accompany this work are distinctly and
faithfully executed.

182 CRUSTACEA.

884, 5, Ivi; Inachus cornutus, Fab. It is very common on the coast
of France and in the Mediterranean, where it is called Araignee de
mer. It is one of the largest of the European Crustacea, and the
Maia of the ancient Greeks, figured on some of their coins. They
attributed great wisdom to it, and considered it as sensible to the
charms of music.

MiciPPE, Leach.

The first joint of the lateral antennae curved, dilated at its supe-
rior extremity into a transverse and oblique blade, closing the ocular
fossae ; the ensuing joint inserted under its superior margin. The
shell, viewed from above, appears widely truncated before; its an-
terior extremity is inclined, and terminates in a sort of clypeus or
dentated rostrum *. The

SrKNocioNOPb', Leach,

Is distinguished from all other subgenera of this tribe by long and
slender ocular pedicles Avhich protrude from their fossulyef

There the under surface of the feet presents neither ranges of den-
tations nor claviform cilia. Those of the first pairs, at least, are one
half longer than the shell, and frequently much longer. The body
is usually more abbreviated than in the preceding subgenera, being
either nearly globular, or formed like a shortened egg.

A species of this tribe, — Maia rehtja. Coll. du Jard. du Roi,
whose shell is Avoolly and forms a truncated ovoid, or is obtuse
anteriorly ; whose strongly curved elongated ocular pedicles are
received into fossulrc situated under the lateral margin uf the
shell ; whose carpus is elongated as in Maia ; — presents another
character which exclusively distinguishes it, viz. the length of
the feet seems to augment progressively from the second pair on-
wards, or at least to differ but little. It is the type of the genus

Camposcia, Leach.

In the others, as usual, the length of the feet progressively di-
minishes from the second pair to the last.

In some of them, the ocular pedicles, although much shorter than
in the Stenocionops, are always salient, and the third joint of the
pedicle of their lateral antenna^ is as long, or even larger, than the
preceding one, the antennpe themselves terminating in a long seta-
ceous stem. The approach the Micipijes ; such is the

Halimus, Latr.l

In those which constitute the two following sub-genera, the ocular

* Cancer cristatus, L. ; Rumph., Mus., VIII, i, the male. — Cancer phylira,
Herbst. Iviii, 4 ; Desiftar. Consider., XX, 2.

f Cancer cen-iconiis, Herbst., Iviii, 2, from the Isle of France. M. Desmarest
•was mist.iken in citing, as the type, Consid. Gen. sur les Crust., p. 153, the
Maia faurus, Lamarck.

X Two species, one of which arpears to be allied to the Cancer superciliosus,
L. ; Herbst, XIV, 89.

DECAPODA. 183

pedicles are susceptible of being entirely retracted within their fos-
sulce, and are protected posteriorly by a dentiform projection, or
angle, of the lateral edges of the shell. The second joint of the pe-
duncle of the lateral antennae is much larger than the following one ;
they are terminated by a very short stem resembling an elongated
stylet.

Hyas, Leach.

Lateral edges of the shell dilated behind the ocular cavities, which
are large and oval ; external side of the second joint of the lateral
antennae compressed and carinated ; ocular pedicles, when erected,
entirely exposed. The body is sub-ovoid*. In the

LiBiNiA, Leach,

The ocular fossuloe are very small and nearly orbicular, and the
ocular pedicles are very short, and but very slightly exertile. The
second joint of the lateral antennae is cylindrical, and not compressed,
or but very slightly so. The body is nearly globular, or triangular.

We will unite the Doclcea and the Egeria of Leach to his Li-

BINLE.

In his Libiniee, properly so called f , the claws of the males are
thicker than the two following feet, and almost as long. The length
of the longest does not exceed twice that of the shell.

The claws of the male Doclaea % are much shorter than the two
following feet. The length of the latter is hardly more than once
and a half that of the shell, which is nearly globular and always co-
vered with a brown or blackish down.

In the Egerise § the claws are filiform, and the hands much elon-
gated and ahnost linear. The following feet are five or six times
longer than the shell. The body is triangular.

Having reviewed all the sub-genera of this tribe 'n\ which the feet
subsequent to the claws are of a similar form, and in which the tail,
of the females at least, and most generally in both sexes, is composed
of seven complete joints or segments, we now pass to those in which
it never consists of more than six. The feet are usually long and
filiform, as in the last sub-genera. With the exception of the Lep-
topi, these Crustacea are almost removed from the preceding by the
form of the third joint of the external foot-jaws. It is proportionally
narrower, and contracted at base, and the ensuing joint appears to
be inserted at the middle of its superior margin, or more externally.
The following sub-genus differs from those which succeed to it, in
the tail of the males, where we only find three segments. The form
of the third joint of the external foot-jaws appears to me the same as
in the preceding sub-genera.

* Cancer amneus, L. ; Leach, Malac. Brit., XXI, A; Herbst., XVII. 59; —
Hyas coarctata, Leach, lb., xxi, B.

t Libinia canalicidata, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. So. Diilad. vol. I, p. 77, iv, 1;
— L. emarginata , Leach, Zool. Misc., cviii.

X Docltea Rissonnii, Leach, Zool. Misc. Lx.xiv. The Inachus ovis and the T.
hybridus, Fab., should be referred to it.

§ Egeria indica, heach, Zoo\. Misc., Ixiii; Inachus spinifcr, Fab.

184 CRUSTACEA,

Leptopus, Lai

Tail of the females composed of but five segments; the body con-
vex and feet very long.

But a single species is known which is part of the collection of the
Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, where it is called Maia longipes.
Doctor Leach proposed to designate this genus by the name of Ste-
nopus, a denomination we have not adopted, inasmuch as it is al-
ready appropriated to another. That of Leptoi)us, Lam., is composed
of several species, which, the above mentioned one excepted, accord-
ing to the characters here given, must be excluded from it.

If we excejit some species of Hymenosomse in which the tail pre-
sents but four, or at most five, distinct segments, that part of the
body consists of six in all the following siib-genera, either in both
sexes, or in the males. The third joint of the external foot-jaws is
sometimes in the form of an inverted triangle, or of a posteriorly
narrowed oval, and sometimes in that of a heart. The ensuing joint
is inserted in the middle of its superior margin, or rather more out-
wards than inAvards.

Some of them, such as the three following sub-genera, approach
those of which we have just spoken by tlie almost isometrical, or at
least transversal form of the epistoma. The base of the intermediate
antennae is but a short distance from the superior margin of the
buccal cavity.

One of these sub-genera is distinguished from the others by the
flatness of the shell, and by the superior extremity of the first joint
(free in several) of the lateral antennse, which does not extend be-
yond that of the ocular pedicles. Such is the.

HvMENOsoMA, Lettch.

The shell is triangular or orbicular *. The species are generally
small and peculiar to the Indian Ocean and coast of Australia. The
number of caudal segments varies, but never extends beyond six.

In the two following sub-genera, the shell is more or less convex,
always triangular and terminated before in a rostrum. The first
joint of the lateral antcnnse, always fixed, forms a ridge or salient
line between the fossuloe of the intermediate antennee and that of the
eyes, and which is prolonged bej^ond the end of the ocular pedicles.
In the

Inachus, Fab.,

The tail is always composed of six segments; all the tarsi are
nearly straight, or but slightly arcuated ; the ocular pedicles are
smooth, susceptible of being concealed within their fossulae, and
there is a tooth or spine, at least in the males, at the posterior extremity
of the latter cavities. Doctor Leach has considerably reduced the
original extent of this group f.

* Hymenosoma orbicvhtris, Desmar., Consid., xxvi, 1.

t Cancer dodecos ? L. ; Inachvs scorpio, Fab.; — Inachus Dorset tensis, Leach, Ma-
lac. Brit., xxii, A; — Inachus phalangium, Fab.; Inachus dorynchus, Leach, lb.,

185

AcH^us, Leach.

Six segments in the tail, but the four posterior tarsi arc arcuated
or falciform; the ocular pedicles are always salient and present a
tubercle anteriorly *•

Next come those in wliich the epistoma is longer than it is broad,
shaped like an elongated triangle truncated at the apex, and in which
the origin of the mediate antennae is separated by a considerable
space from the superior margin of the buccal cavity. The ocular
pedicles are always salient when the head is triangular and termi-
nated in a point more or less bifid or entire.

Stenorhynchxjs, Lam. — Macropodia, Leach.
Six caudal segments in both sexes; anterior extremity of the shell
bifid t.

Leptopodia, Leach.

Five segments in the tail of the male ; one more in that of the fe-
male. The shell is prolonged anteriorly into a long, entire, and
dentated point |.

The latter Trigona differ from the preceding in the dissimilitude of
their posterior feet.

Pactolus, Leach.

The four or six anterior feet simple, or without forceps. The in-
ternal extremity of the penultimate joint of the four posterior ones
is prolonged into a tooth, forming with the last joint a forceps or
didactyle hand. The form of the shell is that of the Leptopodiye, and
the tail presents the same number of segments : but the feet are
much shorter ; those of the tliird pair were wanting in the individual
which served as the type of this section §.

LiTUODES, Laf^

The Lithodes, as to the form of the first eight pairs of feet, re-
semble the other Trigona; their length, however, seems progressively
to increase from the second to the fourth, but the two last are very
small, bent, but slightly visible, beardless, and apparently useless.
The tail is membranous with three crustaceous and transverse spaces
on the sides, and another on the end, representing the segmentary
divisions. The eyes are approximated inferiorly. The external
foot-jaws are elongated and salient, and the shell is triangular, ex-

sxii, 7, 8; — Inachv.s leptorinchus, ejusd., lb., xxii, B; Cancer fribulus, L. ? Near
the Inachi comes a new genus lately established by M. Guerin, called Eurypode,
minutely described and carefvilly figured, Mem. du Mus. d'His., Nat. XVI. It ap-
proaches that of Inachus, but the ocular pedicles are always salient; the post-abdo-
men is composed of seven completely separate segments in both sexes, and the
penultimate joint of the feet, or the metarsus, is inferiorly dilated and compressed.

* Acheeus Cranchii, Leach, Malac. Brit., xxi, C.

f Macropodia tenuirosfris, Leach, Malac. Brit., xxiii, 1 — 5; Inachus hnnirostris?
Fab.; Macrop. phalanguim, Leach, lb., xxiii, 6.

X Inachus Sagittarius, Fab. ; Leach, Zool. Misc., Ixvii.

§ Pactolus Boscii, Leach, Zool. Misc., Ixviii.

186 CRUSTACEA.

tremely spinous, and terminated anteriorly by a dentated point. These
Crustacea are peculiar to the Arctic Seas *.

Our sixth section, that of the Cryptopoda f consists of Brachyura
remarkable for a vaulted projection of the posterior extremities of their
shell, under which their feet, the two anterior or the claws excepted,
can be completely retracted and concealed. The shell is nearly semi-
circular or triangular. The superior edge of the forceps is more or
less elevated and notched in the manner of a crest. In those species
where they are largest, they cover the anterior part of their body,
and hence the name of Coq cle mer (Sea Cock), and Crabe honteux
(Bashful Crab), Avhich have been given to some of them. One sub-
genus of this section, that oiMthra being closely allied by other cha-
racters with the Parthenopes of Fabricius, the rtrst sub-genus of the
preceding section, it follows, in a natural order, the Cryptopoda should
be placed between the Orbiculata and the Trigona.

Calappa, Fabr.

An extremely convex shell ; the forceps triangular, strongly com-
pressed, dentated superiorly like a crest, and perpendicularly cover-
ing the anterior part of the body, during the contraction of the feet.
The third joint of the external foot-jaws is terminated like a hook,
and the superior extremity of the buccal cavity is contracted and
divided longitudinally into two cells by a septum.

In most of them, the two posterior and lateral dilatations of the
shell are incised and dentated.

One species, the Calappe mujianc, — Cancer (jranulatus, h.;
Calappa (jranulata. Fab.; Her!)St., XIII, 75. 7^, vulgarly styled
Coq de mer and Crabe honteux, is found in the Mediterranean.
The shell is reddish and marked with two deep sulci, and un-
equal tubercles of a carmine red. That portion of the lateral
margin which precedes the posterior dilatations, is at first nearly
entire, and terminates by four very short teeth, the two first
being most strongly marked ; those of the edges of the dilatations
are large, and six in number, two on the posterior margin, and
the otiiers lateral. There are two others on the front. The
forceps are also furnished with red tubercles, and their crest is
formed by seven teeth, the superior of which are acute \.

* Cancer muja, L. ; Parthenope muju, Fab. ; Inachvs maja, Id. ; Lithudes arC'
tica, Leach, Malac. Brit., xxiv. See also the Maja camptschoisis, Tiles., Mem.
Acad. St. Peteisb. 1812, V, VI.

f Severiil of the Arcuata, such as the Hepati, Mnrsise, Matutfc, among the
swimmers, have a crested forceps, aud seem to be naturally allied to the Crypto-
poda, so that this section should be placed higher in the scale. The same observa-
tion applies to the last one, or that of the Notopoda, for some of them approach the
Arcuata, and others the Orbiculata and the Trigona.

+ In thi-; division come the following species of Fabricius: C. tuberculata,
Herbst., XIII, IS; Iviii, 1 ? — C. lophos, Herbst., XIII, 77; — C. cristutus, Herbst. ;
xl, 3; — C. inarmoratHS, Herbst., xl, 2. — The Guaju apara, Pison and Marcgr.,
should probably be referred to this species, and, according to the citation of Bar^re,
is the Crabe des paletuviers of the colonists of Cayenne. The Cancer hepalicus of
Linnaeus is also a Calappa.

DECAPODA. 187

The others, such as the C. voute — Cancer calappa, L. ; Ca-
lappa fornicata. Fab.; Herbst., XII, 73, 74, have the marginal
dilatations of the shell entire. This species inhabits the seas in the
vicinity of Australia and the Moluccas.

^THRA, Leach.

The .^thrae differ from the Calappae in their very flat shell, in their
forceps, which are not raised perpendicularly, and which do not
overshadow the forepart of their body, and in the almost square form
of tlie third joint of the external foot-jaws.

Sometimes* the shell is a transversal oval, and at othersf forms
a short and very wide triangle laterally dilated and rounded. The
claws arc but slightly elongated, and are tolerably thick; here they
are longer, angular, and remind us, as does also the form of the shell,
of the Parthenopes. These latter species might constitute a separate
subgenus.

Finally, our last and seventh division, that of the Notopoda, con-
sists of Brachyura, whose last four or two feet are inserted above
the level of the others, or which appear to be dorsal and look upwards.
In tliosc where they terminate by a sharp hook, they are visually
employed by the animal in seizing various bodies, such as shells,
Alcyonii, &c., with Avhich it covers itself. The tail consists of seven
segments in both sexes.

The tail of some of them, as in other Brachyura, is folded under,
and their feet terminate in a sharp hook and are not fitted for
natation.

Here the shell is nearly square, and terminates anteriorly in an
advancing and dentated point, or it is sub-ovoid or truncated before.
In the

Homola, Leach,

I'he eyes arc supported by long pedicles closely approximated at
the base, and inserted under the middle of the front. The two posterior
feet are alone turned up. The claws are larger in the males than in
the females.

The shell is extremely spinous, with a dentated projection on the
middle of the front. The superior foot-jaws are elongated and
salient.

These Crustacea inhabit the Mediterranean, and were designated
by Aldrovandus under the name of Hippocarcini ; they are the Thel-
xiopes of Rafinesque. Some of the species attain a great size t.

DoRipPE, Fab.

The eyes widely separated and placed at the anterior and lateral
angles of the shell ; the four posterior feet turned up ; the claws short

* Aithra depressa, Lam., Hist, des Anim. sans Verteb. ; Cancer scruposus, L. ;
Cancer polynome, Herbst., liii, 4, 5; Desmar., Consid., X, 2.

t Parfhenope fornicala, Fab.

X Homola spinifrons, Leach, ZooL Misc., Ixxxviii; Cancer spinifrons, Fab. See
the article Homole, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. Ed. II, and Desmar., Consider.,
XVIII, 1. The Dorippe Cuvieri, Risso, belongs to this subgenus.

188 CRUSTACEA.

in both sexes ; the shell ovoid, widely truncated, without any projec-
tion like a rostrum, and flattened.

As remarked by Desmarest, we may observe on each side and
above the origin of the claws, an oblique fissure resembling a button-
hole, longitudinally intersected by a diaphragm, ciliated, like itself,
on the margin that communicates with the branchiae, and affording
an issue to the water that bathes them.

Three species are found in the Mediterranean* ; the others

inhabit Oriental seas, and one of them D. quadridens, Fabr.,

Herbst., X, 70, is also obtained there in a fossil state.

There, the shell is sometimes nearly orbicular, or globular, and

sometimes arcuated anteriorly and narrowed posteriorly, and dentated

or spinous on the sides. The eyes are situated near the middle of the

front, and placed on short pedicles.

Dromia, Fab.

The four posterior feet inserted in the back, and terminated by a
double hook ; the shell suborbicular or nearly globular, convex and
woolly, or very hairy.

"With their hind feet they seize upon Alcyonii, shells, and other
bodies, beneath which they shelter themselves, transporting them
wherever they go.

The most common species,' — Cancer doiniia, L. Rumph.,
^lus., XI, ] ; Herbst., XVIIl, 103, is found in every sea, that of
the North excepted, It is covered with a brown down, and has
five teeth on each lateral margin and three in front. The fingers
are stout, deeply dentated on the two edges, and partly rose-
coloured. Some authors say that it is venomous.

The Death's Head, — Cancer capiU moriuum, L. ; Dormia
cli/peata, Act. Hafn., 1802, is smaller, more convex, almost
glubular, with three teeth on each side in its anterior margin,
and has a short front, emarginate in the middle and laterally
sinuous. It is found on the coast of Barbary f .

Dynomene, Lat.

The two posterior feet much smaller than the others, alone dorsal,
and apparently unarmed ; the shell widened, and nearly resembling
a reversed heart tnmcated j'osteriorly, like that of the last Quadri-
latera, and simply pubescent. The ocular pedicles are longer than
those of the Dromise.

But a single species, the Di/nomene liispide, Desmar., Consid.,
XVIII, 2, is known ; it is found at the Isle of France.

The last Notopoda differ from the preceding in the feet, all of
which except the claws, terminate in a fin, and from all the Brachy-
ura in the extension of their tail. Such is the

* Durippe lanata ; Cancer lanafus, L. ; Desmar., Consider., XVII, 2; — D.
affinis, Id.; Herbst,, XI, 67; — Cancer mascarone, Herbst., XI, 68.

-|- For the other species see Desmar., Consul, Gen. sur hi Classe des Crust.,
p. 136, et seq.

189

Ranina, Lc

In which the elongated shell is gradually narrowed from before
backwards, and usually resembles a reversed triangle with a den-
tated base. The ocular pedicles are extended, and the lateral an-
tennae long and projecting. The external foot-jaws are similarly
lengthened and narrow, and the extremity of the third joint is com-
pressed into a point. All the feet are closely approximated, or
almost contiguous at their origin, and from the fourth pair ascend
towards the back ; the two last, however, are alone on it. The for-
ceps are compressed, have the figure of a reversed triangle, and are
dentated ; the fingers are suddenly flexed.

These Crustacea are closely allied to the Albuneee of Fabricius,
the first sub-geiuis of the following family, and thus form the passage
from the Brachyura to the Macroura. From the approximation of
the feet it is even probable that the genital orifices of the female are
situated as in the Macroura. According to Rumphius, they not
only leave the water, but even climb to the tops of houses ; from the
form of their feet, however, this appears impossible, or at least very
improbable.

A fossil species was described by Aldrovandus, which the
Abbe Ranzani and M. Desmarest have since made better
known *.

FAMILY II.

MACROURA.— ExocHNATA, Fah.
In the Decapoda Macroura, the end of the tail is provided witli
appendages! which most frequently form a fin on each side ; the tail
itself is at least as long as the body, extended, exposed and simply

* Ranina Aldrovundi, Ranz., Mem. di Stor. Nat. ; Desmar., Hist. Nat. des
Crust. Foss., VI, xi, 1. The fig. x, 5, 6, appears to us to belong to a Hippa
rather than to a Ranina ; — Ranina serrafa, Lam. ; Cancer raninus, L; Alhunea scabra,
Fab.; Rumph., Miis., VIT, T. V. ; — Ranina dorsipes, Lam.; Albunea dorsipes, Fab.;
Rumph., Mus., X, 3; Desmar., Consider., XIX, 2.

The genus Si/inethis, Fab., is unknown to us, but we presume it is allied to the
Raminse, or the first subgenera of the subsequent family.

f These appendages consist of three pieces, one of which serves as a base or
pedicle to the others, and is articulated with the penultimate segment ; the latter,
in conjunction with them, usually forms a fan-like fin; but in the last subgenera of
this family these appendages are replaced by setaceous filaments. The false feet
under the tail are similar in their structure to these natatory appendages. In the
first subgenera they frequently do not exceed three or four pairs, and are smaller,
or even null in the males, the two anterior ones always excepted ; the Pagura, as
it appears to me, only have them on one side: the terminal pieces are often un-
equal. In the succeeding ones, however, these feet are longer, and always form
five pairs, the ova attached to them ; and they are used by the animal in swimming.
We observe that in the Macroura, where they are fewer in number, or less de-
veloped as in those which we term the Anomala, tlie peduncle of the intermediate
antennee is longer in proportion than in the others, and that the two or four last
four feet are smaller. These Crustacea, in some respects, seem also allied to the
Brachyura.

190 CRUSTACEA.

curved towards its posterior extremity. Its under surface usually
presents in both sexes five pairs of false feet, each terminated by two
laminae, or as many filaments. This tail is always composed
of seven distinct segments. The genital orifices of the females
are on the first joint of the third pair of feet. The branchiae are
formed of vesicular, bearded and hairy pyramids, arranged in several
of them either in two rows, or in separate fasciculi. The antennae
are generally elongated and salient. The ocular pedicles are usually
short. The external foot-jaws are mostly narrow and elongated,
resembling palpi, and do not wholly cover the other parts of the
mouth. The shell is narrower and more elongated than that of the
Brachyura, and usually terminates by a point in the middle of the
front.

For more minute details we refer the reader to the precited memoir
of Messrs. Audouin and Edwards, These gentlemen have observed
a character in the Lobster, — Astacus marinus. Fab. — which, if it
applied to the other Macroura, Avould be decisive ; it is, that besides
the two venous sinuses of which we have spoken in our general
observations upon the order, there is a third, situated in the sternal
canal between the two preceding ones, and extending from one end of
the thorax to the other. This curious arrangement, according to
them, establishes a connexion between the venous system of the
Macroura, and that of the Stomapoda.

The Macroura never quit the water, and, with the exception of a
small number, are all marine Crustacea.

In imitation of Dee Geer and Gronovius, we will arrange them
in a single genus *, that of Astacus, which we divide in the following
manner :

Some, by the proportions, figure, and uses of their feet, of which
the first, or at least the second pair, are in the form of claws, and by
the subcaudal situation of their ova, evidently approach the preceding
Crustacea, and approximate still more closely to those commonly
known by the names of Crau--Jish, Lobster, and Shrimp.

The feet of the others are very slender, and are furnished with an
exterior and elongated appendage or branch, which seems to double
their number. They are exclusively adapted for natation, and none
of them terminates in a forceps. The ova are situated between them,
and not under the tail.

We will subdivide the former into four sections; the Anomala, the
Locusts, the Astacina, and the Carides.

The latter will compose the fifth and last sections of this family,
and of the Decapoda, or that of the Schizopoda.

In the first, or the Anomala, the two or four last feet are always

* The sections which we are about to describe might form so many generic divi-
sions, having for their basis the genera of Fabricius.

DECAPODA. 191

much smaller than the preceding ones. The under part of the tail is
never furnished with more than four pair of appendages or false
feet *. The lateral fins of the end of the tail, or the pieces which
represent them, are thrown on the side and do not form with the
last segment a flabelliform fin.

The ocular pedicles are generally longer than those of the Ma-
croura belonging to the following sections.

Here (the Hippides, Latr.), all the superior teguments are solid.
The two anterior feet sometimes terminated in a monodactyle hand,
or one without a finger, in the manner of a palette, and sometimes
in a point; the six or four following ones end in a fin ; the two last
are filiform, reflexed, and situated at the inferior origin of the tail.
The latter becomes suddenly narrowed immediately after the first
segment, which is short and broad ; the last is in the form of an
elongated triangle, and the lateral appendages of the penultimate in
that of curved fins. There are four pairs of sub-caudal appendages,
composed of a very slender and filiform stem. The antennae are very
pilose or strongly ciliated ; the lateral first incline to the intermediate,
and are then arcuated or contorted outwards.

Albunea, Fabr.
The two anterior feet, terminated by a very compressed triangular,
monodactyle hand ; the last joint of the following ones falciform.
The lateral antennae arc short, and the intermediate ones are termi-
nated by a single long and setaceous filament. The ocular pedicles
occupy the middle of the front, and form, together, a sort of flat trian-
gular snout, with the external sides arcuated. The shell is almost
plane, and nearly square ; the posterior angles are rounded, and their
anterior margin finely dentated.

The only well known species, Cancer symnista, L, ; Albunea
symnista, Fabr,. Herbst., XXII, 2 ; Desmar., Consider., xxix., 3,
inhabits the Indian Ocean f ,
If the Cancer carabus of Linnaeus belong to the same subgenus, a
species would be found in the Mediterranean.

HippA, Fab. — Emerita, Gronov.
The two anterior feet terminated by a strongly compressed,
nearly ovoid and adactyle hand : the lateral antennae much shorter
than the intermediate, and contorted ; the latter terminated by two
short, obtuse filaments placed one on the other ; the ocular pedicles
long and filiform, and the third joint of the foot-jaws very large and

* With the exception of the two that are anterior, these appendages in the males
are mere rudiments, or are even wanting:, a character common'to the Galatheae
Scyllari, and Palinuri. We should also observe that in these three subgenera the
caudal fins are thinner or almost membranous at their posterior extremity. In this
section, as well as in the Galatheje, the thoracic portion to which the two posterior
feet are attached forms a sort of petiole, so that these feet seem to be annexed to
the tail.

t M. Desmarest hesitatingly places the genus Posydon of Fabricius, who speaks
of two species, near the Albuneae ; but according to the latter the anterior antennae
are bifid, a character which does not belong to the Albuneae. Owing to the imper-
fect manner in which he describes this genus, we are not able to recognize it, or to
appreciate its affinities.

192 CRUSTACEA.

laminifonn, emarginated at the end and covering the ensuing joints.
The shell is nearly ovoid, convex, and truncated at both ends.

The last joint of the second feet and of the two following pairs is
triangular, but approaching, in the latter at least, to the form of a
crescent ; the two last of the fourth pair are turned up, and laid on
the two preceding ones ; the first segment of the tail is marked with
two impressed and transverse lines *.

Remipes, Lat.

The two anterior feet elongated, the last joint conical, compressed,
and hairy ; the four antennae closely approximated, very short, and
nearly of an equal length, the intermediate ones terminated by two
filaments ; ocular pedicles extremely short and cylindrical ; external
foot-jaws in the form of small claws, thinned and arcuated at the end,
and terminated by a stout hook. The shell is shaped like that of the
Hippie.

The last joint of the second and third feet forms a triangular blade,
with an emargination in its external side; the same joint of the
fourth is triangular, narrow, and elongated. As in the Hippae, the
first caudal segment presents two impressed and transverse lines.

Two species are known ; one from the Australian Sea f, and
the other from the Antilles, and the coast of Brazil.

There (the Pagurii, Latr.), the teguments are somewhat crus-
taceous, and the tail is most commonly soft, contorted, and in the
form of a sac. The two anterior feet terminated in a didactyle hand,
the four following ones in a point, and the four posterior, which are
shorter, in a sort of forceps or little didactyle hand. The first joint
of the peduncle of the lateral antennae presents a pointed or spiniform
appendage or projection.

These Crustacea, termed Carcinion by the Greeks, and Cancelli
by the Latins, usually inhabit empty univalve shells. Their tail, that
of the Birgi excepted, presents but three false feet, (in the females
only), situated on one of the sides, each of which is divided into two
filiform and hairy branches. The three last segments are suddenly
narrowed. In some of them, such as the

BiRGUs, Leach,

The tail is tolerably solid, suborbicular, and is furnished beneath
with two rows of laminiform appendages. The fourth feet are but a
little smaller than the two preceding ones ; the two last are folded and
concealed, their extremities being received into a depression at the
bottom of the thorax ; the fingers at the extremity, as Avell as those
of the penultimate pair, are hairy or spinous. The claws excepted,
all the feet are visibly separated at their origin. The thorax has
the figure of a reversed heart, and is pointed anterioi'ly,

* Hippa adactyla, Fab.; H. emeritus. Id.; Cancer emeritus, L. ; Emerita, Gro-
nov., Zoop., xvii, 8, 9; Herbst., xxii, 3 ; Desmar., Consider., xxix, 2, in the seas
of both Indies.

f Remipes testudinarius, Latr. ; Desmar., Consid,, xxix, 1 ; Cuv., R^gne Animal,
IV, xii, 2.

DECAPODA. 193

It appears that from tlieir size, the form of their tail, and the
more solid consistence of their teguments, the Birgi are unable to
shelter themselves in shells. Thoy must retreat to holes, or fissures
in the rocks.

The best known species. Cancer latro, L., Herbst. XXIV ;
Runiph., Mus., IV; Seba, Thes., Ill, xxi, 1, 2, according to the
Indians, feeds on cocoa-nuts, Avhich it obtains during its nocturnal
excursions for that purpose *. In the others, or the

Pagurus, Fab.,

The last four feet are much shorter than the preceding ones, and
tlie fi)rceps are covered with granules. The tail is soft, long, cylin-
drical, narrowed near the extremity, and iias usually but a single row
of filiform oviperous appendages. Tlie thorax is ovoid or oblong.

With the exception of some species domiciliated in sponges, Ser-
pulae and Alcyouii, they all inhabit univalve shells, whose aperture
they close with their anterior claws, and most frequently with one of
their fingers, which is usually larger than the other. It is asserted
that the female spawns twice or thrice in the year.

Some species, C.enobita, Latr. ; distinguished from the others by
their projecting antennae, of wliich the mediate are nearly as long as
the external or lateral, and are furnished with elongated filaments,
whose thorax is ovoido-conical, narrow, elongated, strongly com-
pressed on the side, with the anterior cephalic portion shaped like
a heart, establish their domicile in terrestrial shells on rocks near
the sea, whence at the approach of danger, they roll down with
them f .

The trvie Paguri — Pagurus, Latr., — on the contrary, have the me-
diate antennae curved, much shorter than the lateral ones, with the
two filaments short, the superior forming an elongated or subulated
cone ; the anterior division of the thorax is square, or forms a reversed
and curvilinear triangle. They inhabit marine shells.

The Hermit, — Cancer Bernhardus, L., Herbst., XXII, Q\ Pa-
gurus streblonyx. Leach, Malac. Brit., XXVI, 1 — 4,^ — is of a
mean size. Its two claws are bristled with spines, with the
forceps almost in the shape of a heart, the right one being the
largest. The last joints of the ensuing feet are also spinous. It
is very common in European seas. A second but fossil species,
the Pagure de Faujas, — Desmar., Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss.,
XI, 2, — is closely allied to it.

A third species, the Pagurus angulatus, Risso, Crust, de Nice,
I, 8; Desmar., Consider., XXX, 1, is remarkable for its forceps,

* Pagurus lutiraudu, Cuv. RegH., Aiiira., IV, xii, 2; Desmar., Consider, p.
180, from the Isle of France. Very curious facts relating to the anatomy of the
preceding species have been published by M. Geoflroy Saint-Hilaire, from which
however we do not draw similar conclusion.-.

-f- Pagurus clypeutus, Fab.; Herbit., -xii, 2.
VOL. Ilf. O

Ig4 CRUSTACEA.

which are strongly svilcated with longitudinal ridges. The right
one is the largest *.
A fourth from the same sea is removed from the preceding by
several characters, and merits the distinction of forming a separate
subgenus, the Prophylax, Latr. Tlie tail, with the exception of the
superior surface of the three last segments, instead of being soft
and arcviated, and having but a single range of oviferous filaments, is
covered with a coriaceous tegument, is straight, and is only curved
beneath at its extremity ; its inferior surface presents a groove and
two rows of false feet. The body also is linear, and the two lateral
appendages of the end of the tail are almost equal, the larger divi-
sion being foliaceous and ciliated. The last four feet are slightly
granulated at their extremity, and appear to be terminated by a sin-
gle finger, or at least arc not distinctly bifid. Perliaps we should
rc-fer to this division those Paguri which inhabit the Serpixla?, and
Alcyonii, s\ich as the Parjurus tubularius. Fab.

In all the following Macroura, the two posterior feet at most are
smaller than the preceding ones. Most generally the sub-caudal
false feet form five pairs. The teguments are always crustaceous.
The lateral fins of the penultimate segment of the tail, and its last,
form a common one arranged like a fan.

The two subsequent sections possess a common character, which
separates them from the fourth or that of the Carides. The antenna'
are inserted at the same height, or on a level ; the peduncle of the
lateral ones, when accompanied by a scale, is never entirely coA'ered
by it. There are frequently but four pairs of sub-caudal false feet.
The two mediate antenna- are always terminated liy two filaments
onlv, visually shorter than their peduncle, or scarcely any longer.
The external leaflet of the natatory appendages of the penultimate
segment of tlie tail is never divided by transverse suture.

In our second section, or the Locusta;, so called from the name
Locusta given by the Latins to the most remarkable Crustacea, of
this division, and from Avhich is derived that of Langouste, applied to
them in France, there arc never more than fovir pairs of false feet.
The posterior extremity of the fin that terminates the tail is always
nearly membranous, or less solid than the rest. The peduncle of
the mediate antennjie is always longer than the two terminal filaments,
and more or less bent or geniculate ; the lateral ones are never fur-
nished with scales ; sometimes they are reduced to a single peduncle
which is dilated, very flat, and in the form of a crest ; sometimes they
are large ajid long, terminating in a point and bristled with spines.
All the feet are nearly similar and end in a point ; the two first are
merely somewhat larger ; their i)enultimate joint and that of the two
last are at most unidentated, but without forming with the last a per-

* For the other species see the article Pagitre, Encyc. Method. ; the Atlas
d'Hist. Nat., of the same work; Desmarest, Consid('T. Gener. sur la Classe des
Crust. ; the plates of tlie Voy. de Freycinet. We should observe that in the figure
of the Cancer mecjistos, Herbst., LXI, 1, the tail is false; this arises from the fact
that the tail was wanting in the individual from which the drawing was made, the
artist supplying it by copying the fin-tail of an ordinary Macroura.

DECAPODA. 195

fectly didactyle hand. The pectoral space inchided between the feet
is triangular ; the thorax is almost square or sub-cylindrical, and with-
out any frontal prolongation or rostrum.

SCYLLARUS, Fab.

The Scyllari, or Sea- Grasshoppers as they are called, present a very
usual character in the form of their lateral antennae; the stem is
wanting and the joints of the peduncle, very much dilated trans-
versely, form a large, flattened, horizontal crest more or less den-
dated.

The external branch of the sub-caudal appendages is terminated
by a leaflet ; but the internal one, in some of the males, is a mere
tooth.

Doctor Leach has established three genera of them, founded on
the proportions and form of the tliorax, the position of the eyes, and
some other parts. They are,

1. ScYLLARUs, where the thorax is as long as it is l)road or longer,
and without any laternal incisure, the eyes always situated near its
anterior angles ; the penultimate joint of the two posterior feet uni-
dentated in the females. They excavate holes in the clayey soil near
the shore, which serve them for habitations.

In one of them the Scyllare ours ; Cancer arclua, L. ; Cigale
de mer. Rondel., liv. XIII,chap, VI; Herbst,, XXX, 6,the external
or lateral antennae are much dentated. The thorax is marked with
three longitudinal and dentated ridges, and the superior surface
of the tail sculptured, but its lateral margin not crenulated.

The other, Sci/llarus (equinoxialis, Fab.; Scyllarus orientalis,
Risso; Squille large, or the Orc/ietta, Rondel. ; Gesn., Hist, des
Anim., Ill, p. 1097, is large, shagreened, and without ridges.
The crests are edentated, and the margin of the segments of the
tail crenulated. Its flesh is highly esteemed, and the ova are of
a vivid red.

2. Thenus, where the fore part of tlie thorax is broader than it is
long, each lateral margin deeply incised, and the eyes are placed at
its anterior angles*.

3. Ibacus, only differing from Thenus in the position of the ej^es,
which are approximated to the origin of the intermediate antennae.

In an Australian species, Ibacus Pronii, Leach, Zool. Miscel.,
CXIX; Desmar., Consid., XXX, 12, the exterior lateral margin
of the third joint of the external foot-jaws is transversely striated,
and notched in the manner of a crest f. In the

* Themis intUcus, Leach; Sci/Uarus orientalis, Fab.; Rumph,, Mus., II, D. ;
Herbst., XXX, 1 ; Encyc, Atl. d'Hist. Nat., CCCXIV ; Desmar., Consid.,
XXXI, 1.

t Add Scyllarus antarcticus ; Fabr., Herbst., xxx, 2 ; Rumph, , Mus., II, D. See
the article Scyllare, Encyc. Methodique.

o2

196 CRUSTACEA.

Palinurus, Fah.

The lateral antennae are large, setaceous, and bristled with
spines.

Of these Crustacea, called Carabos by the Greeks, and Locusta by
the Latins, and on which Aristotle made several important observa-
tions, some attain a length of nearly two metres, the antennae in-
cluded. The species found in European seas remain in deep water
during the winter, and only visit tlie coast on the return of spring.
Rocky localities are its favourite haunts. It subsequently deposits
its ova, wliich are of a beautiful red colour, whence their name of
Coral. At tliis period more males are taken than females, while
after the spawning season the latter are most abimdant. According
to Risso a second copulation, followed by another production of ova,
takes place in the month of August. The Palinuri are disseminated
througliout all the seas of the temperate aiul intertropical zones, but
are particularly abundant in the latter. Their shell is rough, covered
with prickles, "and armed in front with stout, projecting, and more
or less numerous spines or teeth. Its colour, as also that of the tail,
consists of an agreeable mixture of red, green, and yellow. The tail
frequently presents transverse bands or sjjots, sometimes ocellated,
arranged in regular series. Their flesh, that of the females particu-
larly, before and after the spawning season, is highly esteemed.

In the species taken on the coast of France, and probably in others,
the extremity of the penultimate joint of tlie two posterior feet of
the female is provided with a tooth or spur peculiar to the sex. The
same observation applies to the Scyllari.

Palinurus quadricornis, Fab.; Aslaciis elep/tas, Herbst., xxix,
1; Leach, Malac. Brit.,xxx, or the Lanijousle commune of the
French, is sometimes half a metre in length, and when loaded
with ova weighs from twelve to fourteen pounds. The shell is
spinous and downy, with two stout teeth notched beneath be-
fore the eyes. The superior surface of the body is of a greenish
or reddish brown; the tail is sj^otted and dotted with yellowish,
and its segments are marked V.\ a transverse sulcus interrupted
in the middle, its lateral edges forming a dentated angle. The
feet are picked in with red and yellowish. It inhabits the coasts
of France, that of the Mediterranean in particular. It is found
fossil in Italy ■■'.

Tlie third section, that of the Astacini, Latr., is distinguished
from the preceding by the form of the two anterior feet, and fre-

* M. Desmarest, Hist. Nat. des Crust. Fo?s., p. 132, speaks of two other fossil
species, the second of which, however, may probably belong to the subgenus As-
taceous properly so called, and approach the A. nurverjictis of Fabricius.

For the other living species, see Ann. du Mus. d'Hist. Nat., t. Ill, p. 391 ,et seq. ;
the article PaUnurc, Encyc. Method., and its Atlas d'llist. Nat. ; that of Langouste,
Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Ed. II, and the same in the work of Desmarest on the
Crustacea. As respects the nervous system of the species that inhabits the French
coast, see Audouin and Edwards, op. cit. ; according to them, ail the thoracic gan-
glions are as if soldered together, end to end.

DECAPOD A. 197

quently bv that of the two foUowinsr pairs, whicli terminate in a
forceps -with tAVO blades, or a didactyle hand. In some, the last two,
or four, are inuch smaller than those whicli precede them, therein
approaching the Anomala; but the fan-like fin of the extremity of
their tail and other characters remove them from that section. The
thorax is narrow anteriorly, and the front projects in a pointed snout
or rostrum.

Some of them, — Galathadece, Leach, as Avell as the preceding Ma-
croura, have four pairs of false feet ; the mediate antennce flexed like
an' elbow, with the two filaments representing the stem, are mani-
festly shorter than their pedimclc. That of the lateral antennae is
never provid(>d with a lamina in the form of a scale. The two ante-
rior feet alone terminate in a didactyle hand, which is frequently much
flattened. The last segment of the tail is bilobate, at least in most of
them.

At the head of this division come those whose * posterior feet are
much smaller and thinner than the preceding ones ; they are filiform,
bent up, and useless in locomotion. In the

Galathea, Fab.

The tail is extended, the thorax nearly ovoid or oblong, the medi-
ate antennae salient, and the forceps elongated. The superior surface
of the body is usually deeply incised or striate, spinous and ciliate.
The most remarkable species of the European seas are the

Galathea rugosa, Fab.; Leo, Rondel., Hist. des. Poiss., p. 390 ;
Penn. Brit. Zool., IV, xiii ; Leach, IVlalac. Brit., XXIX, the
claws of v.'hich are long and cylindrical, the mandibles eden-
tate, and that has three long spines in the middle of the front,
directed forwards, and ten similar and equally projecting ones
on the tail, six on the second segment, and four on the following
one f .

G alathea Hrigo-ia ; Cancer slriqosus, L. ; Herbst., XXVI, 2 ;
Penn. Brit. Zool. IV, xiv ; Leach, Malac. Brit., XXVIIT, B.
Similar, as respects the mandibles, to the preceding species, but
having a projection in front, or a rostrum, with four teeth on
each side, and an eighth at the end ; the claws arc large, but
neither very long nor linear, and very spinous, as is a great
part of the following feet. This last character distinguishes it
from a third species, also found in European seas, the Galathea
.^qiiaviifera,h5v.ch., Malac. Brit., XXVIII, B.

This learned entomologist has made a peculiar genus, Grimotea,
of the Galathea gregaria of Fabricius, The second joint of the in-
termediate antennee terminates in a club, and the three last external

* According to a verbal coiriinunication from Doctor Leach, in the Galathea
miiplecteiis, Fdb., it is not only tli? two posterior feet which are smaller, but the
penultimate likewise. This ppecies would then form a separate genus.

t This species forms the genus IMunida, Leach. See Desmar., Cousidi-r., page
)9l. The latter is mistaken hortcver in attributing to the former tlie credit of
having been the first to discover the identity of this species with the Hon of Ron-
delet. See my Hist. Gener. des Crust, et des Insectes., t. VI, p. 198.

198 CRUSTACEA*

foot-jaws are foliaceous. It is of a rod colour, and was discovered by
Sir Joseph Banks in his voyage round tlie world. It collected in
such immense numbers that the Ocean seemed to be of one blood-red
colour.

The JErjlea, Id., is only distinguished from the i)receding genus,
and from Galathea, by the dentation of the mandibles, by tlie second
joint of the external foot-jaws being shorter than the first, and by the
surface of the body being generally smooth *.

That which Risso first named Calypso, and subsequently Janira,
in the opinion of Desmarest, — Consider., p. 192, does not differ from
Galathea.

PORCELLANA, Lam.

The Porcellanse form a singular cxce})tion among the Macroura,
with respect to their tail, which is doubled under as in the Brachyura.
They arc otherwise removed from the Galathea by the more ab-
breviated, suborbicular, or almost square form of tlieir thorax ; by
the mediate antennae, wliich are sunk in their fossulye, by their tri-
angular forceps ; and finally, by the internal dilatation of tlie inferior
joints of their external foot-jaws. Tlieir body is very flat.

They are small, slowly-moving Crustacea, found in every sea,
and conceal themselves under stones near the shore.

Doctor Leach has formed a genus with certain species — hexapus
Latr., — longicornis. Id., — Bluteli, Risso, Crust., I, 7, &c., which he
calls PisiDiA. According to Desmarest, however, it does not differ
in any appreciable character.

Some of them are remarkable for their extremely large and pilose
or ciliated forceps. Such are, 1. The Porcellane larrjes pinces ; Can-
cer plahjcheles, Pemi., Brit. Zool., IV, vi, 12; Herbst., XLVII, 2,
where only the external margin of the forceps is pilose and the nearly
naked thorax is rounded; it is found on the rocks in the seas of
Europe. 2. The P. hirta. Lam., the whole superior surface of
whose forceps and thorax is pilose, and where the latter is nearly
oval and becomes thinner anteriorly. It was brought from King's
Island by Messrs, Peron and Lesueur.

The forceps of the others are glabrous. Such is the Cancer hex-
apus, L. ; Herbst. XLV^II, 4. The thorax is marked with short,
transverse, and slightly ciliated lines : the front trifid, with its middle
tooth finally notched. The claws are covered with little blood-red
scales and granules, tlie fingers separated and Avithout internal den-
tations. It inhabits European seas f .

The genus Monolkpis , Say, — Journ. of the Acad, of Nat. Sc. of
Philad., I, 155; Desmar., Consid., p. 199 and 200, appears to con-
stitute the passage from the Porcellanae to the Megalopes. It ap-
proaches the first in the two posterior feet, and in the direction of the
tail. But this tail has but six segments, and the eyes are very large

* ^(7?^e Zissf, Desmar., Consider., .xxxiii, 2; Latr., Encyclop. Method., Atl.,
d'llist. Nat. cccviii, 2.

t See the article Porcellane, Nouv. Diet. d'HJst. Nat., Ed., II. ; aud Desmar.,
Consid. sur les Crust., p. 192 — 199.

DECAPODA. 199

as in the second. It would also appear that tlie lateral fins of the end
of the tail resemble those of the latter.

The remaining Crustacea of the same division differ from the pre-
ceding in their posterior feet, Avhich are similar to their preceding
ones in form, proportion and uses, or equally ambulatory. They are
also removed from them by the greater thickness and height of the
body, the shortness of the lateral antennae, the smallncss of the claws,
the large eyes, and lateral fins of the tail, wliich are composed of a
single lamina. Tliis tail is extended, narrow, and simply bent under
near its extremity.

Megalopus, Leach. — Macropa, Lair., Encyc,

Four species are known, three of which inhabit European seas, and
the fourth the Indian Ocean *, whence it was sent to Paris by the late
M. Leschenault and Messrs. Quoy and Gaymard.

In, our second division of the Astacini, Latr., will be comprised
those which have five pairs of false feet, the mediate antennae
straight or nearly so, salient, projecting, and terminated by two fila-
ments as long as their peduncle, or longer ; and which, a single sub-
genus excepted — Gebia — have the four or six anterior feet termi-
nated by a didactyle hand.

Their tail is always extended ; tlieir two posterior feet are never
more slender than the preceding ones, nor folded. The peduncle of
the lateral antennae is frequently accompanied by a scale.

Some of them, as well as others of the ensuing section, inhabit
fresh water.

Those in which the first four feet, at most, terminate in two fingers,
whose lateral antennre never have a scale at the base, and where
the external leaflet of the lateral fins of the end of the tail, presents no
transverse suture, will form a first subdivision. Most of their feet
are ciliated or pilose. They inhabit salt-water, and conceal themselves
in holes which they excavate in the sand.

Sometimes the index or immoveable finger, formed by a projection
of the penultimate joint of the claws, is very evidently shorter than
the thumb or moveable finger, merely constituting a simple tooth.
The

Gebia, Leach,

Approaches the preceding sub-genera in the two anterior feet,
which are alone didactyle. The leaflets of the lateral fins of the end
of the tail widen from the base to their extremity, and are marked
with longitudinal ridges. The intermediate piece or the last segment
of the tail is nearly square f .

Thalassina, Lat.

The four anterior feet terminated by two fingers ; leaflets of the
lateral fins of the end of the tail narrow, elongated, and without

* For the European species, see Desmar., Consid., p. 200 — •202, and pi. .xxxiv, 2
of the same work.

f Thalassina litoralis, Risso, Crust., Ill, 2 ; — Gebia stelhita, Leach, Malac. Brit.,
xx.xi, 1 — 9. See Desmar., Consid,, p. 203, 204.

200 CRUSTACEA.

ridges; the last caudal segment or intermediate portion forming an
elongated triangle*.

Sometimes the four anterior feet, or the two first and one of the
second f are terminated by two elongated fingers, forming a complete
forceps.

The two anterior claws are the largest ; the lateral leaflets of the
fin terminating the tail, are in the form of a reversed triangle, or
widest at the posterior magin ; the intermediary, on the contrary, is
narrowed from base to apex, and terminates in a point.

Cai.lianassa, Leach.

The claws of the Callianassre are very vmequal, botli as to form and
proportion ; the carpus of the largest of the two anterior ones is trans-
versal, and forms a common body with the forceps ; the same joint of
the other claw is elongated ; the two posterior feet are almost didactyle.
The external leaflet of the lateral fins at the end of the tail is larger
than the internal, and has a ridge; the latter is smooth.

The ocular pedicles are squamiform, and the cornea is situated
near the middle of their external margin. The filaments of the
mediate antennae arc not longer than their peduncle.

Callianassa subterranea, Leach, Malac. Brit., XXXII, is the
only known species. It is found on the coasts of France and
England. The

Axius, Leach,

Differs from Callianassa in the claws, which arc nearly equal, and
in the carpus, which does not form part of the forceps ; the posterior
feet are similar to the preceding ones. The leaflets of the lateral
fins arc nearly equal in size, and have each a longitudinal ridge.
The filaments of the mediate antennge are evidently longer than their
peduncle. The

Axius slirhi/nchux, Leach, Malac. Brit., XXXIII, is fovtnd
on the coast of England, and on that of the Avestern departments
of France, where it v.-as observed by M. d'Orbigny, sen., a cor-
responding member of the Mus. d'Hist. Nat.
Our second and last subdivision consists of Crustacea Avhose six
anterior feet form as many claws, terminating in a perfectly didac-
tyle forceps, a character which distinguishes them from all the pre-
ceding Decapoda, and one which approximates them to the first of
the ensuing section ; but here the claws of the third pair are the
largest, whereas there, it is the two first, besides which they are much
thicker. The peduncle of the, lateral antennae is accompanied by a
scale or spine. The external leaflet of the lateral fins at the end of
the tail, in all the living species, is divided in two by a transverse
suturej In the

* Thalassina sco)-pio)ii(Ics, h^.t. ; Cfincer (inonuiht9, llerhst., LXII ; Leach, Zool.,
Miscel.,CXXX; Dcsmnr., Consid., XXXVI.

■f The left claw of the second pair seems to be monodactyle in the Callianassne,
and the iicnultimate joint dilated into a palette.

X This character is common to the following section, so that by it wc might
divide the Macroura, the Schizopoda excepted, into two great divisions.

DECAPODA. 201

Eryon, Desniar.,

All the leaflets of tlie caudal fin are narrowcrl at their extremity
and terminate in a point ; the external one presents no transverse
suture. The two filaments of tlie mediate antennee are very short,
and hardly longer than their pcdiuicle. The sides of the shell are
deeply eniarginated.

I'lie forceps of the two anterior claws are narrow and elongated.

This subgenus was established by Desmarcst on a fossil species, —
Eryon Cuvieri, Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss., X, 4; Consid., XXXIV,
3, fovmd in a lithographic, calcareous stone from Pappenheim and
Aichtedt in the margravate of Anspach.

AsTAcus, Gro7iov., Fab.

Leaflets of the lateral fins at the end of the tail widened and
rounded at their extremity; the external one divided transversely by
a suture, and the posterior extremity of the mediate obtuse, or rounded.
The two filaments of the mediate antenn;« are mucli longer than
their peduncle. The sides of the shell are entire, or not incised.

In some, all inhabiting salt water, the last segment of the tail, or
that which occupies the middle of the terminal fin, presents no trans-
verse suture.

Those whose lateral antennae have a large scale on their peduncle,
whose eyes are very large and reniform, and the forcef)s of whose
two anterior claws are narrow, elongated, prismatic, and equal,
form the genus Nephrops of Leach, the type of which is the Cancer
norwerjicus, L.; de Geer, Insect., VII, XXI; Herbst., XXVI, 3;
Leach, Malac. Brit., XXVI. The two anterior claws are furnished
with dentated spines and ridges, and the superior surface of the tail is
sculptured. It is found in the seas of the north of ICurope, and in the
Mediterranean.

Those in Avhich the peduncle of the lateral antennae presents no-
thing bvit two short projections in the form of teeth or spines, whose
eyes are neither large nor reniform, and whose forceps are more or
less oval, compose, with the fresh Avater species, the genus Astaciis,
properly so called, of the same author.

Astacus marinits, Fab.; Cancer rjammaru^, L. ; Herbst.,
XXV; Penn., Brit. ZooL, V,x, 21 ; (the Common Lobster). The
2)oint or rostrum of the anterior extremity of the shell has three
teeth on each side, and another double one at its base. The an-
terior claws are very large and unequal ; the largest finger of the
forceps is oval, with great molar teeth, the otiier is elongated,
and has munerous small ones. Old individuals arc sometimes
more than half a metre in length. Its flesh is highly esteemed.
It is found in the European Ocean, in the Mediterranean, and
even on the eastern coasts of North America. Its internal
structure h^s been carefully stiulied by J.Iessrs. Victor Andouin,
and Milne Edwards.
In the fresh water species, wliich otherwise resemble the preced-
ing in their antenns, eyes, and form of the claws, the last segment of

202 CRUSTACEA.

the tail, or the middle one of its terminal fin, is transversely divided
by a suture. The

Astacus communis ; Cancer nstacus, L. ; Roesel, Insect., Ill,
liv, vii. The Craw-Fish h<is its anterior forceps granulated, and
the inner edges finely dentatcd. There is a tooth on each side
of the snout, and two at its base ; the lateral edges of the seg-
ments of the tail form an acute angle. Its colour, which is
usually a greenish brown, is sometimes altered by accidental
circumstances.

This species, which inhabits the fresh waters of Europe, lias
been more particularly studied, both as respects its anatomy
and habits, and the faculty enjoyed by the Crustacea of regene-
rating their antennae and feet Avhcn they arc either mutilated or
destroyed. When about to cast its shell, two stony concretions
are found in the stomach, formerly much used in medical prac-
tice as an absorbent, but now replaced by the carbonate of mag-
nesia. It conceals itself in hoks, or under stones, never quitting
its retreat except to search for food, Avhich consists of small
MoUusca and Fishes, and the larva? of Insects. It also feeds on
putrid flesh, the carcases of quadrui)eds, for instance, which
are placed as a bait for them in nets, or in the centre of fagots
of wood. They are also taken in their holes by the light of
torches. It changes its shell towards the end of spring. Two
months after coition, which takes place ventribus junctis, the
female produces her ova, Avliich are at first collected in masses,
and glued to the false feet, by means of a viscid hvunour. They
are of a reddish brown colour, and enlarge before they are
hatched. The young Astaci, at first extremely soft and precisely
like their parent, shelter themselves under- her tail, and remain
there several days, until their bodies acquire a certain degree of
solidity.

The term of existence as.-;igned to tlie Astaci seems to be
twenty years and upwards, their size augmenting in proportion
to their age. Those are preferred for the table which inhabit
running streams of fresh water. A parasitic animal belonging
to the Annelilcs is found on their branchiae, long ago observed
by Roesel, but imperfectly known until the researches of M.
Odier *.

The fresh- waters of North America produce another species,
the A. Bartonii, figured bv Bosc. — Hist. Nat. des Crust., II,
X, 1.

A third inhabits the rice-fields of the same country, to which,

according to Major Le Conte, one of the best naturalists of the

United States, it is very injurious.

In the fourth section, that of the Carides, the intermedial antennae

are superior or arc inserted above the laterals : the peduncle of these

latter is completely covered by a large scale.

*■ See his Memoire siir le Branchiodellc, inserted in the M^m. de la Soc. d'Hist.
Nat. tome I, p. 69, et seq.

DECAPODA. 203

Their body is arcuated, almost gibbous, and of a less solid con-
sistence than that of the preceding Crustacea. The front is always
drawn out into a point, and most frequently so as to resemble a ros-
trum or pointed lamina compressed and dentated along the edges.
The antennae always project ; the laterals are usually very long and
resemble very fine setae; the intermediaries of a great number ter-
minate in three threads. The eyes are closely approximated. The
external foot-jaws, more elongated and narrow than usual, resemble
palpi or attennse. The mandibles of most of tlicm are compressed
and arcuated at the extremity. One of the first pairs of feet is fre-
quently flexed upon itself. The segments of the tail are dilated or
widened laterally. The external leaflet of its terminal fin is always
divided in two by a suture, a character observed nowhere else ex-
cept in the last Crustacea of the preceding section ; the azygous por-
tion of the middle, or the seventh and last segment, is elongated,
narrowed near the extremity, and ]n-ovided above with ranges of
small spines. The false feet, of which there are five pairs, are elon-
gated and usually foliaccous.

Immense numbers of these Crustacea are consumed in all parts
of the world. Some species are even salted in order to preserve
them.

In some of them, the three first pairs of feet form a didactyle claw,
the length of which progressively augments, so that the third pair is
the longest. Such are the

Pen.^us, Fab.,

Where there is no annular division in any" of tlie joints of the
feet.

Their mandibular palpi are turned up and foliaceous. A little
elliptical api^endage may be seen at the base of the feet, a character
which seems to approximate them to Pasipheea, the last genus of this
section, and to those of the following one.

Some, all indigenous to Europe, on account of the shortness of the
two threads of their intermediate antennae, form a first division. It
contains the following sjjecies.

P. sulcatus ; Palcemon sulcatus, Oliv., Encyclop. ; Caramote,
Rond., Hist. Nat. des PoisB., liv. xviii, chap. 7- Nine inches
long ; on the middle of the thorax a longitudinal carina bifur-
cated at base, terminated by a projecting rostrum, compressed,
witli eleven teeth in its upper edge and one in the lower ; a lon-
gitudinal sulcus along each side of the carina.

This species is very common in the Mediterranean and the
object of considerable commerce. It is salted and shipped to
the Levant. The P. trisulcatus. Leach, Malac. Brit. XLII,
which inhabits the coast of England, is perhaps a mere local
variety of the sulcatus. Its thorax is trisulcate and the rostnmi
bidentate beneath. In the P. d'Orhigny, — Lat., Nouv. Diet.
d'Hist, Nat., Ed. II, article Pence, the carina is not sulcated.

The intermediate antennae of others are terminated by long
threads ; they constitute our second division, to which we refer.

204 CRUSTACEA.

Penceus monodon, Fab. ; Squilla indica,Bont., Hist. Nat., p.
81, which inhabits the Indian Ocean.

P. antennatus, Risso, Crust., II, 6, and P. mars. Id., II, 5,
also appear to belong to it.

Stenopus, Lat.

Distinguished from the Peneei by the transverse and annular
divisions of the two penultimate joints of the four posterior feet.

The entire body is soft ; the antennpe and feet are long and slender,
those of the third pair widest.

But a single species is known. It was bro\ight from tlie seas
of New Holland by M. Peron and Lesueur. Olivier retains it
in the genus Palsemon — Cancer setiferm, L.; P .hispidus, Oliv.,
Encyclop. and Atl. d'Hist. Nat., CCCXIX, 2; Seba, Mus., Ill,
XXI, 6, 7 ; Herbst., XXXI, 3, where I first placed it.

The remaining Carides, the intermediate antennae of many of
which are terminated by three threads, liavo at most but two pairs
of didactyle claws formed by the four anterior feet.

A subgenus founded on a single species peculiar to North America,
that of

Atya, Leach,

Is removed from all analogous Crustacea by an anomalous charac-
ter. The forceps terminating the four claAVs is cleft down to its
base, or seems to be composed of two fingers in the form of thongs
united at their origin ; the preceding joint is crescent-shaped. The
second pair is tlie largest. The intermediate antennse have but two
threads.

In all the following subgenera, the blades of the forceps originate
at a certain distance from the base of the penultimate article, or of
that which has the form of a hand ; the body or the part that i)re-
cedes it is not lunulated.

We now have in the first instance those Carides whose feet are
genirally robust and not filiform, and which have no appendage to
their external base. Their body is neither very soft nor greatly
elongated.

Among these subgenera, whcs" feet are dejjrived of this a})pen-
dage, the three following present an insulated form with respect to
their claws.

Crangon, Fab.

The two anterior claws, which are larger than the subsequent feet,
have but a single tooth in i)lace of the index or immoveable finger,
and that which is moveable is bent and hooked.

The superior or intermediate antennre have but two threads. Tlie
second feet are folded up,, and are more or less distinctly bifid or
didactyle at their extremity ; neither of the joints is annidated. The
rostrum is very short.

We do not separate the Egeon, Risso, or the Pontophilus, Leach,
from Crangon. In the former, the last joint of the external foot-
jaws is twice the length of the preceding one, while in the latter

DECAPODA. 205

they are equal. The second feet of the Egeones are shortei- tlian the
third and the smallest of the whole number, whilst in Crangon their
length is the same. Besides, as the number of species is very
limited, this generic distinction becomes the less necessary.

C. vulgaris. Fab, ; Roes., Insect., Ill, Ixiii, 1,2, (The Slirimp),
about two inches long. It is smooth, of a pale glaucous green,
dotted with grey. That part of the thorax which supports the
third pair of feet projects in a point. This species is very com-
mon on the oceanic coast of France, where it is vulgarly called
the Cardan. It is taken there annually in nets. Its flesh is deli-
cate, and highly esteemed. In the same locality, though rarely,
according to M. Brebisson, is found the C. ponctue de rouge, of
Risso ; but I consider it, with him, as a mere variety. The C.
loricatus — Egeon loricatm, Risso ; Cancer cafaphractu^, Oliv. ,
Zool., Adriat,, III, 1, has three longitudinal and dcntated ridges
on the thorax.

Northern seas produce a large species, the Crangon horeas,
Phipps., Voy. to the North Pole, pi. xi, 1, Herbst. XXiX, 2.

Processa, Leach. — Nika, Risso.

One of the tv/o anterior feet simply terminating in a point, the
other in a didactyle claw ; the two following are unequal, slender,
and also didactyle, One of these second feet is very long, its carpus
and the preceding joint being annulated, a character which on the
other foot is only found in the first of these joints. l"he fourth pair
of feet are longer than the preceding and two following ones. The
superior antennae have but two threads.

P. edulis ; Alka edulis, Riss., Crust., Ill, 3, is of a flesh colour
dotted with yellowish; a line of small yellow spots in. the middle.
The anterior extremity of the shell is furnished with three
sharp points, the intermediate of which, or the rostrum, is the
longest. The two anterior feet are equal in size, the right one
forming a forceps. This species is fovuid during the whole year
in the markets at Nice. It is also found on the coast of the
department of France, called the Uouches-du-Rhone *.

Hymen'ocera, Latr.

The two anterior feet terminated by a long hook with a bifid ex-
tremity, and composed of very short divisions. The two following
are very large; the hands, immoveable finger, and superior thread of
the intermediate antennae are dilated, membranous, and almost foli-
aceous. The external foot-jaws are equally foliaceous, and cover the
mouth.

The only species known is in the collection of the Museum
d' Histoire Naturelle, and was captured in the Indian Ocean.

* For the reuiiiining species, see Risso, Hist. Nat. des Crust, de Nice ; Leach,
Malac. Bi-it., XLI ; and the Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Ed. II.

206 CRUSTACEA.

AVe now pass to the subgenera, in which the claws present no re-
markable or insulated peculiarity.

Sometimes the superior or intermediate antennae are only termin-
ated by two threads.

The rostrum is usually short.

Gnathophyllum, Lair.

The Gnathopliylla are the only ones which approach the Hyme-
nocerse in the size of their foot-jaws. The four anterior feet form
didactyle claws ; the second pair is longer and thicker than the first.
Neitlier of the segments of the four is annulated *.

PoNTONiA, Latr.

Tlie four anterior feet, as in the two following subgenera, didac-
tyle claws, but the carpus is not annulated f .

Alpheus, Fah.

The four anterior feet also terminated by a didactyle claw, but the
carpus of the second is articulated. The latter are shorter than the
former \.

HvppoLYTE, Leach.

Tlie Hyppolytes only differ from Alpheus in the respective pro-
portion of their claws ; the second are longer than the first §.

The two last following subgenera have this peculiarity ; but a sin-
gle pair of their feet terminate in a didactyle claw. In the

AUTONOMEA, Jiisso,

It is the two anterior, which are also distinguished from the
others by their size, their thickness, and their disproportion ||. In

Pandalus, Leach,

/The two anterior feet arc simple, or hardly bifid ; the two following
ones are longer, of uncqvial length and didactyle, the carpus and
preceding segment annulated.

The external foot-jaws are very long and slender, at least in some
of them. The anterior projection of the shell is greatly extended,
and multidentate +

* Alpheus eleyans, Ri.sso, Crust., II, 4 ; Desmar., Consid., p. 228.

f Alpheus ihyrenus, Risso, Crust., 11,2; Astacus thi/renus. Petag., V, 5 ; Des-
mar., lb., p. 229.

X Alpheus malubaricus, Fab., and probably some other species, with which,
however, I am not sufficiently acquainted. See Desmar., Consid., p. 222, 223.

§ To this i*ubgenus should be referred the Palamon ditersimane, and P. marbre of
Olivier. See Desmar., Consid., p. 220.

II Autonomea Olivii, Risso, Crust., p. 166; Cancer glaber, Oliv,, Zool. Adriat.,
Ill, 4; Desmar., Consid., p. 251, and 252.

^ Pandalus annulicornis, Leach, Malac. Brit., LI. ; Pandalus narwal, Latr. ;
Astacus nanval, Fah. ; Paltcmon pristis, Risso; Cancer armiger ? Herbst. XXXIV.,
4. See Desmar, Consid., p. 219, 220.

DECAPODA. 207

Sometimes the superior antennce liave three threads.
They have four didactyle claws, the smallest of which are folded
up, and an elongated rostrum.

Pal.emon, Fab.

Prawns are distinguished from the two following subgenera by
their inarticulated carpus ; the second feet are larger than the first ;
the latter are doubled up. A remarkably large species is found in
the East Indies, the second claws of which are very long. Tolerably
large ones are also found at the Antilles, some of which frequent the
mouths of rivers. Those on the coast of France are mucli smaller,
and are known there by the vulgar names of Crevettes and Salicoques.
Their flesh is more highly esteemed than that of the Shrimp. Ac-
cording to M. de Brebisson — Catal. Method, des Crust, terrest. et
fluviat.,du Depart, du Calvados, — they are taken in the same manner
as the latter Crustacea, but in the summer only. Prawns swim well,
particularly when escaping from pursiiit, and in various directions.
They are always found about the shore. The lithographic stone of
Pappenheim and Solhnofen freciuently exhibits the debris of a fossil
crustaceous animal, referred by Desmarest to the Prawns, under
the specific appellation of spinipes — Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss. XI, 4.
It does in fact resemble it, but the claws are wanting. A second
fossil species, but much larger, has been discovered in England.

Pal. serraftts, Leach, Malac. Brit. XLIII, 1, 10; Herbst,,
XXVII, 1, is from four to five inches long, of a pale red colour,
which becomes more vivid on the antennae, the posterior margin
of the segments of the tail, and particularly on the terminal fin.
The rostrum extends beyond the peduncle of the intermediate
antennae, is recurved at its extremity, and has five teeth above,
exclusive of the point, and five beneath. The fingers are as long
as the penultimate joint. It is found on the coast of France and
England, and is the species of this subgenus that is more particu-
larly sold at Paris. A sort of wen is frequently, and at all sea-
sons, observed on one side of the shell, which covers a parasite
Bopyrus, which fastens upon its branchiae.

Pal. squilla. Leach, Malac. Brit., XLIII, 11—13; Cancer
sqiiilla, L. ; S(piilla fusca. Bast., Opusc. subs., lib. 2, 111, 5, is
but half the size of the serratus. Its rostrum scarcely extends
beyond the peduncle of the sviperior antennae, is almost straight,
or but slightly recurA'ed, is emarginated at the extremity, and
has seven or eight teeth above, and three below. The fingers of
the claws are somewhat longer than the hand. Common on the
coast of France and England *.

The carpus is articulated, or presents annidar divisions in tlie two
following genera, viz.

* See the article PaUmon, Encyclop. Method., aud of the second edition of the
Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., andDesmar., Consid., p. 236 — 238. See also in relation
to the nervous system, the Mem. Cit. of Messrs. Audouin and Milne Edwards.

20S

CRUSTACEA.

Sysiiata, Bisso : ante Melicerta, ejusd.

Where the second pair of claws are larger than the first *, and

Athanas, Leach.

In which, on the contrary, the first pair is larger than the second f.
The last subgenus of this section, that of

PASIPHiEA, SaV.,

Although closely approximated to several of the preceding by the
superior antennae which are terminated by two threads, by the form
of the four anterior feet, terminating in a didactyle forceps, and pre-
ceded by a joint, without annular divisions, and Ijy the shortness of
the rostrum, differs from them in several respects. A testaceous ap-
pendage is very evident at the external base of their feet; these latter,
with the exception of the claws, which are larger and nearly equal,
are very slender and filiform ; the body is greatly elongated , strongly
compressed, and extremely soft.

Pa^\ sivado ; Alpheus sivado, Risso, Crust., 111,2; Desmar.,
Consid., p. 240, is two inches and a half long, and four lines and
a half in breadth. The body is trimsparent, of a nacre white
edged with red, the caudal fin marked with small dots of the same
colour. The rostrum is sharp and slightly c\irved at the point.
Claws reddish.

It is very abundant on the shores of Nice, and according to
Risso spawns in June and July. No other species has yet been
observed.

Our fifth and last section of the jMacroura, that of the Schizopoda,
appears to connect the Macroura with the following order. The
feet, none of which terminates in a forceps, are very slender, resem-
ble thongs, are furnished with an appendage more or less long,
arising from their external side near their base, and serving for
natation only. The ova are situated between them, and not under
the tail. The ocular pedicles are very short. As in most of the
Macroura the front projects into a point or rostrum. The shell is thin,
and the tail terminates, as usual, in a sort of fin. They are small,
and inhabit salt water.

Here the eyes are very apparent ; the lateral antennae are accom-
panied by a scale, and the intermediaries terminated by two threads
and composed of several small segments, as in the preceding genera.

Mysis, Lair.,

Antennae and feet exposed ; the shell elongated ; nearly square or
cylindrical ; tlie eyes closely approximated, and the feet capillary, as
if formed of two threads \.

* Lijsmala scticauda, Risso, Cnist., II, 1 ; Desmar., Consid., p. 238.

t Athanas nitesctns, Leach, Malac. Brit., XLIV ; Desmar., Consid., p. 239, 240 ;
de Bi('b., Ciust., du Calv., p. 23, 24.

X Mysis Fubi-icii, Leach ; Enc-yc. Metliod., Atl. d'Hist. Nat., CCCXXXVI, 8, 9 ;
Cancer oculafus, Oth. ; Fab., Grcenl., Sg. 1. See Desmar., Consid., p. 241, 242.

Stomapoda. 209

Cryptopus, Lair.

A subovoid inflated shell, curving downwards on the sides, enve-
loping tlie body as well as the antennee and feet, exhibiting beneath
a mere longitudinal fissure. The eyes are separated, and the feet in
the form of thongs, with a lateral appendage *.

There the eyes are concealed ; the intermediate antennae are coni-
cal, inarticulated, and very short ; the laterals are composed of a
peduncle, and a thread without any distinct articulations. There is
no — at least salient — scale at their base. Such is the

MuLCioN, Latr.

The body is soft and thorax ovoid. The feet are in the form of a
thong, and most of them have an appendage at their base ; the fourth
pair is the longest.

I know but one species, the Midcion Lesueurii, which was
captured by that zealous naturalist in the seas of North America.
The late Olivier, in the Pinna marina, found a crustaceous
animal very similar at the first coup d'oeil to the Lesueurii,
butthe specimens were so much injured that it was impossible for
me to study their characters.

The Nebalife, which we at first placed in this section, having no
natatory appendages under the last segments of their body, and their
feet being tolerably similar to those of a Cyclops, will pass with the
Condylura into the order of the Branchiopoda, at the head of which
they will stand. The Nebaliae, by their very prominent eyes, which
seem to be on pedicles, and by som-c other characters, appear to con-
nect the Schizopoda with the Branchiopoda.

ORDER 11.

STOMAPODA.

The branchise of the Stomapoda are exposed and attached to the
five pairs of sub-adominal appendages, exhibited to us by that part of
the body, called tail, in the Decapoda, and which here, as in most of
the Macroura, are fitted for natation, or are fin-feet. Their shell is
divided into two portions, the anterior of which supports the eyes and
intermediate antennae, or composes the head, without giving origin to
the foot-jaws. These organs, as well as the four anterior feet, are
frequently approximated to the mouth on two lines that converge

* Cryptopw De/rcncii, Latr.. from the Mediterranean.

SlO CRUSTACEA.

inferiorly, and hence the denomination of Stomapoda affixed to this
order. Judging by the Squillte, the most remarkable genus of this
order, and the only one hitherto studied, the heart is elongated, and
similar to a large vessel. It extends along the whole length of the
back, rests upon the liver and intestinal canal, and terminates poste-
riorly and near the anus in a point. Its parieties are thin, transparent,
and almost membranous. From its anterior extremity, placed imme-
diately behind the stomach, arise three principal arteries, the mediate
of which — the opthalmic — giving off several branches on each side, is
more particularly directed to the eyes and intermediate antennae ; and
the two lateral ones — the antennaries — pass over the sides of the
stomach and are lost in the muscles of tlie mouth and of the extei'nal
antennae. No artery arises from the superior surface of the hearts
but a great many issue from its two sides, each pair of which, as it
appears to us, corresponds to a particular segment of the body, com-
mencing with the foot-jaws, whether these segments be external, or
concealed by the shell, and even very small, as is the case with those
that are anterior. On a level with the first five abdominal annuli, or
those to which the natatory appendages and the branchiae are at-
tached, this superior surface of the heart receives, near the median
line, five pairs of vessels — a pair to each segment — proceeding from
these latter organs, and which, according to Messrs. Audouin and
Milne Edwards, are analagous to the branchio-cardiacs of the Deca-
poda. A central canal * situated under the liver and intestine re-
ceives the venous blood which is poured into it from all parts of the
body. On the level of each segment to which the foot-jaws and
branchiae are attached, it gives off a branch on each side, running to
that part of the branchiae which is situated at the base of the corre-
sponding foot-jaw. The parieties of these vessels appear to the above-
mentioned gentlemen to be smooth and continuous, but formed by a
layer of lamellated cellular tissue glued to the neighbouring mviscles,
rather than by a membrane proper ; these vessels also appeared to
them to communicate with each other near the lateral margin of the
annuli, but they could not possitively affirm it. The afferent or in-
ternal vessels of the branchiae, which in these Squillae form tufted
bunches, are continuous with the branchio-cardiac canals, are no
longer lodged in cells, pass between muscles, turn obliquely over

* See our general observations on the Macroura. Neither this vessel nor the
venous sinuses have been observed in the subsequent orders ; but the heart preserves
the same elongated form, and presents similar anterior arteries. From its sides also
arise other arteries corresponding to the articulations of the body. In addition to
the pre-cited Memoir, see the Le9ons d'Anatomie Compar^e of the Baron Cuvier.

STOMAPODA. 211

the lateral part of the abdomen, reach the anterior margin of the pre-
ceding ring, and terminate on the superior surface of the heart near
the median line, one partly mounting on the other. The medullary
cord, exclusive of the brain, presents but ten ganglions, of which the
anterior furnishes nerves to the mouth ; the three following, those
of the six natatory feet, and the last six, those of the tail. Thus,
although the four last foot-jaws represent the four anterior feet
of the Decapoda, they nevertheless form a part of the organs of man-
ducation. The stomach of these Crustacea — Squillse — is small and
has but a few very small teeth* near the pylorus. It is followed by a
straight and slender intestine which extends along the whole abdo-
men, accompanied on the right and left by glandular lobes, which
appear to supply the want of a liver. A ramous appendage adhering
to the inner base of the last j^air of feet appears to characterize the
male.

The teguments of the Stomapoda are thin, and, in several, nearly
membranous or diaphanous. The shell is sometimes formed of two
shields, of which the anterior corresponds to the head, and the pos-
terior to the thorax, and sometimes of a single piece, Avhich however
is free behind, usually exposing the thoracic segments, bearing the
three last pairs of feet, and having an articulation before that serves
as a base to the eyes and intex'mediate antennae ; these latter organs
are always extended and terminated, by two or three threads. The
eyes are always approximated. The formation of the mouth is
essentially the same as in the Decapoda ; but the palpi of the mandi-
bles, instead of being laid on them, are always vertical. The foot-
jaws are deprived of the flagelliform appendage presented to us by the
same parts in the Decapoda. They have the form of claws, or of
small feet, and, at least in several — the Squillse, — their external base
as well as that of the two anterior feet properly so called, exhibits a
vesicular body. Those of the second pair, in the same Stomapoda, are
much larger than the others, and even than the feet, which has caused
them to be considered as true feet; fourteen of them have been
counted f . The four anterior feet have also the form of claws, but
are terminated as well as the foot-jaws by a hook which curves to-
wards the head, on the inferior and anterior edge of the preceding
joint or of the hand. In others however— the Phyllosoma for instance J

* They form two ranges of transverse and parallel striae.

t The second jaws of these Stomapoda no longer present the same form as those
of the Decapoda. They have the figure of an elongated triangle divided into four
segments by transverse lines. The mandibles are bifurcated and well dentated.

X In all those where the four anterior feet are in the form of claws, the six last
are natatory.

p 2

2i2 CRUSTACEA.

— all these organs are filiform and have no forceps. Some of them at
least, as well as the last six and eqvially simple ones of the Stomapoda
provided with claws, have an appendage or lateral branch. The
seven last segments of the body, containing a large portion of the
heart and furnishing a base for the attachment of the respiratory or-
gans, can no longer in this respect be assimilated to that portion of the
body which is called the tail in the Decapoda : it is a true abdomen.
Its penultimate segment has a fin on each side formed like the caudal
of the Macroura, but is frequently, as well as tlie last segment or
intermediate portion, armed with spines or teetli.

The Stomapoda are all marine Crustacea. Their favourite habita-
tion is in the intertropical latitudes, and they are not fo\md beyond the
temperate zones. Of their habits we are totally ignorant ; that those
which are furnished with claws use them in seizing their prey, in the
manner of those Orthoptera called in Provence Pregadious or 3fan-
tes*, wc cannot doubt. Hence their vulgar appellation of Sea-
Mantis: they are the Crangones and Crangines of the Greeks.
According to Risso they prefer sandy bottoms in deep water, and
copulate in the spring. Other Stomapoda, those of our second family,
being less favoured witli natatory appendages, and having a much
flatter and more superficially extended body, are generally found on
the surface of the water, where they move very slowly. We will
divide the Stomapoda into two families.

FAMILY T.

UNIPELTATA.

In this family the sliell consists of a single shield, of an elongated
quadrilateral form, usually widened and free behind, covering the
head, the antennae and eyes excepted, which are placed on a common
anterior articulation, and at least the first segments of the body. Its
anterior extremity terminates in a point, or is preceded by a small
plate with a similar end. All the foot-jaws, the second of which are
very large, and the four anterior feet are closely approximated to the
mouth on two inferiorly converging lines, and have the form of
claws with a single finger or mobile and flexed hook. With the
exception of the second feet, all these organs are furnished at their
external origin with a little pediculated vesicle. The other six feet,
at the base of whose third segment is a lateral appendage, are linear,
terminated by a brush, and simply natatory. The lateral antennae

* Some other analogous Orthoptera, such as the PhijlUum, resemble leaves. The
Phyllosomse, Crustacea of the same order, exhibit similar affinities.

STOMA POD A. 213

Iiave a scale at their base, and the stem of the intermediaries is com-
l)osed of three filaments. The body is narrow and elongated ; the
ocular pedicles are ahvays short.

This family is conii^osed of but one genus, that of
Squilla ; Fab.,

Wniich we will divide in the following manner : —

In some the erustaceoiis shield is preceded by a small and more or
less triingular plate, situated above tlie segment, in which the eyes
and mediate antennae are inserted, only covers the anterior portion of
the thorax, and does not curve downwards on the sides. The
piece which serves as a peduncle to the mediate antennae, as well as
the ocular pedicles, and the external sides of the end of the abdomen,
are exposed.

Here the body is almost semi-cylindrical, the posterior edge of the
last segment being rounded, dentated or spinous; the lateral a]jpen-
dages of the last six feet are styliform.

Squilla, Lat.,

The true Squillse, along the whole inner side of the penultimate
segment of the two large claws, have an extremely narrow groove,
dentated on one of its edges and si)inous on the other, and the ensuing
joint, or the claw, falciform and usually dentated.

Squilla mantis ; Cancer mantis, L. ; Herbst., XXXIII, 1;
Encyclop. Method., Atl. d'Hist. Nat., CCCXXIV ; Desmar.,
Consid., XLI, 2, is about seven inches in length. The base of
the large forceps is furnished with three moveable spines, and its
claws have six elongated and sharp-edged teeth, the last one
being the largest. The segments of the body, the last one
excepted, are marked by six longitudinal ridges, mostly termi-
nating in a sharp point ; the middle of the last is strongly cari-
nated, punctured, and terminated posteriorly by a double range
of indentations, and four very stout points, the mediate teeth of
which are most closely approximated; each lateral margin has
two reflected or thicker divisions, the last one terminating in a
point. The peduncle of the lateral fins is prolonged beneath
and terminated by tvro very strong teeth. It is common in the
Mediterranean. The Squille de Desmarest, Risso, Crust. II, 8,
which also inhabits the same sea, is but two inches and a half in
length. Its claws have five teetli; the shell and the middle por-
tion of the abdominal segments, tlie last ones excepted, are
smooth*. In the

GONODACTYL'JS, Lat..

The groove of the licnultimate segment of the large claws is
widened at its extremity, j^rcsenting neither dentations nor spines.
The finger is dilated, or resembles a knot near its base, terminating

* For the other species, see the article Squille, and pi, of the Encyc. Method. ;
Desmar., Consid, In pi. XLII, he has given a detailed figure of the Squilie
qncuc-nalc.

iBi4 CRUSTACEA.

in a straight or slightly curved compressed point. They are all
foreign to Europe *,

There, the body is extremely narrow and depressed, and the last
segment almost square, entire, and withovit dentations or spines.
The lateral appendage of its last six feet is in the form of an almost
orbicular and slightly bordered palette ; the antennae and feet are
shorter than in the preceding ; the penultiraute segment of the large
claws has its inner margin fringed with numerous cilia in the form
of little spines ; the figure is falciform.

CoRONis, Latr.
But a single species is known f .

In the remaining Stomapoda of this family the shell is almost
membranous and diaphanous, covers the Avhole thorax, is curved
laterally beneath, prolonged anteriorly into a spine or cnsiform blade,
and projects above the base of the mediate antennae and of the eyes.
This base or support is susceptible of being curved under and en-
closed in the case formed by the curvature of the shield. The pos-
terior fins are concealed under the last segment.

These very small, soft Crustacea, are peculiar to the Atlantic
Ocean and the Eastern seas. The fingers of the large claws have
no teeth ; the second joint of the ocular pedicles is much larger than
the first, and has the figure of a reversed cone ; the eyes properly so
called are large and almost globular ; the fin-like appendage of the
feet resembles that of the Squillce and Gonodactyli. In the

Erichthus, Latr. — Smerdis, Leach,

The first joint of the ocular pedicles is much shorter than the
second ; the middle of the lateral edges of the shield has a strongly
angular dilatation, and their posterior extremity exhibits two teeth \.
In

Alima, Leach,

The first joint of the ocular pedicles is slender, cylindrical, and
much longer than the following one ; the body is narrower and more
elongated than that of an Erichthus : the lateral borders of the shield
are nearly straight or are but slightly dilated ; there is a slight
longitudinal carina on its middle, and each of its angles forms a
spine, the two posterior of which are the largest §.

FAMILY II.

BIPELTATA.

In this family we find the shell divided into two shields, the anterior

* Squilla scijUanis, Fab.; Rumph. Mus., Ill, F; — Squilhi rliiragra, Fab.;
Desmar. Consid., XLIII. See the article Squille, of the Encyclopedia Mcthodique.

t See Encyclop. Method., art. Squille. Squilla eiisehiu F Risso.

+ Erichthus vilreus, Lat. See art. Squille, Atl. d'Hist. Nat. of the Encyclop.
M(''thod., pi. cccliv ; and Desmar. Consid., XLIV, 2, 3.

§ Alima hyalina, Lat., Encyclop. Method., art. Squille, and Ibid. Atl. d'Hist.
Nat., CCCLIV, 8 ; Desmar., Consid., XLIV, I.

CRUSTACEA. 215

of which, very large and more or less oval, forms the head, and the
posterior, corresponding to the thorax, transverse and angular in its
circumference, supports the foot-jaws and feet. These latter, with
the exception at most of the two posterior and two last foot-jaws, are
slender and filiform, usually very long and accompanied by a lateral,
ciliated appendage. The other four foot-jaws are very small and
conical. The base of the lateral antennae exhibits no scale ; the
intermediaries are terminated by two threads. The ocular pedicles
are long. The body is much flattened, membranous, and diaphanous ;
the abdomen small and its posterior fin without spines. It comprises
but a single genus, the

Phyllosoma, Leach,
Of which all the species inhabit the Atlantic Ocean and Oriental

MALACOSTRACA.

/;. Eyes sessile and immoveable.
The Branchiopoda are the only Crustacea of which we shall hence-
forward have occasion to speak, that exhibit eyes placed on pedicles.
But independently of the fact that these pedicles are neither articu-
lated nor lodged in special cavities, the Branchiopoda have no shell,
and are otherwise removed from the preceding Crustacea by various
characters. All the Malacostraca of this division are also deprived
of a shell ; their body, from the head downwards, is composed of a
suite of articulations of which each of the first seven is furnished
with a pair of feet, the following and last ones, seven at most, form-
ing a sort of tail terminated by fins or styliform appendages. The
head presents four antennae, the two intermediate superior, two eyes,
and a mouth composed of two mandibles, a tongue, two pairs of jaws,
and a sort of lip formed by two foot-jaws that correspond to the two
superior ones of the Decapoda ; here, as in the Stomapoda, the
flagrum no longer exists. The four last foot-jaws are transformed

* See Eacyclop. Method., and Nouv. Diet. Hist. Nat., Ed. II, article PhyU
losome ; also the ^vork of Desmarcst on the Crustacea and the Zoology of the A^oy.
de Freycinet. As respects their nervous system, the Phyllosomre seem to be in-
tennediate between the preceding and subsequent Crustacea. See Audoum and
Edwards, op. cit.

216 CRUSTACEA.

into feet, sometimes simple and at others constituting a claw, but
almost always with a single toe ov hook.

According to the observations of Messrs. Audouin and Edwards,
the two ganglionary cords of the spinal marrow are perfectly sym-
metrical and distinct throughout the whole of their length, and from
those of the Baron Cuvier it would appear that the Onisci are only
removed from them because these cords do not present the same
uniformity in all the segments of the body, and because there are
some ganglions less *. Thus, according to them, the nervous system
of the Crustacea is the simplest of all ; in the Cymothose and Idotese
the two ganglionary chains are no longer distinct, and those ganglions
which immediately follow the two cephalics, form as many small
circular masses situated on the median line of the body ; but the
cords of communication which serve to connect them, remain
isolated and attached to each other. It would appear from these facts
that the latter Crustacea are higher in the animal scale than the
preceding ones, but other considerations seem to us to require a con-
siderable separation between the Talitri and Onisci, and the
arrangement of the Cymothoae and Idote?e in an intermediate rank.

The organs of generation are situated infer iorly near the origin of
the tail. The two first appendages with which it is furnished beneath,
and which are analogovis to those jax'sented to us by the same part in
the preceding Crustacea, but more diversified, and always, as it
appears, supporting the branchiee, diifer in this respect, according to
the sex. The coitus takes place like that of insects, the male placing
himself on the back of his female ; the latter carries her ova under
the thorax, between scales Avhich form a sort of pouch. There they
are developed, and the young remain attached to the feet or other
parts of the body of their mother, until they have acquired the
strength requisite for natation, and providing for their wants. All
these Crustacea are small, and mostly inhabit the sea-coast or fresh
water. Some are terrestrial, and others are known which are
parasitical.

They are divided into three orders ; those whose mandibles are
furnished with a palpus, appear to be naturally connected with the
preceding Crustacea — such are the Amphipoda ; those in which these
organs are deprived of them will constitute the two following orders
— the Laemodipoda and the Isopoda. The Cyami, a genus of the
second one, being parasitical, naturally lead us to the Bopyri and
Cvmotho3P, with which we commence the Isopoda.

*See Oniscus.

APHIPOUA. 217

ORDER III.

AMPHIPODA.

The Amphipcda arc the only Malacrostraca with sessile and im-
moveable eyes, Avhose mandibles, like those of the preceding Crusta-
cea, are furnished with a palpus, and the only ones whose subcaudal
appendages, always very apparent, by their narrow and elongated
form, their articulations, bifurcations, and other incisures, as well as
by the hairs or cilia with which they are provided, resemble false or
natatory feet. In the Malacostraca of the following orders, these ap-
pendages have the form of laminee or scales ; here these liairs and
cilia appear to constitute the branchiae. Many of them, like the Sto-
mapoda and the Lcemodipoda, have vesicular bursae either between
their feet or at their external base, the use of which is unknown.

The first pair of feet, or that Avhich corresponds to the second foot-
jaws, is always annexed to a particular segment, the first after the
head. The antennae, which with a single exception — the Phronima;,
— are four in number, project, gradually taper into a point, and consist,
as in the preceding Crustacea, of a peduncle and a single stem, or
one furnished at most with a little lateral branch, and usually com-
posed of several joints. The body is generally compressed and curved
beneath posteriorly. The terminal appendages of the tail are most
frequently styliform and articidated. Most of them swim and leap with
facility, and always laterally. Some inhabit springs and rivulets, and
are often found in couples consisting of the two sexes ; most of them
hoAvever live in salt water. Their colour is uniform, verging on
reddish or greenish.

They may all be comprised in a single genus, that of
Ga.mmarus, Fab.

Which we may subdivide, in the first place, into three sections,
from the form and number of the feet.

1. Those which have fourteen feet all terminated by a hook, or
in a point.

2. Those which also have fourteen feet, but which are — the four
last at least — simple natatory.

3. Those which have only ten apparent feet.
The first section is divided into two.

Some of them, — the Uroptera, Latr., usually have a large head ;
the antenna; are frequently short, and in some but two in number ; the
body is soft. All the feet", the fifth pair at most excepted, arc simple,
the anterior are short or small, and the tail is either furnished at the
extremity with lateral fins, or is terminated by points or appendages,
widened'and bidentated, or forked at their posterior extremity. They

218 CRUSTACEA.

inhabit the bodies of various Acephala or Linneean Medusae, and of
some other Zoophytes.
Here, as in

Phronima, Lat.,

There are but two — very short and biarticulated — antennae ; the
fifth pair of feet is the largest of all and terminates in a didactyle for-
ceps ; the six appendages of the extremity of the tail are styliform,
elongated and forked or bidentated at the end ; six vesicular sacs may
be observed between the last feet. Several sj^ecies appear to exist,
but they have not been strictly and comparatively described.

That Avhich has been taken for our type is the Cancer seden^
^arm?, Forsk., Faun. Arab., p. 95; Latr., Gener. Crust, et In-
sect. I, ii, 2, 3, which is found in the Mediterranean, and inha-
bits a membranous transparent body that has the figure of a cask,
and which appears to proceed from the body of a species of Beroe.
The PJironime sentinelle, Risso, Crust., II, 3, inhabits the
interior of Medusae, constituting the genera Equoree and Geronie
of Peron and Lesueur. Another species, according to Leach, has
been observed on the coast of Zealand.
There we observe four antennae ; all the feet are simple ; on each
side of the extremity of the tail is a lamellated or foliaceous fin, the
leaflets of which are acuminated or unidentated at the end.

HypERiA, Lat.

The body thickest anteriorly ; the greater portion of the head occu-
pied by oblong eyes somewhat cmarglnated on the inner edge ; two
of the antennae, at least half as long as the body and terminated by a
long setaceous stem composed of several small joints *.
Phrosine, Risso.

Form of the body and that of the head similar to the Hyperise, but
the antennae, at most, the length of the latter, composed of but few
and styliform joints, or terminated by a stem resembling an elongated
cone f .

* Cancer monoculuides, Montag., Tians. Lin. Soc. XI, ii, 3 ; — Hyperie de Le-
sueur, Lat., Encyclop. Method., Atl. d'Hist. Nat., CCCXXVIII, 17, IS; Des-
mar. Consid., p. 258.

N.B. Near the Hyperise should be placed the genus Themisto, Lat., carefully
figured and described in the Mem. de la Soc. d'Hist. Nat., tome IV. As in the
Hyperire, the eyes are very large and occupy the larger portion of the head ; two
of the antennre (the inferior), all terminated by a multi-articulated stem tapering to
a point, are evidently longer than the others. Tlie part there called levre inferieure,
is the ligula ; those which appear to form the third pair of jaws are the first of the
foot-jaws, and, as in the Amphipoda and Isopoda, close the mouth inferiorly under
the form of a lip. The four remaining foot-jaws are very short, directed forwards
and laid upon the mouth in such a w ay that they seem to constitute a part of it, so
that if we do not count them, or if wc merely consider the following locomotive and
much more apparent organs as feet, this animal, like the Hyperia and Phrosine,
appears at the first glance to have but ten feet instead of fourteen. The third pair
of foot-jaws is terminated by a small didactyle forceps. The same pair of feet, pro-
perly so called, is much longer than the others ; its penultimate joint is greatly
elongated, and is armed with a range of small spines forming a sort of comb. But
a single species is known.

t Phros. macrophthalma, Risso, Jour, de Phys., Octob. 1822; Desmar., lb., p.
259 ; Cancer (jidba, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc, XI, ii, 2.

AMPHIPODA, 219

DlCTYLOCETlA, Lat.

The body not thickened anteriorly; tlie head moderate, depressed,
nearly square ; eyes small ; four extremely short antennae composed
of but few joints, as in Phrosine, of various forms — the inferior being
thin and styliform, and the superior terminated by a small concave
plate on the inner side — resemble a spoon or forceps *.

The others — GAMMARiNiE, Latr. — always have four antennae ; their
body, invested with coriaceous and elastic segments, is generally
compressed and arcuated ; the posterior extremity of the tail is de-
prived of fins; its appendages are styliform and cylindrical, or conical.
At least two of their four anterior feet are usually terminated by a
forceps.

The vesicular bursse, in those where they have been observed —
the Gammarinae, Latr. — are situated at the exterior base of the feet,
commencing with the second pair, and are accompanied by a small
plate. The pectoral scales which inclose the ova are six in number.

Sometimes the four antennte, although of different proportions in
several, have a similar form and use ; the inferior have no resem-
blance to feet nor do they perform their functions.

A subgenus which we have established under the denomination of

loNE, Lat.,

Only, however, from a figure given by Montagu — Oniscus thora-
cicus, Ti'ans. Lin. Soc, IX, IH, 3, 4 — exhibits very peculiar charac-
ters which separate it from all others of the same order. The body
consists of about fifteen joints, but only distinguished by lateral
tooth-like incisions. The four antennaj are very short ; those that
are external, being longer than the others, are the only ones visible
when the animal is seen on its back. Each of the two first segments
of the body of the female is provided with two elongated, fleshy,
flattened cirri resembling oars. The feet are very short, concealed
under the body and hooked. The six last segments are furnished
with lateral, fleshy, elongated, fasciculated appendages, which are
simple in the male and like oars in the female. At the posterior
extremity of the body we also observe six simple, recurved appen-
dages, two of which are larger than the others. The abdominal
valves are very large, cover the Avhole inferior surface of the body,
and form a sort of receptacle for the ova. This animal remains con-
cealed under the shell of the Calinassa subterranea, on the side of
which it forms a tumour. Montagu, having withdrawn one of these
Crustacea from its domicil, kept it alive for several days. The female
is always accompanied by the male, who fixes himself firmly to her
abdominal appendages l)y means of his forceps. It is a rare animal
which, in its habits, approaches the Bojjyri f.

All the ensuing Amphipoda have the segments of the body perfectly
distinct, throughout their whole extent ; in neither sex nor in any

* Phros. seminulafa, Risso, lb. ; Desmar. The stem of the inferior antennae consists of
two Of three joints, while in Piaosine it is inarticulate. There also, the joints of the
peduncles of the same antennaj are shorter.

t See Ann. des iSc. Nat., Decemb. 1826, XLIX. 10, the male — 11, the female.

220 CRUSTACEA.

of the species do we find those long oar-like cirri observed in the first
of the lones.

In the latter, when it exists, the moveable toe of the foot, termi-
nated by a forceps, is formed of a single joint.

Of these last, there are some whose superior antennee are much
shorter than the inferior, and even than tlieir iieduncle; the stem of
the latter is composed of numerous joints.

Orchestia, Leach.

The second feet of the male terminated by a large forceps, the
moveable toe long and somewhat curved ; those of the female by two
toes. The third joint of the inferior antennae is at most twice the
length of that of the j)receding ones *.

Taliprus, Lai.

Neither of the feet forming a forceps. Tlie third joint of tlie in-
ferior antennae more than twice the length of that of the preceding
ones ; the antennae large and spinous f .

In tlie following, the superior antennae are never much shorter
than the inferior.

Some of them, furnished with elongated setaceous antennae ter-
minated by a pluri-articulated stem, and without any remarkable
forceps, approach the preceding in tlieir superior antcnnrc, which
are somewhat shorter than the inferior, and are removed from those
that follow by the form of their head which is narrowed before into a
kind of snout. Such is

Atylus, Leach \.

All those which succeed have the superior antennae as long as the
inferior, or longer; their head is not elongated into a snout.

Here, as in the five following genera of Leach, the peduncle of the
antennae is formed of three joints §.

Some, in their superior antennae, present a character which is
unique in this order— the internal extremity of the third joint of the
peduncle is provided with a little articulated thread. It distinguishes
the

Gammarus, Lai.,

AVhere the four anterior feet have the form of small forceps, the
moveable toe folding beneath.

■» Oniscus gammardlus, Pall., Spic. Zool., Fascic, IX, iv, 8: Cancer gammarus
Ullnreus, Montag. ; Desmar., ConsicL, p. 26 1, XLV, 3.

T Onisciis locusfa, Pall., Spie. Zool., Fascic. IX, iv, 7 ; Cancer gammarus saltator,
Montag. ; Desmar., Consid., XLV, 11.

+ ^/(/?KS ra>-in«^MS, Leach, Zool. Misc., LXIX ; Desmar., Consid., p. 262, XLV,
4; Gammarus carinafus, Fab.; — G. migux ' ejusd. ; Phipps, Voy. to the North
Pole, XII, 2 ;

§ The third joint of the peduncle may be very small and thus become assi-
milated to the following, or those of the stem; this peduncle, as in the Dexamiues,
then appears to consist of but two joints. According to the system of Leach the
stem is understood to form another but compound joint.

AMPHIPODA. 221

The species best known and the type of this subgenus is the
Cancer pidex,L. ; Sqid/la pulex, De Geer, Insect., VII, xxxiii,
1,2. It inhabits brooks, &c. The other species are marine *
The antennae of the folloAving, as in all the other Amphipoda, are
simple or without appendages.

Melita, Leach.

The second pair of feet, in the male, terminated by a large com-
pressed forceps, the toe folding under its internal surface; tlie an-
tennae nearly equal in length ; a small foliaceous appendage on each
side of the posterior extremity of the body f .

M^RA, Leac/t.

Tlie second feet in the males terminated as in the Melitse, but tlie
toe folds under tlie inferior edge of the forceps and is not concealed.

The superior antennae are longer than the inferior, and the foliace-
ous appendages of the posterior extremity of the body are Avant-

Amphithoe, Leach.

The four anterior feet nearly similar in both sexes ; tlie penultimate
article or hand proper, ovoid §.

Pherusa, Leach.

The Pherusse only differ fj-om the preceeding subgenus in the hand
of the forceps, which is filiform ||.

There, the peduncle of the antcnnce is only composed of tAVo joints,
the third being so small as to be confounded with those of the stem,
or forming that of the base ; the superior are longer than the inferior.
All the feet are simple, or without forceps. Such is?

Dexamine, Leach'^.
In those, tlie moveable toe of the two forceps is bi-articulated.
The antennae are of equal length.

Leucothoe, Leach.

The antennae short, their peduncle, formed of two joints ; the four
anterior feet terminated in a stout forceps ; toes of the two first bi-ar-

* See Desmar., Consid., p. 265, 207.

t Cancer pcdmafus, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc, VII, p. 69; Encyclnp. Method.,
Atl. d'Hist. Nat.. CCCXXXYI, 31 ; Desmar., Consid., XLV, 7.

X Cancer gcnnmarus grosimanKs, Montag., Trans. Lin., Soc, IX, iv. 5 ; Defsmar.
Consid., p. 264.

§ Cancer ruhricafus, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc, IX, p. 99 ; Encyclop. Method.,
Atl. d'Hist. Nat., CCCXXXYI, 33 ; Desmar., Consid., XLV, 9',—Omsnts canceUiis,
Pall., Spic Zool. Fascic, IX, iii, 18; Gamniurus cancellus. Fab.

II Pherusa fiisicvia, Leach ; Trans. Lin. Soc, XI, p. 360 ; Desmar., Consid.,
p. 268.

^ Cancer gammarus spinosus, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc, XI, p. 3 ; Desmar.,
Consid., XLV, 6.

222 CRUSTACEA.

ticulated ; those of the second pair consisting of a single and long
joint*.

Cekapus, Sai/.

Large antennae, the peduncle consisting of three — the superior —
or four — the inferior — joints ; the two anterior feet small, Avith a
uni-articulated toe ; the two following terminating in a large triangu-
lar, smooth, dentated hand, with a bi-articulated finger.

Ceraphus tubularis. Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. of Philad., I,
iv, 7 — 11 ; Desmar., Consid., XLVI, 2. It inhabits a little cy-
lindrical tube, and in this respect approaches the subsequent
subgenus. Very common at Egg Harbour, New Jersey, among
the Sertvdarise on which it appears to feed.

Finally, the inferior antennae, sometimes much larger than the
superior, their stem consisting at most of four joints, have the form
of feet, and appear to serve, at least occasionally, as organs of pre-
hension.

Here the second feet are terminated by a large forceps.

PoDocERTjs, Leach.

Eyes very prominent f .

Jassa, Leach.

Eyes not prominent \.

There, neither of the feet is terminated by a large forceps.

CoROPHiuM, Lat.

C. longicornis ; Cancer grossipes, L. ; Gammarus lonqicornis,
Fab. ; Oniscu.s volutator, Pall., Spic. ZooL, Fascic. IX, iv, 9 ;
Desmar., Consid., XLVI, 1, called Peryns, on the coast of Ro-
chcUe, lives in holes, whicli it forms in the mud, that is covered
with hurdles, called bouchots, by the inhabitants. The animal
does not make its appearance till the beginning of May. It wages
everlasting war against the Nereides, Amphinomse, Arenicolae,
and other marine Annclides, which inhabit the same locality. A
curious spectacle is presented by these Crustacea, Avhen the tide
is coming in ; myriads of them may then be seen moving in every
direction, beating the mud with their great arms, and diluting
it in order to discover their prey — is it one of the above men-
tioned Annelides they have discovered, Avhich is ten or tAventy
times larger than themselves? they unite to attack and devour
it. The carnage never ceases until the mud has been thoroughly
turned up and its inequalities levelled. They do not even
spare Mollusca, Fishes, or dead bodies on the shore. They
mount upon the hurdles which contain Muscles, and fishermen

* Cancer articulosus, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc. VII, 6 ; Desmar., Consid., p.
263, XLV, 5.

•f Podoeerus variegatus, Leach, Trans. Lin. Soc, XI, p. 361 ; Desmar,, Consid.,
p. 269.

X Jasia pulcheUa, Leach, lb., p. 361 ; Desmar., Consid,, p. 269.

AMPHIPODA.

223

assert that they will cut the threads that keep them there, in
order to precipitate them into the mud, where they may devour
them at their leisure. They appear to hreed during the whole
summer, as females carrying their ova are to be met with at
various periods. Waders and different Fishes prey upon them.
For these interesting observations we are indebted to M. D'Or-
bigny, Senior, conservator of the Rochelle Museum and corre-
sponding member of that of Paris *.
The second section— Hetekopa, Lat.— is composed of those with

fourteen feet, the last four of which, at least, are unarmed and destmed

for natation only. It comprises two subgenera |.

Pterygocera, Latr.

The thorax divided into several segments; four antennae furnished
with setce or hairs in bunches; all the feet natatory and the last large
and pinnated % ; cylindrical, articulated appendages to the posterior
extremity of the body.

Apseudes, Leach. — Eupheus, Risso.

The thorax also divided into several segments, but the two anterior
feet terminated by a didactyle forceps ; the two following ones clayi-
form, ending in a point and dentated on the edges ; the next six
slender and unguiculated at the extremity ; the last four natatory.
The antennae are simple. The body is narrow, elongated, and has
two long setaceous appendages at its posterior extremity§ .

The third and last section— Decempedes, Lat.— is composed of
Amphipoda, which present but six distinct feet.

Typhis, Risso.
But two very small antennae, the head large, and eyes not promi-
nent ; each pair of feet annexed to its peculiar segment, and the four
anterior terminated by a didactyle forceps. On each side of the
thorax are two moveable plates, forming a sort of lids or valves.

* See Encyclop. Method., article Podoch-e.

t This and the following section, in the first edition of the Regne Animal, torm
the second of the Isopoda, that of the Phytihrandiiafa. But independently of our
having discovered mandibular palpi in some of these Crustacea, the form of the
subcaudal appendages appears to us to approximate them much nearer to the
Amphipoda than to the Isopoda. We may also observe that these animals, of
■which we have seen but very few, have not yet been well studied.

+ According to the figure of Slabber— 0«isciM arenarius, Encyclop. Method.,
Atl d'Hist. Nat.,CCCXXX, 3, 4,— the number of feet is but eight; reasoning
from analogy, I presume it to be fourteen ; besides, if the figure be exact, this genus
■would belong to the next section.

§ Eupheus ligiouJes, Risso, Crust., Ill, 37 ; Desmar., Consid., 285 i— Apseudes
talpa, Leach ;— Cancer yammarus talpa, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc, IX, iv, 6; Des-
mar., Consid.: XLVI, 9. See the Gummarus heteruclilus, Viviani, Phosphor.
Maris, II, ii, 12. ^ ^ ....„„ j-e

N.B. The genus Rh(ea, M. Edwards, Ann. des So. Nat. XIII. xiu, A, 292, dif-
fers from the preceding la the superior antennae, which are stouter, longer, and

224 CRUSTACEA.

which when luined, the animal folding up its feet and tail beneath,
enclose the body inferiorly, and give it a spheroidal appearance. The
posterior extremity of the tail has no appendage*.

Anceus, Risso. — Gnathia, Leach.

The thorax divided into as many segments as there are pairs of
feet, but all the latter simple and monodactyle; four setaceous an-
tennae ; a stout square head with two large projections in the form of
mandibles; extremity of the tail furnished with foliaceous fin-like
appendages f .

Praniza, Leach.

Four setaceous antennae, as in tlie preceding; but tlie thorax viewed
from above presents but three segments, the two first of which are
very short and transverse, each supporting a pair of feet, while the
third, much larger and longitudinal, supports the others. The feet
are simple ; tlie head is triangular, pointed before, and has prominent
eyes. Each iide of the posterior extremity of the body is also pro-
vided with a fin \.

Various genera of Messrs. Savigny, Rafinesque and Say§, but the
characters of which have not been described or sufficiently developed,
appear to l)elong to this order of the Amphipoda. Even some of the
subgenera I have just quoted require to be re-examined.

M. Milne Edwards has made several valual)le and detailed obser-
vations on several of these Crustacea, which will most certainly tend
to elucidate the subject.

ORDER IV.

L^MODIPODA.

The Laemodipoda arc the only Malacostraca with sessile eyes, in
which tlie posterior extremity of the body exhibits no distinct bran-
chiae, and which are almost deprived of a tail, the two last feet being
inserted in that extremity, or the segment which connects them with
it being merely followed by one or two very small joints. They are
also the only ones in which the two anterior feet, that correspond to
the second foot-jaws, form part of the liead.

* Tiiphis oroiihs, Risso, Crust., II, 9 ; Desm.ir., Cousid., p. 281, XLVI, 5.

t Anceus forjicularis ; Risso, Cnist., II, 10; Desmar., Consid., XLVI, G ; — An-
ceus 7naxiUtt>-is ; Gancer maxillaris. Montag., Trans. Lin. See, YII, vi, 2; Desmar.
lb., XLVI, 7.

X Oniscus coenileatus, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc, XI, iv, 2; Encyclop. Method.,
All. d'Hist. Nat., CCCXXIX, 28, and CCCXXIX, 24, 25; Desmar., Consid.,
XLVI, 8.

§ I can say nothins: of the G. ergine, Risso : the number of its feet would seem
to place it in the last section of the Amphipoda ; while the manner, in which they
terminate, and the number of the segments of the body, appear to throw it among
the Isopoda.

LuEMODIPODA. 225

They all have foiii' setaceous antcnnce supported by a tri-articulated
peduncle, mandibles, Avithout palpi, a vesicular body at the base of at
least the four pairs of feet, beginning at the second or third pair, those
of the head included. The body, usually filiform or linear, is com-
posed of eight or nine segments, including the head, and some small
appendages in the form of tubercles at its posterior and inferior ex-
tremity. The feet are terminated by a stout hook. The four anterior
the second of which are the largest, are always terminated by a mo-
nodactyle forceps or a claw. In several, the four folloAving ones are
shortened, less articulated, Avithout the terminal hook, or are rudi-
mental, and nowise adapted for the ordinary uses of similar parts.

The females carry their ova under the second and third segmerjts
of the body in a pouch formed of approximated scales.

They are all marine Crustacea. M. Savigny considers them as
allied to the Pycnogonides, and constituting with the latter tlie tran-
sition from the Crustacea to the Arachnides. In the first edition of
this work they formed the first section of tlie Isopoda, that of the Cis-
tibranchiata.

We may vuaite them in a single genus which, by the law of priority
should be called the

Cyamus, Lat.

Some — the Filiforma, Lat. — have a long and veiy slender or
linear body with longitudinal segments ; feet equally slender and
elongated, and the stem of the antennae composed of several small
joints.

Tliey are found among marine plants, walk like the caterpillar
termed the Geometra, sometimes rapidly revolving in a circle, or
turning up their body, during which time the antennse are vibrating.
\yhile swimming, the extremities of their body are curved.

Leptojiera, Lat. — Proto, Leach.

Fourteen feet, including the two annexed to the head, all complete
and in a continuous series.

Here, as in our L-.ttomera proper — Gammariis pedatus. Mull.,
Zool. Dan., CI, 1, 2 — all the feet, the two anterior excepted, have a
vesicular body at their base.

There, as in the Proto, Leach — Cancer pedatus, Montag., Trans.
Lin. Soc, II, 6; Encyclop. Method., Atl. d'Hist. Nat, CCCXXXVI,
38 — those appendages are only proper to the second, and four fol-
lowing feet *.

* We should also refer to the Leptomerae, the Squilla ventricosa, Mull., Zool.
Dan., LVI, l — 3 ; Herbst., XXXVI, ii : — the Cancer linearis, L., is perhaps a con-
gener. He describes it as having si.x feet, but does not include the head.

VOL, III. Q

S8it CRUSTACEA.

Natjpredia, Lat.
But ten feet, all in one continuous series ; the base of the second
and two following pairs provided with a vesicular body *.

Caprella, Lam.

Ten feet also, but in an inlerrupted series, commencing with the
second segment, exclusive of the head ; both this segment and the
following have two vesicular bodies, and are totally deprived of
feetf .

The other — Ovalia, Lat,— Lsemodipoda have an oval body with
transversal segments. The stem of the antennae appears to be inar-
ticulated, and the feet are short but slightly elongated; those of the
second and third segments are imperfect and terminated by a long
cylindrical joint without a hook ; their base is provided with an
elongated vesicular body. They form the subgenus.

Cyamus, Lat. — Larunda, Leach.

I have seen three species, all of Avhich live on the Cetacea ;
the most common, Oniscus ceti,li.\ Pall., Spicil. Zool. Fascic.
IX, iv, 14; Squilledela Baleine, De Geer,Ins., VII,vi, 6; Pyc-
nogonum ceti, Fab. ; Savig., Mem. sur les anim. sans verteb.
Fascic, I, V, ], is also found on the Mackerel : it is called by
fishermen Pou de Baleine. A second very analogous species
was brought to France by the late Delalande from tlie Cape of
Good Hope. The third, which is much smaller, establishes
itself on the Cetacea of the Indian Ocean.

ORDER V.

ISOPODA J.

The Isopoda approach the Laemodipoda by the palpi of the man-
dibles being absent, but are removed from them in several other re-

* A subgenus founded on a species from the coast of France, which appears to me
undescribed.

t The Squilla lobata, Miill., Zool. Dan., LVI, 4, 6 ; his Gammarus quadrilobatus,
lb., CXIV, 12; the Gniscus scolopendroides, Pall, Spic. Zool. Fascic, IX, iv, 15, are
Caprellae, but their specific dlflfercnees are not well characterized. We had referred
the Cancer linearis, L., to the first, which, now appears doubtful. His Cancer
filiformis is probably a Caprella ; the Cancer phasuia, Montag., Trans. Lin.
Soc, VII, vi, 2, is a congener. His figure is copied Encyc. Method., Atl. d'Hist.
Nat. CCCXXXVT, 37. For details concerning this order and genus, see the Kouv.
Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Ed. II, and the work of Desmarest on the Crustacea.

X The Polygonata, Fab., with the exception of the genus Monoculus.

Messrs. Audouin and Edwards — Ann. dcs Sc. Nat., About 1827, p. 379, 381 —
hBve published some interesting observations on the circulation of the Isopoda, and

I80P0DA, 227

spects. The two anterior feet are not attached to the head, and belong
as well as the following ones, to a particular segment. They are ^
always fourteen in number, unguiculated, and without any vesicular
appendage at their base. The vmder part of the tail is furnished with
very apparent appendages resembling leaflets or vesicular bursae, the
two first or external of which, either partially or wholly, usually
cover the others. The body is generally flattened, or is wider than it
is thick, The mouth consists of the same pieces as in the preceding
Crustacea; but here, those which correspond to the two superior
foot-jaws of the Decapoda, exhibit an appearance of a lower lip
terminated by two palpi, still more than in the latter. The two
mediate antennae are almost obliterared in the last Crustacea
of this order, which are all terrestial and also differ from the
others in their respiratory apparatus. The male organs of gene-
ration are usually announced by linear or filiform appendages,
and sometimes by hooks, situated at the internal origin of the first
sub-caudal laminae, The females carry their ova under the thorax,
either between scales, or in a pouch or membranous sac, which they
open in order to allow a passage to their young, which are produced
Avith the form of parts peculiar to their species, merely changing
their skin as they increase in size. Most of them are aquatic. Those
which are terrestrial, like all other Crustacea which live out of water,
still require a certain degree of atmospheric humidity to enable them

on that of the Ligiae in particular. The heart resembles a long vessel extended
above the dorsal surface of the intestine. From its anterior extremity arise three
arteries, similar to those of the Decapoda. Lateral branches are also to be observed
running from the heart towards the feet. On a level with the two first segments of
the abdomen (the tail), that organ receives, from the right and left, small canals
(branchio-cardiac vessels) which seem to proceed from the branchiae. From their
experiments on the Ligite, it would appear that the venous system is less complete
than in the Decapoda macroura, and that the blood driven from the heart into
various parts of the body, passes into lacunae formed between the organs in the infe-
rior part of the body which commiinicate freely with the afferent vessels of the
branchiae. The blood having traversed the respiratoi-y apparatus, returns to the
heart through the branchio-cardiac vessels. This disposition would form the tran-
sition from the circulating system of the Decapoda to that of certain Branchiopoda.
According to Cuvier, the two anomalous cords which form the mediate portion of the
nervous system of the Onisci — and, probably, of the other Isopoda and even of the
Amphipoda — are not in complete juxtaposition, and may be distinguished throughout
their whole course. There are nine ganglions without counting the brain, but the
two first and two last are so closely approximated that we may reduce the number to
seven. The second and six subsequent ones furnish nerves to the seven pairs of feet;
the four anterior, although, by the order of the parts, analogous to the four last
foot-jaws of the Decapoda, are true feet. The segments which immediately follow,
or those which form the tail, receive their nerves from the last ganglion ; these seg-
ments may be considered as simple divisions of one segment represented by this gang-
lion ; thus we find that the number of these posterior segments varies,

Q 2

228 CRUSTACEA.

to breathe, and to preserve their branchiae in a proper state for the
' exercise of that function.

This order according to the system of Linnreus embraces the genus

Oniscus, Lin.,

Which we Avill divide into six sections.

The first — Epicarides, Latr. — is composed of parasitical Isopoda,
with neither eyes nor antennre, the body of Avhicli, in the male, is
very flat, small and oblong ; much larger in the female, and liaving
an oval foi-m narrowed and slightly curved posteriorly, liollow
beneath, with a thoracic ])order divided on each side into five mem-
branous lobes. The feet arc placed on this liorder and cannot be
used either for locomotion or natation. The under surface of the
tail is provided Avith five jjairs of small, ciliated, imbricated leaflets,
corresponding to as many segments, and arranged in two longitudi-
nal series ; there is no appendage, however, to the posterior extre-
mity. Tl)e only parts distinctly visible in the mouth arc two mem-
branous leaflets laid upon another of tlie same nature, forming a large
quadrilateral figure. The inferior concavity forming a sort of
shallow basket, is filled with tlie ova. Near their outlet is always
foimd the individual presumed to 1)e the male. Its extreme smallness
seems to for])id all possibility of copulation ; according to Desmarest
it is provided with two eyes; its body is straight and almost linear.

These Crustacea form but a single sidjgcnus, tliat of

BoPYRUs, Lat.,

The most common species is the Bopijrus crancjorum, Lat.,
Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, 114; Mcmoculiis crcmgoriwi, F ah.;
Fouger. de Bondar, Mem. de I'Acad. Hoy. des Sc, 1772, pi. 1 ;
Desmar. Consid. XLTX, 8 — 13. It lives on the Palaemon ser-
ratus, and the Pal. squilla, placed directly on the branchiae and
under the shell ; it occasions a tumour on one of its sides, re-
sembling a wen. The fishermen of the British channel con-
sider them as very young Soles or Plaice.

A second species, the B. des palemons, has been described by
Risso, under the female of which he observed eight or nine
hundred living young ones *.

The second section — Cymothoada, Lat. — comprises Isopoda witli
four very apparent setaceous antennee, almost universally terminated
by a pluri-articulated stem : having eyes, a mouth composed as
usual f ; vesicular branchiae arranged longitudinally and in pairs;
the tail formed of from four to six segments, with a fin on each side
near the end; and the anterior feet usually terminated l)y a small
stout nail or claw. They arc all parasitical.

The eyes are sometimes placed on tubercles on tlie top of the
head ; the tail consists of but four segments.

* Sec the work of Desmarest, who has completely described this subgenus.
f See our general observations on the Malacostraca with sessile eyes.

Serolis, Leach.

But a single species is known, the Cymothoa paradoxa. Fab.
The antennae are placerl on two lines, and terminated by a pluri-
artieulated stem. Under the three first segments of the tail,
between the usual appendages, there arc three others, trans-
versal and terminated posteriorly in a point *.

Sometimes the eyes arc lateral and not placed en tubercles ; the
tail is composed of five or six segments.

Here the organ of sight is not formed of smooth, granular, ap-
proximated eyes ; the antennae are placed on two lines, and consist of
seven joints at least ; the six anterior feet are usually terminated by
a small, stout nail.

In some, where the tail always consists of six segments, the length
of the inferior antenme never surpassed the half of that of the body.

We Avill begin with those whose mandibles, as usual, are but
slightly, or in no degree salient.

Cymothoa, Fab.

The antenna? nearly equal in length ; eyes scarcely apparent ; last
segment of the tail forming a transverse square ; the two pieces ter-
minating the lateral fins, linear, equal and styliform f .

IcTiiYOPHiLus, Lat. — Nkrocila, Livoxeca, Leach.

The antennae, equal in length, and but slightly visible eyes ; the
last segment of the body almost triangular ; the two pieces termi-
nating the lateral fins in the form of leaflets and laminae, the exterior
of which is largest in the Nerocilse, and of the size of the otlier in
Livoneca |.

In the four following subgenera the superior antennae arc mani-
festly shorter than tlie inferior.

In several, as in Cymothoa, all the feet are terminated by a small,
stout, and strongly curved nail ; the last eight are not spinous ; the
eyes a,re always separated and convex. They form three genera in
the system of Leach, but may be united in a single subgenus, under
the common denomination of one of them, or the

Canolira, Leach. — Anilocra, Olencira, Ejusd.

The laminee of tho fins in the Olencirae § are narrow and armed
with spines. In the Anilocrae || the external leaflet of the same
j>arts is longer than the internal ; the reverse is the case with the
Canoline^. The eyes, besides, are but slightly granulous while in
the preceding that disposition is evident.

* For other details consult Dcsmar., Consitl., p. 292 — 294.

f Cymothoa ccslrum, Fab. ; Desinar, Consid., XLVI, 6, 7 ; — C. imbricata, Fab.
For the other species, see Dcsmar., loc. cit.

X See Desftiar., op. cit. p. 307, genera Nerucila and Livoneca, and varijus species
of Cymothoa; of Kisso, p. 310, 31 1.

§ Desmar., Consid., p. 306.

11 Desmar., Consid., Anilucre du Cap, XLVIII, 1.

«|] Desmar., Consid., p. 305.

230 CRUSTACEA.

In the three following subgenera, the second, third and fourth feet
alone are terminated by a strongly curved nail, and the last eight
are spinous. The eyes are usually but slightly convex ; they are
large and converge anteriorly.

.^GA, Leach.

The two first joints of the superior antennse very broad and com-
pressed, while in the two subsequent subgenera they are almost cy-
lindrical *.

RociNELA, Leach.

The Rocinelse differ from the ^gae, as just stated, in the form of
the two first joints of their superior antennae, but otherwise approach
them, as in their large eyes which approximate anteriorly f. The

CoNiLiRA, Leach,

Resembles Rocinela in the antennse ; but the eyes are smaller and
distant, and the edges of the segments nearly straight and not falci-
form nor prominent |.

The last subgenus, among those of this section in which the an-
tennae are placed on two lines, where the tail is composed of six
segments, and the inferior antennae are always short, is distin-
guished from all the preceding by strong and salient mandibles.

It is the

Synodus, Lat.,

A subgenus established on a single species §.

In those that follow, the tail is visually composed of but five seg-
ments. The length of the inferior antennse is more than the half of
that of the body.

CiROLANA, Leach,

The tail composed of six segments ||. In the

Nelocira, Leach.

It consists of but five. The cornea of the eyes is smooth^.

EuRYDicE, Leach.

Similar to Nelocira in the number of caudal segments, but re-
moved from it by the granulous eyes **,

This subgenus leads us to those in which these organs are formed
of granules or approximated simple eyes, and that also have the
four antennse, composed of four joints at most, inserted on one hori-
zontal line, and all the feet fitted for walking. The tail consists of

* Desmar., Consid,, p. 30i, ^gaentaillte, XLVII, 4, 5.
f Desmar., Consid., p. 304.

* Desmar., Consid., p. 304.

§ See Encyc. Method., article Si/nodus.

II Desmar., Consid., p. 303.

•J Desmar., Consid., p. 302 ; Nelocire de Saainson, XLVII I, 2.

** Desmar., Consid., p. 302.

ISOPODA. 231

six segments, the last of which is large and suborbicular. Such is
the

LiMNORiA, Leach.

The only living species knoAvn is the Lininoria terebrans.
Leach, Edinb. Encyclop., VII, p. 433 ; Desmar., Consid., p.
312, Although scarcely above two lines in length, its habits
and fecundity render it highly noxious. It perforates the tim-
bers of ships in various directions and with alarming rapidity,
AVhen taken in the hand it rolls itself into a ball. It is found
in various parts of the British seas.

The figure and description of a small fossil crustaceous ani-
mal has been sent to Count Dejean by Professor Germar, which
seems to us to belong to this subgenus *.

The third section — Sph^romides, Lat. — exhibits four very dis-
tinct, short, setaceous or conical antennae, and a single genus — An-
thura — excepted, always terminated by a stem divided into several
small joints ; the inferior, always the longest, are inserted beneath
the under part of the first joint of the superior which is broad and
thick. The arrangement of the mouth is as usual. The branchi^
are vesicular or soft, exposed, and arranged longitudinally in pairs.
But two complete and moveable segments are observed in the tail,
the first, however, frequently presents impressed and transverse
lines indicating vestiges of others ; on each side of its posterior ex-
tremity is a fin terminated by tAVO leaflets, of which the inferior alone
is moveable; the superior f is formed by an internal prolongation
of the common stem. The branchial appendages are curved in-
wards: the inner side of the first are accompanied, in the male, by a
small linear and elongated projection. The anterior part of the
head situated beneath the antennae is triangular, or has the figure of
a heart reversed.

Some have an oval or oblong body, usually assuming, when con-
tracted, the form of a ball ; the antennae terminated by a pluri-articu-
lated stem, and the inferior, at least, visibly longer than the head.
The lateral and posterior fins are composed of a peduncle and two
laminae, forming with the last segment a common fin, shaped like a
fan.

In these, the impressed and transverse lines of the anterior seg-
ment of the tail, which is always shorter than the next or last one,
do not extend to the lateral margin. The first joint of the superior
antennae has the form of a triangular palette.

The head, viewed from above, forms a transverse square. The
leaflets of the fins are much flattened, and the intermediate piece or
the last segment is widened and rounded laterally.

* The Oniscus prceijustator, figured, in Parkinson, is allied to this species, or at
least, appears to belong to the same section,

t It folds over the posterior edge of the last segment, and in several, such as the
Zuzarre, and Neesae, Leach, like an arch.

232 CRUSTACEA.

ZuzARA, Leach.

Leaflets of the fins very large ; the superior, which is the shortest,
separates from the other to form a border to the last segment*.

Sph^roma, Lat.

Leaflets of a moderate size, equal, and laid one over the other f .

In those, the impressed lines or transverse sutures of the anterior
segment of the tail extend to its lateral edges and cut it. The first
joint of the superior antennae forms an elongated square, or linear
palette.

The leaflets of the fins are uaually narrower and thicker than in
the preceding ; the external sometimes (Cymodocea) incloses the
other, which is prismatic ; the point at which they unite resembles a
knot or joint.

Sometimes the sixth segment of the body is visibly longer through-
out all its Avidth than the preceding ones and that which follows.

Only one of the two leaflets projects.

N;esa, — Campecopea. Leach. %

Sometimes the sixth segment of the body is as long as the preced-
ing ones and as that which follows.

CiliCvEA, Leach.

Only one of the fin-leaflets salient, the other being placed against
the posterior edge of the last segment §.

Cymodocea, Leach.

Both leaflets salient and directed backwards ; the sixth segment is
not prolonged posteriorly, and the extremity of the last one presents
a small lamina in an emargination ||.

Dynamene, Leach,

Similar to the Cymodocre in the projection and direction of the
leaflets of the fins, but the sixth segment is prolonged posteriorly,
and the last one exhibits a mere fissure without the lamina^.

The others, such as the

Anthura, Leach,

Have a vermiform body, and the antennae, composed of four joints,
scarcely as long as the head. The leaflets of the posterior fins by
their disposition and approximation form a sort of capsule.

The anterior feet are terminated by a monodactylc forceps **.

* Desmar., Consid., p. 298.

t Desmar., Consid., p. 299—302. Sphdoinc dentcc, XLVII, 3—Oniscvs scr-
ralus, Fab.

X Desmar., Coasid., Nesee bidenie, XLVII, 2; — Catiq:ecci:cv vchie, Id., It., 1.

§ Desmar., Consid., Cilicee de Laireille, XLVIII, 3.

II Desmar., Consid., XLVIII, 4,

^f Desmar., Consid., p. 297.

** Desmar., Consid., Anthure grele, XLYI, 13; Oniscus gracilis, Mowing., Ix^ws,.
Lin. Soc. IX, V, 6; — Gammani.sheteroclitus,\Wis.n., Phosph. Mar., II, 11, 12.

180PODA. 233

In the fourth section — Idoteides, Leach — there are also four anten-
nce, but they arc placed on one horizontal and transverse line ; the
laterals terminate in a tapering, pointed, pluriarticulated stem ; the
intermediaries are short, filiform or slightly inflated at the end, and
consists of four joints, neither of which is divided. The composition
of the mouth is "the same as in the preceding sections. The branchife,
white in most of them, are in the form of bladders, susceptible of
inflation, serving for natation and covered by two laminae or valvulee
of the last segment that adlicre laterally to its edges ; they are longi-
tudinal, biarticulated, and open in the middle on a straight line
like folding doors. The tail consists of three segments, the last of
which is much the largest, and has neither terminal appendages not
lateral fins. They are all marine.

Idote.a, Fab.

All the feet alike, and strongly unguiculated ; the body oval or
simply oblong, and the lateral antennae shorter than half the length
of the body *.

Stenosoma, Leach.

The Stenosomte only diff'er from the Idoteae in the linear form of
their body, and the length of their antennae which is more than half
that of the body f .

Arcturus, Lat.

The Arcturi are very remarkable for the form of the second and
third feet, which incline forwards and terminate by a long, bearded
and unarmed or feebly unguiculated joint ; the two anterior are laid
on tlie mouth and are unguiculated ; the last six are strong, ambula-
tory, thrown behind, and bidentated at the extremity. In the length
of the antennae and form of the l)ody they approach the Stenosomse.
I have never seen but a single species, the Arct. tuberculalus,
which was brought to Europe, from tlie Arctic seas, in one of
the last expeditions to those regions.

The fifth section — Asellota, Lat. — comprises Isopoda with four
very apparent setaceous antennae, arranged on two lines, and termi-
nated by a pluriarticulated stem ; two mandibles; four jaws covered,
as usual, by a kind of lip formed by the first foot-jaws ; vesicular
branchiae, in pairs, covered by two longitudinal and biarticulated,
but free leaflets; a tail composed of a single segment, witliout late-
ral fins, but with two bifid stylets, or two very short tubercular ap-
pendages^ on the middle of its posterior edge. Other lamelliform
appendages situated at its inferior base, which are now numerous in
the males, distinguish the sexes.

AsELLUs, Geoff.

Two bifid stylets at the posterior extremity of the body; eyes

* Oniscus enfomon,. Jj,; Squilla enlomon Dc.g., Insect, YII, j- .ii, 1, 2; — Ido/a.
tricuspidala, Latr. ; Desm., Consid., XLVI, ii. For the otlit species, see Idotea,
Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Ed. II, and Dcsmar. op. cit.

t Stenosoma lineare, Leach; Desmar. op. cit. lb. slvi, 12; — Stenosoma hccticim,
lb. ■,—Idotea riridissima, Risso, Crust,, III, 8. For the other species, see Desmar.
op. cit.

5234 CRUSTACEA.

separated; the superior antennae at least as long as the peduncle of
the inferior ; the hooks at the end of the feet entire.

The only species of this subgenus that is known — the Aselle,
d'eau douce, GeoflF., Ins. II. xii, 2; Squille aselle, Deg., Insect.,
VII, xxi, 1 ; Desmar., Consid., XLIX, 1,2; Idotea aquaiica,
Fab., — is veiy abundant in fresh and stagnant waters as well as
in the marshes, in the vicinity of Paris. Its gait, unless alarmed,
is very slow. In the spring it issues from the mud in which
it has passed the winter. The male, much larger than the fe-
female, carries the latter for eight days, clasping her with the
fourth pair of feet, '\^''hen ho abandons her she is loaded with
a great number of ova inclosed in a membranous sac, situated
under the thorax, which affords an issvie to the young through a
longitudinal fissure.

Oniscoda, Lat.

The Oniscodae or Janirae * of Leach differ from the Aselli in the
approximation of their eyes, in the superior antennae which are
shorter than the peduncle of the inferior, and in the hooks of the
tarsi which are bifid.

The only species known, the Janira maculosa. Leach ; Des-
mar., Consid., p. 315, was found on the coast of England among
the Fuci and Ulvae.

Xera, Leach,

But two tubercles at the extremity of the tail in place of the
stylets.

But a single species has been described, the gtpra albifrons,
Leach; Desm., Consid., p. 316, Avhich is very common on the
English coast among the Fuci and Ulvae.

Finally, the Isopoda of the sixth and last section — Oniscides,
Lat. — have four antennte also, but the two intermediate ones are very
small, but slightly apparent, and are composed at most of but two
joints ; the lateral are setaceous. The tail consists of six segments,
with two or foiir styliform appendages on the posterior margin of
the last one, and is without lateral fins. Some of them are aquatic
and others terrestrial. In the latter, the first leaflets of the under
part of the tail exhibit a series of small holes, through which air pene-
trates to the organs of respiration therein contained.

In some, the sixth joint of their antennae, or the stem, is so com-
posed, that by counting the little joints of this part the total number
amounts at least to nine. These Isopoda are marine and form two
subgenera. The

Tylos, Lat.,

Appears to possess the faculty of rolling itself into a ball. The
last segment of the body is semicicular, and exactly fills up the
emargination formed by the preceding one ; the posterior appendages

* A name employed by Risso for a genus of the same class ; I have consequently
been obliged to replace it with another.

ISOPODA. 235

are very small and entirely inferior. The antennae consist of nine
joints, the last four composing the stem. On each side is a depressed
tubercle representing one of the intermediate antennae ; the interven-
ing space is raised. The branchiae arc vesicular, imbricated, and
covered by laminae *,

LiGiA, Fah.
The stem of the lateral antennae composed of a great number of
small joints ; two very salient stylets divided at the end into two
branches, at the posterior extremity of the body.

Ligia oceanica ; Oniscus oceanicus, L., Desmar., Consid.,
XLIX, 3, 4, about an inch long, grey, with two large yellowish
spots on the back. The lateral antennae are less than half the
length of the body, and their stem consists of thirteen joints.
The stylets are as long as the tail. This animal is veiy common
on the coast of France, where it is seen climbing up the rocks, &c.
If an attempt be made to capture it, it quickly folds up its feet
and lets itself fall.

In the Ligia italica, Fab., the lateral antennae are nearly as

long as tlie body ; the sixth joint, or the stem, is divided into

seventeen small ones. The stylets are much longer than the tail.

Ligia muscoruin; Oniscus hijpnorum. Fab., Cuv., Journ.

d'Hist. Nat. II, xxvi, 3, 4, 5 ; Oniscus agilis, Panz., Faun., Ins.

Germ., Fascic. IX, xxiv. The lateral antennae shorter than the

half of the body, and their stem composed of but ten small

joints. The peduncle of the posterior stylets is furnished on the

inner with a tooth and seta.

In others, all terrestial, the lateral antennae consist at most of eight

joints Avhich gradually diminish in- size towards the extremity, so that

no one of them appears to be divided or compound.

Here, the posterior appendages, or stylets, project beyond the last
segment. The body does not contract into a ball, or does it im-
perfectly.

Philoscia, Lat.
The lateral antennae divided into eight parts and exposed at base ;
the four posterior appendages nearly equal. They are only found in
wet places f .

Oniscus, Lin.
The true Onisci have also eight joints in their lateral antennae,
but their base is covered, and the two external appedages of the
extremity of the tail are much larger than the others. These animals
and those of the two following subgenera are vulgarly called Clous-
u-porte, and by syncope Cloporte, Porcelets de Saint-Antoine (a).

* Ti/los armadiUo, Lat., fig, in the pi. d'Hist. Nat. of the great work on Egypt —
from the Mediterranean.

f Oniscm sylvestris, Fab. ; Oniscus muscoruin, Ciiv., Journ. d'Hist. Nat. II, xxvi,
6, 8 ; Coqueb., Ill, Icon. Insect., Dec. I, vi, 12.

{i^{a)These" Pigsof Sf. Anthony^' are American Wood-Lice — Boiled in milk they
still constitute a favourite remedy with numerous patients, and some few equally intelli-
gent practitioners, who attribute to them diuretic, absorbent, and aperient qualities.
That they may act as an emetic, I can readily admit. — Eng. Ed.

236 CRUSTACKA.

They inhabit retired and obscure places, cellars, fissures in walls, old
buildings, under-stones, &c., &c. They feed on decaying- vegetable
and animal matters, and seldom issue from their retreat except in
rainy weather. They move but slowly, unless they are alarmed.
The ova are inclosed in a pectoral pouch. The young, at birth, have
one thoracic segment less than the adult, and consequently have
but twelve feet. They are no longer employed inmedicine*.

PORCELLIO, Lai.

The Porcelliones differ from the Onisci in the number of joints
that compose the lateral antennae, which is only seven. In their
other characters they are alike f .

There, as in

Armadillo, Lat.

The posterior appendages of the body do not project ; the last seg-
ment is triangular; a little lamina resembling a reversed triangle, or
widest and truncated at the end, formed ])y the last part of the late-
ral appendages, fills on each side, the space between that segment and
the preceding one. The lateral antenme have but seven joints. The
superior subcaudal scales exhibit a range of small holes %.

SECOND GENERAL DIVISION,

ENTOMOSTRACA.

Under this denomination, which i.s taken from the Greek and sig-
nifies Insects with shells, Othon Frederic MiiUer comprises the genus
Monoculus of Linnaeus, to which we must add some of his Lcrna?ap
His investigation of these animals, the study of which is so much the
more difficidt as they arc mostly microscopic, and the observations of
Sch;vfter and of M. J urine, Sen., have excited the admiration and
secured the gratitude of every naturalist. Other but partial labours
such as those of Randohr, Straus, Herman, Jun., Jurine, Jun.,
A. Brongniart, Vistor Audouin, and Milne Edwards, have extended
our knowledge of these animals and particularly of their anatomy;

* Oniscu, niwrfl) u(5. Fab. ; Cuv., Journ. d'Hist. Nat., II, .\xvi, 11, 13; Le Clo-
porlc onUiuuir,GeoS., Insect. II, xxii, 1 ; ClojMtie ascUe, Deg., Insect. VII, xxxv.
3; Dcsmar. Consid.jXLIX, 5.

t Oniscus usclh's, Cuv., lb.; Tanz., Faun. Ins. Germ.,IX, xxi ; Clojmrlc ordinaire,
var. C, Geoff. ; — Porcdlio laris, Latr. ; Cloporle ordinaire, var. B, Geoff.

X Oniscits armadillo, Li. ; Cuv., lb., 14,15; Oniscus cinerevs, Fauz., Ih., Fascic.
LXII, xxiL; — Oniscus varier/atits, Vill., Entom., IV, xi, 16 ; Armadille 2^ustuie, Des-
mar., Consid., LXIX, 6 ; — Armadille des bouliques, Dumer., Diet., des Sc. Nat.,
Ill, p. 117, a species from Italy formerly employed by the apothecaries.

ENTOMOSTRACA. 237

but in this respect, Straus, as well as M. Jurine, Sen., although pre-
ceded by Randohr in the observation of several important details of
organization, of Avhose memoir on the Monoculi, 1805, they seem to
have been ignorant, has surpassed them all. Fabricius merely
adopted the genus Limulus of Miiller, which he placed in his class of
the Kleistagnatha, or our family Brachyura of the order Decapoda.
All the other Entomostraca are united as by Linnaeus in one single
genus, Monoculus, which he places in his class of the Polygonata or
our Isopoda.

These animals are all aquatic and mostly inhabit fresh water.
Their feet, tlie number of which varies, and that sometimes extends
to beyond a hundred, are usually fitted for natation only, being some-
times ramified or divided, and sometimes furnished with pinnulye or
formed of lamellae. Their brain is formed of one or two globules.
The heart has always the figure of a long vessel. The branchiae
composed of hairs or setae, singly or united, in the form of barbs,
combs or tufts, constitute a part of those feet or of a certain number
of them, and sometimes of the upper mandibles *. Hence the origin
of our term Branchiopoda, affixed to these animals, of which at first we
formed but a single order. Nearly all of them arc provided with a
shell composed of one or two pieces, very thin, and most generally
almost membranous and nearly diaplianous, or at least with a large
anterior thoracic segment, frequently confounded with the head, which
appears to replace the shell. The teguments are usually rather
horny than calcareous, thereby approximating these animals to the
Insecta and Arachnides. In those which are provided with ordinary
jaws, the inferior or exterior are always exposed, all the foot-jaws
performing the office of feet properly so called, and none of them
being laid upon the mouth. The second jaws, those of the Phyllopa
at most excepted, resemble these latter organs ; Jurine sometimes
distinguishes them by the name of hands.

These characters distinguish the gnawing Entomostraca from the
Malacostraca ; the others, those which constitute our oKler of the
Poecilopoda, cannot be confounded with the Malacostraca, inasmuch
as they are deprived of organs of mastication, or because the parts
which seem to act as jaws are not united anteriorly nor preceded by
a labrum as in the antecedent Crustacea and the gnawing Insecta,
but are simply formed by the branches of the locomotive organs,
which, for that purpose, are furnished with small spines. The Poe-
cilopoda in this class of animals represent those which in that of
insects are known by the name of Suctoria or the Suckers. Nearly

* See Ci/pris,

238 CRUSTACEA.

all of tliem are parasitical, and they seem to lead to the Lernaese by
insensible gradations ; but the presence of eyes, the faculty of
changing their skin, or even of undergoing a sort of metamorphosis*,
and that of locomotion by means of their feet, appear to us to esta-
blish a positve line of demarcation between the former and the latter
We have consulted several erudite naturalists with respect to these
transformations, but none of them have observed a change of skin to
occur. The antennae of the Entomostraca, whose form and number
greatly vary, serve for natation in several. The eyes are rarely placed
on a pedicle, and when this is the case, that pedicle is a mere lateral
prolongation of the hf ad, and is never articulated at the base ; they are
frequently closely apin-oximated and even form but one. The organs
of generation are situated at the orgin of the tail ; it has been thought
but erronenously, that their scat was in the antennae of the male. This
tail f is never terminated by a fan-like fin, nor does it present those
false feet observed in the Malacostraca. The ova are collected under
the back, or are external, and covered by a common envelope, and
resemble one or two small clusters at the base of the tail ; it appears
that they can be kept in a desiccated state for a long period without
losing their properties.

It is only after a third change of skin that these animals become
adult and capable of continuing their species. It has been proved,
with respect to some of them, that a single copulation fecundifies
several successive generations-

ORDER I.

BRANCHIOPODA.

A mouth composed of a labrum, two mandibles, a Hgula, and one
or two pairs of jaws, and branchiae, the first of which, when there
are several are always anterior, characteriz, this order or the sixth
of the class,

These Crustacea are always wandering and are generally protected
by a shell resmbling that of a bivalve, and furnished with four or two

♦ The young of Daphnia, and of some neighbouring subgenera, and probably also
those of Cypris and Cytherea, with the exception of size, scarcely differ, if at all,
from their parents on quitting the egg ; but those of Cyclops, the Phyllopa, and the
Arguli, experience considerable changes while young, either as respects the form of
the body or the number of feet. These organs in some, the Arguli for instance, expe-
rience changes which modify their uses.

t If we excepted the Pbyllopa, the last feet are thoracic, or foot.jaws (Ci/pris).

BRANCHIOPODA. 239

antennae. Their feet, with a few exceptions, are wholly natatory.
Their number varies, being but six in some, while in others it
amounts to twenty, forty-two, or more than a hundred. Many of
them have but one eye.

Most of these animals, as we have already stated, being nearly
microscopical, it is evident that the application of one of the charac-
ters we have employed — that of the presence or absence of the palpi
of the mandibles — with respect to them, presents almost insuperable
difficulties * . The form and number of the feet, that of the eyes,
the shell, the antennae, furnish us with more visible marks, and such
as are within the obscrvtion of every one.

This order in the systems of De Geer, Fabricius and Linnaeus, a
single species excepted — M. poltjphemus, contained by a single genus

MoNOCULUs, Lin.f

Which we will divide into two principal sections.

The first, — that of the Lophyropa — is distinguished by the number
of feet, which never extends beyond ten ; their joints are also more
or less cylindrical or conical, and never entirely lamelliform or foli-
aceous ; the branchiae are but few in number, and most of them have
but one eye. Several besides, have mandibles provided with a pal-
pus J ; there are, almost always, four antennae which serve for loco-
motion.

In the second section — that of the Phyllopa — the number of feet
is increased to at least twenty, and in some amounts to many more ;
their joints, or at least the last ones, are flattened and resemble cili-
ted leaflets. The palpi of the mandibles are always wanting. They
all have two eyes, situated in some at the extremity of two moveable
pedicles; their antennae, but two in number in several, are generally
small and not fitted for natation.

We will divide the Lophyropa into three principal and very natural
groups, the two first of which approach the Crustacea of our three
first orders in their mandibles, each of which is furnished with a
palpus, and in some other characters.

L Those Carcinoida, Lat. — whose more or less ovoid shell is not
doubled like that of a bivalve, and leaves the inferior portion of the
body exposed. They never have antennae resembling ramified arms
They have ten feet, more or less cylindrical or setaceous. The ova,
in those females whose gestation has been observed, are contained in
two external sacs situated at the base of their tail. Some of them
have eyes.

* We will begin, however, with those Branchiopoda whose mandibles are furnished)
with palpi ; they constitute the two first divisions of the Lophyropa.

■f- And that of Binocle in the system of GeofiFroy.

I M. Straus appears to attribute this character exclusively to Cypris and Cythe-
rea, which compose his order of the Ostrapoda ; but from the observations of Juriue;
Sen,, and Randohr, it seems that it also belongs to Cyclops.

240 CRUSTACEA.

2. Those — OsTRACODA, Lat. ; Ostrapoda, Straus — whose shell is
formed of two }>ioces or valves resembling those of a muscle, united
by a hinge, and closing while the body is quiescent. They have but
six feet *, neither of which terminates in a digitated fin, nor is accom-
panied by a branchial lamina. Their antennae are simple, filiform
or setaceous. They never have more than one eye. Their mandi-
l)les and superior jaws are furnished Avith a branchial leaf. The ova
are placed under the liack.

.3. The last — Cladocera, Lat.; Daphnides, Straus — have but one
eye, and the shell doubled but without a hinge (Jurine), termi-
nating posteriorly in a point, and leaving the head, which is covered
hy a kind of shield like a rostrum, exposed. They have two, usually
very large, antennpe, resembling arms, divided into two or three
brandies directly above the peduncle, which are furnished with
threads, always ])roiecting and serving as oars. Their ten feet f are
terminated by a digitated or pectinated fin accompanied, the two first
excepted, l)y a branchial lamina I-

Tlieir ova are also placed under the back ; tlieir body always ter-
minates posteriorly in the manner of a tail, with two or three threads
at the end. The anterior extremity of the body is sometimes pro-
longed into a kind of rostrum, and at others forms a kind of head,
almost entij'ely occupied by a larg(; eye.

The first division of the Lophyropa Branchiopoda — that of the
Carcinoida — may be divided into two according to the number of the
eyes.

Some of them have two.

Here the shell completely invests the thorax ; the eyes are large
and very distinct, and the intermediate antennae are terminated by
two threads.

Zoea, Bosc.

Very large globular eyes completely exposed, and horn-like pro-
jections on the thorax.

Zoea pelarjica, Bosc, Hist, Nat. Crust. U, xv, 3, 4. The
body semi-diaphanous ; four antennae inserted under the eyes,
the external ones bent into an elbow and bifid ; a kind of long
rostrum on the forepart of the thorax and between the eyes,
and a long pointed prominence on the posterior part of the
back. The feet are very short and liardly visible, the two last
excepted, which arc elongated or terminate in a fin. The tail
is as long as the thorax, curved, and formed of five joints, the last
being large, crescent-shaped and sjjinous. It was discovered by
Bosc in the Atlantic Ocean.

* According to Straus, the first pair of feet ; but although these parts ,by serv-
ing as oars perform their functions. I nevertheless consider them as analogous to the
lateral anteun;e of the superior Crustacea and to the two superior ones of a
Cyclops, which here also concur with the feet in producing locomotion.

f Midler gives eight to the Cytherese ; reasoning from analogy, we may presume
that he was mistaken.

+ This character applies especially to Daphnia, the most numerous subgenus of
this division, and by analogy, to Polyphemus and Lynceus.

BRANCHIOPODA. 241

The Monoculus tauras. Slabber, Microsc. V, and tlie Cancer
germatius, L., appear to be allied to it *.

Nebalia, Leach.

Triangular, flattened eyes, partly covered by a triangular and
arched scale.

The feet are forked, and the terminal appendages of the tail seta-
ceous f.

There the thorax or the shell, viewed from above, is divided into
five segments, of which the first is much the largest, and has the an-
tennae, eyes, and foot-jaws attached to it ; the second and the third
have each one pair of feet, the fourth has the two following pairs,
and the fifth, the last. The eyes are small and not prominent; all
the antennae are terminated by a single thread.

CONDYLURA, Lat.

The inferior antennae longest ; the anterior sides of the first seg-
ment prolonged into a point forming two scales approximated into a
kind of rostrum; feet terminating in a silky point; some of the in-
termediaries, as in the Schizopoda, Avith an external appendage near
the base ; the tail narrow and formed of seven aimuli, the last of
which, conical and elongated, projects between the two lateral
appendages that are slender, styliform, and composed of two joints,
the last silky J.

We should remark, that the genus Nicothoe of MM. Audouin
and Milne Edwards, by admitting it to have mandibles and jaws,
would belong to this section ; but as the animal on which it is founded

* See the Hist. Nat. des Crust, et des Insect,, of Latreille, and the work of
Desmarest on the Crustacea. This genus has not yet been completely described,
and we have not been able to procure a single specimen of it.

f Nebalia Herbstii, Leach, Zool. Miscell., XLV; Desmar., Consid., XL, 5;
Rand., Monoc. 1, 8.'

The Nebalie ventrue. Risso, Journ. de Phys., Octob. 1822, probably forms a
peculiar subgenus in the section of the Schizopoda. la the Cyclops exiliens, Viviani,
the thorax is divided into several segments, a circumstance which excludes it from
the Nebaliae. It also forms a new subgenus intermediate between the preceding and
following one.

N.B. Anew species of this genus, the N. Geoff. Saint-Hil., lb., XV, 1, has
been very minutely described by Milne Edwards. The head is terminated anteriorly by
a rostrum articulated at base, or moveable and pointed ; the eyes are pedunculated ;
the superior antennre are inserted under them, and the second joint of the peduncle
is furnished with a lamina ; the mouth is surrounded with three pairs of appendages,
which appear to correspond in their progressive order to the palpigerous mandibles
and four jaws of the Crustacea Decapoda ; beneath are placed five pairs of foliaceous
and ciliated lamince which appear to be branchial, and further down are four pairs of
bifid and natatory feet ; the abdomen is composed of seven annuli, the first of which
support two small rudimental filaments ; the last is terminated by two elongated
stylets furnished with long hairs. As it is extremely probable that there is, as
usual, another pair of feet, the two inferior and branchial appendages above men-
tioned may very well represent that pair. In the other appendages we should find
foot-jaws and the parts of the ligula : in that case the Nebaliae must be referred to
the last section of the Decapoda Macroura.

X Condylura Dorhigni, Lat. From the sea coast of Rochelle.

VOL. in. K

242 CRUSTACEA.

is parasitical, and, as I think I perceive in it a vestige of a sucker, I
have placed it among the Poecilopoda. I Avould observe, however,
that the feet, the anterior excepted, closely re's'emble those of Cyclops,
and that the females also carry their ova in two sacs situated at the
base of the tail as in the latter genus *.

In the remaining Lophyrojja of our first division, the thorax, as
in the Condylura, is divided into several segments, the first of which
is mixch the largest ; they have but one eye situated in the centre of
the front between the superior antennse. such is the

Cyclops, Miill.,

So well studied by Jurine, Sen., and Randohr. The body is more
or less oval, soft or gelatinous, and divided into two portions, one
anterior, composed of the head and thorax, the other posterior, or
the tail. The segment immediately preceding the sexual organs, and
which, in the female, is provided with two appendages in the form
of little feet— /w/cra, Jurine — maybe considered as the first of the
tail, which is not always decidedly or suddenly distinguished from
the thorax. It is composed of six parts or segments ; under the
second in the males, are two articulated appendages, sometimes sim-
ple, and at others with a small branch on the inner side of various
forms, and constituting, cither wholly or partially, the organs of
generation. The vulva, in the other sex, is situated on the same
segment. The last one is terminated by two points or stylets, form-
ing a fork, and is more or less furnished with setae or peniform threads.
The other or anterior portion of the body is divided into four seg-
ments, the first of which is much the largest, and composes the head
and part of the thorax, which are also covered by a common scale.
In it, are inserted the eye, four antennae, two mandibles — mandibules
internes of Jurine, furnished with a palpus, either simple or divided
into two articulated branches, two jaws — mandibules externes, or
levre avec des barbillons of Jurine f, and four feet, each divided
into four cylindrical stems furnished with hairs or bearded threads ;

* Near the Condylurae should be placed the genus Cuma, M. Edwards, Ann.
des Sc. Nat. XIII, xiii, B. The superior antennse are rudimental, and consist of
but one joint. The head is distinct from the thorax, which is divided into four seg-
ments, to the first of which are attached the four anterior feet, each of the follow-
ing having a pair ; all these feet are natatory, directed forwards, and have no hook
at the end ; the two first pairs alone are bifid.

The genus Pontia, Id., lb., XIV. appears to us to approach Cyclops. The
head is distinct from the trunk, and terminated by a rostrum which is rather acute
and appears to be formed of two pieces; it has two sessile eyes; four antennae, the
superior of which are setaceous, multi-articulated and ciliated ; the inferior are
pediform, composed of a peduncle, serving as a base to two divisions or branches,
each terminated by a pencil of hairs, one of them having two joints, the last widened
at the end, and the other consisting of one. The thorax is divided into five annuli,
and has six pairs of natatory and bifid feet. The abdomen is formed of two segments
and terminated by two spatula-like appendages or fins.

f According to the successive order of the parts of the mouth in the Decapoda,
the part situated immediately beneath the mandibles is the ligula ; but the denta-
tion of those here spoken of indicates maxillary organs, Ihc ligula may have
escaped the notice uf M. Jurine.

BRANCllIOPODA. 243

the anterior pair, corresponding to the second jaws, differs sliglitly
from tliosc that follow. Jurine compares it to a kind of hands. To
each of the three following segments is attached a pair of feet formed
like the last of the preceding ones. Two of the antennae, superior
to the others, are longer, setaceous, simple, and composed of nu-
merous small joints ; by their action, they facilitate the motion of
their body, and almost perform the office of feet. The inferior —
antennales, Jurine — are filiform, usually present but four joints, are
sometimes simple, and at others, forked; by the rapidity of their
motions in the water, they occasion a kind of whirlpool. In the males,
the superior antennae or one of them only (C. castor^ are marked by a
strangulation and dilatation, followed by a joint with a hinge. By means
of these organs, they seize their females, in theiramorouspreludes, either
by the posterior feet, or by the extremity of the tail, and keep them, no-
lens volens, in the peculiar position in which they fix themselves. The
latter carry off the males, when they are unwilling to gratify their
desires on the spot. The business of coition is performed, as in the
precedingCrustacea,and by prompt and repeated acts. Jurine observ-
ed it to occur three times in the space of fifteen minutes. Until the pub-
lication of his remarks, it was thought that the male organs of genera-
ion were placed on the superior antenna?, and this error appeared to be
the more probable, inasmuch as an analogous conformation was
known to exist in the Araneides. On each side of the tail, in the
female, is an oval sac, filled with eggs — ovaire externe, Jurine — ad-
hering by a very slender pedicle to the second segment, close to its
junction with the third, where the orifice of the oviduct is also visible.
The pellicle, forming these sacs, is a mere continuation of that of
the internal ovary. The number of ova they contain augments with
age ; they are at first brown or dark, afterwards become reddish, and,
when the young ones are about to be hatched, are almost transparent,
but without increasing in size. If insulated or detached, at least
until a certain period, the germ perishes. A single, but indispensa-
able fecundification suffices for several successive generations The
same female may spawn ten times in the space of three months. Al-
lowing it to occur but eight times in that period, and the number of
young ones produced to be forty, the sum total of births will amount
to near four thousand five hundred millions. The length of time
which the young remain in the ovaries, varies from two to ten days,
according to the temperature of the season, and various other circum-
stances. The oviferous sacs sometimes present a greater or less
number of elongated glandiform bodies which appear to consist of a
collection of Infusoria.

The young, at birth, have four feet, and their body is rounded and
without a tail. It was with these that Miiller formed his genus
Amymone. Some time after — fifteen days, from February to March
— they acquire another pair of feet, constituting the genus Nauplius,
Miiller. After the first change they have the form and all the parts
which characterize the adult animal, but more exiguously propor-
tioned; their antennae and feet are proportionally shorter. After
thi'ice changing their skin they are capable of propagation. Most of
these Entomostraca swim on their back, dart about with great

r2

244 CRUSTACEA.

vivacity, and move backwards and forwards witli equal facility.
For want of animal substances they will attack vegetable matters, but
the fluid in which they live does not pass into their stomach. The
alimentary canal extends from one extremity of the body to the
other. The heart in the C. castor is oval, and situated under the
second and third segments of the body ; a vessel is given off at each
of its extremities, one running to the head, and the other to the tail.
Directly under it is a second analogous, but pyriform organ, which
also produces a vessel at each end, corresponding perhaps to the
branchio-cardiac canals, mentioned in our observations on the circu-
lation of the Crustacea Decapoda, From several experiments made
by Jiirine upon various Cyclopes, alternately asphyxiated and resus-
citated, it would appear that in this sort of resurrection the extremity
of the intestinal canal gives the first signs of life, and that the irri-
tability of the heart is less energetic ; that of the antennae, in the
males especially, of the palpi, and lastly of the feet, is inferior. No
alteration is effected in the antennae by amputating a portion of them ;
the reintegration takes place under the skin, for the organs reappear
in all their entireness at the ensuing moult.

The C. staphylinus, from its shorter antennae, the superior of
which consist of a considerably less number of joints than those of other
Cyclopes, while the inferior, on the contrary, have more; and from the
shape of its body which gradually diminishes towards its posterior ex-
tremity, so that it seems to have no tail or at least none that is abruptly
formed, and its back, in the females, being armed with a kind of horn
posteriorly arcuated, forms a particular division. The C. castor, and
some others whose inferior antennae and mandibular palpi are divided
above their base into two branches, may also compose another group.
The one designated by Leach under the general name of Calanus,
might in fact constitute a separate subgenus, if it were true that the
animal on which it is founded had no inferior antennae ; but has that
gentleman satisfied himself that such is the fact, by personal observa-
tion, or does he depend upon the assertion of Miiller ?

C. quadricornis; Monoculus quadricornis,Ij. ; Miill., Entom.,
XVIII, 1 — 14; Jurine, Monoc, I, II, III. All the antennae
simple or undivided ; the inferior with four joints, and their
length hardly equal to one-third of the others ; the body, pro-
perly so called, inflated and almost ovoid; tail narrow and formed
of six segments. The colour varies greatly ; some are reddish,
others whitish or greenish. The whole length of the animal is
two lines. This species is very common *.

The second general division of the Lophyropa Branchiopoda, or
that in which the shell is formed of two valves uniting by a hinge —
OsTRACoDA, Lat. ; Ostrapoda, Straus — is composed of two subgenera,
the first of which, Cythere, since the interesting and valuable obser-
vations of the latter upon the second or Cypris, appears to solicit a
more profound examination than that of Miiller, our only authority

* Desmar., Consid., p. 3C-i. For the other species, see the same work, p. 361
— 364, LIV ; Miill., Entom., Cyclops; Jurine, Hist, des Monoc, p. 1 — 84,
prem. f am. des Monoc. k coquillc univalve ; Raud., Monoc, I, II, III.

I3RANCHIOPODA. 245

with respect to its characters, in order that they may be clearly defined.
According to Miiller we find in the

Cythere, MiilL — Cythehina Lam.

Eight simple feet *, terminating in a point, and two equally sim-
ple setaceous antennae, composed of five or six joints, furnished with
scattered hairs. They are found in the salt and brackish waters of
the sea-coast among the Fuci and Confervae f .

Cypris. Miill.

But six feet J; the two antennae terminated by a bundle of setae
resembling a pencil.

The shell forms an oval, laterally compressed body, with an arcu-
ated and convex back, or towards the hinge ; the opposite side is
almost straight, or slightly emarginated or reniform. Before the
hinge and on the median line is the eye, forming a large, blackish,
round point. The intermediate antennae, inserted above, are shorter
than the l)ody, setaceous, composed of from seven to eight joints, the
last of which are shortest and terminated by a bundle of twelve or
fifteen setae, sei'ving as fins. The mouth consists of a carinated
labrum, two large dentated mandibles, each furnished with a triarti-
culated palpus, to the first segment of which adheres a small branchial
leaf with five digitations §, and two pairs of j ;ws. The two supe-
rior are much the largest, and have four moveable and silky appen-
dages on their internal margin, and a large, pectinated, branchial
lamina on their anterior edge; the second are composed of two joints,
with a short, nearly conical, inarticulated palpus H, silky at the end,
as is the extremity of the jaws themselves. A sort of compressed
sternum fulfils the functions of a lower lip^. The feet are divided
into five joints, the third representing the femur, and the last the
tarsus. The two anterior feet, inserted under the antennae, are
much shorter than the others, incline forwards, and are furnished
with rigid setae, or long hooks united in a bundle at the extremity
of the last joints. They are deficient in the four following feet. The
second, situated in the middle of the under part of the body and at
first directed backwards, are arcuated and terminated by a long and
strong hook inclining forwards. The two last are never visible ex-

* It is probable there are but six. See Cypris, note J.

•f- If thes eEntomostraca iuliabit salt-water exclusively, it is easy to see that Jurine
and other oliservers whose geographical position limited their researches to the
fresh-water genera, could not have spoken of the former. See Miill., Entom.,
Cythere, andDesmar., Consid., p. 367, 386, LV, 8.

X Four according to Randohr, and eight according to Jurine ; the first consider-
ing the two last as appendages of the males, and the second looking upon the palpi
of the mandibles and the branchial laminae of each upper jaw — the two first feet of
his second division of the body, those which he says are composed of but one joint
and terminated in a dentated spoon — as so many feet. The latter does not include in
this number those which the former considers as sexual organs ; he states them —
p. 161, IGC — to be five jointed threads issuing laterally from the pouch of the
matrix, of the use of which he is ignorant.

§ Interior lip, Randohr.

II Forked ki the Cypris strigata, Id,

«; Exterior lip, Id.

246 CRUSTACEA.

ternally, but arc turned up, applied to the posterior sides of the body
in order to support the ovaries, and terminate in two very small
hooks *. The body presents no distinct articulations, and terminates
posteriorly in a kind of soft tail which is doubled underneath, with
two conical or setaceous threads furnished with three setae or hooks
at the end, directed backwards and issuing from the shell. The
ovaries constitute tAVO large, simple and conical vessels forming a
cul-de-sac at their origin and situated on the posterior sides of the
body, underneath the shell, and opening, side by side, in the ante-
rior portion of the abdomen where the canal formed by the tail estab-
lishes a communication between them. The ova are spherical. These
Crustacea spawn, and change their skin, as frequently as the Cy-
clopes and other Entomostraca, and their mode of life is the same.
LedermuUer states, that he observed them in coitu. Modern natur-
alists, who have most closely studied them, however, have never
been able to discover their sexual organs with certainty, nor been
fortunate enough to see them in actu. M. Straus observed, under
the origin of the mandibles, the insertion of a stout conical vessel
filled with a gelatinous substance, which appeared to communicate
with the oesophagus by a straight canal, that he suspects may be a
testis or salivary gland. The individuals which were the subjects of
these observations having ovaries, the Cyprides according to the first
supposition must be hermaphrodites. This is so much the more
doubtful, however, as he himself remarks that it is possible the males
may only exist at a particular season of the year, and that the vessel
alluded to seems to be more nearly connected with the function of
digestion than with that of generation j-.

According to Jurine, the antennae are true fins, the threads of
which are spread out or united at the will of the animal, and in pro-
portion to the degree of velocity it wishes to communicate to its
motions; sometimes but a single one is visible, at others they are all
disj)layed. We also think that these threads, and those of the two
anterior feet, may be considered as aiding in respiration, quite as
much as the laminae of the mandibles and of the two superior jaws,
M'hich M. Straus distinguishes by the name of branchial. The last,
or those of the jaws, appear to me to be true but greatly dilated palpi,
and the two others are appendages of the mandibular palpi. See
Jurine, Hist, des Mon. VI, 3.

According to the naturalist of Geneva before mentioned, these
animals, while they are swimming, move their anterior feet as ra-
pidly as their antennae, but very slowly when walking over the sur-
face of aquatic plants. These feet, conjointly with the two terminated
by a long hook, or the penultimates, then support the body. He sup-
poses that those which, according to him, form the second pair, are
destined to create an aqueous current and to direct it tOAvard the

* In the figure given by Randohr these feet consist of but three joints, and the
last is somewhat dilated and emarginated at the end, -with a hook in the middle of
the emarginatiou.

I See the alimentary canal of the Daphnia jjuler, figured bj- Jurine, X, 7i apd
Randohr, Mouoc. Tab. V, ii, d, d, and x.

BRANCHIOPODA. 247

mouth, tlicrcby assimilating tlieir functions to those of tlio second
inferior antennae, wliicli he calls antennulse. The two threads com-
posing the tail unite on leaving the shell, and seem to form but
one ; they serve, as he supposes, to brush out its interior. The female
deposits its ova in mass, fixing them on plants or the mud by means
of gluten. During this operation, which lasts about twelve hours,
and in the largest species produces twenty-four eggs, she clings with
her second feet, and in such a manner as not to fear the shock of the
water. He collected some of these packets of newly laid eggs, and
after separating them, observed the hatching of the young ones, and
obtained a second generation without the intervention of the males.
A female which had deposited her ova on the 12th of April, changed
her skin six times between that period and the 18th of the following
May. On the 27th of the same month she spawned a second time,
and two days afterwards, on the 29th, a third. From this, he con-
cludes that the number of these changes in the young animal is in
I)roportion to the gradual developement of the individual ; that this
developement can only take place by a general separation of an en-
velope become too small to contain the animal ; and that the size of
the latter has a determined limit to which it must attain *,

The Polyropha of our third division — Cladocera, Lat. ; Daph-
nidas, Straus — form the second family of the Monoculi of Jurinc.
The form of two of their antennae, Avhich resemble ramified arms and
serve as oars, and the faculty of leaping which they possess, have
acquired for one of the most common species the name of the aquatic
arborescent flea.

The first of these naturalists, who has given us an excellent mono-
graphy of the Daphnise, a subgenus of this division, establishes two
new ones ; one by the name of Latona, characterized by antennae, in
the form of oars, divided into three branches, and of but one joint f; and
the other by that of Sida, which approaches other known subgenera
of the same division, in having similar antennae, divided into two
branches only, but of which one is composed of two joints, and the
other of threej. The Daphnise, according to him, are distinguished
from the preceding and from the Lyncei, inasmuch as one of the two
branches of these oars is composed of three joints and the other
of four. Jurine, however — Hist, des Mon. p. 92 — states, that each
branch is composed of three joints ; but it seems that he did not
include the first of the posterior branch, a very short one, it is true §.
The last, in all these Lophyropha, is terminated by three threads, and
each of the preceding ones gives out another ; these threads are either
simple or barbed. There arc also two other but very short antennae

* See Miill., Entom. genus Cypris ; Hist, des Monoc., second divis., Mon. a
coquilles bivalves, p. 159 — 179, XVII — XIX; Rand., Men., IV ; Straus, M^m.
du Mus. d'Hist. Nat., VII, 1 ; Desmar., Consid., p. 380 — 386, LV, 1 — 7. Des-
marest — Crust. Foss., XI, 8 — has figured a fossil species which he calls Cypris f eve,
found in great abundance near the Gergovian mountain in the Puy-dc-DAmc, and
between Vichy-Les-Bains and Cussac.

+ Daphnia selifera, Miill., Entom.

X Daphnia cristuUina, Ejusd. Ibid.

§ Raudohr has given it in the Fig. II, vii, tab. V, of these autcnnce.

248 CRUSTACEA.

— particularly in the females — situated at the anterior and inferior
extremity of the head, which have but a single joint with one or two
setae at the extremity. In the

Polyphemus, Miill.,

As in Daphniae and Lynceus, the antennae are in the form of oars
divided into two branches ; but each of them is composed of five
joints. The head, moreover, which is very distinct and rounded, is
provided with a sort of neck, and is almost entirely occupied by a
large eye. The feet are completely exposed.

But a single species has hitherto been discovered, the Mono-
culuspediculus, L. ; Deg., Insect,, VII, xxviii, 6 — 13 ; Polyphe-
mus oculus, Miill., Entom.,xx, 1 — 5 : Cephaloculus stagnorum.
Lam. ; Jurine, Monoc, xv, 1 — 3 ; Desmar., Consid., LIV, 1, 2.
The feet, according to Jurine, have no resemblance whatever to
the Monoculi of this division. They consist of a thigh, leg, and a
tarsus composed of two joints, from the extremity of which, that of
the last pair excepted, issue several small threads. Two small antennae,
consisting of a single joint and terminated by two threads, project
from the anterior extremity of the head. The shell is so extremely
diaphanous, that all the viscera can be distinguished, The matrix,
when filled with eggs, occupies the greater part of its interior.
Their greatest number never exceeds ten. In following the gradual
developement of the fcetus, we are struck with the early appearance of
the eye, in comparison with that of other parts of the body. It is
greenish at first, and passes insensibly to a deep black. The abdo-
men, after being flexed from behind forwards, bends suddenly back-
wards to form a long, slender, pointed tail, from which issue two
long articulated thieads. The animal always swims on its back, and
most frequently in a horizontal direction, by the quick and repeated
motion of its arms and feet, and executes all sorts of evolutions with
ease and agility. When young, and after its first changes, it is sub-
ject to a disease called the ephippium*; but this ephippium or saddle
ahvays has a determinate figure, and never contains the two oval
ampullae observed in the Daphniae. These animals do not live long
in a state of captivity, nor can their young ones be raised, at least
such was the case with Jurine, who could not preserve them after
their first changes. Among all the specimens which were the subjects
of his observations, he could not find a single male, though, it is true,
he could procure but very few of them, this species being rare in the
environs of Geneva. It is said, however, to be very common in the
marshes and ponds of the north, where it aggregates in considerable
numbers. In the

Daphnia, Miill.,

The oars arc always exposed to their base or to the origin of their
peduncle ; they are as long, or almost as long as the body, and are
divided into two branches, the posterior of which consists of four
joints, the first very short, and the other, or the anterior, of three.

* Sec the following article, Duphnia, r- 250.

BRANCHIOPODA. 249

Their eye is small or punctiform, and, with tlie exception of certain
species, has not, as in Lynceus, the small black punctiform spot
before it, which Miiller considered as a second eye*.

Although the extreme smallness of these animals might be supposed
to defy any attempt to investigate their organization, but few are
better known. Exclusive of those who have devoted themselves to
microscopic researches, four of the most profound naturalists,
Schaetfer, Randohr, Straus, and Jurine, Sen., the third particularly,
have studied them with the most scrupulous attention. If some
anatomical details escaped the notice of the latter, the omission has
been remedied by the labours of Randohr and Straus; Jurine also
completes the observations of the former with respect to their habits,
which he studied for a long period, and Avith the greatest success. The
mouth is situated beneath at the base of the rostrum; Ave consider (with
Randohr) the inferior portion of the head, which Straus denominates
a labrum, as an elongated clypeus, and we apply the former term to
that part which he styles the posterior lobule of the labrum. Directly
under it are two strong jaws — interior jaws of Randohr — without
palpi, vertically inclined, and applied to two horizontal jawsf termi-
tiated by three stout horny spines, in the form of recurved hooks.
Then come ten feet, the second joint of all of which is vesicular ; the
first eight terminate by an expansion in the manner of a fin, the
edges furnished with setae or barbed threads arranged like a crown or
a comb ; the two anterior seem to be specially appropriated to the
purposes of prehension, and in fact Randohr considers them as double
palpi, the external and internal ; they are the same parts, elsewhere
— Cyclops — called hands by Jurine. In the figures which they have
published, the terminal setae appear to be bearded : if this be so, we
do not see why these appendages may not concur in the process of
respiration :|:, a property confined by Straus to the following ones,
because the latter have, besides, a lamina on the inner side, which,
with the exception of the two last, is edged with a pectinated series
of setae, that according to the figures of Jurine and Randohr are also
bearded. The structure of the two last feet is somewhat different,
and Randohr distinguishes them by the name of claws. The abdo-
men, or body properly so called, is divided into eight segments
perfectly free between its valves, and is long, slender, recurved at
the extremity, and terminated by two small hooks directed backwards.
On the superior surface of the sixth segment is a range of four
papillae forming indentations, and the fourth presents a sort of

* Such also is the opinion of Randohr, Monoc. pi. V, fig. II, iii, 6 ; and as he
discovered it in the Daphnia sima, it is possible that, although but slightly visible
in several species, this character may be common to this subgenus, and that of
Lynceus. Schseffer had previously noticed it.

f The exterior jaws, in the language of Randohr ; Jurine not having separated
these parts from the preceding ones, supposed that the latter were accompanied by
a kind of valve and by a palpus. Hist, des Monoc. IX, f. 13 — 17.

X According to Straus, CjT)ris and Cythere are not true Branchiopoda, inasmuch
as their feet are not provided with branchiae ; but, as we have already observed, the
setae and hairs of the two anterior ones and those of the antennae may exercise the
functions of branchiae as well as those of the pcilpi and first jaws.

250 CRUSTACEA.

tail *. The ovaries are situated along the sides between this segment
and the first, and open separately near the back into a cavity — matrix,
Jurine — formed betwixt tlie shell and the body, in which the ova
remain for some time after they are produced.

Miiller has given the name of ephippiiim, or saddle, to a large,
obscure, and rectangular spot, which at certain periods and particu-
larly in summer, appears, after the females have changed their
tegument, on the superior part of the valves of the shell, and which
he attributes to disease. According to Straus this ephippium pre-
sents two oval, diaphanous ampullae, placed one before the other, and
forming with those of the opposite side two small oval capsules,
opening like that of a bivalve. It is divided, as are also the valves of
which it forms a part, into two lateral halves, united by a suture
along their superior edge ; its interior exhibits another similar, but
smaller one, with free edges, provided it be not the superior that is
attached to the valves, the two halves of which, playing vipon each
other as if hinged, present the same ampullae as the exterior lids. Each
capsvile contains an egg with a greenish and horny shell, otherwise
similar to an ordinary ovum, but requiring a greater length of time
for its developemcnt, and being destined to pass the winter in statu qua
When the animal is about to change its tegument, the ephippium, as
well as its ova, is abandoned with the exvivise, of which it consti-
tutes a part, and which protect them during the winter from the
cold. The heat of spring hatches them, and young Daphnite arc
produced exactly similar to those which come from the ordinary eggs.
Schseffer affirms that they will remain for a long period in a desiccated
state without losing the vitality of the germ, but none of those pre-
served in that condition by Jurine were ever hatched. They are en-
tirely free, or do not adhere to each other in their peculiar cavities.
In summer, according to Jurine, they may be hatched in tAvo or
three days. In the climate of Paris, where Straus observed them at
all periods of the year, they require at least one himdred hours. The
foetus, twenty-four hours after the production of the ovum, is a mere
rounded and unformed mass, on which, when closely examined, may
be seen obtuse rudiments of arms in the form of veiy short and im-
perfect stumps glued to the body ; neither head nor eye is perceptible;
and as yet, the green or reddish body dotted with white, like the t^^,
exhibits no motion. It is only at the nineteenth hoiu-, and when the
hour has appeared, and the arms and valves are elongated, that the
foetus begins to move. By the hundredth hour it is very active, and
finally, at the hundred and tenth it only difters from the newly hatched
animal in the setae of the oars which are still glued to their stem, and
in the tail of the valves which is bent under and received between
their inferior edges. Towards the end of the fifth day, the tail, which
terminates the valves in the young animal, and the setae of the arms
become free, and the feet for the first time begin to move. The
young being ready to make their appearance, the mother lowers her

* We omit various details of the organization, because some can only be com-
prehcndeil by meaus of diawings, and others appear common to most of the Brau-
chiopoda.

BRANCHIOPODA. 251

abdomen and they dart out. Newly laid eggs deposited in a glass
jar, where they were observed by Straus, were developed in this
order. Jurine has also furnished us with the result of his analogous
observations upon the Successive changes in the embryo Daphnise,
but made during the Avinter, and, as the eggs were not hatched till
the tenth day, he could consequently detect their developement with
more precision. The ovum, on the first day, presents a central
bubble, surrounded by smaller ones, with coloured molecules in the
intervals. These bubbles and molecules appear destined to form the
organs by proximating towards the centre, and finally disappear.
The form of the foetus begins to be defined on the sixth day ; on the
seventh the head and feet are distinguishable ; on the eighth appears
the eye as well as the intestine ; on the ninth the network of that eye
begins to be visible, and the bubbles have entirely disappeared, the
central one excepted, which contains the alimentary canal under the
heart; on the tenth the developement of the foetus is terminated, the
young Daphnia issues from the matrix and for a moment remains
motionless.

The males, of those species at least observed by Straus, are very
distinct from the female. The head is proportionably shorter ; the ros-
trum less salient ; the valves narrower and less gibbous superiorly, and
gaping in front in such a manner as to present a wide and almost cir-
cular opening. The antennae are much larger and have the appear-
ance of being furnished with two horns bent underneath, which are
considered by Miiller as the organs of generation. Straus could not
discover these sexual parts, but he rem.arks that the little nail termi-
nating the last joint of the two anterior feet — or the second, if we
suppose the oar to be the first — is much larger than those in the female,
that it has the form of a very large hook with a strong outward cur-
vature, and that the seta of the third joint is also much longer; it is
by means of these hooks that he seizes the female. The mammillse
of the sixth segment of the abdomen are much smaller, and at an
early age have the form of tubercles. The infeiior antennae excepted,
which are longest, the two sexes are nearly alike, and the two valves
of their shell terminate in a stylet, dentated beneath, arcuated below,
and nearly as long as the valves. Every time the animal changes its
tegument, this stylet becomes shorter, so that in the adult it forms a
mere obtuse point.

The males pursue their females with much ardour, and several
frequently unite in their advances to the same individual.

A single copulation fecundates the female for several successive
generations, and for a period of six months, as ascertained by Jurine.
Straus, remarking that the orifices of the ovaries are placed very
deeply under the valves and that consequently no part of the body of
the male could reach them, suspects that he has no copulating organ,
but darts the fecundating fluid under the valves of the female, whence
it finds its way to the ovaries ; analogy however seems to disprove
this conjecture *. Jurine saw them in actu, for a period of eight or

See Jurine, Hist, des Mon. p. 106, etseq.

252 CRUSTACEA.

ten minutes. The male, first placing himself on the back of the
female, seizes her with the long threads of his anterior feet; he then
seeks the inferior margin of her shell, and approximating the aper-
ture of his own to that of the latter, he introduces the threads, as
well as the hooks of these same feet. He now brings his tail in con-
tact with that of his companion, who at first, refusing to comply,
flies with her amorous mate, but finally yields. Little granulated
bodies of a green, rose, or brown colour, according to the season,
gradually ascend into the matrix and become eggs. Jurine observes,
that the males of the D. pulex are but few, when compared to the
number of females : that they are extremely rare in spring and sum-
mer, but less so in autumn.

About the eighth day after they are hatched, the young Daphnia
effects its first change of tegument, and repeats the same process
every five or six days, according to the increased or diminished tem-
perature of the weather ; it is not merely the body and valves which
lose their epidermis, the branchiae and setae of the oars undergoing
the same operation. It is only after the third change that they are
fitted to continue their species. At first the female lays but a single
egg, then two or three, gradually augmenting the number, which in
the D. magna amounts to fifty-eight. The day after she has pro-
duced her ova, the female changes her skin, and in the teguments
which she abandons may be found the shells of the eggs she has pre-
viously laid. The next moment a new batch is produced. The
young from each set of eggs are generally of one sex, and it is rare
to find two or three males proceding from that which produced females,
and vice versa. But in five or six of these broods, in the summer, one
at most consists of males. Individuals are frequently remarked,
whose integuments are of a milky white, opaque and thickened ; they
do not however appear to be affected by it, and on the renewal of
the shell, but slight rugous traces of this alteration are perceptible.

These animals cease to propagate, and no longer cast their skins
on the approach of vinnter ; they perish before the extreme cold has
arrived. The ova contained in the ephippia, and which were laid
during the summer, are hatched on the first approach of the vernal
heat; and the ponds soon abound again with countless Daphniae.
Some naturalists attribute the occasionally sanguine tinge of these
waters to the presence of myriads of the D. pulex, but Straus says he
never remarked the fact, and that this species is at all times but
slightly coloured. Morning and evening, and even during the day
in cloudy weather, they keep on the surface ; but in the heat of sum-
mer, or when the sun darts his rays directly upon the pools which
they inhabit, they descend to the depth of six or eight feet; frequent-
ly, not one is to be seen on the surface. Their mode of natation- is
by little bounds, of a greater or less extent, according to the length
of their oars, and in proportion to the projection of the shell which
covers the body, an increase of its size impeding their movements.
According to Straus, their food consists exclusively of small parcels
of vegetable substances which they find at the bottom, and frequently
of Confervpe. They always refused the animal substances he pre-
isentcd to tlicm. He repeatedly saw them swallow their own faeces,

BnANCHIOPODA. 253

carried along by the current formed by the action of their feet, which

directs their ordinary aliment towards their mouth. They use the hooks

which terminate the extremity of their tail to clean their branchiae.

Daphnia pulex ; Monoculus pulex, L. ; Pulex aquaticus arbo-

rescens, Swamm., Bib. Nat., xxxi; Perroquet d'eau, Geoff.,

Hist. Ins. II, 455; Sch^f., Die Griin., arm., Polyp., 1755, 1, 1, 8;

Straus, Mem. du Mus. d'Hist. Nat. V, xxix, 1 — 20; Jurine,

Men., viii — xi. According to Straus, this species has a large

convex rostrum ; setae of the oars plumose ; first tubercle of the

sixth segment linguiform ; inferior edge of the valves dentated ;

valves terminated by a short tail, Avhich is obtuse in the females.

This last character distinguishes it from another species with

which it has been confounded, the

Daph. longispina, Str. Deg. Insect. VII, xxvii, 1 — 4. The
female is four millimetres in length ♦.
The last subgenus of the Lophyropa is

Lynceus, Miill. — Chilodorus, Leach.

It can scarcely be distinguished from the preceding except by the
oars, evidently shorter than the shell, the inferior portion of which
has but little or no projection. According to Straus the articula-
tions of the branchiae are more numerous than in the preceding sub-
genera. They all have a little spot before their eye which lias the
appearance of a second one. The rostrum, longer in proportion than
that of the Daphniee, is curved and pointed f .

The second section of the Branchiopoda, that of the Phyllopa, is
distinguished from the first, as already stated, by the number of feet,
which at least amounts to twenty J and by the lamellated or foliaceous
form of their joints. There are always two eyes, which are some-
times pediculated : several of them have also an ocellus.

They form two principal groups.

In the first — Ceratopthalma, Lat. — there are never less than ten
pairs of feet, nor more than twenty-two ; the vesicular body at their
base is wanting ; the anterior are never much longer than the others,
nor ramified. The body is contained in a shell resembling that of a
bivalve, or is naked, each thoracic segment bearing a pair of exposed
feet. The eyes are!sometimes sessile, small, and closely approximated ;
at others, and most frequently, they are situated at the extremity of
two moveable pedicles. The ova are internal or external, and are
contained in a sac at the base of the tail.

Here the eyes are sessile and immoveable ; the body is invested

* For the other species, see Mem. cit. of Straus ; Miill., Entom"., and Jurine,
Hist, des Mod. fam. II, p. 185—88, and p. 181, 200. For the D. sima Rud D.
longispina, see Rand., Monoc, V-VII.

t See Mull., Entom., G. lynceus ; Jurine, Monoc. p. l5l, 158; and Desmar.,
Consid., 375—378.

I These animals represent among the Crustacea, the Myriapoda of the class of
Insects.

254 CRUSTACEA.

with an oval shell resembling that of a molluscous bivalve, and the
ovaries are always internal. Such is the

LiMNADiA, Ad. Brong. *

The Limnadiae are so closely allied to the preceding subgenus, that
the only species known was placed among the Daphniae by the
younger Hermann. The shell is bivalve, oval, and incloses the body,
which is elongated, linear, and inflected forwards. In the head, and
almost confounded with it, we find: 1, two eyes closely approxi-
mated and placed transversely ; 2, four antennas, two of which are
much the largest, each composed of a peduncle of eight joints and
of two setaceous branches or threads divided into eight segments and
somewhat silky ; the two others are intermediate, small, simple, and
widened at base; 3, the mouth, situated beneath, and consisting of
two inflated mandibles arcuated and truncated at the inferior extre-
mity, and of two foliaceous jaws. These parts, when united, form a
sort of inferior rostrum. The body, properly so called, is divided into
twenty-three segments, each of which, except the last, bears a pair of
branchial feet. All these feet are similar, strongly compressed, and
bifid ; their external division is simple, and ciliated on the exterior
edge; the other has four joints, and is strongly ciliated along its inte-
rior margin. The first twelve pairs are of equal length, and larger
than the others; the length of the latter progressively diminishes.
The eleventh pair, and the two following ones, have a slender
thread at their base, which ascends into the cavity situated between
the back and the shell, in order to support the ova. The last seg-
ment on the tail is terminated by two threads. The ovaries are
internal, and placed along the sides of the intestinal canal, extending
from the base of the first pair of feet to the eighteenth ; their open-
ings appear to be at the root of some of those that are intermediate ;
the eggs, after having been produced, occupy the dorsal cavity above
mentioned, and are secured there by means of small threads, which
adhere to those of the feet. A t first they are round and transparent ;
they afterwards assume a yellowish tint, which is subsequently darker
towards the centre, and their figure becomes irregular and angular.

All the individuals examined by M. Ad. Brongniart were provided
with them. The males, allowing the sex to exist, do not appear at
the same time as the females, which is during the month of June, and
are unknown.

Limnadia Hermani, Ad. Brongn., Mem. du Mus. d'Hist.

Nat., VI, xiii ; Daphnia-giyas, Herm., Mem. Apterol., V.

Found in great numbers in the little pools of the forest of Fon-

tainebleau.
There, each eye is situated at the extremity of a pedicle, formed by
a lateral prolongation, in the shape of a horn, of each side of the head.
The body is naked, without a shell, and annulated throughout. The

* In my work on the natural families of the animal kingdom, this subgenus, with
that of Ajius, composes my family of the Aspidiphora ; it approximates to this one
in the number of feet, and to the Daphuiie in the shell.

BBANCHIOPODA. 255

ova of the females are contained in an elongated capsule, situated
near the base of the tail in those which are thus terminated, or
in the posterior extremity of the body and thorax in those wliich have
no tail.

Some are provided with a tail.

Artemia, Leach.

Eyes placed on very short pedicles ; the head confounded with an
oval thorax, furnished with ten pairs of feet, and terminated by a long
and pointed tail. The antennae short and subulate.

A. salina; Cancer salinus, L. ; Montag., Trans. Lin, Soc.
XI, xiv, 8 — 10; Gammarus salinus. Fab.; Desmar., Consid.,
p. 393. A small species found in the salt marshes of Lymington,
in England, when nearly dry, of which as yet we have but a very
imperfect account.

Branchipus, Lat. — Chirocephalus, B. Prevosl, and Jurine.

Eyes placed on projecting pedicles ; the body narrow, elongated
and compressed; the head distinct from the trunk, furnished with
appendages varying according to the sex, and with two appendages
resembling horns between the eyes ; eleven pair of feet ; the tail
terminated by two leaflets more or less elongated and edged with
cilia.

Although Schseffer and Benedict Prevost*, have published very
detailed monographs of two species of this genus, they are still
imperfect with respect to the profound and comparative study of the
organs of the mouth, and of some other parts of the head. Considering
the two sexes together, we find the following general conformation :
the body is almost filiform, composed of a head separated from the
trunk by a kind of neck ; of a trunk or thorax longitudinally hollow
beneath, divided, at least above, exclusive of the neck, into eleven
segments, each bearing a pair of branchial, strongly compressed feet,
usually composed of three foliaceous joints, with a fringe of hairs or
bearded threads along the edges ; and of an elongated tail tapering to
a point, consisting of nine segments terminated by two more or
less elongated leaflets fringed with cilia. Under its second segment
we find the male organ of generation, and in the female an elongated
sac containing the ova she is ready to produce. In the head we
observe, 1. Two reticulated eyes situated at the extremity of two
flexible peduncles formed by lateral prolongations of the head ;
2. Two antennae at least, frontal, scarcely longer than the head,
slender, filiform, and composed of very small joints ; 3. Two projec-
tions under them, sometimes resembling a uniarticulated horn, and
at others digitiform — the premier doigt des mains, Uened. Prevost —
and biarticulated ; 4. A mouth underneath, composed of two kinds
of dentated mandibles without palpi, and of some other parts. We
suspect that these horn-like projections are merely an appendage,
larger and differently formed in the males, of the frontal antennae ;

* M(^m. sur le Chirocephale printed at the end of the Hist, des Monoc. of tlie
late Lewis Jurine, and previously published in the Journal de Physique.

256 CRUSTACEA.

the two other antennpe may be wanting or be obliterated in the
female, and form in the other sex of one of these species — Chiroce-
phala diaphana, Prevost — those singular appendicated and dentated
tentacula, in the form of a soft proboscis which is susceptible of being
spirally convoluted, designated by Benedict Prevost under the name
of doigts des mains, or fingers. It is probable that, as in Apus, the
mouth is furnished with two pairs of jaws, a ligula and a labrum, but
their respective form and situation have not yet been well ascertained.
I am convinced that the part resembling a rostrum mentioned by
Schaeffer, and which Prevost calls a valve (soupape) is the labrum ;
that the four bodies or tubercles placed on the sides, mentioned by
the former, are the mandibles and the two upper jaws ; and that the
parts considered by the second as cirri (barbillons) are also maxillary.
The two first feet, which, according to Schseffer, are composed of but
two joints, the last terminating in a point, would represent the two
first foot-jaws of the Crustacea Decapoda, and the two large anten-
niform feet of an Apus *. The chief of the male organs of genera-
tion, at least those which are considered as such, consist in two
conoid biarticulated bodies, Avhich only project by pressure (Schaeffer),
situated under the second ring, in which vessels terminate that arise
from the first. M. Prevost presumes that the two vulvae of the
female are placed at the extremity of the tail, but that they afford no
issue to the ova. This issue (two apertures according to Schseffer),
is in the second ring, and communicates internally with the sac con-
taining the eggs, Avhich acts as an external matrix. But there is no
crustaceous animal known in which the female organs of generation
are placed at the posterior extremity of the body, and hence we can
allow but little weight to this opinion.

The observations of Schaeffer on the hairs of the feet of these
Crustacea, prove that they are so many air tubes ; even the surface
of the feet of which they are composed, appears to absorb a portion of
the air, which adheres to it under the form of little bubbles.

The Chirocephalus diaphaniis, Bened. Prevost, which seems

to us to be very closely allied to our Branchipus pahistris, if it

be indeed different, has, when first hatched, a body divided into

nearly equal and almost globular masses. In the first we observe

an ocellus, two short antennae, two very large oars ciliated at

the extremity, and two short slender feet, composed of five

joints. After the first change of tegument, the two compound

eyes make their appearance, the body is elongated posteriorly,

and terminated by a conical, articulated tail with two threads at

the extremity. The subsequent changes gradually develope

the feet, and the oars disappear. The valve — soupape — which

at first extended over and covered the abdomen, diminishes in

proportion.

The Branchipi are found, and usually in great numbers, in little

muddy, fresh water pools, and frequently in those that are formed

by heavy rains, particularly in spring and autumn. On the first

approach of cold weather they perish. They swim with the greatest

* See Mera. s>ur les Aniin. sans Vert^b., Savign. pavt I.

branChiopoda. 257

facility on tlunr back, and their foot, Avliich tliey cannot use for
walking, while thus employt^d, ^jresent a graceful and undulating
motion. This motion creates a current between them, wliich, follow-
ing the canal of the thorax, directs to its mouth the atoms which con-
stitute its food ; when the animal wishes to advance it strikes the
water, right and left, with its tail, which forces it forwards by
bounds and leaps. Withdrawn from its element, it moves its tail for
a while, and curves itself into a circle. Deprived of a certain degree
of humidity, it remains motionless.

Benedict Prevost states, that when the male of the species which
constitutes the object of his memoir seeks his female, he swims
roxmd her, seizes her by the neck with the two horn-like appendages
of his head, and remains fixed there, until she turns up the posterior
extremity of her tale, in order to ajiproximate the two valves of the
copulating organs ; this process is analogous to the coitus of the Li-
bellulse. The ova are yellowish, spherical at first, and afterwards
angular; the shell is thick and hard, a circumstance which tends to
preserve them. It appears that even desiccation, provided it be not
carried to far, produces no change in the germ, and that the young
are hatched as soon as a sufficiency of rain has fallen. M. Desmarest
has frequently remarked Branchipi in the little hollows filled with
rain water, on the summit of the rocks at Fontainebleau. The female
Chirocephalus produces several distinct sets of eggs, after each copu-
lation, at different times, occupying some hours, and even the whole
day in the process. Each set consists of from one to four hundred
eggs ; they are rapidly ejected from the female in jets of ten or a
dozen, and with sufficient force to sink them slightly in the mud.

Benedict Prevost has remarked that the Chir. diaphanus was sub-
ject to certain diseases, of which he gives a description. This spe-
cies, as we have already stated, does not differ from our Branchipus
palustris *. The two horns, situated under ihe superior antennae,
are composed, in both sexes, of two joints, the last of which, how-
ever, is large and arcuated in the male, and very short and conical
in the female. In the Br aiwhipus stagnalis^, the horns consist of a
single joint, and those of the males resemble the mandibles of the
Lucanus: cervus, in their form, dentations, and direction.

Others have no tail ; their body terminates almost directly behind
the thorax and last feet. Such is the

EULIMENE, Lat.

The body of the Eulimenes is almost linear, and has four nearly
(iliform antennae, two of which are smaller than the others, bearing
a great resemblance to palpi, and placed on the anterior extremity
of the head. Their head is transverse, with two eyes seated on large

* Cancer pahidosus, Miill. Zool. Dan. XLVIII, 1 — 8; Herbst., XXXV, 3 — 5;
Chirocephalus diaphanus 7 Prev., Journ. de Phys. ; Jurin., Monoc, XX — XXII.
See Desraar., Consid. LVI, 2 — 5. This last species i« described in the Manuel da
Naturaliste of Duchesne, under the name of Marteuu d'euu douce.

t Branchiopoda stagnalis, Lat., Hist, des Crust, et des Ins., IV, p. 297 ; Cancer
stagnalis, L. ; Gammarus stagnalis, Fab. ; Apus pisci/onnis, ScUaeff. ; Gammarus
stagnalis, Herbst., XXX, 3 — 10.

258 CRUSTACEA.

and cylindrical peduncles. There are eleven pairs of branchial feet,
tlie three first joints and the last small and tapering; directly after
them follows a terminal and nearly semiglobular piece replacing the
tail, and from which issues an elongated thread, that, perhaps, is an
oviduct. Near the middle of the fifth pair of feet, and of the four
following ones, I have remarked a globular body, possibly analogous
to the vesicles presented by these organs in the following sub-
genus.

The only species known, Eidimene blanchdtre, Lat., Regne
Animal, Cuv., Ill, p. 68; Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. X, 333;
Desmar., Consid., p. 353, 354, is very small; whitish ejes, and
posterior extremity of the body blackish. From the vicinity of
Nice.

The remaining Phyllopa — Aspidiphora, Lat. — have sixty pairs of
feet, all furnished externally near their base with a large oval vesi-
cle *, and the two anterior of which, although much larger and ram-
ous, resemble antennae; a large shell, covering the greater part of
the superior portion of the body, almost entirely free, clypciform,
emarginated posteriorly, provided anteriorly in a circumscribed space
with three simple, sessile eyes, the two anterior of which are largest
and lunated ; and two bivalve capsules containing the ova, and an-
nexed to the eleventh pair of feet. Such are the characters which
mark the

Apus, Scop.,

Which makes part of the genus Binoculus, Geoff,, and of the Li-
mulus, Miiller.

The body, including the shell, inclines to an oval, wider and more
rounded before, and narrowed behind in the manner of a tail ; ab-
stracting the shell, it is at first nearly cylindrical, convex above,
concave and divided longitudinally beneath by a furrow, and termi-
nates in an elongated cone. It consists of thirty annuli, which are
considerably smaller at the posterior extremity, and which, the last
seven or eight excepted, give origin to the feet. The first ten are
membranous, soft, without spines, exhibit a small button-like promi-
nence on each side, and have each but a single pair of feet. The
others are more solid or horny, with a range of small spines on the
posterior margin ; the last is larger than the preceding ones, nearly
square, depressed, angular, and terminated by two articulated threads
or setae. In some species composing the genus Lepidurus, Leach,
a horny, flattened, and elliptical lamina is seen between them. If the
number of feet be about a hundred and twenty, the last annuli, be-
ginning with the eleventh or twelfth, must necessarily have more
than one pair, a circumstance which' in this respect approximates
these Crustacea to the Myriapoda. The shell, perfectly free from
its anterior adhesion, invests a great part of the body, and thus
protects the primary segments, which, as already stated, are softer

* Possibly analogous to the vesicles forming the second joint of the feet of the
Daphniae.

BRANCHIOPODA. 25i)

than the others. It consists of a large, horny, extremely thin, and
almost diaphanous scale or plate, which represents the superior tegu-
ments of the head and thorax united, and forming a large oval con-
vex shield, angularly notched and dentated at its posterior extremity.
Its upper surface is divided hy a transverse line forming two united
arcs in two areas, the anterior nearly semilunar, corresponding to the
head, and the posterior to the thorax. In the middle of the first
we observe three closely approximated simple eyes, or without appa-
rent facets, the two anterior of which are largest and almost reniform,
and the posterior much smaller and oval. A duplicature of the ante-
rior portion of the shell forms a sort of frontal, flattened, semilunar
shield beneath, which serves as a base to the labrum. The posterior
area, that which corresponds to the thorax, is carinated throughout
the middle of its length. This shell is only adherent by its anterior
extremity, so tliat looking from this point we can discover the whole
back of the animal. Each side of the shell, seen from beneath and
in a strong light, presents a large spot, formed by numerous lines
describing concentric ovals, which appear to be tubular and filled
with a red fluid. Directly under the shield or frontal disk, we find the
antennae and mouth. The former, two in number, are inserted on
each side of the mandibles, are very short and filiform, and are com-
posed of two nearly equal joints. The mouth consists of a square,
projecting labrum ; of two strong, horny, inferiorly inflated mandi-
bles, compressed and dentated at the extremity and without palpi ; of
a large and profoundly emarginated ligula ; and of two pairs of foli-
aceous jaws laid on each other, the superior of which are spinous and
ciliated along the inner margin, and the inferior almost membranous
and similar to small false feet; they are terminated by a slender,
elongated joint, and are prolonged externally from their base into a
species of auricle, (oreillette), furnished with an uniarticulated and
ciliated appendage, which may be considered as a kind of palpus.
According to Savigny *, the ligula exhibits a ciliated canal, which
leads directly to the oesophagus. The feet, which amount to about
one hundred and twenty, insensibly diminish in size, commencing
from the second pair; they are all strongly compressed, foliaceous,
and are composed of three joints, exclusive of the two long threads
at the extremity of the two anterior feet, and the two leaflets at the
end of the following ones,* parts, which, when united, we may con-
sider as constituting a fourth, forceps-like joint, or one with two
elongated toes coverted into a sort of antenniform threads. On the
posterior side of the first joint is inserted a large, branchial, triangu-
lar membrane ; the second also, on the same side, has a red, vesicu-
lar and oval sac. On the opposite margin of these feet are four trian-
gular and ciliated leaflets, the superior of which is closely approxi- .
mated to the toes of the forceps, appearing to form a third to the se-
cond and following feet, as far as the tenth pair. In proportion as
these organs diminish in size, the leaflets approximate more closely, the
the forceps is more clearly defined and less pointed, and the first toe

M^m. sur les Anim. saus Verteb., Savig., part I, fasc. I.

260 CRUSTACEA.

becomes wider, shorter, and rounder. The two anterior feet, whicli
are much larger and are formed like oars, resemble ramous antennae,
and have been considered as such by some writers * ; they exhibit
four multi-articulated setaceous threads, the two last joints, one of
them particularly, being much longer than the others, which ^re si-
tuated on the internal side or anteriorly. The two at the extremity
are evidently analogous to the toes of the forceps, the remaining
two also correspond to as many of the lateral leaflets ; it is easy to
convince ourselves of this by comparing these parts in young speci-
mens. After their sixth or seventh change of tegument, the two or
three following feet of the latter greatly resejnble the two anterior
ones, and even their antennae are longer in proportion than in the
adult, and are terminated by setae or hairs. The eleventh pair are
very remarkable f . The first joint, behind the vesicles, presents
two circular valves, laid one on the other, formed by two leaflets,
and containing the ova, which resemble granules of a bright red
colour. Every specimen which has hitherto been examined being
always found to possess this kind of feet, they have been considered as
hermaphrodites, and are considered capable of self impregnation.

These animals inhabit ditches, pools, stagnant waters, &c., and
usually in myriads. Abducted, when thus assembled, by violent
winds, they have been seen to descend in rain. They generally
make their appearance in spring, and in the beginning of summer.
Their customary food is the Tadpole. They swim well on their back,
and when they sink into the mud they erect their tail. When first
j)roduced they have but one eye and four feet, resembling arms or
oars, furnished with tufts of hairs, the second of which are the
largest. Their remaining organs are regularly developed after each
change of tegument. M. Valenciennes, an attache of the Mus.
d'Hist. Nat., has remarked that these Crustacea are frequently de-
voured by the bird vulgarly called the Lavandiere (a).

The number of species known being very small, it is unne-
cessary to imitate Leach in forming a separate genus — Lepi-
DURUS, Leach — for those which have a lamina between the
threads of the tail. Such is the Apus prolongatus ; Monoculus
apus, L. ; Schaeff"., Monoc, VI; Limule sirricaude, Herm., Jun.;
Desmar., Consid., LII, 2. The carina of the shield terminates
posteriorly in a small spine, which is not seen in the Apus can-
ciformis ; Binocle a queue en filet, Geoff"., Insect., XXI, 4 ; Li-
mulus palustris , Miill. ; Schaeff"., Monoc. I — V; Apus vert, Bosc;
Desmar., lb., LI, I; the latter, besides, has no lamina between
the caudal threads ; it is the type of the genus Apus, Leach, or

* They also seem to represent the two first foot-jaws.

f Scheeffer distinguishes them by the name of uterine feet. The preceding nine
pairs, according to his phraseology, form forceps, those of the first oars, or true
feet ; finally, those which follow the uterine feet, or the twelfth pair and following
ones, branchial feet. The vesicidar sacs lengthen and lessen just as gradually ; their
«?te is unknown.

5:^(n) The MofacHln aJha, and cinerea, L. — Eng. Ed.

I'^CJLOPODA. 261

the Apus properly so called. The same natmalist has figured
another species, Apus Montagui, Edinb. Encyclop. Suppl.
I. XX.

ORDER II.

PiECILOPODA.

The Paecilopoda are distinguished from the Branchiopoda by the
diversity in the form of their feet, among the anterior of which an
indeterminate number are ambulatory, or fitted for prehension; while
the others, lamelliform or pinnate, are branchial and natatory. It is
principally, however, by the absence of the usual mandibles and jaws
that they are removed from all other Crustacea. Sometimes these
parts are replaced by the spinous haunches of the first six pairs of
feet ; and sometimes the organs of manducation consist either of
an external siphon in the form of an inarticulated rostrum, or of some
other apparatus fitted for suction, but concealed or slightly apparent.

The body is almost always, either wholly, or for the greater por-
tion, invested with a shell in the form of a shield, consisting of a
single plate in most of them, and of two in others, which always pre-
sents two eyes when those organs are distinct. Two of their antennae

Cheliceres, Lat. — form a forceps in several, and fulfil its functions.

Most of them have twelve feet *, and nearly all the remainder have
either ten or twenty-two. Their usual habitat is on aquatic
animals, and most commonly on fishes.

We divide this order into two families f.

FAMILY I.

XYPHOSURA.

This family is distinguished from the second by several characters :
there is no siphon ; the haunches of the first six pair of feet are cover-
ed with small spines and perform the office of jaws ; there are twenty-

* Fourteen in several, according to Leach ; those which he considers as the two
first, ho-wever, appear to me to be two inferior antennae. The Arguli, which
seem to be the most favoured subgenus with respect to locomotiou, have but twelve
feet.

t In my Fam. Nat. du Rcgne Anim. they form two orders.

2fc>2 CRUSTACEA.

two feet; the first ten, with the exception of tlie two anterior ones in the
males, are terminated by a didactyle forceps, and inserted, as well
as the two that follow, under a large serai-lunar shield ; the latter
have the sexual organs attached to them, and the form of large
leaflets, as in the case with the ten following, which are branchial
and inserted under a second shell, terminated by a veiy hard, ensiform
and moveable stylet. They are wandering animals, and form the
genus

LiMULus, Fab.

The species are known in commerce by the name of the Molucca
Crab. The suborbicular, slightly elongated, and posteriorly narrowed
body is divided into two parts, invested by a solid shell composed of
two pieces, one to each part, very hollow beneath, and presenting
above two longitudinal sulci, one on each side, and a carina on the
middle of the back. The first part of the shell, or that which covers
the fore-part of the body, is much larger than the other, forms an
extensive semi-lunar shield, with a reflected edge, furnished above
with two oval eyes of numerous facets, resembling granules, one on
each side, exterior to a longitudinal carina ; and on the anterior ex-
tremity of the middle one, and common to both pieces of the shell,
two small, closely approximated, simple eyes*; these carinae are
armed with teeth or acute tubercles. The duplicature of this shell
at its anterior extremity, beneath, forms a level border, strongly
arcuated, and terminated inferiorly by a double arc, projecting like
a tooth towards the centre of union. Immediately under this projec-
tion, in the cavity of the shield, is a small inflated labrum, carinated
in the middle, and terminating in a point, above which are inserted
two little antennae, in the form of small didactyle forceps, flexed into
an elbow in the middle of their length, at the point of vmion between
the first joint and the second, or of the forceps properly so styled.
Directly beneath, inserted and approximated by pairs, and on two
lines, are twelve feet, the ten first of which, the two or four anterior
ones of the males excepted, terminate in a didactyle forceps ; their
radical joint, projecting inwards like a lobe and covered with points,
performs the office of a jaw. The size of these feet augments pro-
gressively ; those of the fifth pair excepted, they are all composed of
six joints, the moveable toe of the forceps included. The latter have
an additional joint, and also differ from the preceding ones by having,
at their external base, a bi-articulated appendage, directed back-
wards, the last joint of which is compressed and obtuse; by their
fifth joint being terminated on the inner side by five small, moveable,
horny, narroAV, elongated and pointed leaflets, and by the two toes
of the forceps being moveable or articulated at base. The two pieces
situated between these feet, which M. Savigny considers as the
ligula, appear to me to be merely two maxillary lobes of these
organs, but detached or free. The pharyn- occupies the interval
included by all these feet. The males are distinguished from the

* One on each side of the tooth that terminates this carina.

P.^CILOPODA. 263

females by the fi;rm uf the forcoiJS, which terminate the two or four
anterior feet : they are inflated and deprived of the moveable toe.
The two last feet of this shield are united in the form of a large,
membranous, and almost semi-circular leaflet, having the sexual
organs on its posterior face, and presenting, in the middle of an
emargination of the posterior margin, two small, triangvdar, elongated,
and pointed divisions, which appear to represent the internal toes of
the forceps ; the other articulations are indicated by sutures. The
second piece of the^shell, articulated with the first in the middle of
its i^osterior emargination, and filling the interval it forms, is nearly
triangular, and is angularly truncated and emarginated at its posterior
extremity. Its lateral edges are alternately emarginated anddentated,
and in the middle of each of the emarginations, counting from the
second, is an elongated and moveable spine, six on each side. Inclosed
in the inferior cavity, and disposed in pairs on two longitudinal
ranges, are ten fin-like feet, almost similar in form to the two last,
but simply united at base, laid one on the other, and bearing, on
their posterior face, the branchite, which appear to be composed of
lumierous and crowded fibres arr. nged'on the same plane one against
the other. The anus is situated at the inferior root of the stylet
terminating the body. According to an observation communicated
to us by M. Straus, we only find in the interior of the first shield,
besides the brain, a single sub-oesophagal ganglion *. The two
nervous cords are then prolonged into the interior of the second
shield, forming there, and at the origin of the branchial feet, some
small ganglia, which send branches to those organs. According to
Cuvier, the heart, as in tlie Stomapoda, is a large vessel furnished
internally v>'ith fleshy columns, extending along the back, and giving
out branches on both sides. A wrinkled oesophagus, ascending in
front, leads to a very muscular gizzard, lined with a cartilaginous
kind of velvet, studded with tubercles, and followed by a wide and
straight intestine. The liver pours its bile into the intestine by two
ducts on each side. A great portion of the shell is filled by the" ova-
ries in the female, and by the testes in the male.

These animals are sometimes found two feet in length ; they inha-
bit the seas of hot climates, and most generally frequent their shores.
They appear to me to be proper to the East Indies and the coast of
America. The species found in France — L. cyclop^ — is comm(mly
called the Casserole (a), from its having some resemlslance to the form
of that utensil, and because, when the feet are removed, its shell is
used to hold water. Major Le Conte, one of the most intelligent of
naturalists in the United States, and who has so largely contributed
to advance the science of entomology by his discoveries and re-
searches, states that it is given to the hogs. Savages employ the stylet
of the tail to point their an-ows, which, thus armed, are much

* The two anterior feet may represent the mandibles of the Decapoda, the four
following ones their jaws, and the last six their foot-jaws ; those of the second shield
would correspond to the thoracic feet.

{5:;^ (a) The Kimj-crab, of American fishermen, or the llost-ihot. Very common on
the coast of New Jersey. — Eng. Ed.

264 CRUSTACEA.

dreaded. Their eggs are eaten in China. When these animals walk,
their feet are not seen. Fossil specimens are found in certain strata
of a moderate antiquity *.

In some, the fovir anterior feet, at least in one of the sexes, are
terminated by a single toe.

But a single species of this division is known ; it is the Limu-
lus heterodactylus, and is the type of the genus Tachypleus
Leachf . I have seen it figured on Chinese vellums.
In the others, the two anterior claws at most,, are alone monodac-
tyle. All the ambulatory feet are didactyle, at least in the females.
This division is composed of several species, which, owing to the
little attention that has been paid to the detailed form of their parts,
to the differences resulting from sex and age, and from their peculiar
localities, have not yet been characterized in a rigorous and com-
parative manner. The common American Limulus for instance,
when young, is whitish, or of a light colour, and has six stout teeth
along the Avhole ridge of the middle of the upper shell, and two
others equally strong and pointed on each lateral ridge of the shield,
or of the first piece of that shell ; while older specimens, sometimes
more than a foot and a half in length, are of a deep brown colour, or
almost blackish, their teeth, the middle ones especially, being almost
obliterated. Here also the lateral margins of the second piece of the
shell are marked with fine dentations, which are scarcely apparent
or wanting in the former.

We should consider as young individuals the Lim. Cyclops,
Fab., and the L. Sowerbii, Leach, Zool. Miscell., LXXIV ; his
L. tridentatus, and the L. albiis, Bosc. : and as older ones, my
Limule des Moluques ; Monoculus polyphemus , L. ; Clus.,
Exot., lib. VI, cap. xiv, p. 128; Rumph., Mus., XII, a, b, which
I at first considered a distinct species, under the belief that these
large individuals inhabited those islands excbisively. In all of
them, or at all ages, the tail is somewhat shorter than the
body, and triangular, the vipper ridge finely denticulated and
without any decided sulcus beneath. We will designate this
species by the name of Limidus polyphemus. These latter
characters will distinguish it from some others described by Dr.
Leachf.

FAMILY n.

SIPHONOSTOMA.

The Siphonostomse have no kind of jaws whatever. A sucker or
siphon, sometimes external, and in the form of an acute inarticulated

* Knorr, Monum. of the Deluge, I, pi. XIV; Desmar., Crust, fossil., XI, 6, 7.
It would seem from these figures that the lateral spines of the second piece of the
shell, in lieu of epines, merely form smaller teeth articulated at base ; biit these arti-
culations have perhaps disappeared.

f This Limulus is perhaps the Kabutoguni or Unkia of the Japanese, and repre-
sents the constellation of Cancer on their primitive Zodiac.

+ See Xouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. Ed. II. ; Desmar., Consid., p. 344 — 358.

PvEClLOPODA. 265

rostrum*, and at others concealed or but slightly visible, fulfils the
functions of a mouth. There are never more than fourteen feet.
The shell is very thin and composed of a single piece. They are all
parasitical.

AVe will divide this family into two tribes.

The first — Caligides, Lat. — is characterized by the presence of a
shell resembling an oval or semi-lunar shield; by the number of
visible feet, which is always twelve, — or fourteen, if we include those
which Leach considers as svich, and which I call inferior antennae ;
by the form and size of the tenth pairs which are sometimes multifid,
pinnate, or terminated in a fin, and well adapted at all times, and in
the adult, for the purposes of natation, and sometimes foliaceous, or
broad and membranous. The sides of the thorax are never furnished
with Aving-like expansions directed backwards and inclosing the
body posteriorly.

Here, the body, exhibiting several segments above, is elongated
and narrowed posteriorly, terminating in a kind of tail with two
threads, or as many other salient appendages at the end ; this extre-
mity is not covered by a segment of the superior teguments in the
form of a large rounded scale, deeply notched in the posterior margin.
The shell is at least half the length of the body. This subdivision
will comprise two genera of Miiller.

Argulus, Mull.

This genus was at first designated under the name of Osolus, and
but very imperfectly described. Jurine, Jun., has since studied its
type with the most scrupulous attention, followed it throughout all
its changes of age, and produced a perfect and complete monograph
of it. He has restored to the genus the original name given by
Miiller.

The Arguli are furnished with an oval shield, posteriorly emargi-
nated, covering the body, the posterior extremity of the abdomen
excepted, and bearing on a mediate, triangular space distinguished
by the name of clypeus, two eyes, four very small, almost cylindrical
antennae placed in front, the superior of Avhich, shorter and triarti-
culated, have a stout, edentated and recurved hook at their base ; and
the inferior quadriarticulated, with a small tooth on the first joint.
The siphon is directed forwards. There are twelve feet. The two
first terminate in a transversely annulateddisk, striated and edentated
along the margin, and presenting internally a sort of rosette formed

* The composition of this rostrum or beak is not well known. It is evident,
from the figure of the Argulus foliaceus, given by Jurine, Jun., that it contains a
sucker ; but is this the case with the others, and of how many pieces is it composed ?
I connot answer the question. I presume, however, that this siphon consists of the
liibrum, mandibles and the ligula which forms the sheath of the sucker. In the
preceding Entomostraca, the four anterior feet, whose form is very different from
that of the following ones, would correspond to the four jaws of the Dccapoda.

266 CRUSTACEA.

by the muscles, and apparently acting in the manner of a cup or
sucker. Those of the second pair are prehensile, the thighs large and
spinous, and the tarsi composed of three joints, the last of which is
provided with two hooks. The remaining feet are terminated by a
fin formed of two elongated pinnulae, whose edges are fringed with
bearded threads : the two first of the latter, or those of the third pair,
including the four that precede them, have an additional but recurved
toe. The two last are annexed to that portion of the body which
projects posteriorly from the shell, or the tail. The female has but
a single oviduct, covered by two small feet situated behind the two
palettes. The organ which is considered as the penis of the male,
is placed at the internal extremity of the preceding joint of the same
feet near the origin of the two toes. On the same joint of the two
preceding feet, and facing these organs of copulation, is a vesicle
presumed to be seminal. The abdomen, by which we mean that part
of the body which extends posteriorly from the ainbulatory feet, the
rostrum, and a tubercle containing the heart, is entirely free, without
distinct articulations, and terminates directly after the last feet
behind, by a sort of tail, in the form of a rounded lamina, deeply
emarginated or bilobate, and without terminal hairs ; it is a species
of fin. The body is so transparent that the heart may be distinguished
through its parietes. It is situated behind the base of the siphon,
lodged in a solid tubercle, semi-diaphanous and composed of a single
ventricle. The blood, formed of little diaphanous globules, is
impelled forwards in a column which soon divides into four branches,
two of which proceed directly towards the eyes, and two towards the
antennae; the latter are then reflected backwards and united to the
former, constituting a single column on each side, which descends
towards the cup, turns round its base, and disappears. A little beneath
the two following feet, we may distinguish on each side another
sanguineous column which curves outwards, extends along the
borders of the shell, and having reached the two penultimate feet, is
flexed forwards and ceases to be visible. Another, where, as in the
preceding, the blood flows from the anterior part of the body to the
posterior, and traverses longitudinally the middle of the tail ; it unites
behind with two other currents that may be seen on the edges of the
tail, but which flow in a contrary direction, or appear to return the
blood to the heart, Jurine avoids using the term vessel, because the
blood which is driven into the anterior part of the body appears to
be diffused there in such a manner as to induce us to believe that its
globules, instead of being contained in particular vessels, are dispersed
in the parenchyma of those parts. From what we have stated, how-
ever, with respect to the circulation in the Dccapoda, it is evident,
that the blood, in the first instance, is distributed in the Arguli in the
same way, and that the currents or columns of which we have just
spoken seem to indicate the existence of peculiar vessels. This able
observer, in fact, subsequently acknowledges that the circulation is
not every where carried on in so diffused a manner as in the anterior
part of the shell, where, however, in our opinion, it is effectuated as
in the Decapoda. The brain, which is situated behind the eyes,
appeared to him to be divided into three equal lobes, one anterior and

PiECILOPODA. 267

two lateral. The anterior part of the stomacli gives origin to two
large appendages, each divided into two branches, which ramify in
the wings of the shell. The brownish coloured aliment they contain
renders these ramifications visible. The caecum is provided near its
origin with two vermiform appendages.

The excessive ardour of the males frequently induces them to
mistake one sex for the other, or to make their advances to pregnant
or dead females. They are placed in coition on their back, to which
they cling by means of their feet with cups for several hours. The
period of gestation is from thirteen to nineteen days. The ova are
smooth, oval, and milk-white. They are fixed with gluten on stones
or other indurated bodies, either in a straight line or in two ranges,
and from one to four hundred in number ; being pressed against
each other, their form becomes almost hexagonal.

Twenty-five days after the extrusion of the ova, and after they
have assumed a yellowish and opaque tinge, the eye and parts of the
embryo are perceptible. In about ten days more, the shell opens
longitudinally, and the tadpole issues from it, being at this period
about three-eighths of a line in length. Its general form is similar
to that of the adult, but the organs of locomotion present a very
essential difference. Miiller has described it in this state by the name
of Argnlus charon. Foiir oars or long arms, two situated before the
eyes and two behind, each terminated by a pennate and flexible pencil
of hairs that have a simultaneous motion, by which the animal is
impelled by jerks, project from the anterior extremity of the shell :
they do not represent the antennse, for they also are visible. The
feet with cups are replaced by two stout feet, flexed into an elbow
near the extremity, and terminated by a strong hook, with which it
clings to Fishes. The only feet proper to the adult, that are developed
and free, are those of the second and third pairs, or the two ambu-
latory and the two first natatory feet ; the following ones are as yet
fixed to the abdomen. The heart, proboscis, and ramifications of
the appendages of the stomach are distinct. After the first change
of tegument, which is effected by a laceration of its inferior surface,
the oars disappear, and all the natatory feet are visible. In three
days more the second change ensues, but without producing any
important alteration. But after the third, which occurs forty-eight
hours subsequently to the second, these same feet are converted into
those with cups, still, however, preserving the terminal hook. At
the expiration of nine days, there is a new change of skin, and the
organs of generation, male and female, are apparent ; another change
of tegument, however, is required ere the sexes are fitted for copula-
tion, so that the period of their metamorphosis extends to twenty-five
days. Still, however, they have attained but the half of their proper
size. For that purpose fresh changes of the tegument, which occur
every six or seven days, are requisite. Jurine satisfied himself of
the fact, that propagation ncA'^er ensues Avithout the intervention of
the male. The females, which he kept separate, perished from a
disease which was announced by the appearance of several brown
globules, arranged in a semicircle on the posterior portion of the

268 CRUSTACEA.

clypeus, and apparently formed in the parenchyma, for they were
not dispersed by the change of tegument.

Argutus foliaceus, Jurine, Jun., Ann. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. VII,
xxvi ; Monoculus foliaceus, L.; Argidus delphinus, Herm. Jun.,
Mem. Apter., V, 3, VI, ii ; Monoculus gyrini, Cuv., Tabl.,
Elem. de I'Hist. Nat. des Anim., p. 4.^4 ; Ozolus gasterostei,
Lat., Hist., Nat. des Crust, et des Insect., IV, xxix, 1 — 7 ; Des-
mar., Consid., L. ; Louse of the Stickleback, Baker, Micros., II,
xxiv. This species, the only one of the genus that is known,
attaches itself to the under part of the body of the tadpoles of
Frogs, of that of the Stickleback or Gasterosteus, and sucks its
blood. The body is flattened, of a light yellowish green colour,
and about two lines and a half in length. Herman, Jun., who
has well described this Argulus in its perfect state, and who
quotes a manuscript of Leonard Baldaneur, a fisherman of Stras-
bourg, dated 1666, in which the same animal is figured, says,
that in the environs of that city it is seldom found, except on the
Trouts, and that it frequently kills them, those especially which
are kept in ponds ; it is also found on the Perch, Pike, and Carp.
He has never found it on the gills. It has a habit of whirling
round like the Gyrini. He says that the body is divided into
five rings, but slightly distinct on the back.

Caligus, Mull.

Neither of the feet , with cups ; those of the anterior pair imguicu-
lated ; the others divided into a greater or less number of pinnulae or
membranous leaflets. A considerable portion of the body is not
covered by the shell, and is usually terminated posteriorly by two
long threads, and sometimes by fin-like or styliform appendages.*

The vulgar name oi fish-louse, by which they are collectively desig-
nated, announces their habits to be similar to those of the Arguli and
other Siphonostomse. Several naturalists have considered the tubular
threads at the posterior extremity of their body as ovaries ; I have
sometimes found ova under the posterior and branchial feet, but never
in these tubes.- Besides, external oviducts thus prolonged are never
met with except in females whose eggs are to be deposited in deep
holes and cavities — now this is not the case with the Caligi. Miiller
and other zoologists have remarked that these Crustacea erect and
agitate the appendages in question. We believe with Jurine, Jun.,
and such also is the opinion of his father, that they serve for respi-
ration, like the terminal filaments of the abdomen of an Apusf.

* The interval also frequently exhibits other, but smaller or much less salient
appendages.

f In the Ann. G6n6r. des So. Phys., vol. Ill, p. 343, Brussels, is an extract
from the observations of Dr. Surriray ou the foetus of a species of Caligus which he
believes to be the elongatus, and which is very common on the operculum of the
Esox belone. That gentleman informs us, that, by pressing the two caudal threads of
the animal in question, a number of transparent and membranous ova were ex-
truded, each of which contained a living fnetus, very different from the mother,
and of which he gives a description. From these observations we might be induced

PiECILOPODA. !J69

Some of them whose feet are free, and (the two last excepted)
annexed to the anterior part of the body — Cephalothorax, Lat. —
covered by the shield, in which some of the posterior feet are fur-
nished with numerous and pennated threads, and in which the siphon
is not apparent, have the abdomen naked above and terminated by
two long threads, or as many styles; they compose the subgenus.

C MiiGvs, properli/ so called, — Calxgus risculus, Leach*.
In all others, the superior surface of the body is imbricated, or that
portion of the body is inclosed in a kind of case formed by the last
feet which resemble membranes and fold over it.

Of these latter, there are some whose antennae never project like
little claws, whose feet are free, and whose last ones do not envelope
the body like a membranous case. They form the following sub-
genera.

Pterygopoda. Lat. — Nogaus ? Leach.

Where the posterior extremity of the body is terminated by two
kinds of fins; where the under part of the post abdomen or of the
second division of the body, not covered by the shield, is furnished
with pinnated or digitated feet ; and where there is a distinct pro-
boscis or rostrum f.

Pandarus, Leach.

Two threads at the posterior extremity of the body ; the first and
fifth pair of feet unguiculated, and the remainder digitated ; no ap-
parent siphon 1-

DiNEMOURA, Lat.

Two long anal filaments and an apparent siphon ; the two anterior
feet unguiculated'; the two following ones terminated by two long
toes, and the remainder membranous leaflets §.

The last subgenus of this subdivision, that of

Anthosoma, Leach,

Approximates to Dinemoura in the presence of a siphon, and in
the two caudal threads ; but it is removed from it, as well as the pre-
ceding ones by its projecting antennae, which resemble little mono-
dactyle claws, and by its six last feet which are membranous,

to conclude that these threads are a kind of external oviducts ; but is there no
mistake in this ? I have studied these same organs in various specimens — preserved
in spirits, it is true — but could never discover any body whatever.

* Caligus piscinus, Lat.; Cat. mrtus, Miill. Entom. XXI, 1, 2; Monoculus pis-
cinus, L. ; Cat. MuUeri, Leach ; Desmar., Consid., L, 4; found on the Cod. The
Oniscus lufosits, Slabber, Encyclop. Method., Atl. d'Hist. Nat. CCCXXX,'?, 8, from
the fin-like appendages of its tail, seems to indicate a separate subgenus. The
Binode a queue en plumef, Geoff., might be placed in it.

t A single living species found on the Shark. See the genus Nogaus, Desmar.,
Consid., p. 340.

X Pandarus bicolor, Leach; Desmar., L. 5; Pandarus Boscii, Leach, Encyc. Brit.
Suppl. 1, XX. For the other species, see Desmar., lb., p. 339.

§ Caligtis productus, Miill., Entom. XXXI, 3, 4; Monoculus salmoneus, Fab.

270 CRUSTACEA.

united inferiorly, and folded laterally over the post- abdomen, enve-
loping it like a case ; those of the first and tliird pairs are \ingiii-
culated ; the second feet are terminated byl two short and obtuse
toes *.

There, the body is oval, without salient caudiform appendages,
composed of threads or fin-like productions at its posterior extre-
mity. A portion of the superior teguments forms a shield, which
does not cover its anterior half, is rounded and emarginated before,
widened and as if bilobate behind ; then follow three pieces or scales,
posteriorly rounded and emarginated, the second of which, and the
smallest of the three, is almost in the form of a reversed heart ; the
last, and the largest, is arched. The four posterior feet are in the
form of lamincie, and are united by pairs ; those of the first and the
third are unguiculated ; the extremity of the second is bifid. The
siphon is apparent. The ova are covered by two large, oval, conti-
guous, coriaceous pieces, placed under the abdomen, and surpassing
it in length. Such are the characters of the genus

Cecrops, Leach,

Of which a single species only is known.

Cecrops Latreillii, Leach, Encyc. Brit., Supp. I, xx ; 1,3, the
male ; 2, 4, the female ; 5, the antennae magnified; Desmar., Con-
sid. L, 2 Found on the branchiae of the Tunny and Turbot.

The second tribe, that of the Lerneiformes, Lat., consists of Ento-
'mostraca, which approximate to the Lerncae, in their external confi-
guration, still more than the preceding subgenera. There are but
ten feet visible f, mostly very short, and but slightlyor nowise adapted
to natation. Sometimes the body is nearly vermiform and cylindrical,
the anterior segment being merely somewhat widened and furnished
with two projecting didactyle claws ; sometimes, on account of two
lateral expansions resembling lobes or wings behind the thorax, and
of two posterior ovaries, it forms a small quadrilateral mass. This
tribe is composed of two genera. In the first or the

DiCHELESTiuM, Hevm., Juv.

We observe a narrow elongated body, slightly dilated before, and
composed of seven segments, the anterior of which — the thorax of
Herm. — is wider than the others, rhomboidal, and formed of the
head and a portion of the thorax united. It bears : l,four short
antennae, of which the lateral are filiform and consist of several joints,
and the intermediate project like little arms and are quadri-articu-
lated, the last joint terminating in a didactyle claw ; 2, an inferior,
membranous, and tubular siphon ; 3, three kinds of defonned palpi —

* Anthosoma Smithii, Leach; Desmar., Consid., L, 3 ; CalUjus imhricaius, Risso.
t There are probably two more, as in the preceding subgenera, but they are either
indistinct or have such a peculiar form that they have not been recognised.

P^CILOPODA. 271

two multifid feet ? — on each side placed on an eminence ; 4, four pre-
hensile feet, the two first of which consist of a thigh and leg termi-
nated by various unequal and dentated hooks, and the others of
an enlarged thigh terminated by a small but stout nail. The second
and third segments are almost lunulated, each bearing a pair of feet
formed of a single joint, terminated by two kinds of toes, dentated at
the end. To the fourth segment is attached another pair of feet, the
fifth and last, but hiving the form of simple, oval, divergent, and
immoveable vesicles, which Hermann presumes are rather ovaries than
feet. This segment, as well as the next, is nearly square. The sixth
is much longer, and cylindrical. The seventh and last is three times
shorter, almost orbicular, flattened, and terminated by two small
vesicles. The eyes are not distinct.

Dichelestium sturionis, Herm., Jun. Mem. Apter. p. 125, V,
7, 8 ; Desmar., Consid. L, v. About seven lines long and one
broad. The second segment is prolonged on each side into an
obtuse papilla, and the four following are red in the middle,
with whitish-yellow along the lateral margins. When viewed
from above, the feet are not visible. This animal penetrates
deeply into the skin and places itself on the osseous arches of
the branchiae, but without, as it appears, intruding vipon their
combs. Twelve of them were taken by Hermann from a single
fish. Of this number, two or three, perhaps males^ were one
third shorter than the others, and had a curved body ; one of
the twelve lived three days. They are constantly whirling about
and with considerable vivacity. By means of their frontal
claws they are enabled to cling with great tenacity.

NicoTHOE, And. and Edw.

These animals terminate the Crustacea, and are distinguished from
all others of that class by their heteroclitical form. To the naked
eye they seem nothing more than two lobes united in the form of a
horse-shoe, which inclose two others. By the aid of glasses, how-
ever, we discover that the two large lobes are formed by the great
expansion of the sides of the thorax, which resemble wings, are
almost oval and thrown behind; that the two others are external
ovaries or clusters of eggs, analogous to those of a female CyclopxS,
and inserted, one on each side, into the base of the abdomen by
means of a short pedicle ; and that the body of the animal is com-
posed of the following parts: 1, a distinct head furnished with two
separate eyes ; two short, setaceous, lateral antennae formed of eleven
joints, each with a hair on the inner side ; a mouth forming a circular
aperture which acts as a cup, and accompanied on each side with —
anterior feet — maxilliform appendages ; 2, a thorax of four seg-
ments, with five pairs of feet beneath, the two anterior of which
are terminated by a stout hook, and are bidentated on the inner side ;
the remaining eight being formed of one large joint, terminated by
two nearly equal and cylindrical stems, each composed of three joints,
and furnished with setee : 3, a pointed abdomen of five annulli, the
first and largest of which gives origin to the oviferous sacs ; the last

272 CRUSTACEA.

is terminated by two long hairs. The lateral expansion merely ap-
pears to be an excessive developement of the fourth and last ring of
the thorax. Within we may perceive two kinds of entrails origi-
nating from the median line of the body, which may be considered as
caeca or divisions of the intestinal canal in a state of hernia. They
are endowed with a very decided peristaltic motion. We have seen
that the stomach of the Arguli also exhibits two cseca, which ramify
in the wings of their shell, and it is possible that these thoracic ex-
pansions of the Nicothoes may be two analogous lobes *.

Nicothoe astaci, Aud. and Edw. Ann. des Sc. Nat., 1826,
XLIX, 1,9. The only species known; it is about half a line
long and three lines broad, the thoracic enlargement included.
It is rose-coloured, paler on the oviperous sacs; the expansions
yellowish. It adheres closely to the branchiae of the Lobster,
and penetrates deeply between the filaments of those organs. It
is only found in small numbers, and on a few individuals. All
the Nicothoes observed by these two naturalists were furnished
with ovaries; it is probable that previously to fixing themselves
on the branchiae of the Lobster, and before their thoracic lobes
have acquired their ordinary developement, they can swim ; that
developement, as is the case with the body of the Ixodes, may
be the result of superabundant nutrition.

TRILOBITES.

According to Brongniart and variovis other naturalists, it is in the
vicinity of the Limuli and other Entomostraca with numerous feet,
that we should place these singular fossil animals, originally con-
founded under the common name of Entomolithus paradoxus, and
now designated by that of Trilobites, of which an excellent mono-
graph, enriched with good lithographic figures, has been published
by that gentleman f. By this hypothesis we have to admit as a
positive or at least highly probable fact, the existence of locomotive
organs, although, notwithstanding the most careful investigation, no
vestige of them has been discovered \. Presuming, on the contrary,

* In this case, the geuus may be approximated to the preceding one.

•f- M. Eudes Deslongchamps, professor of the University of Caen, Count Ra-
soumowski, M. Dalman and other savans have since published new observations on
these fossils. M. Victor Audouin, zealously advocating the opinion of Brongniart,
has contested that published by me, in which I approximate them to Chiton. The
great difficulty was to prove the existence of feet, and this he has not done. The
application of his theory of the thorax of Insects to the Trilobites, appears to me
so much the more doubtful, as, according to my view of the matter, the first annuli
of the abdomen of Insects alone represent the thorax of the Crustacea Decapoda.

X M. Parkinson (Outlines of Oryctology) thinks he has perceived them, and
suspects that they are unguiculated. See also the Entomostracite granuleux, Brongn.,
Trilob., Ill, 6, Ann. des Sc. Nat. tome XV.

P^CILOPODA. 273

that these animals were deprived of them, I thought that their natural
position was in the neighbourhood of the C Intones, or rather that
they constituted the original stock of the Articulata, being con-
nected on the one hand with these latter MoUusca, and on the other
with those first mentioned, and even with the Glomeres *, to which
some Trilobites, such as the Calymenes, appear to approximate, as
well as to the Chitones, inasmuch as by contracting they could also
become spherical. Since the publication of M. Brongniart's work,
some naturalists have rejected his opinions and adopted mine, either
wholly or in part ; others still hesitate. Be this as it may, these
animals appear to have been annihilated by some ancient revolution
of our planet.

The Trilobites, one heteromorphous genus excepted, that of
Agnostus, have, like the Limuli, a large anterior segment in the form
of an almost semicircular or lunated shield, followed by from about
twelve to twenty-two segments f, all transversal except the last, and
divided by two longitudinal sulci into three ranges of parts or lobes,
whence their name of Trilobites j'. Some naturalists call them
Entomostracites.

* First edition of the Rfegne A-nimal, tome III, p. 150, 151. There is no Bran-
chiopoda known which can contract itself into the form of a ball. This character is
peculiar to Typhis, Sphseroma, Tylos, and Armadillo among the Crustacea, and,
among the class of apterous Insects, to Glomeris, a genus which is at the head of that
class, and which leaves between it and the latter Crustacea a considerable hiatus.
The Calymenes, with respect to this contractility, evidently approach these latter
Insects, the Typhes and Sphreromse ; but it docs not appear that the posterior
extremity of their body is provided with lateral natatory appendages, a negative cha-
racter, which would remove them from the Sphaeromse, but approximate them to
Armadillo, and particularly to Tylos, where the superior part of the thoracic segments
is di\-ided into three. The study of a well-preserved specimen has convinced me that,
like the Limuli, they had eyes placed against two prominences, and that the cornea
was granulous or with facets. The non-existence of the superior antennae also
indicates a new affinity between these same Trilobites and the Limuli.

■f- The body of various Trilobites, and particularly of the Asaphi, seems to consist,
exclusive of the shield, of twelve segments, well separated on the sides, and of
another forming the post-abdomen, or a triangular or semi-lunar tail, whose divisions
are superficial and do not cut its edges. In the Paradoxides, on the contrary, the
lateral lobes terminate by well marked acute prolongations, and twenty-two of them
can be distinctly counted. A species of Trilobite, mentioned by Count Rasoumowski
in his memoir on fossils, Ann. des Sc. Nat. June, 1826, pi. xxviii, ii, which he pre-
sumes shotild constitute a new genus, is, in this respect, very remarkable. Its
lateral lobes form very long thongs or slips tapering to a point. The feet of the
pupae of the Culices are elongated, flattened, inarticulated laminae terminated by
threads and folded on the sides. They are in a rudimental state, and may be
analogous to the lateral divisions of this species of Trilobite, allied to the Para-
doxides.

X The Squillae, and various Amphipodous and Isopodous Crustacea have also
several of their segments trisected by two impressed and longitudinal lines ; but
these lines are nearer to the edges and do not form df^n sulci.

VOL. III. T

274 CRUSTACEA.

AgnostuSj Brongn.

The only genus where the body is semicircular or reniform. In all
the other genera it is oval or elliptical, and exhibits the general
characters above mentioned.

Calymene, Brongn.
The Calymenes are distinguished from all other Trilobites, by the
faculty of contracting their body into a ball, and in the same manner
as Sphaeroma, Armadillo, and Glomeris, that is, by approximating
the two inferior extremities of the body. The shield, as broad as it
is long, or broader, is furnished, as in the Asaphi and Ogygice, with
two oculiform prominences. The segments do not project beyond
the sides of the body, and are united throughout ; the body is ter-
minated posteriorly by a sort of triangular and elongated tail. In

AsAPHus, Brongn.

The oculiform tubercles seem to exhibit a sort of eye-lid, or are
granulous ; the species of tail which terminates the body posteriorly
is less elongated than in Calymene, and is either nearly semicircular,
or in the form of a short triangle *. In the

Ogygia, Brongn.

The shield is longer than it is broad ; its posterior angles are ex-
tended into a kind of spine. The oculiform tubercles exhibit neither
eyelid nor granulations. The body is elliptical.

Paradoxides, Brongn.

The eye-like tubercles cease to exist, or are not apparent in this
genus. The segments, or at least most of them, project beyond the
sides of the body, and are free at their lateral extremity.

Such are the characters of the five genera established by M. Alex-
ander Brongniart, which may be arranged in three princii^al groups ;
the Reniformes — Agnostus ; the Contractiles — Calymene ; and the
Extensi — Asaphus, Ogygia, and Paradoxides.

For a description of the species and their localities, we refer the
reader to the excellent work of this celebrated naturalist, who in his
labours upon the fossil Crustacea, properly so called, or universally
admitted as such, has availed himself of the talents of one of his
most distinguished pupils, M. Desmarest, frequently referred to by
us, not only with respect to this particular part of the science, but
in relation to his work on the living Crustacea. Different naturalists
have proposed various generic sections of these fossils ; but being
restricted to general considerations, I have adopted those presented
to us by the best work hitherto produced on the subject.

* In the Asaphus Brongniarti, described and figured by M. E. Deslongchamps, the
posterior angles of the shield, instead of being directed backwards as in the other
species, are recurved.

CLASS II.

ARACHNIDES.

The Araclinides, which compose the second class of articulated
animals provided with moveable feet, are, as well as the Crustacea,
deprived of wings, are not subject to changes of form, or do not ex-
perience any metamorphosis, simply casting their skin. Their sexual
organs also are at a distance from the posterior extremity of the body,
and situated at the base of the abdomen, those of several males ex-
cepted ; but they differ from them as well as from Insects in several
particulars. Like the latter, the surface of their body presents aper-
tures or transverse fissures called stigmata * for the introduction of air,
but they are few in number — eight at most, and usually but two — and
confined to the inferior portion of the abdomen. Respiration is also
effected either by means of air -branchiae, fulfilling the function of
lungs, that are contained in sacs of which these stigmata are the
apertures, or by radiated tracheaef. The visual organs merely con-
sist of ocelli, which, when numerous, are variously grouped. The
head, usually confounded with the thorax, in place of the antennae
has two articulated pieces in the form of small didactyle or monodac-
tyle chelae, improperly compared to the mandibles of Insects, and so
denominated, moving in a contrary direction to the former, or from
above downwards, still however co-operating in the manducation,
and replaced in the Arachnides, Avhere the mouth has the form of a
siphon or sucker, by two pointed blades which act as lancets|. A
kind of lip — labium, Fab. — or rather ligula, produced by a pectoral
prolongation ; two jaws formed by the radical joint of the first seg-

* A vague and improper appellation, for which we might substitute pneumosloma,
— air-mouth, — or sinraculum.

f See general observations on Insects,

X Chelicerte, ox forceps-antenna ; the evident result of the comparison between
them and the intermediate antennae of various Crustacea, those of the Paecilopoda
particularly. It cannot then be said, strictly speaking, that the Arachnides are
deprived of antennae, a negative character, which, previous to us, had been exclu-
sively attributed to them.

T 2

276 ARACHNIDES.

ment of two small legs or palpi*, or by an appendage or lobe of
that same joint ; a part concealed under the mandibles, called langue
sternale by Savigny — description and figure of the Phalangium cop-
ticum — and composed of a projection in the form of a rostrum,
produced by the union of a very small clypeus, terminated by an
extremely small triangular labrum, and of an inferior longitudinal
carina, usually very hairy, are the parts, which, with the pieces termed
mandibles, constitute with some modifications the mouth of most of
the Arachnides. The pharynxf is placed before a sternal projection,
which has been considered as a lip, but which, from being placed
directly behind the pharynx, and having no palpi, is rather a ligula.
The legs, like those of Insects, are commonly terminated by two
hooks, and even sometimes by one more, and are all annexed to the
thorax, or ratlier cephalo-thorax, which except in a small number, is
only formed of a single segment, and is frequently intimately united
to the abdomen. This latter part of the body is soft, or but slightly
defended, in most of them.

With respect to their nervous system, the Arachnides are greatly
removed from the Crustacea and Insects ; for if we except the Scor-
pions, which from the knots or joints forming their tail have some
additional ganglions, the number of these enlargements of the two
nervous cords is never more than three, and even in the latter, all
counted, it never extends beyond seven.

Most of the Arachnides feed on Insects, Avhich they either seize
alive, or to which they adhere, abstracting their fluids by suction.
Others are parasitical, and live on vertebrated animals. Some of
them, however, are only found in flour, on cheese, and even on
various vegetables.. Those which live on other animals frequently

* They only differ from legs, properly so called, by their tarsi, which are composed
of a single joint, and are usually terminated by a sniJiU hook, resembling, in a word,
the ordinary feet of the Crustacea. See our general observations on the first order.

These jaws and palpi appear to correspond to the palpigerous mandibles of the
Decapoda, and to the two anterior feet of the Limuli. In Phalangium, the four
following legs have a maxillary appendage at their origin, so that these four appen-
dages are analogous to the four jaws of the preceding animals. I had described these
parts, long before the publication of Savigny's memoirs on the invertebrate animals,
in a monograph of the species of this genus proper to France. From these and
preceeding observations, it is evident that the composition of these animals is easily
reduced to the same general type which characterizes all articulated animals with ar-
ticulated feet. The Arachnides are not then a sort of acephalous Crustacea, as stated
by this savant, usually so exact in his anatomical observations, of which, unfortu-
nately for the sciences, he has become the victim.

•f Although Savigny admits of two orifices, neither Straus nor myself can find
but one ; it must have been the effect of an optical illusion arising from the fact
of his having only perceived the lateral extremities of the fissure, its middle
being concealed by the tongue with which its anterior face is thickened in its mediate
portion.

ARACHNIDES. 277

multiply there to a great extent, Two of the legs, in some species,
are only developed by a change of the tegument, and in general it is
not until the fourth or fifth change of skin that these animals are
capable of propagation*

Division of the Arachnides into Orders.
Some have pulmonary sacsf, a heart with very distinct vessels,
and six or eight simple eyes. They compose our first order, or that

of the PuLMONARIiE,

The others resjjire by tracheae, and have no organs of circulation,
or, if they have, the circulation is not complete. The tracheae are
divided near their origin into various branches, and do not, as in
Insects, form two trunks which run parallel to each other throughout
the whole length of the body, and receive air from various points by
means of numerous stigmata. Here, but two, at most, are distinctly
visible, and they are situated near the base of the abdomen J. The
number of simple eyes is at most but four. They constitute our
second and last order, or that of the Track earle.

ORDER I.

PULMONARIiE§.

We here find a well marked circulating system and pulmonary sacs,
always placed under the abdomen, announced externally by transverse
openings or fissures (stigmata), of which there are sometimes eight,
four on each side, and at others four, or even two. The number of
simple eyes is from six to eight|[, while in the following order it

* We have seen, according to the observations of Jurine, Jun., that they only
acquire this faculty after the sixth change. This fact is also applicable to the
Lepidoptera, and probably to other insects that frequently cast their skin, for
caterpillars usually change it four times before they enter into the state of a chry-
salis, which is a fifth. The insect does not become perfect until after another, so
that it changes its skin six times.

t Sacs containing air-branchiae, or fulfilling the functions of lungs, and distin-
guished by me from the latter by the name of pneumo-brancliue.

X The Pycnogonides exliibit no stigmata, and seem, in this respect, to approach
the last of the Crustacea, such as Dichelestium, Cecrops, and other Siphonostomous
Entomostraca. Savigny thinks they have a closer affinity to the Lremodipoda,
from which, however, they are greatly removed, by the organization of the mouth as
well as by their eyes and feet. We still believe, however, from the ensemble of their
characters, that they rather belong to the class of Arachnides, and that they approxi-
mate particularly to Phalangium, with which various authors have arranged them.
We also think that they may respire by the surface of theii- skin. At all events, we
must await the results of anatomical investigation before we can decide.

§ Unogata, Fab.

II The Tessarops of Rafin, according to him, has but four eyes ; I presume, liow-
ever, that the lateral ones escaped his notice. Sec the subgenus. £<c5«s.

27S pulmonarijE.

never exceeds four, and is most generally but two ; sometimes they
are hardly perceptible, or even annihilated. The organ of respiration
is formed of little laminae. The heart is a large vessel which extends
along the back, and gives off branches on each side and anteriorly*.
There are always eight legs. The head is always confounded with
the thorax, and presents at its anterior superior extremity two man-
dibles— so called by authors, the chelicerce or antenne-pinces, Latr.
— terminated by two fingers, one of which is moveable, or by a single
one resembling a hook or claw that is always movcablef . The mouth
is composed of a labrumj, of two palpi, sometimes resembling arms
or claws, of the two or four jaws, formed, when there are but two, by
the radical joint of these palpi, and moreover, Avhen there are four, by
the same joint of the first pair of feet, and of a ligula consisting of
one or two pieces §. If we base our arrangement on the progressive
decrease of thenumber of pulmonary sacs and stigmata, the Scorpions
where it is eight, while in the other Arachnides it amounts to but
four or two, should form the first genus of this class, and consequently
our family of the Pedipalpi should precede that of the Araneides|f.
But the latter Arachnides are in a manner insulated by their male
organs of generation, by the claw or hook of their frontal mandibles,
by their pediculated abdomen and its spinning apparatus, and by their
habits ; besides this, the scorpions appear to form a natural transition
from the Arachnides Pulmonarise to the family of the Pseudo-Scor-
piones, or the first of the following order. We will therefore com-
mence, as we have said, with the Araneides or spinners.

* According to Marsel <le Serres, Memoire surle Vaisseau Dorsale des Insectes,
the blood, in the Araneides and Scorpions, is first directed to the organs of respiration,
and thence proceeds to various parts of the body through particular vessels. Judg-
ing, however, from the affinity of these animals to the. Crustacea, the circulation
•would seem to be effected in the contrary direction. See the Memoir of Treviranus
on the Anatomy of Spiders and Scorpions.

f These parts are formed of a first very large and ventricose joint, one of whose
superior angle?, wben the chelfe are didactyle, forms the fixed finger, and of a second
joint, that which forms the opposite and moveable finger or the hook, when there is
but one finger. In the latter case, as with several of the Crustacea, I will employ
the term claw.

X See our general observations on the class.

§. That of the Scorpions appears to be composed of four pieces, forming an elon-
gated and pointed triangle, directed forwards ; the two lateral ones however are
evidently formed by the first joint of the two anterior feet, and may be considered
as two jaws analogous to the first. We see by Mygale, Scorpio, &c., that the palpi
are divided into six joints, of which, in the other Araneides, the first or radical one,
is anteriorly and internally dilated to form the maxilliform lobe. Even this lobe, in
some species, is articulated at base, and thus becomes a maxillary appendage of this
same joint. Exclusive of this joint, the pulpus consists of but five, and such is the
most usual mode of supputation. In the Scorpions the moveable finger of the for-
ceps, as in that of the Crustacea, forms the sixth joint.

II In ray Fam. Nat. du R^gne Animal, I begin with the Pedipalpi. M. Leon
Dufour also thinks that the Scorpions should come first.

ARACHNIDES, 27®

FAMILY I.

ARANEIDES.

This family is composed of the genus Aranea, Lin., or the Spiders.
They have palpi resembling little feet, without a forceps at the end,
terminated at most in the females by a little hook, and the first joint
of which, in the males, gives origin to various and more or less com-
plicated sexual appendages*. Their frontal chelicerse (the mandibles
of authors) are terminated by a moveable hook, flexed inferiorly,
underneath which, and near its extremity, which is always pointed, is
a little opening, that allows a passage to a venomous fluid contained
in a gland of the preceding joint. There are never more than two
jaws. The ligula consists of a single piece, is always external and
situated between the jaws, and either more or less square, triangular,
or semicircular. The thoraxf usually marked with a depression in
the form of a V, indicating the space occiqjied by the head, consists of
a single segment, posteriorly to which, by means of a short pedicle,
is suspended a moveable and usually soft abdomen ; it is always fur-
nished, under the anus, with from four to six closely approximated
cylindrical or conical articulated mammillae with fleshy extremities,
which are perforated with numberless small orificesj for the passage
of silky filaments of extreme tenuity proceeding from internal reser-
voirs. The legs, identical as to form, but of diff"erent sizes, are com-
posed of seven joints, of which the two first form the hip, the third
the thigh, the fourth § and fifth the tibia, and the two others the
tarsus : the last is terminated by two hooks usually pectinated, and in
several by one more, which is smaller and not dentated. The intes-
tinal canal is straight, consisting of a first stomach composed of

* From all the observations that have been made on the mode of copulation of the
AraneiJes, I am still inclined to believe that these appendages are the genital organs.
I have vainly sought for particular organs on the base of the abdomen of a large male
Mygale preserved in spirits. We are not always to judge from analogy ; for the
sexual organs in the female Glomcris, Julus, and other Chilognatha, are situated near
the mouth, a fact of which no second example is to be found.

f The term cephaJo-thorax would be more strict and proper ; not being in use,
however, I have thought it best to avoid it ; neither will I employ that of corselet,
although generally admitted, because, with respect to the Coleoptera, Orthoptera,
&c., it only applies to the prothorax or first thoracic segment.

X These holes are pierced in the last segment, which is frequently retracted.
If it be strongly compressed, very small mammilla, (at least in some species,) perfo-
rated at the extremity, are protruded — they are the true fusi or spinning apparatus.
Some naturalists think that the two smaller mammilla;, situated in the middle of the
four exterior ones, furnish no silk.

§ This joint, or the first of the tibia, is a kind of patella.

280 ARACHNIDES.

several sacs, and then of a second stomach or dilatation sur-
rounded with silk. According to the observations of M. Leon Dufour
— Ann. des So. Phys.VI — it occupies the greater part of the abdomi-
nal cavity, and is immediately enveloped by the skin. It is of a
pulpy consistence, and is formed of granules*, whose individual ex-
cretory ducts unite in several hepatic canals, which pour the secreted
matter into the alimentary tube. In the middle of its superior sur-
face is a depressed line, where the heart is lodged, and which divides
that organ into two equal lobes. Its form, like thatof the abdomen, va-
ries according to the species ; thus in the Epeira sericea its contour is
festooned. In this subgenus, as in the Lycosa tarentula, its surface is
covered with a whitish coat split into areolae, which, in several species,
are easily perceived through the glabrous skin ; they may be seen
obeying the impulse communicated to them by the systole and diastole
of the heart. Both sexes frequently eject from the anus an excre-
mentitious fluid, part of which is milk-AVhite, and the remainder black
as ink.

The nervous system is composed of a double cord occupying the
median line of the body, and of ganglions Avhich distribute nerves to
the various organs. M. Dufour has not been able to determine the
number and disposition of these ganglions, but from the figure of this
system given by Treviranus — Veber deninnern, bau des Arachniden,
tab. V. fig. 45 — there are but two. The observations of the latter
will also supply the want of those relative to the organ of the circu-
lation by M. Dufour, which, according to him, appears to consist of
a simple dorsal vessel, as well as with respect to the testes and
spermatic vessels, on which he is totally silent.

The dorsal region of the abdomen in several Araneides, those
especially which are glabrous or but slightly pilose, exhibits depressed
points varying both in number and arrangement. M. Dufour has
ascertained that these little orbicular depressions are caused by the
insertion of filiform muscles, which traverse the liver, and which he
has also observed in the Scorpions,

The one or two pairs of pulmonary sacs are indicated externally
by as many yellowish or whitish spots near the ventral base, and
immediately after the segment, which, by means of a fleshy thread,
unites the abdomen Avith the thorax. Each pulmonary bursa is formed
by the superposition of numerous, triangular, white, and extremely
thin leaflets, which become confluent round the stigmata, and Avhose
number exactly equals that of the pulmonary sacs. When there are

* The liver of the Scorpions is composed of pyramidal and fasciculated lobules, a
circumstance which seems to announce a more advanced degree of organization.

PULMONARl*. 981

four, a sort of fold or annular vestige found even in those where
there are but two, and placed directly behind them, forms a line that
separates the two pairs,

The females have two very distinct ovaries, lodged in a species of
cajjsule formed by the liver. In an unfecundated state they appear
to be composed of a spongy, flaky kind of tissue, formed by the
agglomeration of rounded and scarcely visible corpuscles, which are
the germs of eggs. As the results of fecundation become more
apparent, the cluster formed by these ova * becomes less compact, and
they are seen to be laterally inserted on several canals. Their great
analogy to the ovarier of the Scorpions induces the same observer to
presume that they form meshes terminating in tAvo distinct oviducts,
which open into a common vulva. The figiire of the latter varies ;
sometimes it is a longitudinal bilabiated slit, as in the Micrommata
argelasia ; sometimes it is protected by an elongated operculum with
a caudiform termination, as in the Epeira diadema ; and at others
resembles a tubercle.

With respect to the simple eyes, or ocelli, he remarks that they
shine in darkness like those of Cats, and that the Araneides most
probably enjoy the faculty both of nocturnal and diurnal vision.

The abdomen becomes so putrid and decomposed after death, that
its colours and even its form are soon destroyed. M. Dufour, by
means of a rapid desiccation, the mode of which he points out, has
succeeded in remedying this evil to a great degx'ee.

The silk, according to Reaumur, is first elaborated in two little
reservoirs, shaped like tears of glass, placed obliquely, one on each
side, at the base of six other reservoirs, resembling intestines, situated
close to each other, flexed six or seven times, proceeding from a
little vessel beneath the origin of the abdomen, and terminating in the
papillae by a very slender thread. It is in these last mentioned vessels
that the silk acquires a greater degree of firmness and other proper-
ties peculiar to it ; they communicate with the preceding ones by
branches, forming a number of geniculate turns, and then various
pieces of net- work f. The newly spun filaments, when first drawn
from the mammillae, are adhesive, and a certain degree of desiccation
or evaporation is required to fit them for their destined purposes.
When the temperature is propitious, however, a jsingie instant is
suflScient, as the animal employs them the moment they escape from
the apparatus. Those white and silky flocculi that may be observed

* For their developement and that of the foetus, see the admirable work of
Harold.

t See Treviranus, on the same subject.

282 ARACHNID ES.

floating about in sjjring and autumn in foggy weather, vulgarly
termed in France fds de la Vierge, are certainly produced — as Ave
have satisfactorily ascertained by tracing them to their point of origin
— by various young Araneides, those of the Epeirse and Thomisi
particularly ; they are mostly the larger threads which are intended
to afford points of attachment to the radii of the web, or those that
compose the chain, and which, becoming more ponderous by the
access of moisture, sink, approach one another, and finally form little
pellets : we frequently observe them collected near the web com-
menced by the Spider, and in which it resides.

It is also very probable that many of these young animals not
having as yet a sufficient supply of silk, limit their structure to
throwing out simple threads. It is, I think, to the young LycoscC
that we must attribute those which intersect the furrows of ploughed
grounds, whose numbers are rendered so apparent by the reflection
of light after sunrise. By chemical analysis, these Jils de la Vierge
exhibit the same characters as the web of the spider — they are not
then formed in the atmosphere, as, for want of proper observation,
ex visu, that celebrated naturalist, M. Lamarck, has conjectured.
Gloves and stockings have been made with this silk ; but it was
found impossible to apply the process on a large scale, and, as it is
subject to many difficulties, is rather a matter of curiosity than
utility. This substance, however, is of much greater importance to
the little animals in question. With it, the sedentary species, or those
which do not roam abroad in search of their prey, weave webs * of
a more or less compact tissue, whose form and position vary accord-
ing to the peculiar habits of each of them, and that are so many snares
or traps, where the insects on which they feed become entangled, or
are taken. No sooner is one of them ari'ested there by the hooks of
its tarsi, than the Spider, sometimes placed in the centre of his net,
or at the bottom of his web, or at others lying in ambush in a peculiar
domicile situated near and in one of the angles, rushes towards his
victim, and endeavours to pierce him with his murderous dart, dis-
tilling into the wound a prompt and mortal poison ; should the former
resist too vigorously, or should it be dangerous to the latter to
approach it, he retreats, waiting until it has either exhausted its
powers by struggling, or become more entangled in the net; but
should there be no cause of fear, he hastens to bind it by involving
the body in his silken threads, with which it is sometimes completely
enveloped.

* Those of some exotic species are so strong, that small birds are entangled in
them ; they even oppose a certain degree of resistance to man.

PULMONARIiE. 283

Lister says tliat Spiders dart their threads in the same way that the
Porcupine darts his quills, with this difference, however, that in the
latter, according to the popular belief, the spines are detached from
the body, whereas in the former, these threads, though propelled to
a considerable distance, always remain connected with it. The pos-
sibility of this has been denied. Be it as it may, we have seen
threads issuing from the mammillae of several Thomisi from straight
lines, and, when the animals moved circularly, producing moveable
radii, A second use to which this silk is applied by the female Ara-
neides is in the construction of the sacs destined to contain their
eggs. The texture and form of these sacs are variously modified,
according to the habits of the race. They are usually spheroidal ;
some of them resemble a cap or tymbal, others are placed on a
pedicle, and some are claviform. They are sometimes partially en-
veloped with foreign bodies, such as earth, leaves, &c. ; a finer
material, or sort of tow or down, frequently surrounds the eggs in
their interior, where they are free or agglutinated and more or less
numerous. As they are voracious animals, the males, in order to
avoid a surprise and to prevent themselves from falling victims to
their premature desires, approach their females in the nuptial season
with the greatest cii'cumspection and mistrust. They cautiously and
repeatedly touch them, and frequently for a long time before they
yield to their wishes, and when this is the case they quickly and
repeatedly apply the extremity of their palpi to the inferior surface
of the abdomen, protruding at each time, and as if by a spring, the
fecundating organ contained in the button formed by the last joint of
those palpi, and insinuate it into a sub-abdominal slit, near the base
and between the respiratory orifices ; after a moment's interval the
same act is repeatedly performed. Such is the mode of copulation of
a small number of species belonging to the Orbitelae. It is impos-
sible to avoid feeling the most lively interest in reading Avhat has
been written upon this subject by that learned naturalist, who of all
others has most profoundly studied these animals, the celebrated
Walckenaer, member of the Acad, des Inscriptions et Belles-lettres.
The apparatus of the male organs of generation, or at least of what
are considered as such, is usually highly complicated and very various ;
it consists of scaly pieces, more or less hooked and irregular, and of a
white fleshy body, on which sanguineous looking vessels are some-
times perceptible, which is considered as the fecundating organ, pro-
perly so called ; but in the Arachnides with four pulmonary sacs, and
in some belonging to the division where there are but two, the last
joint of the palpi of the males only exhibits a single horny piece in

284 ARACHNIDES

the form of a hook or ear-picker, without the smallest visible opening.
Although Miiller and others were mistaken when they placed the
male organs of certain Entomostraca upon two of their antennae, it
is very certain that the parts considered as analogous to them in the
Araneides are very different from those observed on the antennse of
those Crustacea, and that if we refuse to admit of their exercising
this function, it is impossible to conceive of their use *.

According to the experiments of Audebert, who has given us a
history of the Monkeys worthy of the talents of that great painter,
it is certain that a single fecundation is sufficient for several succes-
sive generations, but that with them, as with all Insects and other
analogous classes, the ova are sterile without a union of the sexes.
Their nuptial season in France lasts from the latter end of summer
till the beginning of October. The ova first laid are frequently
hatched before the termination of autumn: the others remain in
statu quo during the winter. The females of certain species of
Lycosa have been observed to tear open the egg-sac when the yovmg
ones were about to issue from the ovum. The latter then mount on
the back of their mother, where they remain some time. Other
female Araneides carry their cocoons under the abdomen, or remain
near them and watch them. The two posterior feet of some of the
young ones are not developed until several days after they have been
hatched. Some, during the same period, live together, and appear
to spin in common. Their colouring is then more uniform, and the
young naturalist may easily err in multijjlying their species. One of
our collaborators for the Encyclopedie Methodique, M. A. Lepelletier
of Saint- Fargeau, has observed that these animals, as well as the
Crustacea, possess the faculty of reproducing a lost limb.

I have ascertained that a single wound from a moderate sized
Araneid will kill our common Fly in a few minutes. It is also certain
that the bite of those large Araneides of South America, which are
there called Crab-Spiders, and are placed by us in the genus Mygale,
kills the smaller vertebrated animals, such as Humming-Birds,
Pigeons, &c., and produces a violent fever in Man ; the sting of
some species in the south of France has even occasionally proved
fatal. We may, therefore, withoiit believing all the fabulous stories
of Baglivi and others respecting the bite of the Tarantula, mistrust
the Araneides, and particularly the larger ones.

Various insects of the genus Sphex, Lin., seize upon these Spiders,
pierce them with their sting, and transport them into holes where
they have deposited their eggs, as a source of food for their young.

They must at all events be organs of excitation.

PULMONARI^. 285

Most of tliem perish in winter, but there are some which live several
years — such are the Mygales, the Lycosa, and probably several others.
Although Pliny states that the genus Phalangium is unknown in
Italy, we still presume that these latter Araneides and other large
species which weave no web, as also the Galeodes and Solpugae, are
the animals they collectively designated by that name, and of which
they distinguished several species. Such also was the opinion of
Mouffet, who, in his Theat. Insect., p, 219, has figured a Lycosa or
Mygale, of the island of Candia, as a species of Phalangium.

Lister was the first and most successful observer of the Spiders,
whose habits he was enabled to study ; those of Great Britain laid
the foundations of a natural arrangement, of which most of those
that have been since published are mere modifications. The more
recent discovery of species peculiar to hot climates, such as the
Araignee magonne described by the abbe Sauvages, and some others,
the use of the organs of manducation introduced into the system by
Fabricius, a more exact study of the general disposition of the eyes,
and of their respective sizes, with that of the relative length of the
legs, have all contributed to extend this classification. Walckenaer
lias entered into the most minute of these details, and it would be a
diflficult matter to discover a species that could not find its place in
some one of his divisions. One character, however, existed, the ap-
plication of which had not been made general : I allude to the pre-
sence or absence of the third terminal hook of the tarsi. Savigny, so
far as this is concerned, has given us a new method, of which, how-
ever, I have only seen a simple sketch*.

M. Leon Dufour, Avho has published many excellent memoirs on the
anatomy of Insects, who has especially studied those of Valencia,
among which he has detected several new species, and to Avhose
labours the science of Botany is not less indebted, has paid particular

* See Walck., Fauu. Frauc., note to genus Afta.

We knew nothing of the observations of M. Savigny on the Spiders, which accom-
pany the plates of Nat. Hist, of the great work on Egypt, until long after our arti-
cle relative to the same animals was printed.

That gentleman — Hist. Nat. ut sup. — establishes the following genera in the
family of the Araneides : 1. Ariadne, near that of Segestria, having but six eyes,
of which the two intermediate posterior ones are further forwards ; — 2. Lachesis,
near Drassus, but with the hooks of the Chelicerae, (forcipules, Savign.,) very small;
— 3. Erigone, also allied to Drassus as well as to Clubiona ; thorax very high
before ; second joint of the palpi spinous, and dilated into an angle or tooth at the ex-
tremity ; — 4. Hersilia, allied to Agelena and Theridion of Walckenaer-; feet long
and slender, the superior nails bidentate ; eyes united on an eminence, arranged in two
transverse lines, and curved backwards ; two very long fusi forming a tail ; 5. Arach-
NE, which does not appear to us to differ from Angelena ; — 6. Argyopes, Epeiree
whose anterior, lateral eyes are much smaller than the others ; — 7. Enyo, fifth
family of the Theridion, Walck. ; — 8. Ocyale, second family of the Dolomedes, Id.

286 ARACHNIDES.

attention to the respiratory organs of Sjnders, and it is from liim that
we have taken our divisions, which consist of those that have four
pulmonary sacs — with as many external stigmata, two on each side,
and closely approximated — and of such as have but two*. The first,
which embraces the order of the Theraphosse of Walckenaer, and some
other genera of the one he collectively designates by the name of
Spiders, according to our method form but the single genus

Mygale.

Their eyes always situated at the anterior extremity of the thorax,
and usually, closely approximated ; feet and cheliceree robust ; copu-
lating organs of the males always salient and frequently very simple.
Most of them have but four fusi, of which the two lateral or external,
situated somewhat above the others, are longest, and consist of three
segments, exclusive of the prominence that forms their peduncle.
They weave silken tubes in which they reside, and which they con-
ceal either in holes excavated by them for that purpose, or under
stones, bark of trees, or between leaves.

The Theraphosse of Walckenaer will form a first division, the
characters of which are: 1. Four fusif, of which the two that are
intermediate and inferior are usually very short, and the two that are
exterior very salient; the hooks of the chelae doubled underneath,
or along their carina or inferior edge, and not on the inner
side of their internal face, or upon it; eight eyes always, usually
grouped on a little eminence, three on each side, forming a reversed
triangle, and the two superior ones approximated ; the remaining
two arranged transversely between the preceeding

The fourth pair of legs are the longest, and then the first ; the
third is the shortest.

Here the palpi are inserted into the superior extremity of the jaws ;
so that they appear to consist of six joints, the first of which, narrow
and elongated, with the internal angle of the superior extremity
salient, fulfils the functions of a jaw. The ligula is always small and
nearly square. The last joint of the palpi of the males is short, has
the form of a button, and bears the organs of generation at its extre-
mity. The two anterior legs of the same sex have a stout spine or
spur at their inferior extremity. Such are the characters of the

Mygale, Walck.,

Or the true Mygales. In some of them we find no transverse series
of horny and moveable spines or points, resembling the teeth of a rake,
at the superior extremity of their chelicerae immediately above the
insertion of the claw or hook which terminates them. The hairs
which decorate the under part of their tarsi form a thick and broad

* Section of the Territelse of our first edition.

f I have perceived, in the Atypi, vestiges of two other mammillae, those which,
in the Spiders of the ensuing division, are placed between the four exterior ones, and
are.tliere, very visible ; as they are here but scarcely apparent, I have not thought it
requisite to notice them.

PULMONARTiE 287

brush, projecting beyond the hooks, and usually concealing them.
The male organs of generation consist of a single scaly piece, termi-
nated by an entire point, or neither erAarginated nor divided ; some-
times it is formed like an ear-pick — M. de la Blond, Lat. — usually,
however, it is globular inferiorly, then becomes narrow, terminates in
a point, and forms a kind of arcuated hook.

This division is composed' of the largest species of the family, some
of which, when at rest, cover a circular space of from six to seven
inches in diameter; they sometimes seize upon Humming-birds. They
establish their domicile in the clefts of trees, under the bark, in the
fissures of rocks, or on the surface of leaves of various i)lants. The
cell of the 71/y^a^e om'cu/arm has .the form of a tube, narrowed into
a point at its posterior extremity. It consists of a white Aveb, of a
close, very fine texture, semi-diaphanous, and resembling muslin.
One of them, presented to me by M. Goudot, when unrolled, was
about two decimetres in length, and six centimetres in breadth, mea-
sured across its greatest transversal diameter, The cocoon of the
same species was of the figure and size of a large walnut. Its enve-
lope, consisting of the same material as that of its domicile, was formed
of three layers. It appears that the young are hatched in it, and
undergo their first change of tegument there. The naturalist just
mentioned stated to me, that he had taken a hundred of them from
a single cocoon*.

This Mygale — Aranea avicularia, L. ; Kleem. Insect, XI, and
XII, the male — is about an inch and a half long, blackish, and
extremely liairy ; the extremity of the feet and palpi, and the in-
ferior pili of the mouth reddish. The genital organ of the male
is hollow at base, and terminates in an elongated and very acute
point.

So\ith America and the Antilles produce other species, called
by the French colonists Araignees-crabes. Their bite is reputed
to be dangerous. A very large species — M. fasciala ; Seb.,
Mus., I, Ixix, i ; Walck., Hist, of Spiders, IV, i, the female — is
also found in the East Indies. A species, nearly as large as the
avicularia, inhabits the Cape of Good Hope. Another of the
same division — 31. Valentina — was discovered in the sandy and
desert districts of Moxenta, in Spain, by M. Dufovir, who has
described and figured it in the Ann. of the Phys. Sciences, Brus-
sels, Vol. V. Walckenaer has also described a second species
from that peninsula which has two prominences aboA'^e its respi-
ratory organs. These two latter species forma particular group,
characterized by the hooks of the tarsi, which are salient or
exposed f .

In the following Mygales J, the superior extremity of the first

* See my memoir on the habits of the Avicularia in the Ann. du Mus. d'llist.
Nat. VIII, p. 456.

t For details concerning these and the following species, as well as for the other
genera of this family, see the corresponding articles in the Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat.,
where we treat of them at length.

X The genus Cteniza, Lat., Fam. Nat. du R^gne Animal.

288 ARACHNID FS.

joint of the chelicerse presents a series of spines, articulated and
moveable at base — according to the observations of Dufour — and
forming a sort of rake.

The tarsi are less pilose underneath than in the preceding division,
and their hooks are always exposed. The males of one species, the
only ones I have seen, have more complicated organs of generation
than those of the preceding division. The principal and scaly piece
incloses a peculiar, semiglobular body, terminating in a bifid point,
in an inferior cavity *.

These species, in the dry and mountain districts of the south of
Europe and of some other countries, excavate svxbterraneous galle-
ries, which are frequently two feet^in depth, and so extremely tortu-
ous, that, according to Dufour, it is frequently impossible to trace
them. At the mouth, they construct a moveable operculum with
earth and silk, fixed by a hinge, which, from its form, nicely adjusted
to the aperture, its inclination, its weight, and the superior position
of the hinge, spontaneously shvits, and completely closes the entrance
of their habitation, forming a kind of trap-door, which is scarcely
distinguishable from the surrounding earth. Its inner surface is
lined with a layer of silk, to which the animal clings, in order
to keep its door shut and prevent intruders from opening it. If it
be slightly raised, it is a sure indication that the owner is within.
Unearthed by laying open the gallery front of the entrance, it be-
comes stupified, and allows itself to be captured Avithout resistance.
A silken tube, or the nest properly so called, lines the inside of the
gallery. M. Dufour thinks that the males never excavate. Inde-
pendently of his having found them under stones only, they do not
seem to him so well prepared with organs adapted to such wol'k f .
Without deciding upon this point, we presume, with him, that the
Mygale carminans of France — Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., art. Mygale
— is merely the male of the following species : Walckenaer, however,
doubts it.

M. ccementaria, Lat. ; Araignee ma^onne, Sauvag., Hist, de
I'Acad. des Sc, 1758, p. 26; Araignee mineuse, Dorthes., Trans.
Lin. Soc. II, 17, 8 ; Walck., Hist, des Aran., fasc. Ill, x ; Faun.
Fran9., Arach., II, 4; Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys, V, Ixxiii, 5.
The female Mason Spider, as it is called, is about eight lines
in length, of a reddish colour, verging on a brown more or less
deep ; edges of the thorax paler. The chelicerse are blackish,
each one furnished above, near the articulation of the hook,
Avith five points, of which the internal is the shortest. The
abdomen is of a mouse-grey, with streaks of a darker hue.
The first joint of all the tarsi is furnished with small spines.
The hooks of the last have a spur at their base, and a double
range of acute teeth. The mammillae are but slightly prominent.

* On this point I am contradicted by M. Dufour. I was compelled again to
examine the fact, and have convinced myself that I was not mistaken. It is possible
the specimens he examined did not present this character.

f See his excellent memoir entitled " Observations sur quelques Arachnides
Quadripulmonaires."

PULMONARIJE. 289

According to Dufour — Ann. dcs Sc. Phys., V. Ixxiii, 4 — the
supposed male, of which I have made a species. M. cardeuse,
differs from the preceding individual in the greater length of
its feet, in the hooks of the tarsi, which are twice the number
of the other, but have no spurs, and in the diminished length of
its mammillae. A more apparent character may be found in the
stout spine, which terminates, inferiorly, the two anterior tibiae.
This Mygale is found in the southern departments of France,
situated on the borders of the Mediterranean, in Spain, &c.

31. fodtens,Wa\ck., Faun. Franf., Arach., II, 1, 2;M.Sau-
vagesii, Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, Ixxiii, 3; Ai-anea
Sauvagesti, Ross. The female is somewhat larger than that
of the preceding species, and of a light reddish-brown, without
spots. The exterior fusi are long. The four anterior tarsi are
alone furnished with small spines ; all have a spur at the end,
and their hooks have but a single tooth, situated at their base.
The chelicerse are stouter and more bent than those of the Cae-
mentaria ; the teeth of the rake are rather more numerous, and
there are two ranges of teeth under the first joint. The male is
unknown. This species is found in Tuscany and Corsica. There
is a small clod of earth in the Museum d'Hist. Nat. of Paris, in
which are four of its nests, forming a regular quadrilateral
figure,

M. Lefevre who has made so many sacrifices to the science of
Entomology, has discovered a nev»' species of Magale in Sicily,
the entire body of v.'hich is of a blackish brown. I'he extremity
of the anterior tibise of the male does not exhiliitthat stout spine
Avhich appears to be peculiar to the individuals of the same sex,
in the other Mygales.

Another species is found in Jamaica — M. nidulans — figured,
together with its nest, by Brown in his Nat. Hist, of Jamaica,
pi. xliv, 3.

There, the palpi arc inserted into an inferior dilatation of the ex-
ternal side of the jaws, and consist of but five joints. The ligula, at
first very small — Atypvis — lengthens, and then advances between the
jaws, and this character becomes general. The last joint of the palpi,
in both sexes, is elongated, and pointed near the end. There is no
sjjur to the extremity of the anterior tibiae of the males.

Atypus, Lai. — Oletera, Walck.

The Atypi have a very small ligula almost covered by the internal
portion of the base of the jaAVS, and closely approximated eyes group-
ed on a tubercle.

Ahjpus Suheri, Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, v, 2, the
male; Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, Ixxiii, Ai-anea picea,
Sulz. ; Oletere atype, Walck., Faun. Fran9., Arach., II, 3. Body-
entirely blackish, and about eight lines in length. The thorax
is nearly square, depressed posteriorly, inflated, Avidened, and
broadly truncated anteriorly, presenting an appearance very

S90 ARACHNIDES.

different from that of the same part in the Mygales- The che-
licerae are very stout, and underneath the claw and at its base is
a little eminence resembling a tooth. The last joint of the palpi
of the male is pointed at the end. From the genital organ arises,
inferiorly, a little squamous semi-diaphanous piece, widened and
unequally bidendated at the end, with a small seta or cirrus at one
of its extremities. This species excavates a cylindrical gallery
in sloping grounds covered with grass ; in this gallery, seven or
eight inches in length, horizontal at first and tlien inclined, it
weaves a tube of Avhite silk of the same form and dimensions.
The cocoon is fastened with silk by both ends to the bottom of
the gallery. It is found in the environs of Paris and Bourdeaux ;
M. Basoches has observed a variety near Seez, which is always
of a light brown.

M. Milbert has discovered another species — Atypiis rufpes —
near Philadelphia, which is entirely black, with fulvous feet.

Eriodon, Lat. — Missulena, Walck,

The Eriodons differ from the Atypi in their elongated, narrow
ligula, advancing between their jaws, and in their eyes, which are
scattered over the anterior part of the thorax.

The only species known — Eriodon occatorius, Lat. ; Missu-
lena occatoria,Wa[ck., Tabl. des Aran. pi. II, ii, 12 — is an inch
long, blackish, and peculiar to Ncav Holland, where it was dis-
covered by M M Peron and Lesueur *.

In our second and last division of the quadri pulmonary Spiders or
Mygales, we find characters common to Eriodon, such as the ligula
being prolonged between the jaws, and the palpi consisting of five
joints; but the claws of the chelicerae are folded over their inner face,
there are six fusi, their first pair of legs is the longest and not the
fourth, and the third is always the shortest. Some of them have
butsix eyes. The number of pulmonary sacs will not allow us to remove
the subgenera of this division from the preceding ones, and as they
conduct us to Drassus, Clotho, and Segestria, subgenera with but
two pulmonary sacs, the natural order will not permit us to pass from
the Mygales to the Lycosae and other hunting or Avandcring Spiders.
The Mygales are true tapissieres — 'Or true spiders which line their
galleries with silk — and in fact, it was in this division that the Ara-
nea avicularia of Linnteus was formerly placed.

This second division comprises the two following subgenera.

* In the first memoir of M. Dalman upon the Insects foiind in amber, that
celebrated naturalist mentions (p. 25) a spider -which, it appeared to him, should
be made the type of a new genus (Chalinura). The eyes are placed on a very high
anterior tubercle, four of them, of which the two anterior are very large and approx-
imated, occupying the centre. The external fusi are much elongated. From these
characters it would seem that this spider approaches Mygale or some other analo-
gous geaus.

PULMONARI^. 291

Dysdera, Lat.

But six eyes arranged in the figure of a horse-shoe, the opening in
front ; the chelicerse very stout and projecting ; jaws straight and
dilated at the insertion of the palpi *.

FiLISTATA, Lat.

Eight eyes grouped on a little eminence at the anterior extremity
of the thorax ; the chelicerae small ; the jaws arcuated on the outer
side, and surrounding the ligula f.

We now pass to Araneides with but one pair of pulmonary sacs
and as many stigmata. They all have palpi formed of five joints,
inserted into the external side of the jaws near their base, and most
frequently in a sinus ; a ligula extending between them, either nearly
square, ti'iangular or semicircular, and six fusi at the anus. The
last joint of the palpi, in the males, is more or less ovoid, and usually
encloses, in an excavation, a complicated and varied organ of copu-
lation : it is rarely — Segestria — exposed.

"With the exception of a few species, Avhich enter into the genus
Mygale, they compose that of

Aranea, Lin, Araneus, of some authors.

A first division will comprehend the Arane^ Sedentari^, or seden-
tary spiders. They make webs, or throw out threads to ensnare
their prey, and always remain in these traps, or-^ their vicinity, as
well as near their eggs. Their eyes are approximated anteriorly and
are sometimes eight in number, of which four or two are in the middle
and two or three on each side, and sometimes six.

Some, which, from the circumstance of their always moving for-
Avards,we term the RectigradjE, weave webs and are stationary ;their
legs are elevated when at rest ; sometimes the two first and two last
are tlie longest, and at others those of the Irwo anterior pairs, or the
fourth and the third. The general arrangement of the eyes does not
form the segment of a circle or a crescent.

They may be divided into three sections : the first, or that of the
Tubitelae, has cylindrical fusi approximated into a fasciculus directed
backwards ; the legs are robust, the two first or the two last, and vice
versa, longest in some, and the whole eight nearly equal in others.

We Avill commence with two subgenera, which, with respect to
the jaws that describe a circle round the ligula, approach the Filis-
tatse, and are removed from those that follow.

Clotho, Walck. — Uroctea, Dufour.

A singular subgenus. The chelicerae are very small, can separate
but little — thereby approximating this subgenus to the last — and

* Dysdera erythrina, Lat. ; Walck., Tab. des Aran., V, 49, 50 ; Dufour, Ann.
des Sc. Phys. V. Ixxiii, 7 ; Aranea rufipes, Fab. ; Dysdera parvula, Dufour, lb.

f Filistata hicolor, Lat. ; Walck., Faun. Frang., Arach., VI, 1 — 3, A moder-
ate size species is founded at Guadaloupe, the male of which has long and slender
legs, curved palpi, with the genital organs situated at the extremity of the last joint,
aad terminated by a slender and arcuated, or falciform hook.

u 2

^92 ARACHNIDES,

are not indented; very small hooks; the shortness of the body and
length of tlie legs produce a resemblance to the Crab-Spiders or
Thomisi. The relative length of these organs differs but little ; the
fourth pair, and then the preceeding one are merely somewhat longer
than the first ; the tarsi, only, are furnished Avith spines. The eyes
are further from the anterior margin of the thorax than in the fol-
lowing subgenvis, and are approximated and arranged as in the
genus Mygale of Walckenaer ; three on each side form a reversed
triangle ; the two others form a transverse line in the space comprised
between the two triangles. The jaws and the ligula are proportiona-
bly smaller than those of the same subgenus ; a short projection or
slight dilatation on the external side of the jaws, gives insertion to
the palpi ; the jaws terminate in a point ; the ligula is triangular and
not nearly oval as in Drassus. The two superior or most lateral
fusi are long, but what, according to Dufour, jjarticularly charac-
terizes his Uroctese or our Clothos, is, that there are two pectiniform
valves which open and shut at the will of the animal *, in place of the
two intermediate fusi.

But a single species is known, the Uroctea 5-maculata, Du-
four, Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, Ixxvi, 1 ; Clotho Durandii, Lat.
The ])ody is five lines in length, of a fine chcsnut colour; abdo-
men lilack ; five small, round, yellowish spots above, four of
which arc arranged transversely in pairs, and the last or fifth
posterior ; legs hairy. It is evident from the plates of the great
Avork on Egypt, that M. Savigny found it in that coimtry, and
proposed forming a new genus with it. Count Dejean brought it
from Dalmatia ; and Schreiber, director of the Imperial Museum
of Vienna, has sent me specimens captured in the same coun
try. M. Dufour also found it in the mountains of Narbonne,
in the Pyrennees and among the rocks of Catalonia. To this
latter naturalist we are indebted not only for our knowledge of
the external characters of this spider, but for many curious
observations relative to its habits. " She constructs," says he,
" a shell resembling a calotte or patella an inch in diameter, on
the under surface of large stones or in the fissures of rocks. Its
contour presents seven or eight cmargi nations, the angles of
Avhich are alone attached to the stone by silken fasciculi, the
margin being free. This singular tent is admirably woven.
The exterior resembles the very finest taffeta, formed, according
to the age of the animal, of a greater or less number of layers.
Thus, when the young Uroctea first commences her establish-
ment, she merely forms two wel s, between which she seeks for
shelter. Subsequently, and I believe at each change of tegument,

* I Lave seen, in a well preserved specimen, six fusi, of which tlie two superior
•were much the longest and terminated by an elongated joint, forming an elliptical
lamina, and the other four small, the inferior ones particularly, and arranged in a
square. The anus, placed under a little membranous projection resembling a cly-
peus, was furnished on er.eh side with a pencil of retiactile hairs. These pencils
are the parts named by Dufour pectiniform valves, and are distinct from the two
intermediate fusi, which are concealed by the two inferior ones.

PULMONARI^E. 293

she adds a certain number of layers Finally, when the nuptial
season has arrived, she lines an apartment with a softer and more
downy material which is to enclose the sac of eggs and young
ones. Although the exterior shell is more or less soiled by foreign
bodies which serve to conceal it, the cliamber of the industrious
architect is always extremely neat and clean. There are four,
five, or six egg pouches or sacculi in each domicil ; they are len-
ticular, more than four lines in diameter, and formed of a snow-
white taffeta lined with the softest down. The ova are not pro-
duced till the latter end of December or the beginning of
January; the young are to be pi'otected from the rigour of
winter and the incursions of enemies — all is prepared ; the recep-
tacle of this precious deposit is separated from the web that
adheres to the stone by soft down, and from the external calotte
by the various layers I have mentioned. Some of the emar-
ginations in the edge of the pavilion arc completely closed by
the continuity of the web, the edges of the remainder are merely
laid on each other, so that by raising them up, the animal can
issue from its tent or enter it, at pleasure. When the Uroctea
leaves her habitation for the chase, she has nothing to fear, she
only possesses the secret of the impenetrable emargination, and
has the key to those which alone afford an entrance. When her
offspring are able to provide for themselves, they leave their
native dwelling, to establish elsewhere their individual habita-
tions, while the mother returns to it and dies — it is thus her
cradle and her tomb."

Drassus, Walck.

The Drassi differ from Clotho in several characters. Their, che-
licer?e are robust, projecting and dentated beneath ; their jaws are
obliquely truncated at the extremity, and the ligula forms an infe-
riorly truncated oval, or an elongated curvilinear triangle ; the eyes
are nearer to the anterior margin of the thorax, and the line formed
by the four posterior ones is longer than the anterior, or extends
beyond it on the sides. There is but little difference in the propor-
tions of the fusi, and we do not observe between thein the two pecti-
niform valves peculiar to Clotho. Finally, the fourth pair of legs,
and then the first, are manifestly longer than the others. The Tibise
and first joint of the tarsi are armed with spines.

These Spiders live imder stones, in the fissures of walls, and on
leaves ; they construct their cells with an extremely fine white silk.
The cocoons of some are orbicular and flattened, and consist of two
valves laid one on the other. M. Walckenaer distributes the Drassi
into three families, according to the direction and approximation of
the lines formed by the eyes, and the greater or less dilatation of the
middle of the jaws.

The species which he calls viridissimus, Hist, des Aran, fascic.
IV, 9, and which alone composes his third division, weaves a
fine, white, transparent web on the surface of a leaf; under this
web it seeks for shelter. I have sometimes observed a similar
web on the leaf of the Pear-tree, but the margin was angular

294 ARACHNIDES.

and resembling a tent, like that of the Clotho, beneath which
was the cocoon. It is, I presume, the work of this species of
Drassus, and proves the analogy of this subgenus with the pre-
ceding one. M. Leon Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys., VI, xcv,
1, has given a very complete discription of a species of Drassus
— D. segestriformis — found by him under stones in the highest
Pyrennees, and never beneath the Alpine region. It is one of
the largest of this subgenus, and appears to me to be closely
allied to my melanogaster, which I believe to be the D. lucifugus
Walckenaer, Schaeff. I con. CI, 7-

One of the prettiest species, which is very commonly observed
running along the ground in the vicinity of Paris, is the D.
relucens. It is small, and almost cylindrical, with a fulvous
thorax, invested with a purple silky down ; the abdomen is a
mixture of blue, red, and green, with metallic reflections, and
marked by two transverse and golden lines, of which the ante-
rior is arcuated. Four golden dots are sometimes observed on it *.

In the other Tubitelae the jaws do not surrovmd the ligula ; their
external side is dilated inferiorly beneath the origin of the palpi.

Some have but six eyes, four of which are anterior, and form a
transverse line, and the two others posterior, situated, one on each
side, behind the two lateral ones of the preceding line. Such is the
essential character of the

Segestru, Lat.

The ligula is elongated and almost square. The first pair of legs,
and then the second, is the longest ; the third is the shortest. These
spiders construct long, silky, cylindrical tubes in the chinks and
crevices of old Avails, which they inhabit; their first pairs of legs are
always directed forwards, and diverging threads border the external
entrance of their domicil, forming a net for ensnaring Insects. The
genital oi'gan of the S. perfida — Aranea fiorentina, Ross., Faun.
Etrusc, XIX, 3 — a large black species with green chelicerae, which
is not rare in France, is shaped like a tear, or is ovoido-conical, very
acute at the end, entirely salient, and red f.

The remaining Tubitelae have eight eyes. On account of the dif-
ference in the site of their habitations, we may divide them into the
terrestrial and the aquatic. Although the last family of the Araneides
of Walckenaer (his Naiades) is composed of these latter, they are so
closely allied to the other Tubitelae, that notwithstanding this disparity
of habits they must be placed together. In those which are terres-
trial, the ligula is almost square, or but very slightly narrowed, with
a very obtuse or truncated summit ; the jaws are straight, or nearly
so, and more or less dilated towards the extremity ; the two eyes of
each lateral extremity of the ocular group are generally separated
from each other, or at least are geminate and placed on a particular
eminence like those of the aquatic Tidsitelse.

* For the other species see Faun. Paris., Walck., and Tabl. des Aran., Id.
t Add the Seg. senoculata, Walck., Hist, des Aran., V, vii ; Aranea senoculala ,
L.; Deg.

FULMONARIiE;. 295

Clubiona, Lat.

This subgenus is only distinguished from the following one by the
nearly equal length of the exterior fusi, and by the straightness of the
line formed by the four anterior eyes. The Clubionge construct
silky tubes under stones, in chinks of walls, or between leaves. Their
cocoons are globular *.

Aranea.

The true Araneae, which we at first designated by the generic ap-
pellation of Tegenaria, retained by Walckenaer, and to which we add
his Angelense and Nyssi, have their two superior fusi much longer
than the others, and their four anterior eyes arranged in a line pos-
teriorly arcuated or forming a curve.

They construct in our houses, in the angles of walls, on plants,
hedges, along the roads, in the earth, and under stones, a large and
nearly horizontal web, at the upper part of which is a tube where
they remain motionless f.

Then follow the Naiades of Walckenaer, or our aquatic Tubitelae,
which form the

Argyroneta, Lat.

The jaws are inclined on the ligula, which is triangular. Th
two eyes of each lateral extremity of the ocular group are closely
approximated and placed on a particular eminence ; the four others
form a quadrilateral.

Argijroneta aquatica ; Aranea aquatica, L., Geoff., Deg.
Blackish brown, the abdomen darker ; silky ; four depressed
points on the back. It is found on the stagnant waters of Europe,
where it swims with the abdomen enclosed in a bubble of air ;
it forms an oval cell, filled with air, and lined with silk, from
which various threads extend to the surrounding plants. Here
it lies in wait for its prey, deposits its cocoons, which it carefully
watches, and encloses itself to pass the winter.
In the second section of the sedentary and rectigrade spiders, that
of the Inequitel^, the external papillae are nearly conical, project
but little, are convergent, and form a rosette ; the legs are very slen-
der. The jaws incline over the lip, and become narrower at their
superior extremity, or at least do not sensibly widen.

Most of them have the first pair of legs longest, and then the
fourth. The abdomen is more voluminous, softer, and more coloured
than in the preceding tribes. Their webs form an irregular net
composed of threads which cross each other in every direction, and
on several planes. They lie in wait for their prey, display much

* Aranea holosericea, L. ; Degeer, Fab. ; Walck., Hist, des Aran. IV, iii, fern. ;
— Aranea atrosc. Deg., Fab. : List., Aran., XXI, 21 ; Aibin, Aran., X, 48, and
XVIl, 82. See also Tab. des Aran., and the Faun. Paris., Walckenaer.

t Aranea domestica, L., Deg., Fab.; Clerck., Aran. Suec, pi. ii, tab. ix ; —
Tegeneria civilis, Walck., Hist, des Aran., V, v ; — Aranea labyrinthica, L., Fab. ;
Clerck, Aran., Suec. pi. ii, tab. viii. See the Tab. des Aran., Walck.

296 ARACHNIDES.

anxiety for the preservation of their eggs, and never abandon them
till they are hatched. They are short-lived.

In some, the first pair of legs, and then the fourth, are the longest.

SCYTODES, Lat.

But six eyes arranged in pairs. According to Dufour, the hooks
of their tarsi are inserted into a supplementary joint.

Two species are known, one of which, the thoracica * inha-
bits houses in Europe, and the other, la blonde, Ann. des Sc.
Phys. V, Ixxvi, 5, was found under calcareous debris in the
mountains of Valencia. It weaves a uniform tube of a thin
milk-white tissue, like that of the Dysdera erythrina.

Theridion, Walck.
Eight eyes disposed as follows : four in the middle forming a
square, the two anterior of which are placed on a little eminence, and
two on each side, also situated on a common elevation. The thorax
has the figure of a reversed heart, or is nearly triangular. This sub-
genus is very numerous f .

Therid. malmignatte ; Aranea 13-giU(ata, Fab. ; Ross. Faun.
Etrusc, II, ix, 10. The lateral eyes separated from each other;
body black, with thirteen small, round, blood-red spots on the
abdomen. Its bite is considered venomous and even mortal.
From Tuscany and Corsica "I.

The A. mactans, Fab., a second species of Theridion inhabit-
ing South America, is equally dreaded in that country. This
prejudice against these animals appear to originate from their
black colour, varied with sanguine spots.

Episinus, Walck.

Eight eyes also, but they are approximated on a common eleva-
tion ; the thorax is narrow and almost cylindrical §.

In the remaining Inequitelae, the first pair of legs, and then the
second are the longest. Such is the

Pholcus, Walck.

Where the eight eyes are placed on a tubercle, and divided into
three groups ; one on each side consisting of three eyes, forming a
triangle, and the third in the middle, somewhat anteriorly, and com-
posed of two on a transverse line.

* Scytodes thoracica, Lat., Gen. Cnist. et Insect. I, v, 4 ; Walck. Hist, des
Aran., I, x, and II, Suppl.

t See the Tab. and Hist, des Aran., Walcken., tlie Ann. des Sc. Nat., and Ann.
des Sc. Phys. The Araneee hipunctata, redimita, L., and the A. albo-maculata, Deg.,
&c., should be referred to this genus.

X This species is the type of the genus Latrodecta, Walck., which he distinguishes
from that of Theridion by the difference in the respective length of the feet ; in this,
however, he appears to me to have erred.

His Theridion henicjnum, Hist, des Aran. fasc. V, viii, whose habits he has care-
fully studied, establishes its domicil between the clusters of grapes, and defends
them from the attacks of various Insects.

f; § Episinus iruncuius, Lat, Gener. Crust, et Insect, t. IV, p. 371. Italy, and
environs of Taris.

PULMONARLE. 297

Ph. phalangioides, Walck., Hist, des Aran., fasc. V, tab. x;
Araignee domestique a longues pattes, Geoff. The body long,
narroAV, pale yellowish or livid, and pubescent ; abdomen nearly
cylindrical, very soft, and marked above with blackish spots;
very long, slender legs ; a whitish ring round the extremity of
the thighs and tibiae. Common in houses, Avhere it spins a web
of a loose texture, in the angles of the walls. The female cements
her eggs into a round naked mass, which she carries between
her mandibles.

M. Dufour has found a second species, the Pholque a queue

— Ann. des Sc. Phys. V, Ixxvi, 2, — in the clefts of the rocks in

Moxente, Valencia. Its abdomen terminates in a conical point,

and thus forms a sort of tail, like that of the Epeira conica. Like

the i^receding species, it balances its body and feet. The genital

organs of the male are very complex.

In the third section of the sedentary rectigrade spiders, the Orbi-

teLjE, or Araignees Tendeuses of others, the external fusi are almost

conical, slightly salient, convergent, and form a rosette; the legs are

slender, as in the preceding section, but the jaws are straight and

evidently wider at their extremity.

The first pair of legs, and then the second, are always the longest.
There are eight eyes thus arranged : four in the middle forming a
quadrilateral, and two on each side.

The Orbitelse approach the Inequitelse in the size, softness, and
diversity of colour of the abdomen, and in their sliort term of exist-
ence ; but their web is a regular, piece of net-Avork, composed of con-
centric circles, intercepted by straight radii diverging from the
centre, where they almost always remain, and in an inverted position,
at the circumference. Some conceal themselves in a cell or cavity
which they have constructed near the margin of the web, which is
sometimes horizontal, and at others perpendicular. Their eggs are
agglutinated, very numerous, and inclosed in a voluminous cocoon.

The threads which support the web, and which can be extended
one-fifth of their length, are used for the division of the micrometer.
This observation was communicated to us by M. Arrago.

LiNYPHIA, Lat.

The Linyphiae are well characterized by the disposition of their
eyes ; four in the middle form a trapezium, the posterior side of
which is widest, and is occupied by two eyes much larger and more
distant ; the remaining four are grouped in pairs, one on each side,
and in an oblique line. The jaws are only Avidened at their superior
extremity.

They construct on bushes a loose, thin, horizontal web, attaching
to its upper surface, at different points, or irregularly, separate
threads. The animal remains at its inferior portion, and in a reversed
position*.

* Linyphia triangularis, Walck., Hist, des Aran., V, ix, female ; Aranea resupina
si/hestris, De Geer; Aranea montana, L. ; Clerck., Aran. Suec, pi. Ill, Tab. 1 ; —
Aranea resupina domcslica, De Geer.

298

ARACHNIDES.

Uloborus, Lat.

The four posterior eyes placed at equal intervals on a straight line,
and the two lateral ones of the first line nearer to the anterior edge
of the thorax than the two comprised between them, so that the line
is arcuated posteriorly. Their jaws, like those of the Epeirae, begin
to widen a little above their base, and terminate in the form of a
palette or spatula. The tarsi of the three last pairs of legs terminate
by one small nail. The first joint of the two posterior ones has a
range of small setae.

The body of these animals, as well as in the following subgenus,
is elongated and nearly cylindrical. Placed in the centre of their
web, they advance their four anterior legs in a straight line, and
extend the two last in an opposite direction ; those of the third pair
project laterally.

These Arachnides construct webs similar to those of other Orbi-
telae, but they are looser and more horizontal. They Avill completely
envelope the body of a small coleopterous insect in less than three
minutes. Their cocoon is narrow, elongated, angular at the margin,
and suspended vertically to a web by one of its extremities. The other
end is bifurcated or terminated by two prolonged angles, one of
which is shorter than the other, and obtuse; there are two acute
angles on each side. For these interesting observations I am indebted
to my friend M. Leon Dufour.

Uloborus Walckenaerius, hat*. About five lines in length;
reddish-yellowish ; covered with a silky down forming two series
of little fasciculi on the top of the abdomen; paler rings on the
legs. From the woods in the vicinity of Bourdeaux, and in
various departments of the south of France.
Tetragnatha, Lat.
Tlie eyes placed four by four on two nearly parallel lines, and
separated by almost equal intervals; jaws long, narrow, and only
widened at their superior extremity. The chelicerae are also very
long, in the males especially. The web is vertical f .

Epeira, Walck.

The two eyes on each side approximated by pairs, and almost con-
tiguous ; the remaining four forming a quadrilateral in the middle.
The jaws dilate from their base, and form a I'ounded palette.

The cucurbitina is the only species known whose web is horizon-
tal ; that of the others is vertical, or sometimes oblique.

Some place themselves in its centre in a reversed position, or with
their head downwards ; others construct a domicil close by it, either
vaulted on all sides, or forming a silky tube composed of leaves
drawn together by threads, or open above, and resembling a cup or
the nest of a bird. The web of some exotic species is formed of such

* Lat., Gen, Crust, et Insect., I, 109; see also second edition of the Nouv.
Diet. d'Hist. Nat., article Ulobore.

f Tetragnatha extensa, Walck., Hist, des Aran., V, vi ; Aranea extensa, L., Fab.,
De Geer ; — Aranea virescens 7 Fab. ; — Arawa maxillosa, Id. See Tab. des Aran, of
Walckenaer.

PULMONARI^. 299

stout materials that it will arrest small birds, and even impede the
progress of a man.

Their cocoon is usually globular ; that of some species, however,
is a truncated oval, or very short cone.

The natives of New Holland — Voyage a la recherche de la Pey-
rouse, p. 239 — and those of some of the South Sea Islands, for want
of other food, eat a species of Epeira, closely allied to the Ara7iea
esuriens. Fab.

M. Walckenaer, in his Tableau des Araneides, mentions sixty-four
species of Epeirae, remarkable, in general, for the diversity of their
colours, form and habits. He has arranged them in various small
and very natural families, the study of which we have endeavoured to
simplify in the second edition of the Nouv. Diet, d'Hist. Nat., article
Epe'ire. Certain important considerations, such as those of the
sexual organs, had been neglected or were not sufficiently attended
to ; thus, for instance, the female Ep. diadema, and others, present at
the part which characterizes their sex, a singular appendage, which
reminds us of the apron of the Hottentot women. These species
should constitute a separate division. By pursuing this examination
other not less natural divisions might be established.

We Avill content ourselves with mentioning a few of the principal
species, commencing with those that are indigenous to Europe.

Ep. diadema; Aranea diadema, h^Fah.; Roes., Insect. IV,
XXXV — xl. Large, reddish, velvety ; abdomen of the females
extremely voluminous, particularly when about to lay their eggs,
and of a deep brown or yellowish red ; a large rounded tubercle
on each side of the back near its base, and a triple cross, formed of
small white spots or dots ; palpi and legs spotted with black.
Very common in Europe in autumn. The eggs are hatched in
the spring of the ensuing year.

Ep. scalaris ; Aranea scalaris. Fab. ; Panz., Faun. IV, xxiv.
Thorax reddish ; top of the abdomen usually white, with a black
spot in the form of a reversed triangle, oblong and dentated,
weaves its web along the banks of ponds, brooks. Sec.

Ep.cicafricosa ; Aranea cicatricosa, De Geer; A. impressa.
Fab. The abdomen flattened, and of a greyish brown or obscure
yellowish ; a black band, festooned or edged with grey along the
middle of the back; eight or ten large impressed points in two
lines. It constructs its web on walls or other bodies, and
remains concealed in a nest of white silk, which it forms under
some projecting object, or in some cavity in the vicinity. It
only works and feeds during the night, or when the light of day
is but weak. It retires under the bark of old trees or logs.

Ep. sericea, Walck., op. cit.. Ill, ii. Covered above with a
silvery and silken down ; abdomen flattened, immaculate and
with festooned margins. South of Europe and Senegal.

Ep, fiisca, Walck., Hist, des Aran. II, i, the female. Very
common in the cellars of Angers. Its cocoon is white, almost
globular, fixed by a pedicle, and composed of very fine threads ;
it is soft to the touch, like wool. That of the

Ep. fasciata, Walck,, op. cit. Ill, i, the female, is about ah inch

300 ARACHNIDES.

long ; It resembles a little balloon, of a grey colour, with longi-
tudinal black stripes, one of whose extremities is truncated and
closed by a flat and silky operculum ; a fine down envelopes the
eggs in its interior. This species weaves a vertical and irregular
web, in the middle of which it remains, along the banks of rivu-
lets, Sfc. Its thorax is covered with a soft and silvery down,
and its abdomen is of a beautiful yelloAV, intersected at intervals
with transverse brown, or blackish-brown lines, arcvxated and
slightly undulated. M. Leon Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys. VI,
pi. xcv, 5, has given a detailed description of this species, and of
its habits, and was the first who ascertained the male. He has
figured its sexual organ. The penis resembles a tAvisted seta.

Ep. cucurbitina ; Aranea cucurbitina, L.; A. senocidata. Fab.;
Walck, Hist, des Aran., Ill, iii. Small; abdomen ovoid and
lemon-coloured, marked with black points ; a red spot on the
anus. It weaves a small horizontal web between the stems and
leaves of plants.

Ep. conica; Aranea conica, De Geer and Pall. ; Walck. Hist.
Nat. des Aran., Ill, iii. Remarkable for its abdomen, which is
gibbous anteriorly and has a conical termination ; the anus is
placed in the centre of an eminence. When it has extracted
the juices from an insect, it suspends it to a thread.

Immediately after the conica, we may place the species called
by Dufovir Epe'ire de ropuntia — Ann. des Sc. Phys., V,lxix,3
— from the circumstance of its always weaving its loose and
irregular web among the leaves of the Agave and Opuntia. It
is black, with white hairs laid close to the body, having an
appearance of scales. The abdomen has two pyramidal tuber-
cles on each side, and terminates posteriorly in two others,
which arc obtuse, and separated by a wide emargination. The
posterior face of each tubercle is marked with a beautiful snow-
white spot, resembling nacre ; these spots are connected with
each other, and with one or two more behind them, by white
zig-zag lines. In the ncAvly-hatched animal, these tubercles are
not visible. The cocoons arc oval, whitish, and formed of two
coats, the interior of Avhich is a kind of tow that envelopes the
ova. Seven, eight, and even ten of these cocoons are frequently
found arranged in file, or one after the other. From Catalonia
and Valencia.

Some of the species foreign to Europe arc very remarkable.
Here we observe that the abdomen is invested with an extremely
firm skin, furnished with points or horny spines* ; and there the
legs are provided with bundles of hairs t-

* The Ar. ntiliiaris, spinosa, cancriforniis, hexacaniha, tctracantha, (jeminata,forni-
cata, of Fabricius. M. Vauthier, one of our best painters of subjects of natural
history, has described and figured, Ann. des Sc. Nat., I, p. 161, a species of this
division — curvicaitda — which is very remarkable for its posteriorly widened abdomen,
terminated by two long arcuated spines : it inhabits Java. These spinous species
might form a peculiar subgenus.

-|- The Ar. }Ali2)is, ckuipes, &c., of Fabricius. His At: macuJuta forms the genus
Nephisa, Leach. See the Tab. and Hist. des. Aran, of Walckenacr.

PULMONARliE. 301

We now come to Spiders tliat are sedentary, like the preceding,
but wliich have the faculty of moving sideways, forwards, and back-
wards, in a word, in all directions. They constitute our section of
the Laterigrad^. The four anterior legs are always longer than
the others ; sometimes the second pair surpasses the first, and at
others, they are nearly equal ; the animal extends them to the whole
of their length on tlie plane of position.

The chelicerse are usually small, and their hook is folded trans-
versely, as in the four preceding tribes. Their eyes, always eight in
number, are frequently very unequal, and form a segment of a circle
or crescent : tlie two posterior or lateral ones are placed farther back
than the others, or are nearer to the lateral margin of the thorax.
The jaws, in most of them, are inclined on the lip. The body is
usually flattened, resembling a crab ; the body is large, rounded, and
triangular.

These Arachnides remain motionless on plants, Avith their feet
extended. They make no web, simply throwing out a few solitary
threads to arrest their prey. Their cocoon is orbicular and flattened.
They conceal it between leaves, and watch it until the young ones
are hatched.

MicROMMATA, Lat. — Sparassus, Walck,

Jaws straight, parallel and rounded at the end ; eyes arranged four
by four, on two transverse lines, the posterior of which is longest,
and arcuated backwards. The second legs, and then the first, are
tlie longest ; the ligula is semicircular *.

Microm. smaragdula ; Ar.smaragdida, Fab. ; Ar.viridissima,
De Geer ; Clcrck, Aran. Suec. pi. 6, tal). iv. A medium size;
green ; the sides edged with light yellow ; abdomen greenish
yellow, intersected on the middle of the back by a green line.

It ties three or four leaves in a triangular bundle, lines the
interior with a thick layer of silk, and places its cocoons in the
middle ; the latter is round, white, and so diaphanous, that the
ova can be perceived through its parietes. The eggs are not
agglutinated.

M. Argelas • Diifour, Ann. des Sc. Phys., VI, p. o06, XCV,
1 ; AValck., Hist, des Aran., IV, ii. This animal, whose specific
appellation will remind the French naturalists of one of tlieir
most zealous sevans, one already recommended by me to their
esteem as my protector from tlie horrors of the revolution, is one
of the largest species indigenous to France ; M. Dufour has
completed my description of it, and has observed its habits. The
body is about seven or eight lines in length, of a cinereous
flaxen colour, covered with down, and more or less spotted with
black. The top of the abdomen, from its middle to the extre-
mity, is marked with a band formed of a series of small hatchet-
shaped spots, of the last mentioned colour. A black longitudinal

* M. Walckenaer places this genus in that series \v-hich is composed both of the
Vagabundse and the Sedentaria;, such as the Atta or our iSaltici, the Thomisi, Philo-
dromi, Drassi, and Clubionfe, and which have but two hooks to the tarsi.

302 ARACHNIDES.

band, grey in the middle, runs along its under surface. The
legs are annulated with black. This species was discovered by
the naturalist to whom I have dedicated it, in the environs of
Bourdeaux. M. Dufour has since found it in the most barren
mountains of Valencia. It runs with great volocity, the feet
being extended laterally. Its unguiculated palettes enable it to
cling to the smoothest surface, and in every possible possition.
It constructs a cocoon, which in texture resembles that of the
Clotlio of Durand, on the under surface of stones, to which it
retires for shelter in bad weather, to escape from enemies, and to
lay its eggs. It is an oval tent, nearly two inches in diameter,
attached to the stone in the manner of a marine Patella. It is
formed of an external envelope, consisting of a yellowish taifeta,
as fine as the peel of an onion, but rigid, and of an inner lining
which is more supple, softer, and open at both ends. It is from
these openings, which are furnished with valves, that the animal
issues. The cocoon is globular, and placed underneath its
dwelling, so that it can brood over it ; it contains about sixty
eggs.

The same naturalist has described and figured another species,
the M. a tarses spongieux — Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, Ixix, 6 —
which he found on a tree in a garden at Barcelona. From its
habits, however, and some of its characters, I presume that it
belongs to the genus Philodroma of Walckenaer *.

Senelops, Duf.

The Senelops form the transition from the preceding genus to the
following one. The jaws are straight or but slightly inclined, with-
out any lateral sinus, and taper to a point obliquely truncated on the
inner side. The ligula is semicircular like that of the Micrommatae,
but the eyes are arranged differently. There are six before forming
a transverse line ; the two others are posterior, and situated one on
each side, 'behind each extremity of the preceding line. The legs are
long ; the second pair, and then the third and fourth, are longer than
the first.

The type of the genus, Senelops omalosoma, Dufour, Ann. des
Sc. Phys. V, Ixix, 4, was found by M. Dufour in Valencia, but
it is very rare there. The body is about four lines in length
and very flat, of a greyish red, with cinereous spots ; the feet
are annulated with black. The posterior part of the abdomen
seems to exhibit vestiges of annuli, forming on the sides an ap-
pearance of teeth. It lives among rocks, and when escaping
from pursuit flies Avith the rapidity of an arrow. It is also
found in Syria — Collection of M. Labillardiere — and in Egypt.

* For the other species, see the Tab. des Aran., Walck., and his Hist des Aran.,
fascic. IV, Sparassus roseus, X, the male ; — lb., fascic. II, viii, the male. I think
we should refer to this subgenus the Aranea venatoria, L., — Sloane's Hist, of Jam.,
CCXXV, 1,2; Nhamdiu, 2 ? Pison ; — and another species from India very analo-
gous to the preceding, figured on Chinese drawings and paper-hangings.

PULMONARI^. 303

Other species inhabit Senegal, the Cape of Good Hope and the
Isle of France.

Philodromus, Walck *.

The Philodromi differ from the two preceding subgenera in their
jaws, which are inclined on the ligula, which is also higher than it
is wide. The almost equal eyes always form a crescent or semi-
circle. The lateral ones are never placed on tubercles or eminences.
The chalicerse are elongated and cylindrical : the four or two last
legs do not materially differ in length from the others.

According to Walckenaer these animals run with great swiftness,
their legs extended laterally, lie in wait for their prey, throw out
solitary threads to entrap it, and conceal themselves in crevices or
among leaves.

In some the body is broad and flat, the abdomen short and
widened posteriorly, and the four intermediate legs the longest.
Such is the Philodrome tigree ; Thomise tigre, Lat. ; Araneus
margaritarius, Clerck, VI, iii ; Schaeff., Icon., Ixxi, 8; Frisch.
Ins., Centur., II, xiv; Aranea levipes, L. ? It is about three
lines in length. Its two anterior intermediate eyes and the
four lateral ones are situated on a slight elevation, and the lat-
ter, according to the same naturalist, are somewhat the largest,
or at least are more apparent. The thorax is very wide, flat-
tened, of a reddish fawn colour, brown laterally and posteriorly,
and white anteriorly. The abdomen, which forms a kind of
pentagon, is speckled by the red, brown and Avhite hairs which
cover it, and edge laterally with brown ; there are four or six
impressed points on the middle of the back. The belly is
whitish, and the legs are long, slender and reddish, with brown
spots.

This species is very common on trees, wooden partitions, walls,
&c., where it remains as if glued, with the feet extended. If
touched, it runs with astonishing rapidity, or falls to the ground
supported by a thread. The cocoon is of a beautiful white, and
contains about a hundred eggs, which are yellow and free. The
female places it in hollows of trees or clefts of posts, &c., ex-
posed to the north, and carefully watches it.

The other Philodromi, which, according to the method of M,
Walckenaer, form several small groups, have the body, and some-
times the chelicertE, propoi'tionably longer. The abdomen is some-
times pyriform or ovoid, and sometimes cylindrical. The second
pair of legs and then the first or the fourth are the longest.

Philodromus rombiferus, Walck., Faun. Franc, Aran., VI,
8, the male. Its body is three lines and a half in length and
reddish; the second legs and then the two last are the longest;

* In the first editioa of this work, this subgenus formed our first division of the
Thomisi.

304 ARACHNIDES.

sides of the thorax brown; the abdomen ovoid, with a black or
brown lozenge-shaped spot above, bordered with white.

Philodromus oblongus, Walck., lb., tab. ead., fig. 9, This
species, as respects the relative proportion of the legs, and the
disposition of the eyes, belongs to the same division ; but the
abdomen is longer and almost cylindrical or forming an elon-
gated cone, with three brown longitudinal streaks and points on
a yellowish ground, which is also the colour of the thorax.
In the middle of the latter are two brown streaks forming an
elongated V.

These two species inhabit the environs of Paris. For the
other, see the Faune Fran^aise, from which we have extracted
the preceding descriptions.

Thomisus, Walck.

The Thomisl differ from the Philodromi in their chelicerse, whicb
are smaller in proportion and cuneiform, and in their four posterior
legs, which are evidently and even suddenly shorter than the pre-
ceding ones. The lateral eyes are frequently situated on eminences,
while those of the Philodromi are always sessile. Here also the two
posterior lateral ones are further behind than the two that are inter-
mediate on the same line, while in the Thomisi these four eyes are
nearly on a level.

The species of this genus are those more particularly designated
by the name of Crab-Spiders. The males frequently differ greatly
from the females in colour and are mvich smaller.

Some of them, all exotic *, have their eyes arranged four by four
on two transverse and almost parallel lines, the posterior of which is
the longest.

In the others, and the greater number, the ensemble of these eyes
represents a crescent, the convex side of which is forwards and out-
wards.

Thomisus globosus ; Araneagluhosa, Fab. ; Aranea irregularis ,
Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ, fascic. LXXIV, tab. xx, female ;
Walck., Faun. Franc, Aran., VI, 4. Three lines long; black;
abdomen globular ; red or yellowish all round the back.

Thomicus cristatus ; Clerck, Aran, Suec, pi. 6, tab. vi, size
of the preceding ; body grey-reddish, sometimes brown, with
scattered hairs ; feet with small spines ; lateral eyes largest
and placed on a tubercle ; a transverse yellowish strijDe on the
front of the thorax ; two others of the same coloiir on the back
forming a V ; abdomen rounded, and a yellowish band on the
middle of the back with three indentations on each side. A
common species frequently observed on the ground.

Thomisus citreus ; Aranea citrea, De Geer; Schseff. Icon. In-
sec, tab, xix, 13. A lemon yellow, with a large abdomen wider

* Thomisus Lamarck. Lat., a species allied to the Aranea nohilis, Fab. ; — T.
cancmdus, Walck., ejusd. ;- T, ieucosia; Aranea regia? Fab. ;—T. plaguiius ,—T.
pinnotheres.

PULMONARI.^^.. 305

behind ; two red or saffron coloured streaks or spots are fre-
quently observed on the back. On flowers *.

A subgenus established by M. Walckenaer, under tlie name of Sto-
RENA, but which is yet but imperfectly known, should apparently
terminate this section and lead to Oxyopes, which are as nearly allied
to the Crab-Spiders as to the Citigradre. The Storenae have their
jaws inclined on the ligula, which is nearly of the same length, and
forms an elongated triangle ; the chelicerae are conical ; the two ante-
rior legs, and then the second, longest; the two following ones longer
than the last. The eyes are arranged in three transverse lines, 2, 4,
2; the posterior, with the two intermediate ones of the second lines,
form a small square, and the two anterior ones are distant f.

Other Araneae whose eyes, always eight in number, extend more
along the length of the thorax, than across its breadth, or at least
almost as much in one direction as the other, and which form either
a truncated curvilinear triangle or oval, or a quadrilateral, constitute
a second general division, or the VagabundjE, which I have thus
named to distinguish them from those of the first, or the Sedentariae.

Two or four of their eyes are frequently much larger than the
others ; the thorax is large, and the legs robust ; those of the fourth
pair and then the two first, or those of the second pair, are usually
the longest.

They make no web, but watch for their prey and seize it, either by
hunting it down, or by suddenly leaping upon it.

We divide them into two sections.

The first, that of the Citigrad^e, is composed of the Araignees-
Loups of authors. The eyes form either a curvilinear triangle, an
oval, or a quadrilateral, of which, however, the anterior side is much
narrower than the widest part of the thorax. This j^art of the body
is ovoid, narrowed before, and carinated along the middle of its length.
The legs are usually only fit for running. The jaws are always
straight, and rounded at the end.

Most of the females remain on their cocoon, or carry it with them
at the base of the abdomen, or suspended to the anus. Nothing but
the most extreme necessity will induce them to abandon it, and, when
the danger is over, they always return in search of it. They also
take care of their young for a certain period after they are hatched.

Oxyopes, Lat. — Sphasus, Walck.

The eyes arranged two by two, or four transverse lines, the two
extreme ones the shortest; they describe a sort of oval, truncated at
each end. The ligula is elongated, narrowest at base, dilated and
rounded towards the end. The first pair of legs is the longest ; the
fourth and second are nearly equal; the third is the shortest J.

* See the Tab. des Aran., Walck; the Faune Franc, Id., and the Ann. des So.
Phys., for the Spanish species described by M. Dufour, see also Nouv. Diet. d'Hist.
Nat. second edition, article Thomise.

t See Tab. des Aran., Walck., IX, 85, 86.

X Sphasus heterophthalmus, Walck., Hist, des Aran. fasc. Ill, tab. v-iii, female ;
Oxyopes variegafus, Lat. : Sphasus Ualicus, Walck., lb., Fasc. IV, tab. viii, female;

VOL. 111. X

>>

300 ARACHNIDES.

Ctknus, Walck.

The eyes arranged in three transverse lines, which become gra-
dually longer — 2, 4, 2 — and form a sort of curvilinear, reversed tri-
angle, with a truncated apex. The ligula is square, and almost iso-
metrical ; the fourth pair of legs, and then the first, are the longest ;
the third is the shortest.

This genus was established on a large species found at Cayenne.
Others have since been discovered in the same island and in Brazil,
but none of them have been described.

DOLOMEDES, Lat.

The eyes, arranged in three transverse lines, 4, 2, 2, form a quad-
rilateral, somewhat wider than long; the two posterior ones are
placed on an elevation. The second pair of legs is as long as or
longer than the first ; those of the fourth are still longer. The ligula
is square and as broad as it is high, like that of a Ctenus.

In some, the two lateral eyes of the anterior line are larger than
the two intermediate ones ; their abdomen is an oblong oval termi-
nating in a point.

The females construct an infundibuliform, silky nest on the tops of
trees covered with leaves, or on bushes ; there they lay their eggs, and
when they go abroad to hunt or are forced to abandon their retreat,
they always bear off their cocoon Avhich is attached to the base of the
abdomen. Clerck says he has seen them spring upon flies which
were buzzing around them*.

They inhabit the borders of streams, run over their surface with
the most surprising rapidity, and can even partly enter the water
without becoming wet. The females weave a coarse irregular web,
between the branches of plants, in which they place their cocoon.
They watch it till the ova are hatched f.

Lycosa, Lat.

The eyes of the Lycosae also form a quadrilateral, but one as long
or longer than it is wide ; the two posterior eyes are not placed on an
elevation. The first pair of legs is evidently longer than the second,
but shorter than the fourth, which, in this respect, surpasses all the
others. The internal extremity of the jaws is obliquely truncated.
The ligula is square, but longer than it is broad.

Almost all the Lycosse keep on the ground, where they run with
great swiftness. They inhabit holes accidentally presented to them,

Oxyopes lineatus, Lat., Gener., Crust, et Insect., I, v, 5, female. See article Oxyope,
in the entomolog-ical part of the Encyclop. Method., the Tab. des Aran., Walck.,
and the Faune Fran9aise.

* Araneus mirabUis, Clerck, Aran. Suec, pi. v, tab. 10; Aran, rufo-fasciata, De
Geer;^r. obscura, Fab. Seethe Faune Frangaise — Dolomedes sylvai/is — and the
Ann. des Sc. Phys.—Dolomede spinimaiw,- Dufour, V. Ixxvi, 3.

f Dolotnedes marginatus,Vfa.\ck. ; Araneus und at us, Clerck, V, tab. 1 ; De Geer.
Insect. VII, xvi, fi<r. 13, 15; Panz., Faun., LXXI, 22; — Dolomedes fimbriatus,
Walck ; De Geer, Insect. VII, xvi, 9 — 11 ; Araneus fimbriatus, Clerck, V, tab. ix.
These species compose the division of the shore Dolomedes of Walckenaer. ^

PULMONARIiE. 307

or which they excavate, lining their parietes with silk, and enlarging
them in proportion to their growth. Some establish their domicil
in chinks and cavities in walls, where they form a silken tube,
covered externally with particles of earth or sand. In these retreats
they change their tegument, and, as it appears, after closing the
opening, pass the winter. There also the females lay their eggs.
When they go abroad they carry their cocoon with them, attached to
the anus by threads. On issuing from the egg the young ones cling
to the body of the mother, and remain there until they are able to
provide for themselves.

The Lycosse are extremely voracious, and courageously defend
thier dwelling.

A species of this genus, the Tarentula, so called from Taren-
tum, a city of Italy, in the environs of which it is common, is
highly celebrated. The poisonous natui-e of its bite is thought
to produce the most serious consequences, being frequently fol-
lowed by death or Tarentism, results which can only be avoided
by the aid of music and dancing. Well-informed persons, how-
ever, think it more necessary in these cases to combat the terrors
of the imagination than to apply an antidote to the poison ; medi-
cine at all events presents other means of cure.

Several curious observations on the Lycosa tarentula of the
south of France have been published by M. Chabrier, Acad, de
Lille, fascic. IV.
This genus is very rich in species, which have not as yet, however,
been well characterized.

Lye. tarentula; Aranea tarentula, L., Fab.; Albin, Aran.,
tab. xxxix ; Senguerd. de Tarent. An inch long ; under part
of the abdomen red, crossed in the middle by a black band.

The Tarentula of the south of France — Lycose narbonnaise,
Walck., Faun. Fran^., Aran., I, 1 — 4, is not quite so large ; the
under part of its abdomen is very black, and edged all round
with red.

A similar species is found in the environs of Paris, the Lycose
ouvriere, or L. fabrilis, Clerck, Aran. Suec, pi. 4, tab. ii ; Walck.,
Faun. Fran9., Aran. II, 5.

Lye. saccata ; Aranea saceata, L. ; Araneus amentatus,
Clerck, IV, tab. viii ; Lister, tit. 25, f. 25. Small; blackish;
carina of the thorax, obscure reddish, with a cinereous line ; a
little bundle of grey hairs at the superior base of the abdomen ;
legs of a livid red, varied with blackish spots ; the cocoon flat
and greenish — very common about Paris *.
We will terminate this section with the subgenus
Myrmecia, Lat.,

Which seems to lead to the following one, and whose characters we
have detailed in the Ann. des Sc. Nat., Ill, p. 27- The eyes foi-m a

* For the other species see the Tabl. and Hist, des Aran, of Walclcenaer, and the
Faune Fran9aise, Aran. Id. See also the second edition of the Nouv. Diet. d'Hist.
Nat., article Lycose.

x2

308 ARACHNIDES.

short and broad trapezium ; there are four before in a transverse
line ; two others, more internal than the two last of the preceding
ones, form a second transverse line ; the last two are behind the two
preceding ones. The chelicerae are stout. The jaws are rounded,
and very hairy at the end. The ligula is nearly square; somewhat
longer than broad. The legs are long, and almost filiform; those of
the fourth and first pairs are the longest of all. The thorax seems to
be divided into three parts, of which the anterior is much the largest
and square; the two others resemble knots or humps. The abdomen
is much shorter than the thorax, and is covered with a solid epidermis,
from its origin to the middle.

The Mijr. fiilva, on which I have established this genus, inha-
bits Brazil ; other species, however, appear to be found in Geor-
gia, United States of America.
In the second section of the Vagabundee, that of the Saltigkad.e,
called by others Araignees phalanges, the eyes form a large quadrila-
teral, the anterior side of which, or the line formed by the first ones,
extends across the Avhole width of the thorax ; this part of the body
is almost square or semi-ovoid, plane, or but slightly convex above, as
wide anteriorly as in the rest of its extent, and descending suddenly
on the sides. The legs are fitted for running and leajjing. The
thighs of the two fore legs are remarkable for their size.

The Araignee a chevrons blancs of Geoffroy, a species of Sal-
ticus very common in summer on walls or windows exposed to
the sun, moves by jerks, stops short after a few steps, and raises
itself on its fore legs. If it discover a fly, or particularly a mus-
quito, it approaches softly, and then darts upon the victim with a
single bound. It leaps fearlessly and perpendicularly on a wall,
being always attached to it by a thread, which lengthens as it
advances. This same filament also supports it in the air, enables
it to ascend to its point of departure, and allows it to be wafted by
the wind from one place to another. Such, generally, are the
habits of the species that belong to this division.

Several construct nests of silk resembling oval sacs open at
both ends, between leaves, under stones, 8fc. Thither they
retire to change their tegument and to seek shelter in bad
weather. If danger menaces them there, they leave it at once
and escape with speed.

The females construct a sort of tent, which becomes the cradle
of their posterity, and in which the young ones, for a time, live
in common with the mother.

Certain species, resembling Ants, elevate their anterior legs
and make them vibrate with great rapidity.

Singular combats sometimes ensue between the males, but no
fatal issue occurs.

A subgenus established by M. Rafinesque, that of

Tessarops,

Appears to us to approximate closely to the following one in most
of its characters and habits, but to be widely removed from it, if there

PULJIONARLE. 309

be no mistake, in the number of the eyes, which is but four. See
Ann. Gener. des Sc. Phys., VIII, p. 88.

A second subgenus, which also is only known to us by description,
is the

Palpimanus, Duf.,

Described by M. Dufour in the Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, Ixix, 5, and
which appears to him to be intermediate between Eresus and Salticus.
The disposition of the eyes is about the same as in the first of these
two subgenera. The ligula is similarly triangular and pointed, and
the jaws are still dilated and rounded at the end ; but, according to
M. Dufour, they are inclined and not straight like those of the Eresi.
The terminal joint of the anterior tarsi is inserted laterally, and has
no hcoks.

He describes one species, the Palpimane bossu. It never

jumps, walks slowly, and is found under stones in Valencia,

where, however, it is extremely rare.

A new species has been discovered by M. Lefevre in Sicily,

which appears to me to belong to this genus.

In the two following subgenera there are always eight eyes ; the
jaws are straight.

Eresus, Walck.

Four eyes forming a small trapezium near the middle of the ante-
rior extremity of the thorax, the other four on its sides forming a
similar but much larger figure. The ligula is triangular and pointed.
The tarsi are terminated by three hooks*.

Salticus, Lat. — Attus, Walck.

Four eyes, the two intermediate of Avhich are the largest, on the
anterior part of the thorax in a transverse line, and the other near its
lateral edges, two on each side ; they also form a large square open
behind, or a parabola. The ligula is very obtuse or truncated on the
summit. There are but two hooks to the extremity of the tarsi.
Several of the males have very large chelicerae.

The thorax of some are very thick and sloping, (en talus) and
much inclined at base.

Salt. Sloanei; Aranea sanguinolenta,lj. Black; a white line
formed by down on each side of the thorax ; the abdomen of a
cinnabar-red, with an elongated black spot on the middle of the
back. South of France, on stones f .

* Eresus cinnaberimts, Walck. ; Aranea quatuor-gutfata, Ross., Faun. Etrasc, II,
1, 8, 9; Coqueb., Illust. Icon. Insect., dec. Ill, xxvii, 12; — Aranea nigra, Petag.,
Specim. Insect. Calab. M. Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys., has described two Spanish
species ; one of them ; the Eresus acanthophilus — YI, xcv, 3, 4 — is my Erese raije of
the Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. ; the other, Eresus imperialis — V, Ixix, 2 — is closely
allied to the Aranea nigra, Petagna, above quoted. These two species are figured
in the Faune Frangaise, Aran., pi. IV, 3, 4, 5. See also on same plate, fig. 7, the
Erese cinabre.

t This division comprises the following Atti of Walckenaer : biculur, chuhjbeus,
nigcr, cupreus, muscorum, the Aranea gossipes, De Geer.

310 ARACHNIDKS

The thorax of the others is much flattened, insensibly sloping at
its base.

Sometimes their body is simply oval, and furnished with hairs or
thick down ; the legs short and robust.

Salliqice chevronne ; Aranea scenica, h. ; Araignee a chev-
rons, Geoff.; Araignee a bandes blanches, De Geer, Insect.,
VII, xvii, 8, 9. About two lines and a half long ; above, black ;
margin of the thorax, and three lines en chevron on the top of
the abdomen, white. Very common *.

Sometimes the body is narrow, elongated, almost cylindrical and
shorn ; the legs long and slender.

Salt. fGrmicarius ; Aranea formicaria, De Geer, Insect., VII,
xviii, ], 2; Afte fourmi, AValck., Faun. Fran9., Aran., V, 1 —
3. Reddish ; fore part of the thorax black ; black band and two
white spots on the abdomen f

FAMILY II.

PEDIPALPI. •

In the second family of the Arachnides Pulmonarise, we find very
large palpi, resembling projecting arms, terminated by a forceps or a
claw ; didactyle cheliccrse, one finger of which is moveable ; an
abdomen composed of very distinct segments, without fusi at the
extremity ; and the sexual organs placed at the base of the abdomen.
The whole body is invested with a firm tegument ; the thorax con-
sists of a single piece, and exhibits three or two simple eyes,
approximated or grouped, near the anterior angles; and near the
middle of its anterior extremity, or posteriorly, but in the median
lino, two others equally simple and approximated. There are four
or eight pulmonary sacs. Those which form the genus

Tarantula, Fab.,

Have their abdomen attached to their thorax by a pedicle, or por-
tion of their transverse diameter ; it has no pectinated laminae at its
base, nor sting at its extremity. Their stigmata, four in number,
are situated near the origin of the venter, and are covered with a
plate. Their chelicerae (mandibles) are simply terminated by a

* Add, Attus tardigrudus, Walck., Hist, des Aran, V, iv, female. See his Tabl.
des Aran.

f For the remaining species of this subgenus, see the Aran, of the Faune Fian-
(;aise. M. Walckenaer, author of that portion of the work, in his Tabl, des Aran.,
mentions a species enclosed in amber.

PULMONARl.E. 311

moveable hook. Their ligula is elongated, very narrow, and con-
cealed. They have but two jaws, which are formed by the first joint
of their palpi.

They all have eight eyes, of which three, on each side and near
the anterior angles, form a triangle ; and two near the middle at the
anterior margin are placed on a comman tubercle or little elevation,
one on each side. The palpi are spinous. The tarsi of the two
anterior legs differ from the others, being formed of numerous seta-
ceous or filiform joints, and without a terminal tail.

They are confined to the hottest portions of Asia and America.
Their habits are imknown to us. They now constitute two subge-
nera.

Phrynus, Oliv.

Palpi terminating in a claw ; the body much flattened ; thorax
broad, and almost in the form of a crescent; abdomen ecaudate, and
the two anterior tarsi very long and slender, resembling setaceous
antennae *.

Thelyphonus, Lat.
The Thelyphoni arc distinguished from the preceding subgenus by
their shorter, thicker palpi, terminated by a forceps, or by two
united fingers ; by their long body with its oval thorax, and the
extremity of the abdomen furnished with an articulated seta forming
a tail. Their anterior tarsi are short, of a uniform appearance, and
composed of few articulations f .

The others have their abdomen intimately vmited to the thorax
throughout its entire width, presenting, at its inferior base, two
moveable pectiniform laminae, and terminated by a knotted tail armed
with a terminal sting. Their stigmata, eight in number, are exposed
and arranged four by four along the belly ; their cheliceree are ter-
minated by two fingers, of which the exterior is moveable. They
form the genus

Scorpio, Lin. Fab.

Scorpions have an elongated body, suddenly terminated by a long
slender tail formed of six joints, the last of which terminates in an
arcuated and excessively acute point or sting, which affords issue to
a venomous fluid contained in an internal reservoir, forming a long
square, and usually marked in the middle by a longitudinal sulcus,
presenting on each side, and near its anterior extremity, three or two

* Phalangium reniforme, L. ; Pall. Spic. Zool. fascic. IX, iii, 5, 6 ; Herbst.
Monog. Phal., Ill; East Indies, the Sechelles ; Herbst., lb., IV, 1, South America;
Tarantula reniformis, Fab. ; Pall. Spic. Zool., IX, iii, 3, 4 ; Herbst. lb. V, 1 ;
ejusd. IV, 2, var. ? the Antilles.

f Phalangium caudafum, L. ; Pall. Spic. Zool. fascic. IX, iii, 1, 2, from Java.
South America produces another species described and figured in the Jour, de Pliys.
et d'Hist. Nat., 1777 ; the inhabitants of Martinque call it the finaigrier, A third
species, smaller than the preceding ones, and with fulvous feet, inhabits the penin-
sula beyond the Ganges.

312 ARACHNIDK8.

simple eyes, forming a curved line, and near the middle of the back
two others, also simple, which are approximated. The palpi are
very large, with a forceps at the extremity resembling a hand ; their
first joint forms a concave and rounded jaw. There is a triangular
appendage at the origin of each of the four anterior legs, which
(appendages) by their approximation have the appearance of a qua-
dripartite lip ; the two lateral divisions, however, may be considered
as a kind of jaws, the remaining two forming the ligula. The abdo-
men is composed of twelve annuli, those of the tail included ; the first
is divided into two parts, of which the anterior bears the sexual
organs, and the other the two combs. These appendages are com-
posed of a principal, narroAV, elongated, and articulated piece,
moveable at base, and furnished along its inner side with a suite of
little hollow laminae, united to it by an articulation, that are narrow,
elongated, parallel, and similar to the teeth of a comb; their num-
ber is more or less considerable according to the species ; it varies to
a certain extent, and perhaps with age, in the same species. No
positive experiment has yet determined the use of these appendages.
The four following annuli have each a pair of pulmonary sacs and
stigmata. Directly after the sixth, the abdomen becomes suddenly
narrowed, and the remaining six, under the form of joints, compose
the tail. All the tarsi are alike, and consist of three joints, with two
hooks at the end of the last. The four last legs have a common
base, and the first joint of the hip is soldered; the two last are even
partly fixed against the abdomen.

The two nervous cords, proceeding from the brain, unite at inter-
vals and form seven ganglions, the last of which belong to the tail.
In all other Arachnides, there are never more than three.

The eight stigmata open into as many white bursse, each contain-
ing a great number of very slender, small laminae, between which it
is probable that the air passes. A muscular vessel extends along the
back, and communicates with each bursa by two branches*; it also
distributes vessels to every part of the animal, The intestinal canal
is straight and slender. The liver is composed of four pairs of
glandular clusters, which pour their humour into the intestine at
four points. The male has two copulating organs arising near the
combs, and the female has two vulvae. The latter open into a matrix
consisting of several inter-communicating canals, which in the proper
period are found filled with living young ones; the testes are also
formed of some anastomosing vessels f.

These Arachnides inhabit the hot countries of both hemispheres,
live on the ground, conceal themselves under stones and other bo-
dies, most commonly in ruins, dark and cool places, and even in
houses. They run Avith considerable swiftness, curving their tail
over their back. They can turn it in every direction, and use it for
the purposes of attack and defence. With their forceps they seize
Onisci and various insects, Caribici, Orthoptera, &c., on which they

* See our preceding remarks on the circulation of the Arachnides Pulmonariae.
t For the anatomy of the Scorpion, see Treviranus, Marcel de Serres, and Leon
Dufour, Journ. de Phys., June 1817.

PULMONARIiE. 313

feed, pierce them with their sting by directing it forwards, and then
pass their prey through their chelicerae and jaws. They are particu-
larly fond of the eggs of Spiders and of Insects.

The wound occasioned by the sting of the europceus is not usually
dangerous. That of the Scorpion of Souvignargues, of Maupertius,
of the species which I have named Roussatre (occitanus), and which
is larger than the preceding one, according to the experiments of
Dr. Maccary courageously tried upon himself, produces serious and
alarming symptoms ; the older the animal the more active seems to
be the poison. The remedy employed is the volatile alkali, used
externally and internally.

Some naturalists have asserted that the European species produce
two generations in the year. That which appears to me to be the
most unequivocally ascertained occurs in August. The female in
coitu is laid on her back. According to Maccary she changes her
teguments previous to the production of her young. The male ex-
periences a similar alteration at the same epoch.

The young are produced at various intervals. The mother carries
them on her back for several days, during which time she never
leaves her retreat, and watches over them for a month, when they
are strong enough to establish themselves elsewhere, and provide for
their subsistence. Two years are required to qualify them for con-
tinuing their species.

Some have eight eyes ; they form the genus Buthus of Leach.

S. afer, L., Fab.; African Scorpion, Roes., Insect., 3, Ixv;
Herbst., Monog. Scorp., 1. Five or six inches long, and of a
blackish brown ; forceps large, cordate, rough and somewhat
hairy; anterior edge of the thorax deeply emarginate; thirteen
teeth to each comb. From the East Indies, Ceylon.

S. roussatre ; S. occitanus. Amor. ; S. tunetanus, Herbst.
Monog. Scorp. Ill, 3 ; Buthus occitanus, Leach, Zool. MiscelL,
cxliii. Yellowish or reddish ; tail rather longer than the body,
with elevated and finely crenulated lines. Upwards of twenty-
eight teeth — fifty-two to sixty-five, Maccary — to each comb.
From the south of Europe, Barbary, &c. — Veiy common in
Spain.
The others have but six eyes ; they compose the genus Scorpio,
properly so called, of the same naturalist.

5. europceus, L., Fab.; Herbst. Monog. Scorp., Ill, I, 2.
Brown, more or less dark ; legs and last joint of the tail paler or
yellowish; forceps cordate and angular ; nine teeth to each comb.
From the extreme southern and eastern departments of France.

ORDER II.

TRACHEARIiE.

The Arachnides which compose this order differ from those of the
preceding one in their organs of respiration, which consist of radi-

314 ARACHNIDES.

ated or ramified tracheae *, that only receive air through two stigmata ;
in the absence of an organ of circulation!; and in the number of
their eyes, which is but from two to four ;{:. The want of sufficiently
general anatomical observations, has prevented the limits of this
order from being rigorously determined. Some of these Arachnides,
the Pycnogonides for instance, exhibit no stigmata ; their mode of
respiration is unknown.

The Trachearise are very naturally divided into those which are
furnished Avith chelicerae, terminated by two fingers, one of which is
moveable, or by one that is equally so ; and into those where these
organs are replaced by simple laminae, or lancets, which with the

* The tracheae are vessels which receive the aerial fluid and distribute it to every
part of the interior of the body, and thus remedy the want of ciixulation. They are
of two kinds. Those that are tubular or elastic are formed of three membranes, the
intermediate of which is composed of a cartilaginous elastic filament spirally con-
torted ; the two others are cellular. The resicular trachese consist of but two mem-
branes of the latter description. They are a kind of pneumatic pouches susceptible
of being inflated and depressed. Aquatic Insects, and others that are aerial, are
deprived of them. They communicate with each other by tubular trachea;. In
several of the Orthoptera, where they are well developed, cartilaginous arches,
formed by appendages of the inferior semi-annuli of the abdomen, give points of
attachment to the muscles which form them. The branchiffi are divided into two
principal trunks which extend longitudinally throughout the body, one on each side,
receiving air through lateral openings or stigmata, and then throwing off numerous
branches and twigs which distribute it. In several Insects, however, there are two
other trunks more or less long, situated between the two preceding ones, and com-
municating with them. M. Marcel de Serres distinguishes them by the term pulmo-
nary trachece : the others he calls arterial trachea;. He also distinguishes two sorts
of stigmata : one kind, or the ordinary stigmata, simple, and consisting of two
membranous lips, furnished with transverse strise or fibres, and opening merely by
contraction ; the others, which he calls tremaeres, are formed of one or two (usually
two) horny, moveable pieces, opening and closing like shutters. De Geer — Descript.,
Gryllus migratorius — compares them to eye-lids. They are peculiar to certain
Orthoptera, and their position shows them to be the stigmata of the mesothorax.
M. Leon Dufour — Ann. des Sc. Nat., May 1826 — has given excellent figures of
these various kinds of stigmata, but without employing the names of the preceding
authors. It would appear from his description of the abdominal stigmata, that they
have the characters of the tremaeres, while those which he afterwards describes as
different, are the ordinary stigmata. Our own opinion is that these differences are
mere simple modifications of the lips. Reaumur, Mem., I, iv, 16, has figured a
stigma of this latter kind, where the lips have an internal border, which, from all
appearances, must be corneous. By supposing them to be almost entirely of this
nature, we have the trema^re of M. de Serres. Certain aquatic larvae have a pecu-
liar respiratory apparatus, of which we shall speak hereafter.

■f- The presence of tracheae excludes a complete circulation, that is to say, the
distribution of the blood to the different parts of the body, and its return from the
organs of respiration to the heart. Thus, although some vessels have recently been
discovered in certain Insects — Phasmse — and, although they may possibly exist in
various Arachnides Tracheariae, it does not exclude them from the general system.
M. M. de Serres has observed that the intestinal tube of the Phalangium gives off
numerous caeca or vermiform appendages, which seem to have some analogy with the
hepatic vessels, and that the tracheae ramify over them ad infinitum.

X According to Miiller the Hydrachna umbrata has six eyes: bat may this not
have arisen from an optical illusion or some mistake.''

TRACHEAHI^. 315

ligula constitute a sucker. Most of these animals, however, being
very small, great difficulties necessarily accompany these investi-
gations, and it is readily perceived that such characters should only
be resorted to when it is impossible to avoid it.

FAMILY I.

PSEUDO-SCORPIONES.

In this family we find the thorax articulated, its first segment much
the largest, and resembling a corselet ; the abdomen is very distinct
and annulated, and the palpi very large and in the form of legs or
claws. There are eight legs in each sex, with two equal hooks at the
extremity of the tarsi, the two anterior ones, at most, excepted, and
two apparent cheliccrae terminated by two fingers and two toes, formed
by the first joint of the palpi. They are all terrestrial, and have an
oval or oblong body. This family comprehends but tAvo genera.

Galeodes, 0//r. — Solpuga, Licht., Fab.

Two very large chelicerse, with strongly dentated vertical fingers, one
superior, fixed, and frequently furnished at its base with a slender,
elongated, pointed appendage*, and the other moveable; large pro-
jecting palpi in the form of feet or antennae, terminated by a short,
vesicular joint, resembling a button without a terminal hook ; the two
anterior feet of an almost similar figure, equally unarmed, but
smaller ; the others terminated by a tarsus, the last joint of which is
furnished at the end with two little pellets, and two long toes termi-
nated by a hook ; five semi-infundibuliform pediculated scales on each
posterior leg, arranged in one series along their first joints: and two
eyes closely approximated on an eminence anterior to the first tho-
racic segment, which represents a large head bearing the two anterior
feet, as well as the parts of the mouth.

Their body is oblong, generally soft, and bristled with long hairs.
The last joint, of the palpi according to M. Dufour, contains a parti-
cular organ formed like a disk, of a nacre-white, and which never
protrudes unless the animal is irritated. The two anterior feet may
be considered as second palpi. The labrum has the form of a little,
strongly compressed, recurved rostrum, pointed and hairy at the end.
The ligula is small, shaped like a keel, and is terminated by two
divergent, bearded setae, each posted on a little joint. The other
pairs of legs are annexed to as many segments, I have perceived a
large stigma on each side of the body, between the first and second
pair of legs, as well as a slit at the base of the inferior part of the
abdomen. The abdomen is oval, and composed of nine annuli.

* I do not think it is peculiar to either sex.

316 ARACHNIDES.

It is supposed that the ancients designated these animals by the
names of Phalangium, Solifuga Tetragnatha, c^-c. M. Poe dis-
covered a species in the environs of Havanna, but the others are pecu-
lar to the hot and sandy countries of the eastern continent (a). They
run with great celerity, erect their head when surprised, and show
signs of resistance ; they are considered venemous *.

Cfielifer, Geoff. — Obisium, lllig.

The palpi elongated, in the form of an arm, with a hand terminated
by a didactyle forceps; all the legs equal, terminated by two hooks ;
the eyes placed on the sides of the thorax.

These animals resemble small Scorpions destitute of a tail. Their
body is flattened, and the thorax nearly square, with one or two eyes
on each side.

They run swiftly, and frequently retrograde or move sideways
like Crabs. Roesel saw one female lay her eggs and collect them
into a heap. Hermann, Sen., says that she carries them under her
abdomen, united in a pellet. He is even of the opinion that these
Arachnides can spin.

Hermann, Jun. — Mem. AjJter. — divides this genus into two sec-
tions.

In some — Chelifer, Leach — the first segment of the trunk or
thorax is divided by an impressed transverse line ; the tarsi consist of
a single joint; there is a kind of stylet at the extremity of the
moveable finger of the chelicerae, and the hairs of the body are
shaped like a spatula.

Ch. cancroides ; Phalangium cancroides, L. ; Scorpio can-
croides. Fab.; Roes., Insect. Ill, Supp. LXIV, vulgo Book-Scor-
pion. Found in herbaria, old books, &c., where it feeds on the
small insects that destroy them.

Ch. cimicoides ; Scorpio cimicoides, Fab.; Herm., Mem.
Apter., VII, 9. Inhabits under bark of trees, stones, &c.
In others — Ohisium, Leach — the thorax is entire, the chelicerae
are destitute of a stylet, and the hairs on the body are setaceous t-
A more important character however is found in the number of
eyes. In Obisium it is four, and but two in Chelifer properly so
called J.

* Solpuga fafalis, Fab. ; Herbst., Monog., Solp. I, i, Bengal ; — S. chtUcornis,
Fab., Herbst. lb. II, 1; — Phalangium uraneuides, Pall., Spicil. Zool., fascic. IX, iii,
7, 8, 9. See also the Monog. of this genus by Herbst., and the Voy. of Pallas and
Olivier.

t Herm., Mem. Apter., V, 6 ; VI, 14.

J See Leach, Monog. of the Scorpions, Zool. Miscell. Ill, tab. 141, 142 ; and a
memoir on the Insects found in copal by M. Dalman, where he describes and figures
a species under the name of eucarjms, and mentions several others.

(j:^ (aj Our author does not seem aware of the fact that two species of this genus
havebeen discoveredby Mr. Say near the Rocky Mountains :they are, \.Gal. paUipes'
Say. Hairy ; chelicerae horizontal ; fingers arcuated ; abdomen sub-depressed,
livid. 2. Gal subulafa, Id. Hairy ; chelicerae horizonal; thumb nearly rectilinear and
destitiite of teeth; resembles the pallipes in form, size and colour, but the superior
finger of the chelicerae is unarmed and rectilinear, and the inferior arcuated with
about two stout teeth. Long's Expedition, IT, p. 3. — Eng. Ed.

TRACHEARIE. 317

FAMILY II.

PYCNOGONIDES.

The trunk, in this family, is composed of four segments, occupying
nearly the whole length of the body and terminated at each extremity
by a tubular joint, the anterior of which is the largest, sometimes
simple, and sometimes accompanied by chelicerse and palpi, or only
cine kind of these organs, that constitutes the mouth *. There are
eight legs in both sexes, formed for running, but the female is
furnished with two additional false ones, placed near the two ante-
rior and solely destined to carry her eggs,

The Pycnogonides are marine animals f , analogous either to the
Cyami and the Caprellae, or to the Arachnides of the genus Phalan-
gium, where Linneeus placed them. Their body is commonly linear,
with very long legs, composed of eight or nine joints, terminated by
two unequal hooks which appear to form but one, and the smallest of
which is cleft. The first segment of the body, which replaces the
head and mouth, forms a projecting tube, cylindrical or in the form of
a truncated cone, with a triangular aperture at its extremity. The
chelicerse and palpi are placed at its base. The former are cylindrical
or linear, simply prehensile, and composed of two joints, the last of
which is a forceps, the inferior finger, or the one that is fixed, being
sometimes shorter than the other. The palpi are filiform, and consist
of five or nine joints, with a terminal hook. Each of the following
segments, the last excepted, bears a pair of legs + ; but the first, or the
one articulated with the mouth, has a tubercle on the back, on which
are placed two eyes on each side, and beneath, in the females only,
two additional small folded legs, bearing the eggs which are collected
around them in one or two pellets. The last segment is small, cylin-
drical, and perforated by a little orifice at the extremity. No vestige
of stigmata can be perceived.

* On the siphon of a large species of Phoxichilus brought from the Cape of Good
Hope by the late M. Delalande, I observed longitudinal sutures, so that it appears
to me to be composed of the labrum, ligula, and two jaws, all soldered together. In
this case the palpi belong to the jaws.

■f- According to Savigny they form the transition from the Arachnides to the Crus-
tacea. We place them here, but with some hesitation.

I M. Milne Edwards, who has investigated the anatomy of these animals on the
living subject, has told me that in the interior of these organs he observed lateral ex-
pansions of the intestinal canal, or caeca. I have, in fact, observed traces of them
under the form of blackish vessels, in various Nymphones. This induces me to
believe that these animals respire by the skin, a character by which we might form
them into a particular order, and one perhaps intermediate between ^the Arachnides
and Apterous Insects of the order of the Parasita.

318 ARACHNIDES.

They are found among marine plants, sometimes under stones near
the beach, and occasionally also on the Cetacea.

Pycnogonum, Brun., Miill., Fab.
The chelicerae and palpi wanting ; length of the feet hardly greater
than that of the body, which is proportionably thicker and shorter
than in the following genera. They live on the Cetacea *.

Phoxichilus, Lat.
The palpi wanting, as in the Pycnogoni ; but the legs are very long,
and there are two chelicerae \.

Nymphon, Fab.

The Nymphones resemble the Phoxichili in the narrow and oblong
form of their body, the length of their legs, and in the presence of
chelicerae ; but they have, besides, two palpi %.

FAMILY III.

HOLETRA§.

The trunk and abdomen are here united in one mass, under a com-
mon epidermis, or, at most, the thorax is divided by a strangulation,
and the abdomen, in some, merely exhibits an appearance of annuli,
formed by the plicae of the abdomen.

The anterior extremity of their body frequently projects in the
form of a snout or rostrum : most of them have eight legs, and the
remainder six ||.

This family consists of two tribes. In the first or the Phalangita,
Lat. we observe very apparent chelicerae which either project in

* Miill. Zool. Dan., CXIX, 10 — 12, the female. Found on our coast by MM.
Surirey and D'Orbigny.

t Refer to this genus the Pycnogonum spinipes of Othon Fabricius, his variety of
the P. grossipes, without antennae ; the Phalamjium aculeatum ; the spinosum,Montfig.,
Lin. Trans. ; the Nymphon femoralum of the Acts of the Soc. of Nat. Hist, of Copen-
hag., 1797 ; the Nymphon hirtum, Fab., which perhaps does not differ from the Phal.
spinipes and spinosnm above quoted.

+ Pycnogonum grossipes, Oth. Fab. ; Miill., Zool. Dan., CXIX, 5 — 9, the female;
to compare with the Nymjih. graciJe and /e7norafum. Leach, Zool. Miscell., XIX, 1,
2. His genus Ammothea A. carolinensis, lb. — differs from Nymphon in the che-
licerae, which are much shorter than the moth, the first segment or radical joint
being very small. The palpi consist of nine joints, while those of the Nymphones
have but five. In this genus, as well as in Phoxichilus and Pycnogonum, the second
joint of the tarsi is very short. The tubercle on which the eyes are placed is soreie-
times situated on an elevation, which projects above the base of the anterior segment,
or the mouth.

§ HoLETRA, Hermann.

II The Trombidium longipes, Hermann, Jun., Mem. Apter, pi. I, 8, is represented
with ten legs, the two first very long. He allows but eight in the text.

TRACHEARI^. 319

front of the trunk, or are inferior, and always terminating in a di-
dactyle forceps, preceded by one or two joints.

They have two filiform palpi, composed of five joints, the last of
which is terminated by a small nail ; two distinct eyes ; two jaws
formed by the prolongation of the radical joint of the palpi, and fre-
quently four more *, which are also a mere dilatation of the hip of the
two first pairs of legs. The body is oval or rounded, and covered,
the trunk at least, with a firmer skin ; there is also an appearance of
annuli or plicae on the abdomen. The legs, of Avhich there are always
eight, are long, and distinctly divided, like those of insects f At the
origin of the two posterior legs, at least in several — Phalangium —
are two stigmata, one on each side, but hidden by their hips.

Most of them live on the ground, at the foot of trees, and on plants,
and are very active ,• others conceal themselves under stones and in
moss. Their sexual organs are internal, and placed under the mouth.

Phalangium, Lin., Fab.

The chelicerae projecting, much shorter than the body ; eyes placed
on a common tubercle.

Their legs are very long and slender, and when detached from the
body show signs of irritability for a few moments. The two sexes
in coitu are placed opposite to each other ; this occurs at the latter
end of summer. The penis of the male is formed like a dart, and has
a demi-sagittal termination. The female has a filiform, flexible,
annulated and membranous oviduct. The tracheae are tubular.

Ph. cornutum, L., the male ; Opilio, Id., the female ; Herbst.,
Monog. Phal., I, 3, the male; lb., 1, the female. Body oval,
reddish or cinereous above; black beneath; palpi long; two
ranges of small spines on the ocular tubercles, and spines on the
thighs ; corneous chelicerse in the males ; a blackish band with
a festooned margin on the back of the female J.

A celebrated English entomologist, M. Kirby, under the name of
GoNOLEPTEs, has formed a particular genus of the species with spi-
nous palpi, the two last joints of which are nearly equal, sub-oval, and
terminated by a stout nail, and in which the hips of the two posterior

* If we suppose that the two superior jaws, with their palpi, represent the mandi-
bles of the Crustacea Decapoda, the other four will also represent the jaws of the
same animals, and the two jaws and inferior lip of the triturating (Broyeiirs) Insects.
From M. Marcel de Serres we learn that the ganglion which immediately follows the
brain is opposite to the third pair of legs, which, according to these approximations,
are analogous to the first pair in Insects ; now, there also we find the same ganglion
in the latter. See Myriapoda.

t The hips, thighs, tibis, and tarsi are the same as in the preceding families.
But the legs of the Arachnides Tracheariae are composed of short joints, whose rela-
tive proportions differ very gradually, so that these distinctions of parts are less
apparent.

X See the Monograph of this genus, published by Latreille at the end of the His-
toire des Fourmis, and those of Herbst., and Hermann, Jun., Mem. Apter,

320 ARACHNIDES.

legs are very large, soldered, and form a plate under the body. These
legs are separated from the others and placed behind*. In Phalan-
gium properly so called, the palpi are filiform, spineless, and termi-
nated by a joint much longer than the preceding one, with a little
terminal hook. All the legs are approximated, with similar coxae
contiguous at their origin. Such are all the species indigenous to
Europe.

SiRO, Lat.
Projecting chelicerae nearly as long as the body ; eyes separated and
placed on different insulated tubercles f.

Macrocheles, Lat.

Extremely salient and very long chelicerae ; but the eyes null or ses-
sile ; the two anterior legs very long and antenniform ; the top of the
body forming a plate or scale without distinct annuli.

To this genus I refer the Acarus niarginatus and the Ac testudi-
narius, of Hermann, Jun., Mem. Apter., p. 76, pi. vi, fig. 6, and p.
80, pi. ix, fig. 1.

Trogulus, Lat.

Anterior extremity of the body projecting like a clypeus, and re-
ceiving the chelicerae and other parts of the mouth into an inferior
cavity,

The body is flat and covered with a very firm skin J.

In the second tribe of the Holetra, that of the Acarides, we some-
times find chelicerae, but they are simjjly formed of a single forceps,
either didactyle or monodactyle, and are hidden in a sternal lip; some-
times there is a sucker formed of united lancets ; or finally, the mouth
consists of a simple cavity without any apparent appendages. This
tribe is composed of the genus

Acarus, Lin.

Most of these animals are very small or nearly microscopical. They
are observed everywhere. Some of them are errant, and of these
some are found under stones, leaA'^es, the bark of trees, in the earth,
in water, dried meat, old cheese, and putrescent animal matters.
Others are parasitical, living on the skin or in the flesh of various
animals, which they often, by their excessive multiplication, reduce
to a state of great debility. The origin of certain diseases, such as
the itch, is attributed to particular species. The experiments of Dr.
Galet prove that if the Acari of the human psora be placed on the
body of a perfectly healthy person, they will inoculate him with the
virus of that disorder. Various species of Acari are also found on

* Gonoleptes horridus, Ijin. Trans., Xll, xxii, 16; from Brazil.

f Siro rubens, Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, vi, 2 ; — Acarus crassipes, Herm.,
Mem. Apter., Ill, 6, and IX, U. N.

X Trogulus neptefonnis, Lat. Gener. Crust, and Insect., I, vi, 1 ; Phalangium
tricarinatum, L. — South of France, Spain.

TRACHEARI^. 82>1

Insects, and some of the Coleoptera that feed on cadaverous or excre-
mentitious substances arc frequently covered with them. They have
even been observed in the brain and eye of man.

The Acari, or Mites as they are vulgarly termed, are oviparous,
and excessively prolific. Several of them at first have but six legs,
the remaining two being developed shortly after. Their tarsi ter-
minate in various ways according to their habits.

Some — AcARiDEs, Lat. — or the Acari proper, have eight legs,
solely destined for walking, and chelicerae.

Trombidium, Fab.

The chelicerae menodactyle, or terminated by a movable hook ;
salient palpi, pointed at the end, with a moveable appendage or spe-
cies of finger under their extremity; two eyes, each placed on a
little immoveable pedicle. The body is divided into two parts, the
first of which, or the anterior, is very small, and bears the two first
pair of legs, together with the eyes and mouth.

Tromb. holosericeum,Fs.h.; Herm., Mem. Apter., pi. 1,2, and
II, I. Very common in gardens in the spring ; blood-red; ab-
domen nearly square, posteriorly narrowed, with an emargina-
tion; the back loaded with papillae, hairy at base, and globular
at the extremity.

Tromb. tinctorium. Yah.; Herm. Apter.; 1,1. Three or four
times the size of the preceding ; it furnishes a red dye. The
East Indies *.

Erythr^us, Lat.

The chelicerse and palpi of Trombidium; but the eyes are not
placed on pedicles, neither is the body divided f .

Gamasus, Lat. Fab.

Didactyle chelicerae; verj' distinct or projecting filiform palpi.
The superior surface of the body, in some, is either wholly or
partially invested with a scaly skin |.

The body is entirely soft in the remainder. Several species of
this division live on Birds and Quadrupeds. Some are known ;
such as the

Gam. telarius ; Ac. telarius. Fab .; which form extremely fine
webs on the leaves of several plants, particularly of the Elm, and

* T. fuliginosum, Herm. Mem, Apt. I, 3 ; — T. bicolor, lb. II, 2 ; — T. assimile,
lb., 3 ,• T. curtipes, lb., 4; — T. trigonum, lb. 5 ; — T. trimaculatum, lb., 6.

-f- Erythraus phalangioides, Lat.; Trombidium phalangioides, Herm., lb., I, 10;
— Trombidium quisquilliarum, lb., 9; — Tromb. parietinum, lb., 12 ; — T. pusillum,
lb., 11,4 ; — T. murorum, lb., 5.

X Gamasus marginatus, Lat. ; Acams marginatus, Herm., Mem. Apter., VI, 6, found
on the corpus callosum of the human brain; — Trombidium longipes, Herm., lb., 1,
8; — Acanis coleoptratorum, Fab.; De Geer, Mem. Insect., VII, vi, 5 ; — Acarus
hirundinis, Herm., lb., I, 13 ; — Ac. vespertilionis, lb. 14 ; Trombidium bipustulatum, lb.,
II, 10; — Tromb. socium, lb., II, 13; — Tromb. tiliarium, lb., 12; — Tromb. telarium,
lb., 15 : these three species live in society on leaves, covering them with extremely
fine and silky filaments; — Tromb. celer, lb., 14 ; — Acarus gallince, De Geer, Insect,
VII, vi, 13.

VOL, in. Y

322 ARACHNIDES.

are very injurious to them. These particular species is reddish,
with a blackish spot on each side of the abdomen.
Cheyletus, Lat.

Didactyle chelicerse ; but the palpi are thick, resemble arms, and
have a falciform termination *.

Oribata, Lat. NoTASPis, Herm.

The chelicerae are also didactyle in the Oribatae, but their palpi
are very short or concealed ; their body is invested by a firm, cori-
aceous or scaly skin resembling a shield, and their legs are long
or moderate.

The anterior part of the body projects into a snout, and an ap-
pearance of a thorax is often observable. The tarsi, in some, are
terminated by a single hook, and in others by two or three, without
any vesicular pellet.

They are found on stones, trees, and in moss ; their gait is slow |.

Urofoda, Lat.

Judging from analogy, we presume that the Uropodae are fur-
nished with forceps-like cheliceroe. Their palpi are not apparent ;
their body, still covered with a scaly skin, has but very short legs,
and a filament at the an\is, by means of which they attach them-
selves to certain coleopterous Insects, suspending themselves in the
air J.

AcARus, Fab. Lat. — Sarcoptes, Lat.

Two didactyle chelicerae, and very short or concealed palpi, as in
the preceding ; but the body very soft or without a scaly crust.

The tarsi have a vesicular pellet at their extremity. Several spe-
cies live on the food of Man, and others are found in his psoraic
ulcers, and in those of the Horse, Dog, and Cat §.

Others, called Ticks — RicinIjE, Lat. — also have eight legs, solely
adapted for running, but are destitute of chelicerae, properly so
called ; they are replaced, however, by two lancet-like blades, which,
with the ligula, form a sucker.

Sometimes they have distinct eyes, and salient, filiform, free palpi ;
a sucker composed of membranous parts, and entire ; and a very
soft body. They are errant animals.

Bdella, Lat. Fab. — Scirus, Herm.
Elongated palpi , bent into an elbow, with setae or hairs at the ex-

* Acmiis eruditus, Schrank., Enum. Insect. Aust., No. 1058, Tab. II, 1; ejusd.,
peciculus miiscuH, lb., No. 1024, I, 5.

■f See Hermann, Mem. Apter., genus Notaspis ; and Olivier, Encyc. Method.,
Insect., article Oribate.

J Acarus vegetans, De Geer, Insect., VII, vii, 15. The Acanis spinitar^us, Herm.
Mem. Apter. VI, vi, 5, perhaps forms a genus intermediate between this and the
preceding one.

§ Acarus domes fia'.s,'De Geer, lb., V, 1 — 4; — Acarus siro, Fab. ; — Ac. scabiei, lb.,
12, 13. Seethe dissert, of Dr. Galet ; — Ac. farina, lb., 15; — Ac. avicularum, lb.,
VI, 9 ; — Ac. passerinus, lb., 12, rem.arkable for the size of its third pair of legs ; —
Ac. dimidiafus, Herm., Mem. Apter. VI, 4 ; — Trombidium expaipe, lb., II, 8.

TRACHEARI^ 323

tremity; four eyes; the posterior legs longest; sucker projecting in
the form of a conical or subulate rostrum. Found under stones,
bark of trees, and in moss.

Bd. longicornis; Acarus lon<jicornis,L.; La Pince rouge.
Geoff. ; Scirus vulgaris, Herm., Mem. Apter., Ill, 9 ; IX, S.
Hardly half a line in length ; scarlet ; the feet paler ; sucker in
the form of an elongated and pointed rostrum ; quadriarticu-
lated palpi, the first and last joint of which are the longest ; the
latter somewhat the shortest of the two, and terminated by two
setae. Common in the environs of Paris ; under stones *.

Smaridia, Lat.

Distinguished from Bdella by the palpi, which are hardly longer
than the sucker, straight and without terminal setae ; by the eight
eyes, and by the two anterior legs, which are longer than the others f.

Sometimes these Ticks, with eight legs and without chelicerse,
have no eyes that are perceptible ; their palpi are either anterior and
projecting, but in the form of valvulae, widened or dilated near the
extremity, serving as a sheath to the sucker — or inferior; the parts
composing the sucker are horny, very hard and dentated ; the body
is invested with a coriaceous skin, or has at least, anteriorly, a scaly
plate.

These animals are parasitical, gorge themselves with the blood
of several of the Vertebra ta, and from being extremely flat, acquire
by suction a great volume and a vesicular form. They are round
or oval.

Ixodes, Lat. Fab. — Ctnor h.estes, iJerm.

The palpi forming a sheath to the sucker, and with it constituting
a projecting and short rostrum, truncated and slightly dilated at the
extremity.

The Ixodes are found in thick woods abounding in bushes, briars,
&c. ; they hook themselves to low plants by the hind legs, keejHng
the others extended, and fasten on Dogs, Oxen, Horses, and other
Quadrupeds, and even on the Tortoise, burying their sucker so com-
pletely in their flesh, that they can only be detached by force, and by
tearing out the portion that adheres to it, They lay a prodigious
quantity of eggs, which, according to M. Chabrier, are protruded
from their mouth. They sometimes increase to such an enormous
extent on the Ox and Horse, that they perish from the exhaustion.
Their tarsi are terminated by two hooks inserted in a palette, or
united at base on a common pedicle.

The ancients designated these Arachnides by the term Ricinus.

* Scirus longirostris, Herm., Mem. Apter. VI, 2; — S. laiirostris, lb., II, III; —
S. setirostris, lb., Ill, 12; IX, T.

f Acarus sambuci, Schrank, and perhaps the following Trombidia of Hermann ;
Tr. miniatum, 1, 7; — Tr. papillosum, II, 6; — Tr. squainmatum , lb., 7. The second
is even closely allied to the species which serves as a type to the genus.

y2

324 ARACHNIDES.

Huntsmen in France call the species which attaches itself to the
Dog, Louvette. It is the

Ixodes ricinus; Acarus ricinus, L.; Acarus reduvius, DeGeer,
Insect., VII, vi, 1, 2. A deep blood-red; the sealy, anterior
plate still darker; sides of the body turned up, and slightly
hairy ; palpi forming a sheath to the sucker.

Ixodes reticulatus, Lat. Fab.; Acarus reduvius, Schrank,
Enum. Insect,, Aust., No. 1043, iii, 1,2: Cynorhcestes pictus,
Herm. Cinerous, with small reddish-brown spots, and little
annular lines of the same colour; edges of the abdomen striate;
palpi nearly oval. It infests Oxen, and when tumefied, is six
lines in length.
The species of this genus have not been sufficiently studied *.

Arg-a.s, Lat. — Rhynchoprion, Herm.

Distinguished from Ixodes by the inferior situation of the mouth,
and by the palpi which do not encase the sucker, have a conical
form, and are composed of four joints, and not of three, as in the
preceding genus.

Argas rejlexus ; Ixodes rejlexus. Fab, ; Lat. Gen. Crust, et
Insect., I, vi, 3, Herm. Mem. Apt. IV, 10, 11. Pale yellow,
with dark blood-coloured, or obscure and anastomosing lines, —
On Pigeons.

Argas persicus ; Malteh de Mianeh. This species, described
by travellers under the name of Punaise venimeuse de Miana,
with other Ixodes, constitutes the subject of some curious obser-
vations published by M. Gotthef Fischer de Waldheim.

Others again — Hydrachnell^, Lat. — have also eight legs, but
they are ciliated and adapted to natation.

They form the Genus Hydrachna of Miillerf or ihdii oi Athax
Fab., and are wholly aquatic. Their body is generally oval or nearly
globular, and very soft. That of some males is narrowed posteriorly,
so as to resemble a kind of tail, their genital organs being placed at
its extremity ; in the female, they are on the inferior surface of the
abdomen. The number of eyes varies from two to four, or, accord-
ing to Miiller, even to six.

The mouth of those species, I have been able to study, offered the
three following modifications, which have served as a base to three
generic divisions, but to which it is almost impossible to refer all
Miiller's species of Hydrachnse, that naturalist not having described
them with sufficient minuteness.

* Acarus agyptius, L. ; Herm. Mem. Apter., IV, 9; L. IV, 13; — Acartts rhino-
cerotis, De Geer, Insect., VII, xxxviii, 5. 6; — Acarus americanus, L. ; — Ac. nigua,
De Geer, lb., XXVII, 9, 13. See the genus Ixodes of Fabricius, and the work of
Leach on the apterous Insects of Linnaeus — Trans. Lin. Soc, XI.

f Hydrachna, Herm.

TRACHEARl*. 32S

Etlais, Lat.
Chelicerae terminated by a moveable hook*.
Hydrachna, Lat.

The mouth composed of laminae, forming a projecting sucker ; a
moveable appendage under the extremity of the palpi f .

LiMNOCHARES, Lat.

The sucker mouth of the Hydrachnae, but the palpi are simple J.

Others, — Microphthira, Lat. — are removed from all the rest of the
Arachnides by the number of their legs, which only amounts to six.
They are all parasitical.

Caris, Lat.

A sucker and apparent palpi ; the body rounded, flat, and covered
with a scaly skin§.

Leptus, Lat.
A sucker and palpi as in Caris, but the body very soft and ovoid.
Leptus autumnalis ; Acarus autumnalis, Shaw, Zool. Miscell.,
II, pi. xlii. A very common species, in autumn, on grasses and
other plants. Having reached the person of the passenger, it
climbs up, insinuates itself into his skin at the root of the hairs,
and occasions an itching as intolerable as that produced by a
regular itch. It is called the Rouget in France, and in fact it
is of a reddish colour and very small.
The remaining species are found on different Insects, and belong
to the division of the Trombidia hexapoda, Hermaim ||.

AcLYSiA, Aud.

The body shaped like a bagpipe, and furnished with a siphon,
without distinct palpi, situated beneath its anterior extremity, which
is narrowed, curved and obtuse; very small legs.

The Aclysiae live on the Dytisci. But a single species — Ac.
dytisci, Mem. de la Soc, d'Hist. Nat., I, p. 98, pi. v, fig. 2 —
was at first known, the one on which M. Victor Audouin esta-
blished the subgenus. Count Manheiren, a Russian naturalist,
to whom the science is much indebted for his entomological
essays, and his readiness to second the efforts of those who
study it, has, as it appears, discovered another.

* Atax extendens, Fab. ; Miill., IX, 4.

f Atax geographicm, Fab. ; Miill., VIII, 3, 5 ; At globator, Fab. ; Mull., IX, I.

X Acarus aquatints, L. ; — Acarus aquaticus holosenceus, De Geer, Insect., VII ;
ix, 15, 20 ; — Tromhidium aquaticum, Herm., Mem. Apter. I, ii.

§ Cans vespertilionis, Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect. I, 161.

II Trombidium iiisectomm, Herm., Mem. Apter. I, 16; Ge Geer, Insect., VII,
vii, 5; — Tromb. lalirostre, Herm., lb., 15; — Tromb. cornutuin, lb., II, ii ; Tromb.
uphidis, lb.; De Geer, Insect., VII, vii, U ; — Tromb. libellula, Herm. lb.; De
Geer, lb., VII, 9; — Tromb. culicis, Herm. lb.; De Geer, lb., VII, 12; — Tromb.
hipidum, Herm., lb., VII, 7.

326 ARACHNIDES.

AxoMA, Lat.

Neither sucker nor palpi visible, the mouth merely consisting of
a small orifice on the chest. The body is oval and soft, the legs
very short *. The

OcYPETE, Leach,

Belongs to this tribe by the number of legs ; but, according to him,
these animals are furnished with mandibles f .

* Acams parasiticus, De Geer, VII, vii, 7; — Trombidium parasiticum, Hermann,
t Ocypete rubra, Leach, Lin. Trans., XI, 396. On the Tipul8e.

THIRD
GREAT DIVISION

OF THE

ANIMAL KINGDOM

INSECTA.

Insects, which form the third class of articulated animals provided
with articulated legs, have, besides, a dorsal vessel analogous to the
vestige of a heart, but totally destitute of any branch for the circula-
tion*. They respire by means of two principal tracheae, extending,

* Anatomists are greatly divided with respect to the nature of this organ ; some
consider it as a true heart ; others, among whom is the Baron Cuvier, deny it this
quality, an opinion which appears to us to be fully confirmed by the admirable re-
searches of M. Marcel de Serres — " Memoire Sur le Vaisseau Dorsal des Insectes "
— published in the M^m. du Mus. d'Hist. Nat. According to the latter it secretes
fat, which is subsequently elaborated in the adipose tissue which surrounds it.
Lyonet says that it contains a gummy substance of an orange colour. Some very
recent observations appear to establish the existence of certain very small vessels ;
but in addition to the fact that this circulation must be very partial. Insects
would still greatly differ, in this respect, from the Crustacea, inasmuch as the
blood does not return to the heart. M. Straus in his report — Bullet. Univers., de
M. le Baron de Fiirussac — on a Memoir of M. Herold on this subject, has inti-
mated his own opinion on the matter as deduced from his anatomical investigations
of the Melolontha. "The dorsal vessel," says that gentleman, "is the true
heart of Insects, being, as in the higher animals, the locomotive organ of the
blood, which, instead of being contained in vessels, is diffused throughout the
general cavity of the body. This heart occupies all the length of the back of the
abdomen, and terminates anteriorly by a single non-ramified artery which carries
the blood into the head where it diffuses it, and whence it returns into the abdomen
in consequence of_its accumulation in the head, to again enter the heart ; to this
all the circulation in Insects is reduced, they having merely a single artery without
branches and no veins. The alje of the heart are not muscular as is asserted by
Herold they are merely fibrous ligaments which keep the dorsal vessel in its place.
The heart, that is to say the abdominal part of the vessel (in the Melolontha vulyaris)
is divided, internally, into eight chambers, separated from each other by two con-
verging valvulse, which allow the transmission of the blood from behind forwards, and
from one chamber to another, into the artery which runs to the head, but which
prevent it from retrograding. At the lateral and anterior part of each chamber, are

328 INSECTA.

parallel to each other, throughout the whole length of the bod}*",
having centres, at intervals, from which proceed numerous branches,
corresponding to external openings or stigmata*, which admit air.

two transverse fissures which communicate with the abdominal cavity and through
which the blood contained in the latter eaters the heart. Each of these apertures is pro-
vided, internally, with a little semi-circular valve which presses on it during the systole
of the heart. From this short description it will be seen, that when the posterior cham-
ber dilates, the blood contained in the abdominal cavity penetrates into it by the
transverse fissures of which we have spoken, and which we caU auriculo-ventriculmries.
When the chamber contracts, the blood finding no exit into the abdominal cavity
forces the inter-ventricular valve, passes into the second chamber which dilates to
receive it, and which, at the same time, receives a certain quantity of blood by the
true auriculo-veutricular apertures. When the second chamber receives the contract-
ing impression, the blood passes into the third, which also receives a portion of it
through the lateral openings, and thiis the blood is forced from one chamber to another
into the artery. It is these successive centractions of the chambers of the heart that
we perceive through the skin of caterpillars." The heart of the Crustacea Decapoda,
Squilli, Limulse, Araneae, &c., as I have been assured by the same profound
observer, also contains similar valvulae. It is enclosed in a sort of sac or pericar-
dium, which, according to him, acts in lieu of an auricle. These divisions or chambers
of the dorsal vessel are what Lyonet terms ailes or wings, he also saw that the
dorsal vessel extended to the head, and terminated there in the manner already
described: but he did not seethe orifices and valvulae mentioned by Straus. The
definition of the dorsal vessel given by this naturalist, evidently proves, that, what-
ever be its internal formation, it is not a true heart. Besides, these observations do
not teach us the true nature of the liquid it contains, nor how it becomes difiiised
throughout the other parts of the body to effect their nutrition. It is however certain,
from the observations of Lyonet, that all the parts of the body communicate with the
corps graisseiix by means of fibrilli. The trachea; give off branches which extend to
the extremities of the various appendages of the body. The action of the air may
occasion the ascension of the nutritive juices in the interstices, forming a sort of
capillary tubes.

* The number of segments in the body of the Myriapoda being undetermined, that
of their stigmata is the same, and frequently extends to above twenty. In the Hexa-
poda it is frequently eighteen, nine on each side. This computation, however, is
rather true with respect to the lu.imal as a larva than in its perfect state. Cater-
pillars, the larvse of the Coleoptera and those of various other Insects, have one
pair of stigmata on the first segment, or the one that bears the first pair of legs ; the
second and the third are destitute of them, owing, I presume, to the developement
of the wings which occurs in these rings, and renders the presence of respiratory
apertures useless in that particular place. The fourth and each of the seven follow-
ing annuli exhibit a pair : but in coleopterous Insects in their perfect state, besides
the two anterior stigmata concealed in the cavity of the pro-thorax, which had not
been perceived, we observe two others, situated between the origin of the elytra and
that of the wings : they belong to the mesothorax. There are none in the metatho-
rax, unless we consider the two of the first abdominal segments, as supplementary
to the thorax, a consideration founded on what occurs in the Diptera and Hymenop-
terous Insects with a pediculated abdomen, where these two stigmata, with the
semi-segment in which they are placed, make part of the thorax. Thus, generally
speaking, the hexapoda have eight pairs of abdominal stigmata, the two last of
which, however, are frequently obliterated.

In Acrydium, Truxalis, and Libellula, each side of the mesothorax presents a stig-
ma, or those which Marcel de Serres calls fremaeres. In these latter Insects, as
well as in others with naked wings, or without elytra, the two first thoracic stigmata
are placed above, between the prothorax and the mesothorax. With the exception of
the Libellulae, the thorax proper offers no other distinct stigmata — I say thorax proper,
because, as we have already observed, the two first of the abdomen, in several, are
referable to the posterior extremity of the thorax. The metathorax of the Pentatomae,
and Scutellerae is provided inferiorly with a pair of stigmata. In the apterous Spec-

INSECTA. 329

They all have two antennee and a distinct head. The nervous sys-
tem of most Insects — the Hexapoda — is generally composed of a
brain formed of two opposing ganglions, united at base, giving off
eight pairs of nerves and two single ones, and of twelve ganglions*,
all inferior. The two first are situated near the junction of the
head with the thorax, and are longitudinally contiguous ; the anterior
sends nerves to the lower lip and adjacent parts ; the second, third
and fourth belong to each of the three first segments, or those which
form the thorax in the Hexapoda ; the remaining ganglions belong
to the abdomen, so that the last or the twelfth corresponds to its
seventh ring, and is immediately followed by those which compose
the organs of generation ; each of these ganglions transmits nerves
to the parts of its respective segments. The two last, which are
closely approximated, also send some to the terminal annuli of the
body. The frontal region exhibits three particular ganglions called
frontal by Lyonet, from the first of which arises posteriorly a great
nerve with enlargements, the longest of all, that he denominates the
recurrent. The first ordinary or sub-cesophagean ganglion, gives
off, according to him, four pairs of nerves, and each of the following
ones, two ; so that by counting the eight pairs of the brain, and the
ten spinal bridles, which may also be considered as so many pairs of
nerves, we shall have in all forty-five pairs, exclusive of the two
solitaiy nerves above-mentioned, or from twelve to fourteen more
than are found in the human subject. The two nervous cords which
form the ganglions by their union, are tubular and composed of two
tunicks, in the exterior of which we observe tracheae ; a medullary
substance fills the central canal. The admirable work of M. Herold
on the anatomy of the larva of the great Papilio brassicce, L.,
studied throughout its various degrees of developement, and to the
period of its transformation into a chrysalis, shows us that the ner-
vous system and that of the digestive organs experience remarkable
changes ; that in the beginning, the nervous cords are longer and
further apart, an observation which strengthens the opinion of one
of the greatest zootomists of the age, Doctor Serres, on the origin
and developement of the nervous system. In our general remarks
on points common to the three classes of articulated animals provided
with articulated feet, we mentioned the various opinions of physi-

tra, there is none in the second segment or mesothorax ; but in the following one
or the metathorax, there are two pairs, one anterior, which being situated near
the articulation of this segment with the preceding, may be considered as belonging
to the latter, and the other smaller, and placed close to that of the first abdominal
segment.

• Several of the Lamellicornes in a perfect state form exceptions.

330 INSECTA.

ologists with respect to the seat of the sense of hearing and of smell.
We will merely add, in regard to the former, that the little nervous
frontal ganglions of which he have spoken, seem to confirm the
opinion of those who, like Scarpa, place it in the origin of the an-
tennae. I have detected two small orifices near the eyes of certain
Lepidoptera, which, perhaps, are auditory canals. If, in several
Insects, particularly those furnished with filiform, or long, setaceous
antennae, they (the antennae) are organs of touch, it seems to us
difficult to account for the extraordinary developement they acquire
in certain families, and more particularly in the males, if we refuse
to admit that they are then the seat of smell. The palpi also, in
some cases, as when they are greatly dilated at the extremity, may
possibly be the principal organs of smell, part of which sense may
also perhaps belong to the ligula.

The digestive system consists of a preparatory or buccal apparatus,
intestinal canal, biliary vessels, also called hepatic vessels, those styled
salivary, but which are less general, free and floating vessels called
excrementitious, the epiploon or corps graisseux, and probably of
the dorsal vessel. This system is singularly modified according to
the difference of the aliment, or forms a great number of particular
types, of which we shall speak when treating of families. We will
merely say a word with respect to the buccal apparatus and the prin-
cipal divisions of the intestinal canal, beginning with the latter. In
those where it is the most complicated, as in the carnivorous Coleop-
tera, Ave observe a pharynx, oesophagus, crop, gizzard, stomach or
chylific ventricle, and intestines which are divided into the small in-
testines, great intestine or caecum, and the rectum. In those Insects
where the tongue, properly so called, is laid on the anterior or inter-
nal face of the lip, or is not free, the pharynx is situated on that same
face and this is most commonly the case*. We will also add, that
a naturalist who first furnished us with correct observations on the
respiratoiy organs of the Mygales, M. Gaede, professor of natural
history at Liege, does not consider the biliary vessels as secreting
organs — this opinion, however, does not appear to be sufficiently
well founded, and the observations of M. Leon Dufour f . even seem
to destroy it.

* See what we have stated respecting the ligula, in our general remarks on the
three classes.

f This latter naturalist, whom I shall have frequent occasion to mention, has
published, with the most minute detail, every thing relative to the digestive system
of Insects, in a series of admirable Memoirs, which have enriched the Annales des
Sciences Naturtlles. Well arranged resumed' of the whole by M. Victor Audouin may
be found in the Diet. Class. d'Hist. Nat., article Insectes.

INSECT*. 331

Some few, and always apterous Insectes, such as the Myriapoda,
approximate to several of the Crustacea, either in the number of the
annuli of their body and in their legs, or in some points of analogy
in the conformation of the parts of the mouth ; but all the others
never have more than six legs, and their body, the number of whose
segments never extends beyond twelve, is always divided into three
principal parts, the head, trunk, and abdomen. Among the latter
Insects, some are found without wings, that always preserve their
natal form, and merely increase in size and change their skin *. In
this respect they bear some analogy to the animals of the preceding
classes. Nearly all the remaining Hexapoda have wings ; but these
organs, and even frequently the feet, do not make their appearance
at first, but are only developed after a series of changes, more or less
remarkable, styled metamorphoses, of which we shall soon have to
speak.

The head f bears the antennce, eyes, and mouth. The composi
tion and form of the antennae are much more various than in the
Crustacea, and are frequently more developed or longer in the males
than in the females.

The eyes are either compound or simple ; the first, according to
the baron Cuvier, Marcel de Serres and others, are formed : 1, of a
cornea, divided into numerous little facets, which is so much the
more convex, as the insect is more carnivorous ; its internal surface
is covered with an opaque, and variously coloured, but slightly fluid
substance, usually, however, of a black or deep violet hue : 2, of a
choroides, fixed by its contour and edges to the cornea, covered with
a black varnish, exhibiting numerous air vessels, arising from tolera-
bly large trunks of tracheae in the head, whose branches form a cir-
cular trachea roimd the eye : it is frequently wanting, hoAvever, as
well as the choroides, in various nocturnal insects ; 3, of nerves aris-
ing from a large trunk, proceeding directly from the brain, which
then opens, forming a reversed cone, the base of which is next to the
eye, and each of whose rays or threads traversing the choroides and
lining matter of the cornea, terminates in one of its facets : there is
no crystalline nor vitreous humour.

Several, besides these compound eyes, have simple ones, the cor-

* My Homotencs (similar to the end) or the Ametoholia of Leach.

t Its surface is divided into several little regions or arere called the chjpeus (nose
of Kirby), the /ace, the/>-on/, the vertcv or summit, and the cheeks. The term clypeus
being equivocal, I have substituted for it that oi epistoma or overmouth. It gives
insertion to the labrum or upper lip.

332 INSKCTA.

nea of which is smooth. They are usually three in number, and are
disposed in a triangle on the top of the head. In most of the Aptera,
and in the larvae of those that are winged, they replace the former,
and are frequently united in a group; those of the Arachnides seem to
indicate that they are fitted for the purposes of vision.

The mouth of hexapodous insects is generally composed of six
principal parts, four of which are lateral, are disposed in pairs, and
move transversely ; the other two, opposed to each other in a contrary
direction, occupy the space comprised between the former : one is
placed above the superior pair, and the other beneath the inferior.
In the triturating insects (broyeurs), or those which feed on solid
matters, the four lateral parts perform the office of jaws, the other
two being considered as lips ; but, as we have already observed, the
two superior jaws have been distinguished by the peculiar appellation
of mandibles, the others alone bearing that of maxillae or jaws ;
the latter are also furnished with one or two articulated filaments
called palpi, a character never exhibited, in this class, by the man-
dibles. Their extremity is often terminated by two divisions or lobes,
the exterior of which, in the Orthoptera, is called the galea. We
have already said that the upper lip was called the labrum. The
other, or the labium, properly so styled, is formed of two parts ; the
one, inferior and solid, is the mentum or chin ; the other, which is
usually pruvid' d with two palpi, is the ligula *.

In the Suctoria, or those that live by the suction of fluid aliament
these various organs of manducation present themselves under two
kinds of general modifications. In the first, the mandibles and the
jaws are replaced by little laminae in the form of setae or lancets,
forming, by their union, a sort of sucker, which is received into a
sheath, supplying the place of a labium, and is either cylindrical or
conical, and articulated in the form of a ro.^^ntm, or fleshy or mem-
branous, inarticulated, and terminated by two lips constituting a

* With respect to tliis, see what is stated in the general remarks which precede
the particular exposition of each class. The inferior Up appears to us to be a mere
modification of the second jaws of the Crustacea Decapoda, combined with their
ligula. The changes gradually effected in these parts in the Crustacea, Archnides,
and Myriapoda, seem to authorize this idea. According to this hypothesis, the six
thoracic legs are analogous to the foot-jaws, a fact already recognized with regard
to the Crustacea of the genus Apus. The five first abdominal segments of the Hex-
apoda wiU then represent those, which, in the Crustacea Decapoda, bear the legs
properly so called, or the third and four following pairs of the Amphipoda and Iso-
poda. All the observations that have been published on the thorax of Insects, al-
though otherwise useful, will necessarily be liable to continual changes, when that
part of the body is compared in the three classes of articulated animals provided with
articulated feet. In this respect our nomenclature is far from being fixed.

INSECTA. 333

proboscis. The labrum is triangular and arched, and covers the base
of the sucker.

In the second modification, the labrum and mandibles are nearly
obliterated, or are extremely small : the labium is no longer free,
and is only distinguishable by the presence of two palpi, to which it
gives insertion : the jaws have acquired a most extraordinary length,
and are transformed into tubular filaments, which, being united at
their edges, compose a sort of spiral proboscis called the tongue, but
which, to avoid all equivocation, it would be bettor to call spirigna-
tha ; its interior exhibits three canals, the intermediate of which is
the duct of the alimentary juices. At the base of each of these fila-
ments is a palpus, usually very small, and but slightly apparent.

The Myriapoda are the only insects in which the mouth presents
another mode of organization — it will be explained in treating of
that order.

The trunk * of insects, or that intermediate portion of their body
which bears the legs, is generally designated by the term thorax, or
corselet by the French. It is composed of three segments, not well
distinguished at first, the relative proportions of which vary consider-
ably. Sometimes, as in the Coleoptera the anterior, much the largest,
separated from the following one by an articulation, moveable, and
alone exposed, appears at the first glance to constitute the entire
trunk, and is called the thorax or corselet ; sometimes, as in the Hy-
menoptera, Lepidoptera, &c., it is much shorter than the ensuing
one, has the appearance of a collar, and, with the two others, forms a
common body, attached to the abdomen by a pedicle, or adhering
closely to it across its whole posterior width, and is also called thorax.
These distinctions were insufficient, and frequently ambiguous, inas-
much as they were not based on a ternary division, distinctly an-
nounced by me in the first edition of this work, as a character pro-
per to the Hexapoda. M. Kirby having already employed the deno-
mination of metathorax, to designate the after-thorax f , that of

* This term, here, is synonymous with that of thorax. In order to avoid confusion,
I think it would be better to restrict the application of the former to the Linnaean
Aptera with more than six legs, and where those organs are borne by particular seg-
ments, that is, where the head is distinct from the trunk. With respect to the
Crustacea in which these parts of the body are confounded, the thorax might be
called thoracida ; and cephalo-thorax in the Arachnides, animals presenting the same
character, but in which the trunk or thorax is more simple and provided with fewer
appendages. The Entomostraca, in this respect, approach the latter, but as they
belong to another class, the term thoracida should still be applied to them ; that of
thorax would then be exclusively appropriated to the Hexapoda.

t This segment should not be restricted, in the Hymenoptera, to this superior,
very short, and transverse division of the thorax, on the sides of which the second

334 INSECTA.

prothorax and mesothorax, the ternary division once established,
naturally presented itself to the mind, and the celebrated professor
Nitzsch was the first to employ it. Some naturalists have since desig-
nated the prothorax or anterior segment, that which bears the two
first feet, by the term collar, collare. Wishing to retain the deno-
mination of corselet, but to restrain its application within proper
limits, we will employ that term in all those cases where this seg-
ment is much larger than the others, and Avhere these latter are join-
ed to the abdomen, and seem to constitute an integral part of it — a dis-
position proper to the Coleoptera, Orthoptera, and several of the
Hemiptera. Wlien the prothorax is short, and forms with the suc-
ceeding segments a common and exposed mass, the trunk composed
of the three will retain the name of thorax. We will also continue
to style pectus the inferior surface of the trunk, dividing it according
to the segments, into three arese, the ante-pectus, medio-pectus , and
post-pectus. The median line will also constitute the sternum, which
we divide into three parts : the antes lerniim, medio-sternum, and
post-sternum.

The teguments of the thoracic segments, as well as of those of the
abdomen, are usually divided into two annuli or scmi-annuli, the one
dorsal or superior, the other inferior, laterally united by a soft and
flexible membrane, which, how^ever, is but a portion of the same
tegument that in many Insects, the Coleoptera particularly, is less firm.
At the point of junction between these annuli we observe a little
space of a more solid texture, or of the consistence of the annulus
itself, which bears a stigma, so that the sides of the abdomen present
a longitudinal series of small pieces, or each segment seems to be
quadripartite. Other equally corneous pieces occupy the inferior
sides of the mesothorax and metathorax and immediately under the
origin of the elytra and wings, which are supported by another longi-
tudinal piece. The relations of these parts, the size and form of the
first joint of the coxae, the manner in which they are articulated with

wings are inserted. It is also formed of thaV portion of the thorax which extends
backwards to the origin of the abdomen, a circumstance which evidently demonstrates
the position of the two last stigmata of the trunk, they being placed on the sides of
this extremity, behind the wings, and above the last pair of legs. I am even of
the opinion that this observation will apply to all winged Insects. Their metathorax
should be divided, at lea^st above, into two parts or semi-segments, one, in the
Tetraptern, bearing the second wings and destitute of stigmata, and the other fur-
nished with them ; sometimes this latter portion, as in nearly all Insects, the Hyme-
uoptera with a pediculated abdomen, the Rhipiptera and Diptera excepted, appears
to belong to abdomen sometimes it is incorporated with the trunk or thorax and closes
it posteriorly, as in those last mentioned. In the Orthoptera, Hymenoptera, Lepi-
doptera and Diptera, the two anterior or thoracic segments are placed between the
prothorax and the mesothorax. The abdomen will then consist of nine complete seg-
ments, the three last of which compoic the organs of generation.

INSECTA. 335

the semi-annulus to which they belong, the extent and direction of
that semi-annulus varying, furnish the thorax, thus considered, with
a combination of characters, which in a systematic point of view are
of great importance. Some naturalists, Knoch in particular, had
already employed them, but on no fixed principle, and under arbitrary
denominations, A necessary preliminary step was the careful and
comparative study of the thorax, as it exists in all the orders of the
class of Insects. This was undertaken at my request, by the late
Lachat. His friend, M. Victor Audouin, has prosecuted his re-
searches and presented to the Academie des Sciences an excellent
memoir on the subject. All that is yet known of it, however, is
from the general sketch given by the Baron Cuvier in his report *,

* The exposition of the parts of the thorax, and a fixed nomenclature created
for them, says the Baron in his report, should naturally be placed at the head of
the work. The trunk of Insects is always divisible into three annuli, each of which
bears a pair of legs, called by M. Audouin, from their position, the prothorax, the
mesothorax, and the metathorax. Besides these legs, the mesothorax bears the first
pair of wings, and the metathorax the second. Each of these three segments is
composed of four parts: one inferior, two lateral (forming the pectus), and a
fourth superior, which constitutes the back : the inferior is called the sternum ; the
lateral portion, or the flank, is divided into three principal parts, one which is
attached to the sternum, called ejnsternum, another behind the first, and to which
the coxa is articulated, the epimera (epimere). A little moveable piece, hitherto
unknown, which serves to unite the epimera and the coxa, is named trochantinus,
(trochantin) by way of distinguishing it from trochanter. The third piece of the
flank, which in the mesothorax and metathorax is situated before the episternum
and under the wing, is called the hypothera. Sometimes there is also a small cor-
neous piece round the stigma, styled the perifrema. The superior portion of each
segment, which the author calls tergum, is divided into four pieces, named, from
their position in each ring, prascutum, scutum, and posfscutellum. The first is fre-
quently, and the fourth almost always, concealed in the interior. Naturalists have
seldom distinguished any other part of the mesothorax but the scutellum, which is
frequently remarkable for its large size and its configuration, although an analogous
piece is found in the three segments. Thus the tnink of Insects may be divided
into thirty-three principal parts, and, if we count the hypothera, the number will
amount to forty-three, more or less visible in the interior. From these pieces,
besides, arise various internal productions, which, on account of their uses and im-
portance, require to be named : thus, from the posterior portion of the sternum of
each segment, a vertical apophysis arises internally, sometimes shaped like a Y,
called by M. Audouin the entothorax. It furnishes insertions to muscles and pro-
tects the medullary cord ; an analogous one is seen in the head and sometimes in
the first annuli of the abdomen. Other internal prominences result from the pro-
longation of the external neighbouring pieces that are soldered together. M. Au-
douin names them apudema (apodemes). Some of them give insertion to muscles,
others to the wings : — finally, there are other small moveable pieces either internally
and between the muscles, or at the base of the wings, which our author styles the
(^pidemes) epidema. We have stated that the principal pieces, or vestiges of them,
are always to be found, but they are frequently far from being separable. In par-
ticular genera, or in certain orders, many are only to be distinguished by traces of
sutures. M. Audouin — Diet. Class. d'Hist. Nat., art. Iiisectes — has since substi-
tuted the name of parapttra for that of hypoptera. That of entothorax will also be
changed, in some situations, into entocephahi, relative to the head — and into ento-
gaster, as respects the abdomen. He remarks that the head of Insects is composed
of several segments. We have also observed, that the rostrum of the Cicadee, repre-
senting the lower lip, is not attached to the head but to the membrane which

336 INSECT A.

and by the extract published by the author in the article Insectes of
the Diet. Class. d'Histoire Naturelle. Before we can adopt his
nomenclature, and apply it generally, we must wait until his work
and the figures which accompany it are published ; for all practical
purposes, however, the denominations already introduced may suffice.
A second production relative to the same subject, which both justice
and friendship here compel me to notice, is that of M. Chabrier on
the flight of insects. It forms part of the Mem. du Mus. d'Hist.
Nat., but is sold separately. The figures are executed on a great
scale, as are also those of a Memoir of Jurine, Sen. on the wings of
the Hymenoptera, a work, like the preceding one, which is the result of
infinite patience.

As Insects inhabit all kinds of dwellings, they are provided with
all sorts of locomotive organs, wings and feet, which in several, act
as fins.

The wings are membranous, dry, elastic organs, usually diapha-
nous, and attached to the sides of the back of the thorax : the first,
when there are four, or Avhen they are unique, on those of its second
segment, and the second on those of the following or of the meta-
thorax. They are composed of two membranes laid one on the other,
and are traversed in various directions by more or less numerous
nervures, which are so many tracheal tubes, now forming a network,
and then simple veins. A celebrated naturalist, Jurine, Sen., has
taken advantage of the disposition and decussation of these nervures *
in a systematic point of view. The Libellulee, Apes, Vespae,
Papiliones, &c., have four wings ; but those of the latter are covered
with small scales, which at the first glance resemble dust, and give
them the magnificent colours in which they are drest. They are
easily removed with the finger, and that portion of the wing becomes
transparent. By the aid of glasses we discover that these scales are
of various figures, and implanted in the Aving by means of a pedicle,
arranged gradually and in series, like tiles on a roof. Before the
superior wings of these Insects are two species of epaulettes — -ptery-
goda — which extend posteriorly along a portion of the back on which
they are laid. The wings of some Insects remain straight, or are

unites it with the thorax, and thus also we find that the two medullary cords form
two contiguous ganglions under the mouth. In accordance with these views, we
consider the first segment of the body of the Scolopendrae, that which bears the
two hooks, as an analogous division of the head. It seems that Knoch had distin-
guished the epimera by the names of scapula and parapleurce, the post-pectus by
that of acetabulum, while the mediopectus was his }}eristoethium. The first joint of
the four posterior coxae, in most of the Coleoptera, forms a transverse plate, enclosed
in the flanks, and is the piece, as far as I can judge, that he calls the mcerium.
* See general observations on the Hymenoptera.

INSECTA. 337

doubled transversely. Those of others are folded or plaited longi-
tudinally like a fan. Sometimes they are horizontal, and sometimes
inclined in the manner of a roof : in several they cross on the back,
and in others they are distant *. Directly under them, in the Diptera
are two small moveable threads with a claviform termination, which,
according to the general opinion f , seem to replace the two wings
that are wanting. They are called (balanciers) halteres. Other
two-winged and more extraordinary Insects have also two halteres,
but situated at the anterior extremity of the thorax, which to distin-
guish from the others we will call prohal teres. Above these append-
ages is a little membranous scale formed of two pieces united by one
of their edges and resembling a bivalve shell — it is the alula or
cueilleron. The same appendage is also observed under the elytra (at
their base) of some aquatic Coleoptera.

Many Insects, such as the Melolonthae, Cantharides, &c., in lieu of
the two superior or anterior wings, are furnished with two species of
scales, more or less solid and opaque, which oj)en and close, and be-
neath which, Avhen at rest, the Avings are transversely folded. These
scales or wing cases are called elytra I. The Insects provided with
them are named Coleoptera, and in such they are never absent,
though this is sometimes the case with respect to the wings. In
other Insects the extremity of the scale is completely membranous, or
like the wing : they are styled Herniptera.

The scutel or scutellum is usually a small triangular piece, situated
on the back of the mesothorax, and between the insertions of the
elytra, or of the wings. Sometimes it is very large, and then it
covers the greater part of the superior portion of the abdomen.
In various Hymenoptcra, behind the scutellum and. on the meta-
thorax, Ave find a little space called the post-scutellum.

The ambulatory organs of locomotion consist of a coxa formed of
two pieces, a femur, an nniarticulated tibia, and of a tarsus, Avhich is
divided into several phalanges. The number of its articulations
varies from three to five, a difference Avhich greatly depends upon
the proportional changes experienced by the first and penultimate

* The Insect is supposed to be at rest. The rapid vibration of these organs
appears to us to be one of the principal causes of the liumminrj produced by these
animals. The explanations hitherto given of it are not satisfactory.

f They are, in my opinion, appendages of the trachejc of the first abdomiual
segment, and correspond to that space, perforated with a small hole, adjacent to
the antei-ior side of an opening, with a membranous and internal diaphragm, that
is seen on each side in the same segment in several species of Acrydium. See my
Mem. sur les Append. Artie, des Insect., in the Mem. du Mus. d'Hist. Nat.

X For their chemical composition, see Odier, Mem. cit. in the Mem. de la See.
d'Hist. Nat. ; and the article Insectcs of the same work.

VOL. I. Z

338 INSECTA.

joints. Although their supputation may sometimes prove embarrass-
ing, and this nvmierical series may not always be in exact accordance
with the natural order, it furnishes a good character for the distinc-
tion of genera. The last joint is usually terminated by two hooks.
The form of the tarsi is subject to some modifications, according to
the habits of the animal. Those of aquatic species are usually
strongly ciliated and flattened, and resemble oars *.

The abdomen, which forms the third and last j^art of the body, is
confounded in the Myriapoda, with the thorax : but in all other
Insects, or those which have but six feet, it is distinct. It contains
the viscera and the sexual organs, presenting nine or ten segments or
annuli, some of Avhich, however, are frequently concealed or con-
siderably reduced. The organs of generation are situated at the
posterior extremity and issue through the anus. The luli and
Libellulse alone constitute exceptions. The last annuli of the abdo-
men, in several females, form a retractile or always projecting
ovipositor — oviscapte of Marcel de Serres — more or less complicated,
which act as an auger. A sting is substituted for it in many of the
female Hymenoptera. The fecundating organ of the male is almost
provided with hooks or a forceps f . The sexes usually copulate but
once, and this junction in certain genera is even suflRcient for the
fecundation of several successive generations. The male places
himself on the back of his mate, and remains there for some time.
The latter soon lays her eggs J, and deposits them in the way best
adapted for their preservation, and in such a manner that the moment
the larvae make their appearance, suitable aliment is always within
their reach. Frequently she collects provisions for them. This
maternal solicitude often excites our surprise, and more particularly
unveils the instinct of Insects. In the numerous societies of several
of these animals, such as the Ant, Termes, Wasp, Bee, &c., those

* M. Kiiby, in his Monograph of the Bees of England, designates the two
anterior tarsi by the name of hands. The first joint is the palm, — palma. This
gentleman, in conjunction with M. Spence, has published a very complete and
detailed work on the elements of Entomology.

t The generating organs of the male consists of au apparatas for the elabora-
tion of the semen, and of the parts proper to copulation. The preparatory ap-
paratus is composed of testes, vasa deferentia, and vesiculae seminales. The copu.
lating instrument is a penis provided with an armature consisting of surrounding
parts, of various forms, acting like pincers or forceps, with which the male seizes
the posterior extremity of the body of the female. The sexual apparatus of the
latter is composed of an ovary, the receptacle or calyx formed by its base and the
oviduct. For more minute details, see the memoirs of M. Dufour, Ann. des Sc.
Nat., and the Dissertation of Hegetschweiler, Zurich, 1820.

:J; M. Audouin supposes, that, in a great number of Insects, the ova are fecun-
dated, as they descend, in a sac situated near the anus ; but this idea requires to be
confirmed by experiment, and one of those naturalists who have most closely studied
the anatomy of these animals, M. Dufour, is of a different opinion.

INSECTA. 339

individuals which form the greater portion of the community, and by
whose labour and vigilance the whole commiinity are maintained,
have been considered as being of neither sex. They have also been
designated by the terms of labourers and mides. It is now known,
however, that they are females, whose sexual organs or ovaries have
not been fully developed, and that if an amelioration of their diet
perfect those organs at a particular epoch while they are young they
become fruitful.

The ova are sometimes hatched in the abdomen of the mother ; she
is then viviparous. The number of generations in a year depends on
the duration of each of them. Most commonly there is but one or
two. A species, all things being equal, is so much the more com-
mon, as one generation succeeds more rapidly to another, and as the
female is more prolific.

A female Papilio or Butterfly, post coitum, lays her eggs, from
which are hatched, not Butterflies, but animals Avith an elongated
body, divided into rings, and a head furnished with jaws and several
small eyes, having very short feet, six of which are anterior, scaly,
and pointed, the rest varying in number and membranous, being
attached to the posterior annuli. These animals, caterpillars, live in
this state for a certain period, and repeatedly change their skin. An
epoch, however, arrives, when from this skin of a caterpillar issues a
totally diff"erent being, of an oblong form and without distinct limbs,
Avliich soon ceases to move and remains a long time apparently desic-
cated and dead under the name of a chrysalis. By close examination
we may discover on the external surface of this chrysalis, lineaments
which represent all the parts of the Butterfly, but under proportions
diff'ering from those they are one day to possess. After a longer or
shorter period, the skin of the chrrjsalis splits, and the Butterfly,
humid and soft, with flabby short wings, issues from it — a few mo-
ments, however, and it is dry, the wings enlarge and become firm,
and the perfect animal is ready for flight. It has six long legs, an-
tennae, a spiral proboscis, and compound eyes — in a word, it has no
resemblance whatever to the caterpillar, from which it has originated,
for it is ascertained that these various changes are nothing more
than the successive development of parts contained one within the
other.

This is what is styled the metamorphosis of Insects. In their first
condition they are called larvce., in their second pupce or nymphs, and
in the third perfect insects. It is only in the last state that they are
capable of reproduction.

All insects do not pass through these three states. Those which

z2

340 INSECTA.

are apterous issue from the ovum with the form they are always to
preserve*: they are said to be without a metamorphosis. Of those
that have wings, many experience no other change than that of
receiving them : these are said to undergo a demi-metamorphosis.
Their larva resembles the perfect insect, with the single exception of
the wings, which are totally wanting. The nymph only differs from
the larva in possessing stumps or rudiments of wings, which are
developed at its final change of tegument, and render the animal per-
fect. Such are the Cymeces, Grylli, &c. Finally, the remaining
Insects provided with wings, that are said to undergo a complete meta-
morphosis, are at first larvce, resembling caterpillars or WoriTis, and
then become motionless nymphs, but presenting in that state all the
parts of the perfect insect contracted, and as if wrapped in a bandage.

In the nymph of the Coleoptera, Neuroptera, Hymenoptera, &c.,
these parts, though closely approximated and in contact with the
bodv, are free ; but they are not so in that of the Lepidoptera and of
many Diptera. An elastic or solid skin is moulded over the body
and its external parts, forming a kind of case for it.

That of the chrysalides of the Lepidoptera merely consisting of a
simple pellicle applied to the external organs, following their contour
in every direction, and forming, for each of them, so many moulds,
like the envelope of a mummy, allows us to recognise and distinguish
themf; but those of Flies and Syrphi, formed of the dried skin of
the larva, resemble an egg-like shell. It is a species of capsule or
case in which the animal is shut up J.

Many larvae, before they pass into their pupa state, prepare a cocoon
in which they enclose themselves, either Avith silk which they draw
from the interior of their bodies by means of the spinning apparatus
of their lip, or other materials which they collect. The perfect
Insect issues from the nymph through a fissure or slit which opens on
the back of the thorax. In the pupee of Flies one of the extremities
is detached, like a cap, to allow the egress of the animal.

The larvaj and pupae of those Insects which experience a demi-
metamorphosis only differ from the same in a perfect state, in the
absence of wings. The other external organs are precisely alike.
But in such as undergo a complete metamorphosis, the form of the
body of the larva has no constant relation with that it is to possess in
its perfect state. It is usually more elongated ; the head is frequently

* The Pulex, the female MutiUee, the Working Ants, and some few other Insects
excepted.

f Pupa ohtecta, L.
% Pupa coarctata, L.

iK'SECTA. 341

very different, as well in its consistence as in its figure, having mere
rudiments of antcnnse, or perhaps none at all; there are never any-
compound eyes.

There is also a great disparity in the organs of manducation, as
may be easily seen by comparing the mouth of a caterpillar with that
of the Butterfly, or the mouth of the larva of a Fly with that of the
perfect Insect.

Several of these larvae are destitute of feet ; others, such as the
caterpillars, have many, all the six first excepted, membranous, and
without terminal hooks. Some Insects, such as the Ephemerae,
exhibit a singular anomaly in their metamorphosis — the animal
arrived at its perfect state undergoes another change of tegument (a).
The Insects which constitute our three first orders preserve for
life their natal form.. The Myriapoda, however, exhibit a kind of
metamorphosis. At first they have but six legs, or, according to
Savi, are altogether destitute of them; the others, as well as the seg-
ments on which they depend, are developed by age.

But few A'egetable substances are protected from the voracity of
Insects ; and as those which are necessary or useful to Man are not
spared by them more than others, they become very injurious, parti-
cularly during seasons Avhich favour their multiplication. Their
desti'uction greatly depends upon our vigilance and knowledge of
their habits. Some of them are omnivorous — such are the Termites,
Ants, &c,, whose ravages are but too well known. Several of those
Avhich are carnivorous, and all the species which feed on dead animal
and excrementitious matters, are a benefit conferred on us by the
Author of Nature, and somewhat compensate for the inconvenience
and injury we experience from the others. Some are employed in
medicine, the arts, and our domestic economy.

They have numerous enemies : Fishes destroy many of the aquatic
species; Birds, Bats, Lizards, &c., deliver us from a part of those
which inhabit the air or earth. Most of them endeavour to escape
by flight or running from the dangers that surround them, but some
have recourse to stratagem or arms.

Having undergone their ultimate transformation, and being pos-
sessed of all their faculties, they hasten to propagate their species : —
this aim once accomplished, they soon cease to exist. Thus, each of

OCf'(n) " Se depouiileiit encore de leurs ailes," is tlie ungiiarded expression of our
author. It is not the wings alouc, but the entire animal, after attaining its perfect
condition, that is thus divested of its external pellicle, even to the slender, setaceous
appendages which terminate the posterior extremity of the body. It is the commoa
May -fly of America. — Eng. Ed.

342 INSECTA.

the three finer seasons of the year produces species peculiar to it. The
females and males of those which live in societies, however, enjoy a
longer term of life. Individuals hatched in autumn shelter them-
selves from the rigours of winter, and reappear in spring.

The species, like those of plants, are circumscribed within geogra-
phical limits. Those of the western continent for instance, a very
few, and all from the north, excepted, are strictly peculiar to it ; such
also is the case with several genera. The eastern continent, in turn,
possesses others which are unknown in the western. The Insects of
the south of Europe and north of Africa, and of the western and
southern countries of Asia, have a strong mutual resemblance. The
same may be said of those which inhabit the Moluccas, and more
eastern islands, those of the Southern Ocean included. Several
northern species are fo\ind in the mountains of southern countries.
Those of Africa differ greatly from the opposite portions of America.
The Insects of Southern Asia, from the Indies on the Sind eastward,
to the confines of China, are very mvich alike. The intertropical
regions, covered with immense and well-watered forests, are the
richest in Insects of any on the globe; Brazil and Guiana are
particularly so.

All general systems or methods relative to Insects are reduced
essentially to three. Swammerdam based his on their metamor-
phoses ; that of Linnaeus Avas founded on the presence or absence of
wings, their number, consistence, superposition, the nature of their
surface, and on the deficiency or presence of a sting. Fabricius had
recourse to the parts of the mouth alone. In all these arrangements
the Crustacea and Arachnides are placed among the Insects, and in
that of Linnaeus, the one generally adopted, they are even the last.
Brisson, however, had separated them, and his class of the Crustacea,
Avhich he places before that of Insects, comprises all of those animals
which have more than six feet, or the Insectes Apiropodes of M.
Savigny. Althougli this order is more natural than that of Linnaeus,
it was not foUoAved ; and it is only in modern times, that anatomical
observations and their rigorously exact application have brought us
to the natural method *.

I divide this class into twelve orders: the three first of which,
composed of apterous Insects, undergoing no essential change of
form or habits, merely subject to simple changes of tegument, or to a

* Cuv., Tabl. Elem. ile I'Hist. Nat. des Anim., and Lemons d'Anat. Compar. ;
Lamarck, Syst. des Anim. sans Vert^b. ; Latr., Precis des Caract. Gen^r. des Insect.,
and Gen. Crust, et Insect. For more minute details, see also the excellent elemen-
tary work of Kirby and Spence.

INSECTA. 343

kind of a metamorphosis, whicli increases the number of legs, and
that of the anniili of the body, correspond to the order of the Arach-
nides antennistes of Lamarck. The organ of sight in these animals
is usually a mere (more or less considerable) assemblage of simple
eyes resembling granules. The following orders compose the class
of Insects of the same author. That of the Suctoria, which only
comprises the genus Pulex, from its natural relations should appa-
rently terminate the class, but as I place those Insects which are
apterous at the beginning, this order, for the sake of regularity in the
system, should immediately follow that of the Parasita.

Certain English naturalists have formed now orders, based upon
the wings ; I see no necessity, however, for admitting them, that of
the Stresiptera excepted, the name of which appears to me to be
erroneous*, and which I will call Rhipiptera].

In the first order, or the Myriapoda, there are more than six feet —
twenty-four and upwards — arranged along the whole length of the
body, on a suite of annuli, each of which bears one or two pairs, and
of which the first, and in several even the second, seem to form a part
of the mouth. They are apterous J.

In the second, or the Thysanoura, there are six legs, and the abdo-
men is furnished on its sides with moveable parts, in the form of false
feet, or terminated by appendages fitted for leaping.

In the third, or the Parasita, we find six legs, no Avings, and no
other organs of sight than ocelli ; the mouth, in a great measure, is
internal, and consists of a snout containing a retractile sucker, or in
a slit between two lips, with two hooked mandibles.

In the fourth, or the Suctoria, there are six legs, but no wings § ;
the mouth is composed of a sucker inclosed in a cylindrical sheath,
formed of two articulated portions.

In the fifth, or the Coleoptera, there are six legs, and four wings,
the two superior of which have the form of cases, and mandibles, and
maxillee (a) for mastication : the inferior wings are simply folded cross-

* T-..isted wings. The parts taken for elytra are not so. See this order.

-f- Wings folded like a fan.

X Destitute of wings and scutellum.

§ They undergo metamorphoses and acquire organs of locomotion which they did
not possess at first. This character is common to the following orders, but in the
latter the metamorphosis developes another sort of locomotive organs — the wings.

{j3^ (f() The maxillne of coleopterous Insects, in conjunction with the mandibles, usu-
ally have this triturating function assigned to them. M. Hentz, a distinguished Ame-
rican entomologist, Trans. Phil. Soc, III, part ii, p. 458, is of the opinion that in
many cases the maxillae must be considered as mere appendages to the tongue, and
that their office is to assist in deglutition, seldom serving to grind or lacerate, except
in the Melolonthidee, RuteUdce, and some others, where there seems to be a departure
from their primary use. In corroboration of this idea he adduces the configuration

344 INSECTA.

wise, and the cases, always horizontal, are crustaceous. They ex-
perience a complete metamorphosis.

In the sixth or the Orthoptera*, there are six legs; four wings,
the two superior in the form of cases, and mandibles and jaws for
mastication, covered at the extremity by a galea; the inferior wings
are folded in two directions, or simply in their length, and the inner
margins of the cases, usually coriaceous, are crossed. They only
experience a semi-metamorphosis.

In the seventh or the Hemiptera, there are six legs and four wings,
the two superior in the form of crustaceous cases, with membranous
extremities, or similar to the inferior, but larger and firmer ; the
mandibles and jaws are replaced by setse forming a sucker, enclosed in
a sheath composed of one articulated, cylindrical or conical piece, in
the form of a rostrum.

In the eighth or the Neuroptera, there are six legs, four mem-
branous and naked wings, and mandibles and jaws for mastification ;
the wings are finely reticulated, and the inferior are usually as large
as the superior, or more extended in one of their diameters.

In the ninth or the Hymenoptera, there are six feet, and four
membranous and naked wings, and mandibles and jaws for mastica-
tion ; the inferior Avings are smaller than the others, and the abdo-
men of the female is almost always terminated by a terebra or sting.

In the tenth or the Lepidoptera, there are six legs, four mem-
branous wings, covered Avith small coloured scales resembling dust ;
a horny production in the form of an epaulette, and directed back-
wards, is inserted before each upper wing, and tlie jaws are replaced
by two united tubular filaments, forming a kind of spirally convo-
luted tongue f .

of the maxillae of several Insects, in which he has been fortunate enough to detect
a retractile appendage hitherto unknown. The first is the Cantharis marginatu, Fab.,
•whose maxilla;, when dried, oflFer but one bifid lobe ; if, however, the abdomen and
thorax of the recent animal be gradually compressed, a soft, elastic, sub-conic body
is protruded from the cleft of that lobe, more than half its length, and extending
beyond the palpi ; a second appendage of the same kind, and about half its length,
projects at right angles from the base of the first, which is directed forwards, both
are covered with hairs. The second is the Cunth. limaculuta. Fab., in which this
appendage is still more sensibly and easily displayed, protruding by pressure from
each maxilla in the form of a tapering filament covered with fine hairs, susceptible of
considerable extension, reaching beyond the middle of the antennae, and consequently
more than double the length of the maxilla itself. I have verified these facts in this
last species. The use of these organs in collectiong nourishment from flowers is
evident. See Trans. Phil. Soc. ut sup. pi. XV, f. i, e, and f. ii, e. — Eng. Ed.

* De Geer established this order under the name of Dermapteru, improperly
changed by Olivier to that of Ovthoptera. We preserve the latter, however, as na-
turalists have generally adopted it.

•f- Spirit romjje. See our general observations on the class. The thorax of the
Lepidoptera has more analogy with that of the Neuroptera than with that of the
Hymenoptera, the segment which I have called the mediate appearing to form

INSECTA, 345

In the eleventh or the Rhipiptera, there are six legs, two mem-
branous wings folded like a fan, and two crustaceous moveable
bodies, resembling little elytra *, situated at the anterior extremity of
the thorax ; the organs of manducation are simple, setaceous jaws
with two palpi.

In the twelfth or the Dipteka, there are six legs, two membranous
extended wings, accompanied, in most of them, by two moveable
bodies or haltercs, placed behind them ; the organs of manducation
are a sucker composed of a variable number of setae, inclosed in an
inarticulated sheath, most frequently in the form of a proboscis
terminated by two lips.

ORDER I.

MYRIAPODAf.

The Myriapoda commonly called Centipedes, are the only animals
of this class which have more than six feet in their perfect state, and
whose abdomen is not distinct from the trunk. Their body, destitute
of wings, is composed of a (usually) numerous suite of annuli,
most commonly equal, each of which, a few of the first excepted,
bears two pairs of feet mostly terminated by a single hook ; these
annuli are either entire or divided into two demi-segments, each
bearing a pair of those organs, and one of them only exhibiting two
stigmata J:.

The Myriapoda in general resemble little Serpents or Nereides,
their feet being closely approximated to each other throughout the
whole extent of the body. The form of these organs even extends
to the parts of the mouth. The mandibles are bi-articulated and
immediately followed by a quadrifid piece in the form of a lip with
articulated divisions, resembling little feet, which, from its position,
corresponds to the ligula of the Crustacea : next come two pairs of

part of the abdomen, while in the latter and in the Diptera it is incorporated -with
the thorax.

* Formed, as we presume, by pieces analogous to the epaulette or pterygoda
of the Lepidoptera.

t The Mitosata, Fab.

X The annuli of the body of Insects are usually provided with two stigmata. If
those of the Scolopendree, particularly the larger species, those which have twenty-
one pairs of feet, be thus considered, it will be found that they are alternately desti-
tute of, and provided with, two stigmata, and that thus, compared with these latter
animals, they are in fact but semi-annuli. Each complete segment will then have
two pairs of feet, one of which is supernumerary, since, in other Insects, the annuli
furnished with feet have but two.

346 INSECTA,

little feet, the second of which, in several, resemble large hooks, that
appear to replace the four jaws of the last-mentioned animals, or the
two jaws as well as the lower lip of Insects : they are a sort of buccal
feet. The antennae, two in number, are short, somewhat thicker
towards the extremity, or nearly filiform and composed of seven
joints in some ; in others they are numerous and setaceous. Their
visular organs are usually composed of a union of ocelli, and if in
others they present a cornea Avith facets, the lenses are still larger,
rounder, and more distinct, in proportion, than those of the eyes of
Insects. The stigmata are frequently very small, and their number,
owing to that of the annuli, is usually greater than in the latter,
where it never exceeds eighteen or twenty. The number of these
annuli and that of the feet increases with age, a character Avhich also
distinguishes the Myriapoda from Insects, the latter ab ovo always
having the number of segments peculiar to them, and all their legs
with hooks, or true legs, being developed at once, either at the same
epoch, or when they pass into their pupa state. M. Savi, professor
of Mineralogy at Pisa, Avho has paid particular attention to the luli,
has observed, that on leaving the egg they are destitute of these
organs : they experience then a true metamorphosis. In some, the
male organs of generation are placed immediately after the seventh
pair of feet, on the sixth or seventh segment of the body, and those
of the female near the origin of the second feet : in the others the
two sorts of organs are situated, as usual, at the posterior extremity
of the body. The position of the male organs of the first compared
with that in which they arc placed in the Crustacea and Arachnides,
would seem to indicate the separation of the trunk and abdomen :
with respect to these in which these organs are posterior, we observe
that an inversion of the successive order of the stigmata takes place
in an analogous portion of the body of certain species, which appears
to announce a similar distinction.

The Myriapoda live and increase in size longer than other Insects,
and, according to Savi, two years are required to render the genital
organs of some (the luli) of them apparent.

From this ensemble of facts, we may conclude, that these animals
approach the Crustacea and Arachnides on the one hand, and the
Insects on the other; but that as respects the presence, form and
direction of the bracheae, they belong to the latter.

We divide them into two families, perfectly distinct both in their
organization and habits, and forming two genera according to the
system of Linnaeus.

MIRUPODA. 347

FAMILY I.

CHILOGNATHA *

The body generally crustaceous and frequently cylindrical ; the
antennae somewhat thicker near the end or nearly equal, and com-
posed of seven joints ; two thick mandibles without palpi, very dis-
tinctly divided into two portions by a median articulation with imbri-
cated teeth, implanted in a cavity of its superior extremity ; a species
of lip — ligulaf — situated immediately above, that covers them, is
crustaceous, plane, and divided on its exterior surface by longitudinal
sutures and emarginations, into four principal areae, tuberculated on
the superior margin, the two intermediate of which, narrower and
shorter, are placed at the superior extremity of another areae, serving
as a common base : the feet very short, and always terminated by a
single hook ; four feet, situated immediately under the preceding
part, of the form of the following ones, but more closely approxi-
mated at base, with the radical joint proportionably longer ; most of
the other attached in double pairs to a single annulus. The male or-
gans of generation are situated immediately after the seventh pair of
feet, and those of the female behind the second. The stigmata are
placed alternately, outside of the origin of each pair of feet, and are
very small.

The Chilognatha move very slowly, or slide along, as it were, and
roll themselves spirally or into a ball. The first segment of the body,
and in some the following one, is the largest, and has the form of a
corselet or little shield. It is only at the fourth in some, and at the
fifth or sixth in others, that the duplication of the feet commences ;
the first two or four feet are even entirely free to their origin, where
they merely adhere to their respective segments by a median or
sternal line. The last two or three rings are Avithout feet. A series
of pores is observed on each side of the body, which were considered
as stigmata, but, according to Savi, they are simply designed to
afford a passage to an acid fluid of an extremely disagreeable odour,
which appears to serve as a means of defence ; the respiratory aper-
tures, for whose discovery we are indebted to him, are situated on

* Chilogxata, Lat. or the genus Iulus, Lin.

t The lower lip composed of the two pairs of jaws of the Crustacea, according
to Savigny.

348 INSECTA.

the sternal part of each segment, and communicate internally with a
double series of pneiunatic sacs strung together like a rosary, extend-
ing along the body, from Avhich proceed tracheal branches that ra-
mify over the other organs. According to an observation of Straus,
the sacs or vesicular trachea are not, as usual, connected Avith each
other by a principal trachea.

In the environs of Pisa, where M. Savi collected the preceding
facts, the nuptial season of the common lulus commences near the
end of December, and terminates about the middle of May. The
male organs of copulation, in this species, are situated under the
sixth segment, but they do not ajjpear in this form till the individual
has attained the one-third of its full size ; until this epoch, that place
is occupied by a pair of feet (the fifteenth), which is always found
there in the females ; in the latter, the orifice of the sexual organs
is between the first and second segment. Some female Glomeres and
luli, behind the origin of the second pair of feet, exhibit two convex
mammillae, which appear to characterize this sex; that of the males
also consists of two mammillae, but each of them is terminated by a
scaly and twisted hock. These insects, in coitu, erect the anterior
extremities of their bodies, and place them in contact, face to face,
twining round each other inferiorly. The body of the new-born ani-
mal is reniform, perfectly smooth, and destitute of appendages.
Eighteen days after, it undergoes its first change, and then for the
first time assumes the form of the adult, still, however, having but
twenty-two segments; the total number of feet also amounts to twenty-
six pairs. Savi appears to contradict the assertion of De Geer, who
says that he only found three pairs and eight annuli in the young
animal — but it is certain that this change of which Savi speaks is
really the first ; and should we not, on the contrary, rather presume
that these young individuals do not suddenly pass from a state in
which they exhibit no locomotive appendages to one where we find
them possessed of twenty-six pairs, or, in a word, that previous changes
of tegument, which have escaped the notice of Savi, have taken place
and successively developed this number of feet ? Do not the obser-
vations of the Swedish Reaumur confirm these gradual transitions ?
Be this as it may, the first eighteen pairs of feet, according to Savi,
alone serve for locomotion ; at the second change we observe
thirty-six pairs, and at the third, forty-three ; the body then consists
of thirty segments. Finally, in the adult state, the male has thirty-
nine, and the female sixty-four ; two years afterwards they again
experience a change, and then only do the genital organs make their
appearance. From the moment of their birth, which occurs in March,

MTRIAPODA. Si^.

until November, at which time M. Savi terminated his observations,
these changes take place about once a month. Jn their exuvite, we
find even the lining membrane of the alimentary canal and tracheae.
The organs of the mouth were the only parts that Savi could not
discover *.

These Insects feed on dead and decomposed animal and vegetable
matters; they deposit in the ground a large number of eggs. Ac-
cording to the system of Linnaeus they form but one genus, that of

luLus, Lin.
Which we divide as follows :

Some have a crustaccous body without terminal appendages, and
antennae enlarged near the end.

Glomeris, Lat.

Resembling Onisci; oval, and rolling into a ball; the body convex
above, and concave underneath, with a range of little scales analo-
gous to the lateral divisions of the Trilobites along each of its in-
ferior sides. It is composed, exclusive of tlie head, of but twelve
segments, the first and narrowest of v.^hich forms a sort of semicir-
cular transverse collar; the following and the last are the largest of
all; the latter is arched and rounded at the end. There are thirty-
four feet in the female, and thirty-two in the male, his sexual organs
replacing the pair that is deficient. These animals are terrestrial,
and live under stones in hilly places f.

The body of the true luli is cylindrical and very long, and has na
ridge or trenchant edge on the sides of the annuli; they roll them-
selves up spirally.

The larger species live on land, particularly in the woods and
sandy places, and diffuse a very disagreeable odour. The
smallest ones feed on fruit, or the roots and leaves of esculent
vegetables. Others are found under the bark of trees, in
moss, &c.

I. maximus, L.; Marcgr., Bras., p. 255. Peculiar to South
America, and is seven inches long.

I. sabulosms, L.; Schreff. Elem. Entom., Ixxiii; I. fa<;ciatus,
De Geer, Insect. VII, xxxvi, 9, 10; Leach, Zool. Miscell.,
cxxxiii. About sixteen lines in length, of a blackish-brown,

* See Bullet. G^n^r. et Univers. of the Baron F^russac, Decemb., 1823. The
observations of Savi, an extract of which is contained in this work, were published
in a memoir, intitled " Osservazioni per servire alia storia di una specie di Julus
communissima" Bologna, 1817. The same savant published another in 1819 on
the Jiilus fcetidissimus.

f lulus ovalis, Li. ; Gronov., Zooph., pi. XVII, 4, 5 ; — Oniscits zonatus, Panz.
Fam. Insect. Germ., IX, xxiii; Glomeris inarginafa, Leach, Zool. Miscell., CXXXII ;
— Oi»niscus pvstulatits, Fah. ; Panz., lb., XXII,

3S0' INSECTA.

with two reddish lines along the back; fifty-four segments, the
penultimate terminated by a stout point with a liorny and hairy
extremity. Inhabits Europe,

/. terreslris, L. ; Geoff., Insect. II, xxii, 5. A fourth smaller;
bluish-cinereous, picked in with light yellowish; forty-two to
forty seven segments. Inhabits Europe with the sab ulosus *-

POLYDESMUS, Lcit.

The Polydesmi resemble the luli in the linear form of their body,
and the spiral manner in which they roll up their body; but the seg
ments are compressed on the inferior sides, and have a projecting
ridge above, They are found on stones, and most commonly in Avet
places f .

The species with apparent eyes form the genus Craspedosoma of
Leach %.

The others have a very soft, membranous body, terminated by
pencils of little scales. Their antennae are equal. Such is the

PoLLYXENUS, Lat.,

Which as yet comprises but a single species, placed among the
Scolopendrae — Sc. lacjuraX'., — by Linnaeus, Geoffroy and Fabricius.

It is the lule a queue en pinceau of De Geer, Insect., VII,
xxxvi, !, 2, 3,; Zool. Miscel., cxxxv, B. Very small, oblong,
with bunches of little scales on the sides, and a white pencil at
the posterior extremity of the body. It has twelve pairs of feet
placed on as many semi-annuli. Inhabits cracks in walls, and
under pieces of bark §.

FAMILY IL

CHILOPODA ||.

The antennae of the Chilopoda are more slender towards the extre-
mity, and consist of fourteen joints and upwards ; their mouth is

* See the two memoirs of Savi already quoted, and Leach, Zool. Miscell., Ill,
for an account of these two species and some others that inhabit England. Add
Juhis indus, L. ; De Geer, VII, xliii, 7; Seb., Mixs. II, xxiv, 4, 5; — Seb., Mus. I,
Ixxxi, 5; — Schaet., Abhandl, I, iii, 7. [Add of the American species the/, impres-
sus, punctatus, annulatus, lactarius, marcjinatvs, and jmsillus.']

•f- The luU cumplanatus (Zool. Miscell. CXXXV, A), depressa, stigma, irideniaius.
Fab. ; his Scolopendrse ? dorsalis and chjpeuta. [Amer. species, P. serratus granula-
tus, Say, and the lulus rirginiensis, Drury.]

X The species, unknown before Leach, appear to be proper to England. See pi.
cxxxiv of his Zoological Miscellany, vol. III.

§ There is a second species, P. fasciculatus, Say, that inhabits the southern
section of the United States. See Jour. Ac. Nat. Sc. of Phil. II, part I, p. 108.

II Chilopoda, Lat. or the genus Scolopendra, Lia, &c.

MYRIAPODA. 351

composed of two mandibles furnished with a little palpiform appen-
dage, which seemed to have been soldered in the middle, and ter-
minated like the bowl of a spoon. with dentated edges; of a quadrifid
lip *, of Avhich the two lateral divisions are the largest, and trans-
versely annulated, resembling the membranous feet of caterpillars;
of two palpi or little feet, united at base and unguiculated at the extre-
mity, and of a second lip f formed by a second pair of feet, dilated
and united at base, and terminated by a stout moveable hook, whose
inferior extremity is perforated by a hole which affords an issue to a
venomous fluid.

The body is depressed and membranous. Each of its rings is
covered with a coriaceous or cartilaginous plate, and most generally
bears but a single pair of feet '\, ; the last is usually thrown backwards,
and elongated into a kind of tail. The organs of respiration are
wholly or partly composed of tubular tracheae.

These animals run very fast, are carnivorous, avoid the light, and
conceal themselves under stones, logs, in the ground, &c. They are
much dreaded by the inhabitants of hot climates, where they are very
large, and where their venom is possibly more active. The Scolo-
pendra morsitans is styled in the Antilles the malfaisante. Some of •
them exhibit phosphorescent properties.

The organs of generation are internal, and placed at the posterior
extremity of the body, as in most of the following Insects. The
stigmata are lateral or dorsal, and more apparent than in the preced-
ing family.

The Chilopoda, which, in the system of Leach, form the order
Syngnatha, from these last characters, the nature of the respiratory
organs and the feet, may be thus divided :

* A part analogous to the lower lip of the Chilognatha, representing, in my
opinion, the tongue of the Crustacea, but also capable of fulfilling the function of
jaws; Savigny calls it the first auxiliary lip.

f The second auxiliary lip of the same naturalist. It is not annexed to the head,
but to the anterior extremity of the first semi-segment. The two hooked feet, by
the union and dilatation of their first joint, form a plate resembling a mentum and
lip. The same segment bears the two first ordinary feet. In the Scolopendrse
proper of Leach, the two first stigmata are situated under the third half-segment,
the first not counted; the second and following one will compose the first complete
ring, and then the two first stigmata are found, as in other Insects, placed on a
space corresponding to the prothorax. This second auxiliary lip may thus represent
the inferior lip of the grinding Hexapoda. But here the pharynx is placed before that
lip, whereas in the Myriapoda it is situated before the first auxiliary lip. It is from
these considerations and affinities, and from others furnished by the Entomostraca
and Arachnides, that I consider the feet of the Hexapoda as analogous to the six
foot-jaws of the Crustacea Decapoda.

t Itt this case they are but semi-annuli. See our general observations on the
order.

352 INSECTA.

Some have but fifteen pairs of feet *, and their body viewed from
above presents fewer segments than when seen from beneath.

ScuTiGERA, Lam. — Cermatia, Illig,

The body covered with eight scutelliform plates, under each of
which M. Marcel de Serres has observed two pneumatic sacs or vesi-
cular tracheae, which receive air and communicate with lateral and
inferior tubular trachea?. The under part of the body is divided into
fifteen semi-annuli, each bearing a pair of feet, terminated by a very
long slender multi-articulated tarsus ; the last pairs are more elonga-
ted ; the eyes large and compound.

Their antennae arc slender and tolerably long ; the two palpi sali-
ent and furnished with small spines. The body is shorter than in
the other genera of the same family, and the joints of their feet are
proportionably longer.

The Scutigcrce, which by these characters form the passage from
the preceding family to the present one, are extremely agile animals,
and frequently part with some of their feet when seized.

The species found in France f conceals itself between the
beams and rafters of houses.

LiTHOBius, Leach.

The stigmata lateral; body divided above and beneath into a simi-
lar number of segments, each bearing a pair of feet; the superior
plates alternately longer and shorter, and overlapping each other
close to the extremity.

L. forficatus ; Scolopendra forficata, L. ; Fab., De Geer;
Geoff., Hist, des Insect., II, xxii, 3; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ.,
L., xiii; Leach, Zool. Miscel., cxxxvii J.
The others have a least tAventy-one pairs of feet, and the segments
both above and underneath are equal in size and number.

SCOLOPENDRA, Lin.

Those which form the two feet that immediately follow the two
hooks forming the exterior lip, presented b\it twenty-one pairs, and
whose antennae have seventeen joints, constituting the genera Scolo-
pendra and Cry fops of Leach. There arc eight distinct eyes, four
on each side in the first, and that in which the largest species are
found ; in the second, they are null or but very slightly visible.

The most southern departments of France and other countries
of the south of Europe, produce a species — Scolopendra cingu-

* Dr. Leach makes two pairs more by including the palpi and the hook-like feet
of the head.

t The Scolopendre a vingt-huit paltes of Geoffrey which appears to differ from the
the S. coleoptrata, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., L, xii, and from that of Linnaeus; —
luhis araneoides, Pall., Spicil. Zool., IX, iv, 16; — Scolopendra longicornis, Fa.h., oi
Tranqupbar. See also Leach, Zool. Miscell., Cermatia livida, CXXXVI, and Lin.
Trans. XI Y.

+ L. variegatus, lavihibnon, Leach, Liu. Trans., XI. See also vol. III. of his
Zoological Miscellany,

THYSANOURA. 353

lata, Lat. ; Sc. morsitans, Vill., Entoni., IV, xi, 17, 18 — which
is nearly as large as the common species of the Antilles, but has a
more flattened body *.
Those which form the genus Crytops, Leach, have a rougher an-
tennae than the Scolopendrae, and their two posterior feet are more
slender. Leach mentions two species found in the environs of Lon-
don f.

In such as form the genus Geophilus, Id., the number of feet is
more than forty- two, and often considerably so. The antennae con-
sist of but fourteen joints, and their extremity is less tapering ; the
body is proportionably narrower and longer. The eyes are but
slightly apparent. Some of the species are electrical \.

ORDER II,

THYSANOURA.

This order consists of apterous Insects, supported by six feet, that
experience no metamorphosis, and have, in addition, particular organs
of motion either on the sides or the extremity of the abdomen.

FAMILY I.

LEPISMENyE, Lat.

Setiform antennae divided from their origin into very numerous
and small joints ; mouth furnished with very distinct and salient
palpi ; each side of the under part of the abdomen provided with a
range of moveable appendages, in the form of false feet ; abdomen
terminated by articulated setae, three of which are the most remark-
able ; body always covered with small shining scales.

It comprises but one genus, the

Lepisma, Lin.

The body of these animals is elongated and covered with small scales,
frequently silvery and brilliant, from which circumstance the most

* Scolopendra morsitans, L,.; De Geer, Insect., VII, xliii, 1. For the other spe-
cies, see Zool. Miscell., Ill ; the Scolopendra gigantea, L., Brown, Jam., XLII, 4,
and other large but perfectly described species.

t Cnjfops horfensis, Zool. MisceU. ; CXXXIX; Id., lb., Cryfops Savignii.

X S. ekctrica, L.; Erisch., Insect., XI, viii, I; — T. occideatalis, L. ; List. Itin.
vi ; — S. phosphorea, L. — it fell from the clouds on the decks of a vessel one hundred
miles from the continent. See Zool. Miscell., Ill, GeophUus maritiiinis ; CXL, 1,2;
— G. Longicornis, tab. ead., 3 — 6, and some other species.

VOL. in. A A

354 INSECTA.

common species has been compared to a little FisTi. The antennae
are setaceous and usually very long. The mouth is composed of a
labrum, of two almost membranous mandibles, of two bipartitejaws,
with a palpus consisting of five or six joints, and of a quadri-emar-
ginatcd lip bearing two quadri-articulated palpi. The thorax is
formed of three pieces ; the abdomen, which is somewhat narrowed at
its posterior extremity, is furnished along each side of the venter
with a range of small appendages, supported by a short joint, and ter-
minating in silky points, the last of which are the longest ; a sort of
scaly compressed stylet, composed of two pieces, issues from the anus ;
then come the three articulated setae, which are extended beyond
the extremity of the body. The feet are short and frequently have
very large strongly compressed coxae resembling scales.

Several species conceal themselves in the cracks in the frame work
of windows, under damp boards, in wardrobes, &c. Others retire
under stones.

These Insects run with great velocity ; some of them by means of
their caudal appendages are enabled to leap. They are divided into
two subgenera.

Machilis, Lat. — Petrobius, Leach.

Eyes very compound, almost contiguous, and occupying the greater
part of the head ; body convex and arcuated above ; abdomen termi-
nated ])y small threads for saltation, of which the middle one, placed
above the two others, is much the longest.

The maxillary palpi are very large, and have the form of small
feet. The thorax is strangulated, the first segment smaller than the
second and arched.

These Insects leap well, and frequent stony and enclosed places.
All the species known belong to Europe *.

Lepisma, Lin. — Forbicina, Geoff., Leach.

Eyes very small, widely separated, and composed of a small num-
ber of granules; body flattened, and terminated by three threads of
equal length, inserted on the same line, and of no use in leaping.

Their coxae are very large. Most of the species inhabit the inte-
rior of houses.

L. saccharina; Forbicine plate, Geoff., Insect., II, xx, 3;
Schaeif., Elcm. Entom., Ixxv. Four lines in length ; of a silvery
and somewhat leaden hue, and immaculate ; originally, it is said,
from America, now very common in houses in Europe.

L. vittata, Fab. Body cinereous, dotted with blackish : four
streaks of the same colour along the back of the abdomen.
Other species are found under stones.

* Lepisma polypoda, L. ; L. saccharina, Vill., Entom. Lin., IV, xi, I ; Roem.
Gener. Insect., XXIX, 1 ; Forbicine cylindrique, Geoff. ; — Lepisma thezeana, Fab. ; —
Petrobius maritimus, Leach, Zool. MisceU., CXLV.

THTSANOTJRA. 355

FAMILY II.

PODURELL^, Lat.

Antennae quadri-articulated ; no distinct or salient palpi; abdomen
terminated by a forked tail folded under the venter when at rest, and
used for leaping. The Podurellae form but one genus in the Lin-
naean system.

PoDURA, Lin.

These Insects are very small, soft and elongated, with an oval head
and two eyes, each composed of eight granules. Their legs have but
four distinct joints. The tail is soft, flexible, and formed of an
inferior piece, moveable at base, to the extremity of which are
articulated two appendages susceptible of being approximated, sepa-
rated, or crossed — they are the teeth of the fork. They have the
faculty of elevating their tail, and then forcing it suddenly against
the plane of position, as if they let go a spring, thus raising them-
selves into the air, and even leaping like the Pulices but to a less
height. They visually fall on their back, with their tail extended
posteriorly. The middle of the venter exhibits a raised oval portion
divided by a slit.

Some keep on trees and plants, under old pieces of bark, or stones ;
others on the surface of stagnant waters, and sometimes on that of
snow during a thaw. Several unite in numerous societies on the
ground, and at a distance resemble little heaps of gunpowder. Some
species appear to propagate in winter.

PoDURA, Lat.

Antennae equal, and without annuli or little joints to the last seg-
ment ; body nearly linear or cylindrical ; trunk distinctly articulated ;
abdomen narrow and oblong *.

Smynthurus, Lat.

Antennae slenderer near the extremity, and terminated by an
annulated piece, or composed of little joints ; trunk and abdomen
united in a globular or oval mass f .

* Podura arborea, L. ; De Geer, Insect. VII, ii, 1 — 7 ; — P. nivalis, L. ; De Geer,
lb., S— 10 ,—P. aquatica, L. ; De Geer, lb., ii, 17 ;—?. plumbea, L. ; De Geer,
lb., iii, 1 — i;—P.ambulans, L. ; De Geer, lb., 5—6i—P.aquaHcagrisea, De Geer,
lb., ii, 18, 21.

The Pod. vaga, villosa, tincta, anmlata, pusilla, lignorum, fimetaria, Fab.

t Podura atra, L. ; De Geer, lb., iii, 7—14 ; the Pod. viridis, polppoda, minuta,
and signata, Fab.

356

ORDER III.

PARASITA*

The Parasita, so called from their parasitical habits, have but six
legs, and are apterous, like the Thysanoura ; but their abdomen is
destitute of articulated and moveable appendages. Their organs of
vision consist of but four or two simple eyes ; a great portion of
their mouth is internal, exhibiting externally either a snout or pro-
jecting mammilla containing a retractile sucker, or two membranous
and approximated lips with two hooked mandibles. According to
Linnaeus, they form but one genus, that of

Pediculus, Lin.

Their body is flattened, nearly diaphanous, and divided into twelve
or eleven distinct segments, three of which belong to the trunk, each
bearing one pair of legs. The first of these segments frequently
forms a sort of thorax. The stigmata are very distinct. The
antennae are short, equal, composed of five joints, and frequently
inserted in a notch. There are one or two small ocelli on each side
of the head. The legs are short, and terminated by a very stout
nails, or two opposing hooks, which enable these animals to cling
with great facility to the hairs of Quadrupeds, or to the feathers of
Birds, whose blood they suck, and on whose body they propagate
and pass their lives. They attach their ova to these cutaneous ap-
pendages. They multiply excessively, and one generation succeeds
to another with great rapidity. Particular and unknown causes
facilitate their increase to an astonishing degree in the P. humanus,
prodvicing in Man what has been termed the morbus pedimdoms, and
even in children. These Insects always live on the same Quadrupeds
and on the same Birds, or at least on animals of these classes, which
have analogous characters and habits. Two species frequently live
on the same Bird. Their gait in general is very slow.
Some of them — Pedicidea, Leach — such as the

Pediculus, Deg.,

Or true Lice, have a mouth consisting of a very small tubular
mammilla situated at the anterior extremity of the head, in the form
of a snout, containing a sucker when at rest. Their tarsi are com-
posed of a joint almost equal in size to the tibia, terminated by a very
stout nail, folding over a projection, and with this point fulfilling the
function of a forceps. Those which I have examined presented but
two simple eyes, one on each side.

* Parasita, Lat. — Anoplura, Leach.

PARASITA. 357

Three species live on Man ; their ova are termed nits.

In the two following species, the thorax is very distinct from the
abdomen, is about the same width and of a moderate length. They
constitute the genus Pediculus properly so called of Leach*.

P. humaiius corporis, De Geer, Insect., VII, 1, 7- Dirty
white ; immaculate ; emarginations of the abdomen less salient
than in the following species. It is exclusively confined to the
body of Man, and increases to a frightful extent in the morbus
pediculosus.

P. humanus capitis, De Geer, Insect., VII, 1, 6. Cinereous;
the spaces in which the stigmata are placed, brown or blackish ;
lobes of the abdomen rounded. On the head of Man, and of
children particularly.

The males of this and the preceding species, at the jjosterior
extremity of the abdomen, have a small scaly and conical ap-
pendage, resembling a string, which is probably the organ of
generation.

Hottentots, Negroes, and various Monkeys, eat these Pediculi, or
are Phthiropagi. Oviedo pretends that these animals abandon the
Spanish mariners on their Avay to India as soon as they have reached
the tropics, but that on their return, when they arrive at the same
point, they find them in possession of their old quarters. It is also
said that in India, however filthy be the individual, they are never
found except on the head.

At one period the P. humanus was employed by the physicians for
the removal of ischuria — they introduced it into the urethra.

Dr. Leach forms a particular genus, Phthirus, of the P. pubis,
L.; Red., Exp., XIX, 1, which has a wide rounded body, a very
short thorax almost confounded with the abdomen, and the four
posterior feet very stout f. It is commonly called Morpion. It
attaches itself to the hairs of the genital organs and eye-brows.
Its bite is very severe.

Redi has rudely figured several other species found on different
Quadrupeds. That which lives on the Hog has a very narrow thorax
with a very wide abdomen, and forms the genus Hcettiatopinus,
Leach + ; the Pou du Bujfie, figured by De Geer, Insect., VII, 1,12,
presents more important characters.

The others — Nirmidia, Leach — such as the

RiciNus, De Geer. — Nirmus, Herm. Leach,

Have the mouth inferior, and composed externally of two lips and
two mandibles, resembling hooks. Their tarsi are very distinct, arti-
cidated, and terminated by two equal hooks.

One single species excepted, that of the Dog, they are all exclu-

* Zool. Miscell., III.

•f For those species which live on Man, see the splendid work of Alibert on the
diseases of the skin.

t Zool. Miscell., CXLVI ; P.suis, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. LI, xvi, 1.
The P. cervi, Panz., lb., xv, belongs to the genus Melophagits, of the Diptera.

sively confined to Birds. Their head is usually large, sometimes
triangular, and at others forming a semicircle or crescent, and fre-
quently presenting angular projections. It sometimes differs, like the
antennae, in the two sexes. I have perceived, in several, two simple
approximated eyes, on each side of the head. According to the obser-
vations of M. Savigny, communicated to me by himself, these animals
are provided with jaws, each of which has a very small palpus, hidden
by the lower lip, which has also two organs of the same description.
They have moreover a kind of tongue.

M. Leclerc de Laval informs me that he has found parcels of fea-
thers in their stomach — he thinks that they constitute their only food.
De Geer, however, assures us that he has found the Pediculus of the
Fringilla ccelebs filled Avith recently imbibed blood. It is well known
that these Insects survive but a short time on dead birds. When
thus situated, they are observed to wander over their plumes with
much anxiety, those of the head and the vicinity of the beak espe-
cially.

Redi has also represented a great number of species of this sub-
genus.

The mouth of some is situated near the anterior extremity of the
head. The antennse are very small, inserted laterally, and at a dis-
tance from the eyes*.

In the others, the mouth is nearly central ; the antennae are placed
close to the eyes, and their length about equals half that of the
head f .

The celebrated professor Nitzsch has profoundedly studied the in-
ternal as well as external organization of these animals, as may be
seen by referring to his paper on the Epizoic Insects, in the Magasin
der Entomologie of M. Germar. The genus Pediculus, properly so
called, or that whose species are provided with a sucker, is arranged
by him with the Epizoic Hemiptera. The Ricini of De Geer and
others, or the Nirmi of Hermann, Jun., that is to say, the species fur-
nished with mandibles and jaws, are referred to the Orthoptera, and
collectively designated by the term MaUopharja. Tavo genera of this
division approach tlie preceding ones in the circumstances of living
on the Mammalia — such are Trichodectes and Gyropus. In the
first the maxillary palpi are null or indistinct, and the antennae fili-
form, and composed of three joints. The species of this genus are
found on the Dog, Badger, &c. In the second the maxillary palpi
are apparent, and the antennae, thicker towards the end, consist of
four joints. The mandibles have no teeth ; there are no labial palpi,
and the four posterior tarsi have but a single terminal hook. These
last characters distinguish it from another genus, also furnished with

* Pediculus sternte hirundinis, L, ; De Geer, Insect., VII, iv, 12 ; — Ped. corvicora-
cis, L. ; De Geer, lb., ii ; — Ricinus fringillce, De Geer, lb., 5, 6, 7 ; — Ped- tinnun-
culi, Panz., lb., xvii.

f Ricinus gallince, De Geer, lb., 15 — on the Cock, Partridge, and Pheasant; —
R. emberizce, De Geer, lb., 9 ; — R. mcrgi, De Geer, lb., 13, 14 ; — R. canis, De Geer,
lb., 16; — Pediculus pavonis, Panz., lb. xix ; Lat., Hist. Nat. des Fourm., 389, xii,
5. See also Panz., lb., pi. xxv — xxiv. His Pediculus ardea, XVIII, appears to be
the same as the Ricin du plongeon, De Geer, IV, 13.

SUCTORIA. 359

visible maxillary palpi, quadriar-ticulated antennae thicker near the
extremity, and an anterior mouth, that of Liotheum. Here the man-
dibles are bidentate, the labial palpi distinct, and all the tarsi termi-
nated by two hooks. The species are found on various Birds, whereas
the Gyropi live on the Guinea-pig. A fourth and last genus, the
species of which are exclusively confined to Birds, is that of Philo-
PTERUs. The antermae consist of five joints, the third of which, in
the male, frequently presents a branch that forms a forceps with the
first ; these organs are filiform. The maxillary palpi are invisible.
The tarsi have two hooks at their extremity, but they do not diverge
like those of the Liothea. Besides this, the males here have six
testes, three on each side, and their four biliary vessels are thickened
near the middle of their length. Those of the Trichodectes and
Philopteri do not exhibit this enlargement, and they have but four
testes, two on each side. In these two genera there are also ten
ovaries, five on each side; in such of the female Liothea as this
scvant could find them, he saw but six, three on each side. He has no
positive knowledge of the number of those in the female Gyropi,
nor of that of the testes in the males. In all these genera the thorax
is bipartite, that is, the prothorax and the mesothorax compose the
apparent trunk, and the third division, or the metathorax, is united
to the abdomen and confounded with it. M. Kirby was the first, I
think, Avho thus designated this segment; but Nitzsch, on the other
hand, seems to have first employed the others*. The limits of this work
interdict any exposition of the subgenera he has established. We will
merely remark that the one he calls Goniodes, the fourth subgenus
of Philopterus, is exclusively proper to the Gallinaceae. In the col-
lection of memoirs which terminates our Histoire des Fourmis, we
have minutely described a species of Ricinus — Philopterus, Nitzsch.

M. Leon Dufour, with the P. melitecB of Kirby, previously well
observed by De Geer, who considered it as the larva of the Meloe
proscarahceus, as well as by that celebrated entomologist, has formed
a new genus — Triongulin des andreneltes — the characters of which
he has figured and published in the Ann. des Sc. Nat. XIII, 9, B.
If this Insect be not the larva of that Meloe, as in the opinion of M.
Kirby, there is no doubt but that it forms a peculiar subgenus in the
order of the Parasita ; but according to the researches of MM. Le-
peletier and Servile, the idea of De Geer is confirmed.

ORDER IV.

SUCTORIA f.

The Suctoria, which constitute the last order of the Aptera, have a
mouth composed of thi'ee \ pieces, enclosed between two articulated

* See our general observations on the class of Insects.

t Siphonapfera, Lat.

X Roesel represents but two ; Kirby and Straus, however, have observed one
more. According to the latter, the two scales which cover the base of the rostrum
are palpi.

360 INSECTA.

laminae, whicli, Avhen united, form a cylindrical or conical proboscis
or rostrum, the base of which is covered by two scales. These cha-
racters exclusively distinguish this order from all others, and even
from that of the Hemiptera, to which, in these respects, it approxi-
mates the most closely, and in which these Insects were placed by
Fabricius. The Suctoria, besides, undergo true metamorphoses,
analogous to those of several Diptera, such as the Tipulee.
This order consists of a single genus, that of

PuLEX, Lin.

The body of the Flea is oval, compressed, invested by a firm skin,
and divided into twelve segments, three of which compose the trunk,
that is short, and the others the abdomen. The head is small, strongly
compressed, rounded above, and truncated and ciliated before ; it is
furnished on each side with a small rounded eye, behind which is a
fossula, in which we discover a little moveable body furnished with
small spines. At the anterior margin, near the origin of the ros-
trum, are inserted the pieces considered as the antennae : they are
scarcely the length of the head, and are composed of four almost
cylindrical joints. The sheath or rostrum is divided into three seg-
ments. The abdomen is very large, each of its annuli being divided
into or forming two laminae, one superior and the other inferior. The
legs are strong, the last ones particularly, fitted for leaping, spinous,
the coxa and femur large, the tarsi composed of five joints, the last
terminating in two elongated hooks, the two anterior legs are inserted
almost under the head, the rostrum being placed midway between
them.

The male, in coitu, is placed under the female, so that they face
each other. The latter lays a dozen of white and slightly viscid
eggs ; the larvae have no feet, are much elongated, resemble little
worms, and are extremely lively, rolling themselves into a circle or
spirally, and crawl with a serpentine motion ; they are first white
and then reddish. Their body is composed of a scaly head, without
eyes, bearing two very small antennae, and of thirteen segments,
with little tufts of hairs, the last one terminated by two kinds of
hooks. Some small moveable pieces are observed in the mouth, by
which these larvae push themselves forwards. After remaining
twelve days under this form, they enclose themselves in a little silky
cocoon in which they become pupae, and from which, in about the
same time, they issue in their perfect state.

Pulex irritans, L. ; Roes., Insect., II, ii, iv. The common
Flea feeds on the blood of Man, the Dog, Cat, &c. ; the larvae
live in the dirt that is collected under the nails of filthy indi-
viduals of the human family, in the nests of Birds, particularly
of Pigeons, where they fasten to the neck of their young, and
suck their blood to such a degree as to become perfectly red.
Pill, penetrans. L. ; Catesb., Carol. Ill, x,3 *. Their species,

* M. Dum^ril has given an excellent figure of this animal in his work. Consid.
Gen. sur la Classe des Insectes, and in the Diet, des Sc. Naturelles.

COLEOPTEKA. 361

called the Chique or Chigre in America, most probably forms a
particular genus, It insinuates itself under the nails of the
toes and the skin of the heel, where, by the speedy developement
of the ova contained in a membranous sac under the venter, it
soon acquires a size equal to that of a pea.

The numerous family, to which it gives birth, produces a ma-
lignant ulcer, that is cured with difficulty, and which sometimes
proves mortal. These difficulties are generally avoided by rub-
bing the feet with bruised tobacco leaves and other bitter and
acrid plants. The Negroes extract the animal from its domicil
with much address.

Various Quadrupeds and Birds are infested with Fleas, Avhich
appear to differ specifically from these two.

ORDER V.

COLEOPTERA *

Coleopterous Insects have four wings, the two superior of which
resemble horizontal scales, joining in a straight line along the inner
margin ; the inferior wings are merely folded transversely and covered
with others, which form cases or covers for them, usually denomi-
nated the elytra f .

Of all Insects, these are the most numerous and the best known.
The singular form and brilliant colouring of many species, the
volume of tlieir bodies, the greater solidity of their teguments, which
facilitates their preservation, the numerous advantages which the
study derives from the various forms of their external organs, &c.,
have secured to them the particular attention of naturalists.

Their head presents antennae of various forms, and almost always
composed of eleven joints ; two compound eyes, but none simple J;
and a mouth consisting of a labrum, two mandibles, usually of a scaly
substance, two jaws, each furnished with one or two palpi, and of a
labium formed of two pieces, the mentum and tJie ligula, and accom-
panied by two palpi, commonly inserted into the latter. Those of the
jaws, or when they have two, the exterior ones never consist of more
than four joints ; those of the lip usually have three.

* The Eletttherata, Fab.

t For the anatomical characters of the Coleoptera, see Ann. des Sc. Nat. VIII,
p. 36, where the resume is given by M. Dumeril.

X In some of the Brachelytra two small yellowish points have been observed, that
have been taken for ocelli ; but without, as I imagine, any careful examination,
particularly as the Forficulse, a genus of the Orthoptera that is nearest to the
Coleoptera, exhibit none.

The anterior segment of the trunk, or that which is before the
wings, usually called the corselet, bears the first pair of legs, and is
much larger than the two other segments*. The latter are inti-
mately united with the base of the abdomen, and their inferior por-
tion or pectus gives insertion to the second and third pairs of legs f .
The second, on which the scutellum is placed, is narrowed before, and
forms a short pedicle which fits into the interior of the first, and serves
as a pivot, on which it moves.

The elytra and wings arise from the lateral and superior edges of
the metathorax. The elytra are crustaceous, and, when at rest, join
along their internal margin, and always horizontally. They almost
always conceal the wings, which are wide and traversely folded.
Several species are apterous, but the elytra still exist. The abdomen
is sessile or united to the trunk in its greatest width. It is com-
posed externally of six or seven annuli, membranous above, or less
solid than underneath. The number of joints in the tarsi varies
from three J to five.

The Coleoptera undergo a complete metamorphosis. The larva
resembles a Worm, having a scaly head, a mouth analogous to that
of the perfect Insect in the number of its parts, and usually six feet.
Some few species are destitute of them, or have merely simple mam-
millae.

The pupa is inactive and takes no nourishment. The habitations,
mode of life, and other habits of these Insects, in both states, greatly
vary.

I divide this order into four sections, according to the number of
joints in the tarsi.

The first comprises the Pentamera, or those in which all the tarsi
consist of five joints, and is composed of six families, the two first of
which are distinguished from the others by a double excremental
apparatus §.

* The internal membrane, on each side, behind presents a stigma, a character
which I believe had not yet been observed, although it was presumed to exist.

-|- The mesothorax is alwaj's short and narrow, and the metathorax frequently
spacious, and longitudinally sulcated in the middle.

+ If we may judge from analogy, the Coleoptera, termed Monomera, have probably
three joints in the tarsi, the two first of which escape observation ; this section and
that of the Dimeni have been suppressed.

§ According to M. Dufour the Silphce, a genus of our fourth family, also present
one ; it is unique, however, or but on one side.

COLEOPTERA.

FAMILY I.

CARNIVORA*.

Two palpi to each maxilla, or six in all ; antennae almost always
filiform or setaceous, and simple.

The maxillae arc terminated by a scaly hook or claw, and the in-
terior side is furnished with cilia or little spines. The ligula is fixed
in an emargination of the mentum. The two anterior legs are in-
serted on the sides of a compressed sternum, and placed on a large
patella ; the two posterior have a stout trochanter at their origin ;
their first joint is large, appears to be confounded with the post-
pectus, and forms a curvilinear triangle with the exterior side
excavated.

These Insects pursue and devour others. Several have no wings
under their elytra. The anterior tarsi in most of the males are dilated
or widened.

The larvae also are very carnivorous. Their body is usually cylin-
drical, elongated, and composed of twelve rings ; the head, which is
not included in this supputation, is large, squamous, armed with two
stout mandibles, recurved at the point, and presents two short and
conical antennae, two inaxillae divided into two branches, one of which
is formed by a palpus, a ligula bearing two palpi, shorter than the
others, and six small simple eyes on each side. The first annulus is
covered by a squamous plate ; the others are soft, or have but little
firmness. Each of the three first bears a pair of legs, the extremity
of which curves forwards.

These larvae differ according to the genus. In those of the Cicin-
delae and of the Aristus bucephalus, the top of the head is very con-
cave in the middle, whilst its inferior portion is convex. They have
two small simple eyes, on each side, much larger, and similar to those
of the Lycosae. The superior plate of the first segment is large, and
forms a semicircular shield. There are two hooked mammillae on
the back of the eight annulus ; the last has no remarkable appendage.

In the other larvae of this family which are known to us, those of
Omophron excepted, the head is weaker and more equal. The sim-
ple eyes are very small and similar. The squamous piece of the first

* Carnassiers, Cuv. — Adephage, Clairv. This family, •which is one of the largest
of the Coleoptera, already illustrated by the labours of Weber, Clairville, and Bonelli,
with respect to the method, will finally be reduced to order, as regards tlie species,
if Count Dejeaa continue his " Species des Coltopteres," four volumes of which are
now published, a work remarkable for the exactness of its descriptions.

364 INSECTA.

ring is square, and does not project from the body. There are no
mammillae on the eighth ; and the last is terminated by two conical
appendages, exclusive of a membranous tube formed by the prolon-
gation of that part of the body Avhich contains the anus. These
appendages, in the larvae of Calosoma and Carabus, are horny and
dentated. In those of Harpalus and Licinus, they are fleshy, arti-
culated and longer. The body of the larva of a Harpalus is some-
what shorter, and the head a little larger. The mandibles of both
approach the form of those of the perfect Insect. The larva of the
Omophron borde, according to the observations of Desmarest, has a
conical form, a large head, with two very stout mandibles, and but
two eyes ; the posterior extremity of the body, which is somewhat
narrowed, terminates by a quad ri- articulated appendage. I could find
but two in that of the larvae of Licinus and Harpalus.

In this family, we always observe a first, short and fleshy stomach ;
a second, elongated, and, from the number of small vessels with which
it is covered externally, apparently hairy ; and a short and slender
intestine. The hepatic vessels, four in number, are inserted near the
pylorus.

Some are aquatic, others terrestrial.

The latter have legs exclusively adapted for running, the four pos-
terior of which are inserted at equal distances ; mandibles completely
exposed; the terminal piece of the maxillae straight inferiorly, and
only curved at its extremity ; and most frequently an oblong body
with projecting eyes. All their tracheae are tubular or elastic. Their
intestine terminates in a widened cloaca, furnished with two small
sacs, which separate an acrid humour *.

* M. Leon Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Nat., VIII, p. 36, gives the following resum^ of
the anatomical characters of the Insects of this division : —

" The Carabici are hunters and carnivorous. The length of their alimen/ an/ canal
is not more than twice that of the body. The asophacjus is short ;, it is followed by
a musculo-membranous, very dilatable, •well-developed crop ; then comes an oval or
rounded gizzard \\'\\.\\. cellular and elastic parietes, armed internally with moveable
horny appendages fitted for grinding, and furnished with a valve at each orifice. The
chilific ventricle which succeeds to it is of a soft expansile texture, always studded
with larger or smaller papillae, and narrowed behind. The small intestine is short.
The ctecum has the form of a crop. The rectum is short in both sexes. The hepatic
vessels, but two in number, describe various arcs in their flexures, and are implanted
by four separate insertions, around the termination of the chylific ventricle. The
testes are (each formed by the agglomerated circumvolutions of a single spermatic ves-
sel, sometimes almost naked, and at others invested ny an adipose layer, a sort of
tunica vaginalis. The vasa deferentia are often folded into an epididymus. The vesi-
culcB seminales, only two in number, are filiform. The ductus jaculans is short, the
penis slender and elongated, and the copulating armature more or less complicated.
The ovaries have but from seven to twelve ovigerous sheaths to each, multilocular,
and united in a single conoid fasciculus. The oviduct is short. The sebaceous gland
is composed of a secreting vessel, sometimes filiform, and at others enlarged at the

COLEOPTERA 365

They are divided into two tribes. The first or the Cicindelet^,
Lat., comprises the genus

CiCINDELA, Lin.,

In which the extremity of the maxillae is provided with a little nail
articulated with it by its base.

The head is large, with great eyes, and very projecting and den-
tated mandibles ; the very short ligula is concealed behind the men-
tum. The labial palpi are distinctly composed of four joints, and
generally pilose, as well as those of the maxillae. The greater num-
ber of the species are foreign to France.

Some have a tooth in the middle of the emargination in the men-
tum ; the labial palpi separated at base, the first joint almost cylin-
drical and without an angular prolongation at the extremity; and
the exterior maxillary palpi manifestly projecting beyond the la-
bium.

Here, the tarsi are similar, and have cylindrical joints, in both
sexes; the abdomen is wide, almost cordate, and completely clasped
by soldered elytra, whose exterior margin forms a carina.

Manticora, Fab.

The only two species known * are peculiar to Caffraria ; they
are the largest of the genus. One of them — Maniicora pallida.
Fab., — is hesitatingly referred by M. AVilliam Mac-Leay to a
new genus which he calls Platychile; but which to us only
seems to differ from the Manticorae in the elytra, which are not
soldered f .

There, the three first joints of the two anterior tarsi are evidently
more dilated or wider in the males than in the females.

Sometimes the body is simply oval or oblong, the thorax almost
square, sub-isometric, or broader than it is long, and neither globu-
lar nor in the form of a knot. The third joint of the anterior tarsi
of the males does not incline inwards, and the following one is in-
serted on its extremity.

Of these latter, those species whose labial palpi are evidently
longer than the external maxillary palpi, and with the penultimate
joint longer than the last, form two subgenera.

extremity, and of a reservoir. The vulva is provided -with two retractile hooks. The
ova form oblong ovals. The presence of a secreting excremenfal apparatus is one of
the most striking characters in the anatomy of all the Carabici. It consists of one
or several clusters of secreting utricuU, the form of which varies according to the
genus ; of a long vas efferens ; of a bladder or contractile reservoir ; of an excretory
duct, in which the mode of excretion varies ; and of an excreted liquid which possesses
ammoniacal properties. The respiratory organ has stigmata or bivalve buttons and
trachece, all of which are tubular. The nervous system does not differ from that of
the Coleoptera in general."

* Manticora maxillosa, Fab.; Oliv., Col. HI, 37, 1,2; Hist. Nat. des Coleop.
d'Eur. I, 1, 1; Manticora pallida, Fab.

t Amnulosa Javanica, I, p. 9.

S9$ INSECTA.

Megacephala, Lat.
Labrum very short and transversal ; first joint of the labial palpi
much longer than the second, and projecting beyond the men-
tum*.

OXYCHEILA, Dej.

The labrum forming an elongated triangle, first joint of the labial
palpi not much longer than the second, and not extending beyond
the emargination of the mentum f .

In the following species the labial palpi are at most about the
length of the external maxillary palpi, the last joint is longer than
the penultimate. They also form two subgenera.

EuPROSopus, Lat. Dej.

The third joint of the labial palpi thicker than the last ; the three
first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males somewhat elongated,
flattened, carinated beneath, and equally ciliated on both sides ; very
large eyes. They keep on trees J.

CiCINDELA, Lat.

The true Cicindelae only differ from the Euprosopi in the third
joint of the labial palpi, which is not much thicker than the fourth ;
and in their anterior tarsi, whose three first joints, in the males, are
much elongated, more strongly ciliated on the internal side than the
external, and are destitute of a carina beneath.

Their body is usually of a darker or lighter green, mixed with
various brilliant metallic tints; the elytra are marked with white
spots. They prefer dry, warm situations, run with considerable
swiftness, take wing the moment they are approached, but alight at
a short distance. If pursued, they have recourse to the same means of
escape.

The larvae of the two species indigenous to France, the only ones
that have been observed, excavate in the earth a deep cylindrical
hole, an operation which they effect with their mandibles and feet.
To emjJty it, they place the detached particles on their head, turn
about, climb up the ascent little by little, resting at intervals, and
clinging to the walls of their domicile by means of their two dorsal
mammillae ; when they arrive at the mouth of the aperture they throw
down their burden. While in ambuscade, the plate of their head
exactly closes the entrance of their cell, and is on a level with the
ground. They seize their prey with their mandibles, and even dart

* Cicindela megalocephala, Fab. ; Oliv., II, 33, 11, 12; C. Carolina, Oliv. lb., xi,
2 ; — Meyacephala eupliratica, Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., I, 1, 2. For the other
species, see Dejean, Species des Coleoptt^res, I, p. 6, et seq. In the United States,
Meg. Carolina and Meg. virginica, both beautiful species.

f Cicindela tristis, Fab. ; Oliv., Coleopt., II, 33, iii, 35 ; Oxycheila trisfis, Dej.,
Species Gener. des Coleop. I, p. 16 ; — Cicindela hipustulata, Lat. ; Voy- de Humb. et
Bonpl. ; Obser. d'Anat. et de Zool., No. XIII, xvi, 1, 2.

X Cicindela i-notata, Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Europ., I, i, 6 ; Euprosophm 'i-no-
tatus, Dej., Spec. Gener. des Coleopt. I, p. 151.

COLEOPTERA, 36?

upon it, and by a see-saw motion of their head precipitate it to the
bottom of the hole. Thither also they quickly retreat on the least
intimation of danger. If they are too confined, or the soil is not of
a proper nature, they construct a new habitation elsewhere. Such
is their voracity that they devour other larvae of the same species,
which have taken up their abode in their vicinity. When about to
change their tegument or to become pupse, they close the opening of
their cell. Part of these observations were communicated to me
by the late M. Miger, who had carefully studied many larvae of
Coleoptera, and discovered several which had escaped the researches
of naturalists.

C. campestri-^, L. ; Panz., Faun. Insect, Germ. LXXXV, iii.
About six lines in length ; grass-green above ; labrum Avhite,
slightly unidentated in the middle ; five white points on each
elytra. Very common in Europe in the spring.

C. hybrida, L. ; Panz., lb., iv. Two crescent-shaped spots,
and a white band on each elytron ; one of the spots at the exte-
rior base and the other at the end ; suture cupreous. In sand-
pits, never mixing with tlie campestris * (^a). The

C . permanica and some other species have a narrower and
more elongated form, and seem to constitute a particular sec-
tion. The germanica, unlike the preceding, does not fly when
about to be seized but escapes by running, which it does with
great speed, M. Fischer, in his Entomography of Russia, has
placed a Brazilian species (T". marginatus) in the subgenus
Therates.

All these species are winged; but some apterous ones are
known whose abdomen is also narrower and more oval, and in
which the tooth of the emargination of the mentum is very
small and hardly sensible. Such is the one figured in our Hist.
Nat. des Coleop. d'Europe, I, i, 5, under the name of coarctata.
Count Dejean, Spec. Gen. des Coleop., II, p. 434, has formed a
new genus with them, that of Dromica (v).

Sometimes the body is long and narrow, the thorax elongated, in
the form of a knot, narrowed before ; the third joint of the two
anterior tarsi of the males pallet-shaped, and projecting internally;
the fourth is inserted exteriorly near its base.

Ctenostoma, Klikj. — Caris, Fisch.
This subgenus appears to be peculiar to the intertropical regions of

* Add, Cicindela sylvatica, L. ; Clairv., Entom. Helv., II., xxiv., A ; — C. shnuta,
Fab. ; Clairv., lb., B, b ; — C. germanica, L. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. VI, v.
For these and other European species, the Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur. of Lat. and
Dej., fascic. I, p. 37, et seq. — and in general the Species Gener. of Count Dejean ;
see also the work of Curtis on English Insects.

fS^ (a) Add the C. unicolor, 6-guttata, rugifrons, patruela, concentanea, signaia,
blanda and the C. lepida, Le C, nov. spec. ined. ; the C. obliquala, repanda, albo-
hirta, laticincfa, formosa, marginata, varieyata, unipunctata, marginipennis, abdominalis,
12-guttata, flexuosa, obscura, pusilla, punctata, pulchra, and the C dendculata hoemor-
rhoidalis and splendida, new species of Heutz. — Eng. Ed

368 INSECTA.

South America. The head is large, Avith almost setaceous antennae
nearly as long as the body ; the external palpi are very salient, and
terminated by a thicker joint elongated and pyriform ; the penulti-
mate joint of the external maxillary palpi shorter than the following
one ; the two first joints of the labial palpi very short, and the ter-
minal lobe of the jaws without any apparent unguiculus at the ex-
tremity. The abdomen is oval, strangulated at base and pediculated.
The legs are long and slender.

The Ctenostoniae approach the Megacephalae in the size of their
palpi, and in other respects approximate to the Tricondylse and
Therates*.

The others have no tooth in the middle of the emargination of the
mentum. Tlie labial palpi are contiguous at their origin, Avith the
first joint obconical or in the form of a reversed pyramid, and di-
lated or prolonged interiorly in the manner of an angle or tooth ; the
exterior maxillary palpi hardly extended beyond the labrum. These
species have been distributed into three subgenera.

Therates, Lat. — Eurychile, Bonel.
' The Therates in their general form resemble the true Cicindelae,
but are distinguished from tliem, as well as from all other analogous
subgenera, by their internal maxillary palpi, which are very small
and acicular. The tarsi are similar in both sexes, with the penulti-
mate joint cordate, uncmarginate, and simply excavated above for
the insertion of the last.

These Insects arc exclusively proper to the most eastern islands
of Asia, as Java, those of Sunda, and such as are to the north of New
Holland f.

In the two following subgenera, both proper to the East Indies, or
the remotest of the Oriental islands, the body is narrow and elon-
gated, and the thorax almost cylindrical, or in the form of a knot.
The third and fourth joint of the tarsi is prolonged interiorly in the
manner of a lobe.

CoLLiURis, Lat. — CoLLYRis, Fab.
Furnished with wings; antennae thickest near the end; last joint
of the labial palpi almost securiform, and the penultimate frequently
curved ; thorax nearly cylindrical, narrowed and strangulated before,
with the anterior margin widened ; abdomen almost cylindrical,
widened and enlarged posteriorly ; tarsi similar in both sexes, the
penultimate joint prolonged obliquely on the inner side, as large as
the preceding one ; the latter in the form of a reversed triangle witli
acute angles :J:.

* See the Entomologiae Brazilians Specimen of Kliig ; the Spec. Gen. des Coleop.
of Count Dejean, I, p. 152, et seq., and the Supp. to vol. II of the Hist. Nat. des
Coleop. d'Eur., fascic. I, p. 35 ; the Entom. Imp. Russ. of M. Gotthelf Fischer,
I ; Gener. Insect, p. 98.

t See Lat., Dej. Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., fascic. I, p. 63 ; the Spec. Gen,
des Coleop. Dej., I, 57, and the Supp. to vol. II; and particularly the memoir of
Bonelli on this genus.

X See the works just quoted. The species which I have described and figured
under the name of longicoUis is distinct from the Fabrician species of the same ap-
pellation ; it is the CoUiuris emarginata, Dej., Spec. Gener,, I, p. 165.

COLEOPTERA. 369

Tricondyla, Lat.

Destitute of wings; antennae filiform; penultimate joint of the
labial palpi longest and thickest ; thorax in the form of a knot, sub-
ovoid, strangulated, truncated, and turned up at both ends ; abdomen
oval, oblong, narrowed towards the base, and slightly gibbous pos-
teriorly; three first joints of the anterior tarsi dilated in the males,
the third obliquely prolonged on the inner side of the manner of a
lobe ; the fourth nearly similar, but much smaller and less prolonged*.

The second tribe, or the Carabici, Lat comprehends the genus
Carabus, Lin.

Where the maxillae simply terminate in a point or hook, without an
articulated extremity.

Their head is usually narrower than the thorax, or, at most, of the
same width ; their mandibles, those of a few excepted, have no den-
tations, or but very few ; the ligula visually projects, and the labial
palpi exhibit but three free joints f . Many of them are destitute of
wings, only having elytra. They frequently diffuse a fetid odour,
and eject an acrid and caustic liquid from the anus. Geoffroy be-
lieved that the ancients designated Carabici under the name of
Buprestes, Insects which they considered as highly poisonous, par-
ticularly to Oxen |.

The Carabici conceal themselves in the ground, under stones,
chips, bark of old trees, &c„ and are mostly very active. Their larvae
have the same habits. This tribe is very numerous, and forms a
most difficult study.

We will compose a first general subdivision with those, the termi-
nation of Avhose exterior palpi is not subulate ; their last joint is not
united with the preceding one, to form either an oval body acutely
pointed at the end, or a conoid terminated by a slender and acicular
point.

These Carabici may be subdivided into those whose two anterior
tibiae have a deep notch on the inner side, separating the two spines
which are usually placed near each other at the extremity of this
side, and into those where these tibiae present no emargination, or if
any, a mere oblique, linear canal, which does not reach their anterior
side.

Of this subdivision we will make several sections :

1. The Truncatipennes,so called because the posterior extremity
of their elytra is almost always truncated. The head and thorax are
narrower than the abdomen. The ligula is most commonly oval or
square, and is rarely accompanied on the sides by salient divisions.

The hooks of the tarsi, in some, are simple or not dentated, but
arranged like the teeth of a comb.

* Idem.

•f In Cicindela the radical joint is free, and it is on this account that the palpi con-
sist of four ; hut here it is entirely adherent and forms but one base which is not
counted,

X See the genus Melofi.

VOL. UI. B B

370 INSECTA.

We will commence with those in which the head is not abruptly
narrowed at its posterior extremity, and is not attached to the tho-
rax by a sort of suddenly formed neck, or by a species of patella.
The thorax is always in the form of a truncated heart. The exterior
palpi are never terminated by a much larger and securiform joint.
The two anterior tarsi of the males are not dilated, or if so, but very
slightly ; the penultimate joint of these and the other tarsi is never
deeply bilobate.

The three following subgenera have a common negative character :
that of being destitute of wings.

Anthia, Web. Fab.

An oval, horny ligula, advancing between the palpi nearly to their
extr(?mity.

The labrum frequently large and dentated or angular.

The exterior palpi filiform ; the last joint almost cylindrical or
forming a reversed and elongated cone. No tooth in the emargina-
tion of the mentum. The abdomen oval, and most frequently con-
vex ; elytra almost entire, or but slightly truncated.

These Insects, as well as those of the ensuing subgenus, have a
black body spotted with white, a colour formed by down ; they inha-
bit the deserts and similar localities of Africa * and some parts of
Asia. According to the late M, Lcschenault de Latour, the Anthiae,
when irritated; discharge a caustic fluid from the anus. The species
generally are large, and in the males of some the thorax is more or
less dilated posteriorly and terminates by two lobes f .

Graphipterus, Lat. — Anthia, Fab.

The Graphipteri Avere formerly confounded with the Anthiae, but
differ from them in their ligula, which, the middle part excepted, is
entirely membranous; and in their compressed antennae, whose third
joint is much longer than the others. Besides this, their abdomen is
always flattened and orbicular, and one of the two spines terminating
the posterior tibiae is always laminiform and much longer than the
other.

The species of this subgenus are exclusively proper to Africa,
and smaller than the preceding J.

Aptinus, ^071. — Brachinus, Web. Fab.

The last joint of the exterior palpi somewhat thicker, that of the
labials particularly ; a tooth in the middle of the emargination of the

* Although several Insects of the north of Africa have been discovered in the
south of Spain and Italy, not a solitary species of Anthia or Graphipterus has ever
been found there.

f See Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., fascic. II ; the Species des Coleop., Dej., I ;
the excellent SjTionymia Insectorum of Schoenherr ; and the zoological portion of
the Voy. de Caillaud, where I have described and figured the Insects collected by
him in Africa.

X See Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., fascic. II, and the Species des Coleop., I,
Dej. The Anthia exclamationis, Fab., is a Graphipterus, figured Diet. d'Hist. Nat.
X, E, 2, 7, under the name of trilinee.

COLEOPTERA. 37 1

mentum. The ligula is similar to that of the Graphipteri, but the
lateral divisions form a small jjointed projection. What particularly
distinguishes this, as well as the following subgenus, is the fact, that
the oval and thick abdomen contains organs which secrete a caustic
liquor of a penetrating odour, that issues from the anus with a cre-
pitus and instantly evaporates. This fluid produces a discoloration
of the skin similar to that caused by nitric acid, and if the species be
large, a burn, accompanied with pain. M. Leon Dufour has described
the organs which secrete it *.

These Insects are frequently found in society, at least in the spring,
under stones. They employ the above mentioned mode of defence
to terrify their enemies, and can repeat the discharge a number of
times. The larger species inhabit tropical and other hot climates to
the limits of the temperate zone.

Apt. balista, Dej., Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., II, viii, I •
Brachinus displosor, Duft. From five to eight lines in length ;
black, with a fulvous thorax and sulcated elytra. Navarre and
various parts of Spain and Portugal.

Apt. pyrenoius, Dej., Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., II, viii,
3. From three to four lines in length ; deep black; antennae
and palpi fulvous ; feet of a russet yellow f. The elytra are sul-
cated. It was discovered by Count Dejean in the department of
the Pyrennees-Orientales.

Brachinus,. Web. Fab.

The Brachini only differ from the Aptini in being furnished with
wings, and in the circumstance of the emargination of their mentum
having no tooth.

Some, generally the largest and mostly foreign to Europe, have
their elytra very sensibly sulcated or ribbed. Of this number is a
species common to the Antilles and Cayenne, the

Brack, complanatus. Fab.; Car abus planus, Oliv. Ill, vi, 63,
From six to eight lines in length; russet yellow; the elytra
black, no humeral point, a sinuous band traversing their middle,
and a russet yellow spot at their extremity ; their external mar-
gin of the same colour ; posterior angles of the thorax prolonged
into a point.

The elytra of the others are smooth or but slightly sulcated. In
the environs of Paris the following species are usually to be found.

Brack, crepitans. Fab. ; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., II, viii,
6; Panz., Faun., Insect. Germ. XX, 5. Average length four
lines; fulvous; elytra sometimes deep blue, at others bluish-
green, and slightly sulcated ; antennae fulvous, but the third arid
fourth joints blackish ; the pectus, its middle excepted, and the
abdomen, black. This species has been confounded with the

* M(?m. sur le Bractiine tirailleur, Ann. du Mus. d'Hist. Nat. XVII, 70, 5, and
the Ann. des So. Nat. VI, p. 320.

t See Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., and the Species des Coleop., Dej., 1.

bb2

372 INSECTA.

explodens of Duftschmid — Hist, Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., II,
viii, 7 — which is also very common. It is but half the size of
the crepitus, with blue and almost smooth elytra. The glabratus,
Bonelli, only differs from it in the absence of the spots on the
antennae.

Brack, sciopefa. Fab. ; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., II, ix, 3.
Very similar to the last, but distinguished from it as well as
from the preceding ones by the suture of the elytra, which is
fulvous-red from \he base to the middle. The body also is
wider in proportion, and of the same colour above and beneath.

Brack, bombarda, lUig. ; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., II, ix,
2. This species is intermediate between the last and the first.
A fulvous sprout surrounds the scutellum, but does not extend
along the suture.

Brack, exkalam, with elytra of an obscure blue, and four yel-
lowish spots, and Brack, causticus, all fulvous, with a band along
the suture and posterior spot blackish — are found in the depart-
ment of Herault*.
In the Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., we placed the genus Catas ■
copus of Kirby next to Brachinus. A more recent examination
leads us to think that it rather belongs to the Simplicimani. The
posterior extremity of the elytra, it is true, does offer a deep emargi-
nation, but it terminates in a point towards the suture, and is not
truncated. Several species of this division also present the same
sinus, though less deep and acute.

Between the Brachini and the Catascopi, Count Dejean — Species
I, p. 226 — places the genus Corsyra of Steven, the type of which is
the Cijmindis fusida of the Russ. Entomog., of Fischer, I, xii, 3. It
differs from the latter in its tai-si, the hooks of which are simple.
The body also is flattened, as in the preceding and other neighbouring
subgenera, tolerably broad, with filiform palpi, unidentated mcntum
and transverse labriim; the thorax is wider than the head, and nearly
semi-orbicular.

But one species is known.
The other Carabici of the same division with equally simple hooks
are removed from the jjreceding by the form of their head, which is
suddenly narrowed immediately after its origin, presenting the ap-
pearance of a neck or rotula.

First come those in which the tarsi of both sexes are identical, sub-
cylindrical or linear, and whose penultimate joint, at most, is deeply
notched or bilobate.

Sometimes the exterior palpi are filiform or but slightly enlarged
at the end, with the last joint verging to an oval; the head has the
same form and becomes gradually narrowed behind the eyes. The
first joint of the antennae is always short or but slightly elongated.
The "thorax is always narrow and elongated. Tlie body is thick.

* See op. cit. ut sup. Add of American species Brack, alternans, quadripennis,
fumans, cephaloles.

COLEOPTERA, 373

The emarglnaticn of the mentum has a central tooth. The ligula is
almost square, and its paraglossae are salient and pointed.

Casnonia, Lat. — Ophioncea, Klikj.

The thorax almost like a truncated cone, or a cylinder narrowed
anteriorly*.

Lbptotrachelus, Lat.

Thorax cylindrical, and without any sensible contraction ante-
riorly ; elytra entire or not truncated ; penultimate joint of the tarsi
bilobate f .

Odacantha, Payk. Fab.

The same kind of thorax, but the elytra are truncated and the
joints of the tarsi entire.

Odac. melanura. Fab.; Clairv., Entom. Helv. II, v; Hist. Nat.
des Coleop. d'Eur., II, x, 6. The type of the genus; three lines
in length; greenish-blue; elytra, the extremities excepted, rus-
set-yellow; base of the antennae, pectus, and a greater portion
of the feet of the same colour ; ends of the elytra blackish-blue,
it frequents the neighbourhood of water, and is more particu-
larly found in the north of France, Germany and Sweden J.

Sometimes the exterior palpi are terminated by a thicker triangu-
lar joint, or one resembling a reversed cone ; the head, directly
behind the eyes, is suddenly narrowed, and has a triangular form,
or that of a heart.

Some in which the body is flattened, placed by Fabricius among
his Galeritse, have all the joints of the tarsi entire, the thorax cord-
ate and posteriorly truncated, and the mandibles as well as the max-
illae of an ordinary length or but slightly salient.

The first joint of the antennae forms a reversed and elongated cone.
The ligula is square, and its paraglossae are usually as long as itself;
the middle of the emargination of the mentum is furnished with a
tooth, These Carabici, of which the species indigenous to Europe
are found under stones, bark, and most commonly in the vicinity of
water, form the three following subgenera.

ZupHiUM, Lat.

First joint of the antennae at least as long as the head ; exterior
hiaxillary palpi much elongated §.

* See Entom. Brazil., of Klug ; the Spec. Gener., of Dej., I, p. 170; Hist.
Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., fascic. II, vii, fi. The species figured — C. cyanocephala —
from the penultimate joint of the tarsi forms a particular division. It is found in
Bengal. All the others, the principal of which is the Aflelal/us pensylvanicus, It,,
belong to America, and have all the joints of the tarsi entire. American species, C.
pi-nsylvanica, rufipes.

t Odacantha dorsalis. Fab.

X The Odacantha tripustulata, Fab., is a species of Notoxus.

§ Galerila olens, Fab. ; Clairv. Entom. Helv. II, xvii, A, a ; Hist. Nat. des Co-
leop. d'Eur., fasc. II, x, 3.

374 INSECTA.

PoLiSTicHUs, Bon.

First joint of the antennae, as in the following subgenus, shorter
than the head; maxillary palpi of the ordinary length; second, third
and fourth joints of the tarsi ; those of the two anterior legs particu-
larly, short and nearly orbicular; the ligula terminated superiorly by
a straight margin, its paraglossae salient, and resembling narrow,
arcuated and pointed auriculae *.

Helluo, Bon.

This subgenus is only distinguished from Polistichus by the en-
tirely corneous ligula, which is rounded at the superior extremity,
and without any distinct paraglossae. The species are all foreign to
Europe f ,

The others, which with those that immediately follow, appear to
approximate to the Brachini ]:, have the penultimate joint of all the
tarsi strongly bilobate ; the mandibles and maxillae long, narroAV, and
projecting; the body thick; the head in the form of a narrow and
elongated triangle ; the thorax almost cylindrical, and slightly nar-
rowed posteriorly.

The lirst joint of the antennae is long and narrowed at" base. The
mentum is nearly lunate, and is destitute of a tooth in the middle of
the emargination. The ligula is salient, narrow, almost linear, and
terminated by three stout spines ; it has two small paraglossae. The
under part of the tarsi is covered with down. Such are the charac-
ters of

Drypta, Lat. Fab.

All the species known belong to the eastern continent and to
New Holland. Two inhabit Europe, and are always found on
the ground.

The most common is the Drypta emarginata. Fab. ; Clairv.
Entom. Helv. II, xvii; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., fasc, II,
" X. 1. It is about four lines in length, and of a beautiful azure-
blue ; the antennae, mouth and legs, fulvous : extremity of the
first joint of the antennae and the middle of the third, blackish ;
elytra with punctate striae. More common in the south of
France than the north. M. Blondel Jun., however was found
it in abundance in a locality near Versailles §.

* Galerita fasciolafa, Fab. ; Clairv., lb., B, b ; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur.
lb., 4; — Polistichus discoideus, lb. 5. See the Spec, des Coleop., Dej. I, p. 194.

t Hel}uo costatus, Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., fascic. II, vi, 5 ;— Galerita
hirta, Fab. See the Species Gener. Dej. I, p. 283.

An undescribed species from Brazil appears to me to form a new subgenus by its
filiform palpi, of which the last joint is cylindrical.

X The Dryptae are also allied to Cychrus, and seem to connect the Cicindelitae
with the Carabici Grandipalpi. Several sections of this family seem to connect
themselves with the Cicindelse like so many branches. Most of the other families
of Insects are similarly situated, or form ramified trunks — in a word, continuous
series do not exist in nature.

§ For the other species, see Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., fascic. II, x, 2 ; and the
Species Gener. des Coleop. Dej. I, 182.

COLEOPTERA. 375

We now come to the Carabici, very analogous to the preceding
ones in their divisional characters, but removed from them by the
form of their tarsi. The four first joints, or at least those of the
anterior tarsi of the males, are greatly dilated and bifid ; the penul-
timate of all, and in both sexes, is always emarginated or dilated.
The exterior palpi and the first joint of the antennae always long.

Tkichognatha, Lat.

Ultimate joint of the exterior palpi in the form of a reversed cone,
and elongated : a hairy triangular projection on the exterior side of
the maxillae ; very long palpi ; labrum bicrenate, with three obtuse
teeth ; summit of the ligula armed with three spines ; the four poste-
rior tarsi not dilated, at least in the females. The type of the genus
(T. marginipennis) was brought from Brazil by the celebrated bo-
tanist M, de Saint Hilaire.

Galerita, Fab.

The Galeritae differ from the preceding subgenera in their exte-
rior palpi, of which the last joint is triangular or securiform, and in
the non-dilatation of the exterior side of the maxillae.

Tlie two anterior tarsi of the males are widened ; the emargina-
tions of the four first joints are acute, and their internal divisions are
larger and more prolonged than the external. The summit of the
ligula is tridentate, and its paraglossee are very distinct. The
emargination of the mentum is unidentate.

Some species, such as the Galerita occidentalis, Dej. ; G. afri-
cana. Id., by their oval head, and narrower and more elongated
thorax, form a particular division. Most of them belong to
America *.

CoRDisTES, Latr. — Calophcena, Klilg, — Odocantha, i*a6.

The exterior palpi filiform and terminated by an oval and pointed
joint.

The four first joints of all the tarsi dilated, and the first In the form
of a reversed and elongated cone ; lobes of the two following ones
equal, straight, and pointed ; the fourth in the form of a heart or
reversed triangle, and uncmarginate : its superior face is excavated
for the reception of the next. The head is nearly oval f .

We will terminate this section with those in which the hooks of
the tarsi are dentated beneath in the manner of a comb, and com-
mence with such as have their oval or ovoid head separated from
the thorax by a sudden and marked strangulation forming a sort of
knot or patella. The penultimate joint of their tarsi is always di-
vided down to its base into two lobes ; the preceding ones are broad,
and in the form of a heart or reversed triangle. The first joint of

* See the Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur. ; and Spec. Gener. des Coleop. Dej., I.

t Seethe Hist. Nat. des Col. d'Eur., fascic. II. ; Spec, des Coleop., Dej., I. ; and
chiefly the Entom. Brasil. Specim., of Klug. All the known species belong to South
America.

376 INSECTA.

^he antennae is but slightly elongated. All the species known belong
to the western world.

Ctenodacttla Dej,

Exterior palpi filiform, the last joint oval ; body but slightly elon-
gated and flattened ; thorax almost cordiform, elongated, and trun-
cated posteriorly (a).

Agra, Fab,

Exterior maxillary palpi filiform ; labial palpi terminated by a
large triangular or securiform joint; the body long and narrow; tho-
rax forming an elongated cone narrowed anteriorly. The mentum
is suborbicular with a tooth in the middle of the emargination ; the
ligiila nearly cylindrical, without very distinct paraglossse *.

Now the head is separated from the thorax by a very abrupt stran-
gulation, in the form of a knot or patella f- The joints of the tarsi
are entire in several, and the first are rarely dilated. The body is
always flattened. The paraglossae are never salient, simply forming
a membranous margin, rounded or obtuse at the end.

Here the thorax is isometric, or longer than it is wide, cordiform,
and truncated posteriorly. The body is elongated. Such are

Cymindis, Lat. — Cymindis, Anom(eus, Fisch. — Tarus, Clairv.
Carabus, Fab.

Exterior maxillary palpi filiform, or hardly thicker at the extre-
mity, with the last joint cylindrical ; the same of the labials, larger,
almost securiform, or like a reversed triangle, at least in the males ;
the head not narrowed posteriorly ; all the joints of the tarsi entire
and nearly cylindrical %.

Calleida, Dej.

Entirely similar to Cymindis, Avith the exception of the tarsi, the
penultimate joint of which is bifid ; in the preceding it is triangular.
Peculiar to America.

Demetrias, Bon.

Analogous to Calleida in the tarsi, but having an oval head nar-
rowed posteriorly, and all the exterior palpi nearly filiform, with the
last joint almost ovoid or sub-cylindrical.

This subgenus, as well as the next, is composed of very small
species, which usually frequent wet places. They are, nearly all,
European §.

* See Kliig's excellent Monograph of this genus : also the Hist. Nat. Col.
d'Eur., and the Spec, des Coleop., Dej., I. All the species belong to intratropical
America.

t Somewhat narrowed posteriorly in Demetrias and Dromius, but not fixed to the
thorax by a patella.

J See Hist. Nat. Col. d'Eur., fascic. II, and III, and Seec. Gen. des Coleop. I.

§ See op, cit.

{j:^(a) Ctenodaclyla Chevrolatii, Dej. Spec. I, p. 227. The only species known
and type of the genus. From Caynne. — Eng. Ed.

COLEOPTERA. 377

Dromias, Bon.

Generally apterous ; joints of the tarsi entire ; otherwise similar to
Demetrias.

There, the thorax is evidently wider than it is long, forms the seg-
ment of a circle, or resembles a heart, widely and transversely trun-
cated posteriorly.

In some, the middle of the posterior margin of the thorax is ex-
tended backwards. Such is

Lebia, Lat. — Lebia Lamprias, Bon.

Exterior palpi terminating in a little larger and nearly cylindrical
or oval joint, truncated at the end ; four first joints of the tarsi almost
triangular, and the fourth more or less bifid or bilobate. One of the
most common in Europe is

L. cyanocephala ; Carabus cyanocephalus, L., Fab.; Bupreste
bleu a corselet rouge, Geoif. ; Panz., Faun, Insect. Germ., LXXV,
5; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., fascic. Ill, xii, 7- From two
to two lines and a half long ; blue or green and very lucent
above ; first joint of the antennae, the feet and thorax fulvous-
red ; extremity of the femur black -, elytra marked with slight
punctuated striae.

L. hoemorrhoidalis ; Carabus Jioimorrhoidalis, Fab.; Hist.
Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., fascic. Ill, xiii, 8. Not above two lines
in length ; body fulvous with black elytra, terminated by a yel-
lowish-fulvous spot ; elytra slightly striate, the striae punctuate,
with two more deeply impressed puncta near the third, com-
mencing from the suture *.

In the foUoAving, the thorax terminates posteriorly in a straight
line without any central projection.

Plochionus, Dej.

The antennae almost granose ; last joint of the labial palpi large,
nearly securiform; four first joints of the tarsi short, in the form of a
reversed heart, the fourtli bilobate f.

Orthogonius, Dej.

Similar tarsi ; but the antennae are filiform, and the external palpi
terminated by an almost cylindrical joint :]:.

Coptodera, Dej.

The palpi of the preceding; antennae more or less granose ; three
first joints of the anterior tarsi short and wide ; the same of the four

* See op. cit.

Add of American species, the Leb. analis, vitla/a, quadrivittata fuscata, maginir
coUis, viridis, and the L. borea, solea, and yrandis, of Hentz, new species.

t Op. cit.

X Dejean. Spec. I, p. 279: all the species foreign to Europe. Near this sub-
genus may perhaps be placed that of the Hexagonia, Kirby, Lin. Trans,, XIV.

378 INSECTA.

posterior tarsi, almost filiform ; the penultimate joint of all bifid, but
ot bilobate. AH the species quoted by Count Dejean are foreign to
Europe, and belong, generally, to America*.

2. The second section, that of the Bipartiti, — Scarttides, Dej. —
which in relation to their habits might also be be styled Fossores, is
composed of Carabici with elytra either entire or slightly sinuated
at their posterior extremity ; having frequently granose and geni-
culate antennae ; a broad head, large thorax, usually shaped like a cup
or almost semi-orbicular, and separated from the abdomen by an
interval which causes the latter to appear pediculated ; the legs gene-
rally but slightly elongated, their tarsi usually short, and similar in
the two sexes, or nearly so, without any brush beneath, and simply
furnished with ordinary hairs or cilia. The two anterior tibiae are
dentated, and in several palmatcd or digitated ; the mandibles fre-
quently strong and dentated. There is a tooth in the emargination
of the mentum. They all keep on the ground, conceal themselves
either in holes which they excavate, or under stones, and frequently
only leave their retreat at night. They are usually of a uniform
black. The larvae of the Ditomus bucephalus, the only one that has
been observed, has the form and mode of life of the larvae of the
Cicindelae. They are more particularly proper to hot countries.

The three first subgenera, on account of their labial palpi, which
are terminated by a larger, securiform or triangular joint, form a
particular group; the last of these subgenera leads us to Scarites,
whilst the first, which, as respects the absence of the emargination in
the internal side of the two anterior tibiae, constitutes an exception,
seems to connect itself with the first subgenera of the family, They
all have stout and dentated mandiiiles. The external maxillary palpi
terminate in a rather larger joint ; the thorax has the form of a cup
or truncated heart ; the abdomen is pediculated.

Two of the subgenera of this group form a special subdivision.
Their anterior tibiae are not palmated. Their antennae consist of
cylindrical joints, or such as resemble reversed cones. The mentum
covers the whole under part of the head as far as the labriim, and fre-
quently exhibits no transverse suture at its base. The body is much
flattened, and is ajjterous in several. They all belong to the eastern
continent or to New Holland.

Enceladus, Bon.

The inner side of the anterior legs unemarginate ; first joint of the
antennae but little elongated, and almost cylindrical, the third shorter
than the second ; middle of the superior margin of the ligula pro-
jecting in the manner of an angle or tooth ; thorax almost in the
form of a broadly truncated heart, the posterior angles slightly dilated
and pointed ; labrum emarginate or nearly bilobate.

Encel. gigas, Bon., Mem. of the Acad, of Sc. of Tur. The
only species described. From the coast of Angola.

SiAGONA, Lat. — Cucujus, Galerita, Fab.
A very decided emargination on the internal side of the two ante-

'S^{a) In the United States : C. signata, and C. arata, Dej. — Eng. Ed.

COLEOPTERA. 379

rior tibiae ; the first joint of the antennae elongated, forming a re-
versed cone, and the second shorter than the third; summit of the
ligula straight, without any projection ; thorax almost in the shape of
a cup, nearly as long as it is broad, and without posterior projections;
the labrum dentated.

Some are apterous and have an oval abdomen *. The latter is
oval in others, and truncated at base ; these are furnished with wings.
A new species has been discovered in Sicily by M. Lefevre. All the
others, both of this and the preceding division, inhabit northern
Africa or the East Indies f .

The third subgenus, in its moniliform antennae, the teeth on the
exterior side of the two first tibiae and in the ordinary proportions of
the mentum, evidently approximates to Scarites.

Carenum, Bon.

Straight maxillae without a terminal hook ; summit of the ligula
rounded ; ultimate joint of the exterior maxillary palpi enlarged and
double the length of the preceding one.

The only species known — Scarites ci/aneus. Fab. — inhabits
New Holland.

None of the other Carabici of this section exhibits labial palpi ter-
minated by a larger and securiform joint : the last is in the form of
a reversed and elongated cone, or almost cylindrical and smaller at
base; the same joint of the exterior maxillary palpi is also nearly
cylindrical ; all these palpi are about the same thickness throughout,
or sometimes attenuated at the extremity.

A first very natural subdivision, which comprises the Scarites of
Fabricius, the cyaneus excepted, consists of bipartite Carabici, Avhose
anterior legs are palmated, or at least digitated at the end, that is to
say, terminated exteriorly by a long point in the form of a spine,
opposite to a very stout internal spur. Their antennae are granose ;
the second joint as long as the following one, and frequently longer.
The mandibles, those of a small number excepted, are stout, project-
ing, and angular, or dentated on the internal side. The labrum is
very short, transversal, and crustaceous. The ligula is most fre-
quently entirely corneous, bristled with hairs or cilia, broadly emar-
ginate or widened at the summit, and with projecting lateral angles.

Some have very strong, projecting, and usually dentated mandi-
bles; the anterior margin of the crustaceous labrum very dentate,
the ligula short, not extending beyond the mentum, entirely horny
or crustaceous, bristled with hairs, and Avidened at the superior mar-
gin. Their anterior tibiae are always palmate. The species gene-
rally are large.

One of these subgenera.

» Siagona rufipes, Lat. Geaer. Crust, et Insect., I., vii, 9 ; Cucujus i-ufipes, Fab. ;
— Siagona fuscipes, Dej., Spec. I, p. 359. • ■r.i.\

t The Siag. atrata, depressa {Galerila depressa, Fab.), Pejus, (GalerUta flejus, Fab.)
Schupelii, Dej., lb. ;— Scarites, lavigatus, Heibst. Col. CLXXV, 6.

380 INSECTA.

Pasimachus, Bon.

Approximates to the last in the jaws, which are straight, and des-
titute of a terminal hook.

The antennae are of equal thickness. The body is much flattened
and oval, thorax cordiform, broadly truncated behind, almost as wide
at its posterior margin as before and as the base of the elytra ; this
margin almost straight, and merely somewhat concave in the middle.
This subgenus is peculiar to America * (a).

According ,to Count Dejean — Spec, II, p, 471 — after the Pasi-
machi, should come his genus Scapterus, formed with a species from
the East Indies, sent to him by one of the most zealous of the French
entomologists, M. Guerin, to whom it is dedicated. Whether the
maxillae resemble those of the preceding subgenus I do not know,
but the body is differently proportioned, being elongated and cylin-
drical. The antennae are shorter in proportion than usual ; the second
joint is square, somewhat thicker than the others, which are short,
almost square, and become gradually stouter.

In the following the maxillae are arcuated and hooked at the end,
The antennae become sensibly thicker towards the extremity. The
thorax is always separated posteriorly from the base of the elytra by a
well marked space or angle.

Here the exterior palpi are terminated by an almost cylindrical
joint, not narrowed into a point at the end.

ACANTHOSCELIS, Lai.

This subgenus is remarkable for the four posterior tibiae, which are
short, broad, arcuated, plane and slightly concave on their internal
face, convex, and covered with granules or little spines on the opposite
one, with the superior edge dentated, and the posterior teeth large
and compressed ; the trochanter of the two posterior thighs is very
large.

The body is short, wide, convex above ; the thorax transversal, round-
ed laterally, and its posterior margin sinuous ; spurs of the anterior
tibiae very long, and the others almost laminiform.

The only species known — Scarites ruficornis. Fab. — inhabits
the Cape of Good Hope.

Scarites, Fab.

The four posterior tibiae narrow, generally smooth, and merely fur-
nished with little spines on their ridges, and intermediaries have at
most one or two teeth on the exterior side ; the trochanter of the pos-
terior thighs much smaller than the thighs themselves. The mandi-
bles form elongated triangles, and are strongly dentated at base. The

* Refer to this subgenus the Scarites depressus, and Sc. marginatus, Fab. and Oliv.
See the Spec. Gen. des Coleop. I, p. 405 : the Entomological Observations of
Bonelli : and the work of Palisot de Beauvois on the Insects collected by him in
America and Africa.

{J^ (a) All the Pasimaohi hitherto discovered are peculiar to North America. But
four species are known, the P. depressus, marginatus, sublceris, and the P. subsulcatus,
Say. — Eng. Ed.

COLEOPTERA. 38 1

second and thii-d joints of the antennse resemble reversed cones, almost
of the same thickness ; the following ones are granulous.

Some have two teeth on the exterior side of the intermediate
tibise.

Sc.pt/racmon, Bonel.; Dej., Spec. I, p. 367 ; Sc. gigus, Oliv.,
Col. HI, No. 36, I, 1 ; Clairv., Entom. Helv, II, ix, a. About
an inch long ; apterous ; flattened ; of a shining black ; the elytra
somewhat widened posteriorly, finely striate, and the striae
lightly punctate ; in the third, near the extremity, two more dis-
tinct and deeper puncta. The head, according to Count Dejean,
is much larger in the male than in the female ; the front of
the latter presents two impressions and some little rugse. The
thorax, on each side, exhibits a tooth posteriorly. There are
three on the anterior tibiae. It is found on the borders of the
Mediterranean, in the south of France, and the eastern part of
Spain. M. Lefevre de Cerisy, a distinguished naval officer
and excellent entomologist, has published some observations on
its habits.

Sc. terricola, Bonel.; Dej., Spec. I, p. 398. Body furnished
with wings ; from eight to nine lines in length ; black ; anterior
tibice with three stout teeth, followed by three very small ones ;
external side of the two following tibiae with but one ; elytra
elongated, striate, and slightly rugose ; two deep points near the
third stria. Found with the pyracmon.

Sc, sabulosvs, Oliv., Col. Ill, 36, 1, 8 ; Clairv., Entom. Helv.
II, ix, 6 ; Scar. Icevigatus, Fab., Dej. Very similar to the ter-
ricola, but somewhat smaller and more depressed ; it is apterous
and the elytra slightly striate ; but two indentations on the an-
terior tibije after the three ordinary teeth. It inhabits the same
localities as the pyracmon, and is also found in Sicily («).

OXYGNATHUS, Dcj.

The Oxygnathi, as to their antennae and palpi, are essentially simi-
lar to the preceding Insects, but having, as well as the two following
subgenera, long, narrow, edentated mandibles which cross each other
in the manner of a forceps. Their body is narrow, elongated, and cy-
lindrical ; their antennae shorter than the head and mandibles united ;
the labrum rather indistinct, and the thorax almost square.

The t}'pe of this subgenus — Scarites elongatus, Wiedem. ;
Oxygnathus elongatus, Dej. Spec. II, p. 474 — is from the East
Indies.
There, the four exterior palpi, or at least those of the labrum, ter-

^S^ (a) The Sc. suit err aneits, [Fab. 'Syst. El. I, p. 124, No. 8, 'usually] consi-
dered as the only species of Scarites, — inhabits the United States. The very great
disparity of size, however, between it and a congener from Georgia, combined
•with a certain difference of aspect would seem to warrant the supposition that the
latter is a distinct species. Although, after the most careful comparison of the two,
I confess my inability to point out any truly specific difference, I am still inclined to
believe they are distinct.

382 INSECTA.

minate by a fusiform joint ending in a point. The body is elongated
and cylindrical, and the mandibles are long, narrow, and without any
remarkable teeth, like those of the Oxygnathi.

OXYSTOMUS, Lat.

The labial palpi almost as long as the exterior ones of the maxillae,
recurved, the first joint salient and cylindrical, the second but slightly
elongated, and the last fusiform, long and acutely pointed at the end ;
the antennae completely moniliform from the middle of their length,
with the first joint as long as the three following ones united *.

Camptodontus, Dej.

The labial palpi evidently shorter than the external ones of the
maxillae, not recurved, and terminated as well as the latter by a fusi-
form joint ; a greater part of the joints of the antennae resembling in-
verted cones ; the length of the first hardly surpassing that of the two
following ones taken together f.

The others, whose anterior tibiae are not dentated externally, but
simply dldactjj^le at the end, have short mandibles, projecting but lit-
tle beyond the labrum ; the labrum coriaceous and entire ; the ligula
advancing beyond the emargination of the mentum, glabrovis, or but
slightly pilose, Avith separate, salient, and membranous paraglossae ;
the exterior palpi are terminated by an oval joint, acuminated at the
extremity.

They are small, frequent humid places, and are not strangers in
northern countries.

Clivina, Lat.

Three stout teeth on the external side of the two anterior tibiae, and
one on that of the next two J.

Dyschihius, Bon. — Clivina, Dej.

Nothing but dentations or very indistinct and small spines on the
external side of the two anterior tibiae, and where the extremity of
this side is usually extended into a long point in the form of a spine,
and opposed to another consisting of a stout spur on the internal side.
The last joint of the labial palpi is thicker in proportion than that of
the Cllvinae, and almost clavato-securiform. The thorax is usually
globular §.

Our second and last subdivision of the Bipartiti will comprise those
whose anterior tibiae are neither dentated externally, nor bidigitated
at the extremity, and where the second joint of the antennae is evi-
dently shorter than the third. They closely approximate to the two
last subgenera in the organs pf manducation, and have been confounded

* Oxyistomus cylindricvs,!}^]. Spec. I, p. 410. Brazil.

■f Camptodontus cayennetisis, lb. II, p. 477.

X Tenebrio fossor, L. ; Scarites arenarius, Fab. ; Clain'. Entom. Helv., II., viii,
A, a. The Clivinae of Count Dejean, Spec. 1, 411, 1 — 7.

§ Clivinae, 8 — 21, of Count Dejean; but the eighth, or the arctica, seems to
present the characters of a Cephalotus.

COLEOPTEEA. 383

by some authors with the Scarites, which, in fact, they very much re-
semble, both in ai^ijearance and habits.

Some have a narrrow elongated body, almost forming a parallele-
piped, with a nearly square thorax ; the antennae either entirely or
partly granose : the last joint of the exterior palpi almost cylindrical,
and the same of those of the labium, nearly in the form of a reversed
cone, or securiform. They are all exotic.

MoRio, Lat.

Antennae equal in size throughout ; labrum profoundly emarginate'*
exterior palpi filiform ; thighs oval, with triangular tibiae *.

Oz^NA, Oliv.

Antennae thicker or inflated at their extremity ; labrum entire ;
labial palpi terminating by a larger and almost securiform or trian-
gular joint ; thighs and tibiae narrow and elongated f.

The others have an oval or oblong body, and the thorax either
nearly in the shape of a cup or heart, or almost orbicul'.r ; the an-
tennae are filiform, and consist mostly of cylindrical joints, the last
particularly; tlie others narrowed at base and nearly in the form of
a reversed cone ; the last joint of the exterior palpi is almost oval or
fusiform. The labrum is emarginate.

They are peculiar to the hot and sandy districts of the western
countries of the eastern continent,

DiTOMus, Bon. — Carabus, Calosoma, Scaurus, Fab.

Palpi shorter than the head; thorax cordiform, or like a cup; tarsi
short.

Some species, those to which Ziegler has restored the generic ap-
pellation of Ditomus, have a more elongated body of equal width ;
the head separated from each side of the thorax by a re-entering an-
gle, and usually armed in the males, with one or two horns J.

The othei's, or those which compose the genus Aristus, Zieg., have
the body shorter, and wider before ; the head almost cotinuous with
the thorax, and buried in it up to the eyes ; its anterior angles are
pointed §.

Aptomus, Hoff. — Scarites, Ross.

The anterior palpi very long; thorax orbicular; tarsi filiform and
elongated ; exterior maxillary palpi much longer than the head, and

* Harpalus monilicornis, Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect. I, 206 ; Mono monilicomis,
Dej.. Spec. I, p. 430 ; Scurites Georgiee, Palis, de Beauv. VII, xv, 5 ; — Morio
hrasiUensis, Dej. lb. ; — Morio orierdalis, Id., lb.

t Ozeena dentipes, Oliv., Encyclop. Method. ; — Oz<ena Rogerii, Dej., Spec. p. 434 ;
— Ozcena hrunneu, Id, lb. ; — Ozoena Gi/Jlhenalii, Id. lb.

X Dejean, Spec. I, p. 439, first division of Ditomus. The Carabus cahjdonius
of Fabricius, according to a label affixed by him to a specimen taken from the
collection of M. Desfontaines, forms a species very distinct from the Ditomus calydo-
nius of Dejean. The mandibles of the male are forked or divided, as it were, into
two horns ; the middle horn terminates in a point or rather is hastate at the ex-
tremity. The Ccdosoina longicornis of Fabricius is probably the female of this species
or of another that is closely allied to it.

§ Second divisiou of Ditomus of Count Dejean, lb., p. 444.

384 INSECTA.

terminated by an ovoido-cylindrical joint ; the same joint of those of
the labium elongated and fusiform. I have not perceived a tooth in
the emargination of the mentum *.

3. Our third section of the Carabici, that of the Quadrimani, —
Harpalicus, Dej. f , includes those, otherwise similar to the last in
the pointed termination of the posterior extremity of their elytra, in
the males of which the four anterior tarsi are dilated ; the three or
four first joints are in the form of a reversed heart or triangular, and
nearly all terminated by acute angles; they are usually furnished
underneath (the Ophoni excepted) with two ranges of papillae or
scales, with an intermediate linear space.

The body is always w-inged, and generally oval and arcuated or
convex above ; the thorax is wider than it is long, or at most nearly
isometrical, square or trapezoidal. The head is never suddenly con-
tracted posteriorily, and the antennae are equal throughout, or slightly
and insensibly thickened near the extremity. The mandibles are
never very strong. The exterior palpi are terminated by an oval or
fusiform joint, longer than the preceding one. The tooth of the
emargination of the mentum is always entire, and in some is want-
ing t. The legs are robust, the tibiae spiny, and the hooks of the
tarsi simple. The intermediate tarsi, even in the females, are short,
and, with the exception of the dilatation, nearly formed like the an-
terior, These Carabici prefer sandy and hot localities.

This section is composed of the genus Harpalus, as limited by Bo-
nelli in his tabular view of the general distribution ef the Carabici.
New sections have still more diminished its extent. They are all
subordinate to the three following divisions.

The characters of the first are : the emargination of the mentum
unideniate§; labrum emarginate ; head and anterior extremity of
the thorax as wide as the abdomen or wider ||. It comprises tl)ree
subgenera.

AciNOPUs,, Zieg. Dej.

Filiform antennae, composed of short but cylindrical joints ; the-
rax insensibly narrowed from before backwards, with the posterior
angels very obtuse or rounded ; mandibles destitute of teeth ; tooth of
the emargination of the mentum widely truncated *[]; ,

* Scariles ritfus, Oliv., Col. Ill, 36, 11, 13, a, b ; Rossi, Faun. Etrusc. I, iv, 3 ;
Apototmis ruftis, Dej,, iSpec. I, p. 450 ; — Apotomus testaceus, Id., lb., p. 451.

t This appellation harmonizes with those of the two following sections, and is
founded on an exclusive character : it therefore seems to me to be preferable to that
of Harpalici, employed by Bonelli.

J The ligula, as in the two following sections, is always remarkably salient, obtuse
or truncated at the end, and accompanied by two distinct, membranous paraglossse
in the form of auricles.

§ If the Cyclosomi have the four anterior tarsi dilated, they will form a fourth
division on account of the two teeth in the emargination of the mentum.

II The head large ; paraglossae rather broad in comparison with the true ligula,
and rounded at the end ; second joint of the antennae somewhat shorter than the
third ; intermediate tarsi of the males rather less dilated than the anterior.

^ Harpalus megacephalus, Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect. I, p. 206 ; Carabus
viegacephalus, Fab. ; Ross. Faun. Etrusc, Append., tab. Ill, H ; Adnopus megace-
phalus, Dej. Catal.

COLEOFTEBA. 385

Daptijs, Fisch. — AcHiNOPUS, Dej.

The antennas, from the fifth joint, moniliform ; thorax suddenly
narrowed towards its posterior angles, which terminate in a point ;
one of the mandibles projecting and very pointed ; the four a->*/?rior
tibiae, those of the males particularly, covered with very small
spines *.

Near Daptus should apparently be placed the genus Pangus of
M. Megerle, mentioned by count Dejean in his catalogue.

In examining one of the two species (the pensijlvanicus'), referred
by the latter to this genus, I could discover no character which
should distinguish the section in question from the preceding one.

The second division consists of Harpali, in which the emargina-
tion of the ventum is alsounidentate, but where the more or less oval
or ovoid body is narrowed before, and the labrum entire, or simply
somewhat concave. They form the

Harpalus, Dej.

Or the true Harpali. One of the most common in all Europe is
H. (pneus ; Carabus ceneus, Fab.; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ.
LXXV, 3, 4. Body about four lines in length, and of a shining
black ; antennae and legs fulvous ; thorax and elyti-a most com-
monly green, or cupreous and brilliant, som.etimes of a bluish
black. The thorax is transversal, narrowed posteriorly, and the
lateral and posterior margins delicately reflected, with a punc-
tated depression on each side near the posterior angles. The
elytra are striated, with an incisure near the extremity, and little
depressed puncta between the exterior striae. This insect has
also been called the Proteus, on account of the variety of its
colours f ,

The total absence of a tooth in the emargination of the mentum
distinguishes the Carabici of the third and last division of this sec-
tion, which, by the form of the body and the labrum, resemble those
of the preceding division.

QpHONUs, Zieg. Dej.

The four anterior tarsi of the males strongly dilated, or evidently
wider, and generally furnished beneath with numerous and compact
hairs, forming a continuous brush; the penidtimate joint is not bilo-
bate. The last joint of the exterior j^alpi truncated, or very obtuse.

The body is very finely punctated above, and the thorax most fre-
quently cordiform, and truncated posteriorly :|:.

* Acinopus macuJipennis, Dej. ; Ductus picfus, Fisch., Entom. Russ. II, xxvi, 2
xhi, 2 ; D. vi//atus, Id. lb., 7, var. ? Difoma vittiger, Germ. ; D. chloroticus, Id. lb
f For the other species, see the Catalogue, &c. of Count Dejean, genus Harpalus
p. 14, and for their synonymes Schoenherr's Synonyuiia Inscctorum, and the Faun
Aust. of Duftschmid.Fabricius has described but few of them, of which we will men
tion those he calls [calignosus, nijicornis, binotaius, tardus, hcros, analis, Jiavilabris, &c
The Carabus signatus and hirfipes of Panzer also constitute a part of this subgenus.
+ See Catalogue, &c., Dejean, p. 13.

VOL. III. C C

386 INSECTA.

Stenolophus, Zieg. Dej.

The Stenolophi only differ from the Ophoni in the form of the pe-
nultimate joint of the four anterior tarsi, at least in the males, and
in some even of the posterior; it is divided down to the base into
two iKibes *.

AcuPALPUs, Lat. — Stenolophus, Dej.

The four anterior tarsi of the males differing but little from the
intermediate joints ; rounder, almost granular, and pilose ; exterior
palpi terminating by a joint with a pointed extremity.

They are very small insects, and seem to be allied to Trechus f .

4. The fourth section, that of the Simplicimani J approaches the

* Stenolophus vapor ariorum, Dej. lb. ; Carahus vaporariorum, L. ; Panz., Faun.
Insect. Germ., X^^I, 7 ; Harpalus saponarius, Dufour. Senegal.

•f- The Stenolophi of the Catalogue, Dej., the preceding one excepted. "We will
name, among others, the Carahus meridianus, Lin. and Fab., and the C. vespertinus,
of Panzer, XXXVII, 21.

X This section in the system of Dejean, forms his tribe of Carabiques Feroniens, in
which — Spec. Gen. des Coleop. Ill — he has established several new genera. Those
male Feroniae, in which the two first joints of the two anterior tarsi are alone dilated,
are comprised in the genera Pogonus, Cardiaderus Baripus, and Patrobus.
In the two first, the last joint of the labial palpi is oval or pointed, whilst in the
other two it is almost cylindrical, truncated at the extremity, and slightly securiform.
The second — Daptus chloroticus, Fischer — diflfers from the first in the thorax, which is
convex, cordiform, and narrowed posteriorly. In Baripus, it is convex and almost
oval. That of Patrobus is plane, narrowed posteriorly and more or less cordiform.

In the other male Feroniie the three first joints of the anterior tarsi are dilated.
A first subdivision comprehends those Fei-ouia;, the hooks of whose tarsi are den-
tated, and among these the genus Dolichus is the one in which the tooth of the
middle of the emargiuation is simple, that is to say, entire. That which he names
Pristonychus, is identical with my Ctcnipus : to this he refers the Sphodrus tern-
cola of his Catalogue. His new genus Pristodactyla closely resembles Taphria,
but the last joint of the palpi is elongated and almost cylindrical, and the thorax is
oval. He describes but a single species.

Among the Feronise in which the hooks of the tarsi are simple, four genera,
Omphreus, Olisthopds, Masoreus, and Antarctia, are removed from all the
others by the absence of a tooth or lobe in the middle of the emargination of the
mentum. The first, of which Count Dejean has only seen the females, is very dis-
tinct by the length of the first joint of the antenna which equals that of the three
following ones ; and then by its palpi, the last joint of which is strongly securiform.
That naturalist places this genus directly after Sphodrus ; perhaps it may come
among the Patellimani, and approximate to Rembus andDicaelus. The second genus,
Olisthopus, belongs to that division in which the three first joints of the anterior
tarsi of the males are elongated, and very slightly triangular or almost square ; its
type is the Agonuni rotundatum of Sturm. The other two re-enter the division of
those in which the three first joints of the two anterior tarsi of the males are but
slightly elongated ; they are as long as they are wide, and strongly triangular or
cordiform. The thorax in Masoreus is transversal, rounded laterally, and slightly
prolonged in the middle. That of Antarctia is more or less square or cordiform, and
slightly or not at all transversal. The Hurpalus ckcumfusus of Germar, referred by
us to Tetragonoderus, is an Antajctia.

Six other genera, Trigonotoma, Catadromus, Lesticus, Distrigus, Abace-
Tus, and Microcephalus, form, among the Feroniae with tarsi analogous to those
of the last, a small section, the character of which consists in a trilobate or slightly
emarginated mentum (u). The last genus, that of Microcephalus, is very distinct from

(a) The ordinary tooth in the middle of the mentum is very large, and thus forms a
lobe which diminishes the extent of the emargination.

COLEOPTERA. 387

preceding in the manner in which the elytra are terminated ; hut the
two anterior tarsi alone are dilated in the males, without however
forming a square or orbicular palette ; sometimes the three first
joints are much wider, and in this case the succeeding one is always
smaller than its antecedent ; sometimes the latter and the two pre-
ceding ones are larger, almost equal, and in the form of a reversed
heart or triangular : the first joints of the four following tarsi are
more slender and elongated, almost cylindrical, or in the form of an
elongated and reversed cone.

In some, the hooks of the tarsi are simple or not dentated.

Here the third joint of the antennae is, at most, double the length
of the preceding one. The feet are generally robust, the thighs thick
and more or less oval ; the thorax measured in its greatest transversal
diameter is as wide as the elytra.

Sometimes the mandibles are evidently shorter than the head, not
projecting beyond the labrum at most more than half their length.

We will begin with those in which the exterior palpi are filiform.

Zabrus, Clalrv. Bon. — Pelor, Bon.

Distinguished from the following by the last joint of the maxillary
palpi, which is evidently shorter than the preceding one, and by the
two spines which terminate the two anterior tibise *.

PoGONUS, Zieg. DeJ.

The Pogoni, which in a natural order appear to us to be closely
allied to the Amaree of Bonelli, are removed from the other Carabici

the others on account of its exterior palpi, all of which are terminated by a securi-
form joint. The first is similarly distinguished, inasmuch as the termination of the
labial palpi of the males is the same. The Omaseus viridicoUis of Mac Leay — Annul.
Javan. — is congeneric. In the genera Catadromus and Lesticits, the last joint of the
same palpi is, however, slightly securiform, or becomes gradually thickened towards
the extremity. The intermediate lobe of the mentum projects and almost in a point
in the first, and is but slightly elongated and almost truncated in the second, which,
like the preceding, consists of Insects proper to India. The last joint of the labial
palpi in Distrigus and Abacetus is almost cylindrical. The intermediate lobe of the
emargination of the mentum is almost null in the former ; in the latter it is very ap-
parent and rounded. These Carabici are, as yet, foreign to Europe and America.

The Scarite hottentot of Olivier, which we have placed in the subgenus Feronia,
is removed from the species that formed the genus Steropus, by its intermediate tibiae
which are strongly arcuated. It is from this character that Count Dejean has
separated this insect from the Feroniee, and formed the genus Camptoscelis. The
last joint of the exterior palpi being strongly securiform in Myas, that genus should
also be distinguished from the Feroniae.

Count Dejean has observed that in the genus Pelor, of Bonelli, the tooth of the
middle of the emargination of the mentum is bifid, while it is entire in Zabrus. He
retains, as we have already stated, his genus Aniara, but if the characters assigned
to it be compared \\ith those of the Feronife, the slightness of this generic distinction
will soon be perceived. The last joint of the palpi of the Amarae is slightly oval ; it
is cylindrical or slightly securiform in the Feronise. His genus Tetrayonoderus differs
but very little from that of Amara. The tooth in the middle of the emargination of
the mentum is truncated and entire, or without a fissure.

* Carahus gibbus. Fab. ; Labrus gibbiis, Clairv., Entom. Helv., II. xi. For the
other species, see Catalogue, &c. of Dejean, and the third volume of his Species,
Gener., &c. The apterous species, such as the Blaps spinipes, Fab. ; Panz. Faun.
Insect. German,, XCVI, 2, form the genus Pelor.

c c 2

388 INSECTA.

of this division by the mode of dilitaticn peculiar to the two anterior
tarsi of the males ; the two first joints, of which the radical is the
largest, are alone dilated ; the two following ones are small and
equal. Their body is usually more oblong than that of an Amara,
besides which they appear to inhabit, exclusively, the coast or bor-
ders of salt-water ponds *.

It is only by an analogous character that we can distinguish from
the last the

Tetragonoderus, Dcj.

Anterior tarsi of the males less dilated, in proportion, than in the
following ones, their first joints being more narrow, elongated, and
rather in the form of a reversed cone than cordiform. These Insects
are peculiar to South America f.

Feronia, Lat.

Three first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males strongly dilated,
in the form of a reversed heart ; second and third rather transversal
than longitudinal.

This subgenus will include the numerous generic sections given in
the Catalogue, &c. of Count Dejean, such as Amara, Pa:cilus, Argutor,
Omaseus, Platysma, Pterostichus, Ahax, Sieropus, Percus, Molops, Co-
phosus. This learned entomologist has since — Species III — per-
ceived the impossibility of distinguishing them, the first excepted,
which he still retains ; the others he unites in one great generic
section which he calls, with me, Feronia. But even as regards the
Amarae themselves, I have vainly sought for characters in the anten-
nae and parts of the mouth, Avhich might clearly distinguish them
from the other genera. The one drawn from the tooth of the middle
of the emargination of the mentum, to say nothing of the slight
degree of importance attached to it, is very equivocal ; this tooth in
aU these Carabici appears to me to be emarginated at the extremity,
though somewhat more deeply or distinctly in some than in others.
The antennae of several are slightly granose, or composed of joints
comparatively shorter, and rounded at the summit ; but the limits of
this distinction cannot be rigorously defined. I say the same of the
concavity of the anterior margin of the labrum and of the form of
the thorax.

The Feroniae may form three divisions :

1. Tliose species, generally furnished with wings, in which the
more or less oval body is slightly convex or arcuated above, with
more fiiform antennae, the head proportionably narrower, and the
mandibles somewhat less salient. In their habits these species ap-
proach the Zabri and Harpali. Such are the AmaraeJ , whose thorax

* See the Catalogue of Dejean. Germar in the Fauna Insectorum Europse has
figured two species : Pogonus halophihis, X, i ; Harpalus Ivridipennis, VIII, 2, allied
to the Pogonus pallidipennis of the first.

-f" Harpalus circumfusus, Germ. Insect. Spec. Nov. I, 26 ?

X Shorter species, whose thorax widens from before posteriorly, constitute the
grenus Lcirus of some authors. The Scolytus Jiexuosus, Fab., seems referable to this
division, but according to Count Dejean the four anterior tarsi are dilated : it ap-

COLEOPTERA. 389

is transversal ; the Poecili, where it is almost as long as it Is ■wide,
and where the third joint of the rather short antennre is compressed
and angular ; and the Argutores similar to the Poecili, but whose an-
tennse are proportionably longer, and their third joint not angular.

2. The species usually furnished with wings, but in which the
body is straight, plane or horizontal above, with a nearly equally wide
head. They frequent cool or damp places. Such is the genus Pla-
tysma, Bonelli, with which we unite that of Omaseus, Zieg., andDej.,
and the Catadromus of Mac Leay, Jun. *

3. The third division of the Feronise will consist of species analo-
gous to those of the preceding one in the ensemble of their characters,
but differing from them by the absence of wings.

Of these, some, the most numerous, and in which the thorax is
not always in the form of a truncated heart, have a well-marked,
continuous, transverse fold or border at the base of the elytra, that
extends to the suture.

Sometimes the thorax is almost square, or has the form of a trun-
cated heart, with acute posterior angles.

Those, in which the body forms along or cylindrical square, where
the thorax is almost square, hardly narrower behind than before,
form the genus Cophosus of Ziegler' and Dejean, It was established
on an Austrian species, the C. cijlindricusf.

Those in Avhich the body is generally oval, depressed, or but
slightly concave above, w^th a wide, nearly square, and subisome-
trical thorax, whose lateral margin is always strongly reflected, and is
as wide, or nearly as wide, at its posterior margin as the base of the
elytra, compose the genus Abax of Bonelli.

Several species are fovmd in Germany. The one called the me-
tallicus, and tlie Molops striolatus, Dej., whose antennae are composed

peared to me that they were most so externally. This Insect may form a separate
subgenus — Cijdosomus. As to the preceding ones, see the Species, Gener. dea
Coleop. Dej., III.

* Those in which the body is much flattened, and the thorax considerably nar-
rowed posteriorly in the form of a truncated heart, will constitute a first division :
such is the Carahus picimanus, Duft., or the C. monticola of others; Count Dejean
places it in Pferoslirhus ; certain Brazilian species also belong to it. M. Germar —
Insect. Nov. Spec. I, 21 — describes one of them under the name of Molops corinfhius.
Those, in which the body nearly forms a parallelopiped, and the thorax is almost
square, but slightly or not at all narrowed posteriorly, will constitute a second
division. Of this number are the Platysma nigra, Bonel., and Dej., the Omasei of
the latter — Catal. p, 12 — and the Carabus tenebnoides of Olivier, the type of the
subgenus Catadromus of Mac Leay, Jun. — Annul. Javan. I, p. 13, 1, 5 — which only
differs from Omasetts in the tooth of the mentum, which is much larger and entire ;
the elytra have a large sinus, or rather an emargination at their extremity. It is
one of the largest species of this family.

The Harpalus niyrita, anfhracinus, and aferriimts, of Gyllenhall, are Omasei. The
last has the posterior angles of the thorax obtuse, a circumstance which distinguishes
it from all the others. The Carabus leucopthalmus, Fab. or the melanarius of lUiger,
is placed in the same division, but it is apterous.

t We will add to it the Omaseus melanarius, Dej., as well as another species of
Germany intermediate between the preceding ones and the Cophosus cylindricus, ant)
which, I think, is the Omaseus elonyatus Ziegler.

of shorter joints, or are nearly granose, have been formed into a new

genus, styhd Cheporus*.

The F. striola ; Carabus striola, Fab. ; Carabus depressus,
Oliv., Col. Ill, 35; IV, 46, is often found in the cold or humid
localities of the forests in the environs of Parisf .

Sometimes the thorax, always terminated posteriorly by two well-
marked or acute angles, is evidently narrowed behind. Its figure
approaches more or less to that of a truncated heart.

Of these species, several have the body depressed or plane above,
and the antennae composed of elongated joints, rather obconical than
turbinated. They are distinguished generally by Bonelli under the
genuine name of Pterostichus. They more particularly inhabit the
high mountains of Europe, and Caucasus.

But a single species — Carabus oblong o-punctatus. Fab.;
Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., LXXIII, 2— is found in the environs
of Paris |.

Others, whose antennae are almost granose, have the body convex
above, and proportionally wider, with a shorter abdomen. They
form the genus Molops, Bonelli, which evidently leads to other very
analogous Fcronia\ but where the posterior angles of the thorax are
rounded, and tlic abdomen oval, the exterior angle of the base of the
elytra being obtuse or non-salient. The body and antennae are, in
general, proportionably longer. These latter species have been sepa-
rated from Pterostichus to form a new genus, the Stercpus, Meg§.

Finally, we will terminate this subgenus with species generally
large, in which the thorax almost always has the form of a trun-
cated heart, and the base of whose elytra has no transverse fold,
presenting almost a smooth space without any well-terminated poste-
rior edge. Such appears to me to be the most distinguished charac-
ter of the genus Per cm, Bonelli. Neither the relative length of the
two last joints of the maxillaiy palpi, the inequality in the proportions
of the mandibles, nor some slight sexual difference taken from the
latter annuli of the abdomen, clearly distinguish it from the other
subgenera. These species are exclusively confined to Spain, Italy,
and the great islands of the Mediterranean. Some of them are flat-
tened above II .

* The Platysmre described and figured by M. Fischer — Entom. Russ., II, xiv, 4,
5 ; — are probably analogous Abaces.

f For the other species, see the Catalogue of Count Dejean, and the Faun. Aust.
of Duftschmid.

I For the other species, see Dejean's Catalogue and the Entom. Russ., Fischer,
II, p. 123, xix, f. 1 ; xxxvii, 8, 9. I coincide with the opinion of the latter, that the
G. myosodns, Meg., does not essentially differ from Pterostichus.

§ See Dejean's Catalogue, and the Insect. Spec. Nov., Germar, I, p. 26, et seq.
Some species, such as the Molops terricolu {Scatites (/ar/ales, Id. XI, i,) and the S/ero-
pus hotteiifutus {Scarites hottcntotus, Oliv., Col. Ill, 36, 11, 19) were formerly placed
among the Scarites. The Carabus tnadidus, Fab., Faun. Insect., Eur., V, 2, a com-
mon species in some of the southern departments of France is a Steropus. Count
Dejean forms a new genus with the St. hottentotus on account of the anterior legs,
the tibiae of which are arcuated, and of some other characters.

II Carahus PaykuHi, Ross., Faun. Etrusc, I, tab. V, f. C, — Percus ebaius, Charp.

COLEOPTERA. 391

Mysa, Zieg.

These Insects resemble the Feroniae which constitute the genus
Cheporus, but their thorax is more dilated laterally, and narrowed
near its posterior angles, immediately before which is a little emar-
gination. The labial palpi terminate in an evidently thicker and
nearly triangular joint.

Two species are knoAvn, one from Hungary, the M. Chaly-
bcEus, and the other from North America, where it was disco-
vered by Major Le Conte *. [The M. cyanescens, Dej. — Eng.

Sometimes the mandibles are as long as the head, and extend con-
siderably beyond the clypeus. The body is always oblong, and the
thorax in the form of an elongated heart. Some of them resemble
Scaritides amd others Lebise.

Cephalotes, Bon. — Broscus, Panz.

Length of the antennse almost equal to half that of the body; their
joints short, the first shorter than the two following ones taken
together; the right mandible strongly unidentated on the internal
side ; labium entire f

Stomis, Clairv.

The antennae longer than the half of the body, and composed of
elongated joints, the first of which is longer than the two following
ones taken together ; the middle of the internal side of the right
mandible deeply notched ; the labrum emarginate '\.. The following
subgenus

Catascopus, Kirby,

Is distinguished from the two preceding subgenera, to which it
otherwise approximates in the relative length of the third joint of
the antennae, by the flatness of the body, by being proportionably
wider, with a shorter thorax, by the elytra being strongly emarginate
laterally at their posterior extremity, and by the elongation of the
labrum. The eyes are larger and protuberant. These are ornamented

Hor. Entoin. V, i. See also the Ann. des Sc. Nat. and Ann. des Sc. Phys., of MM.
Bory de Saint-Vincient, Drapiez and Van-Mons. I refer the Abax corsicus, Dej., to
the same subgenus.

* Other species, analogous in the form of their labial palpi, but with stouter man-
dibles, in which the tooth of the mentum is much larger, and peculiar to the East In-
dies form the genus Triyonomota of Count Dejean, the characters of which are given
in the third volume of his Species des Col^opt^res. Here also should be placed the
genus Pseudomorpha of Kirby, Lin. Trans. XIV, 98.

t Carabus cephalotes, Fab. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., LXXXIII, 1 ; Entom.
Ind., p. 62.

X Stomis pumicatus, Clairv. Entom. Helv. II, vi.

with brilliant colours, and at the first glance resemble Cicindelse or
Elaphri*.

There, the length of the third joint or the antennae is triple, or
nearly so, of that of the preceding one. These organs, as well as the
legs, are generally slender.

In these, the four first joints of the anterior tarsi in the males are
wide, and the penultimate is bilohate.

CoLFODES, Mac Leay.

This subgenus established by Mac Leay, Jun. — Annul. Javan., I,
p. 17, pi. i, f. 3 — appears to be allied in many points to Catascopus
and the following subgenera. According to him, the labrum is a
transverse square, and entire, the emargination of the mentum simple
or edentate^, and the head almost the length of the thorax. The
latter is nearly in the form of a truncated cone, emarginate before, with
rounded and slightly bordered sides. The elytra are slightly emar-
ginate. The lobes of the penultimate joint of the anterior tarsi of
the male are the largest. The body is somewhat convex. He quotes
but a single species, the brunncvs.

In those, all the joints of the tarsi, in both sexes, are entire.

MoRMOLYCE, Hacjemb.

The body strongly flattened, foliaceous, and its anterior half much
the narrowest ; head very long, narrovv', and almost cylindrical ; tho-
rax oval and truncated at both ends ; elytra greatly dilated, and arcu-
ated exteriorly, — their internal side, near the extremity, profoundly
emarginate.

The only species known — phjllodes — is found in Java, and
forms the subject of a Monograj)!! published by M. Hagem-
bach.

* This subgenus was established by M. Kirby on one of the Carabici (Catascopus
JJardidckii, Trans. Lin. See. XIV, iii, 1 ; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur. II, vii. 8)
of the East Indies, which has a green head and thorax, the elytra of a greenish-blue
•with punctuated striae, and the under part of tlie body almost blackish. M. Mac
Leay, Jun. — Annul. Javan. I, p. 14 — places the Catascopi in his family of the Har-
palides, directly after the Chlanii, and refers to it the C. elegans, Fab., which M.
Weber arranges with the Elaphri. He distinguishes them from another neighbour-
ing subgenus, which he establishes under the name of Pcricalus, by the antennae, the
second and third joints of which are nearly equal in length, whilst here the third is
the longest ; by the mandibles which are short, thick, and curved, instead of being
directed forwards and nearly parallel ; by the palpi which are short, thick, with the
last joint ovoid and almost truncated, whilst those of the Pericali arc slender and cy-
lindrical ; and finally by the head, which is wider than the thorax, a circumstance
that does not occur in the Catascopi. Besides this, the eyes of the Pericali are very
globular and protuberant, giving them some resemblance to the Elaphri and Cicin-
delae. He describes but one species — Pcricalus cicindeluides, 1,2; we are still, how-
ever, ignorant of their sexual difference, particularly as respects the tarsi. The form
of the ligula of the Catascopi and that of their tibia: remove them from Elaphrus and
Tachys. These insects approximate most nearly to the Chlaenii, Ancho'meni, Sphodri,
&c. Several of the Simpliciraani have the extremity of their elytra strongly sinuous,
and in this respect are hardly distinguished from the Truncal ipeiiness.

COLEOPTERA. 393

Sphodrus, Clair. Bon. — LcEJiosxHENrs, Bon. — Carabus, Lin.

The body depressed but not foliaceous ; head ovoid ; thorax cordi-
form; elytra without any exterior dilatation or internal emargination.

Several of these Insects live in cellars *.

The last of the Simplicimani are distinguished from all the others
by the internal dentations of the terminal hooks of their tarsi.

All the exterior palpi, of some, are filiform ; their thorax is either
in the form of a heart, narrowed and truncated posteriorly, or in
that of a trapezium widening from before backwards.

Ctenipus, Lat. (a) — Lcemosthenup, Bon.

The body straight and elongated, thorax cordiform, narrowed and
truncated posteriorly; third joint of the antennae elongated \.

CaLATHUS ^072.

The body oval and arcuated above ; thorax square or trapezoidal,
wider posteriorly |.

The labial palpi of the others have a clavate termination, in the
form of a top or reversed cone, and a nearly orbicular thorax.

Taphria, Bon. — Synuchus, Gyll.
Emargination of the mentum bidentate, as in the preceding sub-
genera §.

5. The fifth section, that of the Patelltmani, is only distinguished
from the fourth, by the manner in which the two anterior tarsi of the
males are dilated ; the first joints — usually the three first, then the
fourth, and sometimes only the two first — all of whicli are sometimes
square, and at others only in part, the remainder being cordiform,
or resembling a reversed triangle, but always rounded at their extre-
mity, and not terminated as in the preceding sections by acute an-
gles, form an orbicular palette or long square, the inferior surface of
which is usually furnished with brushes or crowded papillae, Avithout
any intermediate vacancy.

The legs are generally slender and elongated, and the thorax is
frequently narrower than the abdomen, throughout its whole length.
Most of them frequent the shores of rivers, or other aquatic localities.

* Carabus leucopthitlinus, L. ; Carabus planus, Fab. ; Panz. Faun. Insect Germ.
XI, 4. In the Sphodrus terricola — Carabus terricola, Payk. ; Oliv., Col. Ill, XXXV,
ii, 124 — the hooks of the tarsi present some small dentations, as in the following
subgenus.

-f- The Sphodri janthinus, complanaius, and several others of Count Dejean, which
are distinguished from the true Sphodri by the abbreviation of the third joint of the
antennae, and by the dentations of the hooks of the tarsi. These two subgenera are
almost insensibly confounded with each other. M. Fischer has figured several spe-
cies of both under the generic appellation of Sphodrus in his Entom. Russ. Vol. II.

'I Carabus >uelanoce})hatus, Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. XXX, 19; — C. cis-
teloides, lb., XI, 12; — C. fuscus, Fab.; — C. frigidus, Id. See the Catalogue, &.c.
Dej., and the Insect. Spec. Nov., Germar, I, p. 13.

§ Carabus ricalis, Illig. ; Panz. lb. XXXV'II, 19.

{Cf* (o) Formerly Ctenipus, Lat., who recommends the substitution of tlie above
name for his own, as we have already the genus C/enopv.s. — Eng. Ed.

394 INSECTA.

We divide the Patellimani into those in which the head becomes
insensibly narrowed behind, or at base, and those where this contrac-
tion occurs suddenly behind the eyes in such a manner that the head
seems to be supported by a kind of neck or pedicle.

The first also may be subdivided into two.

Some, in which the mandibles always terminate in a point, and the
palette of whose tarsi is always narrow, elongated, and formed by the
three first joints, the second and third square, have the labrum entire
or nearly unemarginate, and one or two teeth in the emargination
of the mentum; the anterior extremity of the head has no border.

Here, as in the preceding ones, the under part of the palettes of the
tarsi present two longitudinal series of papillae or hairs, with an inter-
mediate space, and not a compact and continuous brush. The exterior
palpi are always filiform and terminated by an almost cylindrical or
ovoido-cylindrical joint.

Sometimes the body is strongly flattened.

DoLicHus, Bon.
The Dolichi approach the last subgenera, and are removed from
all the others by the hooks of their tarsi, which are dentated beneath.
Their thorax is cordiform and truncated *.

Platynus, Bon,

Similar to Dolichus in the form of the thorax, but the tarsial
crotchets are simple.

The wings are absent in some, or are imperfect j (a).

Agonum, Bon.

"Where the thorax is almost orbicular J (6).

Sometimes the body is of an ordinary thickness, the thorax being
always in the form of a truncated heart.

* Cardbus ftavicomis, Fab.; Preysl., Bohem. Insect., I, iii, 6, and some other
species of the Cape of Good Hope.

f Plufynus conqjlanattis, Bon.; Carabus angusticoUis, Fab.; Panz. Faun. Insect.
Germ., LXXIII, 9; — Plati/nus blandus, Germ., Insect. Spec. Nov., I, p. 12; — Cara-
bus scrobindafus, Fab. ; — Harpahis livens, Gyll.

I Harpalus viduus, Gyll.; Panz., lb., XXSTS'^II, 18; — Carabus marginatus, Fab.;
Panz., lb. XXX, 14 ;—Carab. 6-puncfafus, Fab. ; Panz. lb. XXX, 13, and XXXVIII,
17 ? — C. parum-pmctatus, Fab. ; Panz., lb. XCII, 4 ; — C. i-punctatus. Fab. ; Oliv.,
Col. Ill, 35, xiii, 158. See Catalogue, Dej., who has formed a new genus of the
A. rotundatiim, and some others.

{^ (a) American species; Plat, erythropus, Dej.; — P. angustatus, Id. Species III,
p. 97 — 99. — Eng. Ed.

(6) The genus, here alluded to by our author, is the Olisthopus, Dej., who,
while he seems strongly inclined to form but one section of Agonum and Anchomenus,
from the occasional, almost total, obliteration of the distinguishing characters of
each, so that in some cases it is hardly possible to say whether an Insect should
be referred to the first or the second, has deemed it necessary to separate the
above species, which differ from Agonum in several essential characters, and prin-
cipally in the absence of the tooth of the middle of the emargination of the mentum.
See his Species, &c., Ill, p. 176, and add i4. octopunctatum (Feronia octopunctata, Say),
cupripeme, nxMulwn, morosum,/emor«tum, melanarium, &c. &c. — Eng, Ed.

COLEOPTERA. 395

Anchomenus, Bon.*{a)

There, the inferior surface of the tarsial palette is furnished with
a compact and continuous brush. The exterior palpi, those of the
labium in particular, are terminated in several by a thicker or wider
joint in the form of a reversed triangle.

We will commence with those in which they are filiform.

Callistcs, Bon.
The tooth in the emargination of the mentum entire ; exterior palpi
terminated by an oval joint pointed at the end; thorax in the form of
a truncated heart f.

OoDEs, Bon.

Similar to Callistus in the tooth of the emargination of the mentum,
but the last joint of the external maxillary palpi is cylindrical, while
that of those attached to the labium forms a truncated oval. The
thorax is trapezoidal, narrower before, and as wide posteriorly as the
base of the abdomen :{:.

Chl.enius, Bon.

Tooth of the emargination of the mentum bifid ; exterior maxil-
lary palpi terminated by an almost cylindrical joint, somewhat smaller
at base ; last joint of the labial palpi in the form of a reversed and
elongated cone.

The Carabe savonnier of Olivier, Col. Ill, 38, iii, 26, which
is used in Senegal in lieu of soap, belongs to this subgenus §.
In the following, the exterior palpi are terminated by a wider, com-
pressed joint, in the form of a reversed triangle or securiform, and
more dilated in the males. The tooth of the emargination of the
mentum is always bifid.

Epomis, Bon.
To which we will unite the Dinodes, in which the last joint of the
palpi is somewhat more dilated ||.

* Carabus prasinus, Fab. ; Panz., lb., XVI, 6 ; — C. alhipes, Fab. ; Panz., lb.
LXXIII, 7 ;— C. oblongus, Fab.; Panz., lb., XXXIV, 3.

t Carabus luneatus, Fab. ; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ. XVI, 5 ; Dej. Spec. II,
p. 296.

♦ Carabus helopioides, Fab. ; Panz., lb., XXX, ii. See Dej. Spec. II, p. 374.

§ C. cincius. Fab. ; Herbst. Archiv., XXIX, 7 ;— C. fesfivus, Fab. ; Panz. lb.,
XXX, 15;— C. spoliaf us, Fab.; Panz. Ih. XXXI, 6 ;—Ch1anius velutinus, Dej.;
Carabus cindus, Oliv., Col. Ill, 35, iii, 28 ;— C. holosericeus, Fab. ; Panz., lb. XI,
9, a; — C. nigricornis, Fab.; Panz. lb., XI, 9, b. c ; — C. agrorum, Oliv., lb. XII,
144; — C. ■l-sukatus, Payk., and several other exotic species of Fabricius, such as
the tenuicollis, oculafus, poslicus, micans, quadricolor, sfigma, amnion, carnifex. Sec.
See the Spec. Dej. II, p. 297, et seq. Add the C. rujilabris, lalicolUs, rufipes, cobaU
iinus, iiemoralis, tricolor, &c. &c.

II Dinodes rupifes, Bon. ; Dej. Spec. II, p. 372 ; Carabus azureus, Duft. ; Chla-
nius azureus, Sturm., V. cxxvii; — Epomis drcumscriptus, Dej. Spec. II, p. 369;
Carabus cincius, Ross., Faun. Etrusc, I, iv, 9 ; — Carabus crcesus. Fab.

{j:^(a) Add the Anch. gagates, sinuatus, corvinus, dongatulus, fXtensicoUis, thoracicuf,
&c. &c.— Eng. Ed.

396 INSECTA.

The genus Lissauchenus of Mac Leay, Jun. — Annul. Javan., I,
i^ 1 — appears to me to differ but slightly from the preceding.

The others, most commonly, have their mandibles very obtuse, or
as if truncated and forked, or bidentated at tlie extremity. Their
labrum is distinctly emarginate or bilobate, and the anterior portion
of the head from which it arises, is bordered and frequently concave.
There is no tooth in the emargination of the mentum. The tarsial
palette of several is broad and almost orbicular.

The mandibles of these latter terminate in a point Avithout any
tooth or emargination under it.

The tarsial palette of the males is composed of the three first joints.

Rembus, Lat.

The labrum bilobate; exterior maxillary palpi filiform; last joint
of the labial palpi somewhat enlarged, and in the form of a reversed
and elongated cone.

The head, in comparison with the width of the body, is narrow;
the antennae and palpi are slender*.

DicELUs, Bon.

The labrum simply emarginate with an impressed longitudinal line
in the middle ; the last joint of the exterior palpi is the largest and
almost securiform.

The body nearly forms a parallelopiped ; the head is almost as wide
as the thorax, and the elytra are strongly striated and frequently
carinatcd laterally. The mandibles are arcuated infcriorly on the
internal margin, and then as if truncated and terminated in a point.
The species known are from America f .

Those have very obtuse mandibles, emarginate at their extremity,
or unidentate beneath.

LiciNus, Lat.

The last joint of the exterior palpi largest and almost securiform ;
tarsial palette of the males broad, suborbicular, and formed by the
two first joints, the first of which is very large J.

Badister, Clair. — Amblychus, Gi/U.

Last joint of the exterior paljji oval ; that of the labial palpi merely
somewhat thicker, and frequently terminating in a sharp point; tar-
sial palette forming a long square, and composed of the three first
joints §.

* Rembus jioUt us, Fab. ; Herbst., Archiv. XXIX, 2 ; — R. impressus, Dej. ; Cardb.
impressus, Fab.

f See Dej. Spec. II, 283. They are the Die. chalybaus, aliernans, funus {D.
elongatus, Say), simplex and poliius — all, I l.elieve, that have as yet been ascer-
tained.

+ Carabus agricola, Oliv., Col. Ill, 35, V, 53 ; — C. silphoides. Fab, ; Sturm, III,
Ixxiv, a; — C. emaryinut us, Oliv., lb., XIII, 150 — Carabus cassideus. Fab.; — C. de-
pressus, Payk. ;".Sturm, lb., LXXIV, o, O ; — C. Hojfmanseggii, Panz. Faun. Insect.
Germ., LXXXIX, 5. See Spec. Dej. II, p. 405—411.

§ Carabus hipustulatus, Fab. ; Clairv., Entom. Helv. II, xiii ; — C. peJlatus, Illig. ;
Panz. lb. XXXVII, 20. See Spec. Dej. II, p. 405—411.

COLEOPTERA. 397

The last of the Patellimaiii, or those which constitute the second
general division, have their head suddenly narrowed behind the eyes,
and as if distinguished from the thorax by a sort of neck or pedicle.
It is frequently small, with very protuberant eyes. In several, the
ligula is short, and projects but little beyond the emargination of the
nientum.

Here, the emargination is edentate ; the mandibles are tolerably
stout, and the labrum is strongly emarginate and almost bilobate.
Such is the

Pelecium, Kirhy.

Last joint of the exterior palpi securiform; ligula short; body
oblong, narrowest before ; the four first joints of the anterior tarsi of
the males in the form of a reversed triangle, furnished with brushes
beneath ; the fourth is bifid.

The species of this and the following subgenus are peculiar to
South America*.

There, the emargination of the mentum presents a tooth; the man-
dibles are usually small and moderate in the others. The labrum is
entire or but slightly emarginate.

Some of them approach Pelecium in their exterior palpi, which are
also terminated by a larger securiform joint, or one in the form of a
reversed triangle. Their head is always small, and the thorax orbi-
cular or trapezoidal.

Cynthia, Lat. — olim Microcephalus, Id.

The first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males in the form of a
reversed triangle and forming the palette : they are provided with a
brush underneath, and the fourth is bifid.

The head and the mandibles are stoutei* in proportion than in the
ensuing subgenus. The exterior palpi are less elongated but more
compressed at the end. The body is oval, with a trapezoidal thorax
wider posteriorly, plane, bordered, and sulcated longitudinally f.

Panag^us, Lat.

The palette of the tarsi peculiar to the males formed of the two
first joints only. The head is very small compared to the body, and
the eyes globular. The mandibles, maxillae and ligula are also very
small. The thorax is most generally suborbicular:|:.

In the following subgenera, which terminate this section, the ex-
terior palpi are filiform; the last joint of the maxillary palpi is almost

* Pelecium cyanipes, Kirby, Lin. Trans. XII, xxi, l.

t A subgenus founded on certain species from Brazil, which have the appearance
of the Abax, Bonelli.

X Carabus crux-major, Fab. ; Clairv., Entom. Helv. II, xv ; — Carahus notulatus,
Fab., — Cychnis reflexxis, Fab.; Oliv., Col. Ill, 35, viii, 77; — Carabus angulatus.
Fab. ; Oliv., lb., vii, 76 ; — Panagee a quatre laches, Cuv., Reg. Anim. IV, xiv, 1.
See the article Panagee, Encyc. Method., and the Species, Dej., II, p. 283 et

cylindrical, and that of those attached to the labium, oval or almost
like a reversed and elongated cone. The first subgenus, the

LORICERA, Lat.,

Is very remarkable. The antennae are setaceous and curved, with
the second and four following joints shorter than the last, and fur-
nished Avith fasciculi of hairs. The mandibles are small. The max-
illae are bearded externally. The labial palpi are longer than those
of the maxillae. The eyes are very prominent. The thorax is nearly
orbicular or cordiform, and widely truncated, with its posterior angles
rounded. The three first joints of the anterior tarsi are dilated in the
males*.

Patrobus, Meg.

The antennae straight, filiform, Avithout the fasciculi of hairs, the
fovu-th and foUoAving joints equal and almost cylindrical: the mandi-
bles of an ordinary size; the labrum forming a transverse square,
with an anterior edge straight. The length of the labial palpi does
not exceed that of those attached to the maxillae. The thorax is
cordiform and truncated, Avith the posterior angles acute. The two
first joints of the anterior tarsi are alone dilated in the males. The
eyes are less prominent than in the preceding subgenus, and the neck
is not so narroAV |.

We Avill noAV pass to those Carabici Avhose anterior tibiae have no
emargination on the internal side, or Avhich present one that begins
close to their extremity, or that does not extend on their anterior
face, and forming a mere oblique and linear canal. The ligula is
often extremely short, terminated in a point in the middle of its sum-
mit, and accompanied by pointed paraglcssae. The mandibles are
robust. The last joint of the exterior palpi is usually larger, com-
pressed into the form of a reversed triangle, or securiform in some,
and almost into that of a spoon in others J. The eyes are prominent.
The elytra are entire or simply sinuous at their posterior extremity.
The abdomen, compared Avith the other parts of the body, is volu-
minous. They are generally large Insects, are ornamented Avith
brilliant metallic colours, run very fast, and are extremely carnivo-
rous. They constitute a particular section, the sixth of the genus,
which Ave Avill name the Grandipai,pi§.

A first division is thus characterized : the body alAA'ays thick and
apterous; labrum ahvays bilobate; last joint of the exterior palpi
always very large ; emargination of the mentum edentate ; internal

* Loricera cenea, Lat. ; Carabus piliconm, Fab. ; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ., XI,
10 ; OUv., Col. Ill, 35, xi, 119; Dej. Spec. II, p. 293 (a).

t Carabus rufipes, Fab. ; C. excavatus, Payk. : Panz. lb. XXXIV, 2. Two other
species are mentioned by Count Dejean in his Species, one from Portugal, the other
from North America.

+ It is frequently more dilated in the males — a fact very evident iu Procerus.

§ A more characteristic denomination than that of Abdominales which we formerly
gave them.

{Cl^{a) The only species of the genus. — Eng. Ed.

COLEOPTERA. 8Ai

side of the mandibles entirely (or nearly so) dentated throughout its
length.

Here, the mandibles are arcuated, strongly dentated throughout
their length, and the lateral and exterior extremity of the two first
tibiae is prolonged into a point. The last joint of their exterior palpi
forms a longitudinal semi-oval with the internal side arcuated ; the
internal maxillary palpi are straight; their last joint is much larger
than the first, and almost ovoid. The mentum is profoundly emar-
ginate. Such are the characters of

Pamborus, Lat.

Of which but a single species, the P. alternans, Cuv. Reg.

Anim. V, xiv, 2; Dej., Spec. II, p. 18, 19, is yet known. It

was brought from New Holland by Messrs. Peron and Lesueur.

There, the mandibles are straight, simply arcuated, or hooked and

dilated at the extremity. The lateral extremity of the two anterior

tibiae is not prolonged into a spine. The last joint of the exterior

palpi is much larger than the preceding ones and concave above,

almost in the form of a spoon. The mentum is deeply emarginate,

longer in projjortion than in the following subgenera, thickened on

the sides in most of them, and as if longitudinally divided into three

spaces. The elytra are soldered, carinated laterally, and embrace a

part of the sides of the abdomen. These Carabici compose the genus

Cychrus of Paykull and Fabricius, since modified as follows :

Those in wJiich the tarsi are similar in both sexes, the thorax is
cordiform and truncated, narrower posteriorly, or almost orbicular,
and not raised along the sides, with the posterior angles null or
rounded, alone retain the generic denomination of

Cychrus, Lat. Dej.*
Those, in which the three first joints of the anterior tarsi of the
males are dilated, but slightly, and in the form of a palette, and in
which the thorax forms a trapezium, wide, emarginated at both ends,
with the sides turned up, and with acute and recurved posterior
angles, constitute another generic section, that of

ScAPHiNOTus, Lat. Dej.\
Finally, other species resembling the Cychri, but in which the two
first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males are generally dilated, and
form a patella with the third, which is less so, and cordiform, consti-
tute the

SpHiERODERUS, Dej.\

The species of these two last subgenera are peculiar to America,
In the" second division of this section, we find Carabici with a thick

* Cychrus rostratus, Fab. ; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ., LXXIV, 6 ; Clairv.,
Entora. Helv., II, xix, A ;— C. altenuaius, Fab. ; Panz. lb. IT, 3 ; Clairv. lb., xix,
B;— C. itaUcus, Bonel., Obs. Entom., Mem. of the Acad, of Tur. See Dej. Spec.
II, p. 4, et seq.

t Cychrus elevatus, Fab. ; Knoch, Beytr., I, viii, 12; Dej. Spec. II, p. 17, et
seq.

X Dej. Spec. II, p. 14. et seq.

400 INSECTA,

body, and most commonly apterous, like the preceding, but in which
the middle of the emargination of the mentum is provided with an
entire or bifid tooth, and where the mandibles are, at most, armed
with one or two teeth, situated at their base.

The thorax is always in the form of a truncated heart. The abdo-
men is most frequently oval.

Some of them, in which the labrum is occasionally entire, have all
the tarsi identical in both sexes,

Tefflus, Leach.

The Teffli are the only ones of this division in which the labrum is
entire or unemarginate.

T.Megerle; Carabm Megerlei, Fab.; Voet, Col. II, xxxix,
49. Nearly two inches in length ; all black ; thorax rugose ;
elytra divided by longitudinal ribs with elevated points in their
sulci, last joint of the exterior palpi very large, elongated and
securiform, the internal edge curvilinear; tooth in the emargi-
nation of the mentum small ; third joint of the antennae at least
thrice the length of the second.

Procerus, il/erjT.

The labrum bilobate. All the known species are large, entirely
black, or black underneath, and blue or greenish above with ex-
tremely rough elytra. They usually inhabit the mountains in the
East and South of Europe, and those of Cavicasus and Lebanon*.

The others, in which the labrum is always divided into two or three
lobes, have the anterior tarsi very sensibly dilated in the males.

These latter are always destitute of wings. Their mandibles are
smooth, and at their base, or that of one of them, we find one or two
teeth. The thorax is cordiform and truncated, sub-isometrical, or
longer than it is broad. The abdomen inclines to an oval.

Procrustes, Bon.
The labrum trilobate ; tooth in the emargination of the mentum
bifid f.

Carabus, Lin. Fab. — Tachyfus, Web.

The labrum simply emarginate or bilobate ; tooth of the emargi-
nation of the mentum entire.

Count Dejean describes one hundred and twenty-four species, which
he has arranged in sixteen divisions. The first thirteen comprise
those whose elytra are convex or arched, and the three last, those in
which they are plane, and of which M. Fischer forms two genera

* Carabus scahrosus,Ta}}.; C. gicjas, Creutz., Entom. I, 11, 13; — C. scobrosus,
Oliv., Col. Ill, 35, viii, 83, long ago described iind figured by Mouffet, Insect.
Theat. 159; — P. tauricus, Dej. Spec. II, 24; Carabus scabrosiis, Fischer, Entom.
Russ., I, 11, 1, b, d, f ; — Procerus caucasicus, Be}., lb. p. 25 ; Carabus scabrosus,
Fisch., lb., c, e. Another but undescribed species has been found in Mount Lebanon
by M. Labillardiere.

t Carabus coriaceus, Fab., Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ., LXXXI, 1. See the
Spec. Dej. II, p. 26, et seq.

COLEOPTERA. 401

Plectes and Cec/iemts *, founded on the relative proportions of the
head and thorax. The nature of the surface of tlie elytra furnishes
the other secondary characters of these divisions, and such was the
method of Messrs. Clairville and Bonclli.

The greater number of these species inhabit Europe, Caucasus,
Siberia, Asia Minor, Syria, and the north of Africa to the thirtieth
degree of north latitude. Some few are also found at the two extre-
mities of America, and it is probable that others may be found in
the intermediate mountains (a).

Of those with a convex and oblong body, the most common
is the C. auratus, L. ; Panz. Faun, Insect. Germ., LXXXI, 4,
commonly called the Jardinier. It is about an inch long, golden
green above, black vmderneath; the first joints of the antennae
and the legs fulvous; elytra sulcated, unidentated on the exterior
margin near their extremity, particularly in the female, Avith
three smooth ribs on each.

This Insect disappears in the south of Europe, or is only
foimd there in the mountains \.

Those are most generally furnished with wings. Their mandi-
bles are transversely striated, and without any visible teeth on the
internal side. The thorax is transversal, dilated equally, rounded
laterally, and without any prolongation at the posterior angles. The
abdomen is almost square. Their exterior palpi are less dilated at
the extremity. The maxillae are suddenly curved at the extremity.

* Carabus hispanus, Fab. ; Germ., Faun. Insect. Europ. VIII, 2 ; — C. cyaneus,
Fab., Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ. LXXXI, 2 ;— C. Creutzeri, Fab. ; Panz. lb. CIX,
1 ; — C. depressus, Bond. ; C. osseticus, Dej. ; Plectes osseticus, Fisch., Entom.
Russ. II, xxxiii, 3 ; — C. Fabricii, Panz. lb., CIX, 6 ; — C. irregularis, Fab. ; Panz.
lb., V, 4; — C. pyrencexis, Dufour. — The two last belong to the genus Cechenus of
Fischer. Their head is wider in proportion than those of the preceding species or
the Plectes, Fischer.

t Add the C. auro-niiens, Fab. ; Panz. lb. IV, 7 ; — C. nitens, Fab. ; Panz. lb;
LXXXV, 2;— C. cxlafus Fab. ; Panz. lb. LXXXVII, 3;— C. purpurascens, Fab. ;
Panz. lb., IV, 5; — C. calenatus, Fab.; Panz. lb., LXXXrV'II, 4; — C. catenula-
fus, Fab. ; Panz. lb., IV, 6 ;— C. offinis, Panz. lb., CIX, 3 ;— C. Scheidleri, Fab. ;
Panz. lb. LXVI, 2 ; — C. monilis, Fab.; Panz. lb. CVIII, 1 ; — C. consitus, Panz.
lb. 3 ;— C. cancellatus, Fab.; Panz. lb. LXXXV, 1 ;— C. arvensis, Fab.; Panz. lb.
LXXIV, 3, LXXXI, 3;—C.}norbiUosus,Fa.h.; Pauz. lb. LXXXI, 5;—C.granu~
latus, Ta.h.; Panz. lb. 6: — C. violaces, Fah. ; Panz. lb. IV, 4; — C. maryinalis,
Fab. ; Panz. lb. XXXIX, 7;— C. glabrutvs, Fab.; Panz. lb. LXXIV, 4;— C. con-
vexits, Fab. ; Panz. lb. 5 ; — C. hortensis, Fab.; Panz. lb. V, 2; — C. nodulosus, Fab.;
Pauz. lb. LXXXIV, 4 ;— C. syh-estris, Fab.; Panz. lb. V, 3; — C. gemmatus, Fab. ;
Panz. lb. LXXIV, 2; — C.coendeus, Panz. lb. CIX, 2; — 0. concolor. Fab.; Panz.
lb. CVIII, 2; — C. Linncei, Panz. lb. CIX, 5; — C. angusfafus, Panz. lb. 4. For
the other species of this subgenus, and the synonymes of the whole, see the Spec,
Dej. II, p. 30—189.

IX^ (a) Of the species that inhabit North America, we have as yet only discovered
the C. Beauvoisi, carinatus, Lherminier ? Unealopitnclaids {sirratus, Say), rin([ sylcosus
and vinctvs. The mountains of New Hampshire, and Maine particularly, probably
contain several others, and it is to be hoped that some friend of the science, within
reach of those localities, •will soon enable us to enlarge our catalogue of this interest-
ing genus. — Eng. Ed.

VOL. III. D I)

402 INSECTA.

The second joint of the antennae is short, and the third elongated.
The four posterior tibiae are arcuated in several males.

Calosoma, Web. Fab. — Calosoma, Callisthenes, Fisch.

This genus is much less numerous than the preceding, but the
species extend from the North to the Equator.

C. sycophanta; Carabus sycophanta, L.; Clairv., Entom.
Helv. II, xxi, A. From eight to ten lines in length; violet
black ; elytra golden-green or brilliant cupreous, and finely
striated, each with three series of impressed and distant points.

Its larva inhabits the nest of the processionary caterpillars, on
which it feeds, consuming several of them in the course of a
day; when filled to satiety, it loses all activity, and other larvae
of the same species attack and devour it. It is black, and
frequently found running about on the ground or trees, particu-
larly the oak *.

The third and last division of the Grandipalpi presents an ensem-
ble of characters which clearly distinguishes it from the preceding
ones. Most of the species that compose it arc winged. The ante-
rior tarsi of the males are always dilated. The labrum is entire.
The exterior palpi are merely somewhat dilated or thicker at the
extremity, with the last joint in the form of a reversed and elongated
cone. The internal side of the mandibles presents no tooth worthy
of notice; that in the middle of the emargination of the mentum is
bifid. The middle of the superior margin of the ligula is elevated
into a point. On the internal side of the anterior tibiae of several
is a short emargination, or one of the two spurs is inserted higher
than the other, so that in this respect these Carabici are ambiguous,
and might be placed, as well as those of the ensuing section, directly
after the Patellimani f . They usually frequent wet places. Some
of them, such as Omophron, appear to connect this tribe with the
following one or the Aquatic Carnivora.

Some, in which the body is flattened, or convex and suborbicular,
are provided with eyes of an ordinary size ; their antennae are linear,
and generally consist of elongated and almost cylindrical joints ; the
external sides of the maxillae are bearded, and the two internal spines
of the two anterior tibiae on a level at their origin ; these tibiae merely
have a simple longitudinal canal.

Sometimes the body is a flattened oblong oval, with a cordiform
and truncated thorax posteriorly narrowed. The scutellum is dis-
dilated. The three first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males are
dilated.

* Add C. inquisitor, Fab.; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ. LXXXI, 7; — C. reticula-
ium, Fab.; Panz. lb. 9; — C indugator, Fab.; Clairv., Ent. Helv. II, xxi, B; — C.
scrutator, Fab.; Leach, Zool. Miscell. XCIII; C. calidv.m. Fab.; Oliv., Col. Ill, 35,
IV, 45, and II, 21. — The C. porculatum of Fabricius is a Helops. See Dej. Spec.
II, p. 190, et seq. Add the C. caUdum, luxatum, Sayi a.nd scrutator. Count Dejean
is mistaken in supposing: the calidum to be a common species.

t The Pogonophori are closely allied to the Loricerse.

COIiEOPTERA. 403

PoGoxoPHORUs, Lat. Gyllen. — Leistus, Frcel. Clairv' — Carabus,
Fab. — Manticora, Panz.

Remarkable for the elongation of the exterior palpi, those of the
labium being longer than the head, for the mandibles, the external
side of which forms a salient and flattened, angle, and for the project-
ing ligula terminated by three spines. The head is suddenly narrow-
ed behind the eyes, and the joints of the antennae are long and. slender.
All the species known belong to Europe *.

Nebria, Lat.

The Nebriae only differ from the Pogonophori in negative charac-
ters, or in the much greater shortness of the palpi ; in the want of
dilatation in the external side of the mandibles, which merely forms
a very small auricle, not extending beyond the base of the jaws; and
in the absence of the strangulation, or neck, in the head. The an-
tennae are also proportionably thicker, and composed of shorter
joints -j-,

Alpteus, Bon.

Mere apterous Nebriae, somewhat more oblong, that especially
inhabit high mountains %.

Sometimes the body, arched or convex above, is nearly obicular,
the thorax very short, transversal, strongly emarginate anteriorly,
and wider and lobulate posteriorly. The scutellum is not apparent.
The first joint alone of the two anterior tarsi of the males — and
sometimes that of the intermediate ones as in the O. melange — is sen-
sibly dilated.

Omophron, Lat. — Scolytus, Fah.

This subgenus is composed of a small number of species found on
the shores of rivers, &c. in Europe, North America, Egypt and the
Cape of Good Hope. M. Desmarest has described the larva of the
most common species. Its form approaches that of the larva of a
Dytiscus. The anatomical observations of M. Dufour appear to con-
firm this affinity §.

The others, in which the body is tolerably thick, have large and
very prominent eyes ; antennae that are slightly enlarged near the
extremity, and composed of short joints, mostly in the form of a top

* Carabus sjnnibarhis, Fab. ; Leisiits cxrulais, Clairv. Entom. Helv., II, xxiii,
A, a ; — C. spinilabris, Fab. ; Leistrus rufescens, lb. B, b ; — C. rufescens, Fab. ;
Carabus terminafus, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., VII, ii. For the other species,
see Spec. Dej., II, p. 212, et seq.

t Nebria arenaria, Lat. Gener, Crust, et Insect., I, 2, vii, 6 ;— Carabus brevi-
colh, Fab. ; Panz. lb. XI, 8 ; Clairv. lb. XXII, B ;— C. subuhsus, Fab. ; Clairv.,
lb. A ; Panz. lb. XXXI, 4 ;— C. Picicornis, Fab. ; Panz. lb. XCII, 1 ;— C. psam-
modes, Ross., Faun. Etrusc, Mant. 1, v. M.

X The C. Hehdgii, Panz. lb. LXXXIX, 4, is an Alpaeus. See Spec. Dej. II,
p. 221, et seq.

§ See Encyclop. Method., article Omophron; Entom. Helv., II, xxvi ; Lat.,
Gener. Crust, et Insect. I, 225, vii, 7, and the Srec. Dej., II, p. 257, et seq.

404 INSECTA.

or of a reversed cone; one of the two spurs of the internal extremity
of the two anterior tibiae is inserted higlier than the other, with a
notch between them. The four or three first joints of the anterior
tarsi of the males are in general but slightlj^ dilated. The palpi are
never elongated. They are shore Insects, and peculiar to Europe
and Siberia.

Sometimes the labrum is very short, transversal, and terminated
by a straight line. The last joint of the exterior palpi is almost obco-
nical, thicker and truncated at the extremity. The mandibles ad-
vance considerably beyond the labrum. The anterior tarsi of the
males are sensibly dilated.

Elaphrus, Fab. — Elaphrus, Blethisa, Pelophila, Dej.

In some of them, and tlie lasgest — Blethisa, Bonelli — the thorax
is wider than it is long, plane, bordered laterally, almost square and
slightly narrowed towards the posterior angles.

Here, the three first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males are
strongly dilated and cordiform. They are the Pelophilce of De-
jean *.

There, the four first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males are
slightly dilated — they form the Blethisa, Dejean f .

In the others, the thorax is at least as long as it is wide, convex,
cordiform and truncated. The body is proportionably more convex
than in the preceding subgenera. The four first joints of the ante-
rior tarsi are slightly dilated in the males. These latter alone com-
pose his genus Elaphrus.

E. uliginosus; C. uliginosus, Fab.; Elaphrus riparius, Oliv.,
Col. II, 34, 1, 1, A — E. About four lines in length, of a black-
ish bronze, with numerous puncta; little depressions or fossulae
on the front and thorax, and otliers with a violent bottom and
elevated contour joined to each other on the elytra; tarsi bluish-
black; tibiae sometimes of the latter colour and sometimes rus-
set. These latter individuals have been considered as a distinct
species — cupreus — by M M. Megerle and Dejean. It is rare
in the environs of Paris, but common in other jjarts of France,
and in Germany, Sweden, &c.

E. riparius, Fab., Clairv., Entom., Hclv., II, xxv, A, a; Ci-
cindela riparia, L. ; Elaphrus p)aludosus,0\\v. , Col. 11,34, 1, 4,
b; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ, xx, 1. About a third less than
the uliginosus; above, very finely dotted with dead-cupreous,
mixed with green ; circular green impressions with papillated
centres arranged in four lines, and a polished, shining cupreous
spot on each elytron near the suture. Common in the environs
of Paris %.

Sometimes the labrum is almost semicircular and rounded ante-

* Carahus borealis, Fab. ; Nebria borealis, Gyllenh. ; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ.,
LXXV, 8.

•f- Carabus multipuncfah's, Fab. ; Panz. lb. XI, 5.

X For the other species, see Dej. Spec. II, p. 268, et seq.

COLEOPTERA, 405

riorly; the exterior palpi terminate by a sub-oval joint, narrowed
into a point at the extremity. The mandibles project but little
beyond the labrum. Tarsi identical in both sexes.

The anterior extremity of the head forms a small snout. The
body is plane above, and the thorax trapezoidal, almost as Avide as
tlie head, and slightly narrowed posteriorly.

NoTioPHiLUS Duvier. — Elaphrus, Fab. Oliv. *

Our second general division of this tribe, or that of the Subulipalpi,
is distinguished from the preceding one by the form of the exterior
palpi, of which the penultimate and obconical joint is united to the
following, forming with it a common oval or fusiform body, termi-
nated, either insensibly or suddenly, in a point, or in the manner
of an awl. The internal side of the two anterior tibiae is always
emarginated. These Insects, both as respects their form and mode
of living, arc very similar to the preceding ones.

Bkmbidion, Lat. — Bembidium, Gyll. Dej.

Penultimate joint of the exterior palpi large, inflated, and turbi-
nated; the last mucli more slender, very short or acicular ; first joint
of the two anterior tarsi dilated in the males.

Messrs. Zieglcr and IMegerle have divided this subgenus into
several others f, but without giving their character or depending
as it would appear, on the changes in the form of the thorax.

* Cicimlela aquatica, L. ; Ehtphrus aquaticus, Fab. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ.,
XX, 3; — Elaphrus bigullatus, Fab., and to which Count Dejeau refers his C. semi-
puncfaii'.s. See Spec. II, p. 276, et seq.

This division, in a natural series, should probably be placed directly after that
of the Carabici Quadrumani. In the genus Masoreiis, Dejeau, (p. 420), the two
anterior tarsi of the males resemble those of Harpali ; the emargination of the
mentum is destitute of a tooth as in Slenolophus, Acupalpus, Sec. ; but the maxillary
palpi terminate nearly as in Bemhidiun ; the two last joints are united and form one
body, the penultimate merely being rather shorter than the last and obcouical, and
the latter, cylindrical and truncated.

The genera Pogonus and Cardiaderus of Coimt Dejean appear to us to be connected
with the Amara of Bonelli, notwithstanding the difference in their tarsi. From
what we observe in the Cicindclcta; and the Carabici Grandipalpi, evidently natural
divisions, it may be seen that the tarsi vjiry according to the sex, and that if we
chiefly depend on characters drawn from these parts, we may form sections, method-
ical it is true, but which are in direct opposition to the natural order.

t This subgenus may be thus divided. In some the thorax is less depressed, is at
least as long as it is wide, much narrower posteriorly than before, cordiform and
truncated, with the posterior angles very short or but slightly elongated.

Those in which this part of the body presents no decided impression at its poste-
rior angles, and whose eyes are very large, and cause the head to appear wider than
the thorax, form the genus Tachijpus of Megerle.

Those whose eyes, as in all the following divisions, are less prominent, so that
the thorax is not wider than the head, but otherwise presenting similar characters,
constitute the Bembidium properly so called of Dejean.

The Count, with Megerle, places in the genus Lopha those ia which the thorax,
having the same form and proportions, presents at each posterior angle a marked
impression, so that these angles are well bordered.

The others have a flatter body, the thorax wiJer than it is long, and proportion-
ably less narrowed posteriorly ; its posterior angles always esliibit a strong impres-
sion, and a little obliqxie carina.

406 INSECTA.

The following species is placed by Count Dejean among his
Tachypi.

B. Jiavipes ; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ. XX, 2 ; Cicindela
Jiavipes, L. Very similar to the Elaphrus riparius ; two lines in
length ; thorax rather nai'rower than the head, cordiform, trun-
cated, and as long as it is wide; eyes large; the body blackish-
green above, bronzed beneath and mottled with cupreous-red;
two large impressed puncta on each elytron near the suture ;
base of the antennae, palpi and legs yellowish. Very common in
the environs of Paris *.

Trechus, Clairv.

The last joint of the exterior palpi, from its thickest part to its
origin, as long as the preceding or longer, so that the two united
make a fusiform body f .

The Pentamerous Aquatic Carnivora form a third tribe, that of
the Hydrocanthari, Lat. The feet of these Insects are fitted for
natation ; the four last are compressed, ciliated or laminiform, and
the two last at a distance from the others; the mandibles are almost

Certain species, whose thorax, although narrowed near the posterior angles, is
less than in the others, so that the posterior margin is scarcely narrower than the
anterior, compose the genus Notaphus, Dej. and Megerle.

Among those in which the thorax is considerably narrowed behind, its length
is sometimes only a little greater than its width, and it has the form of a truncated
heart : such are the Peryphus of these naturalists. Sometimes much shorter in
proportion, its form approaches that of a cup or of a heart with a very broad base ;
in some it is even rounded at the posterior angles. They form the genus Lcja of
the same. The Tachypi, on account of the extraordinary protuberance of their
eyes, and other relations to the Elaphri, are sufficiently distinct ; but such is far
from being the case with the other genera ; it is impossible to mark them by rigor-
ous characters. Those which might be drawn from the respective and comparative
length of the second and third joint of the antennae, appear to me to be also uncer-
tain. See the Catal. de la Coll. des Coleop., of Dejean.

* Add Carabus tricolor, Fab.; — C. modeslus ; — cursor; — biguttatus ; — 'i-gutfafus ;
— yullultt, Id.;— C. minutus, Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ. XXXVIII, 10 ;— C.
pygmceus, Fab.; — Panz. lb. 11 ;— C. articutatus, Panz. lb. XXX, 21 ; — Cicindela
quadrimaculata, L; — Carabus pulchellus, Panz. lb. XXXVIII, 8; XL, 5 ; — C. do)-is,
Panz. lb. 9 ; — Elaphrus rvpesi)^, Fab. ; Panz. lb. XL, 6 ; — C. decoi-us, Panz. lb.
LXXIII, 4 ;— C. usiululus, L. ; — Panz. Tb. XL, 7, 9 ; — C. bipvnctatus, L. ; Oliv.
Col. Ill, 35, xiv, 163; — Ehiphnis rujicollis, Panz. lb. XXXVIII, 21; — Elaphms
imprtssus, Fab.; Panz. lb. XL, 8 ; — ElapJirus paludosvs, lb. XX, 4.

f Trechus riibens, Clairv., Entom. Helv., II, ii, B, b. The Carabus meridianus,
which he figures in the same plate, A, a, is a Stenolophus. — Carabus micros, Panz.,
Faun. Insect. Germ. XL, 4. — The genus Masoreus of Zicgler and Dejean appears
to me to approach that of Trechus. The species on which it is founded is closely
allied to the Harpulus coUaris of Gyllenhal. The maxillary palpi, as in Trechus, have
a fusiform termination, the penultimate joint merely being a little shorter than the
last. The anterior tarsi are slightly dilated in the males. This Insect seems to
connect Trechus with various small species of the Stenolophus of Dejean.

The Blemi of these same savans are a kind of narrower and more elongated
Trechi with a subisomctrical thorax, in the form of a reversed and truncated trian-
gle, with much larger mandibles that project beyond the labrum. They are found
along the sea-coast of France, under stones, and even in the sea.

COLEOPTERA. ^1

entirely covered ; the body is always oval, the eyes but slightly pro-
minent, and the thorax much wider than long. The terminal hook
of the maxillae is arcuated from its base ; those at the extremity of the
tarsi are often unequal.

They compose the genera Dytiscus and Gyrinus of GeoiFroy. They
pass their first and last stage of existence in the fresh and placid
waters of lakes, marshes, ponds, &c. They are good swimmers, and
rises occasionally to the surface of their liquid abodes in order to
respire ; this they easily effect by keeping their head motionless, and
permitting themselves to float. Their body being reversed, they
elevate its posterior extremity a little above the water, raise the ex-
tremity of their elytra, or depress the end of the abdomen, in order
that air may enter the stigmata, which are covered by them, whence
it finds its way to the tracheae. They are excessively voracious, and
feed on small animals inhabiting the same element, which they never
leave excepting during the night, or at its approach, When taken
from the water they diffuse a nauseating odour. They are frequently
attracted into houses by the light of candles, &c.

Their larvae have a long and narrow body composed of twelve
rings, the first of which is the largest ; a stout head, provided with
two powerful mandibles, curved into an arc, and perforated near the
point ; small antennae, palpi, and six simple appi'oximated eyes on
each side. They have six tolerably long legs, frequently fringed
with hairs, and terminated by two small nails. They are active,
carnivorous, and respire either by the anus or by a kind of fins re-
sembling branchiae. When about to enter into their pupa state they
leave the water.

This tribe consists of two principal genera : —

Dytiscus, Geoff.

The Dytisci have a filiform antennae longer than the head, two
eyes, the anterior legs shorter than the following ones, and the last
most commonly terminated by a compressed tarsus ending in a point*.
By means of their legs fringed Avith long hairs, the two last particu-
larly, they are enabled to swim with great velocity. They dart
upon other Insects, aquatic Worms, &c. In most of the males the
three first joints of the four anterior tarsi are widened and spongy

* AccortUng to M. Leon Dufour, their crop is terminated behind by an annular
roll (bourrelet) a character not found in the preceding tribe. Their C£ecum forms a
natatory bladder. Their pectus contains two pneumatic sacs, while the trachese of
the other parts are tubular. The adipose splanchnic tissue possesses the characters
of a true epiploon or mesentery. Their stigmata also diflfer from those of the
Terrestrial Carnivora.

408 INSECTA.

underneath ; those of the first pair iDarticularly are very remarkable
in the larger species, these three joints forming there a large palette,
the inferior surface of Avhich is covered by little bodies, some in the
form of papillae, and others, larger, in that of cups or suckers, &c.
Some of the females are distinguished from their males by their
sulcated elytra. The body of the larva is composed of from eleven
to twelve annuli, and covered with a squamous plate ; this larva is
long, ventricose in the middle, and slender at each end, particu-
larly behind, where the last ainiuli form an elongated cone furnished
on the sides Avith a fringe of floating hairs, with which the animal
acts on the water, and propels its body forwards; the latter is usually
terminated by two conical, bearded and moveable fdaments. Between
them arc two small cylindrical bodies, perforated at their extremity
by a hole, Avhich are so many air-ducts, and in which the two
tracheae terminate ; stigmata, however, are observed on the sides of
tlie abdomen. The head is large, oval, attached to the thorax by
a neck, and furnished with strongly arcuated mandibles, under the
extremity of which De Geer perceived a longitudinal slit, so that, in
this respect, these organs resemble the mandibles of the larva of the
Myrmeleon, and serve as suckers ; the mouth, however, is provided
Avith maxillK? and a labium with palpi. Each of the three first annuli
bears a pair of tolerably long logs, the tibiae and tarsi of which are
bordered with hairs, Avhich afford them additional aid in swimming.
The first ring is the largest or longest, and is defended above as avcU
as underneath by a squamous plate.

These larvae suspend themselves on the surface of the water by
means of two lateral appendages at the extremity of their body,
■which they keep above it. When they wish to change their position,
they communicate a sudden vermicular motion to their body, and
strike the water with their tail, They feed more particularly on
the larvae of the Libellulae, and those of the Culices and Asclli.
When the period of their metamorphosis has arrived, they issue
from the water, and having gained the shore penetrate into the
earth, Avhich must, however, be constantly moistened, or very
humid. They then excavate an oval cavity, and shut themselves up
in it.

According to Roesel, the eggs of the D. marginalis are hatched
from ten to twelve days after they are laid. In four or five days
after this epoch, the larva is already five lines in length, and under-
goes its first change of tegument. The second ensues at the expi-
ration of a similar period, and the animal is then double its former
size. Its final length is two inclies. They have been observed, in
summer, to enter into their pupa state at the end of fifteen days, and
to become perfect Insects in fifteen or twenty more. Besides the
cloaca of the Insects of this family, the Dytisci have a tolerably long
caecum, which is perceptible even in the larva.

This great genus is subdivided as follows :

Some have antennte composed of eleven distinct joints, the exte-
rior palpi filiform or somewhat larger at the extremity, and the base
of their posterior feet as Avell as that of the others exposed.

Sometimes the thickness of the antennae gradually diminishes from

COLKOPTERA. 409

their origin to the extremity ; the last joint of the labial palpi is
simply obtuse at the end and unemarginate. Such is

Dytiscus, proper.

"Where all the tarsi are composed of five very distinct joints, of
which the throe first of the two anterior ones are very wide, forming,
collectively, a palette, either oval and transverse, or orbicular.

D. latissimus, L, ; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ. LXXXVI, 1.
About an inch and a half long, and easily distinguished by the
compressed and trenchant dilatation of the exterior margin of
the elytra, the border of which is yellowish ; thorax margined
all round with the same colour ; elytra sulcated and carinated
in the female. From the department of Vosges in the north
of Europe and from Germany.

D. marginalia, L. ; Panz. lb. 3. About a fourth smaller ; a
yellowish border all round the tliorax, and a line of the same
colour on the exterior and non- dilated margin of the elytra;
those of the female sulcated from their base to about two-thirds
of their length.

Fabricius says that if laid on its back, it soon regains its
natural position by jumping.

Espcr preserved a D. marginalis for three years and a half, in
perfect health, in a 1 irge glass jar. Every week, and sometimes
oftener, he threw into the vessel a piece of raw beef about the
size of a filbert, on which it darted with great avidity, and then
completely exhausted its blood by suction. It can go without
food for at least four weeks. It kills the Hydrophilus piceus.
although double its own size, by piercing it between the head
and thorax, the only pact of the bcdy that is unarmed. Accord-
ing to Esper, it is affected by atmospheric changes, and indicates
them by the height at which it remains in the jar.

D. Rceselii, Fab. ; Roas., Insect., II, Aquat., Class I,ii. Nar-
rower, or more oval and more depressed than the preceding
ones; exterior margin of the thorax and elvtra yellowish; the
latter finely striated in the female. Environs of Paris, and Ger-
many.

D. serricornis, Payk., Nov. Acad. So. Stock., XX, i, 3. Pte-
markable for the anomalous form of the antennse of the male,
the four last joints of which form a compressed and serrated
mass *.

* Doctor Leach has established his genus Agabus — Zool. Miscel. Ill, p. 69 and
and 72 — on this character. Certain slight differences in the form and relative pro-
portions of the joints of the exterior maxillary palpi ha\e also induced him to esta-
blish some others, such as Hydaticus (Z). Ilyhneri, transversalis, stagnuUs, i-vilta-
tus) : AciLius {D. SMlcaius) : and Trogus (D. lateralis). The last is the only one
that can be retained on account of some other characters. The tibife of the pos-
terior legs are short and very wide, and the tarsi are only terminated by a single
hook.

To the species above quoted rM D. sulcatus, Fab.; Clair., Entom. Helv., II,
XX ; — D, costalis, Oliv, Col. Ill, 40, 1, 7 ; — D. punctatus, lb. I, 6, b and I, e ; — D.

410 INSECTA.

COLYMBETES, CluirV.

All the tarsi composed of five very distinct joints ; but the four
anterior, in the males, have the three first equally dilated, constitut-
ing, collectively, a small palette forming a long square ; the antennae,
at least the length of the head and thorax. The body is perfectly
oval, and wider than it is high; the eyes are not protuberant, or but
very slightly so * (a).

HyoROBiA, Lat. — Hydrachna, Fab. Clairv. — Pcelobius, Schcenh.
The tarsi also composed of five distinct joints, the four anterior of
which are almost equally dilated at base, in the males, into a little
palette forming a long square ; but the antennae are shorter than the
head and thorax ; the body is ovoid and very thick in the middle ; eyes
prominent f .

Hydroporus, Clairv. — Hyphydrus, Schcenh.

The four anterior tarsi nearly similar, and spongy tmderneath, in
both sexes, composed of but four distinct joints, the fifth being
deficient or very small and concealed, as well as a part of the last, in
a deep cleft in the third.

These Insects have no apparent scutellum X (h).

aciculatus, lb. Ill, 30 ; — D. leerigutus, lb. 23 ; — D. tripunctatus, lb. 24 ; — D. ntficol-
lis, lb., II, 20 ; — D. vittatiis, lb., I, 5 ; — D. griseus, lb., II, 12 ; — D. sticficus, lb.,
11,11; — D. circumjfexus, Fab. Of American species the D. ^w6no/a/«s, verticalis,
medialus, ianiolis, &c.

* D. fuscus, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., LXXXVI, 5; — D. cinereus, Fab.;
Panz., lb., XXXI, 2 ;— D. zonatus, Fab. ; Panz., lb., XXXVIII, 3 ;— D. hipuncta-
tits, Fab.; Panz., lb., XCI, 6 ;—D.fenestratus, Fab. ; Panz., lb., XXXVIII, 16 ;
D. chalconatus, Fab. ; Panz., lb., 17 ; — D. ater. Fab. ; Panz. lb., 15 ; — D.gutfatus,
Payk. ; Panz., lb., XC, 1 ;— D. ftiUyinosus, Fab. ; Panz., lb., XXXVIII, 14 ;—
D. bipustulatus, Fab. ; Panz., lb., CI, 2 ; — D. stagnalis, Fab. ; Panz., lb., XCI,
7 ; — D. transversalis, Fab. ; Panz., lb., LXXXVI, 6 ; — D. ahbreviatus, Fab. ; Panz.,
lb., XIV, 1 ; — D. maculatus, Fab. ; Panz., lb., 7 ; — D. agilis, Fab. ; Panz., lb.,
XC, 2 i—D. adspersiis, Fab. ; Panz., lb., XXXVIII, 18 ;— Z). minuius, Fab. ; Panz.,
XXVI, 3, 5 ;— Z>. Leander, Oliv., lb.. Ill, 25 ;— £>. variiis, Oliv., lb., II, 17 ;—
D. himaculatits, Oliv., lb., 18. See Clairv., Entom. Helvet. II, genus Cuhjmhetes.

Certain small species without any distinct scutellum, and in -which the anterior
tarsi of the males are but slightly dilated, compose the genus Lacophilus of Leach,
•who cites the following : — D. hyalinus, Marsh ; — D. inlerrupfus, Panz. ? — D, minutus,
L. ; — D. murmoreus, Oliv. See his Zool. Miscell. Ill, p. 72.

t Hydrachna Ilermanni, Fab. ; Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, vi, 5 ; Clairv.,
Entom. Helv. II, xxvii, A, a ; — H. uUginosa, Clairv., lb., B, b.

These Insects -with the Halipli, in the system of Leach — Zool. Miscell. p. 68 —
form a particular group, the characters of which are : a scutellum ; all the legs
adapted for walking, with five joints to all the tarsi and two terminal hooks to the
last.

The Hygrobiae have their exterior palpi somewhat enlarged at the end ; two stout
and approximated spurs at the extremity of the tibiae, and their anterior tarsi sus-
ceptible of being doubled under the tibise to which they are annexed.

J In the preceding divisions, some small species excepted, it is very apparent.

<^ (a) Add to the species of Colymbetes the C. enjthropterus, fenestralis, ambi-
guus, seriatus, nitidus, bicarinatus, venustus, glyphicus, obtusatus, &c. Of the G. La-
cophilus the L. macidosus and proximus. — Eng. Ed.

{b) Add of American species the Hydrop. imdidatm, oppotitWf niger, catoscopiwn,
iacvstris, pamlkhSf xmMatHs, &c.—- Eng. Ed.

COLEOPTERA. 411

We might separate from them some species * in which the body
is almost globular, and where the last joint of the four anterior tarsi
is very small and projects but little beyond the preceding one —
Hyphydrus, Lat. — The body of the rest is oval, and not so thick f.

Sometimes the antennae are slightly dilated and wider in the middle
of their length ; the last joint of the labial palpi is emarginate, and
appears forked.

NoTERus, Clairv.

No scutel ; tarsi consisting of five distinct joints, and the two first
of the four anterior dilated in the males, forming an elongated
palette ; first joint of the two anterior tarsi covered by a broad lamini-
form spur, the part of the pectus bearing the last legs with a deep
groove on each side \.

The others have but ten distinct joints in their antennae; their
exterior jjalpi are fusiform, or have a more slender termination taper-
ing to a point, and the base of the jjosterior legs is covered Avith a
large shield.

The body is convex and ovoid underneath, as in Hygrobia ; but
there is no scutel, and all the tarsi are filiform, composed of five
almost cylindrical joints, and have nearly the same form in both
sexes. They are the

Haliplus, Lat. — Hoplitus, Clair. — Cnemidotus, Illig. S
The second genus of the Hydrocanthari, or the

Gyrinus, Lin.

Comprises those in which the antennae are clavate and shorter
than the head ; the two first legs are long and project like arms ; the
remaining four are compressed, wide, and pinnate. There are four
eyes.

The body is oval and usually very glossy. The second joint of
the antennae, which are inserted in a cavity before the eyes, is pro-
longed exteriorly in the form of an auricle, and the following
joints II are very short, crowded, and united in one almost fusiform
and slightly curved mass. The head is sunk in the thorax almost
to the eyes, which are large, and divided by a border, in such a way
that tAVO are above and two underneath, The labrum is rounded
and strongly ciliated before. The palpi are very small, and the

* The Hyd. gibha, oralis, scripta, Fab. ; Hyphydrus lyratus, Schoenh., Synon. Insect.,
II, iv, 1.

•f- The Dytisci ineequalis, reticulatvs, confluens, picipes, picius, geminus, Uneaius, ha-
lensis, duodecim-jmstulatus, dorsaiis, sex-jmslulattts, pcdusiris, deprcssus, lUu)alits,planm,
erythrocephahts, nigrita, gramdaris, Fab. See Schoenherr, Synon. Insect. II, genus
Hyphydrus; — Panz., Index Entom., genus Hydrvpoms ; — and Clairv,, Eutom. Helv.
II, the same genus.

X Dytiscus crassicornis, Fab. ; Clairv., Entom. Helv., II, xxxii.

§ The Dytisci /w/i-Ks, itnprcssiis and oMiqinis, Fab. See Latr., Gener. Crust, et
Insect., I, p. 234 ; Clairv., Entom. Helv., 11, genus HupUius, XXXI ; Panz., Ind.
Entom., genus id., and Schoenherr, Synonym. Insect. II, genus Cnemidotus.

II But seveu are distinctly visible, the first and last of -which are the longest.

412 insecta.

interior of those attached to the maxillae are wanting-, or are not
developed in several, and particularly the larger species. The thorax
is short and transversal. The elytra are obtuse and truncated at
their posterior extremity, leaving the anus exposed, which ends in a
point. The two anterior legs are long, slender, folded in two, and
wlien contracted, almost at a right angle M'ith the body: they are
terminated by a A^ery short, strongly compressed tarsus, the inferior
surface of Avhich, in the males, is furnished with a fine compact brush.
The four others are broad and extremely thin, the joints of their
taj'si forming little leaflets arranged like a flounce.

The Gyrini are usually small, or of a moderate size. They are to
be found from the very 1)eginning of spring until the end of autumn,
on the surface of stagnant waters, and even on that of the Ocean,
where, frequently collected in troops, they aj^pear like brilliant
points, swimming and wheeling with gieat agility in all sorts of
curves, and in every direction, whence the name of Puce aquatique
and Tourniquet given to them by authors. Sometimes they remain
motionless, but the instant any one ajiproachcs, they escape liy
swimming, and dive with great celerity. Their four last legs serve
them as oars, and the two before for seizing their prey. Placed on
water, the superior surface of their body is always dry, and when
they dive, a little bubble of air, resembling a silvery glol)ule, remains
fixed to its posterior extremity. When seized, a lacteous fluid
oozes from their body which spreads over it, and which, perhaps,
produces that disagreeable and penetrating odour they then diffuse,
and which remains attached to the fingers for a long time. They
copulate on the surface of the water. Sometimes they remain at the
bottom clinging to plants : there, also, it is probable they secrete
themselves to pass tlie winter *.

G. imtator, L. ; Panz., Faim. Insect. Germ. Ill, 5 ; Dc Geer,
Insect., IV, xiii, 4, 19. Three lines in lengtli ; oval, glabrous,
very glossy ; bronze-black above ; black beneath ; legs fulvous ;
scutel triangular, very pointed, somewhat longer than wide;
elytra rounded at the extremity, and marked with small
impressed puncta in regular and longitudinal lines.

The female lays her eggs on aquatic plants. They are very
small, and form little yellowish white cylinders. The body of
the larva is long, tapering, linear, and consists of thirteen annuli,
each of the three first bearing a jjair of legs. Tlie head is
large, of an elongated oval shape, and much flattened, pre-
senting the same parts as that of the larva of a Dytiscus ; but
here the fourth and seven following annuli are furnished on each
side with a conical, membranous, flexible filament with bearded
edges. The twelftli ring has four similar, but much longer
ones, directed more posteriorly. Two very slender tracheae
traverse the whole length of the body, and receive an air vessel

* M. Leon Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Nat., Oct. 1S21, has published some anatomical
observations on these Insects. The small intestine is remaikable for its lengtli. The
ccecum is not lateral as in Dysticus. The genital organs of the males dilfer froni
those of the other Carnivora.

COLEOPTERA. 4l3

from each filament. The last ring is very small, and is termi-
nated by four long and parallel hooks. This larva inhabits the
water, from which it issues in the beginning of August to
become a chrysalis. It encloses itself in a little oval cocoon,
pointed at the ends, formed of a material drawn from its body
resembling grey paper, which it fixes to the reeds. Very
common in Europe *faj.

FAMILY II.

BRACHELYTRA.

In the second family of the Pentaraerous Coleoptera we find but
one palpus to the maxillae, or four in all ; the antennae, sometimes of
equal thickness, and at others slightly enlarged at the end, are usually
composed of lenticular or graniform joints ; the elytra are much
shorter than the body, which is narrow and elongated, and the coxee
of the two anterior legs are very large ; near the anus are two vesicles
which the animal protrudes at will.

These Coleoptera compose the genus

Staphylinus, Lin.

The Staphylini have been considered as forming the passage from the
Coleoptera to the Forjicidce, the first genus of the following order.
They also approximate, in some respects, to the Insects of the pre-
ceding family, and to the Silphse and Necrophori, (genera of the
fourth), in many others. 1'hey commonly have a large, flattened
head, stout mandibles, short antennae, a thorax as wide as the abdo-
men, and the elytra truncated at the extremity, but still covering the
wings, which preserve their usual extent. The semi-annuli of the
top of the abdomen are as scaly as those of the venter. The vesicles
of the anus consist in two conical and pilose points, which are pro-
truded and retracted at the will of the animal; a subtile vapour
escapes from them, which, in some species, has a strong odour of
sulphuric ether. M. Leon Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Nat. YllI, p. 16,
has described the apparatus which produces it. The last segment of
the abdomen, that which contains the anus, is prolonged and termi-
nates in a point.

* For the other species see Oliv., Col. Ill, No. 41, and Schcsnh., Synon. Insect.,
II, No. 55. The Gyr. minuius and bicolor, Fab., are also found in the vicinity of
Paris. The largest of the species, all of which are foreign to Europe, have no ap-
parent scutel and but four palpi.

M. Mac-Leay, Jun. — Annul. Javan. I, p. 30 — forms a particular genus, Dineu-
TES, -with those in which the labrum is not ciliate, the palpi are clavate, the ante-
rior legs the length of the body, and the termination of the antennae is partly pointed.
He quotes but a single species, the D. poUlus.

1^ (a) Add to species of Gyrinus, the Gyr. americanus, emarginatus, analis and
limbatus. — Eng. Ed,

414 INSECTA.

These Insects, when touched, or while they run, elevate the ex-
tremity of their abdomen and flex it in every direction. They also
use it to push their wings under the elytra. The tarsi of their two
anterior legs are frequently broad and dilated, and their coxae as
well as those of the intermediate legs are very large. They are
usually found in earth, dung, and excrementitious matters ; some live
in mushrooms, rotten wood, or under stones ; others are only met
with in aquatic localities. Some very small ones keep on flowers.
They are all voracious, run with great swiftness, and take wing very
promptly.

The larva bears a close resemblance to the perfect Insect : it has
the figure of an elongated cone, the base of which is occupied by
the very large head ; the last ring is prolonged into a tube, and is
accompanied by two conical and hairy appendages. It feeds on the
same matters as the perfect Insect.

The first stomach of the Staphylini is small and without plicae ;
the second is very long and pilose ; the intestine is extremely short *.

It is a very extensive genus, which we will divide into five
sections.

In the first, or that of the Fissilabra, the head is completely ex-
posed and separated from the thorax, which is sometimes square or
semi-oval, and at others rounded, or cordiform and tnmcated, by a
neck or sensible strangulation. The labrum is profoundly cleft and
forms two lobes. Such is the

OxYPORUS, Fab.

Where the maxillary palpi are filiform, and those attached to the
labium arc terminated by a very large and hmate joint. The an-
tennae are large, perfoliate and compressed ; the anterior tarsi are
not dilated ; the last joint and then the second are the longest. They
inhabit the Boleti and Agarici.

O.rufus; Staphylinus riifiis,h.; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ.,
XVI, 19. About three lines in length ; fulvous; head, pectus,
extremity and interior margin of the elytra, as well as the anus,
black f.

AsTRAp,Eus, Grav.

The four palpi terminated by a larger and nearly triangular joint ;
anterior tarsi greatly dilated, the first and last joints the longest J.
In the

* According to M. Dufour, the only essential difference between their alimentary
canal and that of the carnivorous Coleoptera consists in the absence of the crop.
Their biliary vessels are inserted at the same lateral point, and, at least in some
species, piesent near the middle a knot or vesicle, not observed in any other Insects.
Their sexual apparatus differs greatly from that of the carnivorous Coleoptera. See
Ann. des Sc. Nat., Octob. 1825.

f Add O. marillosiis, Fab. ; Panz., lb., 20. The remaining Oxypori of Fabricius
belong to subgenera of our fourth section. See Oliv. Encyc. Method., genus
Oxijpore, and the Coleoptera Microptera, Gravenhorst.

I Staphylinus ulmi, Oliv. ; Ross., Faun. Etrusc, I, v, 6 ; Panz., lb., LXXXVIII,
4 ; Latr., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, 284.

COLEOPTERA. 415

Staphtlinus, Bah.

Or the true Stapliylini, all the palpi arc filiform, and the antennae
are inserted between the eyes, above the labrum and mandibles.

Some, particularly the males, have the anterior tarsi greatly dilated,
and the antennae separated at base ; the length of the first joint of the
latter is equal, at most, to that of a fourth of the whole number.
The head is but slightly elongated. In some systems, those species
alone which present the above characters, constitute the genus Staphy-
linus. The S. dilataius. Fab., Germ., Faun. Insect. Europ., VI, 14,
has even been separated from it, to compose another, on account of
its antennae, which form an elongated serrated club. According to
the observations of M. Clievrolat, a zealous entomologist, this Insect
feeds on caterpillars which it searches for on trees.

S. hlrtus, L. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., IV, 19. Ten lines
in length; black; very hairy; superior surface of the head,
thorax, and last abdominal annuli covered Avith thick hairs of a
glossy golden-yellow ; elytra cinereous-grey, with a black base ;
under part of the body bluish-black. North of Europe, France,
and Germany.

S. olens. Fab., Panz. ib., XXVIl, 1. An inch long; dead
black; head wider than the body ; wings reddish. Its ova are
remarkably large. Very common in the environs of Paris,
under stones.

S. maxil/osus, L. ; Panz. ib, 2. About eight lines in length;
black ; glossy ; head wider than the thorax ; great part of the
abdomen and elytra cinereous grey, dotted and spotted with
black. In earth, dung, &c.

S. muri7ius, Fab. ; Panz., ib., LXVI, 16. From four to six
lines long ; head, thorax and elytra deep bronze, glossy, with
dusky spots ; scutel yellowish, marked with two atrous spots ;
abdomen black ; greater part of the antennae reddish. Found
with the preceding,

- S. erythropterus, L. ; Panz., XXVIII, 4. From six to ten
lines in length ; black ; elytra, base of the antennae, and legs
fulvous *.

The others, which are linear, with a head and thorax elongated in
the form of a long square, have their antennae approximated at base,
and strongly geniculate and granose ; their anterior tarsi are usually
not at all or but very slightly dilated. The anterior tibiae are spin-
ous, with a stout spine at the extremity. The labrum is small.
They form the genus Xantholinus of some entomologists f.

* See the Monograph of this family — Coleoptera Microptera — by Gravenhorst ;
Panz., Index, Entom., pars 1, p. 208, et seq. ; Lat. ib., I, 285. Refer to this genus
the following species of Olivier : aureus, (tneus, hamorrhoidalis, aculatus, erythrocepha-
lus, similis, cyaneus, pubescens, cupreus, stercorarius, brunnipes, pilosus, iJoHius, amccnus,
besides those above described.

t The Staphylini fulgidus, fulmineus, pyroptcrus, elegans, elongatus, ochraceus, alter-
nans, melanocephalus, Gravenhorst.

416

PiNOPHiLus, Grav.

Palpi filiform ; but the antennae inserted before the eyes, outside of
the labrum, and near the exterior base of the mandibles *.

Lathrobium, Grav. — P^ederus, Fab.

Palpi suddenly terminated by a pointed and frequently indistinct
joint, much smaller than the penultimate ; those of the maxillae much
longer than the labials ; the antennae inserted as in Pinophilus ;
anterior tarsi strongly dilated in both sexes ; length of the last joint
of the four posterior tarsi almost equal to that of the four preceding
ones taken together f .

In the second section, that of the Longipalpi, where the head is
also completely exposed, but the labrum entire, the maxillary palpi
are nearly as long as the head, and have a clavate termination formed
by the third joint, with the fourth concealed or but slightly visible,
and in the figure of a small point, terminating the club when appa-
rent ; the preceding joint considerably enlarged. These Insects live
along the shores of rivers, &c,

P^DERUS, Fab.

The antennae inserted before the eyes, either filiform or gradually
increasing in thickness, and longer than the head ; body long and
narrow; mandibles dentated on the internal side, and terminating in
a simple joint.

In some of them, Pjldeuus, Lat. — the penultimate joint of the
tarsi is bifid \.

P. riparius ; Slaphylinus riparius, Panz., Faun. Insect, Germ.
IX, 2. About three lines in length ; very narrow and elongated ;
fulvous; head, pectus, superior extremity of the abdomen and
knees, black ; elytra blue. Very common in wet sand, under
stones, among the roots of trees, &c.

In the others, Stilici, Lat. — all the joints of the tarsi are entire §.

* Pinophilus latipes, Grav., North America. In his Mantissa it is united to the
following genus.

t See Graveuhorst, Coleop., Microp., and Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, 289.
The L. elonrjatum {S. chmjatus, L.) is figured by Panz., lb. IX, 12; — StaphyUnus
linearis, Oliv., Col. Ill, 2, iv. 38. See also Gyllcnh., Insect. Suec. I, pars I, p. 363,
et seq., and the Catalogue of Count Dejean, p. 24.

;}: M. Lefevre has brought an Insect from Sicily allied to Pa;derus, but evidently
forming a new genus. The fourth and last joint of the maxillary palpi is here very
distinct, and gives them a clavate termination. The last joint of the antennae is
ovoido-conical and larger than the penultimate. The head is connected with the
thorax by an elongated pedicle, on a level with the former at its origin. The thorax,
is narrow and elongated. The two anterior tarsi are greatly dilated ; the first joint
of the others is very long, and their penultimate appeared to me emarginated or bifid.
I will distinguish the genus by the name of Procirhus, and this species shall be
dedicated to the zealous naturalist who discovered it.

§ See Latr., Gener. Crust, et Insect,, I, p. 290, et seq. ; and Gyllenh,, Insect.
Suec. I, pars II, p. 372.

COLEOPTERA. 41?

Ev^ESTHETUs, Gruv.

The antennae also inserted before the eyes, but hardly longer than
the head, and almost entirely moniliform ; the body but slightly
elongated, and the head as wide as the thorax *.

Stenus, Lat.

The antennae inserted near the internal margin of the eyes, and
terminated in a triarticulated club ; extremity of the mandibles
forked ; large eyes.

5. 2-guftatus ; Staphylinus 2-guttatus, L. ; Panz. Faun, Insect.
Germ., XI, 18. About two lines in length; all black, with a
reddish dot on each elytron f .

The third section — Denticruha, Lat. — differs from the second in
the maxillary palpi, which are much shorter than the head, and
always consist of four distinct joints ; the anterior tibiae, at least, are
dentated or spinous along their exterior side. The last joint of the
tarsi, which in most of them are bent vmder the tibiae, is as long as
all the- preceding ones together, or longer; the first, or two first, are
usually so small or so concealed that the whole number does not
appear to exceed two or three.

The fore-part of tlie head, and even the thorax, is armed with
horns in several males. The antennae are inserted before the eyes.

Some, whose palpi have a fusiform termination, whose antennae
are mostly granose and gradually enlarge towards the extremity,
present but three distinct joints in the tarsi J.

OxYTELus, Grav. §

The others have filiform palpi, and at least four very distinct joints
in the tarsi.

OsoRius, Leach, Dej.

The body cylindrical ; all the tibiae widened and dentated ; the head
as long as it is wide ; thorax almost cordiform, narrowed and trun-
cated posteriorly ; the greater part of the antennae granose, insensibly
enlarging towards the extremity, and shorter than the head and
thorax ; mandibles much shorter than the head, crossing considerably,
and terminating in a simple point ; mentum large and scutiform,

But a small number of species are known, which are not yet
described. From Guiana and Brazil.

* Evasthelus scaler, Grav. ; Germ., Faun. Insect. Europ. VII, 13 ; Gyll., lb., p.
461 . A new species has been discovered by M. Blondel, Jun. in the vicinity of Ver-
sailles.

t Add Staphylinus Juno, Payk. ; — Pcedo-us proboscidcus, Oliv., Col. Ill, 44, I, 5 ;
— Staph, clavicornis, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. XXVII, 2. See Gravenhorst,
Coleop. Microp. ; Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., genus Stenus, and Gyll., Ibid., p.
463.

I With the exception of the Tachini, the anterior tarsi are no longer remarkably
dilated.

§ See Encyc. Method., article Oxytele ; the Monog. cit. of Gravenhorst, and
the Insect. Suec, Gyll., I, pars 11, p. 444.

VOL. III. E K

418 INSECTA.

Zyrophorus, Dalm. — Leptochirus, Germ. — Iren^us, Leach,—'
OxYTELUs, Oliv. — PiESTus, Grav.

The body depressed ; anterior legs only, wider than the rest, den-
tated exteriorly ; head transverse ; thorax square ; antennae equal
throughout, at least as long as the head and thorax, and composed
mostly of oval or cylindrical joints rounded at both ends ; mandibles
a3 long as the head, and dentated at the extremity *.

Prognatha, Lat. Blond. — Siagonum, Kirby.

The Prognathae scarcely differ from the Zyrophori except in their
filiform antennae, composed of elongated joints f.

CopROPHiLus, Lat. — Omalium, Grav. Oliv. Gyll.

The body still flattened, but all the tibiae dentated or spinous ex-
teriorly ; antennae much longer than the head, granose, insensibly
enlarging towards the end ; mandibles almost lunate, arcuated exte-
riorly, not sensibly dentated, and their extremity but slightly pro-
longed \.

In the fourth section, that of the Depressa, we find a free head,
an entire labrum, and short maxillary palpi of four distinct joints ;
but the tibiae are simple, or without teeth or spines exteriorly, and
the tarsi evidently consist of five joints.

Here the palpi are filiform.

Omalium, Grav.

The thorax as wide as the elytra, wider than the head, and almost
forming a transverse square; the angles, or at least those before,
rounded, and frequently with a raised lateral margin ; the antennae
enlarging towards their extremity §.

Lesteva, Lat. — Anthophagus, Grav.

Thorax cordiform, narrowed, and truncated posteriorly, almost
isometrical, as wide as the head, and narrower than the elytra ; the
antennae usually filiform, Avith elongated joints ||.

There the palpi are subulate.

MiCROPEPLus, Lat.

Antennae terminating in a solid club, and lodged in fossulae of the
thorax \

* See Dalman, Aaal. Entom. p. 23; his Z. fronticornis, IV, f. 1, appears to be
the Oxytelus bicornis, Oliv., Encyc. Method. The one he calls penicillatus, lb. f. 2,
appears to be closely allied to the Piestus sulcatus, Gravenhorst. The Leptochirus
scoriaceus, Germ., Insect. Spec. Nov. I, 1, is a very distinct species.

f SicKjonum quadricorne, Kirby and Spence, Introd. to Entom. I, 1, 5; Blondel,
Ann. des Sc. Nat. Avril 1817, X^^II, 14—17.

+ Omalium rugosum, Gravenhorst, and other species with short elytra.

§ See Gravenhorst, Encyc Method., art. Omalie, and Gyll., lb., p. 198.

II See Latr., Gener. Crust, et Insect,, I, 296, 297 ; Gravenhorst and Gyllenhal
genus Anthophagus.

^ See Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect., IV, 377 ; Omalium porcatum, Gyll., Insect.
Suec, I, pars II, p. 211 ; Micropeplus porcatus, Charp., Horse Entom., VIII, 9; —
0. staphylinoides, Gyll., lb. p. 213.

COLEOPTERA. 419

Proteinus, Lat.

Antennae granose, somewhat perfoliaceous, and larger at the end,
but clavate, always exposed, and inserted before the eyes ; thorax
short ; elytra covering the gi-eater part of the abdomen *.

Aleochara, Grav.

The antennae inserted between the eyes or near their inferior mar-
gin and exposed at base, with the three first joints evidently longer
than the following ones, which are perfoliate, the last elongated and
conical ; thorax nearly oval, or a square rounded at the angles f .

In the fifth section — Microcephala — the head is plunged poste-
riorly into the thorax, nearly up to the eyes ; it is neither separated
by a neck, nor by a visible strangulation ; the thorax forms a trape-
zium, and is widened from before backwards.

The body is less elongated than in the preceding section, and ap-
proaches more to an ellipsis ; the head is much narrower, contracted
and projected forwards, and the mandibles are of a moderate size,
edentated, and simply arcuated at the point. The elytra, in several,
cover rather more than the half of the length of the top of the ab-
domen. Some live on flowers and mushrooms, and others in dung.
Fabricius placed several species among the Oxypori.

LoMECHusA, Aleochara, Grav.

No spines on the tibiae ; the antennae, from the fourth joint, form-
ing a perfoliaceous mass, or elongated and fusiform ; palpi subulate ;
antennae frequently shorter than the head and thorax J.

Tachinus, Grav.

Tibiae spinous ; antennse composed of pyriform joints, and insen-
sibly enlarging ; palpi filiform §.

* See Lat., lb. I, p. 298, and tlie Omah ovatum and macropterum of Gravenhorst.

-f- Staphylinus canaliculatus, Fab. ; Panz., lb. XX^''!!, 13 ; — Staphylinus im-
pressus, Oliv., Col., lb., v, 41 ; — S. boleti, L. ; Oliv., Col., lb., iii, 25 ; — S. collaris,
ejiisd., lb. vi, 53 ; — S. socialis, ejusd., lb., iii, 25, and generally the three first fami-
lies of the genus Aleochara, of Gravenhorst, Col. Mic'., II. See also Gyllenhal,
Insect. Suec. I, pars II, p. 377. We should remark, however, that neither this
author nor Gravenhorst has assigned clear and rigorous characters to the Aleocharae
and Lomechusse ; both these genera demand revision.

X In some, the thorax is smooth and without an elevated margin ; such are the
Aleocharae bipunctata, lanuginosa, nitida (Slaphylinus bipustulatus, L. ; Oliv., Col.,
Ill, 42, V, 44), fumata, nana, Gravenh., or his families III — VI, Col. Microp., II.
The margin of the thorax is turned up in the others forming his genus Lomechusa ;
L. paradoxal Staphylinus emarginatus, Oliv., Ih., ii, 12 ; — L. dentata, Grav.; StO'
phylinus sfrumosus, Payk., V.

§ Oxyporus subterruneus, Fab. ; — O. bipustulatus, ejusd., Panz., Faun. Insect.
Germ., XVI, 21; — O. marginellus, Panz., lb., IX, 13; Staphylinus fuscipes, lb.,
XXVII, 12; — Oxyporus suturalis, lb., XVIII, 20 ;—0. j)ygmaus, lb. 27; — O. lunu-
latus, Ibid., XXII, 19, 15 ; — Staphylinus atricapiUus, F. ; — Oxyporus merdarius,
Panz., Ibid., XXVI, 18; — Staphylinus striatus, Oliv., lb., v, 47; S. luna/us, L.
See also for this, as well as the following subgenus, the Insect. Suec, Gyll., I,
pars I. Some excellent remarks will there be found respecting the sexual dif-
ferences of several species, the application of which may be rendered highly useful.
Those Tachini in which, as in the atricapiUus, the thorax is nearly as long as it

£ £ 2

420 INSECTA.

Tachyporus, Grav.

Similar to Tachinus in tlie tibiae and antennae, but tlie termination
of the palpi is subulate *.

The genus Calliceets, Gravenhorst, is imknown to me. The
Stenosthetus of Megeiie, mentioned [in the Catalogue, &c. of
Dejean, presents all the characters of a true Pselaphus, and must
be suppressed — such also is now the opinion of this last named natu-
ralist.

FAMILY III.

SERRICORNES.

In the third family t of pentamerous Coleoptera, as in the preced-
ing and following families of the same order, Ave find but four palpi.
The elytra cover the abdomen, which, with some other characters,
distinguish the Insects which compose it from the Brachelytra just
mentioned. The antennte, with some exceptions, are equal through-
out, or smaller at the extremity, dentatcd, either like a saw or
a comb, or even like a fan, and in this respect are most developed in
the males. The penultimate joint of the tarsi is frequently bilobate
or bifid. These characters are rarely found in the following family,
that of the Clavicornes, to which Ave arrive by such insensible gra-
dations, that to define its limits rigorously becomes a very difficult
matter.

Some, in which the body is always firm and solid, and most com-
monly oval or elliptical, Avith partly contractile legs, have the head
phmged vertically into the thorax \ip to the eyes ; and the prsester-
num, or median portion of that thorax, elongated, dilated or reach-
ing to beneath the mouth, usually distinguished on each by a groove

is wide, the muzzle advances, the four posterior tarsi are evidently longer than their
respective tibiae, appear to form a particular division.

* Oxypo)-us 1-vfipes, Fab., Panz., lb., XXVII, 20 ; — O. marginatus, F. ; Panz.,
lb., 17 ; — O. chrysomelinus, Fab.; Panz., lb., IX, 14; — 0. analis, Fab.; Panz.,
lb., XXII, 16 ;— 0. ubdominalis, Fab.

t The SilpheE are the only pentamerous Coleoptera in which, as in the preceding
ones, -we find an excrementitious apparatus ; but it is not binary as in the latter,
and the exterior canal opens directly into the rectum, like the urethra of birds.
From these considerations then it would seem that the Silphee, as well as other
Clavicornes, should come directly after the Brachelytra. Other considerations had
led me to a similar approximation. — See preface to my Consid. Gen<5r. sur I'Ordre
Nat. des Crust., &c. — According to M. Leon Dufour, who has furnished me with
these anatomical remarks, the hepatic ducts of the Buprestides and Enterides, or
of my Sternoxi, in number, length, and mode of insertion, resemble those of the
Carabici. The Lampyrides and Melyrides, also, have but two hepatic vessels, but
there are four in Telephorus, Lycus, and Ptinus. Of all the insects of this (Serri-
corne) family, whose organization he has investigated, he finds the longest alimentary
canal in Malachius, Drilus, and Anobium.

COLEOPTERA. 421

in which the antennae— always short— are lodged, and prolonged
posteriorly into a point, which is received into a depression of the an-
terior extremity of the mesosternum. These anterior legs are at a
distance from the anterior extremity of the thorax. They form our
first section or that of the Sternoxi.

Others, whose head is enclosed posteriorly by the thorax, or at
least covered by it at base, but in Avhich the prsesternum is not
dilated, and does not project anteriorly in the manner of a chin-cloth,
nor is usually* terminated posteriorly in a point received into a
cavity in the mesosternum, and in which the body is most commonly
either entirely or partially soft and flexible, constitute our second
section, that of the Malacodermi.

A third and last, that of the Xylotrcgi, will comprise those
Serricornes, in which the posterior extremity of the praesternum
is not similarly prolonged, but whose head is completely exposed
and separated from the thorax by a strangulation or species of neck.

We will divide the Sternoxi into two tribes. In the first or that
of the BupRESTiDES, the posterior projection of the prsesternum is
flattened, and not terminated in a laterally compressed point, that
is simply received into a depression or emargination of the mesos-
ternum. The mandibles frequently terminate in an entire point, with-
out any fissure or emargination. The posterior angles of the thorax
are either but very slightly or not at all prolonged. The last joint
of the palpi is most commonly nearly cylindrical, hardly thicker than
the preceding; the others are globular or ovoid. Most of the tarsial
segments are generally wide or dilated, and furnished beneath with
pellets. These Insects never leap, a character which eminently
distinguishes them from those of the following tribe f : they compose
the genus

BUPRESTIS, Li7l.

The generic appellation of Richard, given to these Coleoptera by
Geoff"roy, intimates the richness of their livery. Several of the
European species, and many that are foreign to this country, besides
their size, are remarkable for a brilliant polished gold colour on an
emerald ground ; in others, an azure blue glistens over the gold, or

* The Cebriones are an exception, and approximate, in this respect, to the Ela-
terides ; but the inferior extremity of the praesternum does not advance under the
head. The mandibles project, are arcuated and simple; the palpi filiform ; the legs
non-retractile, and the two anterior ones somewhat removed, at base, from the ante-
rior extremity of the thorax, and closely approximated.

t The Insects of this tribe also differ from all others of the family in their tra-
cheae which are vesicular — in the rest they are tubular. See Obs. Anatom., of M.
Leon Dufoiir.

422 INSECTA.

there Is a union of several other metallic colours. Their body, in
general, is oval, somewhat wider and obtuse, or truncated before,
and narrowed behind from the base of the abdomen, which occupies
the greater part of its length. The eyes are oval, and the thorax is
short and wide. The scutel small or null. The extremity of the
elytra is more or less dentated in many. The legs are short.

They walk very slowly, but fly well in hot and dry weather.
When about to be seized, they let themselves fall to the ground. At
the posterior extremity of the abdomen of the females is a coriaceous,
laminiform, conical appendage, composed of three parts, the last
annuli of the abdomen ; it is properly an instrument with which they
deposit their ova in dry wood, the habitat of their larvee. Several
small species are met with on leaves and flowers ; most of the others,
however, are found in forests, and wood-yards ; they sometimes ap-
pear in houses, where they have been transported, in wood, in the
state of a larva or chrysalis.

Sometimes the antennae are at most dentated like a saw. The
intermediate joints of the tarsi are in the form of a reversed heart,
and the penultimate, at least, is bifid. The palpi are filiform or very
little thicker at the end. The jaws are bilobate.

BuPRESTis, Lin.
In the true Buprestis, the antennae are of equal thickness through-
out, and serrated from the third or fourth joint.
Some have no scutel.

B. fasiculata, L. ; Oliv., Col. II, 32, IV, 38. About an inch
long ; ovoid, convex ; densely punctured and wrinkled ; of a
golden or cupreous-green, sometimes dusky, with little tufts of
yellowish or reddish hairs ; elytra entire. From the Cape of
Good Hope, where it is often fovmd in such abundance on the
same shrub, that the plant seems loaded with flowers.

B. sternicornis, L. ; Oliv., Col., lb., VI, 52, a. Somewhat
larger, and of the same form ; green, slightly gilded, and very
brilliant ; large punctures, ornamented at bottom with whitish
scales on the elytra ; three teeth at their extremity ; poststernum
proiecting in the form of a horn. The East Indies.

B . chry.sis, Fab. ; Oliv., lb., II., 8, VI, 52, 6. Diff'ering from
the sternicornis in the elytra, which are chesnut-brown, and
without Avhitish spots.

B. vittata, Fab. ; Oliv,, lb. Ill, 17. Nearly an inch and a half
long ; narrower and more elongated than the preceding species ;
depressed ; bluish-green ; four elevated lines, and a cupreous and
golden band on each elytron, the end of which is bidentate.
East Indies.

B. ocellala. Fab. ; Oliv., lb. I, 3. Almost similar to the pre-
ceding in form and size ; a large, yellow, phosphoric spot be-
tween two golden ones, on each elytron, which is tridentate at
the extremity.
The others are furnished with a scutel.

B. gigas,li.; Oliv., lb. I, 1. Two inches long; thorax cu-
preous, mixed with brilliant green, and two large smooth spots

COLEOPTERA. 423

of burnished steel ; elytra tridentate at the extremity, cupreous
in the middle, bronze-green on the margin, with impressed
puncta, and elevated lines and rugae. Cayenne.

B. affinis. Fab.; B. chrysostigma, Oliv., lb., VI, 54. Bronze
above, brilliant cupreous beneath ; elytra serrated at the point,
with three elevated longitudinal lines, and two golden impres-
sions on each. France.

B. viridis, L. ; Oliv,, lb., XI, 127. About two lines and a

half long ; linear ; bronze-green ; elytra entire and dotted. On

the trees in France (a).

Fabricius has separated from the true Buprestides those in which

the body is shorter, wider in proportion, and almost triangular ; the

front concave, thorax transversal and lobate posteriorly ; where the

tarsi are very short and the pellets broad. The five last joints only

of the antennae here form the teeth of the saw, the preceding ones,

with the exception of the two first, being small, almost granose, or

obconical ; the two first are much stouter. These species compose

the genus Trachys *, one of which is

B. minnta, L. ; Oliv., lb., II. 14. Black underneath; cupre-
ous-brown above ; middle of the front indented ; posterior margin
of the thorax sinuous ; undulated whitish streaks, formed by
transverse hairs, on the elytra. Common on the Hazel, on the
leaves of which it feeds.

Aphanisticus, Lat.

The antennae suddenly terminated by a clavate, oblong, compressed,
and slightly serrated club, formed by the four last joints ; last joint
of the palpi somewhat thicker and almost oval ; space between the
eyes excavated as in Trachys.

Two or three species are known, all linear, and very small f.

Sometimes the antennae are strongly pectinated, on one side, in the
males, and deeply securiform in the females ; the joints of the tarsi
are almost cylindrical and entire, the antennae terminated by one
much thicker than those that precede it, and nearly globular. The
jaws terminate in a single lobe.

Melasis, Oliv,

The body cylindrical, and the posterior angle of the thorax pro-
longed into an acute tooth, characters, which, in those drawn from

* See the other species quoted by Fabricius, Syst. Eleut., II, 218; and as
to the divisions that are to be established in the genus, see Schoenherr, Insect.
Synon.

t Buprestis emargimta, Fab.; Oliv., lb. X, 116; Germ., Faun. Insect. Europ.,
Ill, 9; — Bup. Uneola, ejusd., lb., 10.

(a) Add of this beautifvil and numerous genus the B. confluenia, lateralis, airo-
purpurcus, 6-guftafa, gibbicoUis, granulata, viridicornis, geminata, divaricata, longipes,
cyanipcs, cutnpestris, &c. &c., for the descriptions of which, see Say's paper on
Coleopterous Insects, &c. ; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sc. of Philad. Ill, p. 159, ctseq. —
Eng. Ed.

424 INSECTA.

the tarsi and palpi, announce that these Insects form the passage
from this tribe to the second. *

Or that of the Elaterides, which only differs essentially from the
first in the posterior stylet of the praesternum. which terminates in a
laterally compressed point, frequently somewhat arcuated and uni-
dentate, that sinks at the will of the animal into a cavity in the
pectus, situated immediately above the origin of the second pair of
legs ; and in the circumstance, that these Insects when placed on
their back have the faculty of regaining their original position by
bounding upwards. Most of them have mandibles emarginated or
cleft at the end, palpi terminated by a triangular or securiform joint,
much larger than those Avhich pi-ecede it, and the joints of the tarsi
entire. This tribe only comprises the genus

E LATER, Lin.

The body is usually narrower and more elongated than that of the
Buprestides, and the posterior angles of the thorax are prolonged
into a sharp point, in the form of a spine.

The common French name of these Insects is Scarabees a ressort,
and their Latin one, Notopeda, Elater. When placed on their back,
finding it impossible to regain their natural position on account of the
shortness of their legs, they bound perpendicular upwards until
they fall on their feet. To execute this motion, they press the latter
close to the body, lower their head and thorax, which has a free
downward motion, then approximating this last to the postpectus,
they forcibly press the point of the prresternum against the margin
of the hole situated before the mesosternmu, into which it sinks
suddenly, as if by a spring. The thorax and its lateral points, the
head and elytra, being violently propelled against the plane of posi-
tion, particularly if it be solid and smooth, concur by their elasticity
in causing the body to bound upwards. The sides of the praestennum
are distinguished by a groove, where the antennre, which are pecti-
nated or boarded in several males, are partly lodged. The females
have a species of elongated ovipositor, with two lateral pieces
pointed at the end, between which is the true oviduct.

The Elaterides are found on flowers, plants, and even on the
ground ; they lower their head in walking, and if any one approaches
let themselves fall, pressing their legs against their body,

De Geer has described the larva of a species (undulatiis ) of this
genus.. It is long, almost cylindrical, and provided with small
antennae, palpi, and six feet ; it consists of twelve annuli, covered
with a scaly skin, that of the posterior extremity forming a plate with
an elevated and angular margin, with two blunt points curved
inwards ; underneath is a large fleshy and retractile mammilla, which
performs the duty of a foot. It inhabits the debris of rotten wood,

* Melasis baprestoides, Oliv,, II, 30, 1, 1 ; — Melasis elateroides, Illig., diflfering,
according to him, from the Elaier buprestoides, Lin.

COLEOrTEEA. 425

and is also found in the earth. It even appears that the larvae of tlie
E. siriatus. Fab., attack the roots of the Wheat, and, where they
exist in great numbers, do much injury to it.

The stomach of the Elateridcs is long, transversely rugose, and
its posterior portion sometimes inflated ; their intestine is moderate.

The various subgenera of this tribe may be referred to two prin-
cipal divisions. Those where the antennae can be entirely received
into the inferior cavities of the thorax constitute the first.

Sometimes they are received, on each side, into a longitudinal
groove, situated directly under the lateral edges of the thorax, and
are ahvaj's filiform and simply serrated. The joints of the tarsi are
always entire, without prolongations, and in the form of a palette
underneath. The thorax is convex or arched, at least on the sides,
and dilates at the posterior angles in the manner of a lobe, pointed
or triangular. These Insects approach the Buprestides.

Galea, Lat.

Mandibles terminating in a simple point; maxillae unilobulate
last joint of the palpi globular ; the body almost cylindrical *.

EucNEMis, Arh.

Mandibles bifid ; maxillae bilobate ; last joint of the palpi nearly
securiform, and the body almost ellii^tical f .

At other times the antennae, occasionally clavate, are received, at
least partially, either into the longitudinal grooves of the lateral
borders of the praesternum, or into fossulae situated under the pos-
terior angles of the thorax. The tarsi are frequently provided with
little palettes formed by the prolongation of the inferior pellets, or
the penultimate joint is bifid.

Some, with filiform antennae, have the joints of the tarsi entire
and without palettes underneath ; the anterior legs, when contracted,
are received into lateral cavities in the inferior surface of the thorax.
Such is the

Adelocera, Lat %,

Others, with antennae also of equal thickness throughout, have
the joints of the tarsi entire, but the inferior pellets prolonged or
projecting in the manner of little palettes or lobes. Their head is
exposed. They form the

* I have seen three species, all from Brazil. One of them has many points of re-
semblance to the MeJasis tuherculata, Dalman — Anal. Entom. The maxillae termi-
nate in a very small and pointed lobe.

f Count Mannerheim has published a splendid Monograph of this subgenus, an
extract from which, with the plates, is found in the third volume of the Annales des
Sciences Naturelles, accompanied by some observations from myself on the too great
extent given to the subgenus by that author. The species he calls the capvcinus is in
my opinion the only one that belongs to it, and such was the original idea of him
who established it.

II Elater ovalis, Germ. ; — Elafer fttscus. Fab., and some others from the East
Indies, collected there by M. de Labillardi^re.

426

LissoMus, Dalm. — Lissodes, Lat. — DRAPETEs,3/e^. Dej. *.

Others again have equally filiform antennae, but their second and
third joints are flattened, larger than the following ones, and are
alone received into the sternal grooves ; the tarsi are similar to those
of Lissomus ; the head is concealed underneath, and as if covered
by a semicircular thorax, into which it is plunged. Such is the

Chelonarium, Fab.

The antennae, when at rest, extend parallel to each other along the
pectus ; the first and the fourth joint are the smallest of all ; the seven
following ones are of the same size, and, with the exception of the
last, which is ovoid, almost in the form of a reversed cone, and equal.
The body is ovoid, and the anterior tibiae are wider than the others,

All the species known are from South America f.

The last subgenus of this first division, or

Throscus, Lat. — ^Trixagus, Kugl. Gyll. — Elateh, Lin.

Is distinguished from all others of this tribe by the antennae, which
terminate in a triarticulated club, and are lodged in a lateral and
inferior cavity of the thorax. The penultimate joint of the tarsi is
bifid, and the point of the mandibles entire \.

Our second division of this tribe will include all the Elaterides
whose antennae are exterior or exposed.

AVe will separate, in the first place, those in which the last joint of
the palpi, of the maxillaries particularly, is much larger than the
preceding ones, and almost securiform.

A single subgenus, the

* Dalm., Ephem. Entom., 1824. His Lissomus punctulatus is closely allied to the
Drapetes castaneus of Count Dejean, and the Elater Icevigatus of Fabricius.

One species of this subgenus is found in Europe, the Elaier equestris, Fab. ; Panz.,
Faun. Insect. Germ., XXXI, 21.

N. B. Messrs. Lepelletier and Serville — Encyclop. Method., Insect., X, 594 — have
formed a little group, with various species of Elater, composed of three genera, and
characterized by the presence of the elongated and lobe-like pellets with which the
inferior surface of the four first joints of the tarsi are furnished. The first of these
genera, Lissode, or the Lissomus, Dalm., is distinguished from the two others by
the antennae which are closely approximated at base ; in the others they are remote.
Those of the genus Tetralobus are flabelliform in the males. lu the third or
Pericallus, they are simply serrated in both sexes. The Elater flaheUicornis, Fab.,
belongs to the first, and consequently this genus is a division of that which I have
named Hemirhipus. The Elaterides ligneus, suturaUs, furcatus, &c., Fab., belong
to Pericallus, which will then comprise all the species of my Ctenicera, whose
tarsi present the general character above mentioned.

t Fab., Syst. Eleut., I, 101 ; Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, viii, 7, and II,
44 ; Dalm., Ephem. Entom., 1824, p. 29. This genus is also found in the southern
section of North America, where however it is very rare.

+ Elater dermest aides, L.; E. davicornis, Oliv., Coll. II, 31, VIII, 85, a, h; Der-
mestes adstridor, Fab. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. LXXV, 15. Its larva inhabits
oak wood.

COLEOPTERA. 427

Cerophytum, Lat..^

Is removed from the others by the tarsi, of which the four first
joints are short and triangular, and the penultimate is bifid.

The antennae of the males are ramous on the inner side, the base
of the third joint and of the following ones being extended into a
widened branch rounded at the extremity ; those of the females are
serrated *.

In all the other subgenera the joints of the tarsi are almost cylin-
drical and entire.

Sometimes the head is plunged into the thorax up to the eyes ; the
anterior extremity of the praesternum projects under the he^d, and
its margin is arcuated.

In some, the labrum and mandibles are concealed by the anterior
extremity of the praestcrnum, the clypeus or epistoma being widened
and laid over it. Such is the

Cryptostoma, Z)e;'.^ELATER, Fab.

In which the internal angle of the summit of the third joint of the
antennae, and of the seven following ones, is prolonged into a tooth ;
the second and fourth joints are shorter, the last is long and narrow,
and there is a straight linear branch on the inner side of the third,
near its origin.

The mandibles are unidentated under the point. The maxillae
present but a single lobe, and are small and membranous, as is also
the ligula. The palpi are very short. The tarsi are small, thin,
and almost setaceous.

The only, species known, the Elater denticornis. Fab,, is found
in Cayenne, whence it Avas sent to the Mus. d'Hist. Nat. of
Paris by M. Banon.

Nematodes, Lat.
First joint of the antennae elongated, and the five following ones
forming reversed cones, equal, the first or second of this number
excepted, which is somewhat shorter, and the five last thicker and
almost perfoliate ; terminal joint ovoid.
The body is almost linear f.
Now the mandibles and labrum are exposed.
Here the antennae of the males have a flabelliform termination.
They form the

Hemirhipus, Lat.
Of which all the species are foreign to Europe %.
There, these organs, in the same sex, are longitudinally pectinated.

Stenicera, Lat. §
In the following subgenus or

* Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., IV, 375. The Malasis sphondyloides, Germ., Faun.
Insect. Eur., XI, 5, is closely allied to the female of the species which is the type of
the subgenus. The Melasis picea, Palisot de Beauvois, Insect. d'Afr., et d'Amer.,
VII, 1, has also some analogy to the Cerophyta.

f Eunemisfilum, Manner.

X Elater flabellicornis, F&h.; — E. fascicular is, Id., &c,

§ The Elat. pectinicornis, cupreus, hamatodes, Fab. ; — the Taupin double croix,
Cuv., R^gn. Anim. IV, xiv, 3.

428

Elater, properly so called.

The antennse of the males are simply serrated *.

£. noctilucus, 1j.; Taupin cucujo, Oliv., Col., II, 2, 31, 11, 14, a.
Rather more tlian an inch long ; dusky-brown, Avith a cinere-
ous down ; a convex, yellow, round, shining spot on each side
of the thorax near its posterior angles ; elytra marked with lines
of small punctures. From South America.

During the night, the thoracic spots diffuse a very strong
light, sufficiently bright to enable one to read the smallest cha-
racter, particularly if several of the Insects be placed in the same
vase. By it also the women of the country pursue their work,
and Ladies even use it as an ornament, placing it in their hair
during the evening paseo. The Indians fix them to their feet
to light them in their nocturnal journeys. Brown pretends that
all the internal parts of the Insect are luminous, and that it
has the power of suspending, ad libitum, its phosphoric pro-
perty f. The French colonists call it 3Iouc he lumineuse, and
the Indians, Cucmjos, Coijouyou, whence the Spanish term Cu-
cujo. An individual of this species, accidently transported to
Paris in some Avood, in its larva or pupa state, completed its
metamorphosis there, and greatly astonished the inhabitants of
the faubourg Saint-Antoine by its, to them, extraordinary light.

E. ceneus,li.; 01iv.,Col., lb., viii, 83. Six lines long, bronze
green ; glossy ; elytra striated; legs fulvous. Germany and the
North of Europe.

E. germanus, L, ; Oliv., lb., 11, 12. Very common in the
vicinity of Paris, and only differing from the seneus in the colour
of its feet, which are black.

E. cruciatus, Oliv., lb, IV, 40. A pretty European species,
with the appearance of the seneus, but smaller ; black ; two lon-
gitudinal red bands on the thorax, near the lateral margin ;
elytra yellowish-red, with a black line near the anterior angles
of their base, and two bands of the same colour forming a cross
on the suture. Rare near Paris.

E.castaneus, L. ; Oliv., lb. Ill, 25; v, 51. Black; thorax
covered with a reddish down; elytra yellowish with a black ex-
tremity; antennae of the male pectiniform. Europe.

E. ruficollis, L.; Oliv., lb., VI, 61, a, b. Three lines in
length, and of a shining black ; posterior half of the thorax red.
North of Europe.

* The anterior extremity of the head is sometimes on a level with the lahrum,
or on the same horizontal plane ; at others it is more elevated, and terminated sud-
denly ; but these diflferences, frequently imperceptible, cannot be used to establish
generic sections — rny genus Liidia requires a re-exaraination.

f M.de la Cordaire who has examined the living Insect informs me than the prin-
cipal reservoir of the phosphoric matter is situated inferiorly near the junction of the
thorax with the abdomen.

COLEOPTERA. 429

E. ferriigineus, L. ; Oliv., lb., Ill, 35. Ten lines in length ;
black; the "thorax, its posterior margin excepted, and the elytra
deep blood-red. On the Willow. The largest species in Eu-
rope *.
Sometimes the head is free posteriorly, or is not sunk to the
eyes, which are protuberant and globular. The antennae are
inserted under the edge of a frontal projection, depressed and
arcuated anteriorly. The body is long and narrow, or nearly linear.
Such are those which form the subgenus
Campylus, Fisch. — Exophthalmus, Lat. — Hajijiionus, Miihfeld\.

Elaterides with filiform palpi and antennae, pectinated from the
fourth joint, will compose a last subgenus, that of

Phyllocerus %. (aj

Our second section, or that of the Malacodermi is divided into
five tribes. In the first, or the Cebrionites, so named from the
genus Cebrio of Olivier, on which all the others depend, the mandi-
bles terminate in a simple or entire point, the palpi are of equal
thickness or more slender at the extremity, the body is rounded and
convex in some, oval or oblong, but arcuated above, and inclined
anteriorly in others. It is usually soft and flexible ; the thorax is
transversal, widest at base, and its lateral angles acute, or in several
even prolonged into spines. The antennae are generally longer than
the head and thorax. The legs are not contractile.

Their habits are unknown. Many of them are found on plants in
aquatic localities. They may all be united in one genus, that of
Cebrio, Oliv. Fab.

Some which establish a connection between this and the preceding

* For the remaiaing species, see Oliv., lb. ; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ., and hia
Ind. Entom. ; Herbst., Col., ami Palisot de Beauvois, Insect. d'Afr. et d'Ara^r.
The genus of Dima of M. Ziegler, a species of which, called elateroides, has been
figured by M. Charpentier in his Horse Ectomol., YI, 8, presents no character by
■which I can clearly distinguish it from the preceding one.

•j- See Fischer, Entom. Russ., II, p. 153. This subgenus comprises the Elafer
linearis, L., of which his meso}7ielas is a mere variety ; the E. borealis, Gyll., and his
E. cincius.

X Count Dejean having collected but a single specimen, I could not dissect it, and
therefore was unable to study its characters in detail. Two Insects from Java pre-
sent a similar appearance, only here, and probably in the females, the anteunge are
simply serrated. The mandibles appeared to me to terminate in an entire or eden-
tated point. The last joint of the palpi is somewhat larger and almost obconical.
If the mandibles of the Phylloceri be similar, these exotic species must be their con-
geners.

(J^ (a) Of the numerous and beautiful species of Elaterides, we will add the E.
areolatiis, dorsalis, beUiis, reciicollis, obesus, eryfropus, oculattis, inyops, cora-exa, triangu-
laris, manciis, basiluris, aurijiilis, abbreviata, bisecius, mbricollis, ike. Sec, &c. See
Say's paper on Coleop. Insects, &c. Jour. Ac. Nat. Sc. of Philad. Ill, p, 167, et
seq. — ExG. Ed.

430 INSECT A.

tribe, which are even of as firm and solid a consistence as the Ster-
noxi, whose legs are never fitted for leaping, and whose body is ge-
nerally an oblong oval, with the antennae of the males either pectinat-
ed, flabellated, or serrated, the palpi filiform or somewhat longer at
the extremity, and the posterior angles of the thorax prolonged into
an acute point, present mandibles projecting beyond the labrum,
narrow, and highly arcuated or in the form of hooks. The labrum
is usually very short, and emarginated or bilobate.

There, as in the Elateridcs, the praesternum terminates posteriorly
in a point, received into a cavity in the mesosternum.

The antennae, which in the males of some species are long, are
composed of eleven pectinated or serrated joints. The last joint of
the palpi is almost cylindrical or forms a reversed cone.

Physodactylus, Fiscli.

An orbicular membranous pellet (sole on planta) on the inferior
surface of the three intermediate joints of the tarsi; the posterior
thighs enlarged; the antennae, at least in one of the sexes, very short,
serrated, and insensibly diminished towards the extremity.

This subgenus has been established by the celebrated author of
the Entomographia Imperii Russici, on an Insect from North Ame-
rica, the P. Henningii, Letter on the Physodactylus, Moscow, 1824,
Ann. des Sc. Nat, Dec. 1824, XXVII, B.

Cebrio, Oliv. Fab.
In Cebrio proper, all the joints of the tarsi are entire and without
pellets, and the posterior thighs are not larger than the others.

The species peculiar to Europe appear in great numbers

after heavy rains. The female * of the best known species —

C.gigas, Fab.; C .longicornis, Oliv., Col. II, 30, bis, I, 1, a,

b, c; Taupin, I, 1, a, b, c, — differs greatly from the male; the

antennae are hardly longer than the head, and the first joint is

much longer than the others; the fourth and following ones

united from a little oblong and almost perfoliaceous mass. The

wings are partly abortive. The legs are shorter, but stouter in

proportion, than those of the male. The larva probably lives

in the earth.

The C. bicolor. Fab. f, and some other American species, in

which the body is elongated, less arcuated above or almost straight,

and with shorter antennae, appear to Dr. Leach to constitute a new

generic section J.

* Cebrio brevicornis, Oliv., Col. II, 30, bis, I, 2, a, b, c ; Teaebrio dubius, Rossi,
Faun. Etrusc. I, 1, 2. This female, on account of her antennae, appeared to me to
form a new genus, which I accordingly established under the name of Hammonia. A
species is found at the Cape of Good Hope, each joint of whose antennae throws out
a long and linear branch from the base of its internal side, and whose palpi termi-
nate in an ovoid joint, and not in the form of a reversed cone, as in the other species.
This latter may be separated from them.

t Palisot de Beauvois, Insect. d'Afr. et d'Am., I, 1, 2, a, b.

X The Ceb. fuscus and ruficoUis, Fab., have the form of the species he calls the
gigas. The second was brought from Sicily by M. Lef(^vre. The Cebrio femo-
ratus, of Germar, does not belong to the genus Anelastes of Kirby, as I once sup-
posed.

COLEOPTERA. 431

Here the praesternum is not prolonged into a point, and there is
no anterior cavity in the mesosternum.

Sometimes all the joints of the tarsi are entire, and without a pro-
jecting membranous palette underneath.

Anelastes, Kirby.

The antennae remote at base, short, almost granose, with the last
joint * nearly crescent-shaped ; last joint of the palpi almost in the
form of a reversed cone.

A. Drurii, Kirb., Lin. Trans., XII, xxi, 2. The only species
quoted.

Callirhipis, Lat.

The antennae closely approximated at the base, inserted on an emi-
nence, and from the third joint, in the males, forming a large fan ;
the last of the palpi ovoid, the same of the tarsi almost as long as
all the others taken together, and presenting between its ci'otchets a
little silky and linear appendage.

The species which is the type of the subgenus — C. Dejeanii —
is found in Java, and was sent to the Museum of Paris by M.
Diard and the late M. Duvaucel. The antennae consist of but
eleven joints, and in that differ from those of the Rhipicerae,
which have the same form, but are composed of more joints in
individuals of the same sex or the males.
Sometimes the inferior surface of the tarsi is furnished Avith mem-
braneous palettes, or their penultimate joint is profoundly bilobate.

In the two following subgenera, the inferior surface of each of the
four first joints of the tarsi presents two membranous and projecting
lobes ; the last is long, and terminated between the crotchets by a
little silky appendage. The antennae of some are composed of more
than eleven joints, and are flabelliform ; those of the others consist of
eleven, and are serrated, the four last larger, and forming a club.

Sandalus, Knock.

The antennae, at least those of the females, only a little longer
than the head and consisting of eleven joints, the third, and with
the exception of the last, the following ones serriform, the four last
somewhat more dilated, forming a club ; the terminal joint almost
ovoid or rounded, or very obtuse at the end f .

Rhipicera, Lat. Kirby. — Ptyocerus, Hoff. — Polytomus, Dalm.

The antennae flabelliform in both sexes, and composed of numer-
ous joints (from twenty to forty), but fewer in the females.

* The third is longer thaa the preceding and following one, -whilst in Cebrio, this
joint and the second are shorter than the fourth and following ones. These organs,
like those of the Elaterides, seem to be composed of twelve joints, the eleventh being
suddenly contracted near the extremity, and terminated by a point having the
appearance of a little conical or triangular joint.

t Sandalus petrophya, Knoch, N. Beyt., I, p. 131, v. 5,— ^ S. niger, Id. lb.

432 INSECTA.

This subgenus consists of five or six species, two of which
are from New Holland, and the remainder from America*.

The three first joints of the tarsi in the two following subgenera
are in the form of a reversed heart, and have no membranous pro-
longation tmderneath ; the fourth is deeply bilobate ; the last, but
slightly elongated, exhibits no projecting and silky appendage be-
tween its crotchets. The antennae are filiform, simple, or at most
pectinated, and never consist of more than eleven joints.

Ptilodactyla, Jllig. — Pyrochroa, De Geer.

Distinguished by the semi-pectinated, or serrated antennae of the
males.

The species of this subgenus are peculiar to America f .

Dascillus, Lat. — Atopa, Fah.

Only differs from Ptilodactyla in the antennas, which are simple
in both sexes \.

The remaining Ccbrionities have small mandibles which project
but little, or not at all, beyond the labrum, a generally soft and al-
most hemispherical or ovoid body, and palpi terminating in a point.
The antennse are simjile, or but slightly dentated. The posterior
legs of several are fitted fur leajjing. They live on aquatic plants.

In these, the penultimate joint of the tarsi is bilobate. The second
and third of the antennae are shorter than the fourth.

Elodes, Lat. — Cyphon, Fab. Dej.

The posterior thighs differing but little in thickness from those
of the preceding subgenus §.

ScYRTES, Lai. — Cyphon, Fab,

Thighs of the posterior legs are very large, and the tibiae terminated
by two stout spurs, one of which is very long, a circumstance which
enables these Insects to leap. The labial palpi are forked, and the
first joint of the posterior tarsi is as long as all the others taken
together ]].

In those, all the joints of the tarsi are entire.

Nycteus, Lat. — Hamaxobium, Zieg. — Eucynetus, Schiip.

The third joint of the antennae very small, and much shorter than
the second and following one, the last almost granose ; the four tibiae

* Rhipicera maryinala, Lat., Cuv., R^gn. Anim. Ill; Kirby, Lin. Trans., XII,
xxi, 3 ; — Polytomus marginatiis, Dalm., AnaL Entom. p. 22 ; — P.femoratiis, Id. lb.
21 ; — P. Mijstaciniis, Id. lb. 22 ; Hisjm mystacina, Fab. ; Drur. Ins. Ill, viii, 7. I
have seen another species in the collection of Count Dejean, entirely fulvous, sent
to him from America by Major Le Conte.

f Ptylodactyla daferina, lUig. ; Pyrochroa nitida, De Geer, Ins., V, xiii, 6 — 17.

X Atopa cerrina, Fab. : A. cinerea, var.. Id. ; Ptinus testaceo-villosus, De Geer,
IV, ix, 8 ; Cistela cervina, Oliv., Col., Ill, 54, 1, 2, a.

§ The first di\ision of Cyphon, Fab.

II The second division of Cyphon, Fab. See the Catalogxie, &c. of Dejean.

COLEOPTERA. 433

terminated by two very distinct spurs ; the tarsi long, and more
slender towards the extremity *.

EuBRiA, Zicg. Dej.
The antennae slightly serrated, the second joint very small, the
two following ones largest of all, and the last somewhat emarginate
at tlie end, and tapering to a point ; spurs of the tibiae very small, or
nearly null ; tarsi filiform f .

The second tribe of the Malacodermi, or that of the Lampyrides,
is distinguished from the first by the enlarged termination of the
palpi, or at least those of the maxillae, by their always soft, straight,
depressed, or but slightly convex body, and by the thorax, sometimes
semicircular, and at others nearly square or trapezoidal, that projects
over the head, which it either entirely or partially covers. The
mandibles are usually small, and terminate in a slender, arcuated, very
acute point, that is generally entire. The penultimate joint of the
tarsi is always bilobate, and the crotchets of the last have neither
dentations nor appendages.

The females of some are apterous, or have but very short elytra.

When seized, these Insects press their feet and antennae against
their body, and remain as motionless as if they were dead. Several,
thus situated, curve their iibdomen underneath. They comprise the
genus

Lajipyris, Lin.

Antennae closely approximated at base, the head either exposed and
prolonged anteriorly in the manner of a snout, or for the greater
part, or entirely, concealed under the thorax; eyes of the males large
and globular ; moutli small. Such are the characters of a first
division of this tribe, which we will subdivide into those in which
neither sex is phosphorescent, and those in which the females at least
are possessed of that faculty. Both sexes of the former are provided
Avith wings, have their head exposed, and frequently narrower and
extended anteriorly, or in the form of a snout, and the thorax widened
posteriorly with pointed lateral angles. The two or three ultimate
annuli of their abdomen are destitute of that pale yellowish or whitish
tint that is alwa^'s found on this part of the body in the true Lampy-
rides, and which announces their phosphorescence. The elytra, in
several, widen bcliind, and are sometimes strongly dilated and rounded
posteriorly, in the females particularly. They are densely punctured,
and frequently reticulated.

Lycus, Fab. Oliv. — Cantharis, Lin.

We restrict this subgenus to those species of Fabricius, in which
the snout is as long as the portion of the head that precedes it, or

* Eucynetus hcemorrhoidalis, Germ., Faun. Insect. Europ. V, ii. See Catal,, &c.,
Dej.

t Cyphon palustris, Germ,, lb. IV, 3.
VOL. III. F F

434 INSECTA.

longer, and the antennae are serrated. The elytra are most commonly
dilated, either laterally, or at their posterior extremity, the two
sexes differing greatly in this respect, particularly of certain species
peculiar to Africa *.

Other species of the same author, but with very short snouts, and
whose compressed antennae, sometimes simple, and at others serrated
or pectinated, have their third joint longer than the preceding one,
and in which the intermediate joints of the tarsi have the form of a
reversed heart, compose a second subgenus, the

DiCTYOPTERA, Lat.

In some of the woods in the vicinity of Paris, on the flowers of
the Yarrow, and of other plants, we frequently observe the

Lycus sanguineus; Lampyris sanguinea, L.; Panz., Faun.
Insect. Germ. XLI, 9. About three lines in length; black;
sides of the thorax and the eltyra blood-red ; elytra silky and
slightly striated. The larva lives under the bark of the Oak.
It is linear, flattened, and black, the last ring red, resembling a
plate with two kinds of horns, cylindrical, and, as it were,
annulated or articulated, and arcuated inwards. It has six small
feet.

Lycus minutus. Fab. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XLI, 2.
Smaller; all black, the extremity of the elytra excepted, which
is red, and the end of the antennae, which is reddish. Also
found in France, but in forests of the Mountain Fir f.

Omalisus, Geoff. Oliv. Fab.

No apparent snout ; joints of the antennae almost cylindrical,
slightly reduced at base, and the second and third much shorter than
the following ones ; penultimate joint of the tarsi alone in the form
of a reversed heart ; the others elongated and cylindrical ; elytra
tolerably solid and firm.

O. suturalis. Fab. ; Oliv., Col. II, 24, 1, 2. Rather more than
two lines in length, black, elytra blood-red, the suture excepted.
Found in the woods in the vicinity of Paris, and in the forest of
Saint Germain particularly, on the Oaks, in spring %.

The other Lampyrides of our first division are distinguished from
the preceding ones, not only by the want of a snout, by their head,
which, in the males almost entirely occupied by the eyes, is entirely
or for the greater part concealed under a semicircular or square
thorax, but also by a veiy remarkable character, either common to
both sexes, or peculiar to the females, that of being phosphorescent,
whence the names of glow-worms, fire-flies, &c., given to these
Insects.

Their body is extremely soft, the abdomen particularly, which has

* The Lye. latissimus, 7-ostraUts, proboscideiis, &c., of Fabiicius. For the other
species, see Schoenherr, Synon. Ins., I, pars III, App., -where several are described
and figured.

t The Lye. retieulatus, bieolor, serratieornis, fasciatus, atirora, &c.

X See Encyc. Method,, article Omalise,

COLEOPTERA. 435

the appearance of being plaited. The luminous matter occupies the
inferior part of the last two or three annuli, which differ in colour
from the rest, and are usually yellowish or whitish. The light they
diffuse is more or less vivid, and greenish or whitish, like that of the
different kinds of phosphorus. It seems that they can vary its action
at pleasure, a fact particularly observable when they are seized or
held in the hand. They live a long time in vacuum and in different
gases, the nitrous acid, muriatic and sulphurous gases excepted, in
which they soon expire. Placed in hydrogen gas, they, sometimes
at least, detonate. They continue to live after the excision of this
luminous portion of their abdomen, and the part thus separated pre-
serves its luminous property for some time, whether it be submitted
to the action of various gases, be placed in vacuum, or left exposed to
the air. The phosphorescence depends on the softness of the matter,
rather than on the life of the animal. When apparently extinct it
may be reproduced by softening the matter with water. The Lampy-
rides emit a brilliant light when immersed in warm water, but in cold
water it becomes extinguished : this fluid seems to be the only dis-
solving agent of the phosphoric matter *.

They are nocturnal Insects ; the males, like Phalenae of the same
sex, are frequently observed circling round the blaze of candles, &c.,
from which we may conclude that this phosphoric light, which is
chiefly given out by the females, is intended to attract the former
to the latter : and if, as De Geer asserts, the larvae and pupae of
the species found in France are luminous, we are only to conclude
that the phosphoric matter is developed at the earliest period of
their existence. It has been said that some males were destitute of
this luminous property — but they still possess it though in a very
small degree. As nearly all the Lampyrides of hot climates, males
as well as females, are provided with wings and are extremely nu-
merous, they present to their inhabitants at night an interesting spec-
tacle, a continued illumination, proceeding from the myriads of
luminous points which like little wandering stars traverse the air
in every direction.

According to M. Dufour — Ann. des Sc. Nat., Ill, p. 225 — the
alimentary canal of the female of the common European Lampyris,
the splendidula, is about twice the length of the body. The oeso-
phagus is extremely sliort and immediately dilated into an abbre-
viated crop separated from the chylific ventricle by a valvular stran-
gulation. The latter is very long, smooth, turgid, and cylindrical
for two thirds of its length, then intestiniform. The sm.all intestine
is very short and flexuous, presenting an enlargement (perhaps not
constant) representing a caecum, and terminated in an elongated
rectum.

Certain Brazilian species, in which the antennae of the males con-
sist of more than eleven joints formed like the laminae of a feather,

* Besides the experiments detailed in the Ann. de Chimie, see the Ann. G^n^r. des
Sc. Phys., of Messrs. Bory de Saint-Vincent, Drapiez et Van Mons. VIII, p. 31,
where will be found the researches of M. Grotthuss on the phosphorescence of the
Lampyris italica,

ff2

436 INSECTA.

have been separated from the genvis Lampyris of Linnaeus. They
constitute the Amydetes, Hoff., Germ *.

Others, also peculiar to South America, whose antennae are com-
posed of but eleven joints, present particular characters which have
entitled them to the same g-eneric distinction, under the name of
Phengodes, Hoff. The third joint of these organs and the follow-
ing ones give off, from the inner side, too long ciliated filaments,
which appear to be articulated and convoluted round themselves.
The elytra are suddenly narroAved into a point. The wings are ex-
tended throughout their entire length, and simply folded longitudi-
nally. The maxillary palpi are very salient and almost filiform. The
thorax is transversal. The tarsi are filiform, and their penultimate
joint is very short and scarcely bilobate. The body is narrow and
elongated, with the head exposed f.

The other species now form the genus

Lampyris, jorqper/y so called.

Which, from the fcrm of the antennee, the presence or absence of
the elytra, wings, &c., is susceptible of several divisions.

L.noctiluca,!!.; Panz., Faun., Insect. Germ. XLI, 7- The
male about four lines in length ; blackish ; antennae simple ; tho-
rax semicircular, receiving the entire head, with two transparent
lunate spots; venter black ; ultimate annuli pale-yellowish.

8. splendidiUa, L. ; Panz., lb., 8, Closely allied to the pre-
ceding, but somewhat larger ; thorax yellowish, with a blackish
disk and two transparent spots before ; elytra blackish ; under
part of the body and legs livid-yellowish ; first annuli of the
venter sometimes of this latter colour, and at others dusky.

The female is destitute of elytra and wings ; blackish above ;
circumference of the thorax and last ring yellowish; lateral
angles of the second and third annuli flesh-colour; under part
of the body yellowish, with the three last annuli of the colour
of sulphur.

These latter individuals are more particularly called glow-
worms, or vers luisants. They are found every where about the
country, along the roads, in hedges, meadows, &c. in the months
of June, July, and August. They lay a great number of lemon-
coloured eggs, which are large and spherical, in the gro\md or
on plants, where they are fixed by means of a viscid matter with
which they are covered.

The larva bears a great resemblance to the female, but is
black, with a reddish spot on the posterior angles of the annuli ;
its antennae and legs are shorter. Its gait is very slow, and it
has the faculty of elongating and shortening its body, and of
bending it underneath. It is probably carnivorous.

L. italica, L, ; Oliv., Col. II, 28, 11, 12; the Lucciola of the
Italians. The thorax does not cover the whole head, is trans-

* Lampyris plumicornis, Lat., Voy. de MM. Humboldt and Bonpl., Zool. XVI, 4;
Amydetes apicalis, Germ., Insect. Spec. Nov., p. 67.
t Illig., Mag., VI, p. 342.

COLEOl'TERA. 437

versal, and as well as the scutel, pectus and one pair of legs red-
dish; head, elytra and abdomen black; the two last annul! of
the body yellowish; wings to both sexes *.
In our second division of the Lamjivrides, the antennae are very
remote at base ; the head is neither prolonged nor narrowed ante-
riorly in the form of a snout, and the eyes are of an ordinaiy size in
both sexes.

Drilus, Oliv. — Ptilinus, Geoff. Fab.

The males are winged, and the inner side of the antennae, from
the fourth joint, is prolonged like the tooth of a comb. Those of
the femnles are shorter, somewhat perfoliaceous and slightly ser-
rated. The maxillary palpi in both sexes are thicker towards the
end, and terminate in a point. The inner side of the mandibles pre-
sents a tooth.

The female of the species, which is the type of the genus, and
whose male is tolerably common, remained unknown until lately, as
Avell as the metamorphoses of both sexes. Certain observations
made at Geneva, by Count Mielzinsky, on the larva of this Insect
and the perfect female, excited the attention of two able French na-
turalists, MM. Desmarest and Victor Audouin. The latter had
received from the author of the discovery several living larvae,
which were found in the shell of a Helix nemoralis of Linnaeus, and
which together with the perfect female, the only sex he had obtained
in that state, were described by him. But he was mistaken in con-
sidering as pupae, larvae which had attained their full growth, and
which pass the Avinter in the interior of these shells. In this
state, these Insects are tolerably similar to the larvae of the Euro-
pean Lampyrides, but there are a range of conical mammillae on
each side of their abdomen, and two series of hairy tufts on other
elevations of the same nature. The posterior extremity of the body
is forked, and the anus is used by the animal as a means of progres-
sion. It soon devours the legitimate owner of the shell, Avhence the
generic appellation of Cochleoctonus, given to this Insect by the
naturalist above mentioned. M. Desmarest presuming that as
these larvae Avere common in the neighbourhood of Geneva, they
might also be found in the vicinity of Paris, by the aid of his pupils
soon procured a number of them, which enabled him to give a com-
plete history of the Insect, and to ascertain that the individuals in
their perfect state, described by Mielzinsky, were the females of the
Drile jaundtre or the Panache jaune, Geoff., I, 1,2; Oliv,, Col. II,
23, 1, 1, the body of which is about three lines long, black, with
yellowish elytra. The female is nearly thrice as large, is of an
orange or reddish yellow, and resembles that of a Lampyris, but
without its phosphorescence. M. Audouin has published its ana-
tomy, and observed that the exuviae of the larva exactly close the
aperture of the shell, forming a sort of operculum. While the ani-
mal is in its larva state, it remains at the bottom of its domicil, and
so placed, that the posterior extremity of its body faces the opening ;

* See Fabricius, and Olivier, Col. II, No. 28.

438 INSECTA,

when it has passed into that of a pupa its position is inverted. For
this observation we are indebted to M. Desmarest *. M. Dufour
has also published seme anatomical observations on the male of this
species.

A second, the D. ater, Dej., all black, with the antennae less
pectinated, is found in Germany. It is figured, as well as a
third, tlie rujicollis, discovered by Count Dejean in Dalmatia,
in a Memoir of M. Audouin — Ann, des Sc. Nat., Aout 1824 —
which, under the title of " Recherches anatomiques sur la femelle
du Drile Jaunatre et sur le male de cette espece," forms a com-
plete Monograph of the genus, enriched with excellent figures.

Both sexes of the remaining Lampyrides of this second division
are winged, and their maxillary palpi are not much longer than
those of the labium. They embrace a great part of the genus Can-
tharis, Lin., or that of Cicindela, Geoft'.

Telephorus, Schceff. — Cantharis, Lin.

The palpi terminated by a securiform joint; thorax destitute of
lateral emarginations. They are carnivorous Insects and run over
plants. Their stomach is long and transversely rugose ; the intestine
very short.

T.fuscus ; Cantharis fusca, L. ; Oliv., Col, II, 26, i, i. From
five to six lines in length, posterior part of the head, elytra,
pectus and the greater portion of the legs of a slate-black ; the
other parts yellowish-red ; a black spot on the thorax. Is fre-
quently met with in Europe during the spring. The larva is
almost cylindrical, elongated, soft, of a dead velvet-black, the
antennae, palpi, and feet yelloAvish-rufous. The head is squam-
ous and furnished with stout mandibles. There is a mammilla
under the twelfth and last annulus, which it uses in crawling.
It is carnivorous and inhabits moist earth.

During the winter of certain years in Sweden, and even in
the mountainous parts of France, these larvae and various other
species of living Insects have been observed among the snow in
such abundance as to cover a considerable space.

It has been very rationally supposed that they had been swept
away and deposited there by those violent gusts of wind which
uproot and destroy great nimibers of trees, particularly Pines
and Firs. Such is the origin of what is termed a shoicer of in-
sects. The species then met with are probably such as appear
early in the spring.

2'. lividus ; Cantharis livida, L. ; Oliv., lb., II, 28. Size and
form of the preceding ; thorax fuscous and immaculate ; elytra
yellowish ; extremity of the posterior thighs black. On flowers f .

* See Ann. des Sc. Nat., Juillet et Aout 1824, and Bullet, de la Soc. Philom.,
Avril 1S24.

^ t For the other species, see Schanherr, Synon. Insect., II, p. 60, and Panz.,
Ind. Eutom., p. 91.

COLEOPTERA. 489

SiLis, Meg. Dej. Charp,
This subgenus only differs from Telepliorus in the thorax, which
is emarginated posteriorly on each side, and has underneath — at
least in the S. spinicollis — a little coriaceous appendage terminated
by a club, whose extremity, probably more membranous, in the dried
specimen has the appearance of a joint. A species, the rubricollis,
is figured by M. Toussaint de Charpentier in his Hot. Entom.,
p. 194, 195, vi. 7-

Malthinus, Lat. Schcen. — Necydalis, Geoff.

The palpi terminated by an ovoid joint; head narrow behind;
elytra, in several, shorter than the abdomen. On flowers, and par-
ticularly on trees *.

In the third tribe of the Malacodermi, or the Melyrides, we find
the palpi most commonly short and filiform ; mandibles emarginated
at the point ; the body usually narrow and elongated ; the head only
covered at base by a flat or but slightly convex thorax, generally
square, or elongated and quadrilateral ; joints of the tarsi entire, and
the hooks of the last one unidentated or bordered with a membrane.
The antennae are usually serrated, and, in the males of some species,
even pectinated.

Most of them are very active, and are found on flowers and leaves.

This tribe, which is a mere division of the genera Cantharis and
Dermestes of Linnaeus, will form the genus

Melyris, Fab.

In some, the palpi are of equal thickness throughout.

Here, under each anterior angle of the thorax, and on each side of
the base of the abdomen, we observe a retractile, dilatable vesicle in
the form of a cockade, which is protruded by the animal when
alarmed, and whose use is unknown. The body is shorter in pro-
portion than in the following subgenus, wider and more depressed ;
the thorax wider than it is long. Under each crotchet, at the end
of the tarsi, is a membranous appendage resembling a tooth.

Malachius, Fab. Oliv. — Caxtharis, Lin.

One of the sexes, in each species, furnished with an appendage in
the form of a hook, at the extremity of each elytron, which is seized
from behind by an individual of the opposite sex, with its mandibles,
in order to arrest the former when it attempts to escape, or moves too
rapidly. The first joints of the antennae are frequently dilated and
irregular in the males. They are all prettily coloured.

M. ceneus; Cantharis (snea, L.; Panz., lb.; X, 2. Three
lines in length ; glossy green ; margin of the elytra red ; head,
yellow anteriorly.

• Lat. Gen. Crust, et Insect. I, 261 ; Schcenh., Id. II, p. 73 ; Panz., Id., p. 73.
The Teleph. biguttatus and minimus of Olivier belong to this genus.

440 INSECTA.

M. bipustulatus ; Cantharis bipushdata, L.; Panz. lb., 3.

Rather smaller, and of a glossy green; extremity of the elytra

red*.

Among the following Melyrides with filiform palpi, and whose

thorax and abdomen are destitute of retractile vesicles, we will first

place those the length of whose antennae at least equals that of the

head and thorax, in Avhich the body is generally straight, elongated,

and sometimes linear, and the hooks of the tarsi are usually, as in

Malachius, bordered inferiorly by a membranous appendage.

Dasytes, Payk. Fab. — Dermestes, Lin.
D. cceruleus. Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XCVI, 10.
Three lines in length ; elongated ; green or bluish ; glossy and
pilose. Very common near Paris on flowers in the fields.

D. tres noir, Oliv., Col. II, 21, ii, 28; Dermestes hirhis,!,.
Somewhat larger and less oblong ; all black and densely pilose ;
a much stouter and strongly hooked spine at the base of the
anterior tarsi in one of the two sexes. On the Grasses f.
Others, the crotchets of whose tarsi are unidentated, like these of
Dasytes, to AA'hich they are closely allied, and with which Olivier con-
founds them, are removed from that subgenus by the antennae being
shorter than the head and thorax, and having the third joint at least
double the length of the second. Their body is less elongated, and is
more solid ; the head is slightly prolonged and narrowed before, and
the thorax semiorbicular and truncated anteriorly. They have a
certain degree of resemblance to the Silphse of Linnaeus. Such are
those which form the

Zygia, Fab.

In which the fourth and following joints of the antennae almost
form an elongated, compressed, and serrated club ; most of the joints
transversal; thorax very convex.

Z. oblovga. Fab. Found in Spain and Egypt, in the interior
of houses, and more particularly, according to Count Dejean, in
granaries. It is also sometimes found in France in the depart-
ments of the Pyrenees Orientales. A second species has been
discovered in Nubia.

Melyris, Fab.

In Melyris, properly so called, the antennae insensibly enlarge, but
without forming a club ; their joints are less dilated laterally and are
almost isometrical. The thorax is less convex \.

* See op. cit. and Schoenh., Synon. Insect., II, p. 67-

-(•For the other species, see Fabricius ; the Mt%/-fs of Olivier, 6 — 17; Panz.,
Ind. Entora. p. 14.3 ; Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect. I, p. 264 ; Germ., Insect. Spec.
Nov. Brazil produces tolerably large ones, some of which form a particular divi-
sion.

X M. viridis, Fab. ; Oliv., Col. II, 21, i, i \—M. ahdominalis, Fab. ; Oliv,, lb., I,
7 ; Opatrum gramdaium, Fab. ; Coqueb., Illust. Icon. Insect., Ill, xxx, 7.

COLEOPTERA. 441

In the remaining Melyrides the maxillary palpi are terminated by
a larger and securiform joint. This character, together with the
shortness of the first joint of the tarsi, and some other considerations,
seems to approximate them to the Insects of our next tribe. They
form the

Pelocophorus, Dej.,
"Who arranges them with the tetramerous Coleoptera *.

The fourth tribe of the Malacodermi, that of the Clerii, is distin-
guished by the ensemble of the following cliaracters. Two of their
palpi at least project and are clavate. The mandibles are dentated.
The penultimate joint of the tarsi is bilobate, and the first is very short
or but slightly visible in several. The antennae are sometimes nearly
filiform and serrated, and at others insensibly enlarged near the ex-
tremity. The body is usually cylindrical, the head and thorax nar-
rower than the abdomen, and the eyes emarginated.

Most of these Insects are found on flowers, the remainder on the
trunks of old trees or in dry wood. Such of the larvae as are known
are carnivorous.

This tribe will comprise tlie genus

Clerus, Geoff.

The tarsi of some, viewed from above and underneath, distinctly
exhibit five joints. The greater part of their antennae is always
serrated.

Of these, some have the maxillary palpi filiform, or slightly en-
larged near the extremity.

Cylidrus, Lat.

Mandibles long and much crossed, terminating in a simple point,
with two teeth on the internal side ; four first joints of the antennae
cylindrical and elongated ; the six following ones formed like the
teeth of a saw, and the last oblong; the palpi terminated by an elon-
gated joint ; that of those attached to the maxillae cylindrical, and
the same of the labial palpi, rather thicker and forming a reversed
cone ; penultimate joint of the tarsi distinctly bilobate. The head is
elongated.

The only species known — Trichodes cyaneus. Fab. — inhabits
the Isle of France,

* Catalogue, &c., Dej., p. 115; Notoxns Illiyeri, Schoen., Synon. Insect, I,
2, p. 53, IV, 7, a. I refer to the same division of Melyrides, a new subgenus which
I will call DiGLOBiCERUs. The antennae consist of but ten distinct joints, of which
the two last are larger and globular. It is founded on an insect sent to me by M.
Lefdbure de Cerisy.

442 IN8ECTA*

TiLLus, Oliv., Fab.*

Mandibles moderate, cleft or bidentated at the extremity; antennae
sometimes serrated from the fourth joint to the tenth inclusively, with
the last ovoid, and at others suddenly terminating, from the sixth, in
a serrated club. The last joint of the labial palpi is very large and
securiform ; head short and rounded ; third and fourth joints of the
tarsi dilated in the form of a reversed triangle. Found in old wood
or on trunks of trees.

In the remaining Insects of this tribe, which are always distinctly
pentamerous, the four palpi terminate in a club ; the last joint of the
labials is almost always securiform.

Here, the four first joints of the tarsi are provided underneath with
membranous pellets, projecting in the form of lobes. The thorax is
elongated and almost cylindrical.

Vkiocera, Kit b.

The body convex ; thorax narrowed posteriorly ; last joint of the
maxillary palpi less dilated than that of the labials and in the form of
a reversed and oblong triangle ; the labrum emarginated.

But a single species is known, the Priocera variegata, Kirb.,
Lin. Trans. XII, p. 389, 390, xxi, 7-

AxiNA, Kirb.

The body depressed ; last joint of the four palpi very large and
securiform.

But a single species has yet been described, the Axina analis,
Kirb., lb., fig. 6. From Brazil.

There, the penultimate joint of the tarsi is alone distinctly bilobate.
The thorax is square. The body is depressed as in Axina, and the
palpi terminate as in the same subgenus. Such is

EuBYPus, Kirb.

E. rubens, Kirb., lb., 5, also from Brazil. I have seen a
second species of the same country in the splendid collection of
M. de la Cordaire.

We now come to species in which the tarsi, when viewed from
above, appear to consist of but four joints, the first of the usual five
being very short and concealed under the second f.

* Tillus elongatus, Oliv., Col. II, 22, 1, 1; Chrysomela domjata, L. ; — Clems
uni/asciatus, Fab. ; Oliv., IV. 76, ii, 21. The antennje of the first are serrated from
the fourth joint, and the thorax is cylindrical. In the second, the antennje from
the sixth joint terminate in a serrated club. The thorax is narrowed posteriorly.
The last joint of the maxillary palpi is longer, in proportion, than that of the first
species, and is compressed.

•j- The insects of this subdivision compose the genus Clairon, properly so called,
of Geoffroy ; M. Dufour admits that the posterior tarsi consist of five joints, the
first of which is very short ; the same joint is rudimental in the intermediate tarsi,
and wantingia the two that are an terior.

COLEOPTERA, 443

Sometimes the antennae insensibly enlarge towards the extremity,
or gradually terminate in a club ; the intermediate joints, from the
third, are nearly in the form of a reversed cone ; the two or four
penultimate joints form reversed triangles, and the last is ovoid.

Thanasimus, Lat, — Clerus, Fab.

The maxillary palpi filiform ; last joint of those attached to the
labium large and securiform *.

Opilo, Lat. — NoToxus, Fab.

The four palpi terminated by a large securiform joint f.
Sometimes the three last joints of the antennae are much wider
than the preceding ones, suddenly forming a club, either simple and
in the form of a reversed triangle, or serrated.

Those, in which this club is simple or not serrated, form two sub-
genera.

Clerus, Geoff. — Trichodes, Fab.

The maxillary palpi of these Cleri, properly so called, are termi-
nated by a compressed joint in the form of a reversed triangle ; the
last of those that belong to the labivmi, Avhich are larger than the
others, is securiform. The antcnnal club is hardly longer than wide,
and is composed of crowded joints ; the third is longer than the se-
cond. The maxillae terminate in a projecting and fringed lobe. The
thorax is depressed anteriorly.

These Insects are found on floAvers ; their larvae devour those of
certain Bees.

Their stomach is widest anteriorly, and without plicae ; their in-
testine is short, with two enlargements behind. According to M.
Dufour, their crop is so short that it is almost entirely concealed in
the head %•

C. apiarius ; Attelabus apiarius, L.; Trichodes apiarius. Fab. ;
Oliv., Col. IV, 76, 1,4. Blue; elytra red, traversed by three
bands of deep blue, the last of which occupies the extremity.
The larva devours that of our domestic Bee, and does much
injury to hives,

C. alvearius ; Trichodes alvearius. Fab, ; Oliv., lb., I,5,a,b;
Reaum., Insect., VI, viii, 8 — 10. Almost like the preceding,
but with a bluish-black spot on the scutel. It inhabits the nests
of the Mason Bees — Osmia — of Reaumur, and feeds on their
larvse.

Necrobia, Lat. — Coryxetes, Fab.
The four palpi terminated by an elongated, compressed, triangu-

* Attelabus for micarius, L. ; Clerus formicurius, Oliv., Col. IV, 76, 1, 13; —
Clerus mutillarius, Fab. ; Oliv., lb., I, 12.

t Attelabus mollis, L. ; Clerus mollis, Oliv., lb., I. 10.

X The genital organ of the male is much more complicated than that of the Mely-
rides, Lampyridcs, and other Malacodermi. The last abdominal annulus is widely
emarginated. They and the Peltes of Fabricius are the only Coleoptera -which hftve
six biliary vessels — they are inserted into the c?ecum.

444 INSECTA.

lar joint of the same size ; the second and third joints of the antennae
nearly eqvial, and the terminal club elongated, Avith loose joints ; no
depression in the thorax anteriorly.

N violacea, Oliv., Col,, lb., 76, bis, I, 1 ; Dermestes violaceus,
L. Small ; violet-blue or greenish, with similarly coloured legs ;
elytra, with longitudinal series of punctures. Very common in
houses in the spring ; it is also found in carrion *.
We will terminate this tribe with a svibgenus in which the two
penultimate joints of the antennae, moi'e or less dilated internally
in the form of teeth, compose with the last, which is oval, a serrated
or semipectinated club. The palpi are terminated by a larger joint,
either in the form of an elongated or compressed triangle, or secu-
riform. Such are those which form the

Enoplium, Lat. — Tillus, Oliv. Fab. — Corynetes, Fab.\
The type of the fifth tribe of the Malacodermi, or the Ptinio-
RES, consists of the genus Plinus of Linnaeus, and of some other
genera depending on, or which most closely approach it. The body
of these Insects is of a tolerably firm consistence, sometimes almost
ovoid or oval, and at others nearly cylindrical, but generally short
and rounded at the two extremities. The head is nearly globular or
orbicular, and almost entirely received into a strongly arched or
vaulted thorax, resembling a hood. The antennae of some are
filiform, or diminished towards the end, and are either simple, flabel-
liform, pectinated, or serrated ; those of others terminate suddenly by
three larger and much longer joints. The mandibles are short, thick,
and dentated under the point. The palpi are very short and termi-
nated by a larger and almost ovoid joint, or like a reversed triangle.
The tibiae arc not dentated, and the spurs at the extremities are very
small. There is but little variety in their colours, which are always
dark. They are very small. When touched they counterfeit death,
lower their heads, incline their antennae, and contract their feet; in
this apparent state of lethargy they remain for some time. Their
motions are generally slow, and those that are winged rarely take to
flight to escape. Their larvae are very noxious to us, and bear a great
resemblance to those of the Scarabaeides. Their body, frequently
curved into an arc, is soft and whitish ; the head and feet are brown
and squamous. Their mandibles are strong. With fragments of
various substances, which they detach by gnawing, they construct a
shell in which they become nymphs. Other species establish their

* See Olivier, genus Necrobie and Schoenh., Synon. Insect. I, 2, p. 50.

t Tillus serratkornis, Oliv., Coll. II, 22, 1, 2 ;— T. Weben, Fab. •,—T. damicornis,
Id.; — T. dermesto'ides, Scheff., Elem. Entom., 138; — Corynetes satiguinicollis, Fab.
See Schoenh., Syuon. Insect., I, 2, p. 46.

COLEOPTERA, 445

domicll in the country, in old wood, and under stones; their habits
are the same.

Such are the characters of the genus

Ptinus, Lin.
In some, the head and thorax, or the anterior half of the body, is
narrower than the abdomen ; the antennce are always terminated in
the same manner, simple or but slightly serrated, and at least almost
as long as the body.

Ptinus, Lin., Fab, — Bruchus, Geoff.

The antenna? of the true Ptini arc inserted between the eyes, which
are protuberant or convex. Their body is oblong.

They are generally found in houses, and chiefly in granaries and

inhabited places. Their larvae destroy our herbaria and desiccated

specimens of animals. The antennae of the males are longer than

those of the females, and, in several species, these latter are apterous.

P. fur, L., Fab. ; P. latro, striatm, F. ; Oliv. Col. 11, 17, i. 1,

3 ; ii, 9, var. of the male. One line and a half in length ; light

brown ; antennae as long as the body ; a pointed projection on

each side of the thorax, and between them two others, rounded

and covered with a yellowish down : two transverse, greyish

bands on the elytra, formed by hairs.

According to De Gecr, it feeds on Flies and other dead In-
sects that fail in its way. The larva? are very injurious to her-
baria and other collections of natural history.

P. imperialis. Fab. ; Oliv., Jb., I, 4. Remarkable for two
spots on the elytra, which, together, form a rudo figure of a
two-headed Eagle. On old wood *.

I have frequently foimd on fecal matters, the P. germain,
Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, p. 279, which is closely allied to
the P. fur f.

GiBBiuM, Scop. — Ptinus, Fab. Oliv.

The antennae inserted before the eyes, which are flattened and very
small ; scutellum wanting or indistinct ; the body short ; abdomen
very large, turgid, almost globular and semidiaphanous ; the antennae
smaller at the extremity, and the elytra soldered. These Insects
also reside in our herbaria, &c. |.

In the others, the body is oval, ovoid, or nearly cylindrical; the

* It appears to me that this species belongs to the genus Hedobia of the
Catalogue of Dejean. It differs from Ptinus in the antennae, which are more
remote from each other, and slightly serrated, and particularly in the tarsi which are
short and composed of wide and almost cordiform joints, the last one particularly ;
the hooks of the latter are almost always concealed. In Ptinus these tarsi are
straight ; and their last joint resembles a reversed cone. The antennae are approxi-
mated at base.

t For the synonymes of the species of this genus, see Schoenh., Synon. Insect.
II, 106.

+ Ptinus scot ias, Fab.; Oliv., Col. lb. I, 2; Panz., Fauu. Insect. Germ., V, 8;
—P. sukatus, Fab.

44S INSECTA.

thorax the width of the abdomen, at least at base; the antennse
either uniform and serrated or pectinated, or terminated by three
joints much larger than the preceding ones ; they are shorter than
the body.

Ptilinus, Geoff. Oliv. — Ptinus, Lin.

The antennae from the third joint strongly pectinated or plumose
(en panache) in the males, and serrated in the females.

They inhabit dry wood, which they pierce with small holes. There
also they copulate, one of the sexes being without and suspended in
air *. In the

Xyletinus, Lat. — Ptilinus, Fab.

To which we will unite the Ochina of Ziegler and Dejean, the
antennse are simply serrated in both sexes f.

DoRCATOMA, Herbst., Fab.

The antennae consisting of but nine joints, terminating suddenly
in three larger ones; the two penultimate joints resembling the
teeth of a saw if.

Anobium, Fab., Oliv. Ptinus, Lin. — Byrrhus, Geoff.

The antennse also terminated by three larger or longer joints, but
the two penultimates are in the form of a reversed and elongated
cone, and that of the end is oval or nearly cylindrical ; they consist
of eleven joints.

Several species of this genus inhabit the interior of our houses,
where, in their larva state, they are very noxious, attacking the tim-
bers, furniture, books, &c., and piercing little round holes in them
similar to those made by a very small gimblet. Their excrements
form those little pulverulent piles of wood-dust which are frequently
observed on floors. The larvae of other species of Anobium attack
flour, wafers, cabinets of Birds, Insects, &c.

Both sexes, in the nuptial season, frequently summon each other

by reiterated and rapid strokes of their mandibles against the wood

they inhabit, and mutually answering the signal. Such is the cause

of that noise, resembling the accelerated tick of a watch, which is

so often heard, and which is superstitiously called the death-\catch.

A. tesselatum, Fab.; Oliv., Col. II, 16, i. 1, Three lines in

length; dead dusky brown, with yellowish spots formed by

hairs ; thorax smooth ; elytra not striated.

A. pertinax ; Ptiinis pertinax, L. ; A. striatum. Fab. ; Oliv.
lb. I, 4. Blackish ; thorax with a yellowish spot at each poste-
rior angle, and near the middle of its base a compressed eminence

* Ptilinus pectinicornis,'Fzti. ; Oliv., Col. II, 17, bis, 1, 1 ; — P. pectinaius, Fab.;
—P. serratus, Id. ; Ptinus denticornis, var. ; Panz., lb. VI, 9 ; XXXV, 9.

■f- Pliliyuts pallens, Germ. ; — Ptinus serricornis, Fab, In the Ochina hcderce, the
antennae are somewhat larger than those of the Xyletini, rather less serrated, the
second and third joints almost equal in length. I have not examined the other
species of Ochinae mentioned by Count Dejean in his Catalogue;

X Dwcatoma dnsdensis, Herbst., Col. IV. xxxix, 8.

COLEOPTERA. 447

divided anteriorly by a depression ; elytra with punctured striae.
According to De Geer, it will permit itself to be roasted to
death by a slow fire, rather than exhibit the least sign of life
when it is seized.

A. striatum, Oliv.; Anobium pertinax, Fab.; Panz., lb. LXVI,
5. Very similar to the preceding, but smaller, and destitute of
the yellow spots at the posterior angles of the thorax — very
common in houses. M. Dufour has observed a number of ap-
pendages round its pylorus which form a kind of strawberry.

A. paniceuvi. Fab; A. minutum. Id. ; Oliv. lb. II, 9. Very
small; fulvous; thorax smooth ; elytra striated. It gnaws fari-
naceous substances, and devastates our cabinets of Insects, if
left undisturbed. It also establishes its domicil in cork*.

The third and last section of the Serricornes, forming also a last
tribe, that of the Xylotrogi, is distinguished from the two pre-
ceding ones, as we have already stated, by the entire freedom of
the head, and consists of the genus

Lymexylon, Fab.,

Which we will divide as follows.

In some, the maxillary palpi ax'e much lai'ger than those of the
labium, pendent, pectiniform or tufted in the males, and terminated
by a large ovoid joint in the females. The antennee are short,
slightly widened in tlie middle, and narrowed at the extremity. The
tarsi are filiform, and all the joints entire ; the four posterior long
and very slender.

Those, whose elytra are very short, and in the form of a little
scale, constitute the genus

Atractocerus, Palis, de Beauv. — Necydalis, Lin. —
Lymexylon, Fab.

The antennae compressed and almost fusiform; thorax square;
abdomen depressed.

A. necydaloides^YoXis. de Beauv., Magaz. Encyclop.; Necy-
dalis brevicornis, L. ; Lymexylon abbreviatum, Fab. ; Macro-
gaster abbreviatus, Thunb. This Insect is found in Guinea, and
appears to differ but little from another species that inhabits
Brazil. There is a second much smaller and perfectly distinct,
enclosed in amber, that belongs to the Museum. A third is
met with in Java.

Those, in which the elytra are as long as the abdomen, or not
much shorter, form two subgenera.

Here, the antennae are compressed and serrated, the joints trans-
versal ; thorax almost square. Such is the

* See Schoenh., Synon. Insect., I, 2, p. 101. Some of the species of Fabricius
belong to the genus Cis.

448 INSECTA.

Hyleccetus, Lat. — Meloe, Cantharis, Lin. — Lymexylon, Fah.

H. dermestoides ; Meloe Marci, L., the male; Lymexylon
morio. Fab.; L. prohoscideum, Id.; Cantharis dermestoides, L.,
the female; H. dermestoides. Fab., Id. ; Oliv., Col., II, 25 ; I, 1,
2, It. The female is six lines in length ; pale-fulvous ; pectus
and eyes black. The male is black ; the elytra sometimes
blackish, and sometimes rcddisli, with a black extremity. Ger-
many, England, and the north of Evirope.
There, the antennae are simple, slightly or not at all compressed,
and almost moniliform. The thorax is nearly cylindrical.

Lymexylon, Fab. — Cantharis, Lin. — Elateroides, Schceff.

L. navale, Fab., the female ; L. flavipes, Id., the male; Oliv.,
lb., 1,4. Length of the preceding, but narrower; pale-fulvous;
the head, exterior margin, and extremity of the elytra, black ;
the latter colour rather more predominant in the male. This
Insect is very common in the Oak forests of the north of
Europe, but rare in the vicinity of Paris; its larva is very
long and slender, almost resembling a Filaria. It multiplied so
excessively in the dock yards at Toulon some years ago, as to
destroy great quantities of timber *.

In the others the palpi are very short, and similar in both sexes t-

The antennae are always simple and of equal thickness throughout.

The tarsi are short, and the penultimate joint in some is bilobate.

The body is of a firm consistence, the top of the head unequal or
sulcated, and the thorax nearly square or suborbicular.

CupEs, Fab.

Joints of the antennise almost cylindrical ; penultimate joint of the
tarsi bifid, mandibles unidentated under the point ; palpi, maxillae,
and ligula exposed, the latter bilobate; mentum nearly semi-or-
bicular.

Two species are known, both proper to North America :]:.

Rhysodes, Lat. Dalm.

The antennae granose and all the joints of the tarsi entire. The
mandibles appear to me to be narrowed and almost tricuspidate at
the end ; the mentum is corneous, very large, clypeiform and termi-
nated superiorly by three teeth or points ; the palpi are very short.

* The Lymexylon prohoscideum of Olivier, from which he took his description,
and which is now in the cabinet of Count de Jousselin of Versailles, should form
a separate genus. See also the Lymexylon flahellicorne of Panzer, Faun. Insect.
Germ., XI, 10.

•f The last joint, at least that of the maxillary palpi, is somewhat thicker and
almost ovoid.

+ Cupes Capitafa, Fab. ; Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, viii, 2 ; Coqueb.,
Illust. Icon. Insect., Ill, xxx, 1.

COLEOPTERA. 449

Notwithstanding the number of tarsial joints, this genus seems to
approach that of Cucujus and even certain Brenti, with a short pro-
boscis in both sexes. The habits of these Insects are the same as
those of the Xylophagi*.

FAMILY IV.

CLAVICORNES.

I" the fourth family of the pentamerous Coleoptera, as in the
third, we find four paljji, and elytra covering the superior surface
of the abdomen, or its greater portion ; but it differs in tlie antennae,
which are almost always tliicker at the extremity, that even fre-
quently forms a perfoliaceous or solid club ; they are longer than the
maxillary i)alpi, and their base is exposed, or barely covered. The
legs are not natatory, and the joints of the tarsi, at least those of the
posterior ones, are usually entire.

In their larva state, at least, they feed on animafmatters.
We will divide this family into two sections : the common charac-
ters of the first of which are, antennae always composed of eleven
joints, longer than the head, not forming from the third a fusiform
or nearly cylindrical club, and their second joint not dilated in the
form of an auricle ; last joint of the tarsi, as well as its hooks, of
a moderate length, or small.

These Clavicornes are terrestrial, while those of our second
section are aquatic or shore Insects, thus leading to the Palpicornes,
most of which inhabit water, and whose antennae never consist of
more than nine joints.

The first section will comprise several small tribes. The first,
that of the Palpatores, in a natural series, should be placed near
the Pselaphii and Brachelytraf. Their antennae, which are, at
least, as long as the head and thorax, slightly enlarge towards the
extremity, or are nearly filiform ; their two first joints are longer
than the following ones. The head is distinguished from the
thorax by an ovoid strangulation.

The maxillary palpi project, are long and inflated at the extre-
mity. The abdomen is large, oval or ovoid, and embraced laterally
by the elytra. The legs are elongated, thighs clavate. and tarsial
joints entire.

* Rhi/sodes exara/us, Dalai., Auulcct. Eutom., p. 93. This species ha* lately
been discovered by jNl. Leon Diifoav in the Pyrenees.

f An approximation which appears to us to result from thz organs of mai.duca-
tion and the habits.

VOL. in. G G

450 INSECTA.

These Insects remain on the ground, under stones and other
bodies. Some — the Scydmseni — frequent wet places. We will unite
them in a single genus, that of

Mastigus.

Mastigus, Hoff. — Ptinus, Fah.

Joints of the antennae nearly in the form of a reversed cone, the
first very long and the last ones hardly thicker than the others ; the
two last joints of the maxillary palpi forming an oval club ; thorax
almost ovoid ; abdomen oval *.

ScYDMJENUs, Lat. Gyll. — Pselaphus, Illig. Payk. — Anthicus, Fah.

Antennae granose, sensibly inflated towards the extremity, and but
slightly geniculate ; maxillary palpi terminated by a very small and
pointed joint; thorax nearly globvilar ; the almost ovoid abdomen
shorter in proportion than in Mastigus f .

In all the foll(jxving Clavicornes the head is generally sunk in
the thorax, and the maxillary palpi are never at the same time so
much projected and clavate ; the ensemble of their physiognomy
also exhibits other differences.

The genus Hister forms our second tribe, which, Avith Baron
Paykull, who has so profoundly studied it, we will name the Histe-
RoiDEs. Here the four posterior legs are more remote from each
other at base than the two anterior, a character alone that distin-
guishes this tribe from all others of the same family. The legs
are contractile, and the outer side of the tibiae is dentated or
spinous. The antennae are always geniculate, and terminated by
a solid club composed of crowded joints. The body is extremely
fii-m, and usually forms a square or parallelopiped ; the praesternum
is frequently dilated anteriorly, and the elytra are as often truncated.
The mandibles project, are strong, and frequently unequal as to size.
The palpi are almost filiform, or slightly enlarged near the end,
and terminated by an oval or ovoid joint.

In habits, the dentations of their tibiae, and some other characters,
these Insects seem to approach the Coprophagi Lamellicornes, but

* Mastigus palpalis, Lat., Gener. Crast. et Insect., i, 281 ; viii, 5. See Schoenh.
Synon. Insect. I, ii, p. 59, and Kliig, Entom. Monog., p. 163.

■f- Scydmccmis Hehciyii, Fab. ; Notoxus miuutus, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ.
XXIII, 5;— S. Godarti, Lat., I, viii, 6 ;— S. hirticollis 7 Gyll. ;— S. minufus, Id.;
Anthicus minufus, Fab. See SchcEnherr, Synon. Insect. I, ii, p. 57. M. Duros, of
tbe King's body-guard, who is peculiarly fortunate in discovering small species,
has detected the S. clavafus, Gyll., in an Ant-hill near Paris. This fact, with some
others, confirms me in my opinion that these Insects, with the Pselaphii, imme-
diately follow the Brachelytra,

COLEOPTBRA. 451

from other considerations, founded on their anatomy, they approxi-
mate to the Silphse — such also is the opinion of M. Dufour, Ann.
des Sc. Nat., Octob. 1824. The alimentary canal of the species he
dissected — the sinuatus — is from four to five times the length of
the body. The oesophagus is very short ; the oblong enlargement
that immediately follows exhibits through its parietes certain
brownish lines, which seem to indicate the existence of internal
triturating appendages; if this be the case, the enlargement is
entitled to the appellation of gizzard ; the chylific ventricle is very
long, flexed, and studded with pointed and very salient papillae.
The hepatic vessels have six distinct insertions round the chylific
ventricle — Ibid. July, 1825. Randohr reduces their number to
three, so that each of them would have two insertions : but such a
disposition of their vessels is doubtful.

These animals feed on cadaverous or stercoraceous matters and
decomposing vegetable substances, such as dung, old mushrooms, &c,:
some establish their domicil under the bark of trees. Their gait is
slow, and their colour a brilliant black or bronze. Such of their larvae
as have been observed — those of the merdarius, cadaverinus — feed
on the same substances as the perfect Insect. Their body is glabrous,
soft, and of a yellowish Avhite, the head and first segment excepted,
the dermis of which is brown or reddish; it is provided with six short
legs, and is terminated posteriorly by two articulated appendages, and
an anal and tubular prolongation; the squamous plate of the first
segment is longitudinally canaliculated.

This tribe, as we have already stated, will consist exclusively of the
genus

HiSTER, Lin.

Baron PaykuU restricted his division of this genus to the separation
of certain strongly flattened species, with which he formed that of
Hololepta, but Doctor Leach has established four more *.

In some, the tibiae, at least the anterior ones, are triangular, den-
tated exteriorly, and the antennae always free and exposed ; the body
is generally square, but slightly or not at all inflated.

They may be divided into two subgenera. In the first or

Hololepta, Payk.
The body is strongly flattened, the praesternum does not projeck
over the mouth, and the four posterior tibiae have but a single range
of spines; the terminal lobe of the maxillae is prolonged; the mentum
is deeply emarginated, and the palpi, proportionally more advanced,
are formed of almost cylindrical joints.

* Zool, MisceU., Ill, p. 76.

o G 2

452 INSECTA,

They live under the bark of trees. The animal figured by PaykuU,
as the larva of a species of this subgenus, is that of a species of Syr-
phus, or Fly*.

The other Histeroides, in which the prsesternum projects over the
mouth, the maxillae are terminated by a short lobe, with but slightly
projecting palpi composed of joints which, the last excepted, are
rather in the form of a reversed cone than cylindrical, and finally, in
which the mcntum is slightly emarginated, will re-enter the subgenus

HiSTEK, properly so called.

Some species in which, as in the Hololeptse, the four posterior tibiae
have but a single range of small spines, and that also live under the
bark of trees, constitute the genera Platysoma and Dendrophilus
of Leach. The first f only diifers from the second + in the flattening
of the body above, and in the shortening of the thorax, which is also
narrowed anteriorly. A species of the same division, H. probosci-
deus, Payk., Monog., VIII, 4, has a peculiar form. The body is long
and narrow, and the thorax more than half as long again as it is
wide.

The remaining Histeroides have two ranges of s])ines on the four
posterior tibiae. They are the only ones which Dr. Leach retains in
the genus Hister.

H. unicolor, L.; Payk., lb., II, 7- Four lines in length; en-
tirely black and glossy; three dentations on the exterior side of
the two first tibise ; two striae on each side of the thorax, and
four on the external part of each elytron, that nearest the mar-
gin interrupted. Very common.

The number of tibial dentations, that of the striae on the thorax
and elytra, their punctures, and the form of the body, have furnished
M. Paykull with excellent characters, by means of which he has well
described the species.

A last subdivision of this tribe comprises very small Histeroides,
with a thick and almost globular body, of which the but slightly or
not at all laterally compressed praesternum does not advance over the
mouth, and is straight in front.

In some — Abr.^us, Leach — it is prolonged to the anterior angles
of the thorax, and entirely covers the antenna? M'hen they are con-
tracted; in the others — Onthophilus, Leach — it is narrower; but
here the antennal club is received into a very distinct orbicular cavity,
situated under the anterior angle of the thorax. The anterior tibiae
are frequently narrow, almost linear, and edcntated. The last supe-
rior semi-segment of the abdomen is curved infcriorly, and appears
to terminate it§.

* Hist. Monog., p. 101, et seq.

t Hister picipes, Fab,; Payk., lb., VIII, 5;—H.fuviconiis, Id., VIII, 6;—H.
ollongiis, Id,, X, 3,

X A. pundatus, Id., VII, 5.

§ The H. globosus, Payk., VIII, 2, is referred by Leach to his genus Abraus, and
also the H, minutus, Id., VIII, 1; to his Onthophilus, he refers the Hist, striaivs,

COLEOPTERA. 453

The legs of the other Clavicornes are inserted at an equal distance
from each other. Those in which these organs are not contractile,
and the tarsi at most can only be flexed on the tibias, whose mandi-
bles are most commonly salient and flattened or not thick, and whose
prsesternum is never dilated anteriorly, will constitute five other
tribes.

In the third tribe of this family, that of the Silphales, we find five
distinct joints in all the tarsi, and the mandibles terminating in an
entire jDoint without emargination or fissure*. The antennse termi-
nate in a club that is most commonly perfoliaceoiis and consisting of
from four to five joints. The internal side of the maxillae, in most
of them, is furnislied with a horny tooth. The anterior tarsi are fre-
quently dilated, at least in the males. The exterior margin of the
elytra of the greater number is marked by a groove with a well raised
border.

This tribe is composed of the genus

SiLPHAj Li7i. — Peltis, Geoff,

Here the antennae are suddenly terminated by a short and solid club,
formed by the four last joints ; the second is larger than tlie following
ones. The body is almost square, the elytra are truncated, the tibiae
dentated, the tarsi simple, and the mandibles bidentated on the inner
side; the last joint of the maxillary palpi is as long as the two pre-
ceding ones taken together. There is a horny tooth on the inner
side of the maxillye. So closely do these Insects resemble the His-
teroides, that Fabricius confoimded them. Such are those which
form the

Sph.erites, Dufts. — Sarapus, Fisch. — Hister, Fab. — Nitidula,
Gyllen f .

Here, the antennae terminate in a perfoliaceous club.

Sometimes the body is oblong, and the head, strangulated poste-
riorly, is as wide as the anterior margin of the thorax, or not much
narrower; the latter forms a square witli rounded angles; the elytra
form a long square, and are suddenly and strongly truncated at their
posterior extremity. The posterior thighs, at least in the males, are
usually inflated. The last joint of the maxillary palpi is rather more
slender than the preceding one, almost cylindrical, somewhat smaller
at the end, and obtuse. The anterior tarsi are dilated in the males.

Payk., lb., XI, 1 ; — H. sulcatvs, X, 8; — the hispidus, Id., XI, 2, appears to be con-
generic. The genus Ceutocerus of Germar, Insect. Spec. Nov., T, p. S.5, 1, 2, from
the form of the antenua;, legs, &c., would naturally seem to come after the Hisfe-
ruichx, but the elytra cover the abdomen aud the mandibles are not salient. I have
never seen a specimen of this genus.

* Dentations, however, are sometimes found on the internal side, as in Spha;rites.

t Dufts., Faun. Aust., I, p. 203; Hister glahratus, Fab.; Sturm, I, xx; Serapus,
Fisch., Mem. of the Soc. of Nat. Hist, of Moscow.

454

Necrophorus, Fab. — Silpha, Lin. — Dermestes, Geoff.

The antennae, hardly longer than the head, terminate abruptly in
an almost globular club of four joints, the first of which is long, and
the second much shorter than the third. The body nearly forms a
parallelopiped ; the thorax is Avidcst anteriorly ; all the tibiae are
strong, widened at the extremity and terminated by stout spurs; the
elytra are truncated at right angles. The maxillae are destitute of a
horny unguiculus.

Their instinctive habit of burying the bodies of Moles, Mice, and
other small quadrupeds, have procured for them the names of enter-
reurs and porte-morts. When they find a dead animal of the above
description, they work under it and excavate a hole of sufficient di-
mensions to contain the body, Avhich they gradually drag into it; in
this body they deposit their ova, and thus the larvae find their food in
the very nidus in which they are hatched. They are long, and of a
greyish white colour; the anterior segments are covered superiorly
with a small, fulvous-broAvn, squamous plate, and the posterior with
little elevated points, They are furnished with six feet and strong
mandibles. When about to pass into the state of a chrysalis, they
penetrate deeply into the earth, where they construct a cell, which
they line with a viscid substance.

These Insects, as well as many others that inhabit dead animal
bodies, diffuse a strong odour resembling musk. Their habits have
lately attracted the attention of Mole-catchers, and in the work enti-
tled L'Art du Taiipier, we find certain facts relative to this subject
which had escaped the observations of naturalists. The sense of
smell must be excessively acute in these Insects, for but a short time
elapses after a Mole has been killed, when Nccrophori are seen cir-
cling about it, although they were previously sought for in vain in
the same locality.

The digestive canal of tlie Necrophori and Silphae is at least thrice
the length of the body. The oesophagus is very short and followed
by an ellipsoidal gizzard, whose lining tunic is sHghtly scabrous and
bristled, at least in several species, with pointed setae variously di-
rected, but arranged in eight longitudinal bands separated by smooth
intervals. The intestinal canal is very long, particularly in the Ne-
crophori and Necrcdes. Its surface, in the latter, as Avell as in the
Silphae, is thickly studded with salient and granular points. It opens,
either laterally or directly, into a smooth enlargement, which, ac-
cording to Dufovir — Ann. des Sc. Nat., Octob. 1824 — may be com-
pared to a caecum. To the side is appended a pediculated oval or
oblong bursa, which constitutes a part of the excrementitious appa-
ratus. There are four biliary vessels, slender, extremely long and
very flexuous, each of which is separately inserted round the extre-
mity of the chylific ventricle. — Dufour, lb., July, 1825. From the
figure of the alimentary canal of the Necrophorus ve'^pillo, given by
Randohr, it appears that the great intestine, instead of being covered
with granular papillae, is furnished with transverse muscular fillets,
forming annular plicae,

COLEOPTERA. 455

N. vespillo; SUpha vespillo, L, ; Oliv., Col. II, 10, i, 1. From
seven to eight lines in length ; black ; three last joints of the
antennae red ; elytra with two orange, transverse and indented
bands ; coxae of the two posterior legs armed with a strong tooth ;
the tibiae are curved,

A'^. morhiorum, Fab. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XLI, 3,
Smaller ; antennae entirely black ; the second transverse orange
band of the elytra observed on the vespillo, usually forming a
large lunated spot. Found in woods, and frequently in mush-
rooms.

N. germanicus, Fab. ; Oliv., lb., 1, 2, a, b. More than an inch
long ; all black ; external margin of the elytra fulvous ; a ferru-
gineous yellow spot on the front.

N. humator. Fob. ; Oliv., lb. 1, 2, c. Always smaller than the
gernianicus, and differing from it in the orange hue of the an-
tennal club.

North America produces several species, one particularly —
N. grandis, Fab. — that surpasses all others in size *.
This genus seems to be confined to the northern districts of Europe
and America.

Nkcrodes, Wilk. — SiLPHA, Lin. Fab.

The antennae manifestly longer than the head, and terminated by
an elongated club of five joints, the second of which is larger than
the third. The body is an oblong oval, with an almost orbicular
thorax, widest in the middle ; the tibiae are narrow, elongated, but
slightly widened at the end, and terminated by two ordinary spurs;
the elytra are obliquely truncated.

Species of this subgenus are found in Europe, tropical Ame-
rica, the East Indies, and New Holland f.

Sometimes the body is oval or ovoid ; the head not at all or but
very slightly strangulated posteriorly, and narrower than the thorax ;
the thorax either almost semicircular and truncated, or trapezoidal
and wider behind ; the elytra rounded or simply emarginated at the
posterior extremity. There is but little or no difference in the pos-
terior legs of the two sexes.

The maxillae are armed internally with a tooth or squamous hook.

SiLPHA, Lin. Fab. — Peltis, Geoff.

The body almost scutiform and depressed, or but slightly elevated ;
thorax semicircular, truncated or very obtuse before ; exterior mar-
gin of the elytra strongly recurved and canaliculatcd ; palpi filiform,
their last joint ahnost cylindrical, and, in several, terminating in a
point. Most of them live in carrion, and thus diminish the quantity
of its noxious effluvia. Some climb on plants, and particularly on

* For the other species, see Fab., Oliv., and Schcenherr, I, ii, p. 117.
t Silpha litforalis, Fab., Oliv., Col., II, i, 8, a, b, c; — S. surinamensis, Fab., Oliv.,
lb., II; — S. lachrymosa, Schreib., Lin. Trans., VI, xx, 5; — S. indica, Fab., &c.

456 INSECTA.

the stems of Wheat, where they find little Helices, on which they
feed. Others remain on high trees and devour caterpillars. The
larvae are all equally active, live in the same manner, and frequently
in large societies. They hear a great resemblance to the perfect In-
sect. Their body is flattened, and consists of twelve segments, with
acute posterior angles ; the posterior extremity is narrower and ter-
minated by two conical appendages.

In most of the species, the two anterior tarsi of the males are alone
more dilated than the others. The antennae insensibly enlarge or
terminate abruptly in a club of four joints at most, the second and
third of which differ but little ; the last joint of the maxillary palpi
is, at most, as long as the penultimate, and frequently somewhat
shorter and more slender.

Those species in which the extremity of the antennae is distinctly
perfoliaceous or composed of joints, which, the last excepted, are
wider than they are long, where this club is abrupt, and the elytra are
emarginated at their extremity, at least in the males, form the genus
Thanatophilus, Leach*.

Those, in which the elytra are entire, but where the antennae are
similar to those of the preceding, constitute his Oiceptoma.

S. thoracica, L. ; Fab.; Oliv., Col. II, II, i, 3, a, b. Black;
thorax red and silky ; three flexuous elevated lines on each ely-
tron, the exterior shortest, forming a carina, and terminating
near a transverse tubercle; posterior extremity of the elytra, in
the males, terminating in a point at the suture. In the woods
particularly.

S. quadripunciata, L, ; Fab. ; Oliv., lb. I, 7, a, b. Black ;
margin of the thorax and elytra yellowish, each of the latter
with two black dots, one at base and the other in the middle.
Peculiar to forests, but usually remains on young Oaks, where it
feeds on caterpillars f .
Those in which the extremity of the antennae is likewise perfo-
liaceous, but where the club is formed gradually, according to Leach,
alone retain the generic appellation of Silpha. They are usually
found in fields, along the roads, &c.

S. IcEvigata, Fab. ; Oliv., lb. I, i, a, b. Shining black ; mul-
tipunctured ; thorax much narrower than before ; elytra with-
out elevated lines.

S. obscura, L. ; Fab. ; Oliv., lb., II, 18. Dusky black ; tho-
rax truncated anteriorly ; elytra more deeply punctured ; three
raised but slightly salient and short lines, the intermediate the
longest, on each of the latter.

S. reticulata, L. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., V, 9. Opaque
black ; thorax truncated before ; three raised lines on each ely-
tron, the exterior largest and forming a carina, terminated by a
tubercle, with transverse rugae in the intervals +.

» Silpha sinuuta, Fab.; Oliv., lb,, II, 12; — S. dispar, Illig., Gyllenh., &c.

t Add, S. 1-ugosa, Fab. ; Oliv., II, lb., 17 ; — S, laponica, Fab.

X Add, S. opaca, Fab.; Herbst., Col., LI, 16 ;— S. ttistis, Illig., &c.

COLEOPTERA. 457

The antennae of some are not distinctly perfoliate at the extremity,
the last joints being almost globular. They are the Phosphuga, Id. *

A species from Germany, which might form a separate subgenus —
Necrophilus, Lat. — is removed from the preceding ones by several
characters. It is the

S. suhferranea, lUig., and ethers. The four anterior tarsi are
similar and dilated at base, the two first joints, at least in the
males, being evidently broader than the two following ones.
The third joint of the antennae is longer than the preceding one,
and the five last form abruptly a perfoliaceous club. The last
joint of the maxillary palpi is as long as the two preceding ones
taken together.

Argyrtes, Fresh. — Mycetophagus, Fab.

The body tolerably thick, convex, and arcuated superiorly, not
scutiform; thorax somewhat wider than long, and a little narrower
before ; exterior margin of the elytra inclined and not canaliculated ;
last joint of the maxillary palpi thicker and ovoid f .

Certain Clavicornes, which seem to approach Argyrtes in their
habits and other characters, but whose mandibles are cleft or biden-
tated at the extremity, will compose ovir fifth tribe, that of the Sca-
PHiDiTEs. Their tarsi consist "of five very distinct and entire joints.
The body is oval, narrowed at both ends, arcuated or convex above,
and thick in the middle ; the head low, and received posteriorly into
a trapezoidal thorax, widest behind, the margin of which is but
slightly or not at all recurved. The antennae are usually at least as
long as the head and thorax, and terminated m a quadriarticulated
and elongated club. The last joint of the palpi is conical. The legs
are elongated and slender. With the exception of some species — the
Cholevae — the tarsi are nearly similar in both sexes.

This tribe consists of the genus

SCAPHIDIUM.

ScAPHiDiuM, Oliv. Fab. — Silpha, Lin.

In the true Schaphidia, the five last joints of the antennae are almost
globular, and compose the club. The maxillary palpi project but
little, and gradually taper to a point, the penultimate joint not being
thicker than the last at their junction. The body is navicelliform ;
the margin of the thorax slightly recurved, and the elytra truncated.

* S. atrata, Fab. ; — S. pedemontana, Id., var. ; Oliv., lb., I, 6.

t Argi/rtes castaneits, Gyllen., Insect., Suec. I, iii, p. 682; Mycetophagus castaneus,
Fab.; M. spinipes, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. XXIV, 20. I suspect the A. sub-
mger, Dej., is merely the female.

458 INSECTA.

They inhabit mushrooms. But few species are known; one from
Cayenne and the rest from the north of Europe (a).

Choleva, Lat. Spence, — Catops, Fab. — Peltis, Geoff.

Most of the joints of the antennal club turbiniform and more or
less perfoliaceous ; maxillary palpi very salient and abruptly subulate ;
the body ovoid ; thorax plane, without a border ; the four first joints
of the anterior tarsi, and the first of the intermediate ones, dilated in
the males of some species — Catops blapsoides. Germ.

In the Cholevae properly so called, the antennae are about the length
of the head and thorax ; their eighth joint, or the second of the club,
is evidently shorter than the preceding and following one, and some-
times is even indistinct; the last is semi-ovoidal and pointed *.

In the Mylcechus, Lat., Oliv., — Catops, Payk., Gyll., the antennae
are shorter, tlie eighth joint is larger than the preceding, and almost
equal to the following one, the last is rounded and obtuse on the
summit f.

The fifth tribe, or that of the Nitidularle, approximates to the
fourth in the scutiform and bordered body, but the mandibles are bifid
or emarginated at the extremity ; the tarsi seem to consist of but four
joints, the first and last, in some, being only visible beneath, where
they merely form a slight projection, and the penultimate in the re-
mainder being very small, in the form of a knot, enclosed between
the lobes of the preceding ones. The antennal club is always perfo-
liaceous, consists of three or four joints, and is usually short or but
little elongated.

The palpi are short and filiform, or somewhat thickest at the ex-
tremity, The elytra in several are short or truncated. The legs are
but slightly elongated, and their tibiae frequently widened at the end;
the tarsi are furnished with hairs or pellets. The habitation of these
Insects varies with the species ; they are found on flowers, in mush-
rooms, putrified meat, and under the bark of trees. They form the
genus

NiTIUULA.

In some, the antennal club consists of but two joints, and the an-
terior part of the head projects in the manner of a semicircular flat-
tened clypeus, covering the mandibles and other parts of the mouth.

* Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect., II, p. 26. Seethe Monograph of this genus,
puhlished by M. Spence in the Lin. Trans., and Paykull and Gyllenhal.
t Lat. lb., p. 30, VIII, ii; Oliv., Encyclop. Method., article Mylaque,

5:^ (a) Oliv., Col. II, 20. The Americans have at least one species, the S.'<i-gutia~
fum, Knoch, Melsh. C;ital., if not another, the S. '^-pustulatum ? Id. lb. See Say,
Journ. of the Acad, of Nat. So. of Pbilad. Ill, 199.— Eng. Ed.

OOLEOPTERA. 459

CoLOBicus, Lat.

In this and the following subgenus, the tarsi, from the point where
they are moveable, seem to consist of but four joints, of which the
three first, much shorter than the last, are entire, and simply furnished
underneath with a greater or smaller number of hairs; the first as in
several of the Cleri of Fabricius, is only visible underneath, where it
forms a little projection; it is also pilose. The palpi of the Colobici
and those of the following subgenus are terminated by a joint some-
what thicker than the preceding one *.

In the other Nitidularise, the artennal club always consists of three
joints, and the head never projects over the mouth.

Sometimes the first joint of tlie tarsi, as in the Colobici, is very
short, and the three following ones elongated, equal, entire, and
simply pilose underneath; the palpi are thickest at the extremity.
Such is

Thymalus, Latr. — Peltis, Fab. — Silpha, Lin.

In those species where the body is almost hemispherical — limhatus
— the antennal club is proportionally shorter, and the third and fol-
lowing joints smaller than the second; the tibial spurs are extremely
small f.

Sometimes the three first joints of the tarsi, at least those of the
males, are short, wide, and emarginated or bilobate ; the fourth is
very small, but slightly or not at all visible ; the maxillary palpi, at
least, are filiform.

Here, the tibitie, at least the anterior ones, are widened at the ex-
tremity in the form of a reversed triangle ; the first joint of the an-
tennse is usually larger than the second, and the elytra are generally
truncated posteriorly, or very obtuse.

In the two following subgenera, the third joint of the antennae is
evidently longer than the following one, and the antennal club abrupt
and nearly orbicular or oval.

Ips, Fab. — NiTiDULA, Oliv. Lat. — Silpha, Lin.

The body always forming an oblong oval, and depressed ; posterior
extremity of the abdomen exposed ; one of the mandibles — the left —
truncated and tridentated at the extremity, and the other widened
and broadly emarginated or concave at the same end ; terminal lobe
of the maxillae elongated |.

NiTiDULA, Fab. — NiTiDULA, Strongylus, Herbst. — Silpha, Lin.

The two mandibles become narrowed near the extremity and ter-
minate in an emarginated or bifid point.

Some are flattened, oblong, or ovoid; the others are orbicular and
arched or proportionally more convex than the preceding. Thus

* Lat. Gener. Crust, et fnsect. II, p. 9, and I, xvi, 1,
f See Fabricius, Gyllenhal, and Schoenherr.

X Some of the species of Fabricius should apparantly be referred to his genus
Engis.

460 INSECTA,

some authors have placed certain species in genera of a similar form

but otherwise very different, such as Spheridium and Tritoraa.

A', ceneus. Fab.; N. viridescens, rufipes, var., Id.; Oliv., Col.,
II, ii, 12; 111,20, a, b; V, 33, a, b.' Small; form, an oblong
ovoid; of a brilliant bronze-green and multi-punctured; antermoe
blackish, terminated by a very large obtuse club ; thorax trans-
versal, slightly emarginated anteriorly, and bordered laterally ;
legs sometimes blackish brown, and sometimes fulvous*.
Here the second and third joints of the antennae are almost equal in

size, and the club is elongated in the form of a reversed cone, or is

pyriform.

Cercus, Lat. — CATHERETEs,Her6^/. Illig. — Dermestes,Li«. Fab. —
Spheridium, Fab. Gyll. — Nitidula, Oliv.

The body depressed, and elytra truncated; two first joints of the
antennae much larger in the males of some species than in the fe-
males, and perhaps this sid)genus should consist of such only, refer-
ring the others to Nitidula f .

There the tibiae are long, narrow, and almost linear; the elytra
cover the abdomen and are not truncated.

The body is oval, thorax trapezoidal, and the antennal club ob-
long; its two first joints arc nearly equal, and the third is hardly
longer than the fourth. Such are the

Byturus, Lat. Schaiih. — Dermestes, Geof. Fab. Oliv. — Ips,
Oliv. X

Those that compose our sixtli tribe, that of the Engidites, analog-
ous to the Nitidulariae in the emargination of the extremity of their
mandibles, are distinguished from them by their not projecting, or
but very little and simj^ly on the sides, beyond the labrum. Their
body is oval or elliptical, and the anterior extremity of the head
slightly extended into an obtuse or truncated point. The tarsi con-
sist of five II distinct joints, entire, and at most, slightly pilose under-
neath ; the penultimate is somewhat shorter than the preceding one.
The antennae terminate in a perfoliaceous triarticulated club ; the
elytra completely cover the abdomen, and the palpi are somewhat
thicker at the extremity. Some very small species inhabit the inte-
rior of liouses, and are frequently found on windows.

We will unite them all in a single genus, that of

Dacne.

Dacne, Lat. — Engis, Fab. Dej. — Erotylus, Oliv.
Their antennae terminate abruptly in a very large orbicular or

* See Fabricius, Olivier, Gyllenlial, Schcenherr, &c.
t See Gyllenh., Insect. Suec. I, p. 245.
X See Schoenh., Synon. Insect. I, ii, p. 95.

II Certain Cytophagi, or at least their males, according to some authors are
heteromerous.

COLEOPTERA.. 461

ovoid and compressed club, composed of crowded joints, of which the
middle one at least is much wider than it is long ; the third is longer
than tlie second and fourth.

The middle of the posterior margin of the thorax is dilated behind
or lobate, and the superior extremity of the mentum terminated in a
truncated or bidentated point *, In

Cryptophagus, Herbst. Schcenh. — Dermestes, Lin. Fab. — Ips, Oliv.
Lat. — Antherophagus, Knock,

The antennae are moniliform, their second joint as large as the
preceding or larger, and terminating in a less abrupt and narrower
club than in Dacnc, and with intervals between its segments f.

We now come to certain tribes in which the praesternum is fre-
quently dilated anteriorly in the manner of a chin-cloth, and which
differ from the preceding ones in their feet, which arc either wholly
or partially contractile ; the tarsi may be free, but the tibiae at least
can be flexed on the thigh. The mandibles are short, and generally
thick and dentated. The body is ovoid, thick, and covered with
deciduous scales or hairs of various colours. The antennae are
straight and usually shorter tlian the head and thorax. The head is
plunged into the thorax as far as the eyes. The thorax is but slightly
or not at all bordered, trapezoidal, and wider posteriorly ; the middle
of its posterior margin is frequently somewhat prolonged or lobate.
The larvae are pilose, and mostly feed on the exuviae or carcasses of
animals. Several are very injurious to entomological collections.

Those then in which the legs are not completely retractile, the
tarsi being always free, and the tibiae elongated and narrow, form our
seventh tribe, that of the Dermestini, and the great genus

Dermestes.
The only insects of this tribe whose antennae do not present two
distinct joints, and whose very short and inferiorly inflated palpi
afterwards terminate in a point, are those which form tlie

AsPiDiPHORUs, Ziegl. Dej.
Their body is orbicular %.
From among the species in which the antennae consist of eleven

* See Fab., Syst. Eleut.

t See Schcenh., Synon. Insect., I, ii. p. 96.

The anteanfe of the Antherophagi are proportionally thicker, composed of more
transversal joints, and terminated almost gradually in a club ; from the second to
the eighth they are nearly equal. The Cnjpioj^ha(jus silacevs, Gyll., has a projection
in the form of a tooth or horn on each side of the inferior surface of the head. The
Triphylla of Megerl. and Dej. only differ from the Crytopbagi in the number cf their
tarsial joints.

X Niildula orhiculata, Gyllenb.

462 INSECTA.

distinct joints, and the palpi are filiform or gradually enlarge, we will
first separate those whose antennae are not received into particular
fossulse in the under part of the thorax. The praesternum rarely ex-
tends over the mouth *,

In some, the antennae terminate abruptly in a large perfoliaceous
triarticulated club.

Dermestes, Lin., Geoff., Fab.

In Dermestes, properly so called, the antennae are similar, or differ
but very slightly in both sexes ; the length of the last joint is never
much greater than that of the preceding ones.

Certain species do great injury among furs, and devastate our col-
lections of natural history. De Geer calls them dessectors, and in
fact the Dermestes lardarius cuts to pieces the Insects of the cabinet
into which it has penetrated. The others devour the dead bodies of
all kinds of animals.

D. lardarius, L. ; Oliv., Col., II, 9, 1, 1. Black ; base of the
elytra cinereous and dotted with black. The larva is elongated,
insensibly tapered from head to tail, of a chesnut-brown above,
white beneath, furnished with long hairs and two squamous
horns on the last annulus. Its excrements resemble long
threads \.

Megatoma, Herbst., Lin., Geoff., Fab.

The Megatomae only differ from Dermestes in the club of their
antenae, which is much more elongated in the males than in the
females ; the terminal joint is lanceolate or forms an elongated tri-
angle.

M.pellio; Dermestes pellio,li. ; Oliv., lb., II. ii. But two
lines and a half in length ; black ; three white dots on the thorax,
and one on each elytron, formed by down. The larva is greatly
elongated, of a glossy reddish-brown, and covered with reddish
hairs, those of the posterior extremity forming a tail. It moves
by sliding, and as if by jerks, which is also the case with the per-
fect Insect, and the Dermestes J.

In others, such as

LiMNicHus, Zieg., Dej.,

The antennae become gradually thicker, and terminate in a larger
and ovid joint ; they are granose, and received under the anterior
angles of the thorax. The maxillae are terminated by two lobes, the

* The only exceptions are found in tlie Dermestes undatus (Megatoma) of Fabri-
cius, and the Limnichi, Ziegl.

t Add D. vulpinus, inurinus, affinis, laniarius, tasselatus, trifasciatus, Gyll., Insect.
Suec, I, p. 145, et seq.

X Add the Dermestes megatoma, Fab., of which his macellarius appears to be the
female ; — D. emarginatus, Gyll. ; — D. mdatus, Fab. The prssternum ia this latter
species projects over the moutb.

COLEOPTERA. 463

exterior of which is narrow and palpiform. The labial palpi are very
small ; the last joint of those of the maxillae is larger than the pre-
ceding ones and ovoid *

In all the following subgenera, the antennae, or least their club,
are received into particular and lateral cavities in the under part of
the thorax. The prsesternum is ahvays dilated or projected forwards
in the manner of a chin cloth.

Here, the antennal club is perfoliaceous and not solid. In

Attagenus, Lat. — Megatoma, LaY. — Dermestes, Fab.
The club is very large, almost serriform, and composed of three
joints, of which the first and last, particularly in the males, are the
longest. The body is ovoid, short, and but slightly convex. The
last joint of the mixillary palpi is larger and ovoid f,

Trogoderma, Lat., Dej. — Anthrenus, Fab.

Antennal club quadriarticulated at least ; body ovoid and oblong ;
palpi filiform %.

The antennal club is now solid or formed of crowded joints. The
body is ovid, short, and completely covered Avith little diciduous scales.
The thorax is lobate posteriorly. In

Anthkenus, Geoff., Fab. — Byrrhus, Lin.

The antennae, terminated by a club in the form of a reversed cone
are received into short cavities under the anterior angles of the
thorax.

These Insects are very small, living on flowers in their perfect
state and in that of larvae devouring desiccated animal matters, in-
sects particularly. The larvae are oval and furnished with hairs,
some of which are dentated, forming tufts ; the last are prolonged'
posteriorly into a kind of tail. Their final exuvium serves as a
cocoon for the chrysilis.

A. verbasci ; Byrrhus verbasci, L.; Oliv., Col. II, 10 1 2.
Grey above, reddish-yellow beneath ; the two angles of the
thorax, two transverse bands on the elytra, and a spot near their
extremity, grey ||.

Globicornis, Lat.

The antennae terminating in a globular club, and received into
fossulae extending to near the posterior angles of the thorax S.

* Byrrhus sericeus, Duft. ; B. pygmaus, Stxirm.

f Dermestes serra, Fab. ; Attagenus serra, Lat., Hist. Nat. des Crust, et des In-
sect., IX, p. 244 ; Megatoma serra, Id., Gener. Crust, et Insect, I, viii, 10 ; Anthre-
nius lienntnsis, Herbst., Col. VII, cxv, 10, k.

X Anlhremis elongatus, Fab.; A. rujicornis, Lat. Gen. Crust, et Insect., II, p. 59 ;
— A. versicolor, Creutz., Ent. Vers., I, ii, 21, a; — Dermestes sub/asciatus, GyU., In-
sect. Suec, I, p. 155.

II See Oliv. lb., and Fabricius, Syst. Eleut., I, p. 106.

§ Megatoma rufitarsis, Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., II, p. 35 ; Dermestes rxifi.
tarsis, Paoz., Faun. Insect. Germ,, xxxv, 6.

464 INSECTA.

The eighth tribe, that of the Byrrhii, differs from the preceding
in the perfect contractility of the legs ; the tibiae are susceptible of
being flexed on the thighs, and the tarsi on the tibiae *, so that when
thus folded and pressed against the body, the animal seems to be in-
animate and entirely destitute of feet. The tibiae are usually broad
and compressed. The body is short and convex.

This tribe is chiefly composed of the genus,

Byrrhus, Lin.
Those species which form the

NOSODENDRON, Lut.

Are removed from the others by their entirely exposed, very large,
and scutiform nientum. Their antennae terminate abruptly in a
short, perfoliaceous and triarticulated club. They are found in
wounds of trees, of the elm particularly f.

Byrrhus, Lin. — Cistela, Geoff.

The true Byrrhii differ from the preceding Insects in their men-
turn, Avhich is of an ordinary size and interlocked (at least partially)
by the prcesternum, whose anterior extremity is dilated.

In some, the antenncc enlarge insensibly, or terminate in an en-
gated club formed of from five to six joints.

B. pilula,L.; Oliv., Col. II, 13, 1, 1. From three to four
lines in length ; black beneath, blackish-bronze or soot colour
and silky above, with little black spots mingled with lighter ones
arranged in lines.

M. Waudouer has detected the larva of a variety of this spe-
cies. It is narrow and elongated ; the head thick ; the plate of
the first segment large, and the two last longer than the others.
It lives in Moss.

A second species — striata punctatus, Dej. — with similarly
formed antennae, constitutes a separate division, on account of
its tarsi, of which the fourth joint is very small and concealed be-
tween the lobes of the preceding one.

The antennae of another species, very small and covered with
hairs, terminate in a triarticulated club. It forms the genus
Trinodes, Megerl., and Dej. +.

On similar grounds we might alse separate from the Byrrhii
some other analogous species ||, in which the antennal club con-
sists of but two joints, the last much the thickest and nearly glo-
bular.

* In tlie Antlireui all the tibiee fold against the posterior side of the thighs ; but
in the others, the two that are anterior are flexed towards the head, and the other
behind.

t Lat., lb., II, p. 4,3 ; Oliv., Encyc. Mothod., article Nosodendre.

t Anthrenus hirtus, Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XI, 16.

II Byrrhus erinaceus, Ziegl. ; — B. setiger, Illig.

COLEOPTERA. 465

All the Byrrhii remain on the ground in sandy localities *.

It is impossible to describe the Clavicornes of our second section,
although a very natural one, but by the reunion of several characters.
Some of these Insects are removed from all others of the family by
their, antennae, which consist of nine or six joints; they are those,
which, in this respect, seem to approximate most closely to the Palpi-
cornes. The antennae of the other Clavicornes of the same section
are composed of eleven or ten joints ; but sometimes they are not
much longer than the head, and from the third joint form an almost
cylindrical or fusiform club, arcuated and somewhat serrated; some-
times they are nearly filiform and as long as the head and thorax
united ; but here, as in most of the other subgenera of the same divi-
sion, the tarsi are terminated by a large joint furnished with two
strong terminal hooks. Those of some — Helerocerus, Georissm —
consist of but four joints.

The body of these Insects is generally ovoid, and their head
plunged to the eyes in a trapezoidal thorax, ^\•ith a recurved lateral
margin, and terminating posteriorly in acute angles ; the preester-
num is dilated anteriority f, and the legs are imperfectly contractile.
They are found in the water, under stones in the vicinity of shores,
and frequently in the mud : some of them — Dry ops — are allied to the
Gyrini by the structvire and shortness of their antennse.

I will divide this section into two tribes J. The Insects which com-
pose the first or the Acanthopoda are remarkable for their flattened
and tolerably witle tibiae, armed anteriorly with spines ; for theii
short quadriarticulated tarsi, the hooks of which are of the usual size;
and for their depressed body. The preesternum is dilated. The an-
tennae are a little longer than the head, arcuated, and formed of

* For the other species, see Fabricius, Olivier, Schoenherr, Gyllenhal, &c.

The genus Murmidius, Leach, according to that gentleman, belongs to this tribe.
The antennje are composed of but ten joints, the last of -tthich forms au ovoido-glo-
bular club. See Lin. Trans., XIII, p. 41.

-|- Tlie Potamophili excepted.

X We might also divide the section in the following manner : —

I. Antennae composed of eleven joints.

A. Autennce clavate and very short.

a. TibicC spinous ; tarsi quadri-articulated.

Heterocerus.

b. Tibise simple ; five joints in the tarsi.

POTAMOPHILUS. DrYOPS.

B. Antennse filiform or slightly enlarged near the end, as long as the head
and thorax.

Elemis.

II. Antennae nine or six joints.

Macroxychus. Georissus.
VOL. III. H H

4:66 IN9ECTA.

eleven joints, the last six constituting an almost cylindrical and
slightly serrated club ; the second is short and not dilated.
This tribe is composed of a single genus

Heterocerus, Bosc, Fab.

These Insects are found in the sand or mud, along the borders of
rivulets, marshes, &c., issuing from their holes when disturbed by the
trampling of feet. The form of their tibias enables them to turn up
the earth, and conceal themselves in it ; their tarsi can be flexed upon
the tibia?. There also reside their larvte, which Avere first discovered
by M. Miger.

H. marginatm. Fab.; H. Icevigatus, lb.; Panz., Faun., Insect.,
Germ., XXIII, 12. A small, blackish, and silky Insect, with
little yellowish or reddish spots, varying in form and number,
and sometimes even wanting on the elytra.

M. Gyllenhal observes that the tarsi really consist of five
joints, the first of which is small and oblique. See Insect. Suec.
I, p. 138.
The second tribe, or that of the Macrodactyla, comprises Clavi-
cornes with simple, narrow tibiae and long tarsi, all — one genus ex-
cepted (Georissus^, well distinguished from every other tribe, by its
antennae of nine joints, of which the three last form an almost solid
club — composed of five distinct joints, the last of which is large, with
two stout terminal hooks. The body is thick or convex. The tho-
rax is less rounded, and most commonly terminates on both sides in
acute angles.

The principal type of this tribe is the genus

Dryops, Oliv.y

Or that of Parnus, Fab., which is divided in the following manner :
1. Those whose antennae, never much longer than the head, are
composed of from ten to eleven joints, Avhich, from the third, form an
almost cylindrical or slightly fusiform club, arcuated, and somewhat
serrated.

PoTAjroPHiLUs, Germ. — Parnus, Fab.

The Potamophili, which, ignorant of the establishment of this sub-
genus, we had named Hydera *, have their antennae exposed, and
not received into particular cavities ; they are rather longer than the
head ; the first joint is almost as long as the following ones taken to-
gether, and the second short and globular. The palpi are salient,
and the mouth is completely exposed as the praesternum does not
project over it, a character in this tribe exclusively peculiar to this
subgenus f .

* Regn. Anim., Ill, p. 268.

t Par/iKS acuminatus, Fab.; P&az., Faun. Insect. Germ., TI, 8; — Dryops picipeSf
Oliv., Ill, 41, 1, 2.

COLEOPTERA. 467

Dryops, Oliv. — Parnus. Fab.
In Dryops proper, the antennse, shorter than the head, are I'eceived
into a cavity situated under the eyes, and are almost covered by the
second joint, which is large, dilated, in the form of an almost triangu-
lar palette, and projects in the manner of an auricle, whence the name
of Dermeste a oreilles, given to the most common species by Geof-
froy *. The palpi are not salient.

2. Those in which the antennse, composed of eleven joints, are fili-
form, or merely a very little thicker near the extremity, and at least
nearly as long as the head and thorax.

Elmis, Lat. — LiMNius, Illig.
They are found in water, under stones, or on the leaves of the
Nymphaea f .

3. Those in which the always very short antennae consist of but
six or nine joints, and terminate in an almost solid, oval, or nearly
globular club.

Macronychus, 3IiilL, Germ,
These Insects have five distinct joints in the tarsi, an oblong body,
and antennse of six segments, the last of which — perhaps composed of
three — forms an oval club ; they can be folded under the eyes J.

Georissus, Lat., Gyll. — Pimelia, Fab.]
Here the tarsi consist of but four joints ; the body is short, turgid
and almost globular, and the abdomen embraced by the elytra ; the
antennae are composed of nine joints and terminate in a round club
formed by the three last §.

FAMILY V.

PALPICORNES.

In our fifth family of pentamerous Coleoptera, as in the fourth, we
observe antennse terminating in a club, usually perfoliaceous, but
consisting of nine points at most in all, and inserted under the lateral
and projecting edges of the head ; they are never much longer than
the latter and the maxillary palpi, and frequently even shorter than
the last-mentioned organs. The mentum is large and scutiform.

The body is usually ovoid or hemispherical, convex or arched.
The legs in several are adapted for natation, and then consist of but

* Latr. Gen. Crust, et Insect., II, 55; Schoenh., Synon. Insect, I, ii, p. ii6
The Drijops Dumerilii presents some differences in the length of the legs, the form
of the antennae and thorax, -nhich have induced Doctor Leach to form a separate
genus — Dryops — for it. The other species re-enter Parnus.

t Latr., lb., II, p. 49; Schoenh., lb. I, ii, p. 117; Gyllenh., Insect. Suec. I,
p. 551.

+ Macronychus quad rilulerculatus, Miill. ; Illig., Mag., V; Lat., Gener. Crust, et
Insect., II, p. 58; Parnus obscurus, Fab. ; Germ., Insect. Spec. Nov., I, p. 89.

II Pimelia pygmcea. Fab., Georissus pygmceus, Gyll,, Insect. Suec, I, iii, p. 675;
Trox dubius, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. LXII, 5.

hh2

468 INSECTA.

four very distinct joints, or of five, the first of which is much shorter
than the second ; all the joints are entire.

Those in which the legs are natatory, the first joint of the tarsi is
much shorter than the foUoAving ones, and the maxillae are entirely
corneous, will form our first tribe, that of the Hydrophilh, which
embraces the genus

Hydrophilus, Geoff.

Linnaeus merely made these Insects a division (the first) of his genus
Dytiscus, bat their anatomy is essentially different. The alimentary
canal of the Hydrophili is very analogous in its contexture and
length, Avhich is more than four or five times that of the body, to
that of the Lamellicornes, and only approximates to the same canal
of the carnivorous Insects Avith respect to the biliary vessels. They
neither have the natatory bladder nor excrementitious apparatus which
characterize the Hydrocanthari. In the females only, this appara-
tus is replaced by organs which secrete the matter that is to form
the cocoon that encloses the ova, and to produce it their anus is fur-
nished with two fusi. Finally, the male organs of generation have
the closest affinity with those of the Clavicornes *.

In some, where the body is oval, oblong and depressed, or elon-
gated and narroAV, the tliorax scabrous and narrowed posteriorly, the
tibiae are slender and furnished with small spurs, and the tarsi fili-
form, slightly ciliated and terminated by two strong hooks; the an-
tennae— always composed of nine joints — terminated in a slightly
perfoliaceous or nearly solid club, almost in the form of a reversed
cone, and tlie extremity of the mandibles is entire, or ends in a sin-
gle tooth. They arc all very small, swim but seldom or badly, and
inhabit stagnant waters, from which they occasionally remove, to
conceal themselves under stones or in the earth. They compose the
family of the He/pkorideo of Leach, a name Avliich reminds us of the
genus Elophorits of Fabricius.

Here the length of the maxillary palpi does not surpass that of the
antennae or is even less. The epistoma is entire or without any nota-
ble emargination.

Sometimes the maxillary palpi are terminated by a thicker and
oval joint.

Elophorus, Fah. — Silpha, L. — Dermestes, Geoff. — Hydrophilus,
De Geer,

The body oval, and tlie thorax transversal ; the eyes but slightly
prominent f .

Hydrochus, Germ. — Elophorus, Fah.
The Hydrochi are only distinguished from the preceding subgenus

* "The conformation and structure of the male organs of generation in the Pal-
picornes fully justify the position in the entomological series, assigned to them by
M. Latreille." — LeonDufour, Ann. des Sc. Nat., VI, p. 172.

t The Elophori of Fabricius, those species excepted which belong to the following
subgenera.

COLEOPTERA. 469

by their narrow and elon,G;ated form, their thorax Avhich has the
figure of a long square, and the prominence of their eyes *.

Sometimes tlie maxillary jjalpi are subulate or terminate in a more
slender joint, short and conical.

OcTHEBius, Leac/s, Germ. — Elophorus, Fab. — Hydr.exa, IlHg., Lett.

The thorax is nearly semi-orbicular f .

There, the maxillary palpi, terminated by a fusiform joint, larger
than the penultimate and pointed at the end, arc much longer than
the antennae and head. The epistoma is strongly emarginated.
Their appearance otherwise is that of the Octhebii,

Hydr^na, Kugel. Leach X.

In the other Hydrophili the body is ovoid or almost hemispherical,
and generally convex or arched, and the thorax always smooth and
wider than it is long ; the tibiae are terminated by strong spurs, and
the tarsi most frequently ciliated. The extremity of their mandibles
isbidentated. They embrace the family of the Hydrophilidea, Leach,
or the genus Hydrophilus, Fab.

Some have but six joints in the antennae ; their epistoma is emar-
ginated. Such are those which form the

Spercheus, Fab. §.

In the following the antennfe are always composed of eight or nine
joints, and the epistoma is entire, or on the anterior margin slightly
concave.

A species transmitted to us by our friend Doctor Leach presents
such singular characters that we have been induced to consider the
Insect as the type of a new subgenus ||, the

Globaria, Lat.

So named because its body is almost spherical and laterally com-
pressed, and because it appears susceptible of forming a ball, like an
Agathidium, Its antennae appear to me to be composed of but eight
joints, of which the fifth is dilated into a spine at the internal side,
the sixth forms a reversed and elongated cone, the seventh cylindri-

* Elophorus dongafus, Fab. ; — E. crenaftis, Id. ; — brevis, Gyllenh. See Germ.,
Insect. Spec. Nov. I, p. 90.

f E. ptjgmceus, Fab. ; —Hydrana riparia, Lat. ; — Hydrcena margipallcns , Lat. ;
— Elophorus marinns, Gyll. See Germ., lb., p. 90.

X E. mininms. Fab. Gyll.; Hi/praiia riparia, Kugel. ; H. longipalpis, Schoenh.,
Germ., Faun. Insect., Eur. VIII, 6. For the other species, see Germ., Insect.
Spec. Nov., I, p. 93.

§ Spercheus emarginafus, Fab. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XCI, 4. M. Bour-
don, a French naturalist who is now exploring Colombia, first discovered this
species in the vicinity of Paris.

II It would seem to come more naturally near that of Berosus, Leach; but on
account of the number of the antennal segments, I think it best to place it directly
after Spercheus. This order, however, might be reversed by commencing with
those subgenera which have nine joints in the antennae, and ending with those iu
which there are three legs, or with Globaria and Spercheus.

470 INSECTA.

cal, and the last or the eighth conical ; these latter joints form an
almost cylindrical and greatly elongated club, which terminates in a
point. The maxillary palpi are a little shorter than the antennae.
The eyes are large and prominent. The thorax is almost semilunar.
The elytra completely clasp the abdomen. The pectus is destitute
of a sternal spine. The extremity of the four posterior tibiae is fur-
nished with a bundle of setse almost as long as the tarsus. The scu-
tellum is small, triangular, elongated, and narrow.

The only species known, G. Leachii, is small, and foreign to
Europe, i believe it is from South America.

All the remaining Hydrophilii have nine joints in their antennae ;
the club is oval or ovoid. The body is not susceptible of being con-
tracted into a ball.

In tlie largest species, the two intermediate joints of the antennal
club, or the seventh and eighth, are reniform or irregularly lunate,
obtuse at one end, prolonged, arcuated, and pointed at the other,
with a remarkable space between them ; the first of this club is
cupulate and most prolonged anteriorly. The middle of the ster-
num is elevated into a carina, and terminated posteriorly in a point
more or less long, and very acute. The maxillary palpi are longer
than the antennae ; their last joint is shorter than the penultimate.
The tarsi, particularly the last, are compressed, fringed with hairs
or cilia along their internal side, and terminated by two hooks, gener-
ally small, unequal, and unidentated inferiorly. The scutcllum is
tolerably large. These species compose the genus

Hydrophilus, Geoff., Fab., Leach. — Dytiscus, Lin.

Here the sternal spine is strongly prolonged behind. The last
joint of the two anterior tarsi of the males is dilated in the form of
a triangular palette. The scutellum is large. They form the Hy-
drous of M. Leach *.

The larvae resemble a sort of soft, conical, and elongated worms,
furnished with six feet, and a large squamous head, more convex
underneath than above, armed Avith strong and hooked mandibles.
They respire by the posterior extremity of the body, are very vora-
cious, and do great injury to fish ponds by devouring the spawn.

H.piceus, Fab.; Oliv., Col. Ill, 39, Ij 2. An inch and a half
long; oval ; of a blackish-brown, polished, or as if covered with
a varnish^ antennal club partly reddish; some slightly marked
striae on the elytra, the posterior extremity of which is rounded
laterally, and prolonged into a small tooth at the internal angle.

It swims and flies well, but walks badly. When held loosely
in the hand, its sternal spine sometimes inflicts a wound.

The anus of the female is provided Avith two fusi, by means
of which she constructs an ovoid cocoon, surmounted with a
point, resembling an arcuated brown horn. Its external tissue
is a gummy paste, which, though fluid at first, subsequently

* Zool. Miscel., Ill, p. 94.

COLEOPTERA. 471

hardens, and becomes impervious to water. The ova it contains
are arrang-ed symetrically, and kept in situ by a sort of white
down. These cocoons float on the water.

The larva is depressed, blackish and rugose, and has the
faculty of throwing back its brown, smooth round head. This
enables it to capture the little Mollusca which navigate the
surface of the water, its back serving as a point d'appui or
anvil on which it mashes the shell in order to devoiu- the ani-
mal it contains. The body of these larvae becomes flabby as soon
as they are caught. They swim with great facility, and are pro-
vided with two fleshy appendages beneath the anus which serve
to maintain them on the surface of the water, head downwards,
Avhcn they come there to respire. According to M, Miger, to
whom we are indebted for these observations — Ann. du Mus.
d'Hist. Nat. XIV, 441— the larvae of other Hydrophilii are de-
prived of these appendages, and neither swim nor surpend
tliemselves like those of which we have been speaking. The
females of these species swim withdifficidty, and cany their ova
under the abdomen enclosed in a silken web; but these species
belong to the last subgenera of this tribe.

The Hi/drcphilus proper of Leach consists of species in which
the tarsi are identical in both sexes, and not dilated, the pectoral
spine terminates Avith the post-sternum, and in which the scutel is
proportionally smaller*.

In all the following Hydrophilii, the two intermediate joints of
the antennal club are exactly transversal, of a regular form, not pro-
longed into a tooth at either extremity, and without any space be-
tween them; the last is obtuse or rounded at the end. The pectus
exhibits neither carina nor spine. The tarsi are less, or not at all
fitted for natation, but slightly or not ciliated, and terminated by
large, equal, and simple hooks.

Those in Avhich the maxillary palpi are hardly longer than the
antennae, Avith the last joint shorter than the preceding one, and
cylindrical, in which the body is low, and the elytra are truncated
at the extremity, or very obtuse, form the genus

LniKEBius, Leach-\.

Those, in which the maxillary palpi are hardly longer than the
antennae, with the last joint as long as the preceding one or longer,
and almost oval, and in which the body is convex, are comprised by
the same English savant in two genera. In one of them, the

Hydrobius, Leach,

The eyes are depressed or but slightly convex ; the anterior extre-

* To the Hydrous, Leach, besides the jnceus,, refer the following species of
Fabricius : the ater, oUvaceus, i-ufipes, &c. Those, which the latter calls caraboides,
(Uipticus, &c., are Hydrophili properly so called of Leach.

f H, griseus, iruncatellus, Fab,

472 INSECTA.

mity of the head is not abruptly narrowed, and the base of the
thorax is as wide as that of the elytra *. In

Berosus, Leach,

On the contrary, the eyes are very prominent, the anterior extre-
mity of the head is narrowed abrujttly, and the base of the thorax is
narrower than that of the elytra. The body is very convex f.

Our second tribe, or the Sph.'eridiota, consists of terrestrial Pal-
picornes, with tarsi composed of five very distinct joints, the first
of which is at least as long as the second. The maxillary palpi are
somewhat shorter than the antennae, with the third joint longer,
inflated, and in the form of a reversed cone. The maxillary lobes
are membranous.

The body is nearly hemispherical, tlie posterior extremity of the
praesternum is prolonged into a point, and the tibise are spinous ;
those that are anterior are palmatcd or digitated in the large species.
The antennpe always consist of nine joints, or of eight, if the last be
considered as an aj)pendage of the penultimate \.

These Insects are small, and inhabit cOAV-dung and other excre-
mentitious matters; certain species are found near the shores of
rivers, &c. They compose the genus

Sph.eridium, Fah.

From which, however, we must separate several species, a division
already eft'ected by Olivier. Dr. Leach only considers as such those
in Avhich the anterior tarsi of the males are dilated. Such is

S. A-maculatum ; Dermesles scarahceoides, L. ; Oliv., Col.

II, '15, 1 and 3, II, 11. It is of a shining black and smooth;

the scutcUum is elongated, raid the legs are very spinous ; a

blood-red spot at the base of each elytron, and their extremity

reddish. In some individuals these spots diminish or disappear.

The species, in which the tarsi are similar in both sexes, and

whose antennal club is closely imbricated, compose the genus Cer-

cydion^ of Leach. The Sphceridia might be divided into several

other sections by characters drawn from the form of the tibiae, and

the disposition of their spines or dentations, a division which would

facilitate the study of the species, that seem to have been improperly

multiplied II .

* The Hydrobii scarahceoides, melanocephalus, orbicularis, &c.

t H. luridus, Fab.

X See Elater and several other genera of the Coleoptera.

§ The Sphajriclia itnipunctatum, melunocephahim, &c. ; Zool., Miscell., Ill, p. 95.

II For the other species, see Olivier, Schcenherr, Gyllenhal, Dejean, &c.

END OF VOL. m.

INDEX.

SYSTEMATICALLY ARRANGED.

SECOND GREAT DIVISION OF THE ANIMAL KINDGOM.
ANIMALIA MOLLUSCA.
General Characters of the Division, 1.
Division of Mollusca into Classes, 4.

CLASSES.

I. Cephalopoda.
II. Pteropoda.
III. Gasteropoda.

IV. ACEPHALA.

V. Brachiopoda.

VI. CiRRHOPODA.

ORDERS, GENERA, AND OTHER DIVISIONS.

CLASS I.— CEPHALOPODA.

Sepia, 7

Octopus, 7

Polypus of Aristotle, 9
Eledon of Aristotle, 10
Argonauta, 10
Bellerophon, 11
Loligo, 1 1

Loligopsis, 12
Loligo proper, 12
Onychotheuthis, 1 1
Sepiola, 12
Chondrosepia, 12
Sepia proper, 12
Nautilus, 13

Spirula. 13
Nautilus proper, 14
Lituus, 14
Belemnites, 15
Actinocaraax, 15

Ammonites, 16 ^

Ammonites proper, 16

Planites, 16

Ceratites, 16 '

Orbulites, 16

Scaphites, 16

Baculites, 16

Hamites, 16

Turrilltes, 16
Camerines, 17

Siderolithes, 17 :

Helicostega, 18 '

Helicostcga nautiloidea, 18 '

Helicostega ammonoida, 18 i

Helicostega turbinoida, 18
Stycostega, 18 I

Enallostega, 19 |

Agathistega, 19 '

Entomostega, 19

CLASS II.— PTEROPODA.

Clio, 20

Cymbulia, 20

Pneumodermon, 20

Limacina, 20 i

Hyalea, 20 I

Cleodora, 21 j

Cleodora proper, 22

Creseis, 22

Cuvieria, 22

Psyche, 22

Eurybia, 22
Pyrgo, 22

CLASS III.— GASTEROPODA.

Ori>eh I.— PULMONEA, 27

Pulmonea Terreslria. '

Limax, 29 I

Limax proper, 29 '

Arion, 31 .

Lima, 32 ;

Vaginulus, 32

Testacolla, 33 i

Parmacella, 33 I

Helix, 33 )

Helix proper, 33
Vitrina, 34
Bulimus, 34

Bulimiis proper, 34

Order I.— FVLMONl A— (continued).

Pupa, 35
Chondrus, 35
Succinea, 35

Clausilia, 36

Achatina, 36

PiUmonea Aquatica.

Oncliidium, 37
Planorbis, 37
Limnaeus, 38
Physa, 38
Scarabaeus, 38
Auricula, 39
Conovulus, 39

Order II.— NUDIBRANCHIATA, 39

Doris, 40
Onchidora, 40

Plocamoceros, 40 |

Polycera, 40 j

Tritonia, 41 1

Thetliys, 4 1 '

Scyllaea, 41 '■

Glaucus, 42 j

Laniogerus, 42

Eolidia, 42 ';

Cavolina, 42 '

Flabellina, 43 \

Tergipes, 43 '

Busiris, 43 .

Placobranchus, 43

Order III.— INFEROBRANCHIATA, 43

Phyllidia, 44
Diphyllidia, 44

Order IV.— TECTIBRANCHIATA, 44

Pleurobranchus, 44

Pleurobranchsea, 45

Aplysia, 45

Dolabella, 46

Notarchus, 46

Bursatella, 47

Akera, 47

Bulljea, 47
Bulla, 48

Akera jiropcr, 48

Gastroptcron, 48

Gastroplax, 49

Order V.— HETEROPODA, 49

Petrotrachea, 50

Carinaria, 50
Atlanta, 51
Firola, 51
Timorienna, 51
Monophora, 51

Phylliroe, 52

Order VI.— PECTINIBRANCHIATA, 52

Fam. 1. — Trochoida, 53

Trochus, 53

Tectarium, 53
Calcar, 54
Rotella, 54
Cantharis, 54
Infundibulum, 54
Telescopium, 54
Trochus, 54
Solarium, 55
Evomphalus, 55

Turbo, 55

Turbo proper, 55
Delphinula, 55
Pleurotoma, 56
Turritella, 56
Scalaria, 56
Cyclostoma, 57
Valvata, 57

Paludina, 58

Littorina, 58

Monodon, 58

Phasianella, 59

Ampullaria, 59

Lanista, 59
Helicina, 59
AmpuUina, 59
Olygira, 59

Melania, 60

Rissoa, 60
Melanopsis, 60
Pirena, 60

Acteeon, 61

Pyramidella, 61

Janthina, 61

Nerita, 61

Natlca, 62
Nerida proper, 62
Velata, 62
Neritina, 62
Clithon, 62

INDEX. xiii i

Ohder VI.— PECTINIBRANCHIATA-rcon/t7n/erf;. \

■- Fam. 2. — Capuloida, 62 \
Capsulas, 63

Hipponyx, 63 '

Crepidula, 63 \

Pileolus, 63 |

Septaria, 63 i

Calyptrae, 64 1

Siphonaria, 64 j
Sigaretus, 64

Coriocella, 65 '
Cryptostoma, 65

Fam. 3. — Buccinoida, 65

Conus, 65
Cypraea, 66
Ovula, 66

Ooula proper, 67 <

Volva, 67 '

Terebellum, 67

Voluta, 67 J

Oliva, 67 I

Volvaria, 67 ,

Voluta proper, 68

Cymbium, 68 <

Voluta, 68 j

Marginella, 68 1

Colombella, 68 •

Mitra, 69 1

Cancellaria, 69 i

Buccinum, 69 i

Buccinum proper, 69
Nassa, 70
Eburna, 70
Aucillaria, 70
Dolium, 70

DoHum proper, 70 I

Perdix, 70
Harpa, 70

Perpura, 71 '

Monoceros, 71
Sistra, 71

Ricinula, 71 i

Concholepas, 71 i

Casis, 71 ,

Morio, 72
Terabra, 72
Cerithium, 72

Potamida, 72 j

Murcx, 73 1

Xiy INDEX.

Order VL— PECTINIBRANCHIATA— fco7i/mMec/J.

Murex, 73

Murex proper, 73
Brontis, 73
Typhis, 73
Chicoracea, 73
Aquilla, 73
Lotorium, 73
Tritonium, 74
Trophona, 74
Ranella, 74

ApoUes, 74
Fusus, 74

Fusus proper, 74
Lathira, 74
Pleurotoma, 74
Pyrula, 75

Fulgur, 75
Fasciolaria, 75
Turbinella, 75
Strombus, 75

Strombus, 75
Pterocera, 76
Rostellaria, 76
Hippocrenes, 76

Order VII.— TUBULIBRANCHIATA,76

Vermetus, 76
Magilus, 77
Siliquaria, 77

Order Vlll.— SCUTIBRANCHIATA, 78

Halyotis, 78

Halyotis proper, 78
PastoUae, 78
Stromatia, 79

FissurcUa, 79

Emarginula, 79

Parmophorus, 79

Order IX.— CYCLOBRANCHIATA, 80

Patella, 80
Chiton, 80

CLASS IV.— ACEPHALA.

Order I.— ACEPHALA TESTACEA,82

Fam. I. — Ostracea, 83

Ostracita, 83

INDEX. j^y

Order I.-ACEPHALA TESTACEA— (continued).

Rudista, 83
Radiolites, 83
Sphgerulites, 84
Calccola. 84
Hippurites, 84
Batollthes, 84
Ostrea, 84

Ostrea proper, 84
Peloris, 84
Gryphaea, 85
Pectens, 85
Lima, 86
Pedum, 86
Hinnita, 86
Plagiostoma, 87
Pachytes, 87
Dianchora, 87
Podopsis, 87
Anomia, 87

Echion, 87
Placuna, 88
Spondylus, 88

Plicatula, 88
Malleus,88
Vulsella, 89
Perna, 89

Crenatula, 89
Gervilia, 89
Inoceramus, 90
Castillus, 90
Pulvinites, 90
Etheria, 90
Avicula, 90

PintadinjK, 90
Margaritse, 90
Pinna, 91

Chimsera, 91
Area, 91

Area proper, 92
CucuUaea, 92
Pectunculus, 92
Aximea, 92

Nucula, 92 )

Trigonia, 93 '

Fam. 2. — Mytilacea, 93
Mytilus, 93

Mytilus proper, 93
Modiolus, 94
Lithodomus, 94

Order I.— ACEPHALA TESTACEA— (continue J).

Anodontea, 94

Iiidina, 95

Dipsada, 95
Unio, 95

Hyria, 95

Castalia, 95
Cardita, 96
Cypricardia, 96
Coralliophagia, 96
Venericardia, 96
Paphia, 96

Favi. 3. — Chamacea, 97
Chama, 97
Tridacna, 97

Tridacna proper, 97

Hippopiis, 98

Chama, 98

Diceras, 98

Isocardia, 98

Fam. 4. — Cardiacea, 99
Cardium, 99

Hemicardium, 99
Donax, 99
Cyclas, 100

Cyrena, 100

Cyprina, 100

Galathrea. 101

Corbis. 101 I

Tellina, 101 I

Loripes, 102

Lucina, 102

Ungulinaea, 102

Venus, 102

Astartje, 103
Crassinsea, 103
Cytherjp, 103
Capsa, 104
Petricola, 104

Corbula, 104

Mactra, 104

Mactra proper, 104
Lavignons, 105

Fam. 5. — Inclusa, 105
Mya, 105

Lutraria, 105
Mya proper, 106
Anatina, 106
Solemva. 106

Order I.— ACEPHALA TESTACEA—( conliiived).

Cyitodaria, 106 '

Paiiopca, 107

Pandora. IO7
Byssomia, 107 I

Hiatella, 107
Solon, 108

Solen proper, 108 ;

Sanguinolaria, 108

Psammobia, 108

Psammotliea, 108
Pholas, 108

Teredo, 109 I

Fistulana, 109
Gastrochaena, 1 10
Teredina, 110
Clavagclla, 110
Aspergillum, 110

Order II.— ACEPHALA NUDA, 111 .

Fam. 1. — Segregat.4, 111 I

Salpa, 111 i

Thaliae, 112 ;

Salpa proper, 113 1

Ascidia, 113 j

Tlieyton of Aristotle, 1 13

Fam. 2. — Aggregata, 114 ;

Botryllus, 114 J

Pyrosoma, 115 'l

Polyclinum, 115 1

Escharw, 116 i

CLASS v.— BRANCHIOPODA. ^

Ligula, 116
Terebratula, 117

Spirifer, 117

Thecidea, 117 '

Orbicula, 118 ' <

Discina?, 118

Crania, 118

CLASS VI.— CIRRHOPODA,

Lepas, 119

Anatifa, 119 I

PoUicipes, 120 1

Cineras, 120 I

Otion, 120

Tetralasmis, 120
Balanus, 120

Order II.— ACEPHALA ^UDk—( co7itinued).
Balanus proper, 120
Acastse, 121
Coniffi, 121
Asemee, 121
Pyrgomae, 121
Octhosipe, 121
Creusise, 121
Coronulae, 121
Tubicinell*, 121
Daidema, 122

THIRD GREAT DIVISION OF THE ANIMAL KINDGOM.
ANIMALIA ARTICULATA.

Distribution of the Articulata into four Classes, 124.

CLASSES.

I. Annelides. I III. Arachnides.

II. Crustacea. | IV. Insecta.

CLASS I.— ANNELIDES.
Division of the Annelides into three Orders, 127.
Order I.— TUBICOLiE. 128

Serpula, 128

Spirorbis, 129
Sabella, 129
Terebella, 130

Phyzeliae, 131

Idalise, 131
Amphitrite, 131
Syphostoma, 132
Dentalium, 132

Order II.— DORSIBRANCHIATA, 132

Arcnicola, 133
Amphinome, 133

Chloeia. 134

Pleione, 134

Euphrosine, 134

Hipponoa, 134
Eunice, 134

Marphissp, 135

Lysidice, 135

Agula, 135
Nereis, 135

Nereiphylia, 136

Order II.— DORSIBRANCHIATA— fcon/inwerf;.

Phyllodoce, 136
Alciopa, 136
Spio, 136

Syllis, 136

Glycera, 137

Nephthys, 137
Lumbrinera, 137

Aricia, 137

Hesione, 137
Ophelina, 138
Cirrhatulas, 138
Palmyra, 138
Aplnodita, 138

Halithea, 139

Eumolpe, 139

Polynoe, 139

Sigaliones, 139

Acoetes, 139
Chaetopterus, 140

Order III.— ARBRANCHIATiE, 140

Fam. 1. — Abranchiat.e Setiger/E, 141

Lumbricus, 141

Lumbricus proper, 141
Enteriones, 141
Hypogaeones, 142
Trophonise, 142

Nais, 142

Clymena, 142

Fam. 2. — Abranchiate ASExiGERiE, 143

Hirudo, 143

Sanguisuga, 143
Haemopsis, 144
Bdella, 144
Nephelis, 144
Trochetia, 144
Aulastoma, 144
Branchiobdella, 145
Haemocharis, 145
Albiona, 145
Branchellion, 145
Clespine, 146
Phylline, 146
Malacobdella, 146

Gordius, 146

!» INDEX.

ARTICULATA WITH ARTICULATED FEET.
CLASS II.— CRUSTACEA.

Division of Crustacea into Sections and Orders, 153.

SECTIONS. ORDERS.

fDecapoda.
I Stomapoda.
I. MALACOSTRACA. -< Lfpmodipoda.

I Amphipoda.
Lisopoda.
II. ENTOMOSTRACA. f Branchiopoda.

Psecilopoda.
SECTION I.— MALACOSTRACA.

a. Eyes placed on a moveable and articulated Pedicle,
Order I.— DECAPODA, 156
Fam. 1. — Brachyura, 161
Cancer, 162

Pinnipedes, 163
Matuta, 163
Polybius, 163
Orythyia, 164
Podopthalmus, 164
Pcrtunus, 164
Platyonichus, 166
Arcuata, 166

Cancer projjcr, 1 66

C'lorodius, 167
Carpilius, 167
Xantho, 167*
Pirimela, 167
Atelecyclus, 168
Thia, 168
Mursia, 168
Hepatus, 168
Quadrilatera, 169 j

Eriphia, 169 :

Trapezia, 170 i

Pilumnus, I70 ,■

Thelphusa, I70 J

Gonoplax, I7I j

Macropthalmus, 17?
Gelasimus, 172
Ocypode, 173

Mictyris, 174 {

Pinnotheres, 174 I

Uca, 175

* Those genera whicli we mention accessorily, either because they are but slightly .

or not at all known to us, or because we unite them with others, are printed in |

italics. !

INDEX.

Ordkr h-DECAPODA— (continued).
Cardisoma, 175
Gecarcinus, 175
Plagusia, I76
Grapsus, I76
Oibiculata, I77
Corystes, 177
Loucosia, 178
Ixa, 178
Ip/iis, 178
IVursia, I78
Arcania, I78
Ilia, 178
Persephona, I78
Myra, I78
Leucosia, 178
P/iylira, 179
Ebalia, 179
Trigona. I79

Parthenope, I79
Lambrus, 180
Mithrax, 180
Acanthonyx, 180
Pisa, 181
Pericera, 181
Maia, 181
Micippe, 182
Stenocionops, 182
Camposcia, 182
Halimus, 182
Hyas, 183
Libinia, 183
DocUa, 183
Egeria, 183
Lc'ptopus, 184
Hymenosoma, 181
Inachus, 184
Achgeus, 185
Stenorhynchus, 185
Leptopodia, 185
Pactolus, 185
Lithodcs, 185
Cryptopoda, J86
Calappa, 186
iEthra, 187
Notopoda, 187
Homola, 187
Dorippe, 187
Dromia, 188
Dynomene, 188
Ranina, 189

Ttti

XXIJ INDEX.

Oruer l.—DECA'POB A — (continued).
Fam. 2. — Macroura, 189
AstacLis, 190

Anomala, 190

Albunea, 191
Hippa, 191
Remipes, 192
Birgus, 192
Pagurus, 193
Ccpnohita, 194
Pagurtif!, 194
Prophylax, 194

Locustae, 194

Scyllarus, 195
Thenus, 195
Ibacus, 195
Palinurus, 196

Astacini, 196

Galathea, 197
Grimotea, 197
Munida, 198
Mglea, 198
Janira, 198
Porcellana, 198
Monolepis, 198
Megalopus, 199
Gebia, 199
Thalassina, 199
Callianassa, 200
Axius, 200
Eryon,201
Astacus proper, 20 1
Nephrops, 201

Carides, 202

Penaeus, 203
Stenopus, 204
Atva, 204
Crangon, 204
Proccssa, 205
Hymenocera, 205
Gnathophyllum, 206
Pontonia, 206
Alpheus,206
Hyppolite, 206
Autonomera, 206
Pandalus. 206
Paleemon, 207
Sysmata, 208
Atlianas, 208
Pasiphaea, 208
Mysis, 208

INDEX.

Order I.— BECAVOD A— (coiilinued).

Cryptopiis, 209 '•

Mulcion, 209 \

Order II.— STOMAPODA, 209 j

Fam. 1. — Unipeltata, 212 j

Squilla.2I2 I

ISquilla propor, 21.3 ■
Gonodactyliis, 2 1.3
Coronis, 214
Erichthus, 214

Alima, 214 ^

Fam. 2. — Bipkltata, 214 , !

Phyllosoma, 215

b. Eyes sessile and immoveable. j

Order III.— AMPHIPODA, 217 !

Gammarus, 217 j

Phronima, 218 '
Hvperia, 218
Plirosine, 218
Dactylocera, 219

lone, 219 '

Orchestia. 220 i

Taliprus, 220 '

Atylus, 220 ]

Gammarus proper, 220 '

Melita, 221 '

Mtera, 221 !

Ampliithoe, 221 ;

Phenisa, 221 ,

Dcxamine, 221 j

Lencotlioe, 221 I

Cerapus, 222 \

Podocerus, 222 ]

Jassa, 222 j

Coruphium, 222 '

Pterygoccra, 223 J

Apseudes, 223 |
Typhis, 223

Anceus, 224 I

Praniza, 224 ^
Ergine, 224

Order IV.— LiEMODIPODA, 224 j

Cyamus, 225 H

Leptomera, 225 j

Naupredia, 226 j

Caprella, 22fi ]

Cyamus proper, 22y i

Order V.— ISOPODA, 226

Oniscus, 228

Bopvrus, 228
Serolis, 229
Cymothoa, 229
Ichthyophilus, 229
Nerocila, 229
Livoneca, 229
Canolira, 229
JEgSi, 230
Rocinela, 230
Conilira, 230
Synod us, 230
Nclocira, 230
Eurydice, 230
Limnoria, 23]

Sphaeromides, 231
Zuzara, 231
Sphseroma, 232
Na-sa, 232
Campeco])ea, 232
Cilicsea, 232
Cymodocca, 232
Dynamene, 232
Anthura, 232

Idoteides, 233
Idotea, 233
Stenosoma, 233
Arcturus, 233

Asellota, 233

Asellus, 233
Oniscoda, 234
Jaeia, 234

Oniscides, 234
Tylos, 234
Ligia, 235
Philoscia, 235
Oniscus proper, 235
Porcellio, 236
Armadillo, 236

SECTION II.— ENTOMOSTRACA.
Ordkr I.— BRANCHIOPODA. 238

Monoculus, 239
liOphyropa, 239
Zoea, 240
Nebalia, 241
Condylura, 241
Cyclops, 242
CVthcre, 245

OuDERl._BRANCHIOPODA-rco«//««.r/;.
Cvpris, 245
Slda, 247
Latona, 247
JPolyphemus, 24S
Daphnia, 248
Lyuceus, 253
Phyllopa, 253
Limnadia, 25-J
Arteraia, 255
Branchipus, 255
Eulimene. 257
Apus, 268

Order II.— P.ECILOPODa! 261
Film. 1.— XvriiosuRA, 261
Limulus, 262
Tachypleus. 264
Fom. 2. — SiPHONosTOMA, 264
Tribe 1. — Calicjides, 264
Argulus, 265
Caligus, 268

Caligus proper, 269
Pterygopoda, 269
Pandarus, 269
Dinemoura, 269
Anthosoma, 269
Cecrops, 270

Tribe 2.--Lerneiformes, 270
Dichelestium, 270
Nicothoe, 271

TIULOBITES, 273.

Agnostus, 274
Calymene, 274
Asaphus, 274
Ogygia, 274
Paradoxides, 274

CLASS II.— ARACHNIDES,
Ordkr I.— PULMONARI^, 277
Fam. 4. — Araneidks, 279
Mygale, 286

Mygale proper, 286
Cteniza, 289
Atypus, 289
Eriodon, 290
VOL. iir.

Order I.— PUIMO^ARI JE—fcontinuedJ.
Dysdera, 29 1
Filistata, 291
Aranea, 291

Tubitelse, 291
Clotho,291
Drassus, 293
Segestria, 294
Clubiona, 295
Aranea proper, 295
Argyroneta proper, 295

Inequitelspr 295
Scytodes, 296
Theridion, 29 G
Episiniis, 296
Pholcus, 296

Orbitelse, 297
Linyphia, 297
Uloborus, 298
Tetragnatha, 298
Epeira, 298

Laterigradae, 301
Micrommata, 301
Senelops, 302
Philodromus, 30S
Thomisus, 304
Storena, 305

Citigradse, 305
Oxyopes, 305
Ctenus, 306
Dolomedes, 306
Lycosa, 306
Alyrmecia, 307

Saltigradae, 308
Tessarops, 308
Palpimanus, 309
Eresus, 309
Salticus, 309

Fam. 2.— Pedipalpi, 310

Tarantula, 310

Phrynus, 311
Thelyphonus, 3 1 1
Scorpio, 3 1 1

Order II.— TRACHEARI^. 313

Fam. 1. — PsEUDO-scoRPioNEs, 315
Galeodes, 315
Chelifer, 315

Fam. 2. — Pycnogonides, 317

Pycnogonum, 318

Ohder ll—TRACHEARIJE~rcontinue(^ .
Phoxichilus, 318
Nymphon, 318
Ammothea, 318
Fam. 1. — HoLETRA, 318
Tribe \.—Phalangita, 318

Phalangiura, 319
Gonoleptes, 3J9
Siro, 320
Macrocheles, 320
Trogulus, 320

Tribe 2, — Acarides, 320
Acarus, 320

Trombidium, 321
Erythraeus, 321
Gamasus, 321
Cheyletus, 322
Oribata, 322
Uropoda, 322
Acarus proper, 322
Bdella, 322
Smaridia, 323
Ixodes, 323
Argas, 324
Eylais, 325
Hydraebna, 325
Limnochares, 325
Caris, 325
Leptus, 325
Aclysia, 325
Atoma, 326
Ocypete, 326

CLASS III— INSECTA.
Order I.— MYRIOPODA, 345
Fam. 1. — Chilognatha, 347
lulus, 349

Glomeris, 349
lulus broper, 949
Polydesmus, 350
Pollyxenus, 350

Fam. 2.— Chilopoda, 350

Scolopendra, 351

Scutigera, 352
Llthobius, 352
Scolopendra proper, 352

XXVni INDEX.

Ordek II.— THYSANOURA, 353
Fam. 1. — Lepismenve. 353
Lepisma, 353

Machilis, 354
Lepisma proper, 354

Fam. 2. — Podurell.e, 355
Podura, 355

Podura proper, 355
Smynthurus, 35.5

Order III.— PARASITA. 356

Pediculus, 356

Pediculus proper, 356
Hsematopinus, 357
Ricirms, 357
Trichodectes, 358
Gyropus, 358
Liotheinn, 358
Philoptcrus, 358
Goniodes, 358
TriongtiUn, 358

Order IV.— SUCTORIA, 359

Pulex, 360
Order V.— COLEOPTERA, 361

PENTAMERA.

Fam. 1.— Carnivora, 363
Tribe 1. — CicindeletcB, 365
Cicindela, 365

Manticora, 365
Megacephala, 366
Oxycheila, 366
Euprosopus, 366
Cicindela proper, 366
Ctenostoma, 367
Therates, 368
CoUiuris, 368
Tricondyla, 369

Tribe 2. — Carabici, 369
Carabus, 369

Truncatipennes, 369
Anthia, 370
Graphipterus,370
Aptinus, 370
Urachinus, 371
Corsyra, 372
Casnonia, 373

Order V. —COLEOVFER A— CcontimiedJ.

Leptotraclielus, 3/3
Odacantha, 373
Zuphium, 373
Polistichus, 374
Helluo, 374
Drypta, 374
Trichognatha, 37.>
Galerita, 375
Cordistes, 375
Ctenodactyla, 37 G
Agra, 376*
Cymindis, 376
Calleida, 376
Demetrias, 276
Dromias, 3 77
Lebia, 377
Plochionus, 377
Orthogonius, 377
Coptodera, 377

Bipartiti, 378
Enceladus, 378
Siagona, 378
Carenum, 379
Pasimachus, 380
Acanthoscelis, 380
Scarites, 380
Oxygnathus, 381
Oxystomus, 382
Camptodontus, 382
Clivina, 382
Dischirius, 382
Mirio, 383
Ozaena, 383
Ditomus. 383
Aristus. 383
Apotomus, 383

Quadrimani, 384
Acinopus, 3S4
Daptus, 385
Harpalus, 385
Ophonus, 385
Stenolophus, 386
Acupalpus, 3c6

Simpliciiuani, 386
Zabrus, 387
Pogonus, 387
Tetragonoderus, 388
Feronia, 388
Amara, 388
P(Ecilus, 389

Order V.— COLEOPTERA— rcon^inwerf;.
Argutor, 389
Omasevs, 389
Platysma, 389
Pterostichus, 389
Abax, 389
Steropus. 389
PercMS, 389
Molops, 390
Cophosus, 390
Cheporus, 390
Myas, 391
Trigonomota, 381
Pseudo-morpha, 391
Cephalotes, 391
Stomis, 391
Catascopus, 391
Colpodes, 392
Pericalus, 392
Mormolyce, 392
Sphodrus, 392
Ctenipus, 393
Calathus, 393
Taphria, 393

Patellimani, 393
Dolichus, 394
Platynus, 394
Agonura, 394
Anchomenus, 395
Callistus, 395
Oodes, 395
Chlaenius, 395
Epomis, 395
Dinodes, 395
Lissauchenus, 395
Rembus, 396
DicjElus, 396
Licinus, 396
Badister, 396
Pelecium, 397
Cynthia, 397
Panagaeus, 397
Loricera, 398
Patrobus, 398

Grandipalpi, 398
Pamborus, 399
Cychrus, 399
Scaphinotus, 399
Sphceroderus, 399
Tefflus, 400
Properus, 400

Order V.— COLEOPTERA— rcon/tnwerf;.
Procrustes, 400
Carabus proper, 400
Plectes, 400
Cechenus, 400
Calosoma, 402
Pogonophorus, 403
Nebria, 403
Alpseus, 403
Oinophron, 403
Elaplirus, 404
Blethisa, 404
Felophilus, 404
Notiophilus, 405
Subulipalpi, 405
Bembidium, 405
Tachypus, 405
Lopha, 405
Notaphus, 406
Peryphus, 406
Leja. 406
Treclius, 406
Blemus, 406
Tribe Z.—Hydrocanthari, 406
Dytiscus, 406

Dytiscus proper, 409
Colymbetes, 410
Hygrobia, 410
Hydroporus, 410
Noterus, 411
Haliplus, 411
Gyrinus, 411

Fam. 2. — Brachelytra, 413
Staphylinus, 413

Fissilabra. 414
Oxyporus, 414
Astrapaeus, 415
Staphylinus proper, 41i
Xantholinus, 415
Pinophilus, 416
Lathrobium, 416

Longiiialpi, 416
Psederus, 416
Procirrus, 4 1 6
Stilicus, 416
Evsesthetus, 417
Stenus,417

Denticrura, 417
Oxytelus, 417
Osorius, 417

Order Y.—COLEOPTER A— (continued).

Zyrophorus, 418 ,;

Prognatha, 418

Coprophilus, 41S '

Depressa, 418 '

Omalium,4l8

Lesteva, 418

Micropeplus, 418 i

Proteinus, 419 1

Aleochara, 419 i

Microcephala. 419 . ,

Lomechusa, 419

Tachinus, 419

Tachyporus, 420

Fmt.3. — Sefricornes, 420 '

SECTION.!.— STERN OXI. i

Tiihc \.—Bujjrestides, 421 '

Buprestis, 421 '
Buprestis proper, 422

Trachys, 423 ;

Aphanisticus, 423 i

Mclasis, 423 ]

Tribe 2.—Elatendes, 424

Elater, 424 I

Galba. 425
Eucnemis, 420
Adelocera, 425
Lissomus. 426
Chelonarium, 426

Thioscus, 426 j

Cerophytum, 427 i

CryiJtostoma, 427 |

Nematodes, 427 j

Hemirhipus, 427

Stenicera, 427 " i

Elater proper, 428

Campylus,429 !

Phyllocerus, 429 j

SECTION II.— MALACODERMI. \

Tribe 1. — Cerbrionites, 429

Cebrio, 429 I

Physodactylus, 430 ;

Cebrio proper, 480 <

Anelastes, 430 \

Callirhips, 431 ;
Sandalus, 431

Order V.— COLEOPTERA— rco7i/mM<.^;.
Rhipicera, 431
Ptilodactyla, 432
Dascillus, 432
Elodes, 432
^cyrtes, 432
Nycteus, 432
Eubria, 433
Tribe 2. — Lampyrides, 433
Lampyiis, 433

Lycus, 433
Dictyoptera, 434
Omalisus, 434
Amydetes,i3ii
Phengodes, 43f3
Lampvris proper, 436
Drilus, 437
Cochleoctonus, 437
Telephorus, 438
Silis, 439
Malthinus, 439
Tribe 3.—Mdyrides, 439
Melyris, 439

Malachius, 439
Dasytes, 440
Zygia, 440
iVJelyris, 440
Pelocophorus, 441
-Diglobicenis, 441
Tribe 4.— Clerii, 441
Clems, 441

Cylidrus, 441
Tillus, 442
Priocera, 442
Axina, 442
Enrypus, 442
Thanasinius, 443
Opilo, 443
Clerus proper, 443
Necrobia, 443
Enoplium, 444
Tribp 5. — Piiniores, 444
Ptinus, 445

Ptinus proper, 44o
Gibbium, 445
Ptilinus,446
Xyletinus, 446
Dorcatoma, 446
Anobium, 446
VOL. in.

Order v.— COLEOPTERA— Ccon/inuei/). j

SECTION IIT. I

Tribe 1 .—Xylolrogi, 447 ^

Lymexylon, 447

Atractocerus, 447
Hylecsetus, 448
Lymexylon proper, 448

Cupes, 448 •*

Rhysodes, 448
Fam. 4. — Clavicornes, 449

SECTION 1.

Tribe J .—Palpatores, 450

Mastigiis, 450 I

iVIastigus, 450 j

Scydmaenus, 450 ^

Tribe 2.—Hisleroide.<;, 451 ;

Hister, 451

Hololepta,451 ,

Hister proper, 452 i

Plalyioma, 452 i

Dendrophilus, 452

Ahrau'!, 452 ;

Oil t hop hi hi'!, 452

Tribe 3.—Silpha/es, 453

Silpha, 453 \

Spbserites, 453 '

Necrophorus, 454
Necrodes, 455

Silpha proper, 455 '

Thanatophilus, 456
Oiceptoma, 456

Phosphuga, 456 j

Necrophilus, 456 i

Argyrtes, 457 |

Tribe 4.—Scaphidites, 457 '.

Scaphidium, 457

Scaphidium proper, 457
Choleva, 458

Tribe b.—Nitididarice, 458 [

Nitidula, 458 ^

Colobicus, 458
Thymalus, 459
Ips' 449

Nitidula proper, 459

Cercus, 460 j

Byturus, 4C0 I

Order V.—COhEOFTER A— (continued).
Tribe Q.—EngidUts, 460
Dacne, 460

Daciif proper, 460
Cryptopliagus, 461
Tribe 7- — Dermeslini, 461
Derinestes, 461

Aspidiphorus, 461
Dermestes proptM", 462
Mcg-atoma, 462
Limiiichus, 462
Attagenus, 463
Trogodonna, 463
Anthrenus, 463
Globicornis, 463
Tribe 8.— i?yr/An, 46i

Byrrhus, 464

Nosodondron, 461
Byrrbus proper, 46 1
Tri nodes, 464

SECTION II.

Tribe 1. — Acanthopoda, 465
Heterocerus, 466
Tribe 2. — Macrodactyla, 466
Dryops, 466

Potainopbiliis, 466
Drvups proper, 467
Elmis, 467
Macronycbiis, 467
Georissus, 467

Fam. 5. — Palpicornes, 467
Tribe 1 . — Hydrophilii, 468

Hydrophilus, 468

Elophorus, 468
Hydrochns, 468
Ochthebius, 469
Hydraena, 469
Spercheus, 469
Globaria, 469
Hydropbilus proper, 470
Limnebius, 471
Hydrobius, 471
Berosus, 472

Tribe 2.—Sphceridiota,472
Sphpcridium, 472

Cercydion. 472

X-P

f'^rf^TctuF

^A^